Skip to main content

Full text of "University of California publications in zoology"

See other formats


Mite 
; 


tue, 
eo" 


ty 
OIG! 
RM) 


. eases 
iM) y Ap tse is 
i hi) ee K) nt 
sah iat i 


t 
vy, 


SU Arle 
yeti 
ty yh ah 


Ny i ie) 
1 
aos 


Nes 


bbe: 
reste 


a 


Heo 
Mah 
tne 


ii 


AAD 
ie pane itatae 


si i #4 i 


Sane 


Wy 


Distt 
Rest 
i i 


fi ( ? 
‘i 
i 


= 


Se = SS a5 
SS 
Stetacey ete Se 


Bane 
f 
Wi Hy 


Sa = 
ee me 
Se Ss 


1 
Haan 
a 


fi 


i f : : 


Tots 
SSS : 


Ses 
SSS 
Sona ass 


ne i 


aati 


tar ater! 


ait 

radial 

ase fly 
ba 


3 So Saset 
pieraest sae 


Red 
SSS 


as 
ee 


= 


see earance 


i 


i} 
it 


= 
a2 
bi! 


See : 


paver 


= 


ae 


eit 


Te iad ig die 
Neonatal 
ae 

ah in nit ie 

Tee 


seca 
vt HEM Heat 


i 
wis sug or 


itt 
f 


‘ait 


% 
ace 


FD eT on fw cal ty ~ Ss ¥BR ~ TT ee - 7 = = el ew ww wy AAA oS ~ rns? . 
FW. pe er Weel Wevy Wy "PS vw lds AAA ade tera es ITT Ld 


Aaa 4 wis 4 Bi in Ueee 

CHET TEP) (UE eta | iN ibaa TTT ETT ae TTT pee i) eee 
Awieues” vy "¥> nat - Tr 4 “AS 'y @ Vy = bby tt PEP cer \ add WVU OUSO ay we we” aelee wml 
wo" PL adeintd LT onet aw Me. >: Vip’ : : Wo Mh we" Vout 
Pooh hy * eww Hy wey - wu pu” Abt | aw “ 

stur~h ey ' af Soe on, Woe ei weve in J Shh hl al paaeSgas: h vrs bat | 
cis resale SN Kon ‘Hey wirdt wiry ea Itai ddd Wik » Nie 5 |i 
bid lth pethaaline err 

i mS e 


Uy, a 
TW wln TSS 
A. 
vw 
sy Reserve Nal, eM al ae. Mh hah 


* TA Z ona have 
v ad gue Ry 4 ‘ cae | 


iw 


TeweuL aves 


Vv e i 
Wr WN ry vel wees 


LAN ewe reer” bl tothe! 


Seek) Weewy? \ ft aa art on eee ot igg 


<8 tna: gue 


ZZ PIRSA wen 
“Ae Sai 


4 Vee HH 


Were veeelnnatay | EEE. 


ie ’ Nite gh wt Pet ide ep 
ia TAGS ares: Se Why + | jes aes $ a 
OWNS Saat = Lew yt oreuey ag es Deh ie NV Q & Soest we \* 
[Prag re tl gous A PONT ser TNS tw It aw ea yoy “A 
® + | CEE pgs | ‘vw ~ we eee ‘ sid = 
NM SUGpayeses ee ee Be aiden eal SPONTA Sorel © ENTE 
SO JPR JO FA DAF: nage Tt eaiititned Wee bd) 0 wees 
kL 4 sy a! we .e th : 
we ee velo : 
ny eee "YW vee 
wel , 


-« 


YQCeue" 


“Yau Bve MT: 
i a ren wal Payaeenwresnwey ATE 


’ erecta tesaecr ~NA/ a be v bea 
wf tu~ 


Pe catasea - 


Rewer 
as 


een pape 


fepet gta ves td sage y i se Pt vy 
Sacre wee LY will =~ See vee Pott owrrre ie 
ve Ee @ 06ty J y a pen. 
hers Wiis baba) aT renal Ab A Supege 
ies 4 % Sti aS 0p we x nahy a wa OT ww 
Wattywemees seared AL! HTT =ry3 .- 
¥_ enw yeNey” | tel it =~ Wee ene fe ™NS : il w" | : . 6 
wv. aon -7 + he A 
NOS UE cee | Tee Tn OUR soa 
Odette Nae” y ww: Guy wow i.) wg : Syouer 3 | 
14 “en euytocrs YW oot Sah Cyyry et wy ~~ - Ss seh oo Ne we 
wom ‘yy “rn, | SRE COPA TT PPh ‘ 
LL ee Nenad wey vases Newly Vere a ee MW 
bet hhh SE boheelal — aA wrest Ne ws By? t ™ ‘yyy, dh ait 4] Sereretiiccieyet? 
= Se we ; , w AT LM. y ~~ (WV 1 fe, " oa ™ b | ot Ts oe ery" we 
peg eet wees 1A tt oe ate ven’ vem vn pty! Maver ‘yw Byyewlacs eee : 
avy, Vepeetee: oat yy Ore Ww aesT tvs SSrvarety « M werty 
Ui eel Pty! euefuyeres savagely! vty 4 : Vs a Rael DRL 1 doted htt tedhedil td hl J 
SeETTITEOSS ewersevauvtewet ty yuntuteee NS hiser ty ately | | 


yeaa taal | Ler 
“News... gue. ~sweei.. IT ON 
named NeetCrretnet v 


avis! |} ~~ Fh — op te | ro mae 
ii ‘ ree in ui ‘wie init a il 


a, 
00%) ae 
n ye « 4a 
i Soe 


ie . i Sa 
al ,, eins “a 


: 


r iv ai : I ' i ‘ Me Ny 
i aay aay : fi 1 : \ 7 Lie 
; " in ) ; 1 F ; is i iid Bats.) 
ca ae | aay: 
i seer f “Scie a h apa, 35 “0, aaa 
i) reuy ele lt) ee 
ne ts te 1h. 


ae Bid his 
vay ; Ae Le 


| 


ee. 


a B. NA bart oR 


:\ 


WEARER OR NYS Brie cer r ey 


"i 


“ } ' bell " i) J 
d (iow ga) i re ae ey , a reters: vn on / at 
‘a OP A aer ; — , 
hi tt Ay Aa leany | ’ br 
i) eer ny, j hag ? G4 Wie u mh ue 
hh . AU (a ee 7A) } ) fal! { : & 4 { 
By ee a 4 ; j hl ; 
ai 4 7 J : it fF, 
t 4 if 


a OOROeY a yee 


_ ‘ . 1 | 

b PM 7) 4 ( { 

' | a 
SLT AT eK Od Pe ae a : 


tr iy 


i 


ae Len et i mae a 
de tT apie” Rave Ne 


i 
\Se bis = a 2 
aid 


— 


malt, A aa al 


¥ | Mt 
1) 
hos a \f } a 
ul 


{ 


ees. PS 4 5/972 
f f f ) ‘ 


j } 
ae 
| 


j 
| 
Lot L 


53 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 


ZOOLOGY 


WILLIAM EMERSON RITTER 
AND 
CHARLES ATWOOD KOFOID 


EDITORS 


VOLUME XVII 


WITH 29 PLATES 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS 
BERKELEY 
1916-1918 


: 


2 


Ss ate yee 


he 4 


aj 


: 


‘e a= 


10. 


11. 


CONTENTS 


PAGES 

. Diagnoses of Seven New Mammals from East-Central California, by 
PeJiosepha Grinnelligand lira cype lim Loner eres ee eee ere 1-8 

. A New Bat of the Genus Myotis from the High Sierra Nevada of 
Calformiary bys Hilda Wood, (Grimm ell cence cece nee 9-10 

. Spelerpes platycephalus, a New Alpine Salamander from the Yosemite 
National Park, California, by Charles Lewis Camp ....................-..- 11-14 

. A New Spermophile from the San Joaquin Valley, California, with 

Notes on Ammospermophilus nelsoni nelsoni Merriam, by Walter 
Tee ALOT estate tiscent fae se a a ee cae Rete ants ere cae a RNR eae Be sce oe 15-20 

. Habits and Food of the Roadrunner in California, by Harold C. 
Bryant) swath plates: as eee eae ee sensors are arene eee nese ence ee 21-58 

. Deseription of Bufo canorus, a New Toad from the Yosemite 
National Park, by Charles Lewis Camp ............0..2..2.2:.::essc1eseee-+ 59-62 

. The Subspecies of Sceloporus occidentalis, with Description of a 

New Form from the Sierra Nevada and Systematic Notes on 
other California Lizards, by Charles Lewis Camp ....................-.-- 63-74 

. Osteological Relationships of Three Species of Beavers, by F. 
Harveyarloldentssswathiplatesy 2 ese eee ere areca ee eee 75-114 


. Notes on the Systematic Status of the Toads and Frogs of Cali- 


fornia, by Charles Lewis Camp : 
A Distributional List of the Amphibians and Reptiles of Galetorntat 

by Joseph Grinnell and Charles Lewis Camp 
A Study of the Races of the White-fronted Goose (Anser albifrons) 

Occurring in California, by H. 8. Swarth and Harold C. Bryant; 

SWE TN eat UG 9 oo os aeons not scctce sa benesamuseresusecoseenecst ca cectem ed naeeeaseeeesee 209-222 


. A Synopsis of the Bats of California, by Hilda Wood Grinnell; with 


YO EEN SC STSp UCL ete ec ee ro ee ee ei eee 223-404 


. The Pacifie Coast Jays of the Genus Aphelocoma, by H. 8. Swarth.... 405-422 


. Six New Mammals from the Mohave Desert and Inyo Regions of 

California, by Joseph Grinnell 423-430 
. Notes on Some Bats from Alaska and British Columbia, by Hilda 

Wood Grinnell 431-433 
. Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia, by Walter P. Taylor; with 

DIBb eS PAO 29) eee ree 435-504 


. The Subspecies of the Mountain Chickadee, by Joseph Grinnell...... 505-515 
. Excavations of Burrows of the Rodent Aplodontia, with Observa- 


tions on the Habits of the Animal, by Charles Lewis Camp ....... 517-536 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 
IN 


ZOOLOGY 


Vol, 17, No. 1, pp. 1-8 ; 
~ Vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 9-10 August 23, 1916 


_ DIAGNOSES OF SEVEN NEW MAMMALS FROM 
EAST-CENTRAL CALIFORNIA 


BY 


JOSEPH GRINNELL anp TRACY I, STORER 


A NEW BAT OF THE GENUS MYOTIS FROM 
THE HIGH SIERRA NEVADA OF 
CALIFORNIA 


BY 


HILDA WOOD GRINNELL 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS 
BERKELEY 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 


Note.—The University of California Publications are offered in exchange for the publi- 


cations of learmed societies and institutions, universities and libraries. Complete lists of 


all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample copies, lista 
of publications or other information, address the Manager of the University Press, Berkeley, - 


California, U. 8 A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The Exchange 
Department, Uriversity Library, Berkeley, California, U.S. A. 


OTTO HARRASSOWITZ, 
LEIPZIG. 


Agent for the series in American Arch- 
aeology and Ethnology, Olassical Philology, 
Bducation, Modern Philology, Philosophy, 
Psychology, History. 


ZOOLOGY.—W. H. Ritter and 0. A. Kofoid, Editors. Price per volume, $3.50; beginning | 


BR. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN, 
BERLIN 


Agent for the series in American Arch- 


aeology and Ethnology, Botany, Geology, 
Geography, Mathematics, Pathology, Physi- 


ology, Zoology, and Memoirs. 


with vol. 11, $5.00. 


This series contains the contributions from the Department of Zoology, from the 
Marine Laboratory of the Scripps Institution for Biological Research, at La Jolla, 


California, and from the California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology in Berkeley. 
Cited as Uniy. Oalif. Publ. Zool. 


Volums 1, 1902-1905, $17 pages, with 28 plates 28.50 
Volame 2 (Contributions from the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Associa- 
tion of San Diego), 1904-1906, xvii + $82 pages, with 19 plates —........._. $3.50 


Volume 3, 1906-1907, 38S pages, with 23 plates 
Volume 4, 1907-1908, 400 pages, with 24 plates 
Volume 5, 1908-1910, 440 pages, with $4 plates 
Volume 6, 1908-1911, 478 pages, with 48 plates 2. 88.50 


Volume 7 (Contributions from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology), egovia sen) 
446 pages, with 12 plates 2... 


PEED Hie tarts SCS SIE Sas ES | 
BSI ean OAS tte Re EES $e 


IES Se Sa ei eR ne ST, 


Aa eanenenennweneenennesnsenescessreeecs oes: 


Volume 8, 1911, 357 pages, with 25 plates ccncncccc ccc wic. ecco cccepecnteenteenecnesne ene enienenne $3.50 
Volume 9, 1911-1912; 365 pages, with 24. plates -.......... Bei Spey SIE RS OR - $3.50 
Volume 10, 1912-1918, 417 pages, with 10 plates. pte 


Volume 11, 1912-1914, 538 pages, with 26 plates io ceccseccssnectesessenccsesnececnpereaeeees $5.00 


Vol. 12. 1. A Study of a Collection of Geese of the Branta canadensis Group from 
the Ban Joaquin Valley, California, by Harry 8. Swarth. Pp. 1-24, 


plates 1-2, 8 text figs. November, 1913 on nner 
2. Nocturnal Wanderings of the California Pocket Gopher, by Harold O. 

Bryant. Pp. 25-29; 1 text fig. November, 1913 0 OE 
3. The Reptiles of the San Jacinto Area of Southern California, by Sarah 

Rogers Atsatt. Pp. 31-50. November, 1913 0c. | oD 


4. An Account of the Mammals and Birds of the Lower Colorado Valley, 
with Especial Reference to the Distributional Problems Presented, 
by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 61-294, plates 3-13, 9 text figs. March, 1914. 32.40 
5. Aplodontia chryseola, a New Mountain Beaver from the Trinity Region 
of Northern California, by Louise Kellogg. Pp. 295-296. ~ 
6. A Previously Undescribed Aplodontia from the Middle North Coast of 
California, by Walter P. Taylor... Pp.. 297-300. 


Nos. 56 and 6 in one cover. April, 1914 ni eee 05 
7. A Second Species of the Mammalian Genus Miseviipoaons. from Call. 
fornia, by Joseph Grinnell, Pp. 301-304. April, 1914 2.02. =O 


8, Distribution of River Otters in California, with Description of a New 
Subspecies; by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 305-310, plate 14. October, 1914.05 


9. Four New Pocket Gophers from California, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 


911-816: «November, 19145223 2S oe Ss ne, * 05 
10, Three New Races of Vespertilionid Bats from California, by Hilda é 
Wood Grinnell. Pp. 817-321. December, 1914 2.2.28 OB 


11. Eutamias sonomae, a New Chipmunk from the Inner Northern Coast 
Belt of California, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 321-325, 1 text figure. 


January; 1015 925-2 uct Se eS 


ay, 


2g AN TRANG RA ae 


a PTC Ys ee 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 
IN 


ZOOLOGY 
Vol. 17, No. 1, pp. 1-8 August 23, 1916 


DIAGNOSES OF SEVEN NEW MAMMALS FROM 
EAST-CENTRAL CALIFORNIA 


BY 
JOSEPH GRINNELL anp TRACY I. STORER 


(Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California) 


Tn our attempts to determine the systematic status of the mammals 
encountered in our natural history survey of the Yosemite section of 
the Sierra Nevada several of the forms prove to have been heretofore 
unprovided with names. It is the purpose of the present paper briefly 
to characterize these new races, so that names will be available for 
use in our distributional studies. Incidentally, related races in other 
faunal areas have to a limited extent come in for remark. 

The color names herein employed are taken from Ridgway’s Color 
Standards and Color Nomenclature (1912). All measurements. except 
of altitude, are in millimeters. 


Scapanus latimanus campi, new subspecies 
San Joaquin Mole 


Type.—Male adult, skull and skin, in winter pelage; no. 21520, 
Mus. Vert. Zool.; Snelling, 250 feet altitude, Merced County, Cali- 
fornia; January 9, 1915; collected by Charles L. Camp; original no. 
1746. 

Diagnosis —Resembles Scapanus latimanus latimanus, but smaller, 
pelage much paler and browner, feet and claws smaller, cranium 
shorter, brain-case more inflated anteriorly, rostral region less taper- 
ing, palatal region relatively wider, and supraoccipital ridge (posterior 
to interparietal) higher. Resembles Scapanus latimanus occultus in 
color, but decidedly larger in size, especially as regards feet and claws, 
cranium heavier and much bulkier, brain-case deeper, and supra- 


2 University of California Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


occipital ridge higher. Differs from Scapanus latimanus sericatus in 
much paler and browner color, claws shorter and blunter, cranium 
larger and broader, mastoid and interorbital breadths greater, and 
brain-case more inflated. 

Material—Three specimens from Snelling, Merced County, Cali- 
fornia (nos. 22004, 22005, 21250, Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; one specimen 
(injured skull and skeleton) from three miles north of Sanger, Fresno 
County, California (no. 18854, Mus. Vert. Zool.). Both these localities 
he in the Lower Sonoran Zone. 


MEASUREMENTS (IN MILLIMETERS) 


No. Sex Total length Tail Hind foot 
21250 d 170 37 22 
22004 Jb 170 i 36 22 


22005 Jo juv. 155 35 20 


Remarks.—The imperfect specimen from Sanger, by Jackson (1915, 
p. 69) referred provisionally to occultus, seems to us to be better placed 
with the form here newly characterized. It seems likely that campi 
will be found to inhabit river-bottom lands of the San Joaquin Valley 
generally, at least on the east side. 
The form is named for Mr. Charles Lewis Camp, in recognition of 


his ability as a field naturalist. 


Martes caurina sierrae, new subspecies 


Sierra Pine Marten 

Type.—Male adult, skull and skin, in summer pelage; no. 22112, 
Mus. Vert. Zool.; head of Lyell Canon, 9800 feet altitude, Yosemite 
National Park, California; July 24, 1915; collected by Charles D. 
Holliger; original no. 562. 

Diagnosis.—Siunilar to Martes caurina caurina, but general colora- 
tion paler both above and below, this paleness involving both overhair 
and fur; sides of face decidedly paler; pale ochraceous-orange of chest 
very extensive, spreading forward to throat and backward along 
median line to belly; ‘‘feel’’ of pelage softer; cranium with rostrum 
short as in caurina, but extremely narrow; whole cranium narrower, 
and brain-case relatively higher; sagittal crest very weak; auditory 
bullae even smaller than in cawrina. 

Material—Nine skins with skulls, some also with body skeletons, 
from various points in the Hudsonian Zone of the Yosemite National 
Park, Mariposa and Tuolumne counties, California. 


1916] Grinnell_Storer: Diagnoses of Seven New Mammals 3 


MEASUREMENTS (IN MILLIMETERS) 


Cranium 
2 <2 
Total Hind oi ae 2s 3es 
No. Sex length Tail foot Ear 2 NS aa saa 
22109 ref 600 180 80 35 69.9 47.6 36.0 29.3 
22110 2 557 180 70 43 65.1 42.0 33.4 27.7 
22111 3 640 215 86 BD. | (Ae ccceecty eee SS 
22112 cf 609 190 79 35 71.0 46.6 35.8 29.1 
22113 3 576 170 85 37 72.2 47.6 36.1 29.5 
23040 ree 598 190 82 29 71.1 48.5 35.4 28.2 
23041 djuv. 588 194 85 35 69.8 42.8 34.6 30.7 
23042 2 551 177 76 33 65.8 43.8 33.7 27.0 
23043 J 606 192 83 32 71.9 48.0 36.6 29.4 


Remarks.—The Yosemite series of specimens, as regards both skins 
and skulls, is notably uniform in characters, and is doubtless repre- 
sentative of the race occupying the Boreal Zone along the whole Sierra 
Nevada, north at least to Mount Shasta. The specimens referred to 
caurina with some reservation by Miss Kellogg (1916, p. 356) should 
now be referred to sierrae. They are not typical of that race, however, 
showing departure in cranial characters towards cawrina proper. 


Eutamias amoenus monoensis, new subspecies 
Mono Chipmunk 


Type.—Male adult, skin and skull, no. 23380, Mus. Vert. Zool.: 
Warren Fork of Leevining Creek, 9200 feet altitude, Mono County, 
California; September 25, 1915; collected by J. Grinnell; original no. 
3709. 

Diagnosis —Similar to topotypes of Hutamias amoenus amoenus, 
in corresponding pelage (post-breeding), but general tone of coloration 
paler, more grayish; top of head, central pair of light stripes on back. 
and rump, with proportion of white to red greater; ochraceous-tawny 
of sides paler; tips of dorsal tail hairs light buff rather than yellow- 
ochre; light middle portion of ventral surface of tail ochraceous-buft 
rather than ochraceous-tawny. 


Material.—All from California: Twenty-one specimens from Mono 
County: Walker Lake, 8000 feet; Silver Lake, 7200 feet; Gem Lake, 
9036 feet; Mono Craters, 7500-8000 feet; Williams Butte, 7000 feet: 
and Warren Fork of Leevining Creek, 9200-9400 feet; twenty-three 
specimens from Placer County: Cisco, 6000 feet; Soda Springs, 6500 
feet; twenty-six specimens from Nevada County: Independence Lake, 


4 University of California Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


7000 feet. These localities all he in either the Canadian Zone or the 
upper part of the Transition Zone. 

Remarks.—The form here described is the southernmost and palest 
representative of the amoenus group, occurring on the arid crest and 
east wall of the central Sierra Nevada, where it is characteristic of the 
Canadian Zone. Specimens from Independence Lake, Nevada County, 
indicate intergradation toward true amoenus. Measurements of total 
length, tail and hind foot, as tabulated by us (in MS), show no 
significant differences. 

Fifteen topotype specimens of Eutamias amoenus amoenus, taken 
in the vicinity of Fort Klamath, Oregon, and loaned to us from the 
collection of the United States Bureau of Biological Survey, through 
Mr. E. W. Nelson, are in pelage comparable with our Mono series. 
These proved invaluable for demonstrating the differences distinguish- 
ing the race here newly named. é 


Eutamias merriami mariposae, new subspecies 
Mariposa Chipmunk 

Type.—Female adult, skull and skin, in full winter pelage; no. 
21855, Mus. Vert. Zool.; El Portal, 2000 feet altitude, Mariposa 
County, California; November 24, 1914; collected by Walter P. Taylor; 
original no. 7099. 

Diagnosis—Sinilar to Eutamias merriami merriami in correspond- 
ing pelage, but general tone of coloration grayer, less brownish; dorsal 
pair of light stripes with ashy predominating; rump less brownish; 
sides much grayer, with but a trace of the ochraceous-buft of merriami; 
tail darker, the dorsal hairs banded and tipped with buffy white. 

Material—Fifteen specimens from the Upper Sonoran and low 
Transition zones of the west flank of the central Sierras of Cal- 
fornia: Madera County: Raymond, 940 feet; Mariposa County ;: three 
miles east of Coulterville, 3200 feet; El Portal, 2000 feet; Yosemite 
Valley, 4000-5000 feet. 

Remarks —The series at hand consists of specimens in either fresh 
or worn winter pelage, with but two exceptions. One of these excep- 
tions, a juvenal, as compared with merriama of the same age, is 
decidedly paler and grayer, but not quite so gray as juvenals of 
kernensis. The other exception, our only specimen showing summer 
(post-breeding) pelage, is practically indistinguishable from merriami 
in the same coat. It is thus quite different from the grayish kernensis, 


though the tail is the same. 


1916] Grinnell-Storer: Diagnoses of Seven New Mammals 5 


Tn our attempt to establish the systematic status of the merriami 
chipmunk of the Yosemite section, it was found that there exists an 
additional previously undescribed race of the same group in the Kern 
basin of the southern Sierras, and this is next described. Figure 1 is 
a map showing the distribution of all the Californian races of 
Eutamias merriami as illustrated by the material contained in the 


- mariposae 
- mM. pricei 


-m. merriami 


m. kernensis 


Fig. 1. Map showing ranges of four races of Hutamias merriami 
in central and southern California. 


Museum of Vertebrate Zoology. This map, in conjunction with one 
recently published by the senior author (Grinnell, 1915) will serve to 
illustrate the ranges of all forms of the townsendi-merriami group 
now known to oceur in California. 


Eutamias merriami kernensis, new subspecies 


Kern Basin Chipmunk 


Type.—Male adult, skull and skin, in full summer (post-breeding ) 
pelage; no. 15022, Mus. Vert. Zool.; Fay Creek, 4100 feet altitude, 


6 University of California Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


six miles north of Weldon, Kern County, California; July 13, 1911; 
collected by H. A. Carr and J. Grinnell; original no. 266. 

Diagnosis—Similar to topotypes of Eutamias merriami merriami 
in corresponding pelage, but decidedly grayer in general tone of 
coloration ; sides of head and hind-neck ashy gray rather than leaden 
gray; dorsal light stripes relatively broad, more ashy in color; dorsal 
dark stripes narrower, and less richly brown in shade; sides pale 
tawny rather than reddish brown; dorsal tail hairs banded and tipped 
with light buff rather than ochraceous-tawny ; ventral surface of tail, 
centrally, ochraceous-tawny rather than cinnamon-rufous. 

Material—F ifty-nine specimens from California as follows: Kern 
County: Kern River at Bodfish, 2400 feet; Kern River, twelve miles 
below Bodfish, 2000 feet; west slope Walker Pass, 4600 feet; Kern 
River at Isabella, 2500 feet; Kiavah Mountain, 7000 feet; Fay Creek, 
4100 feet; Tulare County: Taylor Meadow, 7000 feet; Trout Creek, 
6000 feet; Jordan Hot Springs, 6700 feet. These localities all he in 
the Upper Sonoran and Transition zones. 

Remarks—AImost all of the specimens just mentioned are in full 
summer pelage. Their general grayness is conspicuous as compared 
with Eutamias merriami merriami, of which we have examined ade- 
quate topotype material from the San Bernardino Mountains. Un- 
fortunately winter specimens of kernensis are entirely lacking, so that 
it is not possible to characterize the winter coat. A single July 
specimen showing delayed molt suggests extreme grayness in a degree 
comparable with that of the summer pelage. 


Ochotona schisticeps muiri, new subspecies 
Yosemite Cony 


Type.—Male adult, skull and skin in winter pelage, no. 23480, 
Mus. Vert. Zool. ; 9300 feet altitude near Ten Lakes, Yosemite National 
Park, Tuolumne County, California; October 11, 1915; collected by 
Walter P. Taylor; original no. 7720. 

Diagnosis—Fairly intermediate between Ochotona  schisticeps 
schisticeps and Ochotona schisticeps albatus; general color more 
brownish than in albatus, but not so dark as in schisticeps; head dis- 
tinetly different from back, leaden gray as contrasted with lght 
brown; under surface of body and upper surface of feet pervaded 
with pale buff rather than either clay color or a creamy tint. 


1916] Grinnell_Storer: Diagnoses of Seven New Mammals 1 


Material—Fifty specimens from the Sierra Nevada in or near the 
Yosemite National Park, in Mariposa, Tuolumne and Mono counties, 
California. The various points of capture all lie within the Hudsonian 
and Alpine-Arctie zones. 

Remarks.—The extensive series of conies now available from the 
Sierra Nevada points unmistakably to intergradation between schisti- 
ceps and .albatus through the race here named muirt. Thus albatus 
should henceforth be designated trinomially. Muiri is, if anything, 
nearer to schisticeps of the Lake Tahoe region and northward than to 
albatus of the Mount Whitney region. 

The new form here characterized is named for a gifted Sierran 
naturalist, the late John Muir. 


Sylvilagus bachmani mariposae, new subspecies 


Mariposa Brush Rabbit 


Type—Male adult, skin and skull; no. 21867, Mus. Vert. Zool.; 
adenostoma association, on McCauley Trail, at 4000 feet altitude, near 
El Portal, Mariposa County, California; December 7, 1914; collected 
by J. Grinnell; original no. 2972. 

Diagnosis.—Similar to Sylvilagus bachmani bachmam, but general 
tone of coloration decidedly grayer, more black on back, ears larger, 
and cranium larger with longer and heavier rostral region; similar 
to Sylvilagus bachmani cinerascens, but grayer, especially on sides 
and ears, back with more black, general size greater, cranium with 
longer and heavier rostral region, and auditory bullae conspicuously 
smaller. 

Material.—Six adult specimens from the Upper Sonoran Zone of 
the western Sierran foothills in Mariposa County, California, 800 to 
4000 feet altitude. 


MEASUREMENTS (IN MILLIMETERS) 


No. Sex Total length Tail Hind foot Ear from crown 
21867 fot 326 30 73 80 
21868 ie) 342 27 75 80 
22928 2 340 32 al = 
22929 fof 340 25 75 80 
23619 ©) 280 25 75 75 
23620 Jb 313 32 74 74 


8 University of California Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


Remarks —The material at hand is probably representative of the 
race of bachmani occupying the “‘lower slopes of the Sierras between 
Shasta County and northern Tulare County,’’? which Nelson (1909, 


6c 


p. 249) refers to as ‘‘not typical’’ but in his estimation ‘‘nearest to 


bachmani.’’ 


The several distinctive characters displayed by our speci- 
mens seem to us to warrant fully the use of a separate name, 
especially in view of the apparent complete separation of the ranges 
of mariposae and bachmani. Tntergradation between these two forms 
probably takes place through cinerascens, around the southern end of 
the San Joaquin Valley. The latter race, however, is not at all inter- 
mediate in characters, but is divergent from both, notably in the matter 


of the enlarged auditory bullae. 


LITERATURE CITED 


GRINNELL, J. 

1915. Eutamias sonomae, a new chipmunk from the interior northern coast 
belt of California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, pp. 321-325, 1 fig. 
in text. 

JacKSON, H. H. T. 
1915. A review of the American moles. U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Biol. 
Surv., N. Amer. Fauna, 38, 100 pp., 6 pls., 27 figs. in text. 
KELLOGG, LOUISE. 

1916. Report upon mammals and birds found in portions of Trinity, Siskiyou 
and Shasta counties, California, with description of a new Dipodomys. 
Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, pp. 335-398, pls. 15-18. 

NELSON, E. W. 
1909. The rabbits of North America. U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Biol. Surv., 
N. Amer. Fauna, 29, 314 pp., 13 pls., 19 figs. in text. 


Transmitted April 14, 1916. 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 
IN 


ZOOLOGY 
Vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 9-10 August 23, 1916 


A NEW BAT OF THE GENUS MYOTIS FROM 
THE HIGH SIERRA NEVADA OF 


CALIFORNIA 


BY 


HILDA WOOD GRINNELL 


(Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California) 


Eight species of bats were obtained in the summer of 1915 by the 
Museum collecting party working across the Sierra Nevada through 
the Yosemite region. These are found to include an apparently un- 
described race of the Yuma bat, which is herewith characterized. Of 
particular note is the fact that this bat was ascertained to occur higher 
zonally than any of the others, two specimens having been taken by 
Dr. Walter P. Taylor at the upper edge of the Hudsonian Zone ( Vogel- 
sang Lake, 10,350 feet altitude). 


Myotis yumanensis altipetens, new subspecies 
High Sierra Bat 

Type.—M ale, adult ; no. 23034, Mus. Vert. Zool. ; 7500 feet altitude, 
one mile east of Mereed Lake, Yosemite National Park, California; 
August 19, 1915; collected by J. Grinnell; original no. 3437. 

Diagnosis.—Largest race of Myotis ywmanensis occurring in Cali- 
fornia (total length 88 to 93 millimeters; greatest length of cranium 
14.2 to 15.0 millimeters) ; coloration nearest that of Myotis ywmanensis 
sociabilis. 

Material—F our specimens from the high Sierra Nevada, within the 
Yosemite National Park: two from Mereed Lake, 7500 feet (Canadian 
Zone), and two from Vogelsang Lake, 10,350 feet (Hudsonian Zone). 


iQ) < University of California Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


MEASUREMENTS (IN MILLIMETERS) 


Greatest 

Total lengthof Weight 

No. Sex length Tail Foot Ear Forearm Tibia cranium (grams) 
23034 Jb 88 36 9 12 36:5." ess 15.0 7.8 
23035 3 90 41 10 13 36.4 16.4 14.2 6.1 
23036 2 91 37 10 14 36:0 5e eee 14.5 7.8 
23526* J 93 40 11 15 36.0 IGG) 7 es 7.2 

* Aleoholic. 


Remarks—The fur of this bat is distributed as in Myotis yuman- 
ensis yumanensis. On the back the distal portion of the fur is isabella 
color and on the belly it is a pale tint of light buff. The skull differs 
considerably from skulls of other races of Myotis yumanensis from 
California. In addition to the greater size of the cranium, the brain- 
case is more inflated, and at the same time the depression between the 
brain-case and rostrum (in altipetens) is less marked than in the other 
subspecies. 


Transmitted April 14, 1916. 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 
IN 
ZOOLOGY 


Vol. 17, No. 3, pp. 11-14 September 18, 1916 
Tas ES PES SE GN TE EEE Se EEN ST GE ESE Linmeeped 97 


SPELERPES PLATYCEPHALUS, A NEW ALPINE 
| SALAMANDER FROM THE YOSEMITE - 
NATIONAL PARK, CALIFORNIA 


BY 


CHARLES LEWIS CAMP. 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS 
BERKELEY 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 


Note.—The University of California Publications are offered in exchange for the publi- 
gations of learned societies and institutions, universities and libraries. Complete lists of 
all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample copies, lists 
of publications or other information, address the Manager of the University Press, Berkeley, 
California, U. 8. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The BF ich 


Department, University Library, Berkeley, 


OTTO HARRASSOWITZ, 
LEIPZIG. 


Agent for the series in American Arch- 
acology and Ethnology, Olassical Philology, 
Bducation, Modern Philology, Philosophy, 
Psychology, History. 


California, U. 8. A. 


RB. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN, 
BERLIN. 


Agent for the series in American Arch- 
aeology and Ethnology, Botany, Geology, 
Geography, Mathematics, Pathology, Physi- 
ology, Zoology, and Memoirs. : 


ZOOLOGY.—W. E. Ritter and O. A. Kofoid, Editors.. Price per volume, $3.50; beginning 
with vol. 11, $5.00. : 


This series contains the contributions from the Department of Zoology, from the 
Marine Laboratory of the Scripps Institution for Biological Research, at La Jolla, 
Oalifornia, and from the California Museum of Vertebrate partes in Berkeley. - 


Cited as Univ. Oalif, Publ. Zool. 


Volums 1, 1902-1905, 317 pages, with 28 plates ..... tetas TARR ras © Pe Sa ea ----83.50 


Volume 2 (Contributions from the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Associa- 
tion of San Diego), 1904-1906, xvii + 382 pages, with 19 plates —_.... fare 


Volume 8, 1906-1907, S8S pages, with 28 plates <n uc cccceeeentnceremeeee $9.50 
Volume 4, 1907-1908, 400 pages, with 24 plates eens wacseveeseee $3.50 © 
Wolume 5, 1908-1910, 440 pages, with S4 plates nnn. eens cececcescceeesceeeenceseerees 9900 
Volume 6, 1908-1911, 478 pages, with 48 plates .. averse $3.50 
Volume 7 (Contributions from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology), 1910-1912, 


246 pages, with 12 plates = x20 on ae a ade 
Volume 8, 1911, 357 pages, With 25 plates <...c.c.a. ec cc cececcccecsescensc-nenetarconsbesceecensemerssesens PSO 
Volume. 9, 1911-1912, 365 pages, with 24 plates -2.....nc.-ccceectscscgesccsetecerecsctieceqacecteoteencecbesne $3.50 
Volume 10, 1912-1913, 417 pages, with 10 plates: onc cnc ceeccceaeitneeeecsecsececeecnetacteendenseee $3.50 
Volume 11, 1912-1914, 5388 pages, With 26 plates ono... ccs-ccscscccececoeceaeesneasancenncenssseseeee SOLO 


Vol. 12. 1. A Study of 2 Collection of Geese of the Branta canadensis Group from 
the San Joaquin Valley, California, by Harry 8. Swarth. Pp. 1-24, 
plates 1-2-8 text figs. November, 1913) 0c eres cecececemeee ~,30 
. Nocturnal Wanderings of the California Pocket Gopher, by Harold ©. : 
Bryant. Pp. 25-29, 1 text fig. November, 1913 —.0. a OS 
8. The Reptiles of the San Jacinto Area of Southern California, by Sarak . 
Rogers Atsatt. Pp. $1-50. November, 1918 — 2.0.00. ).c.2c ees 20 
4. An Account of the Mammals and Birds of the Lower Colorado Valley, 
with Especial Reference to the Distributional Problems Presented, 
by Joseph Grinnell: Pp. 51-294, plates 3-13, 9 text figs. March, 1914. 2.40 
Aplodontia chryseola, 2 New Mountain Beaver from the Trinity Region 
of Northern California, by Louise Kellogg. Pp. 295-296. 
6, A Previously Undescribed Aplodontia from the Middle North Coast of 
California, by Walter P: Taylor. Pp. 297-300. 
Nos, 5 and 6 in one cover. April, 1914-0 icc eececcleccceseneeeeenee OT 
A Second Species of the Mammalian Genus Microdipodops from Cali- 
fornia, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 301-304. April, 1914 0.2 OR 
8. Distribution of River Otters in California, with Description of a New 3 
Subspecies, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 305-310, plate 14. October, 1914 .05 
9. Four New Pocket Gophers from.California, by Joseph Grinnell, Pp, - 


is] 


n 


fa. 


$11-316;: “November, «1914: Se ea Se ee -05 
10. Three New Races of Vespertilionid Bats from California, by Hilda 
Wood Grinnell. Pp. 317-321. December, 1914° ok 05 


11. Eutamias sonomae, a New Chipmunk from the Inner Northern “Coast 


Belt of California, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 321-325, 1 text figure. 
January, 1915 2.02... 


pe SSE Se ee ee) 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 
IN 


ZOOLOGY 
Vol. 17, No. 3, pp. 11-14 September 18, 1916 


SPELERPES PLATYCEPHALUS, ANEW ALPINE 
SALAMANDER FROM THE YOSEMITE 
NATIONAL PARK, CALIFORNIA 


BY 
CHARLES LEWIS CAMP 
(Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California) 


One of the results of the Yosemite Natural History Survey recently 
carried on under the auspices of the California Museum of Vertebrate 
Zoology is the discovery of a new salamander from the high Sierra 
Nevada. This alpine species is apparently most nearly related to 
some of the forms of Spelerpes inhabiting the central Mexican plateau 
and Mount Orizaba, and constitutes an interesting addition to the 
Pacific fauna, Inasmuch as this genus has not hitherto been recorded 
from west of New Mexico. The present species appears to be one of 
a number of forms far removed geographically from the center of 
abundance of the genus, and its locality of occurrence makes it seem 
likely that the boreal salamanders of this group had a much wider 
range during glacial times than at present. One is led to expect that 
other species of Spelerpes may yet be found in western America, par- 
ticularly in the higher regions of northern Mexico. 


Spelerpes platycephalus, new species 
Mount Lyell Salamander 

Type—Female, adult, no. 5693, Mus. Vert. Zool.; head of Lyell 
Canon, 10,800 feet altitude, Yosemite National Park, California; 
July 18, 1915; collected by C. L. Camp; orig. no. 2215. 

Diagnosis—Body elongate; tail shorter than head and body; 
palatine teeth in two slightly arched series, separated from the para- 
sphenoid patches and extending beyond the choanae; head broad and 


12 University of California Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


depressed; tongue attached to central pedicel only, free in front; 
digits half-webbed, 4-5; costal folds 12; color dark chocolate, mottled 
on back, sides, limbs, feet, tail and chin with gray. 

Material—Two adults from the type locality, as above: nos. 5693 
female, and 5694 male, Mus. Vert. Zool. 

Comparisons.—The free tongue, consolidated premaxillaries, ossi- 
fied parietals, and digits 4-5 place the present species within the genus 
Spelerpes. The half-webbed toes and character of the palatine teeth 
relate it more closely to the Mexican alpine forms of that genus than 
to those of the tropical and austroriparian regions of North America. 
In number of costal folds and style of coloration (see Broechi, 1882, 
pl. 19), it resembles S. leprosus Cope (1869, pp. 105-106), described 
from the ‘‘ Alpine region, in Vera Cruz, Mexico.’’ But it is distinct 
from leprosus because of its wider and longer head and shorter tail 


(see table of measurements). 


MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS OF SPELERPES 
S. platycephalus 
A 


no. 5693 ° 
no. S. leprosus 

in 5694 as 

alive alcohol 3 (oh 9 6sex?2 

MotallMleng Ghee cere eee 106.5 99.4 86.9 91 105 87 
Tail from posterior angle of vent 35.5 33.6 30.2 45 52 37 
lead! widthy fcc ncecccesceerccretse ese eee Haley) 10.3 10.2 8 9 8 
Snout to gular folde=s 15.3 14.2 12.6 3 —_ 
Slows ose Ll yee eee ee 20.7 18.4 2 ats 15 
STAG) Rea ON Seer ereeriereeersen Seca 54.2 47.8 ee ee 46 
de) cil De oe eseeceeer eee a eee ee ete 16 15.5 15.5 12 14 15 
OS Wes Ul hse 9 yes sec ee ecer cece: Heater 18 17.0 16.9 5) 17 18 


* Boulenger, 1882, p. 68. 
* Cope, 1869, p. 106. 


Description of type-——Parasphenoid teeth in two elongate patches, 
separated by a narrow interval from the palatine teeth which extend 
in two slightly arched series beyond the choanae; head depressed, 
wider than body at any point; no trace of canthus rostralis, subnarial 
protuberances or parotoid glands; naso-labial grooves barely dis- 
tinguishable ; nostrils minute; premaxillaries united, containing a fon- 
tanel; maxillary and mandibular teeth small and numerous, jaws not 
edentulous posteriorly ; body elongate, containing distance from snout 
to gular fold four and one-half times; limbs fail to meet by two costal 
interspaces, when appressed to sides; fore limb forward to middle of 
eye; hind limb forward over five costal folds; fingers and toes slightly 


1916] Camp: Spelerpes platycephalus 13 


enlarged at ends, webbed about half way to tips, inner digit rudi- 
mentary, smaller than outer on both front and hind foot; tail much 
shorter than body, cylindrical; eyes small and far apart; extended 
tongue 30-40 millimeters long; gular fold continuous with a line 
running to eye; costal folds 12. 

Color in life dark chocolate, marked evenly and thickly on back 
and sides of head and body, on limbs, feet and tail, and below chin 
with lichen-lhke gray markings, yellowish in tinge down middle of 
back, where less distinct, and bluish on sides; underparts posterior to 
gular fold uniform dark chocolate. Iris bright yellow. In alcohol 
the yellowish tints have disappeared. 


Fig. 1.—Top of head, 2 no. 5693, Mus. Vert. Zool.; note great breadth of 
head, and distance between eyes. 

Fig. 2—Side of head, 2 no. 5693, Mus. Vert. Zool.; note small nostril, rela- 
tive size of eye, position of gular fold, and lines on side of neck. 

Fig. 3.—Open mouth of ¢ no. 5694, Mus. Vert. Zool.; note tongue, unattached 
in front, character of palatine and parasphenoid teeth, and long maxillary 
teeth. 


Fig. 4.—Left fore foot, J no. 5694, Mus. Vert. Zool.; note extent of webbing. 


5 


Fig. 5—Left hind foot, ¢ no. 5694, Mus. Vert. Zool.; note extent of webbing, 
2) 


and enlarged ends of toes. All x 2}. 


Variations—The only other specimen, a male, differs somewhat 
from the type. The teeth on the sides of the upper jaw (see fig. 3) 
are abnormally long, protruding below the closed lips beneath the 
eyes, and are few in number (ten on each side) ; the body is shorter, 
the appressed limbs being separated by only one costal fold, and the 
light markings are smaller and more scattered. 

Remarks.—The two Mount Lyell salamanders were taken on the 
rocky, snow-covered north slope of Mount Lyell, in the Yosemite 
National Park, about a mile from the glacier and a little below timber 
line, here marked by a few stunted white-bark pines on the tops of 


14 University of California Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


the ridges. The exact spot was at the 10,800-foot contour, on a steep, 
east-facing hillside above the Donohue Pass trail in a small patch of 
heather. A stream close by issued directly from the snow banks and 
disappeared beneath rock-slides below. The two specimens were found 
to have been captured simultaneously in a spring-clip mouse-trap set 
in front of a small hole running into the moist soil beneath some rocks. 


Transmitted August 25, 1916. 


LITERATURE CITED 


BOULENGER, G. A. 

1882. Catalogue of the Batrachia Gradientia s. Caudata and Batrachia 
Apoda in the collection of the British Museum. (London, 1882), 
second ed., pp. vili+127, 9 pls. : 

Broccui, P. 

1882. Mission scientifique au Mexique et dans 1’Amérique Centrale, ouvrage 
publié par ordre du ministre de 1’instruction publique. Recherches 
zoologiques. Troisiéme partie, 2° section, Etude des batraciens 
de 1’Amérique Centrale. (Paris, 1882), 122 pp., 21 pls. 

Copr, E. D. 

1869. A review of the species of the Plethodontidae and Desmognathidae. 

Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1869, pp. 93-118. 


os 


0,1 


gure in 
aioe mek 


Fd 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS — 


Note.—The University of California Publications are offered in exchange for the publi- 
eations of learned societios and institutions, universities and libraries, Complete lists of 
all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample copies, lists 
of publications or other information, address the Manager of the University Press, Berkeley, - 
California, U. 5. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The Exchange 
Department, University Library, Berkeley, Californiz, U. 8. A. 


OTTO HARRASSOWITZ, &. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN, 
LEIPzia. BERLIN, 
Agent for the’ es in American Arch- Agent for the series in American Arch- 


aeology and Ethnology, Olassical Philology, aeclogy and Ethnology, Botany, Geology, 
Hducation, Modern Philology, Philosophy, Geography, Mathematics, tanec Physi- 
Psychology, History. ology, Zoology, and Memoirs. , 


ZOOLOGY.—W. BE. Ritter and C. A. Kofoid, Editors. Price per volume, $3.50; beginning ~ 


with vol. 11, $5.00. 


This series contains the contributions from the Department of Zoology, from the 
Marine Laboratory of the Scripps Institution for Biological Research, at La Jolla, 
California, and from the Oalifornia Museum of Vertebrate Zoology in Berkeley. 


Cited as Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 


Volums 1, 1902-1905, $17 pages, with 28 plates oon ncn tees $3.50 
Volume 2 (Contributions from the Laboratory of the Marine Biological. Associa- 

tion of San Diego), 1904-1906, xvii + S82 pages, with 19 Plates - PUL MEd > E 
Volume 3, 1906-1907, 383 pages, with 23 plates eee $3.50 
Volume 4, 1907-1908, 400 pages, with 24 plates ono. lectneneeeseeceee, 83.50 
Volume 5, 1908-1910, 440 pages, with 34 plates oo. ncccc ccc cece lectern .. $3.50 
Volume 6, 1908-1911, 478 pages, with 48 plates 2 a 8850 
Volume 7 (Contributions from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology), 1910-1912, 

446° pages, with 12: platen oe ra eee ols eae a eeaeteaaate ices 
Volume 8, 1911, 357 pages, With 25 plates ccc occa cel ccenennbgesctecantectpaerne $3.50 
Volume 9, 1911-1912, 365 pages, with 24 plates: 2.22... ceeceeeetectdiceceeeccacecbesecntenseesdvactecee $3.50 
Volume 10, 1912-1913, 417 pages, with 10 plates ..... sees $300 
Volume 11, 1912-1914, 538 pages, with 26 plates ...... NRA lave fe ne DNS sete Sa Sn $5.00 


Vol. 12. 1. A Study of a Collection of Geese of the Branta canadensis Group from 
the San Joaquin Valley, California, by Harry 8. Swarth. Pp. 1-24, 


plates 1-2, 8 text figs. November, 1913 ec nccccec cece ccc cccceectaccee 30 
2. Nocturnal Wanderings of the California Pocket Gopher, by Harold ©. 
Bryant. Pp. 25-29, 1 text fig. November, 1913 200... cs See 
. The Reptiles of the San Jacinto Area of Southern California, by: Sarah 
Rogers Atsatt. Pp. 31-50, November, 1913 2.3 cci ee 20 


4, An Account of the Mammals and Birds of the Lower Colorado Valley, 
with Especial Reference to the Distributional. Problems Presented, 
by. Joseph Grinnell. Pp, 61-294, plates 3-18, 9 text figs. March, 1914. 92.40 
6. Aplodontia chryseola, a New Mountain Beaver from the Trinity Region 
of Northern California, by Louise Kellogg. Pp. 295-296, 
6. A Previously Undescribed Aplodontia from the Middie North Coast of 
California, by Walter P. Taylor. Pp. 297-300. 


Nos. 5 and 6 in one cover. April, 1914 on ecteeeaeeesee 05 
7. A Second Species of the Mammalian Genus Microdipodops from Oali- 
fornia, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 301-304, April, 1914 0B 


8, Distribution of River Otters in California, with Description of a New 
Subspecies, by Joseph Grinnell, Pp. 305-310, plate 14. October, 1914  .05 


9. Four New Pocket Gophers from California, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 


$11-316."- November):t914 2cness Sn Se Se ee .05 
10, Three New Races of Vespertilionid Bats from California, by Hilda 
Wood Grinnell. Pp. 317-321. December, 1914 22 cc ee © OB 


11. Eutamias sonomae, a New Chipmunk from the Inner Northern Coast 
Belt of California, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 321-325, 1 text figure. 
WD ANU ALY 1 OLB Fe oS eS Pe .05 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS vasonian Ing 


IN {> 
ZOOLOGY ze 
Vol. 17, No. 4, pp. 15-20, 1 figure in text October 3,\1916 


A NEW SPERMOPHILE FROM THE SAN 
JOAQUIN VALLEY, CALIFORNIA, WITH 
NOTES ON AMMOSPERMOPHILUS 
NELSONI NELSONI MERRIAM 


BY 
WALTER P. TAYLOR 


(Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California) 


Accumulation of specimens of antelope chipmunks (genus Ammo- 
spermoplilus) from the San Joaquin Valley, California, is now 
sufficient to permit a review of their systematic status, and this review 
demonstrates the existence of a new subspecies, herewith described, 
in the vicinity of Los Banos, Merced County. Occasion is taken also 
to comment on the distribution of Ammospermophilus nelsoni nelsoni, 
to make a contribution to its life-history, and to discuss its economic 
relations. 

The writer desires to thank Dr. Joseph Grinnell and Mr. Harry 
S. Swarth, of the staff of the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, for 
helpful suggestions. 


Ammospermophilus nelsoni amplus, new subspecies 
Los Banos Antelope Chipmunk 


Type—Male adult, in summer pelage; no. 16693, Mus. Vert. Zool. ; 
20 miles south of Los Banos, Merced County, California; June 20, 
1912; collected by R. H. Beck; orig. no. (J. Grinnell) 1957. 

Diagnosis—Similar to Ammospermophilus nelsoni nelsoni but 
larger, paler colored, and with white lateral lines less distinct. 

Comparison—Summer skins of Ammospermophilus nelsoni amplus 
are paler than those of A. n. nelson’. Their dorsal coloration approx- 
imates light buff, almost whitish on nape of neck and sides of face, 


16 University of California Publications in Zoology — | Vou. 17 


while in nelsoni the hue is close to ight pinkish emnamon, approach- 
ing whitish back of ears. A tendency is observable in amplus to have 
the white of the lateral stripes a little obscured by an admixture of 
light buffy hairs, particularly towards the rump. In nelsoni the 
stripes are purer white. The general pallor of amplus also renders 
the white stripes less conspicuous. The white eye-ring is also less 
prominent in amplus than in nelsom. The pure coloration of the 
upper surface of fore and hind lmbs tends toward pinkish buff in 
amplus, more towards light pinkish cmnamon in nelsoni, although in 
certain examples no difference in hue is appreciable. There seems 
to be a tendency in amplus toward a flatter tail than in nelsoni. 
The coloration of the tail seems also to be more clearly disposed in 
bands than it is in nelsoni, im which the tail dorsally is more indis- 
criminately mixed, blackish and whitish. 

There are no conspicuous cranial differences between the two 
forms. Certain crania of Ammospermophilus nelsoni amplus average 
2.7 per cent longer than in A. n. nelsoni, mastoid width about 3.0 
per cent greater, and nasals about 9.8 per cent longer. 

Difference in size usually furnishes a comparatively conspicuous 
character. Total length in Ammospermophilus nelsoni amplus aver- 
ages 9.6 per cent above the average in A. n. nelsoni; length of tail 
vertebrae, 5.4 per cent, length of hind foot, 6.0 per cent, and length 
of ear, 40.8 per cent. Unfortunately the length of ear cannot be 
measured, by the methods used, accurately enough to be as reliable 
as are the other measurements. 

With two exceptions the specimens of Ammospermophilus nelsoni 
amplus are im summer pelage. Two examples (nos. 13816, 13817, 
Mus. Vert. Zool.), taken March 25 and March 27 respectively, are 
in winter coat. The pelage in winter is softer and thicker than in 
summer, and is more grizzled or spotty; hues of coloration are paler, 
and the white stripes on the sides less conspicuous. One of the 
examples (no. 13816) is inclined more toward grayish or whitish; 
the other (no. 13817) is more yellowish. 

Distribution.—Of Ammospermophilus nelsoni amplus there are 34 
specimens (including three skeletons-only) in the Museum of Verte- 
brate Zoology, representing two localities, as follows: Sweeney’s 
Ranch, 22 miles south of Los Banos, California, 2; mouth of Little 
Panoche Creek, 18 or 20 miles south of Los Banos, 32. 

Remarks.—Although Ammospermophilus nelsoni amplus is a well- 


marked form, it is sufficiently close to A. n. nelsoni to be referred to 


1916] Taylor: A New Spermophile from the San Joaquin Valley 17 


the same species. According to present records there is a gap between 
the ranges of the two from about the vicinity of Huron, Fresno 
County, northward to a point within 18 or 20 miles of Los Banos, 
Merced County; but it is not improbable that wide-spread collecting 
in the region of this seeming gap would demonstrate continuous 
distribution and geographic intergradation. 

Measurements.—Of the type: Total length, 260 mm.; tail verte- 
brae, 75; hind foot, 43; ear, 7; greatest length of skull, 43.1; mastoid 
width, 21.6; interorbital constriction, 10.5; length of nasals, 13.1. 

Males average slightly larger than females. External measurements 
of 15 males: Total length, 249 mm. (max. 267, min. 234); tail 
vertebrae, 73.1 (max. 78, min. 66) ; hind foot, 41.3 (max. 44, min. 40). 
Corresponding measurements of 16 females: Total length, 238 (max. 
256, min. 230) ; tail vertebrae, 72 (max. 78, min. 67); hind foot, 40 
(maxe 43°) min: 31/9) 

External measurements of 31 adults, combining both males and 
females: total length, 243.6 mm. (max. 267. min. 230) ; tail vertebrae, 
72.5 (max. 78, min. 66) ; hind foot, 40.6 (max. 44, min. 37). 

Crania of four males: Greatest length of skull, 42.2 mm. (max. 
43.1, min. 41.5); mastoid width, 21.4 (max. 21.6, min. 21.2); inter- 
orbital constriction, 10.2. (max. 10.5, min. 9.9); length of nasals, 
12.4 (max. 13.1, min. 12.2). Corresponding measurements of three 
females: Greatest length of skull, 40.1 (only one specimen measured) ; 
mastoid width, 21.1 (max. 21.7, min. 20.5, two specimens measured) ; 
interorbital constriction, 9.7 (max. 10.2, min. 9.2); length of nasals, 
12.0 (max. 12.5, min. 11.6, two specimens measured). 

Cranial measurements of seven adults, combining both males and 
females: Greatest length of skull, 41.8 (max. 43.1, min. 40.1); 
mastoid width, 21.38 (max. 21.7, min. 20.5) ; interorbital constriction, 
9.9 (max. 10.5, min. 9.2) ; length of nasals, 12.3 (max. 13.1, min. 11.6). 


NOTES ON THE DISTRIBUTION AND LIFE HISTORY OF 
AMMOSPERMOPHILUS NELSONI NELSONI 


Distribution.—This species was first made known by Dr. C. Hart 
Merriam in 1893 (pp. 129-131). That its distribution is general in 
the southern San Joaquin Valley is indicated by the accompanying 
map (see fig. 1). Actual records, as published by Merriam, pertain 
to the following localities: Tipton (type locality), Tulare County ; 
Alila (now known as Earlimart), Tulare County; Huron, Fresno 


18 University of Califorma Publications in Zoology [Vou 1+ 


County; Adobe Station, Kern County (see Palmer, 1893, p. 362) ; 
Lerdo, Kern County; Poso, Kern County (see Palmer, 1893, p. 378) ; 
Lake Buena Vista, Kern County; Temblor (or Temploa) Mountains, 
on boundary between Kern and San Luis Obispo counties. The 
following additional stations of occurrence, ascertained by the Museum 
of Vertebrate Zoology, may now be added: Eight miles northeast of 


— 


e A.n nelsoni 


4 A.n. amplus 


Fig. 1.—San Joaquin Valley, California, with outlines of ranges of Ammo- 
spermophilus nelsoni amplus and Ammospermophilus nelsoni nelsoni. Dots 
represent localities where specimens have been collected. 


Bakersfield, Kern County; McKittrick, Kern County; and Carrizo 
Plains, seven miles southeast of Simmler, San Luis Obispo County. 
In 1912, Grinnell (MS) noted many antelope chipmunks in the 
Cuyama Valley, extreme southeastern San Luis Obispo County. 
General habits—Antelope chipmunks were found in abundance 
by our Museum party eight miles northeast of Bakersfield, where 
the animals preferred the open, exposed tracts covered chiefly with 
foxtail grass. They were noted also in Atriplex country both in the 


1916] Taylor: A New Spermophile from the San Joaquin Valley 19 


vicinity of Bakersfield and in the neighborhood of McKittrick, where 
sandy washes seemed to be fairly well occupied. Near Bakersfield the 
antelope chipmunks were found in the hilly regions only, none at 
all being noted on the plains below. They do not, however, so far 
as available data indicate, range above the Lower Sonoran zone. Their 
call-notes were not loud, being, in fact, indicated more by the associated 
convulsive movement of the body than by the sound itself. During 
the cool of the morning the animals were not in evidence, appearing 
only after it became quite warm. Apparently six or eight individuals 
constituted a colony of average size. The sides of little gullies were 
often fairly honeycombed with burrows, such situations on banks being 
preferred, perhaps, to any other location. The burrows investigated 
proved to be somewhat complicated, two or three passageways running 
into one at a depth of a foot or more below the surface. This passage- 
way, in turn, joined one or two other aggregations of entrance ways. 
Although several burrows were dug out to the end, no nests or food- 
stores were discovered. The cheek pouch of a specimen from 
McKittrick (no. 9032, Mus. Vert. Zool.), contained 745 seeds of 
Erodium (either moschatum or cicutarium). 

Breeding habits—Adult males (taken May 7 to 28) had testes 
enlarged, signifying reproductive activity. Two juvenal specimens 
were collected, a male (no. 13824, Mus. Vert. Zool.), May 7, 1911, 
eight miles northeast of Bakersfield, and another (no. 13850, Mus. 
Vert. Zool.), May 18, 1911, at McKittrick. No embryos were found, 
so probably the young had been born during April or very early in 
May, or perhaps even earlier. 

Economic relations.—The Nelson chipmunk seems to prefer barren 
situations whieh have no agricultural importance. The possibility 
of its doing damage by burrowing through the walls of irrigating 
ditches or by eating the seeds of cultivated plants is remote. The 
experience of the Museum party, and of other observers with related 
species (for example, see Mearns, 1907, pp. 300 and following), 
supports the conclusion that the members of this group of spermophiles 
(Ammospermophilus) are of little or no economic importance. 

Possible effect of farming on the status of the species.—No antelope 
chipmunks could be found in the vicinity of the type locality, Tipton, 
Tulare County, the first noted being observed some 30 miles to the 
south. Residents acquainted with the species testified that it formerly 
occurred where now it is absent. Possibly farming activity crowds 
out Ammospermophilus. Residents also asserted that the Beechey 


20 University of California Publications in Zoology Vou. 17 


ground squirrel is a comparatively recent immigrant into the lowlands 
of the San Joaquin Valley, and that it is continually increasing in 
numbers. Possibly the immigration of Citellus beecheyi tends to 
assist in the crowding out of Ammospermophilus nelsoni and the 
consequent restriction of the range of the latter. Much more evidence, 
however, must be gathered before any degree of probability can be 
assumed for the suggestions here made. 


Transmitted April 21, 1916. 


LITERATURE CITED 
MEARNS, E. A. 
1907. Mammals of the Mexican Boundary of the United States. U. 8S. 
Nat. Mus. Bull. 56, Part 1, pp. xv +530, pls. 13, 126 figs. in text. 
MerrIAM, C. H. 
1893. Descriptions of eight new ground squirrels of the genera Spermo- 
philus and Tamias from California, Texas, and Mexico. Proce. Biol. 
Soe. Wash., 8, pp. 129-138. 
PatmeEr, T. S. 
1893. List of localities visited by the Death Valley expedition. U. 8. 
Dept. Agric., Div. Ornith. and Mamm., N. Amer. Fauna, 7, pp. 
361-384. 


UNIVEESITY OF OALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 


Note.—The University of Oalifornia Publications are offered in exchange for the publi- 


cations of learmed. societies and institutions, universities and libraries. Complete lists of 
all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample copies, lists 
of publications or other information, address the Manager of the University Press, Berkeley, 
Oalifornia, U, 8. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The Exchange 
Department, Uxiversity Library, Berkeley, California, U. 8. A. 


OTTO HARRASSOWITZ, RB. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN, 
LEIPZIG. BERLIN. 
Agent for the series in American Arch- Agent for the series in American Arch- 


aeology and Ethnology, Classical Philology, aeology and Ethnology, Botany, Geology, 
Education, Modern Philology, Philosophy, Geography, Mathematics, Pathology, Physi- 
Psychology, History. ology, Zoology, and Momoirs. : 


ZOOLOGY.—W, E. Ritter and 0. A. Kofoid, Editors, Price per volume, $3.50; beginning 
with vol. 11, $5.00. ; 


This series contains the contributions from the Department of Zoology, from the 
Marine Laboratory of the Scripps Institution for Biological Research, at La Jolla, 
Oalifornia, and from the California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology in Berkeley. 


Cited as Univ, Calif. Publ. Zool. 
Volume 1, 1902-1905, 317 pages, with 28 plates’. oi clea Sera ere $3.50 


Volume 2 (Contributions from the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Associa- 

tion of San Diego), 1904-1906, xvii-+ 382 pages, with 19 plates —............-.... $3.50 
Volume 3, 1906-1907, 383 pages, with 23 plates no. ses cictceeecnenesnrontneeneeee SO 
Volume 4, 1907-1908, 400 pages, with 24 plates nw. etc ccccclee ce eeeeeeen ~ $3.50 : 
Volume 5, 1908-1910, 440 pages, with 34 plates 20.20 83.50 
Volume 6, 1908-1911, 478 pages, with 48 plates —2200 =. $3.50 
Volume 7 (Contributions from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology), 1910-1912, : 

4462pages, with JS: plates rs ate aot cee Sos bcewcemseonn oe eebenase $3:50 


Volume 8, 1911, 357 pages, with 25 plates ..-.. 
Volume 9, 1911-1912, 365 pages, with 24 plates 
Volume 10, 1912-1913, 417 pages, with 10 plates 
Volume 11, 1912-1914, 538 pages, with 26 plates .... 


Vol. 12. 1. A Study of a Collection of Geese of the Branta canadensis Group from 
the San Joaquin Valley, California, by Harry 8. Swarth. Pp. 1-24, 


plates 1-2, 8 text figs. November, 1913 ci... l cc ieeeeeeeeee sete 38 
2. Nocturnal Wanderings of the California Pocket Gopher, by Harold 0. 
Bryant. Pp. 25-29, 1 text fig: November, 1913 22200. “05 


$. The Reptiles of the San Jacinto Area of Southern California, by Sarah 


Rogers Atsatt. Pp. $1-50. November, 1913 20 


4, An Account of the Mammals and Birds of the Lower Colorado Valley, 
with Especial. Reference to the Distributional Problems Presented, 
by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 61-294, plates $-13, 9 text figs. March, 1914, 2.40 
5, Aplodontia chryseola, # New Mountain Beaver from the Trinity Region 
of Northern California, by Louise Kellogg, Pp. 295-296. ‘ : 
6, A Previously Undescribed Aplodontia from the Middie North Coast of 
California, by Walter P. Taylor. Pp. 297-300. 


Nos. 5 and 6 in one cover. “April, 1914 22. 05. 


7. A Second Species of the Mammalian Genus ‘Minrsdipatons tron. “Oali- 
fornia, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp.-301-304. April, 1914 2.2. So 08 


8. Distribution of River Otters in California, with Description of a New : 
Subspecies, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 305-310, plate 14.° October, 1914 — .05 


9. Four New Pocket Gophers from California, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 


S11-316.— Nove ber, S191 4 ses et i cre aaa eek ARE 
10, Three New Races of Vespertilionid Bats from California, by Hilda 
Wood Grinnell. Pp. 317-321.. December, 1914. .22o een 05 


11. Eutamias sonomae, a New Chipmunk from the Inner Northern Coast 
Belt of California, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. $21-325, 1 text figure. - 
DP ARUATY, LONG oe Se reo Rae SR oe ee cages 05 


Se 2. $3.50 


Mirna. S 


Ldnatanieamitee le 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 
IN 


ZOOLOGY 
Vol. 17, No. 5, pp. 21-58, plates 1-4, 2 figures in text October 26, 1916 


HABITS AND FOOD OF THE ROADRUNNER IN 
CALIFORNIA 


BY 
HAROLD C. BRYANT 


(Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California) 


CONTENTS 


Tintin OC Gi ony eee eee ene eee peat pec: 
DMlaybe rial) es cecccscesce ets nacceeccccsccncctseecnce: 
Life-history and habits ....................- 
Food of the roadrunner in California 
Vegetable food 
Animal food 
Kein Swamdquanbitvesy ots LOO dmb emis execs senescence ce er ran co see eeene nee a 
Variation of food according to time of year 


CS HO CEH i ELD] OE Oh ya eS a eee 43 
THOOMONMANG, GHEYRUS) Cosceeteercescete cee reeset sepa ee eRe See eae a MER ne Re Ear ee ey 43 
SHOU STEED ea tee eee eC een er 46 
ERGOT UUM Om C1 GO Cpr enter cere te ee cre, Mes cece EE «ok noo doe 5 chsacdsasauacozuceestce st euseeeutecetseesees 48 


INTRODUCTION 

Investigations of the food habits of birds have of late done more 
to afford birds proper protection than any discussion from a purely 
esthetic point of view. It seems to the writer, however, that the 
pendulum may have swung a little too far in the direction of the 
dollars-and-cents view and that the esthetic is being left too far in 
the background. Even to the economic ornithologist who is busy 
determining the money value of birds there comes a vision of a day 
when all true values will be taken into account and the monetary 
faetor will be given only its due share of consideration. Nevertheless, 
it is natural to emphasize the poimt of view which at the moment 
makes the greatest appeal, and that at the present time appears to 
be the economic. 


22 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou. 17 


The esthetic worth of the roadrunner (Geococcyx californianus) 
is great and should not be altogether overshadowed by other con- 
siderations. Every early settler in California was quickly informed 
of the paisano (‘‘the countryman’’), a bird which could run faster 
than a horse, just as surely as he was informed of the ‘‘sacred toad’’ 
(horned toad), which wept tears of blood. The vaquero whose horse 
was fast enough to overtake a roadrunner so that it could be lassoed 
boasted of the fact for weeks. In fact, the roadrunner adds interest 
and charm to every region where it is found. Recognition is, there- 
fore, given to this and to other inherent values even though they be 
not emphasized in this paper. 

Because the roadrunner is conspicuous in size and action gunners 
have used it as a mark. The added incentive to kill this bird because 
of its alleged habit of destroying the eggs and young of the valley 
quail, a favorite game bird, has been instrumental in practically ex- 
terminating it in many localities in this state. Whether or not the 
food habits of the roadrunner have justified this treatment has not 
heretofore been adequately considered. The protection afforded the 
bird in California has thus far rested wholly upon the few general 
statements regarding its food habits and upon the recognition of 
its esthetic value. The present investigation has been carried on 
with the aim of providing a sounder basis either for its protection 
as a valuable species or for its destruction as an injurious species. 


MATERIAL 


Kighty-four stomachs of roadrunners collected in southern Cali- 
fornia, most of them in San Diego County, have been available for 
examination. This material was obtained in 1911 and 1912, when 
the California Fish and Game Commission was gathering information 
as to the food habits of the western meadowlark. This paper is, 
therefore, an additional report on the investigation then begun by 
the Commission. The material embraced birds taken in every month 
of the year with the exception of March. General complaint has been 
made against the roadrunner that it is destructive of the eggs and 
young of valley quail. Positive evidence on this point was sought 
by collecting the largest number of birds during the nesting season 
of quail. The deputies of the Fish and Game Commission who col- 
lected the birds were instructed to take them in localities where quail 
were nesting and where positive evidence as to their bird-eating habits 


1916] Bryant: Habits and Food of the Roadrunner 23 


could therefore be obtained. Deputy Webb Toms of San Diego, who 
obtained the largest number of specimens, reported as follows: ‘‘I 
commenced to collect roadrunners April 19, 1912, during which month 
I obtained two. From May 1 to June 16, fifteen were procured. All 
of those which I obtained during the nesting season were taken where 
quail and other birds were nesting.’’ The entire number of birds 
secured should suffice to furnish fairly complete evidence as to the 
food habits of the roadrunner during the nesting season. The alleged 
habit of destroying quail made it necessary to investigate the food 
of the roadrunner in uncultivated districts as well as in those in which 
the species comes in contact with civilization. 

If the food habits of a bird found more abundantly in this state 
were to be considered, a larger number of stomachs would be requisite 
for examination, but the comparative rarity of the roadrunner did 
not justify the killing of more individuals than seemed absolutely 
necessary. 

The material was handled and the same method (percentage- 
volume) used as is described in a previous paper on the economic 
status of the western meadowlark (Sturnella neglecta) in California 
(H. C. Bryant, 1914, pp. 395-420). As in previous work, the attempt 
has been made to furnish comparable data to all interested by using 
a combination of the European and American methods. The tables 
showing the number of birds taking the different items of food will 
allow British economic ornithologists to compare readily the food 
habits of the roadrunner with those of British birds. On the other 
hand, the use of the percentage-volume method as developed by the 
United States Biological Survey will furnish the data to which 
economic ornithologists in America are accustomed. 

My sincere thanks are due Miss Anna M. Lute of the Bureau of 
Plant Industry, United States Department of Agriculture, for the 
identification of seeds found in the stomachs. Professor Charles W. 
Woodworth and Professor Edwin C. Van Dyke, of the Department 
of Entomology in the University of California, have determined for 
me, or verified the identification of, different species of insects, and 
to them also I desire to make grateful acknowledgement. Mr. Donald 
R. Dickey and Mr. William L. Finley kindly allowed the use of 
excellent photographs, for plates 1 and 2. Mr. Tracy I. Storer, 
Assistant Curator of Birds in the California Museum of Vertebrate 
Zoology, has assisted in making photographs for illustration, and 
Director Joseph Grinnell, of the same Museum, has put at my disposal 


24 University of California Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


apparatus and information which has been of great help. He has 
also critically read the manuseript and offered suggestions. 


LIFE-HISTORY AND HABITS 


Although most birds are found to possess at least some interesting 
characteristics, there are very few which have so many outstanding 
peculiarities as has the roadrunner (Geococcyx californianus). Four 
marked characteristics distinguish this bird. First, although classified 
with the cuckoos, it has no close relatives, other than the slightly 
different Mexican roadrunner (Geococcyx affinis), living in North 
America at the present time; second, it is probably the fastest endur- 
ance runner among California birds; third, it has peculiar nesting 
habits; and fourth, its diet is most extraordinary. 

No better proof of the fact that the roadrunner has long excited 
keen interest among people can be offered than that numerous stories 
have grown up which attribute more than ordinary intelligence to 
this bird. The commonest story, and one often implicitly believed, 
is to the effect that the roadrunner has an ingenious method of killmg 
a rattlesnake, a feat which it takes every opportunity to perform. This 
myth has even crept into scientific writings (Heermann, 1859, p. 61; 
Orcutt, 1886, p. 49; Van Dyke, 1897, pp. 36-88; Cooper, 1870, p. 
369). The following version has been put on record by the orni- 
thologist Walter E. Bryant (1891, p. 60): 

It is said that when the roadrunner finds a rattlesnake coiled and asleep, 
it corrals him or builds a fence around him of the cactus burrs with their innumer- 
able sharp spines. After completing the corral it then commences to tease and 
worry the snake by darting at and pecking it with its stout bill. The snake 
in endeavoring to extricate himself from his thorny enclosure finds himself 


pricked on every side by the sharp spines of the cactus, and tantalized by the 
bird becomes infuriated, bites himself, and dies. 


Furthermore, the many local names of the roadrunner show it 
to be a well-known bird wherever found. In addition to the name 
‘‘roadrunner’’, which is probably a translation of the Spanish name 
correo del camino, it is variously called chaparral cock, ground cuckoo, 
paisano (Spanish for ‘‘countryman’’), lizard bird, and snake bird. 
Practically all of these names emphasize some peculiar characteristic 
of this bird. 

So unusual is the general appearance of the roadrunner that field 
marks are readily employed as a means of identification. The legs 
are long and powerful; the tail is as long as the body and rounded 


1916 | Bryant: Habits and Food of the Roadrunner 25 


at the end, and the outer tail feathers are tipped with white; the crest 
when raised is conspicuous, as is also the bare skin about the eye, 
which is red, blue, and whitish in color. The bill is over two inches long 
and hooked at the tip. The plumage is conspicuously striped with 
buffy brown and white and on the back and tail is glossed with green. 
At close range it will be noted that two toes point forward and two 
backward, a character which has caused this bird to be classified along 
with the cuckoos. The character of the feet make the footprints along 
a dusty road readily recognizable. 

There is no bird in the arid southwest that is more characteristic 
of the chaparral belt and desert. Most abundant in the San Diegan 
and desert regions, the roadrunner becomes less numerous toward the 
northern limit of its range in Shasta County. North of the Tehachapi 
it is most common in the foothills of the Sierras. It has been re- 
corded twice from the humid coast belt north of San Francisco Bay, 
in Sonoma and Marin counties (Maillard, 1900, p. 63; Belding, 1890, 
p. 56); and it approaches the coast in Alameda County (near Oak- 
land) and in San Mateo and Santa Cruz counties. It has been found 
rarely in the San Joaquin Valley. A few exceptions are noted: A 
roadrunner was noted at Tranquillity, Fresno County, on June 22, 
1915 (H. C. Bryant, MS). This individual sought refuge among tules, 
an out-of-the-ordinary habitat for this bird. One was seen by Tyler 
(1913, p. 82) at Lane’s Bridge, Fresno County, December 6, 1905, 
and a few others near Fresno at other times. In the mountains of 
southern California the roadrunner is occasionally seen above 5000 
feet ; but at or above this altitude it is always on some hot slope where 
Upper Sonoran vegetation is in evidence. Cooper (1870, p. 77) 
reported the species as occurring on Catalina Island in the early 60’s, 
but no additional records of its occurrence on the islands off the coast 
of California are known. A study of the distribution of the road- 
runner shows that the area inhabited follows very closely the limits 
of the Upper and Lower Sonoran life-zones (Grinnell, 1907, pp. 
51-53). 

It is not obvious how the range of the species is affected by its 
limited powers of flight, but the range of the individual is probably 
comparatively extensive, due to its highly developed powers of pedal 
locomotion. Where the individual range of most song-birds can be 
computed as covering but a few acres, that of the roadrunner in all 
probability needs to be computed in square miles. 

The breeding season usually covers the months of March, April, 


26 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou. 17 


and May. A nest placed in a cholla cactus and containing four eggs 
was found by Kelsey (1903, p. 132) im Cholla Valley, San Diego 
County, Mareh 25, 1903, and Sharp (1907, p. 87) found eggs advanced 
in incubation as early as February at Escondido in the same county. 
Another nest containing three nearly full-fledged young was discoy- 
ered in a mesquite bush by Stephens (MS) at Salton, Imperial County, 
as early as April 17, 1909; and a nest containing three fresh eggs was 
found as late as July 16, 1904, by W. M. Pierce at Claremont, Los 
Angeles County (Willett, 1912, p. 54). The foregoing instances in- 
clude the earliest and latest nesting dates recorded for this state. 

Although the roadrunner is largely terrestrial, it seeks safety 
for eggs and young by placing its nest well above the ground. Some 
thorny shrub or cactus is usually selected and the nest is placed from 
three to ten feet above the ground (plates 1 and 2). Shepardson 
(1915, p. 159) records having found one nest at an elevation of 
twenty feet in a willow tree and another, in 1915, twelve feet above 
the ground in a pepper tree growing in a well-populated section of 
the city of Los Angeles. The nest itself is constructed of sticks loosely 
laid together. A slight lining of finer material is to be found, almost 
invariably composed of dry horse manure more or less broken up. A 
cast-off (molted) snake skin, and feathers are also frequent adjuncts. 
In approaching the nest the roadrunner usually ascends the cactus 
or other shrub in which the nest is placed, by hopping from limb to 
limb, seldom attempting to fly directly to the location. 

The eggs number from three to nine and are deposited at intervals 
of several days. Both male and female help during the incubation 
period, which lasts about eighteen days (Bendire, 1895, p. 17). Incu- 
bation is apparently begun when the first eggs are laid, for we have 
considerable evidence that fresh eggs, small young, and fledglings are 
found in the nest at the same time. Bendire (1878, p. 39) calls atten- 
tion to this habit in the following words: 


In 1872, while in southern Arizona, I found some twenty nests of Geococcyxr 
californianus, the first nest on April 8, the last on September 10. During the 
month of April, in which I found several nests, not one contained more than 
three eggs, although I allowed incubation to begin before taking the eggs, 
as I expected the birds to lay more. Nearly every nest I found after the 
middle of May contained four or five eggs, and I account for the greater 
number laid late in the season by the fact that insect food during the dry 
season, which includes April and May, is comparatively scaree. The birds 
being aware of this content themselves with rearing a small brood the first 
time, and a large one at the second laying, when the young are hatched about 
the beginning of the rainy season, which sets in in June. At this time all 


1916 | Bryant: Habits and Food of the Roadrunner 27 


kinds of insects and reptiles become exceedingly abundant, and the birds have 
less trouble in providing for a family of five than earlier in the season for 


one of three. Only occasionally have I found eggs in different stages of 


incubation, and I do not believe that there was over a week’s difference in 
the time of laying of the eggs in any nests I found. 


No further evidence is at hand that more eggs are laid at a second 
nesting later in the season. In fact, this seems rather improbable. 
There is additional evidence, however, that eggs and young are often 
found in the nest at the same time. Coues (1903, pp. 606-607) states 
that perfectly fresh eggs and newly-hatched young may be found 
together; and by the time the last young are breaking the shell the 
others may be graded up to half the size of the adult. The Finleys 
(1915, p. 162) found a nest in Arizona which contained one fresh 
egg, one egg just ready to hatch, ‘‘two featherless, greasy, black 
young,’’ and two young ones about ready to leave the nest. Moreom 
(1887, p. 41) records the finding of a young roadrunner and two 
eges In which incubation was advanced in a nest in San Gorgonio Pass, 
Riverside County, California, on May 27, 1886. 


”? 


The young are described as ‘‘most hideous’’ in aspect. Their coal- 


black skin and ungainly form combine to make them more or less 
repulsive. When nestlings are disturbed they attempt to frighten 
the intruder by making a clicking noise with their bills. 

The habits of the roadrunner are of peculiar interest. The follow- 
ing account to be found in the report of one of the early exploring 
expeditions (Heermann, 1859, pp. 60-61) emphasizes its speed in 
running: 

We found this bird throughout California, frequenting at times the most 
arid portions of the country. It often crossed our path, or ran before us for 
a short distance on the road, dashing, when alarmed, immediately into the 
chaparral, where, swift of foot, it easily evaded pursuit. It may, however, be 
overtaken when followed on horseback over the vast open plains where no 
friendly bush offers the weary bird a shelter. When closely chased, if on an 
elevated point, it will sometimes fly, but always sailing downward. I once 
saw one captured by a couple of dogs, their appetites whetted by recent suc- 
cess in overtaking and bringing down a coyote or prairie wolf. Hotly pressed, 
the bird would gain upon his enemies while sailing down the mountain slope, 
but taking to his feet on the first ascent, this advantage was again soon 
lost, and the fugitive, worn out, fell at length a victim to their relentless 
determination. 


H. W. Henshaw (1876, p. 257) states that the long tail of the 
roadrunner, when running at full speed, is lowered till its end almost 
touches the ground, and that the bird seems to fairly glide over the 


28 University of California Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


earth, so easy are its movements. When hurrying, the tail is used 
in turning quickly, being thrown from side to side with a jerk, accord- 
ing to the direction to be taken. On gaining the cover of bushes, the 
bird’s safety seems assured, and it usually pauses in the first cover 
and stands with head erect, the tail vibrating nervously while it holds 
itself in readiness to recommence its flight. 

As a rule, this bird is shy and suspicious, but its inquisitiveness 
sometimes so overcomes this character that it appears tame and con- 
fiding. The species is not at all gregarious, no more than single indi- 
viduals or pairs being ordinarily seen at one time. 

Roadrunners kept in captivity by Sutton (1915, p. 58) refused 
to bathe in water, but continually took dust baths. The operation is 
described thus: ‘‘Shaking all over, and creeping along the ground 
by flapping their wings inwardly, they make the dust fly into all 
their feathers.’’ 

The small amount of water needed for sustenance probably 
accounts for the facet that this species thrives on the hottest deserts 
where the nearest water is several miles distant. In captivity the 
roadrunner rarely drinks more than twice a week. When thirsty long 
measured draughts are taken and the breast is dampened by the 
proceeding (Sutton, 1915, p. 60). 

Quick of action, the roadrunner is expert in catching its prey, 
be it insect, lizard or mouse. When pursuing insects the bird will 
often leap into the air eight or ten feet and catch them on the wing. 

The commonest note of the roadrunner is a low ‘‘ br-r-r-r-r,’’ which 
does not carry to any great distance. More often the only sound to 
be heard from the bird is a snapping of the mandibles. During the 
nesting season a sort of song much like the cooing of a dove is regu- 
larly heard. This song is thus described by Holterhoff (1883, pp. 
182-183) : 


Standing near the summit of the hillock amidst his favorite cactus, and 
with outstretched neck and head bent down, he would utter, as if by pro- 
digious effort, the lugubrious notes I had wrongly thought the cooing of the 
dove. At each iteration of the cry he seemed to make a renewed effort as 
if to rid himself of the troublesome ‘‘whooo,’’ and when finished would stand 
motionless, perhaps marveling at the sweetness of his own voice, or more 
likely awaiting a response. 

These peculiar notes of the roadrunner sound, as near as I can word it, 
much like the prolonged syllable whooo—aspirating strongly the wh and giving 
the vowel as a soft guttural. This note—not so prolonged as the ‘‘coo’’ 
of the dove—is repeated some five or six times in distinctly separate utter- 
ances... 


1916 | Bryant: Habits and Food of the Roadrunner 29 


A roadrunner makes an amusing and interesting pet and in early 
days in California this bird was often kept about the house and 
garden and was used as a destroyer of insects and mice. Some inter- 
esting accounts of these pets are to be found in literature. 


FOOD OF THE ROADRUNNER IN CALIFORNIA 
VEGETABLE Foop 

About 10 per cent, 9.93 per cent to be exact, of the food of the 
roadrunners examined was found to be made up of vegetable matter, 
wild fruit and seeds being most in evidence. Unlke many birds which 
turn their attention to vegetable food during the winter season, the 
roadrunner appears to discriminate as to the kind of seeds taken. 
The percentage volume of one particular kind of vegetable food was 
found to be over ten times as great as of all others. This favorite 
food is the fruit and seeds of the sour-berry (Rhus integrifolia), one 
of the common sumaes of the southern part of the state. Twenty- 
six birds, or 31.3 per cent of the stomachs examined, contained 
the seeds or fruit of this shrub, and 8.4 per cent of the food taken 
by all the birds was made up of this element. .The attention of the 
roadrunner 1s apparently attracted to this vegetable food only during 
the winter season, when insects, lizards, and other kinds of food are 
least abundant. 

No other fruit was found, and the only other seeds were atriplex 
(Atriplex sp.), 0.01 per cent; cactus (Opuntia sp.), 0.35 per cent; 
buckthorn (Rhamnus sp.), 0.01 per cent; and a few seeds of alfilaria 
(Erodium sp.). Indeed, so small a percentage of seeds other than 
the seeds of sumae and cactus were found that it may be that these 
small seeds were taken into the stomach along with other food and 
were not in reality chosen by the bird. The same can be said in regard 
to the small rootlets and grass sometimes found in the stomachs, which 
amounted to less than a tenth of 1 per cent. Attention has been called 
(Bendire, 1895, p. 14) to the faet that the roadrunner eats the fruit 
of cactus, but in the stomachs examined nothing but the seeds of the 
opuntia was found. 

Even though limited to desert and arid regions, a much wider 
variety of fruit and seeds is available than is taken, as has been 
shown by the results of stomach examination. The logical conclusion, 
therefore, is that a preference has been established, by southern Cali- 
fornia roadrunners at least, for the fruit and seeds of the sour-berry 
(Rhus integrifolia). 


30 University of Califorma Publications in Zoology [Vou. 17 


ANIMAL Foop 
The animal food of the roadrunner, which made up slightly over 
90 per cent of the total food, is varied, perhaps as varied as that 
of any common species of bird. Almost any animal, from the smaller 


TABLE I 


NuMBERS OF Foop ITEMS TAKEN BY FIFTEEN ROADRUNNERS DURING WINTER 
Monrus, NOVEMBER, DECEMBER, JANUARY 


n 
Aa rneas fat . Bs 8 2d 
= oh ae Dire, e 2 an os) % 3 
te Ih ey Sse deh eh ee te 
Bo on pt Gi ee See cele Roe temic ae eae 
o Hal wu a & =I 355 o a = 5 ® AaI CI 4 
ey ES 4s i te te fe) i im a GS ro El Si 
January -....--..--. 17 10 =p 
Ciao Ae | hoe eae Cy eee Ae 5 ? 1 
2 1 
1 8 Fane 
baee ues BHOkey, 1 
Oy 2% Wan 8 — 
5 al 
See 16 2 3 
CC se er ake 4 ES 2 
OS Wey se Dh py.8 28 oe 
December .......... 1 > @ 4 fos 
ce 9 pose == 4 
oe > 3 1 
[wees 1 il Ds tes 10 Lt 
Chi 1B) 9 1 il 
Rotalsaee S8e Miks 4509 4 So SN ew OWT A) G3 eal! 7 
Average number of items per bird—13.6. 
NuMBERS or Foop ITEMS TAKEN BY FIFTEEN ROADRUNNERS DURING SUMMER 
MontTHS, JUNE, JULY, AUGUST 
Be 3 8 E & «3 a « 
o ° 2 i) 5 3 i S oe 5 2 s s 
BOR io) 18) 0S Sy 3Bt Bee ah Sees 
aye es op Sy tee SS) st dsl =) nee tS 
2 3 =a 8 on 
8 5 1 lie ae 1 
1 4 iL 
9 1 1 
1 3 me 
63 1 a8 
Olea SF: il = 1 
26 1 1 
2 19 can 
uy alta) 5 Z 
6 1 ee 
27 5 Secs 
aes 5 1 1 
2 4 2 250 1 
Motals) 2. Tom ek ee eel 1 if 6 14 253 4 2 


Average number of items per bird—36.2. 


1916] Bryant: Habits and Food of the Roadrunner 31 


rodents down to tiny insects, appears to be relished by this bird. 
Although the stomachs examined showed no large percentage of verte- 
brates, other published records show that reptiles sometimes form a 
large part, if not the entire diet. Even these larger elements of food 
are usually swallowed whole at one gulp. That the digestive appa- 
ratus is powerful is evidenced by the fact that bone, hair, and feathers 
pass through the digestive tract, and are not thrown back out through 
the mouth in the form of pellets as is the ease with some hawks 
and most owls. 

Beetles—Beetles form next to the largest percentage of the animal 
food of the roadrunner. Over 18 per cent (18.20 per cent) of all the 
food of the roadrunners examined was made up of beetles of different 
sorts. Since this bird is a ground-loving species, ground beetles of 
various sorts are most often taken, more than sixty having been found 
in a single stomach (see pl. 4, fig. 4). Such injurious beetles as the 
click-beetles and wood-borers were also found in numbers in the 
stomachs. Beetles are apparently taken in largest quantity during 
the winter months, a total of eighty-eight having been found in the 
food of fifteen birds during November, December, and January, as 
against seventy-five in that of the same number of birds during June, 
July, and August (see table 1). The following species of Coleoptera 
were identified : 


BEETLES (Coleoptera) 


Amara californica Dej. Coniontis sp. 
Amara insignis Dej. Coniontis elliptica (Casey) 
Amara sp. Silpha ramosa Say 
Eleodes sp. Scyphophorus yuccae Horn. 
Lixus sp. (near pleuralis Rhynchitidae 

Le Conte) Anisodactylus dilatatus De}. 
Lixus sp. Crossidius intermedius Ulke 
Eleodes acuticauda Le Conte Epicauda puneticollis Mann. 
Miecroschatia inaequalis Le (?) Pterostichus sp. 

Conte Asida sp. 
Centrocleonus pilosus Le Conte Sphenophorus sp. 


Grasshoppers and crickets——About one-third of the animal food 
and almost one-fourth of the total food for the year was found to 
be made up of grasshoppers (21.2 per cent). In addition, black 
crickets (Gryllus sp.) made up 12.62 per cent and Jerusalem crickets 
(Stenopelmatus) an additional 3 per cent, making Orthoptera a total 
‘of 36.82 per cent of the food. Grasshoppers and crickets were taken 
at all times of the year, but were most evident in the diet during 


32 University of California Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


the summer and fall months (see table I). The largest number of 
grasshoppers found in any one stomach was sixty-three. Many 
stomachs contained between twenty-five and thirty. More individuals 
had fed upon Orthoptera than upon any other group of insects (see 
table IIL). Orthoptera, it can be seen therefore, make up the basic 
element of the food of the roadrunner. The following species of 
Orthoptera were identified : 


GRASSHOPPERS AND CRICKETS (Orthoptera) 


Mantidae Acridiidae 
?Litaneutria pacifica Seud. Melanoplus differentialis Uhler 
Gryllidae Melanoplus devastator Seud. 
Gryllus pennsylvanicus Burm. Melanoplus sp. 
Gryllus integer Seud. Schistocerca sp. 
Locustidae ?Paropomala sp. 


Stenopelmatus irregularis Brun. 
Stenopelmatus sp. 


Hollister (1908, p. 458) reports that he found the stomachs of 
two roadrunners obtained near Needles, California, filled with ‘‘large 


? 


green grasshoppers.’’ A specimen taken by Stephens (MS) near 
San Diego, November 5, 1908, was also found ‘‘crammed with grass- 
hoppers.’’ In fact, so apparent has been the fact that the road- 
runner feeds extensively on grasshoppers that practically every writer 
has included these insects in statements regarding its food (see table 
IL). So far as relative quantity per bird is concerned, the roadrunner 
is probably to be numbered among the most efficient destroyers of 
these familiar pests. 

Butterflies and moths—The fact that butterflies and moths 
usually escape attack by birds has again been demonstrated by this 
investigation. Only a little over one-half of 1 per cent of the food 
examined was made up of adult butterflies and moths. Two noctuid 
moths were taken from one stomach, one from another, and a nymph- 
alid butterfly from a third. Lepidopterous larvae, on the other hand, 
formed 7 per cent of the food taken. One stomach contained as many 
as thirty-six caterpillars. Three birds had taken woolly-bear cater- 
pillars (Hustigmene acreae), another a white-lned sphinx caterpillar 
(Celario lineata), and a third a pupa of Hemileuca sp. Hairy cater- 
pillars of some species of Malacosoma were also found. 

The roadrunner shows relationship with the cuckoos in its habit 
of destroying hairy caterpillars. The stomach of a roadrunner taken 
at Otay, San Diego County, April 19, 1912, contaimed seven large 


3 


« 


Habits and Food of the Roadrunner 


Bryant 


1916] 


Food OF THE 


A. W. Anthony, 1896, p. 257; 1897, p. 217 
ME Bailey 902) yi 0) eecesccseccssscrerecvecsesees 
Baird, Brewer and Ridgway, 1874, p. 474 
PHU OTCIT OLS O ony si ol duteenecane-saeecsnuece-cvesuseeceenene 
Of, Wexennbingey, GSS Tob BI) aces creer eres rece bees 
Wm. Brewster, 1883, p. 2 
ee Gram COOP OL cL SMO sm psnre 09) meeeceeeene -ceeastenrssan 
H. ‘Coues, 1903) pp: 606-607 -.2.222..e. 
CO}, IDEN UES 105 PAVE) cerseccre enc coeeeoieeeren 
\Vismilseee Ehas tre real! 0). sn 16 Oeemscsearesestaemsnrenesrteens 
Grinnell, J., and Grinnell, H. W., 1907, p. 35 
A. J. Grayson in W. HE. Bryant, 1891, p. 58 
A. L. Heermann, 1859, pp. 60-61 .... 
II. W. Henshaw, 1876, p. 257 . 
N. Hollister, 1908, p. 458 ......... : 
Knowlton & Ridgway, 1909, p. 449 
D. E. Lantz, 1907, p. 51 
F. Miller, 1879, p. 109 
J. 8. Newberry, 1857, p. 51 
C. H. Richardson, MS 
R. W. Shufeldt, 1903, p. 177 .. 


Cactus 


Beetles 


TABLE II 


Grasshoppers 


Crickets 


ROADRUNNER ACCORDING 


x &< Caterpillars 


TO PUBLISHED REC 


na 
oo 
S 
a 


Centipedes 


Spiders 


ks 


wn 
5 
x) 
A 
as) 
A 
a 
A 


ORDS 


Batrachians 


Reptiles (not specified ) 


Mammals (not specified ) 


Rodents (not specified ) 


34 University of California Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


hairy caterpillars (Pseudohazis sp.), and at least four other birds 
had taken from three to four hairy caterpillars apiece, but not of the 
same species. One of the spiny type of caterpillar (Hwvanessa 
antiopa) had been taken by a breeding female collected at El Toro, 
Orange County, on May 18, 1912. One instance of the destruction of 
caterpillars by the roadrunner, recorded by Anthony (1897, p. 217) 
is of peculiar interest : 

Not long since I called on a friend living in the suburbs of San Diego who 
had a large number of unusually thrifty passion-vines climbing over his fence. 
Upon inquiring the reason of their freedom from what I had considered an 
inevitable pest, he informed me that a pair of roadrunners (Geococcyx cali- 
fornianus) had for several months paid daily visits to his vines, climbing 


through them in all directions until the last caterpillar (Agraulis vanillae) 
had been captured. 


Flies.—The only representatives of the order Diptera found were 
two green-bottle flies (Lucilia caesar), a few robber flies and a syrphid 
fly; these latter were undetermined as to genus or species. In addi- 
tion, two stomachs contained quantities of fly larvae, those in one 
stomach being probably larvae of some species of Musca. Hundreds 
of these larvae were found in one stomach. The stomach of a road- 
runner from the Imperial Valley contained the larva of a warble fly 
(Cuterebra sp.). 

Bugs.—F ive per cent of the total food was found to be made up 
of hemipterous insects. Instead of a wide variety having been taken, 
it was found that the birds examined had been largely choosing cicadas 
(Cacama crepitans), insects which are close relatives of the seventeen- 
year locust of the eastern United States. Cicadas formed 4.3 per cent 
of the total food. Certain stomachs were completely filled with these 
insects, as many as thirty-six having been taken from a single bird 
(pl. 4, fig. 5). Eleven birds, or 13.2 per cent of all of those examined, 
had fed upon this insect to some extent. The next most abundant 
hemipteron was the cabbage-bug (Mergentia histrionica), ten having 
been taken from a single stomach. The latter and other bugs 
(Buschistus sp.; Anasa sp.) made up less than 1 per cent of the total 
food. 

Ants, bees, and wasps.—A little over 4 per cent of the total 
food was made up of ants, bees, and wasps. Several bumblebees 
(Bombus sp.), three carpenter bees (Ceritina sp.), and several 
ichneumon flies were items taken by several birds. The stomach 
of a roadrunner secured August 7, 1912, at Chula Vista, San Diego 


1916] Bryant: Habits and Food of the Roadrunner 345) 


County, contained over 250 red ants (Pogonomyrmex californicus), 
along with a quantity of caterpillars, crickets, beetles, and grasshop- 
pers. Another bird taken in October had eaten ten carpenter ants 
(Camponotus sp.). One roadrunner had taken a tarantula hawk 
(Pepsis sp.), and two had each taken a single honey bee (Apis 
mellifera). The following species of hymenoptera were identified : 


Ichneumonidae Apis mellifera Linn. 

Bombus vornesenskii Rad. Chrysis sp. 

Ceratina sp. Pogonomyrmex californicus Buck. 
Pepsis sp. Camponotus sp. 


Spiders and scorpions.—Spiders composed about 0.7 per cent of 
the total food. A number of birds had taken the egg-cases of spiders 
and one bird, taken August 1, 1911, at Sorrento, San Diego County, 
had had the courage to devour a tarantula (Avicularia californica ?). 

One of the outstanding features of the diet of the roadrunner in 
California seems to be the presence of scorpions; these make up about 
3.67 per cent of the total food. The commonest species found in the 
stomachs was Anuroctonus phaeodactylus. Fourteen birds had taken 
scorpions and the remains of as many as four were found in a single 
stomach. Probably no other bird in California feeds so widely on 
this particular arthropod. 

Centipedes and millipedes—Both centipedes (Chilopoda) and 
millipedes (Julus sp.) were found in the stomachs, but they formed 
but a very small pereentage, much less than 1 per cent, of the total 
food. 

Crustaceans and snails—Sowbugs (Porcellio sp.) were found in 
but one stomach. No further evidence that crustaceans were eaten 
was forthcoming. McCall (in Baird, Brewer and Ridgeway, 1874, IT, 
p. 474) states that in Texas snails are greedily eaten by the road- 
runner: ‘‘These are usually taken either from the ground or a branch, 
and carried to a particular spot, where the shell is broken and its 
contents eaten. Piles of these shells are often found thus collected in 
places frequented by them.’’ No snails were found in the stomachs 
examined by the present writer. 

Toads and frogs—Stomach examination gave no evidence that any 
amphibian had been eaten. Toads were commonly eaten by tame 
roadrunners kept by Sutton (1915, p. 59), but it is doubtful if these 
vertebrates are taken by roadrunners under natural conditions. 

Lizards and snakes—About 3.7 per cent of the total food was 
found to be made up of reptiles. Except in one instance, lizards alone 


36 University of California Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


had been taken. They were of the following species: Uta (Uta 
stansburiana), blue-bellied lizard (Sceloporus biseriatus), and Blain- 
ville horned toad (Phrynosoma blainvillet blainvillei). None of the 
birds examined had eaten more than one lizard. 

The following additional evidence that the roadrunner in Cali- 
fornia feeds upon lizards is at hand: On July 9, 1894, near Pasadena 
a roadrunner was secured, the stomach of which contained four full- 
sized whip-tailed lizards (Grinnell, 1907, p. 85). C. H. Richardson 
(MS) secured a roadrunner at Mecca, Riverside County, March 22, 
1910, which contained, besides grasshoppers and beetles, a horned toad, 
presumably of the desert species (Phrynosoma platyrhinos). The 
stomach of a roadrunner taken at Needles, California, February 15, 
1910, contained one weevil, remains of other beetles, and a half-grown 
lizard (Cnemidophorus), the latter digested to the bare skeleton 
(Grinnell, MS). 

Finley and Finley (1915, p. 164) found that a roadrunner in 
Arizona which they had under observation fed its young almost en- 
tirely upon lizards. They write: 


While we were crouching at the peephole of the blind the mother came, 
carrying a big lizard, grasped firmly in her bill (plate 3). Up the bark 
she scratched and thrust the lizard, head down, into the mouth of the 
youngster. The tail hung out of its bill for a long time, but something 
had hold of it down below, and finally it all disappeared. Soon she came with 
another lizard, and presently another youngster was sitting propped stiffly 
with a tail hanging out of its mouth. Again came a lizard—and again—and 
again—there was no use counting. The larder was full of lizards and nothing 
else! 


Mr. Leo Wiley of Palo Verde, Imperial County, reports that he 
has seen roadrunners carrying whip-tailed lizards and utas about, 
although he has never actually seen the birds eat them. All evidence 
points to the fact that the whip-tailed lizard (Cnemidophorus) is the 
lizard most often eaten. Whether the abundance of this species is 
responsible for this fact or whether a preference is indicated is not 
apparent. 

Very little attempt to break a lizard to pieces seems to be made 
by the roadrunner. Instead, the reptile is usually swallowed whole 
head first, after being hammered to death on some hard object nearby. 
How the bird which had eaten the Blainville horned toad mentioned 
above could have swallowed this reptile, which was fully an inch 
wide, even when compressed, I am not able to say. But it appears 


1916] Bryant: Habits and Food of the Roadrunner 37 


that the throat of the bird must have power of expansion similar to 
that exhibited by snakes. 

The finding of a piece of the skin of a red-racer (Bascanian con- 
strictor frenatum) in the stomach of a roadrunner taken at Palo 
Verde, Imperial County, alone gave evidence that snakes form part. 
of the diet. Although the present investigation furnishes but little 
evidence that snakes are fed upon, yet the following records further 
establish the fact that they are sometimes taken. A roadrunner ecap- 
tured in New Mexico contained a garter snake a foot long (Bailey, 
1902, p. 195); and Bendire (1895, p. 14) records the taking of a 
garter snake twenty inches long from the stomach of a roadrunner 
secured in Arizona. Mr. E. A. Goldman reported to me that the 
stomach of a roadrunner which he secured in California contained 
several young rattlesnakes. However, the idea that the roadrunner 
is an active enemy of the rattlesnake is probably exaggerated. Rattle- 
snakes may occasionally be eaten along with other snakes, but that they 
are particularly sought out is extremely doubtful. 

In this habit of feeding upon reptiles the roadrunner is almost 
unique among birds, with perhaps the exception of certain hawks 
and owls. 

Birds.—Birds amounted to 1.7 per cent of the total food of the 
roadrunners examined. The only evidence which showed that the 
roadrunner feeds upon birds of any sort was that obtained through 
the finding of the remains of a young Anthony towhee (Pipilo crissalis 
senicula) and that of an Abert towhee (Pipilo aberti). No evidence 
is at hand to determine whether these birds were taken alive from 
the nest or secured after they had died. In the first instance the body 
had been badly mutilated and the main parts left for identification 
were the feet. The Abert towhee was taken from the stomach of 
a roadrunner secured at Palo Verde, Imperial County. In this in- 
stance the bird had been swallowed whole. 

W. K. Fisher (1904, p. 80) states that an assistant of Professor 
Leroy Abrams of the department of botany, Stanford University, 
observed a roadrunner remove from a nest a young mockingbird and 
devour it. Anthony (in Bendire, 1895, p. 14) says: ‘‘I know of 
several instances of roadrunners making a meal of a nest of young 
house finches (Carpodacus mexicanus frontalis) and other small 
birds.’’ Beyond these instances we have no further information as 
to the bird-eating habit among roadrunners, except the fact that birds 
in captivity readily devour young sparrows or other birds furnished 


38 University of Califorma Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


as food. A roadrunner kept at the State Game Farm at Hayward, 
California, greedily devoured young sparrows and dead downy 
pheasants. 

Inquiries as to the destruction of young quail or eggs by the 
roadrunner have elicited only the following information: Peter Lux, 
of Encinitas, San Diego County, California, writes that he and his 
brother saw a roadrunner catch and eat young quail at Olivenhain 
about June 1, 1903. Mr. Lux also states that since that time (about 
four years ago) he saw a young quail carried to a roadrunner’s nest 
and fed to the young. Mr. George Wood, of Hollywood, California, 
writes as follows: 


In the month of June, 1906, I was making a study of the cause of the 
death of so many young mockingbirds. I came on a nest containing two 
young roadrunners, about two weeks old, and just at the moment of finding 
the nest I also saw the male roadrunner with a young quail in its mouth. 
It saw me and ran away. I got back under cover and watched until it 
returned and I saw it take a young quail to the nest. J saw it return the 
second time and repeat the above. 


Mr. Leo Wiley of Palo Verde, Imperial County, recently told the 
writer in a conversation that during the first part of August, 1915, 
he saw a male roadrunner kill six Gambel quail which were about 
four days old. The roadrunner gave each one a single blow with its 
bill and, leaving the one just killed, attacked another. 

Throughout the Imperial Valley it is rumored that the roadrunner 
destroys hens’ eggs and young chicks. Mr. Walter E. Packard, in 
charge of the Imperial Valley Agricultural Experiment Station, 
writes: ‘‘T have heard a great many rumors to the effect that the 
roadrunner sucks eggs, but I do not know of any instance where the 
bird has been caught in the act or where it has been proven that 
this bird was guilty of such an act. Nor can I refer you to anyone 
who could give you information in this regard.’’ These accusations, 
therefore, apparently rest on circumstantial evidence. 

Such limited evidence as the above, unsupported as it is by the 
results of stomach examination, would go to show that the habit of 
destroying the eggs and young of birds is probably greatly exaggerated 
and that the eggs and young of birds are only incidentally taken by 
the roadrunner. Certainly the evidence at hand here in California 
does not justify the wholesale destruction of the roadrunner on the 
ground of its being an enemy of quail or other bird life. 

Mammals.—Judging from stomach examination, 3.38 per cent of 


1916 | Bryant: Habits and Food of the Roadrunner 39 


the food of the roadrunner in California is made up of mammals. 
Three different species were found in the stomachs: a harvest mouse 
(Reithrodontomys megalotis longicaudus), a white-footed mouse 
(Peromyscus sp.), and a newly-born San Diego cottontail rabbit (Syl- 
vilagus auduboni sanctidieg?) . 

Professor F. E. L. Beal procured a roadrunner in California which 
had eaten a meadow mouse (Microtus californicus) (lantz, 1907, p. 
51.) That even larger mammals are sometimes destroyed is evidenced 
by the following observation made by A. W. Anthony (1896, pp. 
257-258) : 

This forenoon (May 7, 1896) I came suddenly upon a roadrunner (Geo- 
coccyx californianus) that had just finished dispatching a wood rat (Neotoma). 
The bird reluctantly withdrew as I came upon the scene, leaving the rat, 
which I found to be quite dead. A post-morten disclosed a bad contusion on 
the side directly over the heart, and another on the spine between the shoulders, 


while the skull was crushed by a blow behind the ear, although the skin was 
nowhere broken. 


Ze 


4 
s S5 


sco 


Text Fig. A.—Diagram showing comparative amounts of the different kinds 
of food taken by the roadrunner in California, 


40 University of California Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


KINDS AND QUANTITIES OF FOOD ITEMS 


The principal items of food as shown by this investigation and 
the relative percentage volume of each are indicated in the accom- 
panying figure (text fig. A). The outstanding feature is the 
preponderance of insect food. The roadrunner is primarily in- 
both vegetable and vertebrate food forming minor 
elements. So far as bulk is concerned, the amount of grasshoppers 
and crickets taken was double the amount of beetles and these elements 
taken together formed more than half of the total food. 


sectivorous, 


TABLE IIL 
NUMBERS AND PERCENTAGES OF ROADRUNNERS TAKING DIFFERENT KINDS OF FoopD 
2 
Zz iB 3 
an o 

2 : E pf 6E g 8 

S 8 ¥ 2 5 Sn 5 S 2 ica} a 

Ts = a S & = 2 = = a o a S 
aes 3. E 2 8 Sa 2 & “ 2 = 
Be of Bl « (Ae pale Re) See SS ee eee me 
ae a = ° 3 n Bo mM 5S oS ‘S) a 4 
26 2 il 5 1 4 3, 62 4 52 23 ait 4 
$31.3 24 12 60 12 48 3.6 74.7 48 62:6 27.7 13.2 4:8 

o 
= 

cs) zm 

i = n 3 

Sa Sis 3 

a a oe a Sj w S 2 CS 5 

Ba) eB ae ee et ee Sao 3 

of 6§ 5 oe g 4 = 4E a = mI n g 

eo P< 4 og a 8 o 12) = = 77) ~ Ls) 8 

aS = & 25 2 Pe z S 8 = E et ia] S 

Shs) A jay PeHH IS) q < Rn 1) = 1S) fan} f-2) = 

15 4 2 5 11 22 8 14 2 2 2 4 2 4 

18.2 48 24 6.0 13.2 265 7.2 168 24 24 24 48 24 6.0 


A tabulation (table IIT) of the number of birds taking the differ- 
ent elements of food is helpful in showing preference. It will be seen 


that this table verifies the conclusions already made as a result of 


the percentage-volume method. About three times as many birds 


had taken beetles, grasshoppers and crickets as had taken any other 
insect. Of the birds examined but four had taken reptiles, the same 
number had taken mammals and but two had taken birds; the material 
in one of these instances was doubtfully identified as being the intes- 
tines of a bird. The fact that fourteen birds had taken scorpions 
indicates that this invertebrate is a fairly common element of food 
in the diet of the roadrunner. The table shows no other distinct 


preference for a certain element of food. 


1916 | Bryant: Habits and Food of the Roadrunner 41 


PECULIARITIES OF THE DIET 


The omnivorous food habits of the roadrunner have been amply 
demonstrated by the above results of stomach examination, yet it is 
desirable that some of the pecularities of the diet be emphasized. 
As has already been stated, one of the outstanding features is the 
apparent preference for one sort of vegetable food, the seeds and 
fruit of a certaim sumac. Furthermore, the roadrunner apparently 
turns its attention toward terrestrial vertebrates to a larger extent 
than does any other California bird, with the exception of the raptorial 
birds. As a destroyer of reptiles this bird probably takes first rank 
among all the birds, and without doubt in many places in this state 
the roadrunner is the worst natural enemy to which lizards and snakes 
are exposed. 

Many poisonous species of insects are eaten by the roadrunner. 
The scorpion is perhaps the most conspicuous example. In many 
instances the poison sae was found still attached to the tail of the 
scorpion inside of the roadrunner’s stomach. No evidence was 
obtained that ill effects are sustained by the bird from the poison. 
Bumblebees come in the same category, as does also the single taran- 
tula hawk taken. The latter is known to inflict a very painful sting. 
If such insects as the latter were carefully killed by the bird before 
being eaten, danger of being stung internally would be eliminated, 
but the poison would still be present. A partial explanation of the 
lack of ill effects may be that the poison is kept entirely within the 
alimentary tract of the bird and has but little chance to enter directly 
into the blood. 

That the roadrunner has great ability in stalking rapid-flying 
insects is illustrated by the fact that great quantities of cicadas are 
consumed (see pl. 4, fig. 5). Entomological collectors state that cicadas 
are difficult to capture. <A record of thirty-six cicadas in a single 
stomach certainly shows that this bird is adept in securing certain 
insects which other birds are not so successful in securing in quantity. 
Probably the roadrunner relies upon its ability to stalk the imsects 
rather than upon its speed on foot. 

It is highly probable that the roadrunner destroys more hairy 
caterpillars than does any other bird in the state of California. 
Stomach examination has given abundant evidence that this bird preys 
systematically upon these insects. The hairyness of a woolly-bear 
caterpillar appears to be an effective protection to it in most instances, 
but three of the roadrunners examined had eaten this insect. The 


42 University of Califorma Publications in Zoology [ VoL. 17 


California cuckoo, whose food habits are largely unknown, probably 
displays this same habit of eating hairy caterpillars, as do other 
cuckoos. But this species is so rare in California that its work in 
comparison to that of the roadrunner must be slight. 

The stomachs of two roadrunners each contained a praying mantis, 
an insect seldom found in birds’ stomachs, perhaps because of its 
comparative rarity. An ant lion (Myrmelion sp.) had been eaten 
by one bird. A hairworm (?Gordius sp.) was found in one stomach, 
but as this stomach also contained grasshoppers it is probable that 
this parasitic worm originally may have been contained in one of 
these insects. 


VEGETABLE ANIMAL 
JAN. 9 
FEB. 2 
MARCH o 
APRIL 2 
MAY 14 
JUNE 8 
JULY 12 
AUG. 9 
SEPT. 6 
OcT. 6 
NOV. 9 
DEC. 6 


Text-Fig. B.—Diagram showing the average percentage of vegetable food 
(in white) and animal food (in black) consumed by the roadrunner in Cali- 
fornia during the various months of the year. Numbers at the right indicate 
the number of stomachs used in making the average. 

VARIATION OF FOOD ACCORDING TO TIME OF YEAR 

As is the case with most birds, the roadrunner is forced to vary 
its food from one part of the year to another. In the winter when 
insects become scarce vegetable food is resorted to. As can be seen 
by a study of text-fig. B, but small amounts of vegetable food are 
taken during the season when insects are abundant. A comparison 
of the actual numbers of insects taken by fifteen roadrunners during 
the summer months with those taken by the same number of birds 
during the winter months (table I) shows that during the summer 
season the roadrunner consumes on an average over twice as many 
insects as it does during the winter months. No noteworthy seasonal 
change in the kinds of insects taken is evidenced by the tabulation. 


1916 | Bryant: Habits and Food of the Roadrunner 43 


STOMACH CAPACITY 


An average full stomach of a roadrunner contains about ten cubie 
centimeters of food. The maximum quantity found in a stomach 
was about forty cubic centimeters. This means that nearly two quarts 
of food are needed weekly if the stomach were filled to an average 
distension three times a day, and that a single bird probably consumes 
in a year something like one hundred quarts. The fact that single 
stomachs could contain over sixty ground beetles, sixty-three grass- 
hoppers, or thirty-six large cicadas makes it evident that, so far as 
the amount of food consumed is concerned, the roadrunner approaches 
front rank among the common land birds. At first thought such a 
capacity would seem to increase the ability of the bird to do good 
or harm. This is in a measure true, but the much smaller number 
of individuals of this species compared with certain gregarious species 
of birds makes it possible that certain birds with much smaller stomach 
capacity, because of the greater number of individuals, may consume 
even more. The stomach capacity of the individual roadrunner is 
great, but that of the total roadrunner population is relatively small. 

Variety in the diet, as well as typical elements of the food, is well 
illustrated by the following tabulation of the stomach contents of a 
single roadrunner taken at Lemon Grove, San Diego County, January 
2k, UGH} e 


VEGETABLE, 3% 


2 seeds (Rhus integrifolia) 2 grass-blades 
1 seed with stem (Hrodium sp.) 


ANIMAL, 97% 


6 beetles (Amara insignis) 1 bug (Huschistus conspersus) 
1 beetle (Hleodes acuticauda) 8 bugs (? Anasa sp.) 
5 beetles (Microschatia inaequalis) 1 scorpion (Anuroctonus phaiodac- 
5 beetles (Centrocleonus pilosus) _tylus) 
8 wireworms (Elateridae) 1 spider egg-case 
12 grasshoppers (Melanoplus sp.) 1 lizard (Uta stansburiana) 
1 Jerusalem ericket (Stenopelmatus 
sp.) 


ECONOMIC STATUS 


The investigation of the stomach contents of eighty-three road- 
runners taken in southern California revealed but little evidence that 
the roadrunner is injurious to man’s interests. The following, all of 
minor importance, form the most important evidence against the bird: 
Parts of an Anthony towhee found in one stomach; a very young 


44 University of California Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


San Diego cottontail rabbit found in one stomach; three lizards, con- 
sidered beneficial as insect destroyers, taken by three different birds; 
and two honey bees found in different stomachs. Certain of the 
carabid beetles found might by some be considered sufficiently bene- 
ficial to warrant their preservation, but little is yet known of the 
food habits of even the commonest ground-beetles destroyed by the 
roadrunner, namely, the different species of Amara. Until more is 
definitely known it cannot be said that the destruction of these beetles 
by birds is distinctly detrimental. 

The above adverse evidence is minimized in most instances by the 
demonstrated fact that these elements of food are out-of-the-ordinary, 
rather than staple items, for they form very small percentages of the 
food for the year. This is not true, however, in regard to lizards, 
for they form a staple article of diet. Should it be proved that lizards 
are strictly beneficial as insect destroyers, this habit of feeding on 
lizards might, according to present standards, serve to incriminate the 
roadrunner. However, until conclusive evidence shows that the road- 
runner actually reduces in numbers the scaly denizens of the desert 
and in so doing is an adverse factor to inseet control, we are not 
justified in assuming that the lizard-eating propensities of this bird 
place a serious blot on its character. 

The stories regarding the bird-eating habits of the roadrunner 
appear to have some foundation in fact, but much of the evidence 
submitted has been of the circumstantial kind, and with little doubt 
some statements have been grossly exaggerated. The frequent asser- 
tion that roadrunners commonly destroy the eggs and young of the 
valley quail has not been substantiated by this investigation. No 
evidence whatever has been obtained that they destroy the eggs of 
quail or those of any other bird. That they do sometimes destroy young 
quail and other young birds appears to be true, but statements to 
the effect that such destruction is carried on systematically or that 
young birds form a staple article of diet have not been verified. 
Furthermore, our evidence fails to show that quail suffer destruction 
to a greater extent than do other birds. In any ease, the bird-eating 
habit appears to be individual rather than general. 

Evidence pointing toward the usefulness of the roadrunner as a 
valuable destroyer of insects and possibly of rodents, wherever it 
comes in contact with civilization, was obtained as a result of the 
investigation. Chief among the items of food the destruction of which 
must be considered a benefit are: Grasshoppers, crickets, Jerusalem 


1916 | Bryant: Habits and Food of the Roadrunner 45 


erickets, wireworms, and hairy caterpillars. The regular consumption 
of such large numbers of grasshoppers by roadrunners must in some 
measure affect the abundance of the insect. The increase or decrease 
in the numbers taken by the roadrunner according to whether the 
insect is scarce or plentiful makes it probable that this bird, wherever 
it is found, acts as one of the checks on grasshopper abundance. 
* and black 
crickets, although of less economic importance, are classified as in- 


Jerusalem crickets, commonly known as ‘‘potato bugs,’ 


jurious insects. Wireworms are important insect pests in cultivated 
fields, and their destruction by natural enemies is to be encouraged 
rather than discouraged. Artificial means of destroying wireworms 
are limited and the work of birds is therefore more potent. As there 
are practically no vertebrate enemies of hairy caterpillars, and since 
to this group of caterpillars belong many destructive larvae, their 
systematic destruction by the roadrunner goes far towards establish- 
ing it among those birds to be classed as beneficial. Add the possible 
benefit conferred through the destruction of small rodent pests, and 
the evidence in favor of protecting the bird exceeds the evidence 
against it. 

Economic ornithologists have many times called attention to the 
fact that so far as apparent results are concerned the work of birds 
in destroying insects is not so effective as an artificial method such 
as the use of an insecticide. True it is, also, that birds less often 
attack those injurious insects for the control of which large amounts 
of money are spent than those which must be classified as of minor 
importance. For instance, here in California, according to statistics 
compiled by the Agricultural Experiment Station, about nineteen 
times as much money is spent each year on the control of black and 
other scales, phylloxera and codling moth, as is spent on all other 
insects combined. Hence the commonest insects eaten by birds— 
grasshoppers, cutworms and caterpillars, and wireworms—are of much 
less economic importance and their destruction by birds appears to 
be of less significance. Nevertheless, many of the workings of nature 
are still beyond our knowledge and we are constantly finding out that 
artificial methods are usually inferior to natural ones. May it not 
be that the very reason why such insects as grasshoppers, cutworms, 
and wireworms are of minor importance is that they are better con- 
trolled by natural agencies? Certainly most of the insects of minor 
economic importance are potentially as destructive as those for the 
control of which great sums of money are spent. Indeed, the con- 


46 University of Califorma Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


stant attempts to find and introduce some natural enemy of the more 
injurious insects is proof that where the natural control is lacking 
the most energy must be expended towards filling the need. 

It must be granted that the roadrunner, like all others under 
natural conditions, helps to maintain the balance of nature. And 
even if its work in the destruction of economically important insects 
is apparently of a less degree of importance, it should be remembered 
that the bird may be performing a service which we cannot measure, 
and that the systematic destruction of any of the natural enemies of 
insects may be instrumental in increasing the economic importance 
of that insect. 

It is only when the roadrunner comes in contact with settled 
communities that it can be said to be injurious, unless it be proved that 
the number of quail accessible to the hunter is materially reduced. 
Since most of the roadrunners are confined to desert regions far from 
the haunts of men, the total harm done is much smaller than would 
be the case with species more abundant in settled country. Then, 
too, both the possible damage and the potential good are greatly 
minimized by the fact that there is no concentration of individuals at 
any one time or place. The number of roadrunners in any one 
locality does not vary greatly and is always relatively small. Probably 
the maximum numbers per square mile do not exceed ten or twelve 
even in favorable localities. 


SUMMARY 


The roadrunner (Geococcyx californianus) is unique in many ways. 
Of particular interest are its breeding habits and especially food 
habits. It is doubtful if an investigation of the food habits of any 
other American bird could have yielded such unusual and interesting 
results. 

The investigation here reported upon included the analysis of 
eighty-four stomachs of roadrunners taken in southern California in 
1911 and 1912 and also a survey of all available literature relative to 
the food of the roadrunner in California. The stomachs became 
available as a result of the inquiry into the food habits of non-game 
birds instituted by the California Fish and Game Commission in 1911. 

The eighty-four stomachs represented birds taken every month of 
the year with the exception of March. The analysis of the stomach 
contents showed that practically 90 per cent (90.07 per cent) of the 


1916 | Bryant: Habits and Food of the Roadrunner 47 


total food was made up of animal matter and that slightly less than 
10 per cent was of vegetable material. Nearly all of the vegetable 
matter was of one kind, the fruit and seeds of the sour-berry (Rhus 
integrifolia). Insects and certain vertebrates composed the animal 
food. Chief among the insects found were beetles (18.2 per cent), 
grasshoppers and crickets (36.82 per cent), cutworms and cater- 
pillars (7 per cent), cicadas and other hemipterous insects (5 per 
cent), ants, bees, and wasps (4.24 per cent), and scorpions (3.67 
per cent). Lizards of three species (3.73 per cent), two birds (1.56 
per cent), one tiny cottontail rabbit (1.0 per cent), and two wild mice 
of two different species (2.38 per cent) composed the vertebrate food. 

The results of stomach examinations substantiated rather than 
altered published statements regarding the food of the roadrunner. 
From published sources, however, came added information as to the 
number of snakes and lizards consumed by this bird and practically 
all of the information regarding its bird-eating habits. One hzard, 
the whip-tailed lizard (Cnemidophorus), appears to be taken more 
often than any other species. 

The individual capacity for food in this bird is great, for an 
average full stomach contains about ten cubic centimeters of food. 
The collective capacity, however, is small, due to the paucity of indi- 
viduals. The amount of damage possible (and this must be said also 
of the potential good) is greatly minimized because there is no con- 
centration of individuals in any one place. A wide variety of food 
items from small insects to reptiles and mammals is consumed. 

Little evidence was obtained that the roadrunner is detrimental 
to man’s interests. The destruction of a few beneficial insects and 
birds, and of certain lizards usually considered beneficial, can alone 
be taken as evidence against it. Even if the consumption of a certain 
proportion of all of the above as food be a fixed habit, the end result 
is minimized when the facts are taken into consideration that the 
roadrunner is a bird of the desert regions rather than of the cultivated 
fields and that the species exists in but small numbers. 

A preponderance of evidence favors the bird. The destruction of 
such unquestioned pests as grasshoppers, cutworms, caterpillars, and 
wireworms, and of such rodents as mice is to be desired even if the 
amount of destruction be relatively small. The taking of this sort 
of food on wild land is evidence that this bird when feeding in 
cultivated fields is likely to be distinctly beneficial. 

Evidently the roadrunner never turns its attention to any sort 


48 University of California Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


of cultivated crops as do those birds with granivorous and frugivorous 
habits. On the contrary, a study of its food habits shows that the 
roadrunner feeds upon the insect and rodent pests which attack cul- 
tivated crops, and furthermore that it destroys hairy caterpillars, a 
pest not commonly attacked by other birds. 

As shown by this investigation, the food habits of the roadrunner 
in California do not prove the bird to be harmful to any great extent. 
Instead, it has been clearly shown that the benefits conferred through 
the destruction of injurious insects and small rodents, though not 
great, outweigh in value the harm done through the destruction of 
lizards and birds. In fact, the destruction of a roadrunner can be 
justified only under exceptional circumstances, and certainly the 
wholesale destruction of the species because of its supposed habit of 
destroying the eggs and young of quail is unwarranted. It is to the 
interest of every citizen of the state to protect carefully this most 
curious and interesting bird. 


Transmitted March 22, 1916. 


LITERATURE CITED 


ANTHONY, A. W. 
1896. The roadrunner as a rat-killer. Auk, 13, 257-258. 
1897. The roadrunner as a destroyer of caterpillars. Auk, 14, 217. 
BaiLey, F. M. 
1902. Handbook of birds of the Western United States (Houghton-Mifflin 
Co., N. Y.), xe +514, 36 pls., 601 figs. in text. 
Bairp, S. F., BREwrr, T. M., and Ripeway, R. 
1874. A history of North American birds. Land birds (Little, Brown & 
Co., Boston), 2, 590+vi, pls. 27-56, many figs. in text. 
BELDING, L. 
1879. A partial list of the birds of central California. Proce. U. S. Nat. 
Mus, 1, 388-449. 
1890. Land birds of the Pacific district. Occ. Papers Calif. Acad. Sci., 2, 


1-274. 
BENDIRE, C. 
1878. Breeding habits of Geococcyx californianus. Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, 
3, 39. 


1895. lLife-histories of North American birds. Smithson. Inst. Contrib. 
Knowl., 32, ix + 518, 7 pls. 
BREWSTER, W. 
1883. On a collection of birds lately made by Mr. F. Stephens in Arizona. 
Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, 8, 21-36. 
BRYANT, H. C. 
1914. A determination of the economic status of the western meadow- 
lark (Sturnella neglecta) in California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 
11, pp. 377-510, pls. 21-24, 5 figs. in text. 


1916] Bryant: Habits and Food of the Roadrunner 49 


Bryant, W. E. 
1891. Andrew Jackson Grayson. Zoe, 2, 34-68. 
Cooper, J. G. 

1870. Ornithology of California. Geol. Surv. Calif., vol. 1, Ornithology. 
Published by authority of the Legislature (Univ. Press, Cam- 
bridge), xi+592, many figs. in text. 

Cougs, E. 

1903. Key to North American birds (ed. 5; Dana Estes Co., Boston), 2, 

vi+ 537-1152, figs. 354-747. 
Davig, O. 
1889. Nests and eggs of North American birds (ed. 4; Hann and Adair, 
Columbus, O.), 10+455+ xii, 13 pls. 

EVERMANN, B. W. 

1881. California bird notes. Orn. & Ool., 6, 7-8. 
Finuey, W. L. and FIN ey, I. 

1915. With the Arizona roadrunners. Bird Lore, 17, 159-165, 7 figs. in text. 
FisHer, W. K. 

1904. Roadrunners eat young mockingbirds. Condor, 6, 80. 
GRINNELL, J. 

1898. Birds of the Pacifie slope of Los Angeles County. Publ. Pasadena 
Acad. Sci., 2, 1-52. 

1907. The California distribution of the roadrunner (Geococcyx califor- 
nianus). Condor, 9, 51-53, 1 map. 

GRINNELL, J., and GRINNELL, H. W. 

1907. Reptiles of Los Angeles County, California. Throop Inst. Bull. 35, 

1-64, 23 figs. in text. 
HEERMANN, A. L. 

1859. Report upon birds collected on the survey. Pae. R.R. Rep., 10, 

Part IV, No. 2, 29-80, pls. 2-10. 
HENSHAW, H. W. 

1876. Report on the ornithology of the portions of California visited 
during the field-season of 1875, by H. W. Henshaw. Ann. Rep. 
Geog. Surv., W. 100th Merid., Append. H8 in Append. JJ, pp. 224— 
278. 

HOouuister, N. 

1908. Birds of the region about Needles, California. Auk, 25, 455-462, 

1 pl. 
HOLTERHOFF, G., JR. 

1881. A collector’s notes on the breeding of a few western birds. Amer. 
Nat., 15, 208-219. 

1883. Geococcyx as a vocalist. Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, 8, 182-183. 

KELSEY, F. W. 
1903. The home of the California roadrunner. Condor, 5, 132-133, 2 figs. 
in text. 
MAILLIARD, J. 
1900. Land birds of Marin County, Cal. Condor, 2, 62-68. 
MILER, F. 

1879. Strange story of a California bird. Bull. Nutt. Orn. Club, 4, 109- 

110. 


50 University of California Publications in Zoology [ Vo. 17 


KNowttTon, F. A., and Rieway, R. 
1909. Birds of the world (Holt & Co., N. Y.), xiv +873, 16 colored pls., 235 
figs. in text. 
Lantz, D. E. 
1907. An economic study of field mice. U. 8. Dept. Agric., Biol. Surv. 
Bull., 31, 1-64, 8 pls., 3 figs. in text. 
Morcom, G. F. 
1887. Notes on the birds of southern California and southwestern Arizona. 
Bull. Ridg. Orn. Club, 2, pp. 36-57. 
NEWBERRY, J. S. 
1857. Report upon the zoology of the route. Report upon the birds. 
Pac. R.R. Rep., 6, Part IV, No. 2, chap. 2, 73-110, 2 pls. 
Orcurt, C. R. 
1886. Roadrunners corralling rattlesnakes. West. Amer. Sci., 2, 49. 
SHarp, C. S. 
1907. The breeding birds of Escondido. Condor, 9, 84-91. 
SHEPARDSON, D. I. 
1915. Some western birds—roadrunner. Oologist, 32, 158-160. 
SHUFELDT, R. W. 
1903. The chaparral cock. Western Field, 2, 174-179, 2 figs. in text. 
Surron, G. M. 
1915. Suggestive methods of bird-study; pet roadrunners. Bird Lore, 17, 
57-61, 1 fig. in text. 
TYLER, J. G. 
1913. Some birds of the Fresno district, California. Pac. Coast Avifauna, 
9, 1-114. 
Van Dykes, T. S. 
1897. The roadrunner and the snake. Avifauna (Santa Barbara, Calif.), 
1, no. 3, 36-38. 
WILLETT, G. 
1912. Birds of the Pacific Slope of southern California. Pac. Coast Avi- 
fauna, 7, 1-122. 


ug a a ” 
i 
me: 
x 
. 
un : 
i , : 
‘1 
i 
; 1 an 
F : i 
i : (nas eri i i ‘Veal 
; a i 
t i u = ms 
i — — > 2 ee os hen i - 


PLATE 1 


Fig. 1—Nest of roadrunner situated in tangle of chilicothe and opuntia. 
Photograph by Donald R. Dickey, taken at Lakeside, San Diego County, Cali- 
fornia. 


[52] 


PLATE 2 


Fig. 2—Roadrunner on nest in cactus. Photograph by Donald R. Dickey, 
taken near San Diego, California. 


[54] 


UNIV, CALIF. PUBL, ZOOL. VOL, !7 [BRYANT] PLATE 2 


PLATE 3 


Fig. 3—Roadrunner carrying a whip-tailed lizard (Cnemidophorus). Photo- 
graph taken by W. L. Finley near Tucson, Arizona. After Finley and Finley, 
1915, by permission. 


[56] 


UNIV, CALIF. PUBL. ZOOL. VOL. 17 [BRYANT] PLATE 3 


: ne 
tee 
Ly ae oy 


i i ais 


PLATE 4 

Fig. 4——Stomach contents of a roadrunner taken at Nestor, San Diego 
County, January 19, 1913. The stomach contained twenty-four beetles (Micro- 
schatia inaequalis), one large beetle (EHleodes sp.), one beetle (Amara sp.), 
one wireworm, and thirteen Jerusalem crickets (Stenopelmatus sp.). 

Fig. 5.—Parts of thirty-six cicadas (Cacama crepitans) found in the stomach 
of a roadrunner taken at Otay, San Diego County, May 30, 1912. The stomach 
also contained one carabid beetle, four short-winged grasshoppers, one robber 
fly, one stink bug, one carpenter bee, and one small spider. 


[58] 


UNIV. CALIF. PUBL. ZOOL. VOL. 17 [BRYANT] PLATE 4 


o ibe FBB8 


in text 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 


Note.— The University of California Publications are offered in exchange for the publi- ~ 
cations of learmed societies and institutions, universities and libraries. Complete Lists of 
all the publications of the University. will be sent upon request. For sample copies, lists — 
of publications or other information, address the Manager of the University Press, Berkeley, - 
California, U. 8. A. All- matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The Exchange . 
Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. 8. A. oe : 


OTTO HARRASSOWITZ, BR. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN, 
LEIPZIG. BERLIN, 

Agent for the series in American Arch- Agent for the series in American atth, 
acology and Ethnology, Classical Philology, aeology and Ethnology, Botany, Geology, 
Hducation, Modern Philology, Philosophy, Geography, Mathematics, Pathology, Five Spo 
Psychology, History. ology, Zoology, and Memoirs. 


ZOOLOGY.—W. E. Ritter and 0. A. Kofold, Editors. Price per volume, $3.50; beginning — 


with vol. 11, $5.00, 


This series contains the contributions from the Department of Zoology, from the ye: 
Marine Laboratory of the Scripps Institution for Biological Research, at La Jolla, 


Oalifornia; and from the California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology in Berkeley. 
Cited as Univ, Calif. Publ. Zool. 


Volumo 1, 1902-1905, 817 pages, with-28 plates 22 BBO 
Volume 2 (Contributions from the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Associa- 

tion of San Diego), 1904-1906, xvii +382 pages, with 19 plates <=..........—.—. $3.50 3 
Volume 3, 1906-1907, $83 pages, with 23 plates usc ncn S350 & 
Volume 4, 1907-1908, 400 pages, with 24 plates: otis ceeeceasceenepeeeen ccomseneens SOOO 
Volume 5, 1908-1910, 440 pages, with 34 plates 2.022.202 iS cechhenngosnnctcnd - 83.50 
Volume 6, 1908-1911, 478-pages, with 48 plates 2 2 88.50: 


Volume 7 (Contributions from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology), pies 
446 pages, with 12 plates 2.22 ce 


Volume 8, 1911, 357 pages, With 25 plates 2... c.c ccc cite cet encscecseeass eeensteenedtetbenersneses POIDO 
Volume 9, 1911-1912, 865 pages, with 24 plates ‘ 
Volume 10, 1912-1913, 417 pages, with 10 plates 
Volume 11, 1912-1914, 588 pages, with 26 plates... 


Vol. 12. 1. A Study of a Collection of Geese of the Branta canadensis Group from 
the San Joaquin Valley, California, by Harry 8. abe ga Pp. 1-24, 


plates 1-2, 8 text figs:. November, 1913. 22n ca cc ciency 150 


2. Nocturnal Wanderings of the California Pocket Gopher, ‘by Harold ©. 


Bryant. Pp. 25-29, 1 text fig’) November, 1913 1.0.2 screenees 05 


3. The Reptiles of the San Jacinto Area of Southern California, by Sarah 


Rogers Atsatt.. Pp. 31-50: November, 1913 fone ccc ete cesta eee 20° 


4, An Account of the Mammals and Birds of the Lower Colorado Valley, 7 
with Especial Reference to the Distributienal Problems Presented, 


by Joseph Grinnell, Pp. 51-294, plates 3-13, 9 text figs. March, 1914. 2.40. 


5. Aplodontia chryseola, a New Mountain Beaver from the Trinity Region - 
of Northern California, by Louise Kellogg. Pp. 295-296. 


6. A Previously Undescribed Aplodontia from the Middie worth Coast of 
California, by Walter P. Taylor. Pp.-297-300. 
Nos..6 and 6 in one cover.) April, 19U4 uci. cecetennateswereernees 08 
7. A Second Species of the Mammalian Genus Microdipodops from Cali- .. — 
fornia, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp, 301-304, April, 1914 OB 
8. Distribution of River Otters in California, with Description of a New. ~ 
Subspecies, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 305-310, plate.14. October, 1914 . .05 
9, Four New Pocket Gophers from Cao: by Joseph Grinnell. EP. 


$11-316.- ‘November, 1914 2 ew ee “(05 


10. Three New Races of Vespertilionid Bats. from California, by Hilda 


$2 a8 


ZAS 


GA ROARS een bi 


Bia ad eta F pate at Ta 


Wood Grinnell, Pp. 317-321. December, 1914 22.2 OB 


11. Eutamias sonomae, a-New Chipmunk from the Tuner Northern Coast 
Belt of ee by Joseph Grinnell. gous 321-325, 1 text figure. 


TODAY; TOG aes ane Se et er ete ee I ti 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 
IN 


ZOOLOGY 
Vol. 17, No. 6, pp. 59-62, 4 figures in text November 17, 1916 


DESCRIPTION OF BUFO CANORUS, A NEW 
TOAD FROM THE YOSEMITE 
NATIONAL PARK 


BY 


CHARLES LEWIS CAMP 


(Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California) 


Included in the material gathered by the Yosemite Natural History 
Survey, and now being worked up at the Museum of Vertebrate Zool- 
ogy under the direction of Dr. Joseph Grinnell, are a number of toads 
of a species which up to the present time has apparently escaped the 
attention of naturalists. Comparison with a large series of toads of 
the boreas group at hand shows that the new species possesses char- 
acters not included within the limits of that variable assemblage. 


Bufo canorus, new species 
Yosemite Park Toad 


Type.—FKemale, adult ; no. 5744, Mus. Vert. Zool.; Poreupine Flat, 
8100 feet altitude, Yosemite National Park, Mariposa County, Cali- 
fornia; July 1, 1915; collected by C. L. Camp; orig. no. 2129. 

Diagnosis—A medium sized toad with no head crests; parotoids 
large, flat, circular, separated by a space usually less than their own 
diameter and never greater; vertebral streak wanting in most males 
and represented in other specimens by a thread-like, white line. Color 
distinctive, and differing greatly in the two sexes; females with irreg- 
ular, dark blotches, each usually bordered narrowly with white; males 
speckled with black on a dull greenish background and without dis- 
tinet dark patches on back. 


60 University of California Publications in Zoology — | Vou. 17 


Material—F orty-two alcoholic specimens, all but one from within 
the Yosemite National Park at the following localities: Near Peregoy 
Meadow, 7000 feet altitude (no. 57429) ; near Mono Meadow, 7300 feet 
(no. 57474) ; East Fork Indian Cafion, near B. M. 7937 feet (no. 
57282) ; vicinity of Porcupine Flat, 8100-8200 feet (nos. 57299, 57309, 
57369, 57439, 57449, 57592) ; vicinity of Ragged Peak, 9700—10,200 
feet (nos. 5721-5727, all ¢¢, 57319, 57329, 57349, 57359, 57373, 
57384) ; head of Lyell Cafion, 9700-11,000 feet (nos. 57382, 5739, 
57409, 574101, 57452, 57489, 5749-5753, all Jog, 5754-5758, all 99, 
5760¢) ; Vogelsang Lake, 10,350 feet (mos. 603592, 60449). One speci- 
men from Tioga Lake, Mono County, 10,000 feet (no. 57462). 


Bufo canorus; 9 type; all X 1 


Fig. 1. Top of head; note great width of parotoids and shape of snout. 
Fig. 2. Side of head; note extent of parotoids and steep profile of snout. 
Fig. 3. Front foot, from below; note small inner metacarpal tubercle. 


Fig. 4. Hind foot, from below; note reduced webbing and large outer meta- 
tarsal tubercle. 


Comparisons.—In profile, lack of head crests, small tympanum, and 
short legs this toad resembles Bufo boreas and its subspecies, but may 
be distinguished at once from these forms by its smaller size, enormous 
width of parotoids, slight interval between parotoids, very smooth skin, 
absence of a broad vertebral stripe, and markedly different color pat- 
tern in both sexes. In extent of webbing of hind foot the present 
species most nearly resembles B. boreas halophilus, its near neighbor 
in the southern Sierra Nevada and the San Joaquin Valley. Speci- 
mens of B. boreas boreas from Mono County, directly to the east of 
the range of canorus, have the large hind foot characteristic of the 
more northern subspecies. 


1916 | Camp: Description of Bufo canorus 61 


MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS OF TyYPR SPECIMEN 


Total length TIN Cy iO Ot Berens sseeee eee eeee es 39.0 
Head length 18.9 Spread of hind foot —...... 22.8 
Head width _.. . 26.0 Length of parotoid ........... 12.2 
Hind leg - 82.0 Width of parotoid —........ 10.7 
DUG ah too 2 en csssmeeueesevccsevsaecavesesss 2OLO Interorbital space .............. 7.2 


Color (in alcohol). —Adult female, no. 5744, the type: All dorsal 
and lateral surfaces, including sides of head, rostrum and parotoids, 
thickly marbled with irregular but clearly defined, dark patches, each 
surrounded by a brilliant white line; many of the dark patches end 
abruptly at the mid-line, and do not cross it except in the anal region ; 
ground-eolor almost white, becoming brownish on the back and paro- 
toids; large tubercles in centers of dark patches tipped with brown; 
limbs mottled like rest of body; underparts clear white except for a 
few obscure dark specks; skin between large tubercles very smooth ; 
no trace of speeckling or of small dots between the dark blotches. This 
coloration is typical of all of the females, even the smallest. 

Adult male, no. 5747, typical in coloration of all the males in the 
series: Dorsad and laterad the body and limbs are covered evenly with 
minute dots of black on a uniform olive-green ground-color ; each dark 
speck surrounded by a narrow white ring; underparts grayish white 
with scattered dots of a larger size than those on the back. The skin 
is exceptionally smooth, and the larger tubercles and even the paro- 
toids are scarcely discernible. 

Remarks.—This toad is extraordinary in its pronounced sexual 
dimorphism. The striking black and white pattern of the female is 
entirely lost in most of the males, but a few of the latter show, by 
traces of blotching about the head and legs, that their speckled pattern 
is the result of a breaking up into smaller dots of the larger blotches 
of the female. In coloration the female of Bufo canorus bears some 
resemblance to the brighter patterns of Bufo boreas; the male phase 
has some counterpart in the latter species in the case of an occasional 
male of boreas, which assumes a dull green color and smooth skin 
during the breeding season. In the series of canorus the glandular 
development in the males is much less than in the females; in most 
of the males even the parotoids are not well developed, though their 
characteristic circular outline ean still be traced. 

The web of the hind foot is small; the spread of the hind foot is 
about 30 per cent of the total body-length, as in Bufo boreas halophilus. 
The sole is free from the asperities developed by toads of more arid 


62 University of California Publications in Zoology — [Vou. 17 


regions, and both inner and outer metatarsal tubercles are distinct 
and nearly equal in size. The inner metacarpal tubercle is less than 
half the size of the outer. 

Distribution and habitat—The limits of the range of Bufo canorus 
north and south of the Yosemite Park are unknown. The species 
seems to be absent from the high altitudes of Placer County and from 
the Sierras south of the Kings River, where its place is taken by 
Bufo boreas halophilus, which there goes to a high elevation. It is 
the only toad found in the higher parts of the Yosemite National Park, 
where it inhabits wet meadows and lake shores from about 7000 feet 
altitude on Bridal Veil Creek among lodge-pole pines to 11,000 feet on 
the headwaters of the Lyell Fork of the Tuolumne River, near the 
upper limit of the white bark pines. It does not seem to live at the 
lower altitude of the Yosemite Valley proper, where the larger species. 
Bufo boreas halophilus, is found. 

The specific name selected, canorus, refers to the long-sustained, 
melodious trill uttered by this toad. This diurnal singing accompanies 
the breeding activities, which take place as soon as the snow melts 
from the Sierran meadows, June 1 to July 15. Many of the females 
captured at this time contained mature eggs. 


Transmitted October 5, 1916. 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 
IN 


i ZOOLOGY 
Vol. 17, No. 7, pp. 63-74 December 28, 1916 


7 5 
THE SUBSPECIES OF SCELOPORUS Beet 
OCCIDENTALIS 


WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW FORM FROM THE 
SIERRA NEVADA AND SYSTEMATIC NOTES 
ON OTHER CALIFORNIA LIZARDS 


BY 


CHARLES LEWIS CAMP 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS 
BERKELEY 


UNIVBESITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 


Note.—The University of California Publications are offered in exchange for the publi- 
cations of learmed societies and institutions, universities and libraries. Oomplete lists of 
all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample copies, lists 
of publications or other information, address the Manager of the University Press, Berkeley, 
California, U. 8. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The Exchangs 
Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. 8. A. 


OTTO HAERASSOWITZ, 
LEIPZIG. 


Agent for the series in American Arch- 
aeclogy and Ethnology, Classical Philology, 
Education, Modern Philology, Philosophy, 
Psychology, History. 


ZOOLOGY.—W. H. Ritter and ©. A. Kofoid, Editors. Price per volame, $3.50; beginning — 


B. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN, 
BEEL 


. 


Agent for the series in American Arch- 


aeology and Ethnology, Botany, Geology, 


Geography, Mathematics, Pathology, Physi- 
ology, Zoology, and Memoirs. 


with vol. 11, $5.00. if 
This series contains the contributions from the Department of Zoology, from the 
Marine Laboratory of the Scrippz Institution for Biological Research, st La Jolla, — 
Oalifornia, and from the California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology in Berkeley. : 
Cited as Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. e+ 
Volume 1, 1902-1905, 317 pages, with 28 plates 202s $3.50 a 
Volume 2 (Contributions from the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Associa- Bes 
tion of San Diego), 1904-1906, xvii + 382 pages, with 19 plates — 22a a 
Volume 8, 1906-1907, $83 pages, with 23 plates: 2a ee SSO 
Volume 4, 1907-1908, 400 pages, with 24 plates 2 8S BO 
Volume 5, 1908-1910, 440 pages, with 34 plates 22 SSO 
Volume 6, 1908-1911, 478 pages, with 48 plates 02. BS BO 


Volume 7 (Contributions: from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology), 1910-1912 
446 pages, with 12 plates 2 oe. 


went ec nenecenneecerseccesaen ae: ween beasenscers sens 


Volume 8, 1911, 357 pages, with 25 plates. 2.0.2.0. a ecetetetene es. $9.50 
Volume 9, 1911-1912, 365 pages, with 24 lain Plan Re AP ns SO IE I GE Ne $3.50 
Volume 10, 1912-1913, 417 pages, with 10 plates .. scepter $3.00 
Volume 11, 1912-1914, 538 pages, with 26-plates sooo aS ee See LOO 
Vol, 12. 1. A Study of a Collection of Geese of the Branta canadensis Gin: from 
the San Joaquin Valley, California, by Harry 8. Swarth. Pp. 1-24, 
plates 1-2, 8 text figs. November, 1913 2.20.0 3 
2. Nocturnal Wanderings of the California Pocket Gopher, by Harold 0. 
Bryant. Pp. 25-20,-1 text fig. November, 1918 Ws. 06 
3. The Reptiles of the San Jacinto Area of Southern California, by Sarak 


Bogers Atsatt. Pp. 31-50. November, 1913 —.2 wu... ae 26 
4. An Account of the Mammals and Birds of the Lower Colorado “Valley, % 
with Especial Reference to the Distributional Problems Presented, 
by Joseph Grinnell. Pp, 51-294, plates 3-13, 9 text figs. March, 1914. 2.40 
5. Aplodontia chryseola, a New Mountain Beaver from the Trinity Region 
of Northern California, by Louise Kellogg. Pp. 295-296. 
6. A Previously Undescribed Aplodontia from the Middie North Coast of 
California, by Walter P. Taylor. Pp. 297-300. 


Nos. 5 and 6 in one cover. “April, 1914 =... 05 
7. A Second Species of the Mammalian Genus Microdipodops from Oali- 
fornia, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 301-304. April, 1914 __.. .05 


8. Distribution of River Otters in California, with Description of a New 
Subspecies, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 305-310, plate 14. October, 1914. .05 
9, Four New Pocket Gophers from California, by. Joseph Grinnell. Pp, 


S11-S16. November, 1914 oo nk ot a eee .. 05 
10. Three New Races of Vespertilionid Bats from California, by Hilda 
Wood Grinnell, Pp. 317-321. December, 1914 2: Bt) 5) 


11, Eutamias sonomae, a New Chipmunk from the Inner Northern ‘Coast 
Belt of California, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 321-325, 1 text figure. 
ATURE YO To a a Eh ee Oe. 
12, Batrachoseps major and Bufo cognatus californicus, New Amphibia 
from Southern California, by Charles Lewis Camp. - Pp. 327-334. 
April “1915305 Se ee ee 


Be Saat Nee 55 | 


no VE a 


- ee ae Seen 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 


IN 


ZOOLOGY 
Vol. 17, No. 7, pp. 63-74 December 28, 1916 


THE SUBSPECIES OF SCELOPORUS 
OCCIDENTALIS 


WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW FORM FROM THE SIERRA 
NEVADA AND SYSTEMATIC NOTES ON OTHER 
CALIFORNIA LIZARDS 


BY 


CHARLES LEWIS CAMP 


(Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California) 


CONTENTS 


PAGE 
INGLES OUR SCElOPOLUSOCCICON DAIS es. .cse cere ohe cele econ sence se eet gc eee cee oe Be 63 
Sceloporus occidentalis taylori, new subspecies ...............2...1-221:.0-22seseeese-eeeeeeeeeee- 66 
HID TESMOTIES COLOWO GUM OM AG) OSUS tee seta see cnces aac cae hen cee vaca vee san ecove te oegae sense sneer an cedeeeeoee Gi 
Sceloporus graciosus vandenburgianus Cope ............-......-----.--21.-----+------ sek 67 
NOLES MOMMU Lele SUNS DUNN Aa cee tess tects = co cts-5 J. cecsc0islesessacensoteesstesies kaevsse. suse eet 68 
Notes on Callisaurus and Crotaphytus - 70 
IGLOS PMO MMR ON EMIT ODN OLUS WEL OTIS) eee ee. ccc eeancan thc necont accanenencosnccaveesnnien se dees net oeenae eaeoewonae 71 
WarteGlonmis Or sHMIMeCes (SKUCOULATMUS: soo ccc. e cee we acne cease Seraceenene seer mer see YE) 
NOTRE EEE ASS MOAI CG LS oe Fe 3 eRe ee eae a ee 74 


Noves ON SCELOPORUS OCCIDENTALIS 


In a systematic treatment of the lizards of the genus Sceloporus 
occurring in the Pacifie district, Van Denburgh (1897, pp. 73-74, 
77-84) calls the two closely related forms, occidentalis and bi-seriatus. 
distinct species, and separates them by the characters of size and of 
the degree of confluence of the throat patches in males. An exam- 
ination of the series of about 900 specimens representing these two 


64 University of California Publications in Zoology | Vou. 17 


forms, contained in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, has revealed 
the existence of a definite intergradation between them through an 
extensive area in California. 

In males from points within the range of typical occidentalis, in 
the Sacramento Valley and in Humboldt, Marin, Napa and Alameda 
counties, about 72 per cent have the throat patches joined as in all 
male bi-seriatus. The other 28 per cent of the males is what we should 
have to rely on for the separation of these races if we held to this 
character alone. Our series of occidentalis from eastern Mendocino 
County averages about as large in size as a series of small bi-seriatus 
from Los Angeles County. It therefore becomes desirable to seek out 
some additional character as a criterion for the separation of these 
two forms, if they are, indeed, to be considered worthy of systematic 
notice at all. 

Nearly every male occidentalis I have examined can be distin- 
euished from bi-seriatus by the greater amount of light color on the 
underparts, particularly on the lower surface of the hind limbs and 
on the chest and between the belly patches. A single specimen of 
occidentalis from Monterey and ten or so of a large series from the 
coast of northern California have the parts mentioned dark greenish 
or slaty in color. A male from Bakersfield, and another from Little 
Rock Creek, Los Angeles County, each has an unspotted ght stripe 
down the center of the belly and cannot be distinguished from average 
occidentalis, although obtained well within the range of bi-seriatus. 
But these are exceptions in a very large series which shows the gen- 
eral duskier color of the subspecies bi-seriatus. 

The most interesting thing about this character of the color of the 
underparts is the distribution of the intergrades, which occupy a zone 
running from the coast near San Luis Obispo northeast to western 
Merced County, thence across the San Joaquin Valley to Coulterville, 
Mariposa County, then northward over the Sierras to eastern Modoe 
County. The range of occidentalis northwest of this zone contrasts 
in its greater humidity with the range of bi-seriatus to the southeast 
of it. 

In the intergrades the white chest, mid-ventral line and hind limbs 
are flecked by numerous dark scales, either widely separated (as in 
occidentalis), or jomed into a general dusky suffusion as in bi-seriatus. 
The body-length of individuals increases noticeably as one goes south 
through the Sacramento and San Joaquin valleys from Yolo and 
Solano counties into Fresno and Kern counties. This increase in size 


1 


1916 ] Camp: Subspecies of Sceloporus occidentalis 6! 


o 


and change in coloration of the underparts is most abrupt in the nar- 
row district lying between the Merced River and Raymond, Madera 
County. Adult males from San Emigdio and Walker Basin, in Kern 
County, are from 75 to 90 millimeters in length of body (averaging 85 
millimeters). The largest males of occidentalis from various localities 
in the Sacramento Valley and in Modoe and Humboldt counties range 
from 62 to 80 millimeters and average about 71. Those from such 
intermediate points as eastern Merced County, and Raymond, Madera 
County, are from 71 to 80 millimeters long and average about 75. 

A key that will apply invariably for all individuals of both sexes 
of the following three subspecies cannot be formulated. Females 
without blue throat patches can be referred to S. 0. occidentalis, those 
with a single throat patch to S. 0. bi-servatus (see Van Denburgh, 1897, 
p. 73), but beyond this the identification of females is best not at- 
tempted. Males (told at once by the enlarged post-anal plates) can be 
distinguished by the following key: 


A. Belly-patches separate from throat patches and divided by either a lighter 
or darker band. 


b. Chest, mid-ventral line and lower surface of hind limb very light 
in color or speckled with darker scales; blue throat patches in 
young males sometimes divided by light or dark seales; body 
length of adults 62-80 millimeters. 

Sceloporus occidentalis occidentalis Baird and Girard, 

b’. Chest, mid-ventral line and lower surface of hind limb grey or 
black in color; blue throat patch never divided; body length 
of adults 75-90 millimeters. 

Sceloporus occidentalis bi-seriatus Hallowell. 
A’. Belly-patches confluent with throat patch and not divided by a lighter or 
darker band; ventral color deep blue throughout; little or no dusky 
color on chest. 


Sceloporus occidentalis taylori Camp. 


It is desired here to describe a very distinct new subspecies of 
Sceloporus occidentalis occurring about the headwaters of the Merced 
River in the Yosemite National Park and perhaps farther south in the 
Sierra Nevada. Specimens of this brilliantly colored lizard were col- 
lected by various members of the field party from the Museum of 
Vertebrate Zoology, which participated in the Natural History Survey 
of the Yosemite region during 1914-1915. 


66 University of California Publications in Zoology — (Vou. 17 


Sceloporus occidentalis taylori, new subspecies 


Tenaya Blue-bellied Lizard 


Type.—Male, adult; no. 5947, Mus. Vert. Zool.; half way between 
Merced Lake and Sunrise Trail (Eeho Creek basin), altitude 7500 feet, 
Yosemite National Park, California; August 25, 1915; collected by 


Walter P. Taylor; orig. no. 7361. 


Diagnosis.—Size, equalling the largest Sceloporus occidentalis bi- 
seriatus ; underparts, in the male, blue throughout; belly-patches not 
separated by a lighter or darker mid-ventral line; throat evenly 
colored, heht blue to snout and lips, and lighter in tint than general 
ventral color; blue of belly not separated from throat patch by a 
hehter or darker area across gular region (young specimens excepted). 
Female more richly colored below than in bi-seriatus; lighter than 
male; belly-patches separated by a faintly lighter area; chest lehter 
than belly; one extensive throat patch as in male; blue not always 
extending to beneath hind limb. 

Color (in alcohol) —Belly alizarine blue (of Ridgway, 1912), in 
darkest males, to clear cadet blue in the lightest females; throat diva 
blue to light cadet blue; chest only slightly dusky in the darkest speci- 
mens; males with hind limbs beneath and anterior border of anus, 
greenish blue, nearly as dark as belly. Back very dark as in darkest 
bi-seriatus ; sides and some seales on back greenish; lighter and darker 
ereseentie markings on back obscure, mest so in males. Females with 
four series of small light spots down back. 

Material—Fourteen males and ten females from the higher eleva- 
tions of the Yosemite National Park at the following localities: Wash- 
burn Lake, 7640-7700 feet ; near Merced Lake, 7500 feet; Echo Creek 
basin, Merced River, 7300-7500 feet; lower McClure Fork, Merced 
River, 7800 feet; Lake Tenaya, 8100 feet; and Glen Aulin, Tuolumne 
River, 7300 feet. 

Remarks. 


A number of individuals at hand in a large series of 
S. 0. bi-seriatus from the southern Sierras in Kern and Tulare counties 
and farther north are, of all our specimens, the closest in size and 
ventral coloration to taylori; they are, however, of greenish and more 
dusky shades of blue beneath than the new form, and their status 
must be held questionable pending the acquisition of material from 
the headwaters of the Kings and San Joaquin rivers. A male speci- 
men, one of two, from the Yosemite Valley, 4000 feet altitude, seems 


1916] Camp: Subspecies of Sceloporus occidentalis 67 
to be intermediate in size and color between this form and a series of 
S. 0. occidentalis at hand from western Mariposa County. In the 
Yosemite Park this subspecies lives on rocky, sunlit slopes in the 
heavily glaciated region in the upper Merced basin, about Lake 
Tenaya, and in the head of the Tuolumne Canon, at altitudes between 
7300 and 8200 feet. 


NOTES ON SCELOPORUS GRACIOSUS 


The representatives of Sceloporus graciosus isolated upon several 
of the mountain ranges of southern California south of Mount Pinos, 
Ventura County, appear to constitute a locally differentiated race. It 
is here proposed to reinstate the name vandenburgianus (Cope, 1896, 
p. 834) for this subspecies, the type locality of which is the ‘‘ Summit 
of the Coast Range, San Diego County, Calif.’’—probably in the 
yellow pine belt on the Laguna Mountains, San Diego County. 


Sceloporus graciosus vandenburgianus Cope 


Van Denburgh Lizard 

Diagnosis.—hLike S. g. graciosus, but adult males with blue belly- 
patches united across mid-line, or else separated by a very narrow 
interval only; belly-patches confluent with throat patch; undersurface 
of hind limb and tail dark blue; the lighter, broad, mid-ventral line 
and chest-patch of graciosus, indefinite or absent; blue of underparts 
sometimes nearly black, usually darker than in graciosus. Females 
more dusky in color beneath than females of graciosus. 

Material—Ninety-two specimens of Sceloporus graciosus vanden- 
burgianus from the following localities in southern California: San 
Diego County: a single adult male from the Cuyamaca Mountains, 6000 
feet altitude; Riverside County: Santa Rosa Peak, 7500 feet, Santa 
Rosa Mountains, 7; San Jacinto Mountains, 21, from Thomas Moun- 
tain, Strawberry Valley (6000 feet), Tahquitz Peak (8000 feet), near 
Round Valley (8500 feet), vicinity of Fuller’s Mill (5850-7000 feet), 
and vicinity of Schain’s Ranch (5200-5500 feet); San Bernardino 
Mountains, San Bernardino County: 32, from Fish Creek (6500-6700 
feet), South Fork of Santa Ana River (6200 feet), Santa Ana River 
(5500 feet), and Clark Hill (6000 feet) ; San Gabriel Mountains, Los 
Angeles County: 31, from vieinity of Mount Wilson (4150-5800 feet), 
Mount Lowe (4000 feet), and vicinity of Pine Flats (5500-5800 feet). 


68 University of Califorma Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


Of Sceloporus graciosus graciosus there are in the Museum of Verte- 
brate Zoology 282 specimens, from Mount Pinos, Ventura County, the 
southern Sierra Nevada, central and northern California, Humboldt 
County, Nevada, and Wallula, Washington. 

Remarlis—The series of sixty-three vandenburgianus from the San 
Gabriel and San Bernardino mountains is nearer graciosus in colora- 
tion than specimens from farther southeast. Several large males (nos. 
776, 777, 781, 783, 790) from the San Bernardino Mountains eannot 
be told from typical vandenburgianus, and some others are lighter ven- 
trally than any males from south of San Gorgonio Pass. The series 
from the San Gabriel Mountains includes the lightest-colored males 
of the subspecies, and they are in this respeet very good intermediates, 
despite their isolated station, between the small, hght-colored graciosus 
of Mount Pinos and the large, dark blue specimens of vandenburgianus 
from the headwaters of the Santa Ana River, and farther south. 

Cases of this sort of distribution bear on the question whether 
intermediates between two adjacent forms may be hybrids. In the 
present instance the low passes of Soledad, Cajon and San Gorgonio 
separate the range of the intermediates into a chain of mountain-top 
‘islands’? and seem to preclude the possibility of hybridization at the 
present time. 

The darker ventral color and larger size of the southern race of 
this species is interestingly paralleled in Sceloporus occidentalis, Ger- 
rhonotus scincicauda, Cnemidophorus tigris, and Eumeces skillonianus, 
in which species the southern and desert forms are bluer or blacker 


beneath and duskier above. 


Novres on UTA STANSBURIANA 


Richardson (1915, pp. 412-418) separates Uta stansburiana into 
the following three subspecies: U. s. stansburiana, characterized by 
its greater number (average 103.4) of dorsal rows of weakly carinated 
seales and its few femoral pores (average 13 +); U. s. elegans, with 
from 78 to 103 (average 86) dorsal rows of more heavily keeled scales, 
an average of 14-+ femoral pores and a greater tail length; and U. s. 
hesperis, with from 87 to 117 dorsal rows of heavily carinated scales, 
and an average of 14+ femoral pores. He extends the range of the 
typical subspecies, sfansburiana, into California on the basis of two 
specimens from Round Valley and Lone Pine, Inyo County. Counts 
of dorsal scale rows of some additional specimens of this species in 


1916 | Camp: Subspecies of Sceloporus occidentalis 69 


the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology from Inyo County seem to indi- 
cate that western Inyo County is the locality in California where 
intergradation between slansburiana and elegans takes place. Table I 
shows how the number of scale rows increases as one goes north 


through Owens Valley. 


I. TABLE SHOWING NUMBERS OF DORSAL TRANSVERSE SCALE ROWS IN SPECIMENS 


OF UTA S. STANSBURIANA AND U. S. ELEGANS 


Mus. Dorsal seale 
No. Locality rows Remarks 
3105 Mohave, Kern Co. 83 elegans 
3644 Keeler, Inyo Co. 87 elegans 
3104 Carroll Creek, Inyo Co. 97 intergrade 
Average of two specimens, Independence, 
Inyo Co. 99 intergrade 
Average of five specimens, Kearsarge 
Pass, at 6000 feet, Inyo Co. 99 intergrade 
6072 Laws, Inyo Co. 93 intergrade 


Average of three specimens, Benton, 

Mono Co. 102 stansburiana 
Average of fifty-five specimens,* Utah, 

Nevada, Idaho, and Oregon 103 stansburiana 


* According to Richardson (1915, p. 418). 


Counts of seale rows in twenty specimens of stansburiana picked 
at random from series collected at a number of points in the San 
Joaquin Valley and in San Luis Obispo County indicate that the 
subspecies occurring in this region is hesperis, rather than elegans, 
as Richardson (1915, p. 414) has indieated. The intergradation be- 
tween hesperis and elegans seems to occur at such places as northern 
Los Angeles County, Walker, Cajon and San Gorgonio passes, and 
eastern San Diego County. This is shown in table IT. 


II. Taste SHowtnc NuMBER OF DORSAL TRANSVERSE SCALE Rows IN SPECIMENS 


OF UTA S. ELEGANS AND U. S. HESPERIS 


Mus. Dorsal seale 
No. Locality rows Remarks 
3099 Kelso Valley, Kern Co. 86 elegans 
3102 Fay Creek, near Weldon, Kern Co. 95 intergrade 
3075 West side Walker Pass, Kern Co. 93 intergrade 
3084 West side Walker Pass, Kern Co. 92 intergrade 
Average of twenty specimens from San 

Joaquin Valley and San Luis Obispo Co. 100 hesperis 
885 Gorman, Los Angeles Co. 93 intergrade 
4175 Pallett, Los Angeles Co. 94 intergrade 
603 Cajon Wash, San Bernardino Co, 97 intergrade 


0 
605 Cajon Wash, San Bernardino Co. lt intergrade 


70 University of California Publications in Zoology — | Vou. 17 


Mus. Dorsal seale 
No. Locality rows Remarks 
5396 Victorville, San Bernardino Co. 77 elegans 
5397 Victorville, San Bernardino Co. 79 elegans 
3580 Banning, Riverside Co. 91 intergrade 
90 Snow Creek, Riverside Co. or intergrade 
252 Palm Canon, Riverside Co. 97 intergrade 
491 Carrizo Creek, San Diego Co. 88 elegans 
1043 Warner Pass, San Diego Co. 86 elegans 
1585 Julian, San Diego Co. 90 intergrade 
986 Mountain Spring, San Diego Co. 91 intergrade 
3587 Imperial Valley, Imperial Co. 77 elegans 


NovTEs ON CALLISAURUS AND CROTAPHYTUS 


In his description of Callisaurus ventralis myurus, Richardson 
(1915, p. 410) gives the range of this new form, doubtfully, as ex- 
tending as far south as Owens Valley, in California. The darkest of 
ten specimens in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology from Keeler, Inyo 
County, are not different in color from individuals collected at Barstow 
on the Mojave desert in San Bernardino County. The average number 
of femoral pores in this series is 14.3 and the average ratio of tail 
to body length .737, thus agreeing with Richardson’s determination 
of .727 for C. v. ventralis from the Colorado desert, and differing from 
the average of .807 given for myurus from Pyramid Lake, Nevada. 
Since Callisaurus does not seem to range north through Owens Valley 
into Mono County, specimens from the former region are not in what 
could be considered an area of intergradation between ventralis and 
MYUrUs. 

It should be noted that the provisional assignment of the Death 
Valley Callisaurus to myurus on the basis of Merriam’s notes is a 
mistake, since the Callisawrus of which Merriam speaks pertained to 
Desert Valley, east of the Pahroe Mountains, Nevada (Stejneger, 1893, 
p. LT). 

It is interesting to add that Richardson’s discovery of a decrease 
in tail length and number of femoral pores in the more northern forms 
of widely ranging species of lizards can be confirmed upon a study 
of Crotaphytus collaris baileyi and Crotaphytus wislizenii. Ten ex- 
amples of the former species in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology 
from Humboldt County, Nevada, have an average ratio of body length 
to tail length of .549 (minimum .521) and an average of 16 + (maxi- 
mum 19) femoral pores. Eight specimens of baileyi from southern 
California have an average ratio of body length to tail length of 476 


1916 | Camp: Subspecies of Sceloporus occidentalis fall 


(maximum .491) and femoral pores averaging 20+ on each thigh 
(minimum 18). Three specimens from the Inyo Mountains and the 
Kern River, five miles above Kernyille, are .450, .517, and .530, in 
body-tail ratio, and their femoral pores average 17; hence these speci- 
mens are intermediate. 

Crotaphytus wishizenu. from Humboldt County, Nevada, has 18 -+ 
femoral pores on the average, and a body-tail ratio of .504 (average 
of four specimens, agreeing closely with figures derived from Richard- 
son’s (1915, p. 407) measurements, of .496 for males and .510 for 
females of this species from Pyramid Lake, Nevada. The same species 
from southeastern California has a body-tail ratio of .463 (average 
of five specimens) and an average of 23.7 femoral pores. The mini- 
mum body-tail ratio in the Nevada specimens is .500, and the maximum 
in the southern California specimens measured is .492. The maximum 
number of femoral pores in the northern specimens is 19, the mini- 


mum in the southern examples 20. 


Novres ON CNEMIDOPHORUS TIGRIS 


Because of the practical impossibility of separating Cnemidophorus 
tigris and Cnemidophorus stejnegert at certain points on the desert 
divides and farther east in southern California, the writer believes that 
the forms in question had best be placed together as subspecies. Our 
series of Cnemidophorus (excepting beldingi) includes about 430 
specimens from California and northern Nevada. Two critical locali- 
ties, Walker Pass, Kern County, and San Gorgonio Pass, Riverside 
County, are represented by large numbers of specimens. <A study of 
these shows that there is both an intergradation of Cnemidophorus 
tigris mundus (a new name here proposed for (. tigris undulatus 
preoccupied by the C. wndulatus of Wiegmann, 1834, pt. 1, pp. 27-28) 
with tigris in the Walker Pass region, as indicated by Stejneger (1893, 
pp. 200-201), and of stejnegeri with tigris in Antelope Valley, Los 
Angeles County, around the north base of the San Jacinto Mountains 
(cf. Atsatt, 1913, pp. 89-40), and in eastern San Diego County. 

The Walker Pass intergrades show a puzzling similarity to 
stejnegert in the heavy spotting of the throat and, as a rule, in the 
lack of smaller central gular scales. Since none of the specimens from 
the Walker Pass region have as large gular scales as some stejnegeri, 
and in view of their geographic position linking two closely related 
subspecies, it seems better to consider them as above, and to suggest 


72 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou 17 
that the color characters of stejnegert, like some factors of its environ- 
ment, are intermediate between those of tigris and of mundus. 

The difficulty of separating tigris and stejnegeri comes from the 
fact that stejnegert on the desert borders of its range gradually takes 
on the dusky suffusion of tigris, and that many examples of tigris, 
even from the interior desert regions, have fully as large central gular 
scales as the majority of sfejnegert. 

Intergrades between stejnegert and mundus have not been recog- 
nized in our material. Specimens from Fairmont, on the Mohave 
Desert, Los Angeles County, and from Matilija, Ventura County, are 
stejnegeri; and others from San Emigdio Plain, Kern County, and 
Santa Margarita, San Luis Obispo County, have the central gular 
scales smaller and are placed with mundus. We have no specimens 
from the interlying area. 


VARIATIONS OF EHUMECES SKILTONIANUS 


Van Denburgh (1896, p. 350) has described a large, red-headed 
skink from the Yosemite Valley as Eumeces gilberti. In referring to 
this species later (1897, p. 149) the same writer makes the statement 
that ‘‘Were it not for the different position of the light stripes of 
the young and the fact that this form seemingly does not oceur in 
most parts of the range of EF. skiltonianus, Ewmeces gilberti might be 
regarded as a color phase of the Western Skink.’’ Cope (1900, pp. 
640-644), deseribing two new ‘‘varieties’’ (amblygrammus and 
brevipes) of EF. skiltonianus from California, apparently ignores the 
name gilberti, but mentions a ‘“‘largest’’ specimen of FE. s. skiltonianus 


“ 


from El Dorado, California, in which the ‘‘upper parts are entirely 


” 


uniform olive. The question still remains, therefore, whether 
“*gilberti’’ may not be a variation of FE. skiltonianus due to age, rather 
than a distinct species. 

The Museum of Vertebrate Zoology has a series of eighty-one 
Eumeces from the various parts of California, including thirty speci- 
mens of the form ‘‘gilbertz’’ from near the type locality of the latter, 
in Stanislaus, Merced, Mariposa, and Madera counties. There are also 
in this series ten large specimens of Ewmeces, not to be distinguished 
from ‘‘gilberti,’’ from Amador, San Joaquin, Kern, San Bernardino 
and San Diego counties. All of our skinks from the coast districts 
north of San Diego County are under seventy-five millimeters in body 
length and have distinet stripes. Females of ‘‘gilberti’’ are smaller 


-~l 
oo 


1916 | Camp: Subspecies of Sceloporus occidentalis 


than the large red-headed males and all but one (this specimen from 
the Kern River, twelve miles below Bodfish) retain some traces of the 
primary longitudinal striping. Of our seventeen adult ‘‘gilberti’’ 
from near the type locality only four are females and these are the 
smallest of the lot (maximum body length of females, ninety-two milli- 
meters; of males, 107). In the coast districts the males and females 
are of equal numbers and of the same size. Eight young specimens 


’ 


from near the type locality of ‘‘gilberti’’? show as much variation in 
the position of the middle pair of dorsal white lines as does skiltont- 
anus from elsewhere. But a single individual from Yosemite Valley 
has the white stripes separated by only the two median scale rows. 
Others have from one-fourth to one-half of the second rows dark, as 
do specimens at hand from other parts of California. 

The upshot of the matter, then, is that all the California Eumeces 
are to be considered as a single species, skilionianus, which exhibits 
age and sex variations almost identical with those shown by the eastern 
skink, EH. quinquelineatus. According to Cope (1900, pp. 636-637) 
quinquelineatus ‘‘attains a much larger size in the more southern 
states than in the northern, there going through all the stages of 
coloration, and that the farther north the more is this restricted 
to the primary pattern.’’ A parallel situation seems to obtain in 
skiltonianus. 


Transmitted October 11, 1916. 


74 University of California Publications in Zoology | Vou. 17 


LITERATURE CITED 
AtsaTT, S. R. 
1913. The reptiles of the San Jacinto area of southern California. Univ. 
Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 31-50. 
Corr, E. D. 
1896. On two new species of lizards from southern California. Amer. 
Nat., 30, 833-836. 
1900. The crocodilians, lizards and snakes of North America. Ann. Rep. 
U. S. Nat. Mus., 1898, pt. 2, 151-1294, 36 pls., 347 figs. in text. 
RICHARDSON, C. H. 
1915. Reptiles of northwestern Nevada and adjacent territory. Proc. U.S. 
Nat. Mus., 48, 403-435. 
STEJNEGER, L. 
1893. Annotated list of the reptiles and batrachians collected by the Death 
Valley Expedition in 1891, with descriptions of new species, U.S. 
Dept. Agric., Div. Ornithology and Mammalogy, N. Amer. Fauna, 
7, 159-228, 394-398, 4 pls. 
VAN DENBURGH, J. 
1896. Description of a new lizard (Humeces gilberti) from the Sierra Ne- 
vada of California. Proce. Calif. Acad. Sei. (2), 6, August 28, 
1896, 350-352. 
1897. The reptiles of the Pacifie Coast and Great Basin, an account of 
the species known to inhabit California, and Oregon, Washington, 
Idaho and Nevada. Occasional Papers Calif. Acad. Sei., 5, 236 
pp., many figs. in text. 
WIEGMANN, A. F. A. 
1834. Herpetologia Mexicana. Pars I (Berlin: C. G. Liideritz), vi + 54, 
10 pls. 


ae eo A epee 


We 


bey 


UNIVERSITY OF OALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 


Note.—The University of California Publications are offered in exchange for the publi- 
cations of learmed societies and institutions, universities and libraries. Complete Lists of 
all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample copies, lista 


of publications or other information, address the Manager of the University Press, Berkeley, — 


California, U. 5. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The Exchange 
Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. 8. A: 


OTTO HARRASSOWITZ, 
LEIPZia@. 


Agent for the series in American Arch- 
aeology and Ethnology, Classical Philology, 
Education, Modern Phileolegy, Philosophy, 
Psychology, History. 


ZOCLOGY—W. H. Ritter and 0. A. Kofoid, Editors. Price per volume, $3.50; beginning ee 


&. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN, 
BERLIN. : 


Agent for the series in American Arch- oa 


aeology and Ethnology, Botany, Geology, 
Geography, Mathematics, Pathology, Phyai- 


ology, Zoology, and Memoirs. 


with vol. 11, $5.00. 


This series contains the contributions from the Department of Zoology, from the 
Marine Laboratory. of the Scripps Institution for Biological Besearch, at La Jolla, — 


Oalifornia, and from the Oalifornia Museum of Vertebrate Zoology in Berkeley. 
Cited as Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool 


Volume 1, 1902-1905, 317 pages, with 28 plates i, at eee, Moen oan a  eatecnst 1! 


Volume 2 (Contributions from the Leboratory of the Marine Biological Associa- 


tion of San Diego), 1904-1906, xvii + 382 pages, with 19 plates -.--__.. $3.50 a 
1906-1907, $88 pages, with 23 plates 2 eee BSD 
1907-1908, 400 pages, with 24 plates ojos cece 25 $3.50 


Volume 3, 
Volume 4, 


Volume 5, 1908-1910, 440 pages, with 34 plates —. ee BSD 
Volume 6, 1908-1911, 478 pages, with 48 plates 0 SO 
Volume 7 (Contributions from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology), 1910-1912, 


446 -pages- with’ 12 -piates: . 3 oe ee $3.50 © 


Volume 8, 1911, 357 pages, with 25 plates 2... coc. cc eee ee eeepc tence eee ~ $3.50 
Volume 9, 1911-1912, 365 pages, with 24 plates oi... ee cet eccececescnngecegneneanenenaneaee ence $3.50 


Volume 10, 1912-1918, 417 pages, with 10 plates 2.2 mieioaseul ae cay setueeeaul $3.50 
1912-1914, 538 pages, with 26 plates ..W.02... 
A Study of a Collection of Geese of the Branta canadensis Grote from 


Volume 11, 
Vol, 12. 1, 


the San Joaquin Valley, California, by Harry 8. Swarth Pp. 1-24 


plates 1-2, 8 text figs. November, 1913 
Nocturnal Wanderings of the California Pocket Gopher, by Harold 0. se 
Bryant. Pp. 25-29, 1 text fig. November, 1913 - eS ate 

The Reptiles of the San Jacinto Area of Southern Oalifornia, by Sarah 
November, 1913 22a 20 
An Account of the Mammals and Birds of the Lower Colorado Valley, 


yn 


Rogers Atsatt.. Pp. 31-50, 


- 


with Especial Reference to the Distributional Problems Presented. 


by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 61-294, plates 3-13, 9 text figs. March, 1914. 


2.40 


5. Aplodontia chryseola, a New Mountain Beaver from the Trinity Region 
of Northern Celifornia, by Louise Kellogg. Pp. 295-296. 
6. A Previously Undescribed Aplodontia from the Middie North Coast of 


California, by Walter P. Taylor. 
Nos. 5 and 6 in one cover. 


Pp. 297-300. 
April, 1914... 


7. A Second Spscies of the Mammalian Genus Microdipodops from Call- 
fornia, by Joseph Grimnell. Pp. 301-804. April, 1914: .2 05 
8. Distribution of River Otters in California, with Description of a New 
Subspecies, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 305-310, plate 14. October, 1914 .05 
9. Four New Pocket Gophers from California, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 


311-316, 


November, 1914 —... 


BY cod Papas eee ee ee Sa et 05 


10. Three New Races of Vespertilionid Bats from California, by Hilda 


Wood Grinnell. Pp. 317-321. December, 1914 . 


EST 


11. Eutamias sonomae, a New Chipmunk from the Inner “Northern ¢ Coast 
Belt of California, by Joseph Grinzell. Pp. 321-325, 1 text figure. 


January, 1916 22. 


12. Batrachoseps major and Bufo cognatus californicus, New Amphibia 


from Southern California, by Charles Lewis Camp. 


Pp. 327-334. 


Who 1 With ks) Hs Sue eIN a Pep eer eee Lent Nee yen tween bre eee cr SOT AST HY | 


= $5.00 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 
IN 


ZOOLOGY 
Vol. 17, No. 8, pp. 75-114, pls. 5-12, 18 text figures March 3, 1917 


OSTEOLOGICAL RELATIONSHIPS OF THREE 
SPECIES OF BEAVERS 


BY 


F. HARVEY HOLDEN 


(Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California) 


CONTENTS 
PAGE 
TRISHA ODIGIY, sc eee rer SS Be RE Ce OE 76 
SYEOYDO) _. cescennstes cee cAs Ae Annee CCR RS EE Be RE ep Ree 76 
NL Ee ae Sener renee re 76 
PACK O WIE COM ONES) c22esccscsnceccocancnesescesnecseseesesccrosteosesentesecanscasceserecseuneenaeecececarucvaseaeesore Cee 
(CHERRY aE EASY ES ee 78 


(CHER TIOEN ALAC OEE) ce ne 
Thoracic and lumbar vertebrae 


SHENG Tee RECS eS) OUT Eee ere ee ee eee eee ee eee eee 
Wan CL ANRVENUe Dm 8 Cee cees cman asec ose eh kuna n ceete ssa suecccsesecadssueete retvat up casuceodseecuacecaeeencn nese 
TEP SYS) ERENCES eT ae eee eee Rao Rh ee eee ea 
(SOE SO cs oe 88 
Clayicle . 89 
1S RREPR@ TES dee aac eee seco Ree ee ee RS a EN ae oe 89 
TREY GIIETS), pte ees Sete ian ee tee er Sore an eR ee ee OREN PCO EE gee RES 91 
TUMNEES ge Se RS et ee fe Se eC er Ee Pee SP et een 91 
(OS) THPOU ENA ATI 000, oe ee een 92 
Femur 
Tibia 
TENANTS 5 ee en i ca g 
NIELSEN EE US) so Sioa Sans ctecttesetssbeads 95 
(CRI CRTAETICD ee ee a eee ae 95 
Tabulation of the differences noted in the bones of the limbs and of the pectoral 
Bias! ORTRIS MAGUS sect re Se eR OS EE EC So SSE See EEOC 96 
RGememell MO lise revev til ON Speco cess oes ae cad cc cece aa geet ee cee ee SS 99 
TL pitic@rHEy REARS: COMET cae a ee er eee 99 


sonian Instig, 
% 


2? 


%* MAR13 1917 %& 
4, 


“onal Muse™S 


76 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou. 17 
gy 


INTRODUCTION 


ScoPr 

The following paper contains the results of a detailed comparison 
of certain extra-cranial parts of the skeletons of Castor subauratus, 
Castor canadensis, and Castor fiber. This study was originally under- 
taken with the first two species, to determine whether the osteological 
data which could thus be obtained would confirm the systematic status 
of the forms as indicated by the study of the skins and skulls alone 
(see Taylor, 1916). After these observations had been recorded, a 
single skeleton of Castor fiber was obtained and the condition of each 
point of variance between canadensis and subauratus was noted. 
These results, also, have been incorporated. 

The specific characters of canadensis, as regards the skeletal parts 
studied, have been taken from the three subspecies Castor canadensis 
belugae, C. c. lewcodonta, and C. c. phaeus. In addition to the com- 
parisons given in the text of the present paper, a tabulated statement 
is added, giving the most obvious differences to be noted in the bones 
of the limbs and of the pectoral and pelvie girdles. 

It should be remembered that the comparisons, throughout, are 
based upon a small series of skeletons, so that the examination of 
further material may prove that some of the characters given are not 
diagnostic. So far as it has been found feasible, all characters which 
appear to be of average persistence, but which fail in one or two in- 
stances in the series studied, have been noted as ‘‘tendencies.”’ 


MATERIAL 
The major portion of the observations herein contained were made 
from the following specimens now in the California Museum of Verte- 
brate Zoology. 


No. 
Castor canadensis phaeus 210 


Sex Locality 
3S  Hasselborg Lake, Admiralty Island, 
Alaska 
Castor canadensis belugae 4347 ¢ Snug Harbor, Alaska Peninsula, 
Alaska 
Castor canadensis leucodonta 12101 @ Alberni, Vancouver Island, B. C. 
Castor subauratus 8869 ¢ San Joaquin River, near Grayson, 
Stanislaus Co., California 
2 San Joaquin River, near Grayson, 
Stanislaus Co., California 


Castor subauratus 8987 


1917] Holden: Osteological Relationships of Beavers LOC 
No. Sex Locality 

Castor subauratus 12654 9 San Joaquin River, near Grayson, 
Stanislaus Co., California 

Castor subauratus 12668 og San Joaquin River, near Grayson, 
Stanislaus Co., California 

Castor subauratus 16385 g San Joaquin River, near Grayson, 
Stanislaus Co., California 

Castor fiber 19229 ? Elbe River, near Wittenberg, Ger- 
many 


There will also be found occasional references to other skeletons 
in the Museum which as yet have not been prepared for study. These 
are: 

No. Sex Locality 


Castor canadensis leucodonta 12107 Alberni, Vancouver Island, B. C. 


Castor subauratus 8988 San Joaquin River, near Grayson, 


Stanislaus Co., California 
Castor subauratus 16382 2 San Joaquin River, near Grayson, 
Stanislaus Co., California 


Castor subauratus 16383 San Joaquin River, near Grayson, 


Stanislaus Co., California 


Castor subauratus 16384 San Joaquin River, near Grayson, 


Stanislaus Co., California 


It has been impossible up to the present time to obtain a skeleton 
of Castor canadensis frondator, which form is found in parts of the 
southwestern United States and barely enters California along the 
Colorado River. 

As far as can be determined from the skeletons, with two excep- 
tions, there is but little difference in age among the specimens of 
subauratus ; no. 12654 is much the oldest, and no. 16384 is a juvenile. 
Among the four representatives of the subspecies of canadensis the 
specimen of phaeus appears to be slightly older than the other three. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 
It is proper to make acknowledgment here of many suggestions 
kindly proffered by Professor William E. Ritter. The writer would 
also extend thanks for various suggestions to Professors John C. Mer- 
riam, Charles A. Kofoid, and J. Frank Daniel, as well as to Doctors 
Joseph Grinnell and Walter P. Taylor, of the staff of the California 
Museum of Vertebrate Zoology. 


78 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou. 17 


COMPARISONS 


CERVICAL VERTEBRAE 


In all the cervical vertebrae there is a tendency for the laminae 
and the pedicles to be heavier in Castor fiber and Castor subauratus 
than in Castor canadensis belugae, C. c. leucodonta, or C. c. phaeus. 
The neural canal appears to be more constant in shape throughout the 
series of subauratus and in fiber than in the three subspecies of cana- 
densis. There is a tendency for the articulating face of the post- 


Fig. A.—Dorsal view of atlas of Castor fiber, no. 19229. X 1. 
Fig. B.—Dorsal view of atlas of Castor subauratus, no. 12654, X 1. 
Fig. C.—Dorsal view of atlas of Castor canadensis phaeus, no. 210. X 1. 


zygapophysis of subauratus and fiber to be more convex and to face 
laterad to a greater degree than it does in the subspecies of canadensis. 

The average anteroposterior width of the most dorsal portion of 
the atlas is greater in subauratus and fiber, the average for the three 
subspecies of canadensis being 7.8 mm., for subauratus 9.8 mm., and 
for fiber 8.9 mm. (see text-figs. A, B, C). In the three forms of cana- 
densis the transverse processes of the atlas are thinner and constitute 
a greater proportion of the entire transverse width than the same 
processes of swbauratus. The odontoid process of the axis is most 
highly developed both in diameter and in length in phaeus; sub- 
auratus and fiber are next in size in this particular, and belugae and 
leucodonta are both smaller (see text-figs. D, E, F). The width of 
the anterior articulating face, at the base of the odontoid process, 


1917] Holden: Osteological Relationships of Beavers 79 


shows a very marked tendency to be greater in swhauratus and fiber 
than in the three subspecies of canadensis (see text-figs. D, E, F) ; the 
average width for the last three forms is 21.8 mm., for swbauratus 
26.1 mm., and for fiber 25.7 mm. The neural canal in the axis is 


Fig. D.—Cephalic view of axis of Castor fiber, no. 19229. X 1. 

Fig. E.—Cephalie view of axis of Castor subauratus, no. 12654. X 1. 

Fig. F.—Cephalie view of axis of Castor canadensis leucodonta, no. 12101. 
x 1. 


larger in subauratus than in the three subspecies of canadensis, the 
canal in fiber being intermediate in size (see text-figs. D, E, F). 

The neural canal in the third cervical vertebra of subawratus is 
nearly semicircular in shape, while in fiber and the three subspecies 


Fig. G.—Cephalic view of third cervical vertebra of Castor fiber, no. 19229. 
x I 

Fig. H.—Cephalic view of third vertebra of Castor subauratus, no. 8987. X 1. 

Fig. I.—Cephalic view of third cervical vertebra of Castor canadensis leuco- 
donta, no. 12101. X 1. 


of canadensis the laminae and pedicles form a segment of a circle 
which is greater than a semicircle (text-figs. G, H, 1). The vertebr- 
arterial canal of swbawratus in the third cervical vertebra is almost 
circular in shape, while in the three subspecies of canadensis the canal 


80 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


tends to be elliptical, with the major axis extending transversely 
(text-figs. G, H, 1). There appears to be a tendency in belugae and 
phaeus for the vertebrarterial canals to persist throughout the entire 
seven cervical vertebrae; in lewcodonta they end with the sixth; in 
subauratus there are two foramina, as a rule, in the sixth cervical 
vertebra, while the seventh bears one in the right transverse process 
only; and in fiber, in the one specimen observed, there was one fora- 
men in the left process of the seventh thoracic vertebra. From this 
it will be seen that lewcodonta alone accords with the specimens of 
canadensis described by Morgan (1868, p. 51) in having foramina 
throughout six of the series only. 

Number of differences noted between Castor subauratus and 
Castor canadensis, thirteen. Fiber conforms with subawratus in nine 
of these, and with canadensis in one; three remaining unassigned. 


THoracic AND LuMBAR VERTEBRAE 


Castor fiber and the three subspecies of Castor canadensis follow 
the usual rule among rodents and the recorded descriptions of beavers 
in having nineteen trunk vertebrae (Owen, 1866, pp. 364, 365; Flower, 
1876, p. 50; Morgan, 1868, p. 51; Reynolds, 1897, p. 19). With the 
exception of one specimen, lewcodonta, no. 12101, they consist of four- 
teen thoracic and five lumbar vertebrae (Morgan, 1868, p. 19); the 
individual designated, however, has thirteen thoracic and six lumbar 
vertebrae, which, according to Owen (1866, p. 365), is generally the 
case among rodents, and holds with but few exceptions. It is to be 
noted, however, that a specimen of lewcodonta (no. 12107) has four- 
teen thoracic and five lumbar vertebrae, so the possession of thirteen 
thoracic vertebrae cannot be used as a character of lewcodonta. 

In the series of swbauratus, without an exception, the number of 
trunk vertebrae is twenty. In the nine skeletons of this species at 
hand, there are four with fifteen thoracie and five lumbar vertebrae ; 
four with fourteen and six; and one (no. 16382) with fourteen well- 
developed ribs articulating on the fourteen thoracic vertebrae, and a 
rudimentary rib on the right side of the first lumbar vertebra. It 
may be worthy of note, also, that of the five males three have fifteen 
thoracic vertebrae, the exceptions being nos. 16383 and 16385; and 
among the four females three have fourteen thoracic vertebrae, one 
of these having the variation noted above (no. 16382), and no. 8988 
with fifteen thoracie vertebrae. This may show that there is a tend- 


1917] Holden: Osteological Relationships of Beavers $1 


eney toward sexual variation in subawratus in this regard. The proof 
of this tendeney would require for demonstration a large series of 
subauratus. 

Beside the differences recorded above, there are others which are 
seen when the thoracic and lumbar vertebrae are taken as separate 
eroups. There is a marked tendency for fiber and the three subspecies 
of canadensis to have larger centra in all three dimensions, in the 
thoracic vertebrae, than has swbawratus (text-figs. J, K, L, and pl. 5). 
This character is accompanied in the first thoracic vertebra by a 
broader neural canal in subauratus and fiber than in canadensis (pl. 
5, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4) ; although the height of the canal is also greatest in 
subauratus, 1 fiber it is similar to that in canadensis. In the verte- 


J K [E 


Fig. J.—Lateral view of fourth thoracic vertebra of Castor fiber, no. 19229. 
x1. 


Fig. K.—Lateral view of fourth thoracic vertebra of Castor subauratus, no. 
16385. X 1. 


Fig. L.—Lateral view of fourth thoracic vertebra of Castor canadensis belugae, 
no. 4347. X 1. 


brae which follow, however, there is a marked tendency for phaeus 
to have the largest neural canal (pl. 5, figs. 5, 6, 7, 8). In the eighth 
thoracie vertebra and the thoracic vertebrae which follow, phaeus 
possesses the largest neural canal, both in transverse and dorso-ventral 
measurements. 

The ratio of the width to the height of the eighth thoracic vertebra 
averages 83.3 per cent in subawratus, 84.5 per cent in fiber, and 69.7 
per cent in canadensis. On the thirteenth vertebra these ratios are: 
subauratus, 66.4 per cent; fiber, 100.9 per cent; and canadensis, 58.6 
per cent. 

If we compare the height of the thoracic vertebrae from the base 
of the neural spine to the most ventral portion of the centrum (ef. 


§2 University of California Publications in Zoology | Vou.17 


Hue, 1907, pl. 17, ‘‘S S’, hauteur totale du corps de la vertebre”’ 
““corps’’ does not correspond to the 
BNA term corpus), we find that anteriorly in the series the greater 
measurement is found in swbauratus and fiber (pl. 5, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4); 


(it should be noted that Hue’s 


on the first thoracic vertebra: swhauratus 16.1 mm., fiber 15.2 mm., 
and canadensis 14.3 mm. On the fourteenth thoracie vertebra, which 
has a larger measurement in all three species, the opposite order holds: 
canadensis 21.0 mm., subawratus 20.7 mm., and fiber 20.5 mm. Corre- 
lated with this is the extreme width of the thoracic vertebrae; in the 
earlier members of the series the greatest average measurement is found 
in fiber, next in width is subauratus, and the narrowest is canadensis. 
Later in the series, however, fiber, canadensis, subauratus, is the order 
(pl. 5). 

There are certain structural features which are differently located 
or differ in extent in the three species. The neural spines of the first 
ten thoracic vertebrae in suwbauratus and_ fiber are styliform, while 
the remainder are flattened from the sides; in the three sub- 
species of canadensis only the first nine are styliform, the remainder 
being laterally compressed. The thoracic vertebrae posterior to the 
eleventh or twelfth, in swhawratus, have an articulating surface be- 
tween the anapophysis and the prezygapophysis; on the other hand, 
there are no articulations between these processes in canadensis or 
fiber. 

On the dorsal surface of the transverse process of the first thoracie¢ 
vertebra of all three species of beaver so far as has been observed, 
there is a small tuberculum at the place where the anapophysis joins 
the metapophysis. In belugae, on the second thoracic vertebra and 
on several posterior to it, this process is ear-shaped (text-fig. L) ; in 
leucodonta this ear-shape appears first on the third thoracic vertebra ; 
in phaeus on the fourth; in subawratus and fiber this ear-shape does 
not occur on any of the first six (text-figs. J, K), but is seen first on 
the seventh thoracic vertebra. It is noteworthy that these differences 
show merely a tendeney in the three subspecies of canadensis for this 
ear-shaped process to occur farther anteriorly in the series of thoracic 
vertebrae. More material would be necessary to prove the exact loca- 
tion of the first appearance of this form of the joined processes in each 
subspecies of canadensis. 

In subauratus the neural spines of the thoracic vertebrae, with 
the exception of the first, are heavier than in the three subspecies of 
canadensis (text-figs. K, L). 


1917] Holden: Osteological Relationships of Beavers 83 


There is a tendency for swbauratus and fiber to have ten clearly 
defined pairs of transverse processes, and for the three subspecies of 
canadensis to have only nine. One specimen of the latter possesses 
only eight. 

The neural spine of the first thoracic vertebra is shorter and less 
inclined from the vertical in suwbauratus than in fiber or the three 
subspecies of canadensis (pl. 5, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4). On the first thoracie 
vertebra of fiber, subauratus, and phaeus there is a small notch on 
the posterior margin of the vertebral arch at the base of the neural 
spine, which does not appear in the other two forms. It is possible 
to distinguish subauratus from phaeus or fiber by this character, as 
the notch in phaeus and fiber allows the neural spines of the first two 
thoracic vertebrae to come very close together along the median plane, 
while in subauratus the neural spines are held apart. 

There is a tendeney for the neural spine of the fourth thoracic 
vertebra to be longer in subauratus and fiber than in the three sub- 
species of canadensis. 

In the three forms of canadensis the ear-shaped processes on the 
eighth thoracic vertebra extend laterally to a greater degree than the 
transverse processes, while in subawratus and fiber the opposite is 
true. In subauwratus, leucodonta, and belugae, on the seventh and 
eighth thoracie vertebra, the right postzygapophysis is shorter than 
the left process. This is not true in phaeus or fiber, in which forms 
they are of equal length. 

There is a tendency for the rudimentary metapophysis to occur 
on the tenth, eleventh, and even on the twelfth thoracie vertebra of 
subauratus, while in belugae, fiber, and leucodonta this process is 
found on the ninth and tenth thoracie vertebrae, or on the tenth 
only. This process articulates with the postzygapophysis of the pre- 
ceding vertebra. The exact location of this process is as follows: 
subauratus, tenth and eleventh, nos. 12654, 12688, and 16385; eleventh 
only, no. 8987; eleventh and twelfth, no. 8869; lewcodonta, ninth and 
tenth, no. 12101; belugae and fiber, tenth only, nos. 4347, and 19229. 
This process does not occur, so far as the material at hand shows, 
in phaeus. 

On the tenth thoracic vertebra of phaeus there is a tendency for 
the postzygapophysis to bifureate and to have a dorsal as well as a 
ventral articulation with the prezygapophysis of the eleventh thoracic 
vertebra. : 

There is a tendency for the last four thoracic vertebrae of swb- 
auratus and fiber to have the articulating faces of the prezygapophyses 


84 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou. 17 


and postzygapophyses inclined from the horizontal more than are 
the articulating faces in the three subspecies of canadensis. 

In subauratus and fiber, on the thirteenth thoracic vertebra, the 
anapophyses are heavier than the same processes of the three sub- 
species of canadensis. In the last-named species and fiber, however, 
they are longer than in subauratus. 

The average lateral extension of the metapophyses and ana- 
pophyses, measured from the lateral tip of the left to the lateral tip 
of the right process, and the ratios of the two widths at the thirteenth 


thoracie vertebra, are as follows: 


Ratio of widths 
of metapophyses 


Metapophyses Anapophyses to anapophyses 
Castor fibers se 21.88 mm. 33.74 65% 
Castor SUbaUnatIS, pecceseee eee 25.4 29.1 89 
Three subspecies of Castor cana- 
densis; 0.46). eee 24.2 30.5 79 


C7) 
YY 


Fig. M.—Dorsal view of second lumbar vertebra of Castor fiber, no. 19229. 


Fig. N.—Dorsal view of second lumbar yertebra of Castor subawratus, no. 
16385. X 3%. 


Fig. O.—Dorsal view of second lumbar vertebra of Castor canadensis belugae, 


no. 4347. X %. 

It will be noted from this table that the ratio of the width of the 
metapophyses is nearer unity in swbawratus than m the three sub- 
species of canadensis or fiber. 

In the lumbar vertebrae the transverse processes of the three sub- 
species of canadensis have a greater spread transversely than have 
those of subauratus (text-figs. M, N, O, P, Q, R). The shape of these 
processes also differs, the transverse processes in subawratus and fiber 
being nearly uniform in width from their origin at the pedicles to 
their extreme lateral portion; those of belugae taper near their lateral 
extremity, and in leucodonta and phaeus there is a sharp point at the 
very end (text-figs. M, N, O). 

The mesial edges of the postzygapophyses of the lumbar vertebrae 
in subauratus form an angle with each other, while in the three sub- 


1917] Holden: Osteological Relationships of Beavers 85 


species of canadensis these edges form one continuous are (text-figs. 
M, N, 0). In fiber these edges, on the first two lumbar vertebrae, 
form an angle; but on the remaining vertebrae these edges are uneven. 
In the lumbar vertebrae of swhauratus and fiber there are one or two 
well-developed foramina on the ventral surface of the centra, while in 
the three forms of canadensis these foramina appear only on the last 
or the next to the last vertebra. 

In the series of swbauratus the anapophyses, which occur on the 
first, second, and even the third lumbar vertebrae, have a tendency 
to form an articulating surface with the metapophyses following (text- 
figs. M, N, O) ; in fiber and in the three subspecies of canadensis these 
processes do not articulate with each other. 


Fig. P.—Caudal view of second lumbar vertebra of Castor fiber, no. 19229. 
xX %. 

Fig. @.—Caudal view of second lumbar vertebra of Castor subauwratus, no. 
16385. X %. 

Fig. R.—Caudal view of second lumbar vertebra of Castor canadensis belugae, 
no. 4347. X %. 


Although the prezygapoplhyses of the third and the next to the last 
lumbar vertebrae extend laterally to a greater degree in subauratus 
and fiber than in the three subspecies of canadensis, the postzyga- 
pophyses of the same vertebrae extend laterally to a greater degree 
in phaeus than they do in belugae, subauratus, or leucodonta, while 
fiber exceeds even phaeus in this measurement. 

The prezygapophyses of the last lambar vertebra of phaeus spread 
laterally to a greater degree than do the same processes of subauratus, 
which in turn exceed those of belugae and leucodonta. 

Number of differences noted between Castor subauratus and Castor 
canadensis, thirty-six. Castor fiber conforms with subauratus in 
twenty-one of these, and with canadensis in thirteen; two are un- 
assigned. 


56 University of California Publications in Zoology  |Vou. 17 


SacRAL VERTEBRAE 


The term sacral vertebrae, as used throughout this paper, includes 
those vertebrae between the lumbar and caudal vertebrae which are 
firmly fused together and one or more of which are joined to the ilia. 
It is in this sense that the term is used by Owen (1866, p. 366), 
Morgan (1868, p. 51), and Flower (1876, p. 62); and this is essen- 
tially the definition given by Reynolds (1897, p. 16), although on 
page 452 of the same work he says that beavers have but one sacral 
vertebra. 

There are five points where fusion between the sacral vertebrae 
may occur: the lateral extremities of the transverse processes; the 
prezygapophyses and postzygapophyses; the pedicles; the neural 
spines; and the centra (pl. 6). 

Phaeus, belugae, and one specimen of lewcodonta (no. 12107) have 
the first four vertebrae following the lumbars fused at all five points 
(pl. 6, figs. 14, 15). The second specimen of leucodonta (no. 12101) 
has the first three fused at all five points, but the fourth is fused 
to the third at the zygapophyses and the neural spines only (pl. 6, 
fig. 16). From this it will be seen that there is a decided tendency 
toward four sacral vertebrae in the three subspecies of canadensis. 
In subauratus, however, three is the usual number (pl. 6, figs. 9, 
10, 11, 12). In none of the specimens of the latter are the centra 
of more than three vertebrae fused together (no. 16385 has only 
two), although no. 12668 has a peculiar dorsal epiphysis that joins 
the neural spines of the third and fourth vertebrae. The only 
specimen of subauratus which does not show three and only three 
sacral vertebrae is no. 8987, which has the third and fourth vertebrae 
fused at the neural spines and the pedicles. 

Leucodonta, no. 12107, has well-developed rudimentary ribs, such 
as are to be seen in Hrethizon, joming the second sacral vertebra to 
the ilia. This condition exists, but to a lesser degree, in nos. 210, 
4347, 19229, and 12101, of phaeus, belugae, fiber and leucodonta, re- 
spectively. Subauratus does not show these rudimentary ribs in any 
of the specimens (pl. 6). From this it will be seen that, if Gegenbaur’s 
definition (Flower, 1876, p. 25) for the sacral vertebrae were used, 
the three subspecies of canadensis would have two sacral vertebrae 
and subawratus one. 

The neural spine of the three subspecies of canadensis on the first 
sacral vertebra is almost perpendicular, while in subawratus and fiber 
this process inclines slightly caudad. 


1917] Holden: Osteological Relationships of Beavers 87 


With but one exception (no. 12654), swbauratus and fiber have 
thickened lateral extremities on the transverse processes of the second 
and third sacral vertebrae, while the extremities of these processes in 
the three subspecies of canadensis come to a thin edge (pl. 6). 

Number of differences noted between Castor subauratus and Castor 
canadensis, four. Castor fiber conforms with canadensis in two, and 
with swbawratus in two. 


CaupaL VERTEBRAE 
It has been impossible to ascertain the number of vertebrae in the 
caudal region of several of the specimens, since some segments have 
been lost from the caudal extremity. The following specimens have 
their full complement of caudal vertebrae : 


Caudal Sacral 

No. vertebrae vertebrae 
Cas tonmfib eri ssstee st nsec 19229 25 4 
Gwen leucodonta: 2s..---: ease 12107 26 4 
C. subauratus (adult) ............ 12654 26 3 
C. subauratus (adult) -.... --- 16385 27 3 
C. subauratus (juvenile) 16384 28 3 


It will be seen that the number of caudal vertebrae is not constant 
in subauratus. The specimens described by Morgan (1868, p. 51), 
probably Castor canadensis canadensis, and Flower (1876, p. 67), 
probably the same species, had twenty-five caudal vertebrae. 

The lateral extension of the postzygapophyses of the first three 
caudal vertebrae is greater in subauratus than in the three subspecies 
of canadensis. There is also a tendency for the prezygapophyses in 
subauratus to have greater lateral extension than those in fiber or 
canadensis. 

Only the first four caudal vertebrae of swbauratus bear neural 
spines, while in phaeus and fiber the first seven, and in lewcodonta and 
belugae the first six have this process. 

The postzygapophyses of the first five or six of the caudal vertebrae 
project posterior of the centra in subauratus and fiber, but in the three 
subspecies of canadensis these processes project beyond the centra on 
only the first three. 

There is a tendeney for the prezygapophyses and the postzyga- 
pophyses of subauratus and fiber to be more nearly perpendicular to 
the dorsoventral axis, while the three subspecies of canadensis have 
these articulating faces set at an angle to this axis. 


lee) 


University of California Publications in Zoology  {Vou.17 


As a rule, the transverse processes which extend farthest laterally 
are borne on the first caudal vertebra in canadensis; in subauratus on 
the fourth; and in fiber on the second. 

Number of differences noted between Castor subawratus and Castor 
canadensis, eleven. Fiber conforms with subauratus in three; with 
canadensis in four; and four are indeterminate. 


Riss AND STERNUM 


There is a tendency for the first six ribs in the three subspecies of 
Castor canadensis and in Castor fiber to be flattened upon the trans- 
verse axis to a greater degree than are the ribs of subawratus. 

Owen (1866, p. 364) gives the number of ribs in Castor as fifteen 
pairs. This is the number found in subauratus, but not in fiber or 
in the three subspecies of canadensis, which have fourteen. There are, 
however, only seven pairs of true ribs in swbawratus and the three 
subspecies of canadensis; while Owen (1866, p. 366) gives the number 
in Castor as eight. Morgan (1868, p. 52), who was deseribing cana- 
densis, records seven pairs of true ribs. 

The sternum of swbauratus and fiber is broader and thicker than 
is the sternum in the three forms of canadensis. 

Number of differences noted between Castor subauratus and Cas- 
tor canadensis, four. Fiber conforms with subauratus in two of these 
and with canadensis in two. 


ScAPULA 


The suprascapular border tends to be straighter in swbauratus 
and fiber than in the three subspecies of canadensis (pl. 7). In the 
last named forms the vertebral margin (BNA) follows the are of a 
circle with its center located near the glenoid border, while in swb- 
auratus and fiber the center of the are of this border is located near 
the spine (pl. 7). The glenoid border is thicker in swbauratus than 
in the three forms of canadensis. 

The spine tends to originate at its dorsal extremity closer to the 
coracoid border in fiber and in the three forms of canadensis than 
it does in subauratus (pl. 7). About half-way between the acromion 
and the suprascapular border there is a decided ventral twist to the 
lateral portion of the spine in the three forms of canadensis, while the 
spine of swhauratus and fiber is comparatively straight (pl. 7). The 


1917] Holden: Osteological Relationships of Beavers 59 


lateral portion of the spine in subauratus and fiber has a projecting 
edge on its glenoid side, which extends from the acromion about two- 
thirds of the way to the suprascapular border; in the three subspecies 
of canadensis this projecting edge is shorter, ending where the spine 
twists ventrad. 

The angle formed by the glenoid border and the coracoid border, 
if produced, is greater in subauratus than in fiber or in the three 
forms of canadensis, or, it might be said, these borders approach each 
other more rapidly in swbauratus. Fiber and the three forms of cana- 
densis have a more nearly sharp-cornered superior angle than has 
subauratus (pl. 7). The coracoid process of subauratus and _ fiber 
has a much sharper point than it has in the other three forms, but 
it is heavier in canadensis and fiber. The ventral extremity of the 
acromion tends to be more nearly styliform and narrower in the three 
subspecies of canadensis than in subauratus or in fiber. 

Number of differences noted between Castor subauratus and Cas- 
tor canadensis, twelve. Fiber conforms with subawratus in seven; 
with canadensis in four; and one is indeterminate. 


CLAVICLE 


The shaft of the clavicle in Castor subauratus, if projected upon 
the dorsoventral and cephalocaudal planes, would describe ares, the 
center on the first of which would be located mediodorsad, and that 
of the second, laterocephalad (pl. 8, figs. 30 to 37). In the three forms 
of Castor canadensis and in Castor fiber the shaft is straight. On the 
costal surface, near the dorsal edge and about one centimeter from 
the acromial extremity, there is a small fossa, evidently for the attach- 
ment of muscle; this is deeper in subauratus and fiber than in the 
other forms. 

Number of differences noted between Castor subauratus and Castor 
canadensis, three. Fiber conforms with suwbauratus in one, and with 


canadensis in two. 


Humerus 


The base of the epiphysis of the greater tuberosity is broader in its 
anteroposterior dimension in Castor fiber and in the three subspecies 
of Castor canadensis than in Castor subauratus. The bicipital groove 
is longer and deeper in fiber and in the three forms of canadensis 
than it is in subauratus (pl. 9). The olecranon fossa is more clearly 


90 University of Califorma Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


defined in the three subspecies of canadensis than in subawratus or 
fiber. The proximal surface of the deltoid ridge has a tendency to 
be flattened transversely in leucodonta and phaeus, but not in sub- 
auratus, fiber, or belugae. The proximal origin of the deltoid ridge 
is more distally located in the three forms of canadensis than in sub- 
auratus or fiber (pl. 9). There is a marked difference in the form 
of the internal condyle; in fiber and in the three forms of canadensis 
it is greater in its longitudinal measurement than in swbauratus, and 
in subauratus its transverse dimension is greater than in fiber or in 
the three subspecies of canadensis. 

The supinator ridge is heavier and more inclined to have an an- 
terolateral ridge in subauratus and fiber than in the three subspecies 
of canadensis (pl. 9). In subauratus and fiber the supinator ridge 
forms an even curve, while in the three subspecies of canadensis there 
is an easily discerned angle about half-way between the shaft and the 
external condyle. 

There is a small tuberosity on the lateral anterosuperior surface of 
the trochlea in subauratus which does not exist in any of the other 
four forms (pl. 9, figs. 38, 39, 40, 41). The capitulum has a tendency 
to be heavier in belugae and phaeus than in subauratus, fiber, or 
leucodonta. 

In subauratus and fiber the anterior distal articulating surfaces 
are wider, in comparison with the greatest width of the distal ex- 
tremity of the humerus, than is the case with the three subspecies of 
canadensis. This is shown in the following table: 


Width art. Width dist. Ratio, 
surfaces extremity per cent 
Subspecies of Castor canadensis (three 
SP@CIMeENS))| sess sescsseccsccewecee seen seeeeee es 18.9 mm. 32.3 mm. 58.5 
Castor fiber (one specimen) wns PAULS) 31.0 67.0 
Castor subauratus (five specimens) ... 19.2 30.9 62.1 


The distal wall of the small ellipsoidal fossa on the posterior 
surface of the internal condyle is heavier in fiber and in the three 
subspecies of canadensis than it is in subauratus. 

The supinator ridge extends laterally farther from the distal 
articulating surfaces in canadensis than in subauratus or fiber (pl. 9). 

Number of differences noted between Castor canadensis and Castor 
subauratus, sixteen. Fiber conforms with swbhauratus in nine and 
with canadensis nm seven. 


1917] Holden: Osteological Relationships of Beavers 91 


Rapius 


The plane of the proximal articulating surface of the radius makes 
an angle of about ninety degrees with the shaft of the radius in the 
three subspecies of Castor canadensis, and in Castor fiber, while in 
Castor subauratus the superior margin of the proximal epiphysis is 
tipped distally, so that the plane of this articulating surface makes a 
more acute angle with the axis of the radius (pl. 10). The greatest 
diameter of the neck of the radius is less in the three subspecies of 
canadensis than in subauratus or fiber: canadensis averages 6.10 mm. ; 
subauratus 7.94; fiber 7.65. On account of this greater constriction 
at the neck of the radius, the head rises more abruptly from the shaft 
in the three subspecies of canadensis. The most lateral portion of the 
head bears a small tubercle in the three forms of canadensis which, in 
subauratus and fiber, is not so well developed (pl. 10). Proximad 
and mediad to the bicipital tuberosity is a well-marked fossa which is 
developed to a greater degree in subauratus than in fiber or in the 
three subspecies of canadensis. In the three forms of canadensis the 
sigmoid cavity is deeper than it is in subauwratus or fiber. 

Number of differences noted between Castor canadensis and Castor 
subauratus, six. Castor fiber conforms with subauratus in four of these 
and with canadensis in two. 


ULNA 


On the external face of the olecranon, near the posterior edge, 
there is a well-defined crest in the three subspecies of Castor cana- 
densis. In Castor subauratus and Castor fiber this is not developed 
to such a degree, but is seen as a line rather than as a crest (pl. 10). 

The anterior edge of the olecranon is thinner in the three sub- 
species of canadensis than in subawratus or fiber. This is in part 
due to the increased depth of the fossa located on the internal surface 
of the ulna below and proximad to the greater sigmoid notch. This 
fossa, in the three forms of canadensis, lies close to the superior edge 
of the olecranon, while in subauratus it lies farther posteriorly from 
this edge. The mesial edge of the coronoid process is thicker in sub- 
auratus and fiber than in the three forms of canadensis; in the latter 
this edge is sharp. The lateral edge of the lesser sigmoid cavity is 
also thicker in the case of subauratus and fiber than in the three sub- 
species of canadensis. Laterad to the lesser sigmoid cavity is a tuber- 
culum which is less developed in subauratus and fiber than in the 
forms of canadensis. 


t 


92 University of California Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


The under surface of the ulna from the point of the olecranon 
to a point beneath the greater sigmoid cavity has, in the three sub- 
species of canadensis, the appearance of having been roughly modeled 
with a smooth, flat tool. This gives several smooth, flat surfaces, with 
more or less well-defined edges between them. In subawratus and 
fiber this surface is rounded, having no flat surfaces or well-defined 
edges. 

Immediately below the interosseous crest is a fossa which ends 
rather abruptly proximad in the three forms of canadensis and in 
fiber, while in subauratus it comes gradually to the surface (pl. 10). 
The minimum diameter of the shaft, which occurs near the distal 
extremity, is less in subauratus than in canadensis or fiber: subauratus 
measures 4.60 mm.; canadensis 5.17; fiber 6.50. In the three sub- 
species of canadensis the greatest diameter of the distal epiphysis 
is less in comparison with the total length of the epiphysis than in 
subauratus or fiber: the ratio of the diameter to length in canadensis 
is 76.1 per cent; subauratus 84.8; fiber 89.3 (pl. 10). 

Number of differences noted between Castor canadensis and Castor 
subauratus, ten. Fiber conforms with subawratus in six, with cana- 
densis in two, and two of the differences are unassigned. 


Os INNOMINATUM 


There is a tendency for the iliae portion of the acetabulum to be 
deeper and longer anteriorly in Castor subawratus than in the three 
forms of canadensis. Those portions of the ischium and pubis which 
form the base of the acetabulum are thicker in subauratus and fiber 
than in the three forms of canadensis. On the posterior dorsal edge 
of the acetabulum the lunate surfaces project farther ventrad in 
subauratus than in the three subspecies of canadensis, or in fiber 
(pl. 11). 

Ventral to the acetabulum is a square angle in fiber, subauratus, 
and phaeus, which does not oeeur in leucodonta or belugae. 

Number of differences noted between Castor subauratus and Castor 
canadensis, four. Fiber conforms with canadensis in two, and with 
subauratus im one. 


FEMUR 


In Castor subauratus the depression in the head of the femur is 
deeper than in the three subspecies of Castor canadensis or in Castor 
fiber. The diameter of this depression in subauratus and fiber is 


1917 | Holden: Osteological Relationships of Beavers 93 


greater than in the forms of canadensis. The epiphysis of the great 
trochanter forms with the shaft an angle that, in subauratus and 
fiber, is nearer 90 degrees than it is in any of the three subspecies 
of canadensis (pl. 12). In the three last-mentioned forms and in 
fiber the intertrochanteric line is more clearly defined than in sub- 
auratus. The lesser trochanter in subauratus and fiber has a flattish 
epiphysis which faces proximad and mesiad, while in the three forms 
of canadensis the lesser trochanter ends in a moderately sharp point 
(pl. 12). Directly anterior to the lesser trochanter, on the mesial 
side of the shaft of the femur, is a fossa which is deeper in subauratus, 
fiber, and belugae than in leucodonta or phaeus. The third trochanter 
(see Owen, 1866, p. 381, for name) in the three forms of canadensis 
is less blunt at its lateral extremity than in swbauratus or fiber (pl. 12). 

Number of differences noted between Castor subauratus and Cas- 
tor canadensis, eight. Castor fiber conforms with subawratus in six, 
and with canadensis in two. 


TIBIA 


The tibia is longer in comparison with the length of the femur in 
the three subspecies of Castor canadensis than it is in Castor sub- 
auratus or Castor fiber. The difference between subauratus and 
phaeus, however, is slight, as will be seen from the following table: 


Ratio, 

Femur Tibia per cent 
(Ch Gy TOLNGNE TS eee eee 106.6 mm. 131.6 mm. 81.1 
C. e. belugae and leucodonta ............ 103.9 132.8 78.2 
C. subauratus (average of five) =) LOS:7 129.4 81.7 
(OL, LOVEI oo eee eee ere rere Serer ee ne eee ae 108.5 132.9 81.6 


Anterior to the anterior condyloid fossa there is a tuberosity 
which is much sharper in the three forms of canadensis than in swb- 
auratus or fiber. In all five forms of beaver the posterior face is 
deeply concave; but in swbauratus and fiber the condyloid fossa ends 
much less abruptly proximad than it does in the three forms of cana- 
densis. 

Subauratus and fiber have heavier interosseous crests than have 
the three subspecies of canadensis. The malleolar groove is also wider 
in subauratus and fiber than in the three forms of canadensis, but is 
deeper and longer in the three last-mentioned forms and in fiber. The 
posterior margin, or rim, of the malleolar groove is thinner in the 
three subspecies of canadensis than in subauratus or fiber. 


94 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou. 17 


At the distal extremity of the posterior face there is a process 
which has a much sharper point in subauratus than in the three sub- 
species of canadensis or in fiber; but this process is smaller in sub- 
auratus and fiber. 

Number of differences noted between Castor subauratus and Cas- 
tor canadensis, ten. Castor fiber conforms with subauratus in seven 
and with canadensis in three. 


FiBuna 


The angle which the hamular process (see Morgan, 1868, p. 54, for 
name) makes with the shaft of the fibula approximates, in Castor sub- 
auratus and Castor fiber, ninety degrees, and is decidedly less than 
ninety degrees in the three subspecies of Castor canadensis (see pl. 8, 
figs. 25 to 29). 

On the proximal third of the fibula the following differences occur : 
in the three subspecies of canadensis and in fiber the lateral face has 
a decided tendency to be concave, while in subauwratus there is a tend- 
ency toward convexity. In the three forms of canadensis and in fiber 
there is a well-defined posterior face which joins the medial face in 
a sharp-edged medial crest, the medial face being slightly coneave. 
In subauratus the medial and posterior faces are poorly defined and 
the medial crest is but a faintly indicated line (pl. 8, figs. 25 to 29). 

Proximad, and directly anterior to the face for the articulation of 
the tibia, the fibula in swhawratus and fiber presents a small, flat face, 
while in the three subspecies of canadensis there is a sharp crest at 
this point. 

The distal epiphysis has proximally pointing projections which are 
claw-shaped in the three forms of canadensis but are less developed 
in subauratus or fiber. 

On the proximal posterolateral margin of the hamular process in 
canadensis is a crest which does not occur in subauratus or fiber. 

On the posterior face of the distal epiphysis is a suleus which is 
wider in the three forms of canadensis and in fiber than in subawratus. 
The medial face of the external malleolus tends to be convex in cana- 
densis, while in subauratus and fiber this articulating face presents 
the appearance of having been ground and is concave. 

Number of differences noted between Castor subauratus and Cas- 
tor canadensis, eight. Castor fiber conforms with subauratus in five 


and with canadensis in three. 


1917] Holden: Osteological Relationships of Beavers 95 


ASTRAGALUS 


On the medial side of the body of the astragalus is a tuberosity 
which is developed to a greater degree in the three subspecies of 
Castor canadensis than in Castor subauratus or Castor fiber. The 
groove on the medioposterior edge extends farther laterad in the three 
forms of canadensis than it does in subauratus. The lateral border 
of the head of the astragalus is twisted upward more in subauratus 
than in the three subspecies of canadensis or fiber. The median artic- 
ulating face for the caleaneum is broader posteriorly in belugae, fiber, 
and phaeus than it is in leucodonta or subauratus. 

Number of differences noted between Castor subauratus and Castor 
canadensis, four. Castor fiber conforms with swbauratus in two, and 
with canadensis in two. 


CaLCANEUM 


In the three subspecies of Castor canadensis there is a well-defined 
medial tuberosity which is lacking in Castor subawratus and Castor 
fiber. In the three forms of canadensis and in fiber the median and 
anterior articulating faces make an angle anteriorly of about forty- 
five degrees with the axis of the caleaneum, while in subawratus they 
make an angle of about thirty degrees. There is a decided tendency 
for the sustentaculum of swbauratus to be more rounded mediad than 
it is in the three subspecies of canadensis. 

The plantar surface of the caleaneum in the three forms of cana- 
densis and in fiber is wider and more uniform in width for its entire 
length than it is in swbauratus, where there is a tendency for it to 
have a constriction directly below the sustentaculum. 

On the distal margin of the lateral face of the body is a process 
which is more highly developed in canadensis than in subauratus or 
fiber. As viewed from the plantar surface, the body of the caleaneum 
is less curved in subauratus and fiber than it is In canadensis. 

Number of differences noted between Castor subauratus and Castor 
canadensis, seven. Castor fiber conforms with suwbauratus in three, 
and with canadensis in three. 


Total number of differences noted between Castor subauratus and 
Castor canadensis, 156. Castor fiber conforms with subawratus in 
eighty-nine (58 per cent); with canadensis in fifty-three (33 per 
cent) ; and fourteen (9 per cent) are not clearly subject to assignment. 


[ Vou. 17 


Zoology 


tons in 


University of California Publicat 


96 


quasqe 

IB[USUB PUB LOTABeT 
TOMO.LIEU 

IIS U0y 

pezBoo, dyjeurxoad a1ou 
peueyyey jou 

peuyep AjTarmosqo 
radaap pue 1asu0] 


19} BIL5 


podojaaep aout 
TO}STB.AYS 


LapBOIG PUB WALOFTTAYS ssey 
JatAvey pue radxeys 
repnsue a10ur 


S82] 


snpDinvgns UL se aules 
Id} SBS 

a} VIpPIUL.o} UL 

Iaploqd proaes09 0} Lasopa 
Td} PSB.yS 


waqye Loysvg 


Saiquly OIATEG aNv 


quesoid 
PAIN WIAD YJIM ‘oTAAT 
IapBo.ad 

19}.10 [8 

pezeooy AT[eurxoad aout 
poue}}eVy jou 

peuyep Apacmosqo 

MOT[VYS BOUL PUB .1a}.LOT[S 


SS9| 


pedojaasp a.1out 
Sia}Ue) OM} WO paAcnd 


IapBoIg PUB ULLOFT[AYS Ssoy 
TPS, pue sredaeys 
IB[NSUB Sse] 


1a} vais 

Jap.oq wepadvos 

-eidns vy} 03 ABM ayy 
SPAUJ-OM} WOTULOIOB WOT 
Id} Ses 
TOHOrTT 
IapLOG PlooBl0d WOLF LOYJAIVF 
TO} YSe.A4S 


SNYDINDGNS LOUSY) 


TVYOLOGg AHL WO GNV SANIT 


juasqe 

IB[NsuB pue urtyy 
TOMOLIVU 

190 UOT 

payesoy ATpeqstp aout 
AJPSLOASUBA] pPota}} By 
peuyep ALreela 
tedaap pues 1SU0y 


19} B90 


pedojaasp ssey 
19} 518.148 


TOMO.LIBU PUB WALOFTTAJS 9.10UL 
IdAvaY puB JayUNT 
iBjnsue 910ul 


S82] 


STM} 0} WOTMOIDB WOLF 
paqystay 

TOUUTYy} 

Iaplog proav1o0) 03 «Aasoya 
afoqtd JO 91B SMOTLOF 


SISUAIPDUDI .LOJSDD 


Bayoot} 9} JO vovyz 
-Ins Jotiednso.ia}We-O.1e}eB] WO AIsoO1eqny 
aspit .oyeurdns 
Ajasioasuei} ‘opApuod [eutezut 
Ayjeurpngtsuoy ‘afApuos [euseqzut 
uLst10 euTxoad ‘aspit pLoqjep 
aoezans [Burxoid ‘aspra projjep 
BssoF WOUBLDIIO 
aaoois peqyrdrorq 
ASBq JB JUaaMsBau 1OL1o}sod 
-oaayue ‘AzIsoteqn} 19yeverd Fo stskydrda 
(6 ‘1d vas) sna; 
aoBzANS [BISOD WO BSsoz 
4yeys 
(4€ 94 08 ‘s8y ‘g ‘Id eas) aporaR[O 
Ayrmaajxe [Bajuaa ‘MOTUIO.OR 
ssaa01d proae.0a 
apsue azorsdns 
peonpoad ‘saap.0q 
ptoov109 pue proueps Aq powl4ofy apoue 


autds JO apis prouets uo aspa Surzoeload 
outds 
Jep1oq proueLsd 
autds JO ULst10 [es..op 
dapioq «epndeoseadns 
(1 ‘1d eas) vmdeag 


GHL JO SANOG FHL NI GULON SHONTUAMMIG FHL JO NOWVINAV 


97 


Holden: Osteological Relationships of Beavers 


1917] 


aPVUIULLa}OPUL 


yuad aad 2°68 
“TUL QG'g 
Aydniqe spua 
pepunor ATyJoousS 


pedojaaep ssey 
Tayo} 
Tayo} 


ally @ 


TOMOT[BYS 


pedopaaap ssey 
pedojaaap sso] 
yenpeas a10ur 

“UI GQ") 


soaisep 06 ALVeet 


TOTAROT, 


quad 9d 9'29 
waqgyf 4078sv9 


pesuopoad arom ‘1adeap 


yuao aad g'Fg 


“WU 09°F 
aoeyzans 0} ATTeNpes seuto0d 


pepunos ATYQOOUS 
pedojpaasp ssey 
LOYoyy 

Loy} 


aul 


LOMOT[BYS 
pedojpaasp aout 
pedojfaaep ssey 
jenpeis a10ut 


ULE FG) 


aynoe aout 


TOUT} 


yusas 10d [°Z9 
snyDUNDgns LOysv_ 


pesuopord ssey ‘taaorpeys 


ques aad [°9) 

mM YT 

peurxoid AYdnaqe spue 
sooBzIns Jey yOOUIS SBI 


padojaaap [Jaa 
LOUUTYY 


TOUUL} 


peuygep [aa 


tadeap 
poedojaaap sset 
pedojaaep o10ut 
ydniqe 


“WU O19 


sooisap 06 Apreou 


IOTABOT 


quad aad G'gG 
MsUapoUYA LOJSD) 


unpnqeyeoe Jo uoys0d deryt 
(1t ‘1d 0as) wnzyeuru0UUy sCO 
stsXkydide Jo yysuez 0} siskyd 
-1do [eyStp JO LojoMVIp 4SoywatS JO O1VwL 
(eSvioav) yyeys FO lojourerp wNUITUTUL 
480.19 [Vessoto}UL 0} 1oTteysod essoy 
WOUBADE[O FO aoBTANS TepuN 
AYIARD 
PIOWSIS Tossa, 0} pR«eyRy_ wWnypNdAt9qny 
ssan01d prou010) JO aspe [eIseu 
WOUBADEIO JO aspa «AOLIo}UB 
aspe xorsysod 
Iwo WOUBADI[O FO VdBT [BUAI}X9 WO 48.19 
(09 ‘gg ‘9¢ 
FS ‘so ‘Oc ‘sf ‘oF ‘s8y ‘OT ‘Id oes) vuTQ 
AYIAB) ploULSIs 
Ajtso.1aqny 
Teyidiorq 0} perpow pue peurrxord wssoz 
peey Jo wort0d [etoze, UO spaseqny 
pvey 0} yoou woaz odojs 
yoow JO LojoWVIp 4so}voId 
SNIpBl JO STXB YIM ooBFIns 
Suyepnoyae peurxoid jo sued jo opsue 
(19 ‘6g ‘LS 
‘eg ‘ec ‘To “6p ‘Lb “88y ‘OT ‘Id 008) snipey 
a[Apuod [eula}yuL JO aoezans 10T10}s0d 
uo essoz yeptosdyfa Jo Arepunoqg y[eystp 
Aptutad}xX9 [BISTp JO YYPIA ayy 
O} ddeFINs Suryelnorywe peysrp FO o1pet 


(panwjuog)—SaTauryy OIAIGG GNV Iv¥OLOGTG AHL JO AGNV SANIT AHL FO SANOG AHL NI GALON SAONANAAAICT GHL dO NOWVTOAV GE 


[ Vou. 17 


Zoology 


10ns In 


icat 


Publ 


va 


ersity of Californ 


Univ 


98 


aABDUOD 


aovy YsIAey 
poauyep [Tama 
OABDUOD 


Sevisep 06 JalBaU 


qaT[eus ‘1apuny{q 
roypuyy 

sesuol ‘tadaep “1aprar 
IOTARATL 

ydnaqe ssoy 


rayunyd 


quad sad 9'Tg 


yunyq a1our 

aadaep 

stsXydido ystqyey sey 
peugep Ap«Beypa a1out 


Seoisep 0G LoredU 
IdJOWUIBIP UL 151] 
TAMOT[BYS 
SSO| 
TOUT 

Waqy 40i8n9 


VABIUOD 


aoey Yystyey 
peugep Ay.00d 
XOAUOD 


Saa.isap 06 Je1evou 


roypeums ‘edaeys 

Toyo yy 

LoPLOYS “LOMOTTBYS “pT 
IOTABOIT 

ydniqe sso] 


royunyq 


yueo aad pg 


qunyq o..our 
sadaap 

tydide ysyzey sey 
peuyep Apap sso[ 


Soatdep 06 La1veu 
AOJOUIBIP UL Lo5.1VT 
iadeap 
19} 8d.5 
Layoryy 

SNIDINDQNS L078V9 


X9AUOD 


qysaro daeys 
pauyep [paar 
aARauod 


Sov.1d0p 06 Iwo OS JOU 


dasiey ‘ezuUNy[q 

TOUUTYY 

rosuo0, ‘tedaep Stomo.ieu 
TOUT 

aavouod AYdnaqe a10u 


wodeys 

(pyUuopoona) puwe 
sisuappupa) yuas aed Z'gy 
(snavyd) yuoo sod TTS 


yuny{q Sse] 
TAMOT[RYS 
yutod davys ut spua 
peuyep A]1ee[a a1our 


So01dap 0G lou OS Jou 
ToJWIBIP UL AaT[BuIs 
TAMOTTBYS 
SSO] 
TOUUTYY 

sisuappuna L07SDQ 


SNpOa][BUL [BUIe}xXe JO aoBF TBIpaut 
IGT OF MOG Mor 
“1B LOF adBF 0} LOLAa}JUB puUe peUTxo.d 
aoey xotsaysod 
aoBy [B19] BT 
emqy 
JO 4yeys WIM ssodoid wepnuey Jo apsue 
(63 0} ¢g ‘s8y “g Jd aes) Bing 
ssevoad yeqstp 4ysour 
PAOOLS LBpOaTTeU FO we4 «1oT1eysod 
AA00LS LBpOaT[eUL 
4Sa19 SNOaSsO.1o} UL 
aovy 1orteysod 
BSSOT 
propApuoastoyur 0} «LOTIeJUB AyISOLOqny 


BIqI} 0} Anwey JO OBL 

BIquys 
APUIIAYXo [B19z Bl ‘oy UBYPO. Paryy 
I9JUBIPPOA} LASSI, 0} LOLLIJUB BSSOF 
I9}JUBTYIOI] TASSOT 
AUIL ILOJUBIPIOT}.L9P UT 

qyJeys YQrA 

doyuByoty yvais zo stskydida jo apdue 
Immez JO pray ur 4rd 

(z~ ‘Id as) amma 
soovzins ayeunt Fo worjoafoad peayuea 
jou «epnqeyjooe Fo aseq 


(panwyw0g)—SatduLy OIATEG GNV TVHOLOTG FHL dO ANY SANIT FHL JO SHINO AHL NI GALON SAONAUAMMIG AHL AO NOV INAV, 


1917] Holden: Osteological Relationships of Beavers 99 


GENERAL OBSERVATIONS 


It has not been possible to formulate any one general statement 
covering the differences between the three species of Castor. The fact 
that swbauratus has one more thoracic-lumbar vertebra might signify 
that, in this character at least, swbauratus is the most primitive form. 

The three subspecies of canadensis are more closely related, inter 
se, than is subauratus or fiber to any one of them. Also it is to be seen 
that swbawratus and fiber are more closely related than fiber and cana- 
densis. The differences, however, between subauratus and fiber are so 
ereat as to preclude consideration of these two forms as conspecific. 
The relative similarity, however, brings forward many interesting 
questions, to which no attempt is here made to give answers. 


Transmitted August 4, 1916. 


LITERATURE CITED 
Barker, L. F. 
1907. Anatomical terminology with special reference to the [BNA]. Phila- 
delphia, P. Blakiston’s Sons & Co., ix + 103 + 16, 5 diagrams. 
BLAINVILLE, H. M. D. DE 
1839-1864. Ostéographie, ou description iconographique comparée du squel- 
ette et du systeme dentaire des cing classes d’animaux vertébrés. 
Paris, J. B. Bailliére et fils; New York, Braillére Brothers; ete., 
etc. Atlas, tome 4, 93 pls. 
FLoweErR, W. H. 
1876. An introduction to the osteology of the mammalia. London, Macmillan 
& Co., xi + 344, 126 figs. in text. 
Hug, E. 
1907. Musée ostéologique: étude de la faune quaternaire. Ostéométrie des 
mammiféres. Paris, Schleicher Fréres, 2 vols., xix + 50, 186 pls., 
2187 figs. 
Morean, L. H. 
1868. The American beaver and his works. Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott 
& Co., xv + 330, 1 map, 23 pls., 26 figs. in text. 
Owen, R. 
1866. Anatomy of vertebrates. London, Longmans, Green & Co., II, viii + 
592, 3 tables, 406 figs. in text. 
REYNOLDS, S. H. 
1897. The vertebrate skeleton, in Cambridge Nat. Sci. Manuals. Cambridge, 
University Press, xvi +559, 110 figs. in text. 
TayLor, W. P. 
1916. The status of the beavers of western North America, with a consider- 
ation of the factors in their speciation. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 
12, 413-495, 14 figs. in text. 


PLATE 5 


Cephalic view of the first (upper row) and the thirteenth (lower row) thoracic 
vertebrae; about nine-tenths natural size. 


Figs. 1 and 5. No. 19229, Castor fiber. 
Figs. 2 and 6. No. 210, Castor canadensis phaeus. 
Figs. 3 and 7. No. 4347, Castor canadensis belugae. 


Figs. 4 and 8. No. 16385, Castor subauratus. 


Note that in swbauratus and fiber the first thoracic vertebra, figures 1 and 4, 
has a broader neural canal, and that in subauratus, figure 4, the height is greater ; 
that the ‘‘hauteur totale du corps de la vertébre’’ in the first thoracic vertebra 
is greater in subawratus and fiber, and that on the thirteenth canadensis shows 
this measurement to be greatest; that there is a tendency for fiber and canadensis 
to have larger centra. 


[100] 


Wee Perea: 
a ae ih 7 


A 4 te, 


Ee 


PLATE 6 


Ventral view of the vertebrae from the sacral region; about one-half natural 
size. 

Fig. 9. No. 8987, Castor subauratus. 

Fig. 10. No. 12654, Castor subauratus 

Fig. 11. No. 12668, Castor subauratus. 

Fig. 12. No. 16385, Castor subauratus. 

Fig. 13. No. 19229, Castor fiber. 

Fig. 14. No. 210, Castor canadensis phaeus. 

Fig. 15. No. 4347, Castor canadensis belugae. 

Fig. 16. No. 12101, Castor canadensis leucodonta. 


Note that the centra of the first four vertebrae of fiber, belugae, and phaeus 
are fused, while in subauratus and leucodonta only three of the vertebrae are so 
joined (no. 16385 having only two). The lateral portions of the transverse 
processes of the third and fourth vertebrae can be seen to be thinner in cana- 
densis (and one specimen, no. 12654, of swbawratus) than in fiber or subauratus. 
The presence of the second rudimentary rib in fiber, and the tendeney for cana- 
densis to have a second rib to the ilium, can also be seen. 


[102] 


PLATE 7 
Lateral view of the left scapula; about one-half natural size. 


Fig. 17. No. 8987, Castor subauratus. 

Fig. 18. No. 12654, Castor subauratus. 

Fig. 19. No. 12668, Castor subauratus. 

Fig. 20. No. 16385, Castor subauratus. 

Fig. 21. No. 19229, Castor fiber. 

Fig. 22. No. 210, Castor canadensis phacus. 
Fig. 23. No. 43847, Castor canadensis belugae. 


Fig. 24. No. 12101, Castor canadensis lewcodonta. 


Note that the suprascapular border is more nearly straight in fiber and sub- 
auratus than in canadensis; that the spine tends to originate at its dorsal ex- 
tremity closer to the coracoid border in fiber and canadensis; the lateral twist of 
the spine in canadensis and the comparatively straight spine in fiber and sub- 
auratus; that the angle of the glenoid and coracoid borders, if produced, is 
greatest in subawratus; that the superior angle is in canadensis more angular. 


[104] 


TD) 


PLATE 8 


Costal surface of the left clavicle and the tibial surface of the left fibula; 
about two-thirds natural size. 


Figs. 25 and 35. No. 210, Castor canadensis phaeus. 
Figs. 26 and 37. No. 12101, Castor canadensis leucodonta. 
Figs. 27 and 34. No. 19229, Castor fiber. 

Fig. 28. No. 8869, Castor subauratus. 

Figs. 29 and 33. No. 16385, Castor subauratus. 

Fig. 30. No. 8987, Castor subauratus. 

Fig. 31. No. 12654, Castor subauratus. 

Fig. 32. No. 12668, Castor subauratus. 

Fig. 36. No. 4347, Castor canadensis belugae. 


Note that the angle which the hamular process makes with the shaft of the 
fibula is greater in subauratus and fiber than in canadensis; that the shafts of 
the clavicles of subauratus are curved, in canadensis and fiber they are straight; 
that the fossa near the dorsal edge is deeper in fiber and subauwratus than in cana- 
densis. 


[106] 


PLATE 9 
Anterior surface of left humerus; about one-half natural size. 


Fig. 38. No. 8987, Castor subauratus. 

Fig. 39. No. 12654, Castor subauratus. 

Fig. 40. No. 12668, Castor subauratus. 

Fig. 41. No. 16385, Castor subauratus. 

Fig. 42. No. 19229, Castor fiber. 

Fig. 48. No. 210, Castor canadensis phaeus. 
Fig. 44. No. 4347, Castor canadensis belugae. 
Fig. 45. No. 12101, Castor canadensis leucodonta. 


Note that the bicipital groove is deeper and larger in canadensis and fiber 
than in subauratus. The proximal origin of the deltoid ridge is more distally 
located in canadensis than in subauratus or fiber; the longitudinal measurement 
of the internal condyle is greater in fiber and canadensis; the supinator ridge 
forms an even curve in fiber and subauratus, but an angle in canadensis. 


[108] 


Aa 


on 
em) Lee ver 


PLATE 10 
Lateral surface of the left ulna and radius; about two-fifths natural size. 


Figs. 46 and 47. No. 8987, Castor subauwratus. 

Figs. 48 and 49. No. 12654, Castor subauratus. 

Figs. 50 and 51. No. 12668, Castor subauratus. 

Figs. 52 and 53. No. 16385, Castor subauratus. 

Figs. 54 and 55. No. 19229, Castor fiber. 

Figs. 56 and 57. No. 210, Castor canadensis phaeus. 
Figs. 58 and 59. No. 4347, Castor canadensis belugae. 
Figs. 60 and 61. No. 12101, Castor canadensis leucodonta. 


Note that the plane of the proximal articulating face of the radius is set at 
an angle of about 90 degrees with the shaft in fiber and canadensis, but is tilted 
in subauratus; the greatest diameter of the neck of the radius is less in cana- 
densis; the head of the radius rises more abruptly in canadensis. In swbauratus 
the fossa below the interosseous crest is shallower, at its proximal end, than in 
canadensis and fiber. 


[110] 


PLATE 11 


View of left os innominatum, showing the acetabulum; about three-fifths 
natural size. 


Fig. 62. No. 16385, Castor subauratus. 
Fig. 63. No. 43847, Castor canadensis belugae. 
Fig. 64. No. 19229, Castor fiber. 


Note that there is a square angle ventral to the acetabulum in swbauratus and 
fiber, but not in belugae. 


[112] 


# 


View of posterior surface of 
Fig. 
Fig. 
Fig. 
Fig. 
Fig. 
Fig. 


Fig 


g. 


Fig. 


65. 
66. 


No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 


8987, 
12654, 
12668, 
16385, 
19229, 
210, 
4347, 
12101, 


Castor 
Castor 
Castor 
Castor 
Castor 
Castor 
Castor 


Castor 


PLATE 12 
the left femur; about two-fifths natural size. 


subauratus. 
subauratus. 
subauratus. 
subauratus. 

fiber. 

canadensis phaeus. 
canadensis belugae. 


canadensis leucodonta. 


Note that the epiphysis of the great trochanter forms an angle nearer ninety 
degrees with the shaft, in subauratus and fiber than in canadensis; that in fiber 
and canadensis the intertrochanteric line is more clearly defined than in sub- 
auratus ; that the lesser trochanter of fiber and subauwratus has an epiphysis, but 
that it does not occur in the forms of canadensis; that the third trochanter of 
canadensis is sharper than that of fiber or subauratus. 


[114] 


Te ee 
eS ee 


ao 


Mary ee : as 


IA PUBLICATIONS - 


OF 


Po 


UNIVERSITY OF OALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS — 


Note-—The University of Oxlifornis: Publications are offered in exchange for the pablt : 
gations of learned societies and institutions, universities and libraries. Complete Uste-of - 
ail the publications of tha University will be gent. upon request. For sample copies, lists — 
of prblications or other information, address the Manager of the University Press, Berkeley, - 
California, U. 8. A. “All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The Exchange 
Department, Uriversity Library, Berkeley, California, U. 8. A. a 


OTTO HARRASSOWITZ, R. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN, - 
LEIPzia. ERLIN. nee 
Agent for the series in American Arch- Agent for a series in American Keck! Ke 


asology and Ethnology, Classical Philology, aeology and Ethnology, Botany, Geology, — 
Education, Modern Philology, Philosophy, Geography, Mathematics, Pathology, Fuge. fc 
Psychology, History. DIES, Zoology, and Memoirs. . 


ZOOLOGY. —W. EB. Ritter and ©. A. Kofoid; Editors. Price per volume, $3.50; beginning ee 
with vol. 11, $5.00. 7 


This series contains the contributions from the Department of Zoology, from the — . : 
Marine Laboratory of the Scripps Institution for Biologicsl Research, at La Jolla, 
Oalifornis, and from the California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology in Berkeley, . 


Cited as Univ. Oalif. Publ, Zool mes 
Volume 1, 1902-1905, 317 pages, with 28 plates BO 


Volume 2 (Contributions from the Laboratory. of the Marine Biological Azsocis- o 
tion of San Diego), 1904-2906, xvii + $82 pages, with 19 plates -._........--_. $359 


Volume 8, 1908-1967, 883 pages, with 28. plates 22 ont ee SSB 
Volume 4, 1807-1908, 400 pages, with 24 plates 2 ees BBO 
Volume , 1908-1910, 440 pages, with 34 plates 0 BO 
Volume 6, 1908-1911, 478 pages, with 48 plates —._ ee oS ee 


Volume 7 (Contributions from tha Museum of Vertebrate Zoology), 1910-1912, 
446 pages, with 12 plates —22.. ARE Ste ELITR eh oe Sa Say 


Volume 8, 1911, 857 pages, with 25 plates cies tcenceen sate $3.50 me: 
Volume 9, 1911-1912, 866 pages, with 24 plates cit ecancntcemensenmnecnmnetneetrnerener $350 
Volume 10, 1912-1913, 417 pages, with 10 plates neice aeeetceseenesantennsensenesersssstsene, BSADO : 
Volume 11, 1912-1914, 538 pages, with 26 plates 2.0020 ee $5.00 ae 
Vol. 12. 1, A Study of a Collection of Geese of the Branta canadensis Group from Be 


the San Joaquin Valley, California, by Harry 8. Swarth. Pp. 1-24, Pe Re 
plates 1-2, 8 text figs, November, 1913 ooo eee SOS 
2. Nocturnal Wanderings of the California Pocket Gopher, by Harold ©. STG 
Bryant. Pp. 25-29, ! text fig. November, 1913 2000 08S 
$. The Reptiles of the San Jacinto Area.of Southern California, by Sarak hiaSas 3 
Rogers Atsatt. Pp. 31-50. November, 1913 20 il ne -20 Oy 
4. An Account of the Mammals and Birds of the Lower Colorado Valley, ee tae a 


with Especial Reference to the Distributional Problems Presented, = © 

by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 61-294, plates $-13, 9 text figs. March, 1914. 240 - 
5. Aplodontia chryseola, 8 New Mountain Beaver from the Trinity Region Se ee 

‘of Northern California, by Louise Kellogg. Pp. 295-296. ae 
6. A Previously Wndescribed Aplodontia from the Middie North Coast of 


California, by Walter P. Taylor. Pp. 297-300. — cek pa 
~ Nos. 5 and 6 in one cover. April, 1914 2.2 aes LS 02S 
7. A Second Species of the Mammalian Genus Microdipodopa ‘from Cali- pap 
fornia, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp: 301-304, April, 1914 2 O65. 


8. Distribution of River Otters in California, with Description of a New 
Subspecies, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 305-310, plate 14, October, 1914 
9. Four New Pocket Gophers from California, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 
311-3167: Novy ember, LOU 4k Cos SE ne Saceraaaat 
10, Three New Races of Vespertilionid Bats from California, by Hilda oa 
Wood Grinnell Pp: $17-321.. December, 1914 0. 06 
11. Eutamias sonomac, a New Chipmunk from the Inner Northern Coast 
Belt. of California, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. $21-325, 1 text figure. as 
PAUUAFY; UOTD. ss a Se OD Re 
12. Batrachoseps major and Bufo cognatus caltfornicus, New Amphibi,- 
from Southern California, by Charles Lewis eet Pp. 327-334. BES 
Aut NOLS or ee : ere | Soe. 


hares we yt ea. 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS \ “ 


2e P 
ZOOLOGY 
Vol. 17, No. 9, pp. 115-125, 3 text figures February 3, 1917 


NOTES ON THE SYSTEMATIC STATUS OF THE 
TOADS AND FROGS OF CALIFORNIA 


BY 
CHARLES LEWIS CAMP 


(Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California) 


The large series of amphibians contained in the collection of the 
Museum of Vertebrate Zoology at the University of California has 
been at the writer’s disposal for study and has furnished opportunity 
for looking into the status of certain California toads and frogs. 
Through the courtesy of Dr. Leonhard Stejneger, Head Curator in 
the Department of Biology of the United States National Museum, 
the writer was accorded the privilege of examining specimens in that 
museum, where the types of nearly all of the western species of frogs 
and toads are preserved. 

As a result of this study it is found necessary to consider the two 
long recognized forms, Bufo halophilus and Bufo boreas, as subspecies 
of one species, and to put Bufo columbiensis under the synonymy of 
Bufo boreas boreas. Two new races of that confusing species, Rana 
boylivi, are described, and two other western frogs, Rana draytonw and 
Rana aurora, are placed together as subspecies of aurora because of 
the recognition of intergrades from the coast region of northern Cali- 
fornia. Notes are also given on the occurrence in California of Bu/jo 
boreas nelsoni and the two subspecies of Rana pretiosa. 


Toaps 


Examination of about 370 toads of the several forms closely alhed 
to Bufo boreas, from Alaska, Vancouver Island, eastern Washington, 
western Oregon, northern Nevada, and California, has convinced the 
writer that most of the characters that have been employed by various 
authors, including Baird and Girard (1854a, pp. 174-175, 378-880, 
18546, p. 301), Girard (1858, pp. 74-80, atlas, pl. 5, figs. 4-9, pl. 6, 


116 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou. 17 


figs. 4-9), Boulenger (1882, pp. 284-285, 295-296), Cope (1889, pp. 
267-271), Stejneger (1893, pp. 220-221), and Dickerson (1906, pp. 
44, 113-116), to separate the so-called species boreas and halophilus 
(ineluding columbiensis) cannot, in this variable group, be considered 
diagnostic. It would appear that some of the characters originally 
used to distinguish boreas from columbiensis are of sexual rather than 
specific difference. The male of boreas has smoother skin, longer fore- 
arm and hind limb, and perhaps longer first finger than the female. 
Roundness of snout as contrasted with the truneated condition con- 
sidered as distinguishing halophilus is probably an age character, as 
also is the degree of adherence of the skin on top of the head to the 
skull. Other criteria, such as width of head, distance between eyes, 
and size of parotoid, seem to be individual differences. The “‘types”’ 
of columbiensis in the United States National Museum are all young 
specimens which I am unable to separate from boreas. Therefore, 
unless a hitherto unnoted difference exists between the toads of Puget 
Sound and those of the Columbia River, the name coluwmbiensis must 
be dropped. 

The only constant characters distinguishing borcas from halophilus 
in the specimens at hand are those of increase of pigmentation of the 
more northern form and decrease of webbing (best indicated by spread 
of hind foot) in the southern. On the basis of these two characters 
one, Bufo boreas boreas, 
inhabiting Washington, Oregon, northern Nevada, and northern Cali- 


two subspecies of boreas may be separated 


fornia as far south as Eureka, Humboldt County, Sisson, Siskiyou 
County, and Mono County; the other, a southern subspecies, Bufo 
boreas halophilus, oceurring from southernmost San Diego County 
north to the Gualala River, Sonoma County, to Oroville, Butte County, 
and to the vicinity of Independence, Inyo County. Specimens from 
localities in the intervening area show that intergradation between 
boreas and halophilus takes place. 

The above two subspecies are not easily confused if both the type 
of coloration and the ratio of spread of hind foot to total length are 
taken into account, and the followimg key may be used to separate 
them. 


1. Back either dark and unspotted or blotched and speckled between the blotches 
with small, dark dots on the light background; spread of hind foot from 
end of first to tip of fifth toe usually more than 36 per cent of the total 
body-length; maximum body-length 120 millimeters —_.. Bufo boreas boreas. 

1’. Back usually spotted or blotched (rarely with dark speckles between the 
blotches on the light background) and seldom wholly dark; spread of hind 
foot usually less than 36 per cent of total body-length; maximum body- 
Ten othe) Ol ernie 61: eerste eee tee nena aera Bufo boreas halophilus. 


1917] Camp: Notes on the Systematic Status of Toads and Frogs 117 


The two toads from Owens Valley, Inyo County, California, re- 
ferred by Stejneger (18938, pp. 220-221) to Bufo boreas nelsoni, 
appear to be halophilus. The rounded snout of these is paralleled 
in many half-grown halophilus in a series at hand from southern 
California. 


Frogs 


Examination of about 450 specimens of frogs, mostly contained 
in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, warrants an attempt to formu- 
late a key to the Pacific Coast species—Rana pretiosa, Rana aurora, 
and Rana boyli, and their subspecies. It has been thought necessary 
to redefine Rana boyli and to describe two new races of this species, 
one from the high Sierra Nevada and the other from the mountains of 
southern California. 


Rana boylii boylii Baird 
California Yellow-legged Frog 

Type locality—California (Baird, 1856, p. 62) ; subsequently in- 
dicated as El Dorado, California (Cope, 1889, p. 447). 

Synonyms—Rana pachyderma Cope (1884, pp. 25-27), (types 
from MeCloud River |= Baird, Shasta County], California, and Ash- 
land, Oregon) ; Rana pretiosa (Yarrow and Henshaw, 1878, p. 1632), 
part |Kern River]; [?] Rana temporaria pretiosa (Cope, 1889, p. 434), 
part [Santa Barbara]. 

Description.—V omerine teeth rudimentary, on two oblique ridges 
nearly meeting between and behind the nares (see fig. 3) ; tympanic 
region not darker than rest of head; upper labial ridge mottled or 
colored like rest of body and not distinctly lighter than rest of head; 
red never present in coloration (except in diseased individuals). The 
above characters are diagnostic of all three subspecies of boylii. Those 
characters which pertain to this subspecies alone are: hind leg long, 
inside angle of bent tarsus reaching at least to nares and usually beyond 
when leg is advanced along body; tibia elongate, reaching usually be- 
yond anus when flexed and held at right angles to axis of body ; fourth 
toe on reflexed hind foot never reaching beyond end of knee and often 
not quite to fold of skin below knee; head broad and pointed when 
viewed from above, its width two and one-third to two and two-thirds 
times in body-length; skin on back, legs and tympanum, thick and 
rough with minute brownish spines; color dorsally varying from nearly 


118 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou. 17 


uniform black to ight gray, greenish or brownish, with darker mark- 
ings, if present, usually indistinct; there is always a patch of lighter 
color on top of head between nares and eyes, and behind this a darker 
area crossing posterior half of each eyelid and merging insensibly be- 
hind into the general dorsal coloration. Boylii is the smallest of the 
three subspecies, reaching a maximum body-length of only about 66 
millimeters. 

Material—One hundred and seventy-seven specimens of R. b. 
boylw are contained in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, from the 
following localities in California: Cuddeback, Humboldt County; 
eight miles east of South Yolla Bolly Mountain, Trinity County ; 
vicinity of Covelo, vicinity of Sherwood, near Mount Sanhedrin, and 
Gualala, Mendocino County ; Gualala River, Freestone, and eight miles 
west of Cazadero, Sonoma County; Fairfax, San Anselmo, Lagunitas 
Creek, and Muir Woods, Marin County; Mill Creek near Tehama, 
Tehama County ; Chambers Ravine near Oroville, Butte County ; Wins- 
low near Fruto, Glenn County ; near Vacaville, Solano County ; vicinity 
of Mount Diablo, Contra Costa County; Berkeley, Alameda County ; 
Corral Hollow, San Joaquin County ; Sweeney’s ranch, 22 miles south 
of Los Banos, Mereed County; Fyffe (3600 feet altitude), El Dorado 
County; Pleasant Valley (600 feet), vicinity of Coulterville (3000- 
3200 feet), and near Feliciana Mountain (3800 feet), Mariposa 
County; Farrington’s ranch (6800 feet), near Williams Butte, Mono 
County; and Kern River near Bodfish, and Fay Creek (4100 feet), 
six miles north of Weldon, Kern County. 

Distribution Except for a small area in southwestern Oregon, 
the range of Rana boylw boylii seems to lie entirely within the state 
of California. It includes the northwestern part of the state, east to 
the MeCloud River, Shasta County, and to the western foothills of the 
Sierra Nevada below 4100 feet altitude. The form oceurs also at 
Mono Lake; in the Sierras it has been taken south to the vieimity of 
Walker Pass, Kern County; but where it meets the range of R. b. 
muscosa along the coast is not known. Specimens from the vicinity 
of Walker Pass show a more contrasted pattern of coloration, possibly 
indicating approach to the southern subspecies, deseribed next below. 


Rana boylii muscosa, new subspecies 
Sierra Madre Yellow-legged Frog 
Type.—Female, adult; no. 771, Mus. Vert. Zool.; Arroyo Seco 
Canon, at about 1300 feet altitude, near Pasadena, California; August 
3, 1903; colleeted by J. Grinnell. 


1917] Camp: Notes on the Systematic Status of Toads and Frogs 119 


Diagnosis—Like Rana boyli boyli, but attaining much larger 
size, and (except In young) with no light patch in front of dark areas 
across upper eyelids. Dorsal ground color usually lighter than in 
R. b. boylv, light yellow to brown, contrasting with the darker moss- 
like patches on the back. Tips of toes more expanded than in boylit. 

Description —V omerine teeth on two oblique ridges between nares ; 
head pointed in outline as viewed from above, broad, its width entering 
body-length two and two-thirds times; hind limbs long, posterior side 
of bent tarsus reaching forward to snout; fourth toe on hind foot 
reaching forward not quite to knee-fold; dorso-lateral fold indistinet, 
not pitted anteriorly ; tympanum and area surrounding it very rough, 
beset with small tubercles; web of hind foot extending nearly to tips 
of toes ; outer and inner metatarsal tubercles distinet ; plantar tubercles 
very large; tips of toes expanded, dise-shaped; distal end of flexed 
tibia held at right angles to body reaching anus; color above dark 
yellow, with a reticulated pattern of moss-hke dark patches; beneath, 
yellow, spotted with dusky on throat and chest; upper lip below eye, 
mottled. 

Material—F ifty-one specimens in the Museum of Vertebrate Zool- 
ogy, from the following localities in southern California: San Jacinto 
Mountains: Keen’s Camp (nos. 3804, 3805) ; Strawberry Valley, 6000 
feet altitude (mos. 534, 550, 584) ; Fuller’s Mill, 5600-5800 feet (nos. 
278-287, 314) ; Sehain’s Ranch, 4900 feet (no. 353); Cabezon, 2000 
feet (nos. 151, 177); and Snow Creek, near Whitewater, 2500 feet 
(nos. 79, 194-197); San Bernardino Mountains: Santa Ana River, 
5500 feet (nos. 714, 715) ; Fish Creek, 6500 feet (nos. 772-774) ; and 
Barton Creek, 6000 feet (mo. 4389); and San Gabriel Mountains: 
Canons near Sierra Madre, 1200-3000 feet (nos. 4874-4377, 4388, 4855, 
4856, 4868) ; West Fork San Gabriel River, 3000 feet (nos. 4378-4385) ; 
Arroyo Seco Canon near Pasadena (nos. 770, 771); and Little Rock 
Creek Canon, 4700 feet (nos. 4390, 4391). 

Variations —The dorsal color pattern in some specimens, particu- 
larly those from the San Gabriel Mountains, is different from any- 
thing found in R. b. boylit. The ground color is lighter in these speei- 
mens than in either of the two northern subspecies, and is thickly 
marked with the lichen-like dark patches from which the name is 
derived. In other specimens, especially those from the San Jacinto 
Mountains, the color is darker, becoming uniformly dark brown in a 
single individual from Strawberry Valley, one of the extreme southern 
stations for the species. Some of the San Jacinto Mountain specimens 


120 University of California Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


are blotched and spotted like R. b. sierrae, and many show cross-bars 
on the tibia. The skin is usually thickly studded with brownish, hispid 
points, as in many boylii, but in the type it happens to be smooth. The 
outer metatarsal tubercle is sometimes rudimentary. The head-width 
enters the body-length from two and one-third to two and two-thirds 
times. 

Remarks.—The two very young specimens from Little Rock Creek 
Canon show the light head patch of R. b. boylii, and the flexed tibia 
extends beyond the anus as in that form. There is thus a good chance 
that on the desert slope of the San Gabriel Mountains the frogs are 
boylit rather than muscosa. The Phrynosoma blainvillii of the north- 
ern San Gabriel Mountains (Pine Flats, Barley Flats, and the Upper 
Tujunga Canon, 5000-5500 feet), and of the Sierra Liebre, is of the 
northern subspecies, Ph. b. frontale; the frogs here discussed may offer 
a parallel case. 

Rana boylii muscosa inhabits the deeply cut valleys and gorges of 
the San Gabriel, San Bernardino, and San Jacinto Mountains, from 
at least the Arroyo Seco Canon near Pasadena, on the northwest, to 
Keen’s Camp, Riverside County, on the southeast. It readily climbs 
the steep rocks bordering the cafon streams, employing for this pur- 
pose the enlarged tips of the digits, and sits far above the water during 
the day; when alarmed it dives directly into the stream, kicks up the 
silt with its hind legs, and buries itself in the mud, so that pursuit is 
rendered difficult. 


Rana boylii sierrae, new subspecies 
Sierra Nevada Yellow-legged Frog 


Type—Female, adult; no. 3734, Mus. Vert. Zool.; Matlack Lake, 
10,500 feet altitude, two miles southeast of Kearsarge Pass, Sierra 
Nevada, Inyo County, California; June 26, 1912; collected by H. 8S. 
Swarth; orig. no. 9901. 

Synonyms.—Rana aurora, part (Stejneger, 1893, p. 225); Rana 
pretiosa, part (Stejneger, loc. cit., p. 226) ; [2] Rana pretiosa (Yarrow 
and Henshaw, 1878, p. 1632), part [Lake Tahoe]. 

Diagnosis—With the general characters of Rana boyli boylii, but 
hind leg usually shorter and head relatively narrower; tympanum 
smoother ; and light patch on top of head wanting. 

Description of type-—Vomerine teeth rudimentary, on two oblique 
ridges nearly meeting between and slightly behind nares (see fig. 2) ; 


1917] Camp: Notes on the Systematic Status of Toads and Frogs 121 


head viewed from above rounded in outline; head-width contained 
three times in body-length; hind limbs short, posterior side of bent 
tarsus reaching forward to anterior corner of eye; fourth toe on hind 
foot reaching forward to end of bent knee; dorso-lateral fold indis- 
tinct, strongly pitted anteriorly ; tympanum nearly smooth, with seat- 
tered hispid points; web of hind foot very large, extending to tips of 
toes; outer metatarsal tubercle rudimentary, inner one small; plantar 
tubereles small; tips of toes not much expanded; distal end of flexed 
tibia, held at right angles to body, just reaching anus; color above, dark 
yellowish brown, obseurely marked with indefinite darker vermicu- 
lations ; lower surface yellow, faintly dotted with brown beneath chin ; 
upper lip below eye mottled; no dark cheek patch; hind limbs not 
distinetly barred with dark bands. 

Material—One hundred and fifty specimens in the Museum of 
Vertebrate Zoology from the following loealities in the Sierra Nevada 
of California. Tulare County: Taylor Meadow, 7000 feet altitude 
(nos. 8000-8010) ; Manter Meadow, 7000 feet (3012, 3013) ; Jackass 
Meadow, 7750 feet (nos. 3014-3019) ; Monache Meadow (nos. 3020- 
3033) ; vicinity of Ramshaw Meadow, 8800 feet (nos. 3034-3035) ; 
Whitney Meadows, 9800 feet (nos. 3036-3053) ; Whitney Creek, 11,500 
feet (no. 3055) ; Inyo County: Matlack Lake (as above) ; Yosemite 
National Park: vicinity of Peregoy Meadow, 7000-7300 feet (nos. 
781-5788, 5800) ; vicinity of Poreupine Flat, 8100 feet (nos. 5774, 
775, 5789, 5803, 5804) ; Tenaya Lake (no. 5790) ; Tuolumne Meadows, 
8600 feet (no. 5801) ; vicinity of Young Lake, 10,000 feet( nos. 5791- 
5796) ; head of Lyell Canon, 9700—10,500 feet (nos. 5797-5799, 5802) ; 
Vogelsang Pass, 10,450 feet (no. 6015) ; Vogelsang and Evelyn lakes, 
10,850 feet (nos. 5962-5986, 5988-6014, 6016-6027); and Sunrise 
Creek, 7300 feet (no. 5987). 

Variations —Three specimens from the southern Sierra Nevada 
and two from Young Lake, Tuolumne County, show faint traces of a 
lighter patch across the anterior part of the head, as in R. b. boylii. 
Nearly all the frogs from Whitney Meadows have the dorso-lateral 
folds unusually well developed. The dorsal color pattern varies 
widely. Occasionally the back is uniformly reddish-, brownish-, or 
blackish-yellow; more rarely it is evenly marbled with dark brown 
upon a dark yellow background with or without indefinite lighter 
spots; more frequently the darker markings remain as indefinite 
patches or as distinct black spots, thus approaching the pattern of 
Rk. pretiosa. The outline of the head viewed from above is either 


122 University of California Publications in Zoology [| Vou. 17 


rounded as in the type or pointed as in boylii; in some specimens it 1s 
as wide as in the narrowest boyli. 

This seems to be the subspecies of boylii which approaches most 
closely to the species pretiosa. A few specimens can be found in which 
the vomerine teeth are confined to the ends of sight swellings on the 
vomerine ridges, much as in pretiosa (see fig. 1); the outline of the 
head is in some specimens the same as in pretiosa, and the short hind 
leg carries the resemblance still farther. The dorsal color pattern, 
while usually quite different from that in pretiosa, suggests the latter 
in an occasional individual. I am inclined to place sierrae with boylw 
on account of the character of the vomerine teeth in most of the speci- 
mens (see figs. 1-3), the usual absence of distinct dorso-lateral folds, 
the mottling of the upper lip, the lack of red in the coloration of the 


Fig. 1—Inside of mouth of Rana pretiosa pretiosa, no. 5566, Mus. Vert. Zool.; 
note vomerine teeth restricted to inner, expanded ends of oblique ridges, and 
the large maxillary and premaxillary teeth. 

Fig. 2.—Inside of mouth of Rana boylii sierrae, no. 3734, Mus. Vert. Zool.; 
note resemblance of teeth to those of R. b. boylii. 

Fig. 3—Inside of mouth of Rana boylii boylii, no. 6100, Mus. Vert. Zool.; 
note vomerine teeth on whole length of oblique ridges and small teeth of upper 
jaw. All X 114. 


under parts, and the suggestion of a white, anterior head-patch in 
seven or eight out of the 150 specimens examined. 

Remarks.—This is the only species of frog known to occur above 
7000 feet altitude in the Sierra Nevada. Its range is the entire south- 
ern half of those mountains, at least from the Yosemite National Park 
on the north to southern Tulare County on the south. It inhabits 
meadows, streams and lakes from about 7000 to 10,500 feet in the 
Yosemite Park, and to 11,500 feet near Mount Whitney. In some of 
the lakes it was found in great numbers, appearing as soon as the ice 
had melted in late June. The tadpoles were at this time of large size 
and must have been hatched from eggs of a laying not more recent 
than the previous year. 


1917) Camp: Notes on the Systematic Status of Toads and Frogs 123 


The specimen selected as the type is referred to by Mr. Harry 8. 
Swarth in his field notes as having been the object of an attack by a 
Clarke Crow. ‘‘The crow would peck at the frog and the latter would 
squeal and puff himself out to twice his normal size. It was his cries 
that attracted me.”’ 


KEY TO CALIFORNIA FROGS 


1. Vomerine teeth rudimentary, on two oblique ridges between the nares (see 
figs. 2, 3); tympanic region not darker than rest of head; fold along upper 
lip colored like rest of body, mottled or dark; red never present in 
coloration .. a Rana boylii and subspecies. 


2. When hind leg is brought forward along body, inside angle of bent tarsus 
and tibia reaching at least to nares and often beyond end of snout; 
tympanum covered with many hispid points. 


3. A light patch on top of head; darker area crossing the posterior half 
of each upper eyelid merging insensibly into dorsal color behind; 
body-length under 70 millimeters -................. Rana boylii boylii Baird. 


3’. No light patch on top of head; darker areas crossing posterior half of 
each upper eyelid, when present, contrasting with dorsal coloration; 
hbody-length reaching 81 millimeters .......... Rana boylii muscosa Camp. 

2’, When leg is brought forward, inside angle of bent tarsus seldom reaching 
beyond nares; tympanum smooth or with but a few hispid points; 
no light patch on top of head; body-length reaching 73 millimeters 

Rana boylii sierrae Camp. 


1’. Vomerine teeth large, in clusters on ends of indistinct oblique ridges inside 
nares (see fig. 1); tympanic region darker than rest of head (except often 
in pretiosa) ; fold along upper lip usually white or lighter than rest of 
head; red often present in coloration. 


4. When leg is brought forward along body, inside angle of bent tarsus 
reaching to eye or nares, never beyond. 


5. Back and top of head, set with inky, black spots; a small outer meta- 
Gars allt CrCl es eecea eee cece Rana pretiosa pretiosa Baird and Girard. 


5’. Baek, and top of head, with dark spots not so black as in pretiosa; no 
outer metatarsal tubercle —........ Rana pretiosa luteiventris Thompson. 


4’. Inside angle of bent tarsus and tibia, when brought forward, reaching to or 
beyond nares; back and top of head without inky spots —..........-.-.... 
SSeS Pb E ces Bek ees Som see eee caer Fre ere Rae PP eer nee Tana aurora and subspecies. 


6. Dorso-lateral folds indistinct; skin very smooth and thin; dorsal sur- 
faces unspotted or with small dots; size medium; total length reaching 
8 Ommaailiiimn(e ter Siescessce eee eee Rana aurora aurora Baird and Girard. 


6’. Dorso-lateral folds prominent; skin thick and often slightly rough- 
ened; dorsal surfaces with regularly placed, light centered spots; 
size large; total length reaching 100 millimeters —.... nee Pee 
Pes ee eee cee hse Rana aurora draytonii Baird and Girard. 


124 University of California Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


Novres ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF WESTERN FROGS 


Rana pretiosa pretiosa is known from nearly throughout Wash- 
ington and Oregon, north into Canada, east into Montana, Wyoming, 
and northern Utah, and south into extreme northern California. 

Rana pretiosa luteiventris, a form recently described by Thompson 
(1913, pp. 538-55) from Humboldt and Maggie valleys, Eureka and 
Elko counties, Nevada, seems to be represented in the Museum of 
Vertebrate Zoology by two specimens (nos. 2098, 2099), collected by 
Dr. H. C. Bryant at Alturas, Modoe County, California. 

Rana aurora aurora, described from Puget Sound, is known to the 
present writer from the Willamette Valley, Oregon, and from Eureka, 
Humboldt County, California, on the basis of specimens in the Museum 
of Vertebrate Zoology. Specimens from Mendocino City, on the coast 
of Mendocino County, California, are intergrades between aurora and 
draytonn. 

Rana aurora draytonii ranges north from the San Pedro Martir 
Mountains, in Lower California, to Gualala, Mendocino County, Cali- 
fornia (as indieated by material in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology ), 
and east from the coast to the foothills of the Sierra Nevada and into 
the mountains of southern California up to an altitude of 4000 feet. 


Transmitted October 28, 1916. 


1917] Camp: Notes on the Systematic Status of Toads and Frogs 125 


LITERATURE CITED 


Batrp, 8. F. 

1856. Descriptions of new genera and species of North American frogs. 

Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 7, 1854-1855, 59-62. 
Bairp, 8. F., and Girarp, C. 

1854a. Descriptions of new species of reptiles, collected by the U. S. Ex- 
ploring Expedition under the command of Capt. Charles Wilkes. 
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 6, 1852-1853, 174-177, 378-380. 

1854b. List of reptiles collected in California by Dr. John L. LeConte, with 
description of new species. Ibid., 300-302. 

BOULENGER, G. A. 

1882. Catalogue of the Batrachia Salientia s. Ecaudata in the collection of 

the British Museum. (Ed. 2; London), xvi + 503, 80 pls. 
Corr, E. D. 

1884. Notes on the geographical distribution of Batrachia and Reptilia in 
western North America. Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1883, 10-35. 

1889. The Batrachia of North America. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 34, 1-525, 
86 pls. 

DICKERSON, M. C. 

1906. The frog book of North American toads and frogs, with a study of 
the habits and life histories of those of the northeastern states. 
(New York, Doubleday, Page & Co.), xvii + 253, 96 + 16 pls. 

GIRARD, C. 

1858. United States Exploring Expedition during the years 1838, 1839, 1840, 
1841, 1842 under the command of Charles Wilkes, U.S. N. (Phila- 
delphia, J. B. Lippincott & Co.), 20, Herpetology, xvii + 496; atlas, 
pp- 1-10, 32 pls. 

STEJNEGER, L. 

1893. Annotated list of the reptiles and batrachians collected by the Death 
Valley Expedition in 1891, with descriptions of new species. U.S. 
Dept. Agric., Div. Ornithology and Mammalogy, N. Amer. Fauna, 
7, 159-228, 394-398, 4 pls. 

Tompson, H. B. 

1913. Deseription of a new subspecies of Rana pretiosa from Nevada. Proce. 

Biol. Soe. Wash., 26, 53-56, 1 pl. 
Yarrow, H. C., and HensHaw, H. W. 

1878. Report upon the reptiles and batrachians collected during the years of 
1875, 1876, and 1877, in California, Arizona, and Nevada. Ann. 
Rep. Chief U. 8. Engineers to Secy. of War., 1878, pt. 3 (Appen- 
dices), Appendix L, in Appendix NN, pp. 1628-1648. 


“zooLocy 


Fok i 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 


Note.—Ths University of Oalifornia Prblications are offered in exchange for the as 
eations of learned societies and institutions, universities and libraries. Complete lista of — 
all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample copies, lists 
of publications or other information, address the Manager of the University Press, Berkeley, 
California, U. S. A. All matter sent in excuange should be addressed to The ee 


Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. 8. A. 


ZOOLOGY.—W. B. Ritter and ©. A. Kofoid, Editors. Price per volume, $3.50; beginning — 


with vol, 11, $5.00. 


This series contains the contributions from the Department of Zoology, =e the 
Marine Laboratory of the Scripps Institution for Biological Research, at La Jolla, ~ 


Oalifornia, and from the California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology in Berkeley. 
Cited aa Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. = 


Volume 1, 1902-1905, 317 pages, with 28 plates SO 
Volume 2 (Contributions from the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Associa- a 
tion of Ban Diego), 1904-2906, xvii ++ 382 pages, with 19 plates = $3.50 — 
Volume 8, 1906-1907, 383 pages, with 28 plates ann accent $3.50. 
Volume 4, 1907-1908, 400 pages, with 24 plates SS 
Volume 5, 1908-1910, 440 pages, with 34 plates cnc ete eee etn ——- $3.50 — 
Volume 6, 1908-1911, 478 pages, with 48 plates —..__ ____. Rotates Shbemsaion $3.50 
Volume 7 (Contributions from the Mussum of Vertebrate Zoology), 1910-1912, as! 
446 pages, with 12 plates —— BELO era Sa S 
Volume 8, 1911, 357 pages, with 25 plates =. 2 ere $3.50 
Volume 9;-1911-1912, S65 pages, with 24 plates: no... wc nccc cece ce cceeeeteeeecte = ‘$3.50 
Volume 10; 1912-1913, 417 pages, with 10 plates oon ccc aac ceeeg tence $3.50 — 
Volume 11, 1912-1914, 588 pages, with 26 plates: $5.00. ¥ 
Vol. 12. 1. A Study of a Collection of Geese of the Branta canadensis Group from : 
the Ban Joaquin Valley, California, by Harry 8. Swarth Pp. 1-24, : 
Plates 1-2, 8 text figs. November, 1913 —..22 2. aris aa 
2. Nocturnal Wanderings of the California Pocket Gopher, by ‘Harold Cc. 4 
Bryant. Pp. 25-29, 1 text fig. November, 1913-2 | OB 
8. The Reptiles ofthe San Jacinto Area.of Southern California, by Sarah Re 
Rogers Atsatt. Pp. 31-50. .November, 1913... 2.22... ohncaaate sae 
4. An Account of the Mammals and Birds of the Lower Colorado ‘Valley, eu 
with Especial Reference to the Distributional Problems Presented, 5 
by Joseph Grinnell, Pp. 51-294, plates 3-13, @ text figs. March, 1914, 2.40 
5. Aplodontia chryséola, 8 New Mountain Beaver from the Trinity Region 
of Northern California, by Louise Kellogg. Pp. 295-296. y 
6. A Previously Undescribed Aplodontia from the Middle North Ooast of E 
California, by Walter P. Taylor. Pp. 297-300. : 
: Nos. 5 and 6 in one cover. April, 1914 _. 2 OO 
7.-A Second Species of the Mammalian Genus Microdipodops from Cali- - ~~ 
fornia, by Joseph Grimnell. Pp. 301-304. April, 1914 =... a | OB 
8. Distribution of River Otters in California, with Description of a New is 
Subspecies, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 305-310, plate 14.. October, 1914 ~ .05 ~ 
9. Four New Pocket Gophers from California, by ‘Joseph Grinnell. Pp. ey 
$11-316. Noveriber, 1914 .. Eee 05 
10, Three New Races. of Vespertilionid Bats from “California, by. ‘Hilda > : 
Wood Grimnell. Pp. 317-321. December, 1914 2 ts 05. 
11. Hutamias sonomae, 2 New Chipmunk from the Inner Northern Coast 2 
; Belt of California, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 321-325, 1 text figure. 3 
FaNVary cl GUS: Se oe a ee ae oi MO 
12. Batrachoseps major and Bufo cognatus californicus, ‘New ~ Amphibia raat 
from Southern ‘California, by Charles Lewis Camp. Pp. 327-334. ee 
April > 1916 5s a se a ee 10 
18, Report upon Mammals and Birds found in Portions of Trinity, Siskiyou, é 
and Shasta Counties, California, by Louise Kellogg. Pp. 335-398, 
plates 15-28. 
14. An Analysis of the Vertebrate Fauna of the Trinity Region of Northern 
California, by Joseph Grinnell. Pp. 401-412. : 
Nos. 13 and 14 in one cover. January, 1916 -..02 oe -75 
15. The Status of the Beavers of Western North America, with a Con- : 
sideration of the Factors in their Speciation, by Walter P. Taylor. j 
Pp, 418-495, 22 text-figures. March, 1916 2.2.2...cc. ccc iieecseteeticeeseeceeeeee 85 
16. Two New Aplodontias from Western North Rae Leese Walter P. 


Taylor. = Pps 497-50L=- May, 1906 iro GS caren tacecemenccens en 


Aes 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 
IN 


ZOOLOGY 


Vol. 17, No. 10, pp. 127-208, 14 figures in text July 11, 1917 


A DISTRIBUTIONAL LIST OF THE AMPHIBIANS 
AND REPTILES OF CALIFORNIA 


BY 
JOSEPH GRINNELL anp CHARLES LEWIS CAMP 


(Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California) 


The present paper deals with the systematic status and geographic 
distribution of the amphibians and reptiles known to oeceur within the 
present boundaries of the state of California. By including data 
bearing on geographic distribution, and by placing the emphasis on 
this rather than on the systematie phase of the subject, we hope to 
forestall the criticism which is sometimes directed at a purely nominal 
list. Restriction of the area treated to the limits of California has 
made possible eritical study of most of the species included. We 
believe that such a summary as is here presented is worth while at 
the present time, in that it will accelerate inquiry in this field and 
serve to direct the attention of workers towards the more conspicuous 
gaps in our common knowledge. 

The past two decades have witnessed the accumulation of much 
information of the sort herewith presented. Many collections have 
been made and a considerable amount of literature has appeared in 
widely scattered places. Study of the large collection of newly gath- 
ered specimens (6160) with full data now contained in the Museum 
of Vertebrate Zoology and a critical review of the literature to date 
form the basis of the present contribution. 

The writers have followed Stejneger (Herpetology of Japan and 
Adjacent Territory’) for the systematic arrangement used, and also 
for most of the names of groups higher than genera. Where there 


1U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 58, 1907, pp. xx + 577, 35 pls., 409 figs. in text. 


128 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


has been question as to the applicability of specific names our decision 
has been based on a precise interpretation of the rules of nomen- 
clature and, where possible, upon recourse to type specimens. The 
determination of species has been made at first hand, chiefly by the 
junior author, on the basis of the collections and literature at hand, 
with the exception of one genus: for the garter snakes (Thamnophis) 
we have followed Ruthven (Variations and Genetic Relationships of 
the Garter Snakes*). 

The vernacular names chosen have been selected primarily upon 
the grounds of previous use; sometimes fitness has been a factor in 
their selection. The type locality of each species has been stated as 
accurately as possible. Where the original statement of it was vague 
we have attempted to supply a more exact designation. In some 
cases this was not possible, and in a few others the type locality could 
not be determined at all. Under ‘‘synonyms’’ and ‘‘common names’’ 
are included all names, both scientific and vernacular, other than the 
accepted ones, which have been applied to the species as occurring 
in California. Where the term ‘‘part’’ is used it means that the name 
which it follows has been used for another Californian species. Where 
a name now considered synonymous with an accepted name was based 
on a specimen from California, the full citation and the type locality 
are given; lack of space prevents giving the citations for all synonyms. 
However, there is an index to all of these on file in the Museum of 
Vertebrate Zoology, to which persons interested in following the sub- 
ject farther are free to appeal. Needless to say, all of the specimens 
in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology are freely accessible for re- 
examination by any student who may wish to verify our determi- 
nations. 

Besides the species and subspecies given regular place in the 
present summary, all of which are known definitely to inhabit the 
state, there are sixty or more species accredited to California on 
grounds which do not seem to us satisfactory. Where possible we 
have assigned these species to positions in the synonymy of forms in 
good standing, but a number of them have had to be stricken entirely 
from the list as indeterminable. We have not deemed it desirable to 
list these numerous doubtful names here. 

The statements of range for the several species involve the use of 
three modes in which the distribution of vertebrate animals has been 
designated. The first and more detailed statement is of a purely 


2U. 8S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 61, 1908, pp. xii + 201, frontispiece pl., 82 figs. in text. 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 129 


geographic nature. Here, where the data permit, series of record 
stations are given so as to outline roughly the range with regard to 
political boundaries and towns, or to features of the topography and 
drainage. Extreme points of occurrence on the north, east, south, 
and west are thus given, sometimes several in each direction where a 
long line is to be covered. For each of these the source of the record 
is mentioned. This may be in published literature, in some one’s 
unpublished notes, or from specimens in this museum. 

Secondly, where practicable, the lfe-zone in which the species 
occurs is given, for the purpose of bringing this paper into concordance 
with others on the distribution of California vertebrates. Thirdly, 
the habitat or associational restriction of the species is given. For 
an explanation of these two latter modes of distributional designation 
the reader is referred to a paper by the senior author (Grinnell, A 
Distributional List of the Birds of California’). 

The maps offered herewith serve to show the ranges of many of 
the species of amphibians and reptiles in California from a purely 
geographic standpoint. Stations of known occurrence are indicated 
by appropriate signs, and with some of the species we have ventured 
to indicate the outlines of the inferred ranges. By comparison of 
these maps one with another and with maps showing the distribution 
of birds and mammals in this state, a number of remarkable coinei- 
dences in distribution will be observed. It must be that similar or, 
possibly, the same factors operate to limit the distribution of such 
widely different kinds of animals. Much yet needs to be realized in 
the improvement of means of expressing the facts of animal distri- 
bution; only a mere beginning has been made in systematizing such 
knowledge as is already at hand. The meaning of distributional 
limitation is one of the most fascinating subjects claiming the attention 
of the field biologist. Really satisfactory inquiry into the underlying 
causes must await the accumulation and assortment of vastly more 
data than are here presented for reptiles and amphibians, and the same 
degree of exhaustiveness must be applied to many different areas. 

Most of the heretofore unpublished data used in the present paper 
have been gathered during the past eight years for the Museum of 
Vertebrate Zoology by various field parties working in its employ. 
For the expense of bringing together and caring for the collections of 
reptiles and amphibians now accessible in this museum, workers in 
herpetology are indebted to Miss Annie M. Alexander. For the 


3 Pacific Coast Avifauna, 11, 1915, 217 pp., 3 pls. 


130 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


privilege of examining California specimens in the United States 
National Museum and for help in many questions of nomenclature the 
present authors are indebted to Dr. Leonhard Stejneger, head curator 
of biology in that institution. For help in the location of certain 
geographic names and for critical assistance in proof-reading we owe 
acknowledgment to Mr. Tracy I. Storer, of the staff of the Museum 
of Vertebrate Zoology. 

According to the present enumeration, there are represented in the 
fauna of California one hundred and sixteen species and subspecies 
of amphibians and reptiles. These fall into forty-six genera, twenty- 
two families, and four orders. 


Class AMPHIBIA 
Order CAUDATA 
Suborder MUTABILIA 
Superfamily SALAMANDROIDEAE 
Family SALAMANDRIDAE 


Notophthalmus torosus (Rathke) 
Pacifie Coast Newt 


OriGiInaL Description.—Triton torosus Rathke, in Eschscholtz, 
Zoologischer Atlas, pt. 5, 1833, pp. 12-14, pl. 21, fig. 15. 

Type Locauiry.—Central California near coast, either at San 
Francisco or between San Rafael, Marin County, and Fort Ross, 
Sonoma County (see Kotzebue’s ‘‘New Voyage’’). 

Synonyms.—Salamandra Beecheyi Gray, Zool. Beechey’s Voyage, 
1839, p. 99, pl. 31, fig. 3 (type from Monterey, Monterey County) ; 
“Triton Ermani Wiegmann, in Erman’s Reise um die Erde, Atlas, 
1835, p. 24’’ [see Wiegmann’s Archive fiir Naturgeschichte, 2 Jahrg., 
2, 1836, pp. 163, 250] (type from California) ; Diemictylus torosus; 
Taricha torosa; Molge torosa; Cynops torosus; Taricha laevis Baird 
and Girard, Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 6, 1853, p. 302 (type from 
San Francisco); Triton laevis; Amblystoma rubrum Reid, History 
of Pasadena [California], 1895, p. 600 (type [by inference] from 
near Pasadena) ; [?] Plewrodeles californiae; |?| Triton tereticauda 
Eschscholtz, Zoologischer Atlas, pt. 5, 1833, p. 14 (type from Fort 
Ross, Sonoma County) ; Aneides lugubris, part. 

Common Names.—Western Newt; Warty Salamander ; Water-dog ; 
Capt. Beechey’s Salamander; Pacific Water-lizard; California Newt; 
Sad-colored Anaides, part. 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 151 


Rance.—Restricted to Pacifie drainage; most abundant west of 
first coast divides. Found locally in Sacramento and San Joaquin 
valleys, and in the central Sierra Nevada to 5500 feet altitude, as 
near Cisco, Placer County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). Southernmost station, 


a 
Shes 

Snes 
iS 5 
aS 
Notophthalmus torosus 
Ambystoma ensatum 
Ambystoma tigrinum 


Ambystoma paroticum 


@oaopbppo 


Ambystoma macrodactylum 


Range of Notophthalmus torosus 
outlined 


2 
Sr 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF YERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 


Sy ~~ 


(eee NN = 
Shares mes 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 


Fig. 1. 
California. 


Distribution of Salamanders (Notophthalmus and Ambystoma) in 


San Diego River, San Diego County (Oreutt, West Amer. Scientist, 
1, 1885, p. 5). Oceupies Upper Sonoran and Transition life-zones, 
occasionally entering Canadian. Inhabits vicinity of streams and 
ponds; in fall and winter the females live under rocks and logs, while 
the males often remain in the water. (See fig. 1.) 


132 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


Family PLETHODONTIDAE 
Subfamily SPELERPINAE 


Spelerpes platycephalus Camp 
Mount Lyell Salamander 


OrigiInaL Description.—Spelerpes platycephalus Camp, Univ. 
Calif. Publ. Zool., 17, September 18, 1916, pp. 11-14, 5 figs. 

Type Locaniry—Head of Lyell Cafion, 10,800 feet altitude, Yo- 
semite National Park, Tuolumne County, California. 

RanGceE.—Known only from the type locality, as above. This is 
at the upper edge of the Hudsonian life-zone. The two specimens 
were taken in a patch of heather among the rocks where water issued 
from beneath surrounding snowbanks. (See fig. 2.) 


Subfamily PLETHODONTINAE 


Plethodon eschscholtzii (Gray) 
Oregon Salamander 


ORIGINAL DEscrIPTION.—Ensatina Eschscholtzii Gray, Cat. Am- 
phibia Brit. Mus., pt. 2, 1850, p. 48. 

Type Locaurry.—California: Monterey (fide Boulenger, Cat. Ba- 
trachia Brit. Mus., ed. 2, 1882, p. 55). 

Synonyms.—Plethodon ensatus; Plethodon oregonensis. 

Common Names.—Oregon Triton; Oregon Plethodon. 

RaNnGE.—Coast region. Has been taken south as far as Forest 
Home, 5200 feet altitude, in the San Bernardino Mountains (no. 4890, 
Mus. Vert. Zool.). Only one station interiorly from the coast belt: 
[probably mountains near] Fresno (nos. 17,650-17,652, U. S. Nat. 
Mus.). Oceurs in Transition and Upper Sonoran life-zones. Inhabits 
damp, shady places in forests and heavy brush; often found beneath 
masses of decaying vegetation and in holes in the earth. (See fig. 2.) 


Plethodon croceater Cope 
Yellow-spotted Salamander 


OrigINAL Description.—Plethodon croceater Cope, Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sei. Phila., 1867 [1868], pp. 210-211. 

Type Locauiry.—Fort Tejon, Kern County, California. (What 
is probably the type is contained in the collection of the Department 
of Zoology, University of California.) 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 183 


Synonym.—|[?] Plethodon flavipunctatus Strauch, Mem. Acad. 
Imper. Sci. St. Petersb., ser. 7, 16, no. 4, 1870, p. 71 (type from ‘*‘ New 
Albion,’’ California) [see Van Denburgh, Proe. Calif. Acad. Scei., 


ser. 4, 6, 1916, p. 221]. 
Aneides lugubris lugubris 


Aneides lugubris farallonensis 


Aneides ferreus 
Aneides iécanus 
Plethodon eschscholtzti 
Plethodon croceater 

Plethodon elongatus | 
Spelerpes platycephalus 


+rPLC TEBE a0 e@eO 


Ranges of Aneides lugubris lugubris 
and Plethodon croceater outlined 


N 
iN 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 


— 


Fig. 2. Distribution of Salamanders (Plethodon, Spelerpes, and Aneides) in 
California. 


Common Names.—Cape St. Lucas Triton; Yellow-spotted Lizard. 
RanGE.—Sierra Nevada Mountains (Van Denburgh, loc. cit.). 
Definite stations of occurrence are: Mud Spring, 6300 feet altitude, 
4 miles southwest of Nelson, Tulare County (3 specimens, Mus. Vert. 
Zool.) ; Grant Forest, Sequoia National Park, Tulare County (2 speci- 


134 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


mens, Univ. Calif. Dept. Zool.) ; Alta, 3600 feet altitude, Placer County 
(1 specimen, Univ. Calif. Dept. Zool.); Fort Tejon (as above). 
Occurs within the Transition life-zone. Inhabits damp places in 
forests. (See fig. 2.) 


Plethodon elongatus Van Denburgh 
Del Norte Salamander 


OriewaL DEscription.—Plethodon elongatus Van Denburgh, Proe. 
Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 6, May 12, 1916, pp. 216-218. 

Type Locaniry.—Requa, Del Norte County, California. 

Rance.—Known only from the type locality, as above. (See fig. 2.) 


Aneides lugubris lugubris (Hallowell) 
Arboreal Salamander 


Original DescripTion.—Salamandra lugubris Hallowell, Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 4, 1848 [1850], p. 126. 

Type Locauiry.—Monterey, California. 

Synonyms.—Anaides lugubris, part; Ambystoma punctulatum 
Gray, Cat. Batr. Caud. in Brit. Mus., 1850, p. 37 (type from Monte- 
rey) ; Ambystoma punctatum, part; Taricha lugubris; Autodax lugu- 
bris, part; Plethodon crassulus Cope, Proce. Amer. Philos. Soe., 23, 
1886, pp. 521-522 (type from California) [Van Denburgh (Proc. 
Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 6, 1916, pp. 219-220) regards this name as a 
synonym of Plethodon intermedius, and doubts that the type really 
came from California]. 

Common Names.—California Land Salamander; Sad-colored 
Anaides, part; Spotted Autodax; Mournful Salamander; Speckled 
Salamander. 

Rance.—Abundant in the inner coast region. Occurs north as 
far as Mendocino City, Mendocino County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). The 
two isolated interior stations are: 3 miles northeast of Coulterville, 
3100 feet altitude, Mariposa County, and Los Banos, Mereed County 
(Mus. Vert. Zool.). Southeasternmost occurrence within the state: 
San Diego County (U.S. Nat. Mus.; also see Miller, Amer. Nat., 40, 
1906, pp. 741-742). Oceurs chiefly in the Upper Sonoran life-zone, 
though extending into adjacent Transition and into Lower Sonoran. 
Lives in hollows of oak trees and also on the ground beneath stones 
and logs, as a rule in oak woods. (See fig. 2.) 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 135 


Aneides lugubris farallonensis (Van Denburgh) 
Farallon Salamander 


OrigtnaL Description.—Autodaxr lugubris farallonensis Van Den- 
burgh, Proe. Calif. Acad. Sei., ser. 3, zool., 4, June 15, 1905, pp. 5-6, 
pl. 2. 

Type Locauiry.—South Farallon Island, San Francisco County, 
California. 

Synonyms.—A naides lugubris, part; Autodax lugubris, part. 

Rance.—Known only from South Farallon Island. Found under 
rocks. (See fig. 2.) 


Aneides ferreus (Cope) 
Rusty Salamander 


OrietnaL DeEscripTion.—Anaides ferreus Cope, Proce. Acad. Nat. 
Sei. Phila., 1869, pp. 109-110. 

Type Locaniry.—Fort Umpqua, Douglas County, Oregon. 

RaNGE.—Extreme northern humid coast belt. Recorded only from 
the following localities (Van Denburgh, Proe. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 
6, 1916, p. 216): Requa, Del Norte County; Alton, Trimidad, and 
Carlotta, Humboldt County; Comptche, Mendocino County. These 
localities le in the Transition life-zone. Specimens at Requa were 
taken from the rotten wood of a dead tree, twenty feet above the 
ground. (See fig. 2.) 


Aneides iécanus (Cope) 
Shasta Salamander 


ORIGINAL DESCRIPTION. 
Sci. Phila., 1883, pp. 24-25. 
Type Locauiry.—Baird, Shasta County, California. 


Plethodon vécanus Cope, Proce. Acad. Nat. 


Synonyms.—A naides vécanus; Autodaxr vécanus. 

Common Name.—Black Salamander. 

Raner.—Known only from west-central and northern California, 
the following being the record stations known to date: Baird and 
McCloud River, Shasta County (Townsend, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., 10, 
1887, pp. 240-241) ; Humboldt County (Univ. Calf. Dept. Zool.) ; 
Ukiah, Mendocino County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; Los Gatos and Stevens 
Creek, Santa Clara County, and Glenwood and Boulder, Santa Cruz 


136 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


County (Van Denburgh, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 2, 5, 1895, pp. 
776-778) ; Mountain View, Santa Clara County (no. 21170, U.S. Nat. 
Mus.). Oceurs mainly within the Transition life-zone. Lives in 
recesses In the ground and beneath logs, stones, and boards, often in 
the vicinity of running water. (See fig. 2.) 


Batrachoseps pacificus (Cope) 
Island Salamander 


OrieinaAL DescripTion.—Hemidactylium pacificum Cope, Proce. 
Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 1865, pp. 195-196. 

Type Locauiry.—Santa Barbara, California [doubtless one of the 
Channel Islands near Santa Barbara: Van Denburgh, Proc. Calif. 
Acad. Sci., ser. 3, zool., 4, 1905, p. 7]. 

Common Name.—Pacifie Lizard. 

Rance.—Known only from San Miguel, Santa Rosa, and Santa 
Cruz islands, off the coast of southern California (Van Denburgh, 
Proe. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 4, 1914, pp. 1384, 135). (See fig. 3.) 


Batrachoseps major Camp 
Garden Salamander 


ORIGINAL Descrietion.—Batrachoseps major Camp, Uniy. Calif. 
Publ. Zool., 12, April 2, 1915, pp. 827-330. 

Type Locaurry.—Sierra Madre (the town), 1000 feet altitude, 
Los Angeles County, California. 

SynonyM.—[?] Batrachoseps attenuatus, part. 

Rance.—Known only from the Pacifie slope of southern California, 
where recorded definitely only from Pasadena, and from the type 
locality, as above. Occurs within the Lower Sonoran life-zone. In 
the rainy season lives at the surface of the ground beneath boards and 
stones; in the dry season retreats into the earth. (See fig. 3.) 


Batrachoseps attenuatus (Eschscholtz) 
Slender Salamander 
ORIGINAL DescriptTiIoN.—Salamandrina attenwata Eschscholtz, Zo- 
ologischer Atlas, pt. 5, 1833, pp. 1-6, pl. 21. 
Type Locaniry.—Central California near coast, either at San 
Francisco or between San Rafael, Marin County, and Fort Ross, 
Sonoma County. 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 137 


Synonyms.—Salamandra attenuata; |?) Batrachoseps pacificus, 
part; Batrachoseps nigriventris Cope, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 
1869, p. 98 (type from Fort Tejon, Kern County). 

Common Names.—Slender Lizard; Blaek-bellied Lizard. 


o Batrachoseps attenuatus 
@ Batrachoseps major 


ov Batrachoseps pacificus 


Range of Batrachoseps attenuatus 
outlined 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 


UNIVERSITY OF CALLPORNLA 


Ranee.—Coast district from Ukiah, Mendocino County, south at 
least to mountains immediately north of Claremont, Los Angeles 
County; occurs also along the foothills of the central Sierra Nevada, 
north to Eldorado County (U.S. Nat. Mus.) and southeast to three 
miles south of Nelson, Tulare County (Mus. Vert. Zool.), and on Santa 
Catalina Island (Van Denburgh, Proce. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 3, zool., 


138 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


4, 1905, p. 16). Oceurs chiefly within the Upper Sonoran life-zone, 
though entering Transition and upper edge of Lower Sonoran }oeally. 
Found in rotten logs, in damp masses of dead vegetation, beneath 
rocks on shaded slopes, and in rodent burrows in the ground. (See 
fig. 3.) 


Family AMBYSTOMIDAE 


Ambystoma tigrinum (Green) 
Tiger Salamander 


OrieInAL Description.—Salamandra tigrina Green, Journ. Acad. 
Nat. Sei. Phila., 5, 1825, pp. 116-118, pl. 25, fig. 7. 

Typr Locaniry—Near Moorestown, New Jersey. 

Synonyms.—Ambystoma tigrinum, part; Ambyostoma califor- 
niense Gray, Proe. Zool. Soe. Lond., 21, 1853, p. 11, pl. 7 (type from 
Monterey) ; Ambystoma tigrinuwm califormense; Ambystoma mavor- 
tium californiense; Ambystoma mavortium; [?] Ambystoma ingens; 
[?] Heterotriton ingens; Amblystoma californicum. 

Common Names.—California Axolotl; California Salamander. 

Rancu.—tThe west-central part of the state, where known from the 
following localities: Galt, Sacramento County; Ripon, San Joaquin 
County; and Mount Hamilton, Santa Clara County (Storer, Copeia, 
no. 24, November, 1915, p. 56); Monterey, Monterey County (as 
above); Fresno, Fresno County; Fort Tejon. Kern County; and 
Petaluma, Sonoma County (Cope, U. 8S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 34, 1889, 
pp. 85-86). These loealities lie in the Upper Sonoran life-zone, save 
for Fresno, which is in the Lower Sonoran, and Monterey, which is 
in Transition. Inhabits burrows of rodents in open country. (See 
fig. 1.) 


Ambystoma macrodactylum Baird 
Long-toed Salamander 


OrIGINAL DeEscripTiION—Ambystoma macrodactyla Baird, Journ. 
Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., ser. 2, 1, 1850, p. 292. 

Type Locaniry.—Astoria, Oregon. 

Common Name.—F lat-footed Salamander. 

Rance.—High northeastern section of the state, with record 
stations as follows: ‘‘California’’ (Boulenger, Cat. Batr. Brit. Mus., 
ed. 2, 1882, p. 48) ; near Medicine Lake, 6500 feet altitude, Siskiyou 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 139 


County (Univ. Calif. Dept. Zool.) ; near Fallen Leaf Lake, Eldorado 
County (Van Denburgh, Proe. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 6, 1916, p. 215). 
Life-zone, Transition. (See fig. 1.) 


Ambystoma ensatum (Eschscholtz) 
Marbled Salamander 


OriagInaAL Description.—Triton ensatus Eschscholtz, Zoologischer 
Atlas, pt. 5, 1833, pp. 6-12, pl. 22. 
Type Locaurry.—Central California near coast, possibly near Fort 


Ross, Sonoma County. 

Synonyms.—Chondrotus tenebrosus; Amblystoma tenebrosum; 
Dicamptodon ensatus; Xiphonura tenebrosa; Chondrotus lugubris. 

Common NameE.—Oregon Salamander, part. 

RaneGe.—Chiefly the humid coast belt, occurring south as far as 
six miles north of Boulder, Santa Cruz County (Camp, MS). Re- 
corded also from MeCloud River, Shasta County (Townsend, Proce. 
U. S. Nat. Mus., 10, 1887, p. 240), and Allen Springs, Lake County 
(Univ. Calif. Dept. Zool.). Oceupies the Transition life-zone.  In- 
habits tracts of forest and heavy brush; lives in streams, or under 
rocks and in holes in wet earth. (See fig. 1.) 


Ambystoma paroticum Baird 
British Columbia Salamander 
Oriana Description.—A mblystoma paroticum Baird, Proe. Acad. 
Nat. Sei. Phila., 1867 [1868], pp. 200-201. 
Type Locaurry.—Chiloweyuek, Washington Territory [== Chilli- 
wack Lake, British Columbia]. 
Common Nami.—Vancouver’s Salamander. 
Rance—Recorded only from Requa, Del Norte County (Van 
Denburgh, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 6, 1916, p. 216). Found in 
wet earth under a stump. (See fig. 1.) 


Order SALIENTIA 
Suborder COSTATA 
Family DISCOGLOSSIDAE 
Ascaphus truei Stejneger 
American Bell-toad 


ORIGINAL DescripTion.—Ascaphus truei Stejneger, Proe. U. 8. 
Nat. Mus., 21, June 20, 1899, pp. 899-901, pl. 89. 


140 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


Type Locaniry.—Humptulips, Chehalis County, Washington. 

RanGEe.—One capture: Northwest slope Craggy Peak, elevation 
5000 feet, Siskiyou Mountains, Siskiyou County (no. 45362, U.S. Nat. 
Mus.). 


Suborder LINGUATA 
Family PELOBATIDAE 


Scaphiopus hammondii hammondii Baird 
Western Spadefoot 


OrIGINAL DEscriIpTION.—Scaphiopus hammondii Baird, Pac. R. R. 
Rep., 10, 1859, Abbot’s report, pt. 4, no. 4, p. 12, pl. 28 (figs. 2a, 2b, 
2c, 2d). 

Type Locauiry.—Fort Reading [near Redding, in Shasta County], 
California. 

Synonyms.—Spea hammondu; Spea stagnalis. 

Common Names.—Hammond’s Spea; New Mexican Spea; Ham- 
mond’s Spadefoot. 

RaNncE.—Semi-arid portions of the state both east and west of the 
Sierra Nevada, from San Diego (Cooper, in Cronise, Nat. Wealth 
Calif., 1868, p. 486) to Fort Reading, as above. Present records 
include: Los Angeles (Univ. Calif. Dept. Zool.) and Sierra Madre 
(Mus. Vert. Zool.), Los Angeles County ; Santa Barbara (Yarrow and 
Henshaw, Ann. Rep. U. 8. Engineers, 1878, p. 1631) ; Olancha, Inyo 
County (Stejneger, N. Amer. Fauna, 7, 1893, p. 222); Benton and 
Mono Lake, Mono County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; Lane’s Bridge, Fresno 
County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; and Simmler, San Luis Obispo County 
(Mus. Vert. Zool.). Occurs chiefly in the Lower Sonoran life-zone, 
but extends also into Upper Sonoran. Inhabits open country where 
soil is of a nature to permit burrowing to safe depths during dry 
periods. 


Family BUFONIDAE 


Bufo cognatus cognatus Say 
Great Plains Toad 
OrIGINAL Description.—Bufo cognatus Say, in Long’s Expedition 
to Rocky Mountains, 2, 1823, p. 190, footnote. 
Type Locatiry.—Arkansas River [in Colorado, probably between 
present site of La Junta and the Colorado-Kansas boundary]. 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 141 


Rance.—Only along the Colorado River north to Needles, San 
Bernardino County, and in the Salton Basin northwest to Mecea, 
Riverside County (Mus. Vert. Zool.).  Life-zone, Lower Sonoran. 
Inhabits overflow bottom-lands and irrigated districts. (See fig. 4.) 


Bufo cognatus cognatus 
Bufo cognatus californicus 
Bufo boreas boreas 

Bufo boreas halophilus 
Intergrade 

Bufo boreas nelsoni 4 
Bufo canorus 
Bufo punctatus 
Bufo alvarius | 
Bufo woodhousii 


+pP1LB880000e 


Range of Bufo boreas and 
subspecies solidly outlined 
Southern limits of Bufo boreas 
boreas indicated by broken line 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF YERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 


Fig. 4. Distribution of Toads (Bufo) in California. 


Bufo cognatus californicus Camp 
Arroyo Toad 


Ortemnau Description.—Bufo cognatus californicus Camp, Univ. 
Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, April 2, 1915, pp. 331-334. 
Type Locauiry.—Santa Paula, Ventura County, California. 


142 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


RanceE.—Known only from the type locality, as above, and from 
the Tujunga Wash, near Sunland, Los Angeles County, California 
(Camp, loc. cit.). Both these places he in the Lower Sonoran life- 
zone. Found in vicinity of dry washes. (See fig. 4.) 


Bufo woodhousii Girard 
Roeky Mountain Toad 


ORIGINAL DEscrIPTION.—Bufo woodhousti Girard, Proe. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila., 7, 1854, p. 86 (this name to replace Bufo dorsalis of Hallo- 
well, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 6, 1852, pp. 181-182). 

Type Locauiry.—New Mexico [= Arizona; type no. 2531 in U.S. 
Nat. Mus., labeled ‘‘Calif. Mountains, Mexico,’’ which equals San 
Francisco Mountains, Arizona: see Stejneger, N. Amer. Fauna, 3, 1890, 
pp. 116-117]. 

Synonyms.—Bufo lentiginosus americanus; Bufo lentiginosus 
woodhousu. 

Common Names.—Woodhouse’s Toad; American Toad. 

Rance.—Along the Colorado River (Cooper, in Cronise, Nat. 
Wealth Calif., 1868, p. 486). Stations of recent capture are: near 
Potholes and 5 miles northeast of Yuma, Imperial County (Mus. Vert. 
Zool.). Both stations are on the bottom-lands and in the Lower 
Sonoran life-zone. (See fig. 4.) 


Bufo boreas halophilus Baird and Girard 
California Toad 


OriGiInaL Descrrprion.—Bufo halophila Baird and Girard, Proe. 
Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 6, 1853, p. 301. 

Tyre Locauiry.—Benicia, Solano County, California. 

Synonyms.—Bufo boreas, part; Bufo chilensis; Bufo columbiensis, 
part; Bufo columbiensis halophilus; Bufo borcas nelsoni, part. 

Common Names.—Baird’s Toad, part; Common Toad; Salt-marsh 
Frog. 

Rance—Throughout both the coast region and the interior valleys, 
north typically to Gualala River, Sonoma County, to Oroville, Butte 
County, and to vicinity of Independence, Inyo County ; east, centrally, 
into Owens Valley, and to Antelope Valley, Los Angeles County, and 
Victorville, San Bernardino County; east at the south to Vallecito 
and La Puerta, San Diego County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). Southernmost 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 143 


station, San Diego (Yarrow, U. 8. Nat. Mus. Bull., 24, 1882, pp. 23, 
162). Absent from deserts bordering Colorado River. Occurs in all 
life-zones below upper edge of Hudsonian. Inhabits open valleys and, 
rarely, wooded areas; in the high mountains inhabits wet meadows and 
lake shores; lives during the day in gopher and ground-squirrel bur- 
rows and under rocks. (See fig. 4.) 


Bufo boreas boreas Baird and Girard 
Northwestern Toad 

OriegInAL DescripTion.—Bufo boreas Baird and Girard, Proce. 
Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 6, 1852, pp. 174-175. 

Type Locauiry.—Columbia River and Puget Sound. 

Synonyms.—Bufo columbiensis, part; Bufo halophilus, part; Bufo 
microscaphus. 

Common Names.—Baird’s Toad, part; Small-spaded Toad. 

Rance.—Northern portion of the state, south to Eureka, Humboldt 
County, to Sisson, Siskiyou County, and to Mono County (Mus. Vert. 
Zool.). From these localities and others adjacent, specimens show 
intergradation towards B. b. halophilus. Occurs in the Transition 
and Upper Sonoran life-zones. Lives in tules about lake shores, along 
streams, and in mountain meadows. (See fig. 4.) 


Bufo boreas nelsoni Stejneger 
Nevada Toad 


OrienaAL Description.—Bufo boreas nelsoni Stejneger, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 7, May 31, 1893, pp. 220-221, pl. 3, figs. 4a, 4b. 

Type Locauiry.—Oasis Valley, Nye County, Nevada. 

Rance.—Eastern Inyo region. Recorded from Resting Springs, 
Inyo County (Stejneger, loc. cit.). Life-zone, Lower Sonoran. (See 
fig. 4.) 


Bufo canorus Camp 
Yosemite Park Toad 
OrigInaL DeEscripTion.—Bufo canorus Camp, Univ. Calif. Publ. 
Zool., 17, November 17, 1916, pp. 59-62, figs. 1-4. 
Type Locauiry.—Porcupine Flat, 8100 feet altitude, Yosemite 
National Park, Mariposa County, California. 
RanGe.—High central Sierra Nevada, 7000 to 11,000 feet altitude, 
almost altogether within the limits of the Yosemite National Park 


144 University of California Publications in Zoology  [|Vou.17 


(Mus. Vert. Zool.). Oceupies the Canadian and Hudsonian life-zones, 
extending even into Alpine-Arctic. Inhabits vicinity of meadows and 
the margins of streams and lakes. (See fig. 4.) 


Bufo punctatus Baird and Girard 
Spotted Toad 

OriegInAL DEscriPTION.—Bufo punctatus Baird and Girard, Proe. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 6, 1852, p. 173. 

Type Locauiry.—Rio San Pedro of the Rio Grande del Norte 
(in Texas?). 

Synonym.—Bufo beldingi. 

Rance.—Colorado desert, west to Vallecito, San Diego County, and 
Carrizo Creek, north slope Santa Rosa Mountains, Riverside County 
(Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; also Turtle Mountains, near Blythe Junction, San 
Bernardino County (Camp, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 1916, p. 512) ; 
Furnace Creek, Death Valley, and Cottonwood Canon [Jackass 
Spring], Panamint Mountains, in Inyo County (Stejneger, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 7, 1893, p. 219). Life-zone, Lower Sonoran. Inhabits rocky 
canon bottoms, near springs or streams. (See fig. 4.) 


Bufo alvarius Girard 
Colorado River Toad 
OriGINaAL DerscripTion.—Bufo alvarius Girard, in Baird, U. S. 
Mex. Bound. Surv., 2, 1859, pt. 2, reptiles, p. 26, pl. 41, figs. 1-6. 
Type Locauiry—Valley of Gila and Colorado: Fort Yuma, Cali- 
fornia (see Cope, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 34, 1889, p. 267). 
Common Names.—Girard’s Toad; Colorado Toad. 
Rance.—Immediate valley of the Colorado River. Has been taken 
in the delta region west to Meloland (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; all known 
localities for the state are in Imperial County. Life-zone, Lower 
Sonoran. Inhabits only riparian bottom-lands and irrigated districts. 
(See fig. 4.) 


Family HYLIDAE 


Subfamily Hyninar 


Hyla regilla Baird and Girard 
Pacific Tree-frog 
OriGgInAL Description.—Hyla regilla Baird and Girard, Proe. 
Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 6, 1852, p. 174. 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 145 


Type Locauiry.—Sacramento River, California. 

Synonyms.—Litoria occidentalis Baird and Girard, Proe. Acad. 
Nat. Sei. Phila., 6, 1853, p. 301 (type from San Francisco) ; Hyla 
scapularis; Hyla nebulosa Hallowell, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 7, 
1854, pp. 96-97 (type from Tejon Pass, probably near Fort Tejon, 
Kern County) ; Hyla scapularis var. hypochondriaca Hallowell, Proce. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 7, 1854, p. 97 (type from Tejon Pass) ; 
Hyla cadaverina (a name to replace nebulosa of Hallowell: Cope, 
Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., ser. 2, 6, 1866, p. 84) ; Hyla regilla var. 
scapularis. 

Common Names. 


Western Tree-frog; Wood-frog; Pacifie Hyla; 
Tree-toad, part; Cadaverous Hyla; Greeny; Cape San Lueas Hyla. 
Rance.—AImost throughout the state, except in the extreme south- 
eastern desert district. Occurs on Santa Rosa, Santa Cruz, and Santa 
Catalina islands (Van Denburgh, Proe. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 4, 
1914, pp. 182, 135, 137). Extends to timber-line in the Sierra Nevada; 
occurs in all zones below Alpine-Arctic. Inhabits damp recesses among 
rocks and logs; the ground in the vicinity of springs, streams, and 
lakes; rank growths of vegetation, especially in marshy places; trees 
in damp forests; and, in open country, burrows of various animals. 


Hyla arenicolor Cope 
Arizona Tree-frog 

Originau Description.—Hyla arenicolor Cope, Journ. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila., ser. 2, 6, 1866, p. 84 (a name to replace Hyla affinis, Baird, 
Proce. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 7, 1854, p. 61). 

Type Locauiry.—Northern Sonora [Mexico or Arizona?]. 

Synonyms.—Hyla copii; Hyla versicolor. 

Common Names.—Cope’s Tree-frog; Tree-toad, part ; Cope’s Hyla; 
Sand-colored Tree Frog. 

Rance.—Northwest from Julian, La Puerta, and Mountain Spring, 
in eastern San Diego County, to near Nordhoff, Ventura County, and 
Santa Monica Mountains, Los Angeles County; east to Little Rock 
Creek, Los Angeles County, and to Banning, Dos Palmos Spring, and 
Deep Canon, Riverside County; also on Pine Mountain, near Escon- 
dido, San Diego County (Mus. Vert. Zool.; Richardson, Amer. Nat., 
46, 1912, pp. 605-611). Oceupies chiefly the Upper Sonoran life-zone, 
extending locally into Lower Sonoran. Lives on boulders and exposed 
rock faces close to cafion streams. 


146 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


Family RANIDAE 
Subfamily RanmagE 
Rana boylii boylii Baird 
California Yellow-legged Frog 

OricInAL Description.—Rana boylii Baird, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila., 7, 1854, p. 62. 

Tyre Locauiry.—California; subsequently designated as El Do- 
rado [Eldorado County ?] (see Cope, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 34, 1889, 
p. 447). 

Synonyms.—Rana pachyderma Cope, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 
1883, pp. 25-27 (types from MeCloud River [= Baird, Shasta 
County], California, and Ashland, Oregon); [?] Rana temporaria 
pretiosa, part. 

Common Names.—Thick-skinned Frog; Boyle’s Frog. 

RanGe.—Northern and central portions of the state, chiefly west 
of the high Sierra Nevada, both along the coast and in the interior 
valleys. Has been found east to Baird, Shasta County (Cope, loc. cit.), 
to Fyffe, Eldorado County (Mus. Vert. Zool.), and to near Feliciana 
Mountain, 3800 feet altitude, Mariposa County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 
Southernmost station, Bodfish, on Kern River, Kern County (Mus. 
Vert. Zool.). Has also been taken at Mono Lake, Mono County (Mus. 
Vert. Zool.). Life-zones, Upper Sonoran and Transition. Inhabits 
margins of springs, streams, and fresh-water lakes. (See fig. 5.) 


Rana boylii sierrae Camp 
Sierra Nevada Yellow-legged Frog 
ORIGINAL DescripTion.—Rana boylii sierrae Camp, Univ. Calif. 
Publ. Zool., 17, February 3, 1917, pp. 120-123, fig. 2. 
Type Locauiry.—Matlack Lake, 10,500 feet altitude, near Kear- 
sarge Pass, Sierra Nevada, Inyo County, California. 
Synonyms.—Rana aurora, part; Rana pretiosa, part; [?] Rana 


temporaria pretiosa, part. 

Common Names.—Western Frog; Pacific Frog. 

Rance.—High Sierra Nevada, 7000 to 10,500 feet altitude. North- 
ernmost station, Young Lake, Yosemite National Park, Tuolumne 
County ; southernmost, Taylor Meadow, near Kern County line, Tulare 
County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). Oceupies the Canadian and Hudsonian life- 
zones. Lives chiefly in lakes and along streams in meadows. (See fig. 5.) 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 147 


Rana boylii muscosa Camp 
Sierra Madre Yellow-legged Frog 


OrieinaL Descrrerion.—Rana boylii muscosa Camp, Univ. Calif. 
Publ. Zool., 17, February 3, 1917, pp. 118-120. 


Rana boylit boylii 

Rana boylii muscosa 
Rana boylit sierrae 

Rana pretiosa pretiosa 
Rana pretiosa luteiventris 
Rana aurora aurora 4 
Rana aurora draytonii 
Intergrade 


+16) (O10) (Pp on) Een 


Rana pipiens 


Ranges of Rana boylii and 
Rana aurora outlined 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 


UNIVERSITY OP CAJ.IFORNLA Ss 


| 


Fig. 5. Distribution of Frogs (Rana) in Califernia. 


Type Locauiry—Arroyo Seco Canon, near Pasadena, California. 
Rance—San Gabriel (both the desert and Pacific drainages), San 
Bernardino and San Jacinto mountains. Northwesternmost stations 
for typical specimens, Arroyo Seco Cafion near Pasadena, and Little 
Rock Creek, in Los Angeles County ; southeasternmost station, Straw- 


148 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


berry Valley, Riverside County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). Oceupies the 
Upper Sonoran and Transition life-zones. Lives along streams in 
narrow rock-walled canons. (See fig. 5.) 


Rana pretiosa pretiosa Baird and Girard 
Western Spotted Frog 

OrIGINAL DEscripTiIoN.—Rana pretiosa Baird and Girard, Proe. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 6, 1853, p. 378. 

Type Locauiry.—Puget Sound. 

Rance.—Extreme northern end of the state. Definite stations of 
occurrence are Fall City Mills, Fall River, Shasta County (U.S. Nat. 
Mus., no. 38806), and vicinity of Sisson, Siskiyou County (Mus. Vert. 
Zool. and U.S. Nat. Mus.). Life-zone, Transition. Inhabits marshes 
and lakes. (See fig. 5.) 


Rana pretiosa luteiventris Thompson 
Nevada Spotted Frog 

OrIGINAL DeEscription.—Rana pretiosa luteiventris Thompson, 
Proe. Biol. Soe. Wash., 26, March 22, 1913, pp. 53-55, pl. 3, figs. 2, 3. 

Type Locaniry.—Anne Creek, Elko County, Nevada. 

Rance.—Eastern Modoe County. Only station, Pine Creek, near 
Alturas, Modoe County (Mus. Vert. Zool., nos. 2098, 2099). Speci- 
mens captured on banks of a slow-flowing stream. (See fig. 5.) 


Rana aurora aurora Baird and Girard 
Oregon Red-legged Frog 

ORIGINAL DeEscription—Rana aurora Baird and Girard, Proce. 
Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 6, 1852, p. 174. 

Type Locaniry.—Puget Sound. 

Rance.—Extreme northwestern corner of the state. Stations of 
capture all in vicinity of Eureka, Humboldt County (Mus. Vert. 
Zool.). (See fig. 5.) 


Rana aurora draytonii Baird and Girard 
California Red-legged Frog 
OriGgInAL Description.—Rana Drayton Baird and Girard, Proe. 
Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 6, 1852, p. 174. 
Type Locaniry.—San Francisco, California. 
Synonyms.—Rana Lecontii Baird and Girard, Proe. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila., 6, 1853, pp. 301-302 (type from San Francisco) ; Rana 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 149 


nigricans Hallowell, Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 7, 1854, p. 96 (type 
from El Paso Creek, Kern County, California) ; Rana longipes Hallo- 
well, Pac. R. R. Rep., 10, 1859, Wilhamsons’ Rep., pt. 4, no. 1, pp. 
20-21 (type from El Paso Creek, Kern County, California) ; Epirhexis 
longipes; Rana agilis aurora; Rana catesbiana; Rana septentrionalis ; 
Rana temporaria; Rana temporaria aurora. 

Common Names.—Drayton’s Frog; Bull-frog; Long-footed Frog ; 
Bloody Nouns; Rocky Mountain Frog; Western Wood Frog; Leconte’s 
Frog. 

Ranee.—Central and southern portions of the state, west of the 
Sierran divides. Extends from the seaboard east to about 3500 feet 
altitude on the west slope of the central Sierra Nevada. Northern 
stations are: Mendocino City, Mendocino County, and Michigan Bluff, 
Placer County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; easternmost station at the south: 
Campo, San Diego County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). Intergradation with 
R. a. aurora takes place in western Mendocino and Humboldt counties. 
Inhabits chiefly the Upper Sonoran life-zone, but extends into Trans- 
ition and Lower Sonoran. Lives in damp places and about springs, 
streams, and ponds. (See fig. 5.) 


Rana pipiens Schreber 
Leopard Frog 

OriGInAL Description.—Rana pipiens Schreber, Naturforscher, 18, 
1782, pp. 185-191. 

Type Locauiry.—New York [State]. 

SynonymM.—Rana pipiens brachycephala. 

Rance.—Along the Colorado River, north at least to near River- 
side Mountain, Riverside County, and in the Imperial Valley, six 
miles west of Imperial (Mus. Vert. Zool.). Life-zone, Lower Sonoran. 


Inhabits river banks and fresh-water sloughs. (See fig. 5.) 


Class REPTILIA 
Order SQUAMATA 
Suborder SAURIA 


Family EUBLEPHARIDAE 
Coleonyx variegatus (Baird) 


Banded Gecko 


Oriana Description.—Stenodactylus variegatus Baird, Proe. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1858 [1859], p. 254. 


150 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


Type Locaniry.—Rio Grande and Gila valleys: really Colorado 
Desert, in southern California (see Stejneger, N. Amer. Fauna, 7, 
1893, p. 163). 

SynonyM.—Lublepharis variegatus. 

Common Names.—Variegated Gecko; Variegated Lizard. 

RancGE.—Southeastern desert areas. Occurs north to Big Pine, 
Owens Valley, Inyo County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; west to Mohave, Kern 
County (Stejneger, loc. cit., p. 164), to Colton, San Bernardino County 
(Mus. Vert. Zool.), to San Jacinto, Riverside County (Van Denburgh, 
Oce. Papers Calif. Acad. Sei., 5, 1897, p. 41), and to La Puerta Valley, 
San Diego County (Stephens, MS.). Restricted to the Lower Sonoran 
life-zone. Lives under stones and other objects and in burrows in 
the ground. (See fig. 9.) 


Family IGUANIDAE 
Subfamily IguanrmaE 


Dipso-saurus dorsalis (Baird and Girard) 
Desert Iguana 


Original DeEscription.—Crotaphytus dorsalis Baird and Girard, 
Proce. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 6, 1852, p. 126. 

Typr Locauiry.—Desert of Colorado, California. 

Common Names.—Crested Lizard; Colorado Desert Lizard; Keel- 
backed Lizard; Thirsty Lizard; Sharp-back Lizard. 

Rance.— Extreme desert areas east of the Sierran divides. Occurs 
north to Owens, Panamint, Death (Mesquite), and Amargosa valleys 
(Stejneger, N. Amer. Fauna, 7, 1893, p. 165) ; west to Coyote Wells, 
Imperial County (Cope, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1898 [1900], p. 245) ; 
Torres [Toro], Riverside County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; Daggett, San 
Bernardino County (Meek, Field Columb. Mus., zool. ser., 7, 1905 
[1906], p. 7), and 3 miles east of Owens Lake, Inyo County (Stejneger, 
loc. cit.). Restricted to the Lower Sonoran life-zone. Lives on level, 
sandy, or gravelly ground. 


Uma notata Baird 
Ocellated Sand Lizard 


ORIGINAL Description.—Uma notata Baird, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sei. 
Phila., 1858 [1859], p. 253. 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 151 


Type Locauiry.—Mohave Desert [== Colorado Desert, in Cali- 
fornia ?]. 

Synonyms.—Uma inornata Cope, Amer. Nat., 29, 1895, p. 939 
(type from Colorado Desert, ‘‘San Diego’’ [= Imperial] County) ; 
Uma rufopunctata. 

Common Names.—Ocellated Desert Lizard; Red-spotted Desert 
Lizard; Cope’s Desert Lizard; Spotted Yuma Lizard. 

RanGe.—Mohave and Colorado deserts; occurs west to near Signal 
Mountain, Imperial County (Mus. Vert. Zool.), and north at least to 
Daggett, San Bernardino County (Meek, Field Columb. Mus., zool. 
ser., 7, 1906, pp. 4-7), and near Blythe Junction, in Riverside County 
(Camp, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 1916, pp. 516-519). Oceurs only 
within the Lower Sonoran life-zone, where further restricted to tracts 
of eolian sand. 


Callisaurus ventralis ventralis (Hallowell) 
Southern Gridiron-tailed Lizard 

ORIGINAL DEscripTION.—Homolosaurus [corrected in ‘‘ Errata’’ to 
Homalosaurus| ventralis Hallowell, Proe. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 6, 
1852, pp. 179-180. 

Type Locaurry.—New Mexico [west of the Rio Grande]. 

Synonyms.—Callisaurus draconoides ; Callisaurus draconoides ven- 
tralis; Callisaurus dracontoides gabbu. 

JomMON NamMeEs.—Zebra-tailed Lizard ; Spotted-tail Dragon ; Beau- 
tiful Lizard. 

Rance.—Entire desert area of southeastern California. Occurs 
north into Inyo County: Independence in Owens Valley (Swarth, 
MS), Saline Valley, Furnace Creek in Death Valley, and the Funeral 
Range (Stejneger, N. Amer. Fauna, 7, 1893, p. 173); west to Kelso 
Creek, near Weldon, Kern County (Mus. Vert. Zool.), to Cameron, 
8 miles northwest of Mohave, Kern County (Stejneger, loc. cit.), to 
western Antelope Valley, Los Angeles County (Camp, MS), to Cajon 
Wash, San Bernardino County (Mus. Vert. Zool.), and to near Ban- 
ning, Riverside County (Van Denburgh, Oce. Papers Calif. Acad. Sei., 
5, 1897, p. 50). Oceurs also at Vallevista, in San Jacinto Valley, 
Riverside County (Atsatt, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 1913, p. 33), 
and Oak Springs, San Diego County (Van Denburgh, loc. cit.). Oc- 
cupies the Lower Sonoran lhfe-zone. Inhabits level gravelly or sandy 
plains and washes. 


152 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou.17 


Crotaphytus wislizenii Baird and Girard 


Great Basin Leopard Lizard 


OriGiInaL Description.—Crotaphytus Wislizenii Baird and Girard, 
Proe. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 6, 1852, p. 69. 

Type Locauiry.—Near Santa Fé, New Mexico. 

Synonyms.—Crotaphytus Gambelii Baird and Girard, loc. cit., 
p. 126 (type possibly from California: see Stejneger, N. Amer. Fauna, 
3. 1890, p. 105, footnote) ; Crotaphytus fasciatus, part; [?] Crota- 
phytus silus, part. 

Common Nameb.—Wislizenius’ Lizard, part. 

Ranee.—Arid interior chiefly east of the desert divides. Occurs 
north through the Inyo region to Benton, Mono County (Mus. Vert. 
Zool.) ; also recorded from Doyle, Lassen County (Richardson, Proe. 
U.S. Nat. Mus., 48, 1915, p. 407). Oceurs west across Owens Valley 
to Carroll Creek, west of Owens Lake, Inyo County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; 
through Kern gap in vicinity of Walker Pass to Bodfish, Kern County 
(Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; through Tejon Pass and Cuddy Canon to Lock- 
wood Valley, 5000 feet altitude, Ventura County (Meek, Field Columb. 
Mus., zool. ser., 7, 1905 [1906], p. 8); to 2 miles west of Pallett, Los 
Angeles County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; to Cushenbury Springs, San 
Bernardino County (Grinnell, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 5, 1908, p. 
160); through San Gorgonio Pass to Cabezon, Riverside County 
(Atsatt, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 1913, p. 34) ; also to San Jacinto, 
Riverside County (Van Denburgh, Oce. Papers Calif. Acad. Sci., 5, 
1897, p. 58); to Pinyon Flat, 4000 feet altitude, on east slope Santa 
Rosa Mountains, Riverside County (Atsatt, loc. cit.); and to Oak 
Grove, San Diego County (MeLain, Crit. Notes Coll. Reptiles Western 
U. S., 1899, p. 2). Oceupies the Lower and Upper Sonoran life-zones. 
Inhabits level or rolling ground of sandy or gravelly nature. 


Crotaphytus silus Stejneger 
San Joaquin Leopard Lizard 


ORIGINAL Description.—Crotaphytus silus Stejneger, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 3, 1890, p. 105. 

Typs Locauiry.—Fresno, Fresno County, California. 

Synonyms.—Crotaphytus wislizenti, part; Crotaphytus fasciatus, 
part. 

Common Names.—Short-nosed Leopard Lizard; Wislizenius’ Liz- 
ard, part; Banded Lizard. 


1917} Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 153 


RanGE.—Southern San Joaquin Valley (Tulare basin), and Car- 
rizo Plain, San Luis Obispo County. Occurs north to Livingston, 
Merced County (MeLain, Crit. Notes Coll. Reptiles Western U. S., 
1899, p. 2); east to Poso, Bakersfield, and Pampa, in Kern County 
(Stejneger, N. Amer. Fauna, 7, 1893, p. 170) ; south to 5 miles north 
of Rose Station (Stejneger, loc. cit.), and to San Emigdio Plains 
(Mus. Vert. Zool.), Kern County; then, on Carrizo Plain, west to 
Painted Rock, San Luis Obispo County. Restricted to the Lower 
Sonoran life-zone. Inhabits level valley floors. 


Crotaphytus collaris baileyi Stejneger 
Bailey Collared Lizard 

OriginaL Description.—Crotaphytus baileyi Stejneger, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 3, 1890, pp. 103-105, pl..12, fig. 1. 

TypE Locaniry.—Painted Desert, Little Colorado River, Arizona. 

Synonym.—Crotaphytus collaris. 

Common Name.—Bailey Leopard Lizard. 

RANGE.—Of interrupted distribution on the southeastern deserts, 
occurring north through the Inyo region to Deep Spring Valley slope 
of White Mountains, 5600 feet altitude, Inyo County (Stejneger, N. 
Amer. Fauna, 7, 1893, p. 166). Has been taken west to 5 miles north 
of Kernville, Kern County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; to Lytle Creek, San 
Bernardino County (Van Denburgh, Proe. Calif. Acad. Sei., ser. 4, 
3, 1912, p. 147); to Hall Grade, near Cabezon, Riverside County 
(Atsatt, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 1913, p. 33); to Palm Canon, 
San Jacinto Mountains, Riverside County (Atsatt, loc. cit.) ; and to 
Mountain Spring, eastern San Diego County (Cope, Ann. Rep. U.S. 
Nat. Mus., 1898 [1900], p. 252). Not known from region of Colorado 
River south of near Blythe Junetion, in Riverside County (Camp, 
Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 1916, p. 521). Occurs in the Lower and 
Upper Sonoran life-zones. Restricted to rocky situations. 


Sauromalus ater Duméril 
Chuckwalla 
OriGInaAL DerscripTion.—Sauromalus ater Duméril, Arch. Maus. 
Hist. Nat., 8, 1856, pp. 536-538, pl. 23, figs. 3, 3a. 
Type Locauiry.—Unknown. 
Synonym.—Luphryne obesus Baird, Proe. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 


154 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


1858 [1859], p. 253 (type no. 4172, U. S. Nat. Mus., from Fort Yuma, 
California). 

Common Names.—Alderman Lizard; Fat Toad Lizard; Fat Lizard. 

Rance.—Desert mountains of southeastern California. Occurs 
north to Willow Creek, 4500 feet altitude, Panamint Mountains, Inyo 
County (Stejneger, N. Amer. Fauna, 7, 1893, p. 175) ; west to Shep- 
herd Canon, Argus Range, Inyo County (Stejneger, loc. cit.) ; to 
Barstow and Victorville, San Bernardino County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; 
to Snow Creek, San Jacinto Mountains, and Dos Palmos Spring, Santa 
Rosa Mountains, in Riverside County (Atsatt, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 
12, 1913, p. 34); and to Coyote Well, Imperial County (Cope, Ann. 
Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1898 [1900], p. 268), and east slope of ‘‘ Julian 
Mountains’’ [== Cuyamaca Mountains?], in eastern San Diego County 
(Van Denburgh, Oce. Papers Calif. Acad. Sei., 5, 1897, p. 62). Re- 
strieted to the Lower Sonoran life-zone, where it occurs only in rocky 
situations. 


Uta mearnsi Stejneger 
Mearns Lizard 


OriegInaL Description.—Uta mearnsi Stejneger, Proe. U. 8. Nat. 
Mus., 17, November, 1894, pp. 589-591. 

Type Locauiry.—Summit of Coast Range, United States and 
Mexican boundary line, California. 

Common Name.—Mearns Swift. 

Rance.—Desert slopes of San Jacinto, Santa Rosa and Coast 
ranges, In Riverside and San Diego counties. Has been taken north- 
east to Banning, Cabezon, Snow Creek and Palm Canon, in Riverside 
County (Atsatt, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 1913, pp. 34-35), west 
to La Puerta, San Diego County (Mus. Vert. Zool.), and south to the 
type locality, as above given. Altitudes of occurrence extend from 
800 to 3500 feet. Oceurs in the Lower Sonoran life-zone, extending 
loeally into Upper Sonoran. Lives on boulders and faces of cliffs. 


Uta stansburiana stansburiana Baird and Girard 
Northern Brown-shouldered Lizard 


OrIGINnAL DescripTion.—Uta Stansburiana Baird and Girard, Proe. 
Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 6, 1852, p. 69. 

Type Locaniry.—Valley of Great Salt Lake, Utah. 

Ranee.—Enters California from Nevada in the Inyo region. 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California — 155 


Specimens recorded from Round Valley and near Lone Pine, in Inyo 
County (Richardson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 48, 1915, p. 412). Addi- 
tional specimens in Mus. Vert. Zool., from vicinity of Independence 
and Laws, Inyo County, and from Benton, Mono County. Oceupies 


Uta stansburiana stansburiana 
Intergrade 

Uta stansburiana elegans 
Intergrade 4 


Uta stansburiana hesperis 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 


Fig. 6. Distribution of Uta stansburiana in California. 


the Upper Sonoran life-zone. Inhabits chiefly sandy or gravelly 
ground among bushes. (See fig. 6.) 


Uta stansburiana elegans Yarrow 
Desert Brown-shouldered Lizard 


OrigInaL Description.—Uta elegans Yarrow, Proce. U. 8. Nat. 
Mus., 5, 1882, p. 442. 


156 Unwersity of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


Tyre Locauiry.—lLa Paz, Lower California, Mexico. 

Synonym.—Uta stansburiana, part. 

Common Names.—Stansbury’s Swift, part ; Stansbury’s Uta, part ; 
Brown-shouldered Lizard, part. 

Rancre.—tThe southeastern deserts. Has been captured north to 
Carroll Creek and Keeler, Inyo County; west to the Pacific divides, 
where intergradation takes place with U. s. hesperis. Intergradation 
with U. s. stansburiana takes place in Owens Valley, Inyo County 
(Mus. Vert. Zool.). Oceupies chiefly the Lower Sonoran life-zone. 
Inhabits nearly all types of desert environment except sand dunes. 
(See fig. 6.) 


Uta stansburiana hesperis Richardson 
Southern Brown-shouldered Lizard 


OriginaL Derscription.—Uta stansburiana hesperis Richardson, 
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 48, January 19, 1915, pp. 415-418. 

Type Locaniry.—Arroyo Seeo Canon, near Pasadena, Los Angeles 
County, California. 

SynonyM.—Uta stansburiana, part. 

Common Names.—Brown-shouldered Lizard, part; Stansbury’s 
Swift, part; Stansbury’s Uta, part. 

Rance.—Coastal slopes of southern California and the San Joa- 
quin Valley. Northernmost stations, Mount Diablo, Contra Costa 
County (Univ. Calif. Dept. Zool.), and 5 miles south of Lathrop, San 
Joaquin County (Van Denburgh, Oee. Papers Calif. Acad. Sei., 5, 
1897, p. 68; Camp, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 17, 1916, p. 69). Extends 
northeast to Fresno and west in central California to Bear Valley, 
San Benito County (Van Denburgh, loc. cit.). Occurs also on Santa 
Cruz, Ana Capa, Santa Catalina, and San Clemente islands. Inter- 
grades on the east, through Walker Pass and across the desert divides 
in southern California, with U. s. elegans (Mus. Vert. Zool.). Oc- 
cupies the Lower Sonoran life-zone and to a lesser extent the Upper 
Sonoran life-zone. Inhabits arid plains, washes, the more open, dry 
hill-slopes, and, along the seacoast, sand dunes. (See fig. 6.) 


Uta graciosa (Hallowell) 
Long-tailed Uta 


OriginaL Description.—Uro-saurus graciosus Hallowell, Proce. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 7, 1854, pp. 92-93. 


ol 


1917} Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 1 


Type Locaniry.—Lower [=southern?] California. 

SynonyM.—Anolis coopert Baird, Proe. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 
1858 [1859], p. 254 (type from California). 

Common Namus.—Long-tailed Swift; Graceful Uta; Cooper’s 
Green Lizard; Slender Lizard. 

RancGe.—Colorado Desert, in vicinity of Colorado River, and west 
at least to Blythe Junction and Goffs (Blake P. O.), Riverside and 
San Bernardino counties (Camp, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 1916, 
pp. 525-526), and Meloland, Imperial County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 
Restricted to the Lower Sonoran life-zone. Lives in bushes and desert 
trees. 


Uta ornata Baird and Girard 
Tree Uta 
OrIGINAL Description.—Uta ornata Baird and Girard, Proce. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila., 6, 1852, p. 126. 
Type Locauiry.—Rio San Pedro (Texas) and province of Sonora 


[= Arizona]. 

Synonyms.—Uta symmetrica Baird, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 
1858 [1859], p. 253 (type from Fort Yuma) ; [?] Anolis carolinensis ; 
[?] Anolis principalis; [2] Uta schottii Baird, loc. cit. (type from 
“Sta. Madelina, Cal.’’). 

Common Names.—Ornate Swift ; White-bellied Swift ; Ornate Uta; 
Tree Swift; Graceful Lizard; [?] Schott’s Lizard. 

Rance.—Valley of the Colorado River north at least to vicinity 
of Palo Verde, Imperial County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). Restricted to 
the Lower Sonoran life-zone. Lives on trunks of trees in the river 
bottom. 


Sceloporus graciosus graciosus Baird and Girard 
Mountain Lizard 
Ori@inaL Description.—Sceloporus graciosus Baird and Girard, 
Proe. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 6, 1852, p. 69. 
Type Locauiry.—Valley of the Great Salt Lake [Utah]. 
Synonyms.—|[?] Sceloporus consobrinus; Scelopurus consobrinus 
gratiosus. 
Common Names.—New Mexican Alligator Lizard; Sage-brush 
Swift, part; Fence Lizard, part; Marey’s Alligator Lizard. 
RaNGE.—Chiefly mountainous districts from 2400 feet altitude in 
the southern Sierras (Bodfish, Kern County) and 700 feet in the inner 


158 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


northern coast ranges (3 miles west of Vacaville, Solano County) to 
8100 feet in Mariposa County (near Porcupine Flat) (Mus. Vert. 
Zool.). Oceurs typically south to Mount Pinos, Ventura County. 
Ranges west to South Yolla Bolly Mountain, 6 miles south of Covelo, 


Sceloporus graciosus graciosus 


Intergrade 
Sceloporus graciosus vandenburgianus 


Sceloporus magister 


Lbeeond 


Sceloporus orcutti 


Range of Sceloporus graciosus outlined 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, 


Fig. 7. Distribution of Sceloporus graciosus, S. magister, and S. orcutti in 
California. 


and Mount Sanhedrin, in Trinity and Mendocino counties (Mus. Vert. 
Zool.) ; and south in the Sierra Nevada as far as Mount Breckinridge, 
6500 feet altitude, in Kern County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). Occurs also 
on the Warner Mountains, from 4700 to 5000 feet altitude, Modoe 
County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; about Mono Lake and at Benton, in Mono 
County (Mus. Vert. Zool), and on the Panamint Mountains, 6400 feet 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 159 


altitude, Inyo County (Stejneger, N. Amer. Fauna, 7, 1893, p. 184). 
Oceupies chiefly the Transition life-zone, but extends locally into the 
Canadian on the one hand and more commonly into the Upper Sonoran 
on the other. Lives on and about rocks and logs and on the ground 
among bushes. (See fig. 7.) 


Sceloporus graciosus vandenburgianus Cope 
Van Denburgh Lizard 


OriGinaL Drscriprion.—NSceloporus vandenburgianus Cope, Amer. 
Nat., 30, 1896, pp. 834-836. 

Type Locaurry.—Summit of Coast Range [probably Laguna 
Mountains], San Diego County, California. 

SYNONYM. 

Common NAmes.—Mountain Lizard, part; Van Denburgh’s Swift ; 
Sage-brush Swift, part. 

RancGe.—Cuyamaea, Santa Rosa, San Jacinto, San Bernardino, and 
San Gabriel mountains, from 4000 to 8500 feet altitude. Northwest- 
ernmost station: Pine Flats, in San Gabriel Mountains, Los Angeles 


Sceloporus graciosus, part. 


County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). Intergradation with S. g. graciosus is 
shown by specimens from San Bernardino and San Gabriel mountains 
(see Camp, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 17, 1916, pp. 67-68). Oceupies 
the Transition hfe-zone. Lives on and about rocks and logs and on 
the ground among bushes. (See fig. 7.) 


Sceloporus occidentalis occidentalis Baird and Girard 
Pacific Blue-bellied Lizard 

OrIGINAL DescripTion.—Sceloporus occidentalis Baird and Girard, 
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 6, 1852, p. 175. 

Type Locauiry.—California [by inference from next subsequent 
published definite statement, Benicia (Baird, Pace. R. R. Rep., 10, 1859, 
Abbot’s Rep., pt. 4, no. 4, p. 9) ]. 

Synonyms.—Sceloporus undulatus var. bocourtii Boulenger, Cat. 
Lizards Brit. Mus., ed. 2, 2, 1885, p. 229, part (specimens listed from 
Monterey, Mt. Whitney, and Santa Cruz [!]); Sceloporus frontalis; 
Sceloporus undulatus occidentalis, part; Sceloporus undulatus undu- 
latus, part; Sceloporus undulatus thayert, part. 

Common Names.—Western Fence Lizard; Western Alligator 
Lizard, part; Pacific Swift; Thayer’s Alhigator Lizard, part ; Alligator 
Lizard, part. 


160 University of California Publications in Zoology  |Vou.17 


RaNncGE.—Northern and west-central portions of the state, including 
both the coast district and Sacramento and San Joaquin valleys. 
Occurs east to the Warner Mountains, Modoe County, and into the 
foothills of the Sierra Nevada as far as Fyffe, Eldorado County, and 
Yosemite Valley, Mariposa County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; south to Snell- 
ing and 22 miles south of Los Banos, in Merced County, and to San 
Luis Obispo (Mus. Vert. Zool.). In the vicinity of the latter points 
intergradation with S. o. bi-seriatus takes place, as also in eastern 
Modoe County (see Camp, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 17, 1916, pp. 63- 
65). Oceupies the Upper Sonoran and Transition life-zones. Lives 
on tree-trunks, fences, logs, boulders, and in steep banks. (See fig. 8.) 


Sceloporus occidentalis taylori Camp 
Tenaya Blue-bellied Lizard 


OriGINaL Derscription.—Sceloporus - occidentalis taylori Camp, 
Uniy. Calif. Publ. Zool., 17, December 28, 1916, pp. 65-67. 

Type Locaurry.—Half-way between Merced Lake and Sunrise 
Trail, altitude 7500 feet, Yosemite National Park, Mariposa County, 
California. 

Rance.—Upper basins of Tuolumne and Merced rivers, between 
altitudes of 7300 and 8200 feet, in Yosemite National Park. Occupies 
the Canadian life-zone. Lives on and beneath boulders and in rock- 
slides. (See fig. 8.) 


Sceloporus occidentalis bi-seriatus Hallowell 
Fence Lizard 


ORIGINAL DeEscriptionN.—Sceloporus bi-seriatus Hallowell, Proce. 
Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 7, 1854, pp. 93-94. 

Type Locauiry.—Borders of El Paso Creek and in Tejon Valley 
[both in Kern County, California}. 

Synonyms.—Sceloporus longipes Baird, Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila., 1858 [1859], p. 254 (type from Fort Tejon, California) ; 
Sceloporus undulatus bocourtii, part [see under S. 0. occidentalis] ; 
Sceloporus undulatus thayeri, part; Sceloporus undulatus undulatus, 
part; Sceloporus [bi-seriatus] var. marmoratus; Sceloporus occiden- 
talis, part; Sceloporus bi-seriatus var. A. azwreus Hallowell, loc. cit., 
p. 94 (type locality same as for S. bi-sertatus) ; Sceloporus bi-seriatus 
var. B. variegatus Hallowell, loc. cit., p. 94 (type locality same as for 
S. bi-seriatus). 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 161 


Common Names.—Fence Swift; Western Swift ; Two-lined Lizard ; 
Thayer’s Alligator Lizard, part; Western Alligator Lizard, part; 
Blue-bellied Lizard, part; Common Swift; Long-footed Lizard ; Two- 
striped Lizard. 


Sceloporus occidentalis occidentalis 
Intergrade | 
Sceloporus occidentalis bi-seriatus 

Intergrade 


Sceloporus occidentalis becki 4 


71o8 gd e080 


Sceloporus 


occidentalis taylori 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 


UNIVERSITY OP CALIFORNIA 


a 


Fig. 8. Distribution of Blue-bellied Lizards (Sceloporus occidentalis) in 
California. 


Rance.—East-central and southwestern portions of the state. 
Occurs north to Matilija, Ventura County, to Carrizo Plain, San Luis 
Obispo County, to Raymond, Madera County, and to Mono Lake, 
Mono County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; east to Benton, Mono County, to 
Carroll Creek, Inyo County, to west slope of Walker Pass, Kern 


162 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


County, to Pallett, Los Angeles County, to Victorville and Cushen- 
berry Springs, San Bernardino County, to Cabezon, Strawberry Valley, 
and Santa Rosa Mountains at 6000 feet altitude, in Riverside County, 
and to Warner Pass and Jacumba (2825 feet altitude), in eastern 
San Diego County (all above localities represented by specimens in 
Mus. Vert. Zool.). Extends altitudinally as high as 10,000 feet near 
Kearsarge Pass on eastern declivity of Sierra Nevada in Inyo County 
(Mus. Vert. Zool.). Occurs also, in the Inyo region, on the Coso, 
Argus, Panamint, Inyo, and White mountains (Stejneger, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 7, 1893, pp. 185-186). Oceupies the Lower and Upper Sonoran 
life-zones and extends locally into Transition. Lives on tree-trunks, 
fences, sides of buildings, and among rocks of large size. (See fig. 8.) 


Sceloporus occidentalis becki Van Denburgh 
Island Blue-bellied Lizard 


ORIGINAL DEscRIPTION.—Sceloporus becki Van Denburgh, Proce. 
Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 3, zool., 4, June 15, 1905, pp. 9-10, pl. 4. 

Type Locauiry.—San Miguel Island, Santa Barbara County, 
California. 

Synonym.—Sceloporus biseriatus becki. 

RanceE.—The extreme form of this subspecies occurs only at the 
type locality ; forms intermediate between this and the mainland sub- 
species are found, according to Van Denburgh (loc. cit.) on Santa 
Rosa and Santa Cruz islands, Santa Barbara County. Lives among 
large rocks and on tree-trunks. (See fig. 8.) 


Sceloporus magister Hallowell 
Desert Rough-sealed Lizard 


ORIGINAL Description.—Sceloporus magister Hallowell, Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 7, 1854, p. 93. 

Type Locauiry.—Near Fort Yuma, California. 

Synonyms.—Sceloporus clarkii; Sceloporus spinosus var. clarki; 
[2] Sceloporus orcutts, part. 

Common Names.—Sealy Lizard; Clark’s Alligator Lizard; Fence 
Lizard, part; Clark’s Lizard; Great Fence Lizard. 

Raneu.—Entire southeastern desert area, extending north to Lone 
Pine (Stejneger, N. Amer. Fauna, 7, 1893, p. 183), to Mazourka Canon, 
Inyo Mountains (Mus. Vert. Zool.), and to Willow Creek, Panamint 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 163 


Mountains (Stejneger, loc. cit.), im Inyo County; west through the 
Kern River gap to Bodfish, Kern County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; also 
west to Fairmont and Pallett, Los Angeles County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; 
to Hesperia (Van Denburgh, Oce. Papers Calif. Acad. Sci., 5, 1897, 
p. 86) and Cushenbury Springs (Grinnell, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 
5, 1908, p. 162), in San Bernardino County; to Cabezon and Dos 
Palmos Spring (38000 feet altitude), in Riverside County (Atsatt, 
Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 1913, p. 37); and to Warner Pass and 
La Puerta, San Diego County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). There is one record 
for the west side of the San Joaquin Valley: Los Gatos Cafion, 6 miles 
north of Coalinga, in Fresno County (Van Denburgh, loc. cit., p. 86). 
Occupies the Lower Sonoran life-zone. Inhabits tree-yuceas, catclaw 
thickets, piles of rocks, undercut wash-banks, and railroad culverts. 
(See fig. 7.) 


Sceloporus orcutti Stejneger 
Dusky Rough-sealed Lizard 

ORIGINAL DescripTion.—Sceloporus orcutti Stejneger, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 7, May, 1893, p. 181 (footnote), pl. 1, figs. 4a-4c. 

Type Locaurry.—Milquatay Valley [about 50 miles east of San 
Diego], San Diego County, California. 

Synonym.—[?] Sceloporus spinosus. 

Common Names.—Oreutt’s Swift; Dusky Sealy Lizard; [?] Spiny 
Alligator Lizard. 

Rance.—Mountains of San Diego, western Riverside, and south- 
western San Bernardino counties. Occurs northwest to Waterman 
Canon, San Bernardino County (Van Denburgh, Proe. Calif. Acad. 
Sei., ser. 4, 3, 1912, p. 149) ; west to Riverside (Van Denburgh, loc. 
cit.) and Temeseal (Van Denburgh, Oce. Papers Calif. Acad. Sei., 5, 
1897, p. 88), in Riverside County, and to Escondido, San Diego County 
(Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; east to Mountain Spring, San Diego County (Cope, 
Ann. Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1898 [1900], p. 356) ; and to Dos Palmos 
Spring (3500 feet altitude), Snow Creek (2000 feet), and Banning 
(2200 feet), in Riverside County (Atsatt, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 
1913, p. 37). Extends as high as 5900 feet altitude on west side of San 
Jacinto Mountains, at Fuller’s Mill (Atsatt, loc. cit.). Oceurs chiefly 
within the Upper Sonoran life-zone. Lives among boulders surrounded 
by chaparral. (See fig. 7.) 


164 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


Phrynosoma douglassii dougilassii (Bell) 
Pigmy Horned-toad 


OriciInAL Description.—Agama Douglassii Bell, Trans. Linn. Soe. 
Lond., 16, 1828, pp. 105-107, pl. 10. 

Type Locaniry.—Columbia River. 

Synonyms.—Phrynosoma douglassi pygmaea; Tapaya Douglassu. 

Common Names.—Pigmy Horned Lizard ; Douglass’s Horned Toad. 

Ranee.—One definite record from the state: western base of Mount 
Shasta [= Shasta Valley?], Siskiyou County (Townsend, Proce. U.S. 
Nat. Mus., 10, 1887, p. 238). 


Phrynosoma, blainvillii blainvillii (Gray) 
Blainville Horned-toad 


OriGgInaAL Description.—Phrynosoma Blainvillii Gray, Zool. 
Beechey’s Voyage, 1839, p. 96, pl. 29, fig. 1. 

Typr Locaniry.—California: probably San Diego (see Van Den- 
burgh, Proce. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 2, 4, 1894, p. 296). 

Synonyms.—Agama coronatum; Phrynosoma coronatum, part; 
Phrynosoma modestum. 

Common Namus.—Pacifie Horned Lizard; Blainville’s Horned 
Lizard, part; California Horned Lizard, part; Pacifie Horned Toad ; 
Crowned Horned Lizard, part; Little Horned Lizard. 

RANnGE.—Mainly west of the desert divides, in San Diego, Orange, 
Riverside, San Bernardino, and Los Angeles counties. Occurs north 
to Tujunga Wash, near Sunland, Los Angeles County, and to Cajon 
Pass, San Bernardino County (Van Denburgh, Proe. Calif. Acad. Sci., 
ser. 4, 3, 1912, p. 148) ; east to Jacumba (Cope, Ann. Rep. U.S. Nat. 
Mus., 1898 [1900], p. 427), and Warner Pass (Bryant, Univ. Calif. 
Publ. Zool., 9, 1911, p. 36), m San Diego County; to Vandeventer 
Flat, Oak Springs (west side of Palm Canon, 6500 feet altitude), and 
Cabezon, in Riverside County (Bryant, loc. cit.) ; and to junction of 
South Fork (6200 feet altitude) and upper Santa Ana Canon, San 
Bernardino Mountains (Grinnell, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 5, 1908, 
p. 162). Oceupies the Upper and Lower Sonoran life-zones. Inhabits 
eravelly or sandy ground of a nature to permit burrowing. 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 165 


Phrynosoma blainvillii frontale Van Denburgh 
California Horned-toad 

OrigINnAL Description.—Phrynosoma frontalis Van Denburgh, 
Proce. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 2, 4, July 12, 1894, p. 296. 

Typp Locauiry.—Bear Valley, San Benito County, California. 

Synonyms.—Phrynosoma blainvilla, part ; Phrynosoma coronatum, 
part; Phrynosoma cornutum; Batrachosoma coronatum; Tapaya 
coronata. 

Common Names.—California Horned Lizard, part ; Spiny-breasted 
Horned Lizard; Blainyille’s Horned Lizard, part; Crowned Horned 
Lizard, part. 

Rance.— West-central California, chiefly west of the desert divides. 
Oceurs north along east side of the Sacramento Valley at least to 
Colfax, Placer County, and along west side of the San Joaquin 
Valley to Traey, San Joaquin County (Bryant, Univ. Calif. Publ. 
Zool., 9, 1911, p. 42) ; west to Berkeley, Alameda County (Mus. Vert. 
Zool.), and to Searsville, San Mateo County, and Pacific Grove, 
Monterey County (Van Denburgh, Oce. Papers Calif. Acad. Sci., 5, 
1897, p. 95) ; east to five miles northeast Coulterville (3100 feet alti- 
tude), in Mariposa County (Mus. Vert. Zool.), and Walker Pass (5200 
feet altitude), in Kern County (Bryant, loc. cit.) ; southeast to 5 miles 
south of Neenach, at 4000 feet altitude, and upper Tujunga Canton, 
4500 feet altitude, in northern Los Angeles County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 
Intergrades south of latter points, between San Francisquito Canon 
and Pasadena, with P. b. blainvillu. Inhabits the Upper and Lower 
Sonoran life-zones. Lives in arid brushy or open situations. 


Phrynosoma platyrhinos Girard 
Desert Horned-toad 


OrieInAL Description.—Phrynosoma platyrhinos Girard, Stans- 
bury’s Expl. Gt. Salt Lake, 1853, pp. 361, 363-864, pl. 7, figs. 1-5. 

Type Locaniry.—Great Salt Lake, Utah. 

Synonyms.—Anota calidiarum Cope, Amer. Nat., 30, 1896, pp. 
833-834 (type from Death Valley [uncertain]); Phrynosoma cali- 
diarum; Dolrosaurus platyrhinos; Anota platyrhina; Phrynosoma 
coronatum, part. 

Common Names.—Desert Horned Lizard; Ashy Horned Toad; 


166 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


Smooth Horned Lizard; Smooth Horned Toad; Broad-nosed Barrel 
Lizard; Broad-nosed Horned Toad. 

Rance.—The southeastern deserts chiefly east of the Pacific divides. 
Recorded north through the Inyo region to Benton, Mono County 
(Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; west to Carroll Creek, Inyo County (Mus. Vert. 
Zool.), to South Fork Kern River near Chimney Creek (3100 feet 
altitude) and head of Kelso Valley (5300 feet altitude), in Kern 
County (Bryant, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 9, 1911, p. 49) ; to Fairmont, 
in northern Los Angeles County (Grinnell and Grinnell, Throop Inst. 
Bull., 35, 1907, p. 57) ; to Victorville, San Bernardino County (Mus. 
Vert. Zool.) ; to Whitewater (Atsatt, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 1913, 
p. 38), Palm Springs, and Mecea (Bryant, loc. cit.), in Riverside 
County ; and to Coyote Wells, in Imperial County (Cope, Ann. Rep. 
U.S. Nat. Mus., 1898 [1900], p. 447). Oceupies the Lower Sonoran 
life-zone. Lives in open gravelly or sandy situations. 


Phrynosoma m’callii (Hallowell) 
Flat-tailed Horned-toad 


OriGiInaL Description—Anota M’Callii Hallowell, Proce. Acad. 
Nat. Sei. Phila., 6, 1852, p. 182. 

Type Locauiry.—Great Desert of the Colorado, between Vallecito 
and Camp Yuma, about 160 miles east of San Diego. 

Synonym.—Doliosaurus me’calli. 

Common Names.—Flat-tailed Horned Lizard; MeCall’s Horned 
Lizard; MacCall’s Horned Toad. 

Rance.—The Salton Basin, in Imperial and Riverside counties. 
Recorded from: Mecea, Riverside County (Bryant, Univ. Calif. Publ. 
Zool., 9, 1911, p. 59); Coyote Well (Bryant, loc. cit.), Salton Sea 
(south end) (Bryant, loc. cit.), Fort Yuma (Cope, Ann. Rep. U. S. 
Nat. Mus., 1898 [1900], p. 450), and the type locality (as above), in 
Imperial County. Restricted to the Lower Sonoran life-zone. In- 
habits open tracts of sandy alluvium. 


Family ANGUIDAE 


Gerrhonotus scincicauda scincicauda (Skilton) 
California Alligator Lizard 
ORIGINAL Description.—Tropidolepis scincicauda Skilton, Amer. 
Journ. Arts. Sei., ser. 2, 7, 1849, p. 202, pl. opp. p. 464, figs. 1-3. 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 167 


Type Locauiry.—Dalles of the Columbia [Oregon]. 

SynonymMs.—Elgaria scincicauda; Gerrhonotus multicarinatus, 
part. 

Common Names.—Skink-tailed Lizard, part; Many-keeled Lizard, 
part; Many-ribbed Lizard. 


Gerrhonotus scincicauda scincicauda 1 
Gerrhonotus scincicauda webbii 
Gerrhonotus palmeri 
Gerrhonotus coeruleus 

Coleonyx variegatus 


Testudo agassizti 


Ranges of Gerrhonotus scincicauda and | 
Gerrhonotus coeruleus outlined 


eae | 


4 


¢-—- —---- 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY A 


Fig. 9. Distribution of Alligator Lizards (Gerrhonotus), Gecko (Coleonyx), 
and Desert Tortoise (Testudo agassizii) in California. 


Rance.—West-central portion of the state. Extends south near 
the seacoast from Monte Rio, Sonoma County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) at 
least to Pacifie Grove, Monterey County (Ven Denburgh, Oce. Papers 
Calif. Acad. Sci., 5, 1897, p. 106). Extends north interiorly to Fair- 
banks (Van Denburgh, loc. cit.) and 3 miles west of Covelo (Mus. 


168 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


Vert. Zool.), in Mendocino County, and to Squaw Creek, Siskiyou 
County (U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; southeast to Riverton, Eldorado County 
(Van Denburgh, loc. cit.). Supposed to intergrade on the southeast 
with G. s. webbu. Occurs also on San Miguel, Santa Rosa, and Santa 
Cruz islands (Van Denburgh, Proe. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 3, zool., 4, 
1905, pp. 3, 10-11, 12-13, 14). Occupies the Upper Sonoran life-zone, 
extending locally into Transition. Inhabits the chaparral. (See fig. 9.) 


Gerrhonotus scincicauda webbii Baird 
San Diego Alligator Lizard 


OrIGINAL DescripTION.—Gerrhonotus webbii Baird, Proce. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1858 [1859], p. 255. 

Type Locauiry.—Near San Diego, California. 

Synonyms.—Gerrhonotus scincicauda ignavus; Gerrhonotus scin- 
cicauda, part; Gerrhonotus multicarinatus, part. 

Common Names.—Many-keeled Lizard, part; Webb’s Lizard. 

RaANGE.—Southern California, chiefly west of the desert divides and 
north along the lower west slopes of the Sierra Nevada as far as 3 
miles northeast of Coulterville (3000 feet altitude), Mariposa County 
(Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; extends northwest at least to Matilija, Ventura 
County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). Easternmost stations: Jacumba, San 
Diego County (Cope, Ann. Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1898 [1900], p. 525) ; 
Cabezon, Riverside County (Atsatt, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 1913, 
pp. 88-389) ; Swartout Canon, San Bernardino County (Van Denburgh, 
Proe. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 3, 1912, p. 148) ; and Onyx, Kern County 
(Mus. Vert. Zool.). Occurs also on Santa Catalina Island (Van 
Denburgh, Proe. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 4, 1914, pp. 182, 138). Oc- 
cupies the Upper and Lower Sonoran life-zones, extending locally into 
Transition. Inhabits the chaparral; also occurs about buildings. (See 
fig. 9.) 


Gerrhonotus palmeri Stejneger 
Sierran Alligator Lizard 


OrIGINAL Derscrietion.—Gerrhonotus scincicauda palmeri Stej- 
neger, N. Amer. Fauna, 7, May 31, 1893, pp. 196-197. 

Type Locauiry.—South Fork Kings River [in Fresno County], 
California. 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 169 


SynonyM.—Gerrhonotus multicarinatus palmerit. 

Common Name.—Mountain Alligator Lizard. 

Rance.—Middle slopes of Sierra Nevada, from Tahoe City (Rich- 
ardson, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., 48, 1915, pp. 424-425) south to Jackass 
Meadow, 7750 feet altitude, Tulare County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). High- 
est altitude of capture, about 8800 feet (Stejneger, loc. cit.). Occurs 
also on Mount Breckenridge, 6500 feet altitude, Kern County (Mus. 
Vert. Zool.). Occupies the Canadian life-zone, extending into the 
Transition. Inhabits chaparral and underbrush on forest floors. (See 
fig. 9.) 


Gerrhonotus coeruleus Wiegmann 
Coast Alligator Lizard 

OrIGINAL DescripTion.—Gerrhonotus coeruleus Wiegmann, Oken’s 
Isis, 1828, 21, pts. 3-4, p. 379. 

Type Locanuiry.—Brazil [= probably San Francisco: see Peters, 
in Duméril Boeourt, and Moquard, in Miss. Sei. au Mex., Rechereh. 
Zool., pt. 3, sec. 1, 6° Livr., 1879, p. 355, and Stejneger, Proc. Biol. 
Soe. Wash., 15, 1902, p. 37]. 

Synonyms.—Gerrhonotus Burnettii Gray, in Griffith’s Animal 
King., 9, 1831, Syn. Reptilia, p. 64 (from America [= California] ) ; 
Elgaria formosa Baird and Girard, Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 6, 
1852, p. 175 (type from California) ; Gerrhonotus grandis; Gerrho- 
notus multicarinatus, part; Gerrhonotus scincicaudus, part. 

Common Names.—Burnett’s Alligator Lizard ; Skink-tailed Lizard, 
part; Burnett’s Keeled Lizard; Green-brown Lizard; Many-keeled 
Lizard, part. 

RaNGE.—A narrow ecoastwise strip, from Cuddeback, Humboldt 
County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) south to Pacifie Grove, Monterey County 
(Van Denburgh, Occ. Papers Calif. Acad. Sci., 5, 1897, p. 110). Oc- 
curs northeast to South Fork Salmon River, Siskiyou County (Mus. 
Vert. Zool.). Easternmost stations: 4 miles south of South Yolla 
Bolly Mountain, Tehama County; Lierly’s, near Mount Sanhedrin, in 
Mendocino County; and Redwood Canon, near Oakland, Alameda 
County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). Oceupies the Transition life-zone. In- 
habits chaparral and openings in forests; found frequently along 
streams. (See fig. 9.) 


170 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


Family ANNIELLIDAE 


Anniella pulchra pulchra Gray 
Silvery Footless Lizard 

OrigINAL DescripTion.—Anniella pulchra Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. 
Hist., ser. 2, 10, 1852, p. 440. 

Type Locaurry.—California. 

Synonym.—Anniella texana. 

Common Names.—Blue Worm-snake, part; Blind Worm; Worm 
Snake, part; Worm Lizard. 

Rance— Chiefly southern coast district. Recorded north to Contra 
Costa County (Van Denburgh, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sei., ser. 3, zool., 
4, 1905, p. 48), and San Ardo, Monterey County (Van Denburgh, 
Oce. Papers Calif. Acad. Sci., 5, 1897, pp. 117-118) ; east to Bear 
Valley, San Benito County (Van Denburgh, 1897, loc. cit.), Sequoia 
National Park, Tulare County, and between Oil City and Poso Creek, 
in Kern County (Van Denburgh, 1905, loc. cit.) ; to La Canada, near 
Pasadena (Grinnell and Grinnell, Throop Inst. Bull., 35, 1907, p. 33), 
San Bernardino and San Jacinto (Van Denburgh, 1897, loc. cit.), and 
La Puerta Valley, in eastern San Diego County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 
Occurs within the Lower and Upper Sonoran life-zones. Inhabits 
sandy ground; lives beneath rocks in dry washes and in sand dunes. 


Anniella pulchra nigra Fischer 
Black Footless Lizard 


ORIGINAL DescripTioN.—Anniella nigra Fischer, Abh. Nat. Verein 
Hamburg, 9, pt. 1, 1886, pp. 9-10, 1 pl. 

Typr Locauiry—San Diego, California [more likely near Monte- 
rey; see Van Denburgh, Proce. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 3, zool., 4, 1905, 
p. 45]. 

Synonym.—Anniella pulchra, part. 

Common Name.—Blue Worm Snake, part. 

Rance.—Central seaboard. Recorded only from San Francisco 
(Cope, Ann. Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1898 [1900], pp. 675, 676), vicinity 
of Monterey: Pacific Grove, Point Pinos, and Carmel Bay (Van 
Denburgh, loc. cit., p. 48), and Marin County (Rivers, Bull. South. 
Calif. Aead. Sci., 1, March, 1902, p. 27). Specimens examined by us 
(in Coll. San Diego Soe. Nat. Hist.) from Morro Bay, San Luis Obispo 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 171 


County, are intermediate towards pulchra, but nearest nigra. Occurs 
within the Transition life-zone. Lives in sand dunes. 


Family XANTUSIIDAE 
Xantusia vigilis Baird 
Desert Night Lizard 


OrIGINAL DescripTion.—Yantusia vigilis Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sei. Phila., 1858 [1859], p. 255. 

Type Locaniry—Fort Tejon, California [probably Antelope 
Valley, in northern Los Angeles County (see Grinnell and Grinnell, 
Throop Inst. Bull., 35, 1907, p. 59) |. 

Common Name.—Xantus’s Lizard. 

Ranee.—Restricted to the tree yucea belt, chiefly on the Mohave 
Desert. Ranges north to east slope of Inyo Mountains, Inyo County 
(Meek, Field Columb. Mus., zool. ser., 7, 1905 [1906], p. 13) ; west in 
vicinity of Walker Pass, Kern County, to Kelso Creek Valley, 3200 
feet altitude, near Weldon (Mus. Vert. Zool.), to head of Piru Creek 
(Meek, loc. cit.) and Pallett (Mus. Vert. Zool.), in northern Los 
Angeles County, to Hesperia, San Bernardino County (Stejneger, 
N. Amer. Fauna, 7, 1893, p. 198), and to Cabezon, Riverside County 
(Van Denburgh, Proe. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 2, 5, 1895, p. 526) ; east 
to Goffs [Blake P. O.], San Bernardino County (Camp, Univ. Calif. 
Publ. Zool., 12, 1916, p. 528). Oceupies the Lower Sonoran life-zone. 
Lives in and beneath prostrate trunks of tree yuceas. 


Xantusia henshawi Stejneger 
Henshaw Night Lizard 


OrIGINAL DEscripTION.—Xantusia henshawi Stejneger, Proce. U.S. 
Nat. Mus., 16, 1893 [1894], p. 467. 

Tyrr Locauiry—Witch Creek, 2700 feet altitude, San Diego 
County, California. 

Synonyms.—NVantusia picta Cope, Amer. Nat., 29, 1895, pp. 859- 
860, 939 (type from ‘*‘Tejon Pass’’—almost certainly Poway, San 
Diego County: Van Denburgh, Copeia, no. 27, February 24, 1916, 
pp. 14-15) ; Zablepsis henshawt. 

Common Names.—Henshaw’s Lizard; Cope’s Lizard. 

RancEe.—Known only from eastern San Diego County, at the type 
locality as above, at Poway (Van Denburgh, loc. cit.), and in La 


172 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


Puerta Valley (U.S. Nat. Mus.; Stephens, MS). Occurs in the Upper 
Sonoran life-zone. Lives in crevices of rock outcrops. 


Xantusia riversiana Cope 
Island Night Lizard 


OriainaL DescripTrion.—NXantusia riversiana Cope, Proe. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1883 [1884], pp. 29-32 (see also Amer. Nat., 13, 1879, 
p. 801). 

Type Locauiry.—California; fixed as San Nicolas Island, Ventura 
County, California, by Rivers (Amer. Nat., 23, 1889, p. 1100). 

Common Name.—Rivers’s Lizard. 

Rance.—Known only from San Nicolas Island, Santa Barbara 
Island, and San Clemente Island. The record from Santa Catalina 
Island (Van Denburgh, Proe. Calif. Acad. Sei., ser. 3, zool., 4, 1905, 
p- 16) is now questioned (Van Denburgh, Proe. Calif. Acad. Sei., 
ser. 4, 4, 1914, p. 133). Lives beneath stones and in wind-drifted 
debris at bases of bushes. 


Family TEIIDAE 


Cnemidophorus tigris tigris Baird and Girard 
Desert Whip-tailed Lizard 


OrIGINAL DescripTiION.—Cnenuidophorus tigris Baird and Girard, 
Proe. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 6, 1852, p. 69. 

Type Locauiry.—Valley of the Great Salt Lake, Utah. 

Synonyms.—Cnemidophorus gracilis Baird and Girard, Proce. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 6, 1852, p. 128 (type from desert of Colorado) ; 
Cnemidophorus tessellatus tigris, part; Cnemidophorus tessellatus 
tesscllatus, part; Cnemidophorus sexlineatus var. tesselatus ; Cnemi- 
dophorus sexlineatus var. bocourtii Boulenger, Cat. Lizards Brit. Mus., 
2nd ed., 2, 1885, p. 367 (types from California). 

Common Names.—Desert Whip-tail; Swift Jack; Tessellated 
Lizard; Tiger Armor-bearer; Tiger Lizard. 

Rance.—Deserts of southeastern California. Extends north to 
Benton, Mono County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; west to Gray’s (altitude 
6000 feet, near Kearsarge Pass) and Carroll Creek, in Inyo County 
(Mus. Vert. Zool.), and to desert bases of San Gabriel, San Bernardino, 
San Jacinto and other mountain ranges to the southward. Intergrades 
with C. t. mundus through Walker Pass, and with C. t. stejnegeri in 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 173 


Antelope Valley, Los Angeles County, around the northeast base of 
the San Jacinto Mountains, and east of the desert divides in western 
Imperial County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). Oceupies the Lower Sonoran 
life-zone. Inhabits sandy or gravelly ground both among rocks and 
bushes and in open country. (See fig. 10.) 


Cnemidophorus tigris tigris | 
Intergrade 

Cnemidophorus tigris mundus 
Intergrade (tigris and stejnegeri) 
Cnemidophorus tigris stejnegeri 


Cnemidophorus hyperythrus beldingi | 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNLA. 


Fig. 10. Distribution of Whip-tailed Lizards (Cnemidophorus) in California. 


Cnemidophorus tigris mundus Camp 
California Whip-tailed Lizard 
OricInaL Derscription—Cnemidophorus tigris mundus Camp, 
Uniy. Calif. Publ. Zool., 17, December 28, 1916, p. 71 (new name to 


replace Cnemidophorus undulatus Hallowell, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. 
Phila., 7, 1854, p. 94). 


174 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


Type Locauiry.—Fort Yuma, in San Joachim Valley; later cor- 
rected to Fort Miller, Fresno County, California (Stejneger, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 7, 1893, p. 201). 

Synonyms.—Cnemidophorus tessellatus tigris, part; Cnemidopho- 
rus tessellatus tessellatus, part; Cnemidophorus tigris undulatus, part. 

Common Names.—California Whip-tail; Tessellated Tiger Lizard. 

RanGE.—Sacramento and San Joaquin valleys and adjacent moun- 
tain slopes and detached valleys. Occurs north as far as MeCloud 
River, in Shasta County (Cope, Ann. Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1898 
[1900], p. 579) ; west to Winslow, Glenn County (Mus. Vert. Zool.), 
to Kelseyville, Lake County (Van Denburgh, Oce. Papers Calif. Acad. 
Sei., 5, 1897, p. 188), to Mount Diablo, Contra Costa County (Mus. 
Vert. Zool.), to Los Gatos, Santa Clara County (Van Denburgh, 
loc. cit.), to Carmel Valley, Monterey County (MeLain, Crit. Notes 
Coll. Reptiles Western U. S., 1899, p. 9), and to Santa Margarita, 
San Luis Obispo County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; south to Walker, Te- 
hachapi, and Tejon passes, in Kern and Los Angeles counties; east to 
Coulterville road near Big Meadow, 4000 feet altitude, in Mariposa 
County (Storer, MS), and to Raymond, Madera County (Mus. Vert. 
Zool.). Probably intergrades on the south with C. ¢t. stejnegeri. 
Oceupies the Lower and Upper Sonoran life-zones. Usual habitat, 
open valley floors; also lives amid sparse chaparral on hillsides. (See 
fig. 10.) 


Cnemidophorus tigris stejnegeri Van Denburgh 
Stejneger Whip-tailed Lizard 

OrIGINAL DEscRIPTION.—Cnemidophorus stejnegert Van Denburgh, 
Proce. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 2, 4, July 12, 1894, pp. 300-301. 

Type Locariry.—Between San Rafael and Ensenada, Lower Cali- 
fornia, Mexico. 

Synonyms.—Cnemidophorus grahamii stejnegerti; Cnemidophorus 
tessellatus tessellatus, part; Cnemidophorus grahamit; Cnenudophorus 
tigris undulatus, part. 

Common Names.—Graham’s Striped Lizard; Stejneger’s Whip- 
tail. 

RANGE. 


Chiefly Pacifie slope of southern California. Occurs 
north to Matilija, Ventura County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; east to San 
Gabriel Mountains, up to 5900 feet altitude, in Los Angeles County 
(Camp, MS), to Lytle Creek (Van Denburgh, Oce. Papers Calif. 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 175 


Aead. Sci., 5, 1897, p. 140) and Upper Santa Ana Cafion, 5500 feet 
altitude (Grinnell, Univ. Calf. Publ. Zool., 5, 1908, p. 163), in San 
Bernardino County, to San Jacinto and Santa Rosa mountains, River- 
side County (Atsatt, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 1913, pp. 39-40), 
and to Vallecito, in eastern San Diego County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 
Occupies the Lower and Upper Sonoran life-zones. Inhabits washes, 
gravelly mesas, and dry mountain slopes. (See fig. 10.) 


Cnemidophorus hyperythrus beldingi (Stejneger) 
Belding Orange-throated Lizard 

Oriemwnau Description.—Verticaria beldingi Stejneger, Proc. U.S. 
Nat. Mus., 17, 1894 [1895], pp. 17-18. 

Type Locautrry.—Cerros Island, Lower California, Mexico. 

Synonyms.—Verticaria hyperythra; Cnemidophorus hyperythrus ; 
Verticaria hyperythra beldingt. 

Common Names.—Belding’s Orange-throat ; Cape Striped Lizard. 

Rance.—Foothill districts of western San Diego and Riverside 
counties. Occurs north to Reche Canon, Riverside County (Atsatt, 
Uniy. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 1913, p. 40) ; west to Temescal Mountains, 
Riverside County (Van Denburgh, Proe. Calif. Acad. Sei., ser. 4, 3, 
1912, p. 150), and to Escondido (Mus. Vert. Zool.) and San Diego 
(Cope, Ann. Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1898 [1900], p. 564), in San Diego 
County; east to Oak Grove, San Diego County (Van Denburgh, loc. 
cit., p. 152), and San Jacinto, Riverside County (Stejneger, loc. cit.). 
Occurs within the Lower Sonoran life-zone. Inhabits dry, sparsely 
vegetated, sandy ground, and dusty roadsides. (See fig. 10.) 


Family SCINCIDAE 
Plestiodon skiltonianum Baird and Girard 
Western Skink 

OriGINAL DeEscription.—Plestiodon Skiltonianuwm Baird and 
Girard, Proe. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 6, 1852, p. 69. 

Type Locauiry.—Oregon. 

Synonyms.—Eumeces quadrilineatu[s| Hallowell, Pac. R. R. Rep., 
10, 1859, Williamson’s Rep., pt. 4, no. 1, p. 10 (types from near 


Mohave River and in San Bernardino Valley [more lkely the latter] ) ; 
Eumeces gilberti Van Denburgh, Proe. Calif. Acad. Sei., ser. 2, 6, 1896, 


176 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


pp. 350-352 (type from Yosemite Valley, Mariposa County [see Camp, 
Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 17, 1916, pp. 72-73] ) ; Hwmeces skiltonvanus 
var. brevipes Cope, Ann. Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1898 [1900], pp. 648- 
644 (type from Fresno) ; Hwmeces hallowellii Bocourt, in Duméril, 
Bocourt, and Moquard, in Miss. Sei. au Mex., Recherch. Zool., pt. 3, 
sec. 1, 6° livr., 1879, p. 485, Atlas, [1881], pl. 22n, fig. 7 (type from 
California) ; Humeces skiltonianus var. amblygrammus Cope, loc. cit., 
p. 648 (type from Fort Humboldt) ; Humeces skiltonianus. 

Common Names.—Blue-tailed Lizard; Skilton’s Skink; Red-headed 
Skink; Gilbert’s Skink; Blue-tailed Skink. 

RanGE.—Nearly the entire state; absent on the southeastern deserts 
and on the Sierra Nevada above 8000 feet altitude. Occurs east to 
head of Willow Creek, 7000 feet altitude, Panamint Mountains, Inyo 
County (Stejneger, N. Amer. Fauna, 7, 1893, p. 202) ; southeast to 
Maturango Spring, Argus Range, Inyo County (Stejneger, loc. cit.) ; 
to Kern River near Isabella (Mus. Vert. Zool.) and old Fort Tejon 
(Stejneger, loc. cit.), in Kern County; to Barley Flats, 5500 feet 
altitude, San Gabriel Mountains, Los Angeles County (Mus. Vert. 
Zool.) ; to Bluff Lake, San Bernardino Mountains, San Bernardino 
County (Van Denburgh, Proce. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 3, 1912, 
p. 149) ; to Strawberry Valley, 5500 feet altitude, San Jacinto Moun- 
tains, Riverside County (Atsatt, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 1913, 
p. 41) ; and to Jacumba Hot Springs, San Diego County (Cope, Ann. 
Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1898 [1900], p. 644). Occurs also on Santa 
Catalina Island (Van Denburgh, Proce. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 4, 1914, 
pp. 132, 138). Inhabits chiefly the Upper Sonoran life-zone, but 
extends also through Transition. Characteristic habitat, rocky or 
wooded hillsides and cafon bottoms; lives beneath stones and masses 
of dead vegetation. 


Suborder SERPENTES 
Family LEPTOTYPHLOPIDAE 


Leptotyphlops humilis (Baird and Girard) 
Worm Snake 


ORIGINAL DescripTION.—Rena humilis Baird and Girard, Cat. N. 
A. Reptiles in Smiths. Inst., pt. 1, 1853, p. 143. 

Type Locaurry.—Valliecitas [— Vallecito, San Diego County], 
California. 


~] 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 1 


Synonyms.—[?] Ophisaurus ventralis; Glauconia humilis; Steno- 
stoma humile; Siagonodon humilis. 

Common Names.—California Rena; California Blind Snake; Glass 
Snake ; Sheep-nosed Snake. 

Ranee.—The three definite records are from southeastern Cali- 
fornia: six miles from Bennett Wells, in Death Valley, Inyo County 
(Stejneger, N. Amer. Fauna, 7, 1893, p. 203); San Bernardino, San 
Bernardino County (Boulenger, Cat. Snakes Brit. Mus., 3, 1896, 
p. 591); and the type locality, in extreme eastern San Diego County, 
as above. These localities lie within the Lower Sonoran life-zone. 


Family BOIDAE 
Subfamily Bomar 
Lichanura roseofusca Cope 
California Boa 

ORIGINAL Descriprion.—Lichanura roseofusca Cope, Proce. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1868, p. 2. 

Type Locauiry.—Northern Lower California, Mexico. 

Synonyms.—Lichanura orcutti Stejneger, Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., 
12, 1889, pp. 96-97, fig. 1 (type from Colorado Desert, San Diego 
County); Lichanura simplex Stejneger, loc. cit., pp. 97-99, fig. 2 
(type from San Diego) ; Lichanura myriolepis; Lichanura trivirgata. 

Common Names.—Rubber Snake, part; Rubber Boa, part; Rosy 
Boa. 

Rance.—Limited to a small area in the southern part of the state. 
Recorded northwest to Arroyo Seco (Camp, MS) and Mount Wilson 
(Van Denburgh, Oce. Papers Calif. Acad. Sci., 5, 1897, p. 154) near 
Pasadena, Los Angeles County; east to Cabezon and Palm Canon, 
Riverside County (Atsatt, Univ. Calf. Publ. Zool., 12, 1913, p. 41), 
and to Dulzura (Mus. Vert. Zool.) and ‘‘ Colorado Desert’’ (as above), 
San Diego County. There is a specimen in the U.S. National Museum 
(no. 44317) from the Providence Mountains, northeastern San Ber- 
nardino County. Occurs within the Lower and Upper Sonoran life- 
zones. Lives on shaded hillsides in dense chaparral. (See fig. 11.) 


Charina bottae (Blainville) 


Rubber Snake 


OrteInAL Description.—Tortrix Bottae Blainville, Nouv. Ann. 
Mus. Hist. Nat., 4, 1835, pp. [57-58] 289-290, pl. 26, figs. 1, la, 1b. 


178 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


Type Locauiry.—California [Monterey ?]. 

Synonyms.—Charina brachyops Cope, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 11, 
1888, p. 88 (type from Point Reyes, Marin County) ; Charina plumbea; 
Pseudoeryx bottae. 


= 


eae 
Ie SS a “| | y 
Ate! @ i } 


ty 
oy : Lichanura roseofusca 
Charina bottae 

Rhinocheilus lecontei 


Salvadora hexalepis 


+b bde@O 


Hypsiglena ochrorhynchus 


Ranges of Charina bottae and Lichanura 
roseofusca outlined 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA cS 


Fig. 11. Distribution of Snakes (Lichanura, Charina, Rhinocheilus, Salvadora, 
and Hypsiglena) in California. 


Common Names.—Two-headed Snake; Lead-colored Worm Snake ; 
Wood Snake; Rubber Boa, part. 

Ranee.—Northern California, both east and west of the Sierra 
Nevada. Has been found south to Redwood Cafion, East Fork Kaweah 
River, Tulare County (Stejneger, N. Amer. Fauna, 7, 1893, p. 203), 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 179 


and to Soquel, Santa Cruz County (Van Denburgh, Occ. Papers Calif. 
Acad. Sci., 5, 1897, p. 156). Southeasternmost stations are: Tahoe 
City, Placer County (Van Denburgh, loc. cit.), and Yosemite Valley, 
Mariposa County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). Occurs chiefly within the 
Transition life-zone, extending locally into Upper Sonoran. Inhabits 
damp ground in canons and on forest floors. (See fig. 11.) 


Superfamily COLUBROIDEAE 
Family COLUBRIDAE 


Subfamily NarricinaE 


Thamnophis marcianus (Baird and Girard) 
Marey Garter Snake 

OriginaL Description.—Eutainia Marciana Baird and Girard, 
Cat. N. A. Reptiles in Smiths. Inst., pt. 1, 1853, pp. 36-37. 

Type Locaurry—Red River, Arkansas [=-near Cache Creek, 
Oklahoma: Ruthven, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 61, 1908, p. 58]. 

SynonyM.—Lutaenia elegans marciana. 

Rance—Along the lower Colorado River from Fort Yuma, In- 
perial County (Yarrow, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull, 24, 1882, pp. 17, 118) 
north at least to Riverside Mountain, Riverside County (Mus. Vert. 
Zool.). Life-zone, Lower Sonoran. Habitat, riparian. 


Thamnophis ordinoides ordinoides (Baird and Girard) 
Pacifie Coast Garter Snake 

ORIGINAL Description —Tropidonotus ordinoides Baird and Gi- 
rard, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 6, 1852, p. 176. 

Type Locauiry.—Puget Sound. 

Synonyms.—Eutaenia leptocephala; Eutaenia infernalis vidua 
Cope, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 14, 1891, pp. 658-659 (types from San 
Francisco) ; Eutainia atrata Kennicott, in Cooper, Pace. R. R. Rep., 
12, 1859, pt. 3, no. 4, p. 296 (type from California) ; Hutaenia elegans, 
part; Eutaenia infernalis, part; Eutaenia elegans ordinoides; Tropi- 
donotus leptocephalus; Eutaenia sirtalis leptocephala; Eutaenia ordi- 
noides; Thamnophis infernalis, part; Eutainia sirtalis elegans; 
Thamnophis leptocephala. 

Common Names.—Puget Garter Snake; Narrow-headed Garter 
Snake; Black Garter Snake; Boyd’s Garter Snake, part. 

Rance.—Chiefly the narrow northwest coast strip within twenty 


180 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


miles of the seacoast ; authentically recorded south as far as Monterey 
(Ruthven, U. 8. Nat. Mus. Bull., 61, 1908, p. 149). One interior 
record: Fresno (Ruthven, loc. cit.). Occupies the Transition life-zone. 
Lives in dense vegetation, along streams and on marshy ground. 


Thamnophis ordinoides elegans (Baird and Girard) 
Elegant Garter Snake 


OriginaL DescripTion.—Eutainia elegans Baird and Girard, Cat. 
N. A. Reptiles in Smiths. Inst., pt. 1, 1853, pp. 84-35. 

Typr Locaurry.—Eldorado County, California. 

Synonyms.—Hutaina vagrans Baird and Girard, loc. cit., pp. 35- 
36 (types from Humboldt River) ; Lutaenia infernalis, part ; Eutaena 
elegans lincolata Cope, Proe. U. S. Nat. Mus., 14, 1891, p. 655 (type 
from southern California: see Cope, Ann. Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1898 
[1900], p. 1039) ; Hutaenia elegans brunnea Cope, Proce. U. S. Nat. 
Mus., 14, 1891, p. 654 (type from Fort Bidwell, Modoe County) ; 
Eutacnia couchti Kennicott, in Baird, Pac. R. R. Rep., 10, 1859, Ab- 
bot’s Rep., pt. 4, no. 4, pp. 10-11 (type from bank of Pit River) ; 
Thamnophis infernalis, part; Tropidonotus tri-vittatus Hallowell, 
Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 6, 1853, p. 237 (types from banks of 
Cosumnes and other rivers in California) ; Eutaenia elegans couchi, 
part; Tropidonotus ordinatus infernalis; Tropidonotus ordinatus vay. 
couchti; Thamnophis vagrans; Thamnophis parietalis, part; Eutaenia 
elegans vagrans; Eutaenia hammondi, part; Thamnophis elegans, 
part; Hutaenia elegans infernalis. 

Common Names.—Boyd’s Garter Snake, part; Pacifie Garter 
Snake, part; Wandering Garter Snake; Hammond’s Garter Snake, 
part; Single-striped Garter Snake; Green Garter Snake; Western 
Garter Snake, part. 

Rance.—Northeastern portion of the state; across the head of the 
Sacramento Valley and reaching in that latitude as far as Humboldt 
Bay ; south along the Sierra Nevada to Lone Pine, Inyo County, and 
Kern River, in Kern County, and thence west through the mountains 
about the head of the San Joaquin Valley to the seacoast from Santa 
Ynez River, Santa Barbara County (Mus. Vert. Zool.), north to Morro, 
San Luis Obispo County (Ruthven, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 61, 1908, 
pp. 140-141). Thought to intergrade along the western edge of its 
range with ordinoides and at the south with hammondu. Occurs 
within the Canadian and Transition life-zones, extending locally into 
Upper Sonoran. Inhabits marshes, stream-sides, and ponds. 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 181 


Thamnophis ordinoides hammondii (Kennicott) 
California Garter Snake 

Ori@inaL Description.—Eutaenia Hammondii Kennicott, Proc. 
Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 1860 [1861], p. 332. 

Tyre Locauiry.—San Diego, California. 

Synonyms.—LHutaenia couchu, part; Eutaenia elegans couch, 
part; Tropidonotus ordinatus var. hammondu; Tropidonotus ordi- 
natus; Eutaenia marciana, part; Tropidonotus vagrans. 

Common Names.—Hammond’s Garter Snake, part; Water Snake; 
Couch’s Garter Snake; Marey’s Garter Snake, part. 

RanGE.—The southwestern portion of the state, chiefly in moun- 
tains west of the desert divides. Recorded north to Lone Pine, Inyo 
County (U. S. Nat. Mus.), to Kernville, Kern County, and vicinity 
of Fresno (Ruthven, U. 8. Nat. Mus. Bull., 61, 1908, p. 135). East- 
ernmost stations are: Laguna Mountains, San Diego County (Cope, 
Ann. Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1898 [1900], p. 1044) ; Palm Canon, 800 
feet altitude, San Jacinto Mountains (Atsatt, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 
12, 1913, p. 43); Bluff Lake, 7500 feet altitude, San Bernardino 
Mountains (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; and Mohave River at Victorville (Mus. 
Vert. Zool.). Oceupies the Upper Sonoran and Transition life-zones. 
Inhabits streams and margins of lakes and the near vicinity of same. 


Thamnophis sirtalis parietalis (Say) 
Western Garter Snake 

ORIGINAL DeEscripTion.—Coluber parietalis Say, in Long, Exped. 
to Rocky Mountains, 1, 1823, pp. 186-187, footnote. 

Type Locaurry.—Camp Missouri [near Council Bluffs, Iowa]. 

Synonyms.—Coluber infernalis Blainville, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Nat. 
Hist., 4, 1835, pp. [59-60] 291-292, pl. 26, figs. 3-3a (type from Cali- 
fornia); Eutaenia sirtalis obscura; Eutaenia sirtalis; Tropidonotus 
parietalis; Eutaenia proxima; Eutaenia imperialis (type said to be 
from Tomales Bay: Coues and Yarrow, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terr., 
4, 1878, p. 280) ; Eutaenia sirtalis pickeringti; Thamnophis infernalis, 
part; Thamnophis elegans, part; Eutaenia concinna; Thamnophis 
parietalis; Eutaenia sirtalis parietalis; Eutaena sirtalis tetrataena; 
Eutaenia sirtalis dorsalis. 

Common Names.—Pacific Garter Snake, part; Rocky Mountain 
Garter Snake; Red-barred Garter Snake; California Garter Snake, 


182 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


part; Churchill’s Garter Snake; Dusky Garter Snake; Say’s Garter 
Snake; Striped Snake; Pickering’s Garter Snake. 

Ranee.—Almost throughout the state west and north of the south- 
eastern deserts. Recorded southeast to Yosemite Valley, Mariposa 
County (Van Denburgh, Occ. Papers Calif. Acad. Sei., 5, 1897, p. 203), 
to Kern River, in Kern County (Mus. Vert. Zool.), and to Riverside, 
Riverside County (Van Denburgh, loc. cit.). Southernmost station, 
Bixby, near Long Beach, Los Angeles County (Grinnell and Grinnell, 
Throop Inst. Bull, 35, 1907, pp. 48-49). Oceupies the Lower and 
Upper Sonoran and Transition life-zones. Lives along streams, 
sloughs, and lake-margins, and in wet meadows. 


Subfamily CoLuBRINAE 


Chilomeniscus cinctus Cope 
Banded Burrowing Snake 


OrieInAL Description.—Chilomeniscus cinctus Cope, Proe. Acad. 
Nat. Sei. Phila., 1861, p. 303. 

Type Locaniry.—Near Guaymas, east coast of Gulf of California, 
Mexico. 


Synonym.—Chilomeniscus ephippicus Cope, Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila., 1867, p. 85 (type from Owens Valley, Inyo County). 

Common Names.—Horse Snake; Red and Black Ground Snake. 

Rance.—Only two records, both from the southeastern deserts: 
from the type locality of ephippicus, as above, and from Fort Yuma, 
Imperial County (Van Denburgh and Slevin, Proce. Calif. Acad. Sei., 
ser. 4, 3, 1913, p. 410). Life-zone, Lower Sonoran. (See fig. 12.) 


Sonora occipitalis (Hallowell) 
Desert Burrowing Snake 

OrigINAL DescripTion.—Rhinostoma occipitale Hallowell, Proe. 
Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 7, 1854, p. 95. 

Type Locatiry.—Mohave Desert, California. 

Synonyms.—Lamprosoma annulatum Baird, U. S. Mex. Bound. 
Surv., 2, 1859, pt. 2, Reptiles, p. 22, pl. 21, fig. 1 (types from Colorado 
Desert) ; Lamprosoma occipitale; Chionactis occipitalis; Chionactis 
occipitalis annulatus. 

Common Names.—Desert Snake; Mohave Ringed Snake. 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 183 


RanGe.—Mohave and Colorado deserts, north to Owens Lake, Inyo 
County (Meek, Field Columb. Mus., zool. ser., 7, 1906, p. 15), and 
Blythe Junction, San Bernardino County (Camp, Univ. Calif. Publ. 
Zool., 12, 1916, p. 531), and west to Carrizo Creek and La Puerta 
Valley, in eastern San Diego County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). Restricted 
to the Lower Sonoran life-zone. Inhabits open gravelly or sandy 
ground. (See fig. 12.) 


Sonora episcopa (Kennicott) 
Texas Ground Snake 


OrigInaL Derscription.—Lamprosoma episcopum Kennicott, in 
Baird, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv., 2, 1859; pt. 2, Reptiles, p. 22, pl. 8, 
fig. 2. 

Type Locauiry.—Eagle Pass, Texas. 

RanGe.—Extreme southeastern deserts; two instances of occur- 
rence: 4 miles north of Blythe Junction, San Bernardino County 
(Camp, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 1916, pp. 530-531) ; Heber, Im- 
perial County (no. 5610, Mus. Vert. Zool.). Both localities he within 
the Lower Sonoran life-zone. In the first case, the snake was taken 
from beneath a stone on a rocky hillside. (See fig. 12.) 


Contia mitis Baird and Girard 
Sharp-tailed Snake 
OriGINAL DEscrIeTION.—Contia mitis Baird and Girard, Cat. N. 
A. Reptiles in Smiths. Inst., pt. 1, 1853, pp. 110-111. 
Tyre Locaniry.—San Jose, Santa Clara County, California. 
Synonyms.—Ablabes purpureocauda Giinther, Cat. Colubrine 
Snakes Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 245 (type from California) ; Homalosoma 


mite. 

Common Names.—Purple-tailed Snake; Pacifie Ground Snake; 
Brown Snake; Gentle Brown Snake. 

RaNnce.—Northern portion of the state, mostly near the seacoast. 
Southernmost stations: Big Basin, Santa Cruz County (Van Den- 
burgh, Oce. Papers Calif. Acad. Sei., 5, 1897, p. 163), and [near] 
Fresno, Fresno County (Yarrow, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 24, 1882, 
pp. 14, 87) ; easternmost stations: Fyffe, Eldorado County (Van Den- 
burgh, loc. cit.), and Baird, Shasta County (Cope, Ann. Rep. U. 8. 
Nat. Mus., 1898 [1900], p. 926). Occurs in the Transition and Upper 
Sonoran life-zones. Lives beneath stones in hilly country. (See 


fig. 12.) 


184 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


Diadophis amabilis Baird and Girard 
Western Ring-necked Snake 


ORIGINAL DeEscripTioN.—Diadophis amabilis Baird and Girard, 
Cat. N. A. Reptiles in Smiths. Inst., pt. 1, 1853, pp. 113-114. 

Type Locauiry—San Jose, Santa Clara County, California. 

Synonyms.—Diadophis pulchellus Baird and Girard, loc. cit., p. 
115 (type from Eldorado County) ; Diadophis punctatus pulchellus ; 
Diadophis punctatus amabilis; Diadophis amabilis pulchellus ; Coro- 
nella amabilis; Ablabes punctatus; [2] Coluber punctatus; Diadophis 
punctatus. 

Common Names.—California Ring-necked Snake; Red-bellied 
Snake; Spotted Ring Snake. 

Rance—West of the desert divides the whole length of the state. 
Occurs northeast to McCloud River, Shasta County (Townsend, Proe. 
U.S. Nat. Mus., 10, 1887, p. 239) ; east to Oroville, Butte County (Mus. 
Vert. Zool.) ; to Eldorado County (as above); to Yosemite Valley, 
Mariposa County (Stejneger, N. Amer. Fauna, 7, 1893, p. 204) ; to 
[near] Fresno, Fresno County (Yarrow, U. 8. Nat. Mus. Bull, 24, 
1882, pp. 15, 95-96); to Tejon Pass [Kern County?] (Heermann, 
Pac. R. R. Rep., 10, 1859, Williamson’s Rep., pt. 4, no. 1, p. 24) ; to 
Arroyo Seco Cation (Grinnell and Grinnell, Throop Inst. Bull., 35, 
1907, pp. 38-39) and Glendora (Mus. Vert. Zool.), Los Angeles 
County; to Santa Ana Cafion, 6400 feet altitude, San Bernardino 
County (Grinnell, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 5, 1908, p. 164) ; to Straw- 
berry Valley, 5500 feet altitude, San Jacinto Mountains, Riverside 
County (Atsatt, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 1913, p. 41); and to 
Witch Creek, San Diego County (Cope, Ann. Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 
1898 [1900], p. 749). There is a mutilated specimen of a Diadophis 
in the U. S. National Museum from Santa Catalina Island. Occurs 
within the Upper Sonoran and Transition life-zones. Inhabits shaded 
canons; lives in masses of dead leaves and beneath stones. (See 
fio 25) 


Lampropeltis pyromelana multicincta (Yarrow) 
Coral King Snake 
OrIGINAL Description.—Ophibolus getulus multicinctus Yarrow, 
Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., 5, 1882, p. 440. 


Type Locauiry.—|Near] Fresno, California. 
Synonyms.—[?] Coluber (Zacholus) zonatus Blainville, Nouv. 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 185 


Ann. Mus. Nat. Hist., 4, 1835, pp. [61-62] 293-294 (type from Cali- 
fornia) ; Coronella multifasciata Bocourt, in Duméril, Bocourt, and 
Moquard, in Miss. Sci. au Mex., Recherch. Zool., pt. 3, see. 1, 10°, livr. 
1886, pp. 616-617, Atlas, pl. 40, figs. 2-2c (type from California) ; 


eRe ee = 


Chilomeniscus cinctus 


Sonora occipitalis 


Sonora episcopa 
Contia mitis 
Diadophis amabilis 


Tantilla eiseni 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 
“ALLPORNLA 


UNIVERSITY OF 


Fig. 12. Distribution of Snakes (Diadophis, Tantilla, Chilomeniscus, Sonora, 
and Contia) in California. 


Bellophis zonatus Lockington, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 7, 1876 [1877], 
pp. 52-53 (type from ‘‘Northern California’’: Santa Barbara, ac- 
cording to Van Denburgh, Occ. Papers Calif. Acad. Sei., 5, 1897, 
p. 167) ; Ophibolus pyrrhomelanus ; Ophibolus pyrrhomelas; Coronella 
pyromelanus zonata; Coronella zonata; Ophibolus zonatus; Lampro- 
peltis zonata. 


186 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


Common Names.—California King Snake; Arizona Ringed Snake ; 
Ringed King Snake; Hisen’s King Snake; Red Milk Snake; Corral 
Snake; Ring Snake; Harlequin Snake. 

RanGe.—The southwestern portion of the state, altogether west 
of the desert divides. Occurs north in the coast belt as far as Glen- 
wood, Santa Cruz County, and Mount Hamilton, Santa Clara County 
(Van Denburgh, loc. cit., p. 169), and on the west slope of the Sierra 
Nevada to Riverton, Eldorado County (Van Denburgh, loc. cit.) ; east 
to Yosemite Valley, Mariposa County (Van Denburgh, loc. cit.) ; to 
Heaven’s Gate, near Little Kern Lake, Tulare County (Van Den- 
burgh, loc. cit.) ; to Arroyo Seco Canon, near Pasadena, Los Angeles 
County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; to upper Santa Ana Cafion, 5500 feet 
altitude, San Bernardino County (Grinnell, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 
5, 1908, p. 165) ; and to Strawberry Valley, 6000 feet altitude, River- 
side County (Atsatt, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 1913, pp. 41-42). 
Extends south as far as vicinity of San Diego (Van Denburgh, loc. 
cit.). Oceurs chiefly within the Transition life-zone, entering to some 
extent the Upper Sonoran. Inhabits forest floors and chaparral- 
covered hillsides. 


Lampropeltis boylii (Baird and Girard) 
Boyle King Snake 


OrtGInaAL Description.—Ophibolus Boylit Baird and Girard, Cat. 
N. A. Reptiles in Smiths. Inst., pt. 1, 1853, pp. 82-83. 

Type Locaniry.—Eldorado County, California. 

Synonyms.—Coronella balteata Hallowell, Proce. Acad. Nat. Sei. 
Phila., 6, 1853, pp. 236-237 (types from California) ; Ophibolus 
getulus boyli, part; Coronella getula, part; Coronella boylit. 

Common NameEs.—Boyle Milk Snake ; California King Snake, part; 
California Milk Snake, part; Banded Milk Snake. 

Rance.—Throughout the southern and central parts of the state, 
except on the high mountains (above 6000 feet altitude) and along 
the lower Colorado River. Occurs north in the coast belt at least to 
near Cazadero, Sonoma County (Mus. Vert. Zool.), in the interior to 
Lierly’s, near Mount Sanhedrin, Mendocino County (Mus. Vert. Zool.), 
to McCloud River, Shasta County (Townsend, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 
10, 1887, p. 239), and to Applegate, Placer County (Van Denburgh, 
Oce. Papers Calif. Acad. Sei., 5, 1897, p. 171), and, east of the Sierran 
divide, to Beveridge Canon (on east slope of Inyo Mountains) and 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 187 


Wild Rose Springs, in Inyo County (Meek, Field Columb. Mus., zool. 
ser., 7, 1905 [1906], p. 15). There is a specimen in the U. S. National 
Museum from Avalon, Santa Catalina Island [see also Cooper, Proe. 
Calif. Acad. Sci., 4, 1870, p. 79]. Occurs in the Lower and Upper 
Sonoran and Transition life-zones. Shows no special restriction in 
habitat. 


Lampropeltis conjuncta Cope 
Black King Snake 
OriagwwaL Description.—Lampropeltis boylii var. conjuncta Cope, 
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 1861, pp. 301-302. 
Type Locauiry.—Cape San Lueas [Lower California, Mexico]. 
SYNONYM. 


Ophibolus getulus boyliv, part. 
Common Name.—California King Snake, part. 
Rance.—Colorado River bottom. Has been taken near Pilot Knob 
and 5 miles northeast of Fort Yuma (nos. 1837 and 1838, Mus. Vert. 
Zool.), and at Fort Yuma (Cope, loc. cit.). These stations are all in 
Imperial County and le within the Lower Sonoran life-zone. 


Lampropeltis californiae (Blainville) 
California King Snake 

OriGINAL DeEscription.—Coluber (Ophis) Californiae Blainville, 
Nouv. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hist., 4, 1835, p. [60] 292, pl. 27, figs. 1, 1a, 1b. 

Type Locauiry.—California. 

Synonyms.—Ophibolus getulus eisent Yarrow, Proe. U. 8. Nat. 
Mus., 5, 1882, pp. 489-440 (types from Fresno, California) ; Ophibolus 
getulus californiae; Ophibolus californiae; Coronella Californiae ; 
Coronella getula, part; Coronella getulus var. californica. 

Common Names.—Blainville’s King Snake; California Milk Snake, 
part. 

Rance.—Interruptedly distributed through the southern part of 
the state west of the desert divides. Localities of occurrence are: 
Fresno (as above) ; Waterman Canon, San Bernardino County (Van 
Denburgh, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 3, 1912, p. 149) ; Riverside 
County (Van Denburgh, Oce. Papers Calif. Acad. Sei., 5, 1897, p. 
174) ; Cuyamaca (Van Denburgh, 1912, loc. cit., p. 151), Witch Creek 
(Cope, Ann. Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1898 [1900], p. 923), Dulzura and 
Julian (Mus. Vert. Zool.), in San Diego County. Occurs in the 
Upper, and possibly also the Lower, Sonoran life-zone. 


188 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


Rhinocheilus lecontei Baird and Girard 
Long-nosed Snake 


OrIGINAL DEscRIPTION.—Rhinocheilus Lecontei Baird and Girard, 
Cat. N. A. Reptiles in Smiths. Inst., pt. 1, 1853, pp. 120-121. 

Type Locauiry.—San Diego, California. 

Common Name.—Leconte’s Snake. 

Ranee—Chiefly Pacific slope of southern California and floor of 
San Joaquin Valley. Has been found northwest to Carrizo Plain, 
San Luis Obispo County (Mus. Vert. Zool.), and to Fresno (Yarrow, 
U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 24, 1882, pp. 14, 18). Hasternmost stations 
are: Independence, Inyo County (Mus. Vert. Zool.), Pasadena, Los 
Angeles County (Mus. Vert. Zool.), and Cabezon and Dos Palmos 
Spring, 3500 feet altitude, Santa Rosa Mountains, in Riverside County 
(Atsatt, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 1913, p. 42). Occurs within the 
Lower Sonoran life-zone. Inhabits open flat country, living in rodent 
burrows. (See fig. 11.) 


Hypsiglena ochrorhynchus Cope 
Spotted Night Snake 


OriciInAL Derscription.—Hypsiglena ochrorhynchus Cope, Proce. 
Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 1860, pp. 246-247. 

Type Locaniry.—Cape San Lueas, [Lower] California. 

Common Names.—Rock Snake, Xantus’s Snake. 

Rance.—The southern portion of the state, chiefly in mountainous 
districts. The stations of occurrence known to us are as follows: 
Near Christy, Contra Costa County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; foothills near 
Los Gatos, Santa Clara County (Van Denburgh, Proe. Calif. Acad. 
Sci., ser. 3, zool., 4, 1906, pp. 65-66) ; Shepherd Canon, Argus Range, 
Inyo County (Stejneger, N. Amer. Fauna, 7, 1893, p. 204) ; near Los 
Angeles (Riithling, Copeia, no. 15, February 20, 1915); Hesperia 
(Van Denburgh, Oce. Papers Calif. Acad. Sci., 5, 1897, p. 180) and 
Santa Ana Canon, 5500 feet altitude (Grinnell, Univ. Calf. Publ. 
Zool., 5, 1908, p. 165), in San Bernardino County ; Strawberry Valley, 
5000 feet altitude, and San Jacinto, in Riverside County (Van Den- 
burgh, loc. cit.) ; San Diego (Van Denburgh, loc. cit.), Witch Creek 
(Cope, Ann. Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1898 [1900], p. 954), and Cuyamaca 
Mountains (Van Denburgh, loc. cit.), im San Diego County. Occurs 
within the Lower and Upper Sonoran life-zones. Inhabits rocky 
situations. (See fig. 11.) 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 189 


Salvadora hexalepis (Cope) 
Patch-nosed Snake 


OriegInAL Description.—Phimothyra hexalepis Cope, Proe. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1866 [1867], p. 304. 

Type Locaniry.—Fort Whipple, Arizona. 

Synonyms.—Salvadora grahamiae hexalepis; Zamenis grahami; 
Salvadora grahamiac. 

Common Names.—Banded Flat-nosed Snake; Graham’s Flat-nosed 
Snake. 

Ranee.—The southern portion of the state, chiefly in arid situ- 
ations. Has been taken north to Amargosa Borax Works and Matu- 
rango Spring, Argus Range, in Inyo County (Stejneger, N. Amer. 
Fauna, 7, 1893, p. 206); west to Arroyo Seco, near Pasadena, Los 
Angeles County (Grinnell and Grinnell, Throop Inst. Bull., 35, 1907, 
p. 42), to Riverside (McLain, Crit. Notes Coll. Reptiles Western U. S., 
1899, p. 11) and to San Diego (Cope, Ann. Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1898 
[1900], p. 820). Oceupies the Lower and Upper Sonoran life-zones. 
Inhabits hillsides with sparse covering of bushes. (See fig. 11.) 


Coluber constrictor vetustus (Baird and Girard) 
Western Yellow-bellied Racer 


ORIGINAL Description.—Bascanion vetustus Baird and Girard, 
Cat. N. A. Reptiles in Smiths. Inst., pt. 1, 1853, p. 97. 

Type Locaniry—San Jose, Santa Clara County, California (so 
restricted by Van Denburgh, Oce. Papers Calif. Acad. Sei., 5, 1897 
p. 183). 

Synonyms.—Bascanion constrictor flaviventris; Bascanion con- 
strictor vetustum; Zamenis constrictor flaviventris; Bascanion con- 
strictor; Zamenis constrictor; [2] Bascanium flagelliforme testaceum, 
part. 

Common Names.—Blue Racer; California Black Snake; Black 
Chaser; Yellow Coachwhip Snake, part; Yellow-bellied Black Snake ; 
Green Racer. 


Rance.—Throughout nearly all of the state, except on the south- 
eastern deserts. Oceurs south, east of the Sierra Nevada, at least to 
Honey Lake, Lassen County (Yarrow and Henshaw, Ann. Rep. U.S. 
Engineers, 1878, p. 1636); in central California, east to Yosemite 
Valley, Mariposa County (Van Denburgh, Oce. Papers Calif. Acad. 


190 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


Sci., 5, 1897, p. 186), and to Kernville, Kern County (Yarrow, U. S. 
Nat. Mus. Bull., 24, 1882, pp. 16, 110) ; in southern California, east to 
Fort Tejon, Kern County (Yarrow, loc. cit.), to San Bernardino (Van 
Denburgh, loc. cit., p. 185), and south to Agua Caliente, 3400 feet 
altitude, in San Diego County (Van Denburgh, loc. cit.). Occupies 
the Lower and Upper Sonoran and Transition life-zones. Inhabits 
grasslands and wet meadows. (See fig. 13.) 


Coluber flagellum frenatus (Stejneger) 
Red Racer 
OriGinaL Description.—Bascanion flagellum frenatwm Stejneger, 
N. Amer. Fauna, 7, May 31, 1893, pp. 208-209. 
Type Locairy. 


Mountain Spring, edge of Colorado Desert, 
eastern San Diego County, California. 

Synonyms.—Zamensis flagellum flagellum; Zamenis flagellum; 
Zamenis flagelliformis frenatus; Bascanion flagellum frenatum; 
Bascanium flageluforme; Bascanium flagelliforme testaceum, part; 
Bascanium testaceum; [?] Bascanium flagelliforme piceum; Herpe- 
todryas flavigularis ; Drymobius testaceus. 

Common Names.—Western Whip Snake; Yellow Coach-whip 
Snake, part; [?] Arizona Coach-whip Snake; Coppery Whip Snake. 

Rance.—Throughout the desert and coast districts of the southern 
half of the state, including also the southern San Joaquin Valley. 
Has been taken northwest to Yosemite Valley, Mariposa County (Van 
Denburgh, Proe. Calif. Acad. Sei., ser. 2, 5, 1895, p. 148, footnote), to 
Fresno (Yarrow, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 24, 1882, pp. 17, 112), and to 
Carrizo Plain, San Luis Obispo County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; east of 
the Sierras, north to Deep Spring Valley, Inyo County (Stejneger, 
N. Amer. Fauna, 7, 1893, p. 209). Occurs chiefly within the Lower 
Sonoran life-zone, extending rarely into Upper Sonoran and doubt- 
fully into Transition. Inhabits open washes, plains, and hillslopes. 
(See fig. 13.) 


Coluber lateralis (Hallowell) 
California Striped Racer 


OrieinaL Drescription.—Leptophis lateralis Hallowell, Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sei. Phila., 6, 1853, p. 237. 
Type Locaurry.—California. 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 191 


Synonyms.—Zamenis lateralis; Bascanion laterale; Bascanium 
taeniatum laterale; Bascanion taeniatus, part; Drymobius lateralis. 

Common NameEs.—Striped Racer, part; Hallowell’s Coach-whip 
Snake; Banded Racer; Few-striped Whip Snake; Striped-side Whip 
Snake. 


= - r 
i 


LAS SES SSE 
SEBS Gg if Ye 


( 


Coluber constrictor vetustus 
Coluber flagellum frenatus 


Coluber taeniatus 


> beO 


Coluber lateralis 


Ranges of Coluber constrictor vetustus 
and Coluber flagellum frenatus 
outlined 


Ba ONS 
ee N 


bs 
AN 
hel aes 
Kon | 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 


Se 


Fig. 13. Distribution of Racers (Coluber) in California. 


RANGE.—Southern and west-central portions of the state, chiefly 
west of the desert divides. Has been taken north to 7 miles west of 
Cazadero, in Sonoma County (Mus. Vert. Zool.), to Mount Saint 
Helena, in Lake County (Van Denburgh, Oce. Papers Calif. Acad. 
Sci., 5, 1897, p. 190), and to Baird, Shasta County (Cope, Ann. Rep. 


192 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


U.S. Nat. Mus., 1898 [1900], p. 808) ; northeast to 5 miles northeast 
of Coulterville, 3200 feet altitude, in Mariposa County (Mus. Vert. 
Zool.) ; east to Fay Creek near Weldon (Mus. Vert. Zool.) and Fort 
Tejon (Yarrow and Henshaw, Ann. Rep. U. 8. Engineers, 1878, p. 
1637), in Kern County; to Sierra Madre, 2000 feet altitude, Los 
Angeles County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; to Cabezon, Strawberry Valley, 
6000 feet altitude, and Kenworthy, 4500 feet altitude, in Riverside 
County (Atsatt, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 1913, p. 48); and to 
Dulzura, San Diego County (Mus. Vert. Zool.). Oceupies chiefly the 
Upper Sonoran life-zone, but extends locally into Lower Sonoran and 
Transition. Inhabits, as a rule, chaparral. (See fig. 13.) 


Coluber taeniatus (Hallowell) 
Nevada Striped Racer 

OrictnAL Description.—Leptophis taeniata Hallowell, Proe. Acad. 
Nat. Sei. Phila., 6, 1852, p. 181. 

Type Locauiry.—New Mexico. 

Synonyms.—Zamenis taeniatus; Masticophis taeniatus; Basca- 
nion taeniatum; Drymobius taeniatus. 

Common NameEs.—Many-striped Whip Snake ; Striped Racer, part ; 
Pacific Coach-whip Snake; Striped Whip Snake. 

RANGE.—Chiefly east of the Sierran divides and north of the 
Mohave desert. Recorded west at the north to Baird and Canoe Creek, 
in Shasta County (Stejneger, N. Amer. Fauna, 7, 1893, p. 210), and 
southeast through the Inyo region to Maturango Spring, Argus Range, 
Inyo County (Stejneger, loc. cit.). Southernmost station, Walker 
Basin, Kern County (Yarrow and Henshaw, Ann. Rep. U. S. Engi- 
neers, 1878, p. 1637). Oceurs chiefly within the Upper Sonoran life- 
zone. Inhabits sagebrush. (See fig. 13.) 


Arizona elegans Kennicott 
Faded Snake 


ORIGINAL DeEscripTion.—Arizona elegans Kennicott, in Baird, U. 
S. Mex. Bound. Survey, 2, 1859, pt. 2, Reptiles, pp. 18-19, pl. 13. 

Type Locauiry.—Rio Grande. 

Synonyms.—Rhinechis elegans; Coluber arizonae. 

Common Name.—Smooth-sealed Coluber. 

Rance.—The extreme southern portion of the state. All definite 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 193 


stations of occurrence known to us are as follows: Fresno (U.S. Nat. 
Mus.) ; Alhambra, Los Angeles County (U.S. Nat. Mus.) ; near On- 
tario, San Bernardino County (Van Denburgh, Oce. Papers Calif. 
Acad. Sci., 5, 1897, p. 194) ; Riverside (Van Denburgh, Proe. Calif. 
Acad. Sci., ser. 4, 3, 1912, p. 150); San Jacinto, Riverside County 
(Van Denburgh, 1897, loc. cit.) ; Warner’s Ranch (Boulenger, Cat. 
Snakes Brit. Mus., 2, 1894, p. 66), between Carlsbad and Oceanside 
(Van Denburgh, 1897, loc. cit.), Vallecito (Mus. Vert. Zool.), and 
Pacifie Beach (Cope, Ann. Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1898 [1900], p. 865), 
in San Diego County. Occurs chiefly within the Lower Sonoran life- 
zone. Inhabits open flat country. 


Pituophis catenifer catenifer (Blainville) 
Western Gopher Snake 

OriaginaAL Descriprion.—Coluber catenifer Blainville, Nouy. Ann. 
Mus. Hist. Nat., 4, 1835, pp. [58-59] 290-291, pl. 26, figs. 2, 2a, 2b. 

Typr Locauiry.—California. 

Synonyms.—Pituophis annectens Baird and Girard, Cat. N. A. 
Reptiles in Smiths. Inst., pt. 1, 18538, p. 72 (type from San Diego) ; 
Pityophis Heermanni Hallowell, Proe. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 6, 1853, 
p. 286 (type from mines in vicinity of Cosumnes River [in Eldorado 
or Amador County]); Petyophis vertebralis; Pityophis sayv bellona, 
part; Pityophis sayt; Pitwophis bellona, part ; Pituophis melanoleucus ; 
Pituophis melanoleucus var. catenifer. 

Common Names.—Pacifie Bull Snake; Bellona Bull Snake; West- 
ern Bull Snake, part; Pacific Pine Snake; Gopher Snake, part; Say’s 
Pine Snake; Yellow Gopher Snake. 

Rance.—The whole length of the state west of the desert divides, 
but chiefly east of the coast redwood belt. Also found on Santa Cruz 
and Santa Catalina islands (Van Denburgh, Proe. Calif. Acad. Sei., 
ser. 4, 4, 1914, pp. 133, 136, 188). Oceupies Lower and Upper Sonoran 
and Transition life-zones. Shows no particular restriction as regards 
habitat, though certainly not aquatie. 


Pituophis catenifer deserticola Stejneger 
Desert Gopher Snake 
OriatInaL Description.—Pituophis catenifer deserticola Stejneger, 
N. Amer. Fauna, 7, May 31, 1893, pp. 206-208. 


194 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou.17 


Type Locaurry.—Great Basin and southwestern deserts [= east 
slope of Beaverdam Mountains, southwestern Utah (U. 8. Nat. Mus., 
no. 18070) |. 

Synonyms.—Pityophis sayt bellona, part; Pityophis catenfer, 
part; Pityophis bellona, part. 

Common Names.—Western Bull Snake, part; Southern Bull 
Snake; Arizona Bull Snake; Gopher Snake, part. 

RanGe.—East of the desert and Great Basin divides, the whole 
length of the state. Oceupies the Lower and Upper Sonoran life-zones. 
Inhabits nearly all types of arid environment. 


Subfamily BorginaE 


Tantilla eiseni Stejneger 
California Tantilla 


OriGInAL DescripTION.—Tantilla eiseni Stejneger, Proe. U. 8. Nat. 
Mus., 18, April 16, 1896, pp. 117-118. 

Typr Locauiry.—F resno, California. 

Synonym.—Tantilla nigriceps. 

Common Names.—Fisen’s Black-headed Snake; Black-headed 
Tantilla. 

Rance.—The southern portion of the state. Only three record 
stations to date: Fresno, Fresno County (as above); near Mohave, 
Kern County (one specimen in Southwest Museum at Los Angeles, 
fide C. L. Camp), and near Los Angeles (Riithling, Copeia, no. 15, 
February 20, 1915). Seems to belong to the Lower Sonoran life-zone. 
(See fig. 12.) 


Superfamily VIPEROIDEAE 
Family CROTALIDAE 


Crotalus oreganus Holbrook 
Pacifie Rattlesnake 


OrieinaL Description.‘ Crotalus oreganus Holbrook, N. Amer. 
Herpetology, Ist ed., 4, 1840, p. 115, pl. 29 [= 24]’’ (see Gill, Science, 
ser. 2, 17, 1903, pp. 910-912). 

Type Locaurry.—Columbia River. 

Synonyms.—Crotalus lucifer Baird and Girard, Proe. Acad. Nat. 
Sei. Phila., 6, 1852, p. 177 (types from Oregon and California) ; 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 195 


Crotalus confluentus; Crotalus lecontet, part; [?] Crotalus ruber, 
part ; Crotalus adamanteus var. lucifer; Crotalus oregonus var. lucifer ; 
Crotalus confluentus lucifer; Caudisona lucifer; Crotalus Hallowelli 
Cooper, Amer. Nat., 3, 1870, p. 187 (range on southern coast slope of 


a 


Crotalus oreganus 
Crotalus tigris 
Crotalus mitchellii 
Crotalus atrox 


Crotalus exsul | 


opde@40 


Crotalus cerastes 


Range of Crotalus oreganus outlined | 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNLA 


So Se 


Fig. 14. Distribution of Rattlesnakes (Crotalus) in California. 


California north to 140 miles north of 30° 30’—‘‘nom. prov.’’) ; [?] 
Crotalus adamanteus atrox, part. 

Common Names.—Black Rattlesnake; California Rattlesnake ; 
Arizona Diamond Rattlesnake, part; Confluent Rattlesnake; Oregon 


Rattlesnake ; Missouri Rattlesnake ; Hallowell’s Rattlesnake ; Southern 
Rattlesnake. 


196 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou.17 


Rance—Throughout the state chiefly west and north of the Colo- 
rado and Mohave deserts. Extends to an altitude of 8600 feet on the 
central Sierra Nevada. Has been found on the southeast to Charlotte 
Creek, 8500 feet altitude, Fresno County (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; to Walker 
Pass (Mus. Vert. Zool.) and Mohave (Meek, Field Columb. Mus., zool. 
ser., 7, 1905 [1906], p. 17), in Kern County; to Pine Flats, 5500 feet 
altitude, San Gabriel Mountains, Los Angeles County (Grinnell and 
Grinnell, Throop Inst. Bull., 35, 1907, p. 53); to Doble, 7000 feet 
altitude, San Bernardino Mountains, San Bernardino County (Grin- 
nell, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 5, 1908, p. 53); to Banning, Tahquitz 
Valley, 8000 feet altitude, and Santa Rosa Peak, in Riverside County 
(Atsatt, Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 1913, p. 45) ; and to summit of 
Coast Range, near Mexican boundary, in San Diego County (Cope, 
Ann. Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1898 [1900], p. 1179). Also found on the 
Providence Mountains, eastern San Bernardino County (U. 8. Nat. 
Mus.), and on Santa Catalina Island (Yarrow, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 
24, 1882, p. 76). Oceupies all life-zones from Lower Sonoran to 
Canadian. Inhabits almost all types of environment, though ap- 
parently commonest on chaparral slopes and in open country where 
eround-squirrel burrows abound. (See fig. 14.) 


Crotalus atrox Baird and Girard 
Texas Rattlesnake 


OrieginaL Descrietion.—Crotalus atrox Baird and Girard, Cat. 
N. A. Reptiles in Smiths. Inst., pt. 1, 1853, pp. 5-6. 

Type Locauiry.—Indianola or San Pedro, Texas. 

Synonyms.—Crotalus adamanteus atrox, part; Crotalus lecontet, 
part. 

Common Names.—Western Diamond Rattlesnake, part; Fierce 
Rattlesnake; Arizona Diamond Rattlesnake, part. 

Ranee.—Colorado Desert near Mexican boundary. Recorded from 
Fort Yuma (Yarrow, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 24, 1882, pp. 12, 75) and 
Laguna Station, New River (Cope, Ann. Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1898 
[1900], p. 1167) ; both stations in Imperial County. Life-zone, Lower 
Sonoran. (See fig. 14.) 


Crotalus exsul Garman 
Red Rattlesnake 


OrigInaL Description —Crotalus exsul Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. 
Zool., 8, no. 3, June, 1883, pp. 114-115, 174. [Dr. Thomas Barbour 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 197 


has examined Garman’s type and finds it to belong to the species which 
has currently borne the name ruber. | 

Type Locaurry.—Cedros Island, Lower California. 

Synonyms.—Crotalus atrox, part; Crotalus adamanteus ruber 
Cope, Proce. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., 14, 1891, pp. 690-691 (type locality 
unknown) ; Crotalus atrox ruber; Crotalus ruber. 

Common Names.—Red Diamond Rattlesnake; Western Diamond 
_ Rattlesnake, part. 

Rance.—Extreme southwestern corner of the state. Oceurs north 
to Reche Caton (Camp, MS) and Cabezon (Atsatt, Univ. Calif. Publ. 
Zool., 12, 1913, p. 44), in Riverside County ; east to Dos Palmos Spring, 
3500 feet altitude, Santa Rosa Mountains, Riverside County (Atsatt, 
loc. cit.), and to Mountain Spring, in San Diego County (Cope, Ann. 
Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1898 [1900], p. 1169) ; west to Deluz (Van 
Denburgh, Oce. Papers Calif. Acad. Sei., 5, 1897, p. 228), to Twin 
Oaks (Stejneger, Ann. Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1893, p. 440), and to 
El Nido P. O. (Cope, loc. cit.), in San Diego County. Oceupies the 
Upper Sonoran life-zone. Inhabits chiefly chaparral-covered and 
rocky hillslopes. (See fig. 14.) 


Crotalus tigris Kennicott 
Tiger Rattlesnake 


OrigiNAL Description.—Crotalus tigris Kennicott, U. S. Mex. 
Bound. Surv., 2, 1859, pt. 2, Reptiles, p. 14, pl. 4. 

Type Locauiry.—Sierra Verde and Pozo Verde [Sierra del 
Pozo Verde, Arizona: Stejneger, N. Amer. Fauna, 7, 1893, p. 214]. 

RanGeE.—South-central portion of the state east of the Sierra 
Nevada, chiefly in desert ranges of Inyo County. Recorded north- 
west to Beveridge Canon, 8000 feet altitude, Inyo Mountains (Meek, 
Field Columb. Mus., zool. ser., 7, 1905 [1906], p. 16) ; west to Inde- 
pendence Creek and Coso Valley, and south to Slate Range, 3100 feet 
altitude (Stejneger, loc. cit.). Life-zone, chiefly Upper Sonoran. In- 
habits rocky situations. (See fig. 14.) 


Crotalus mitchellii (Cope) 
Pallid Rattlesnake 


OrIGInAL DeEscripTion.—Caudisona mitchellii Cope, Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1861, pp. 293-294. 
Type Locatiry.—Cape San Lueas, Lower California. 


198 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


Synonyms.—Crotalus pyrrhus; [2] Crotalus lecontei, part. 

Common Names.—Bleached Rattlesnake; White Rattlesnake. 

Rance.—The Colorado and Mohave deserts. Has been taken north- 
west to Fairmont, northern Los Angeles County (Grinnell and Grin- 
nell, Throop Inst. Bull., 35, 1907, pp. 59-60) ; northeast to 14 miles 
northeast of Blythe Junction, San Bernardino County (Camp, Univ. 
Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 1916, pp. 533-534) ; west to 5 miles southwest 
of Banning, in Riverside County (Mus. Vert. Zool.), to Asbestos 
Spring, Santa Rosa Mountains, Riverside County (Atsatt, Univ. Calif. 
Publ. Zool., 12, 19138, p. 44), and to Mountain Spring, San Diego 
County (Van Denburgh, Proce., Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 2, 4, 1894, pp. 
450-455). Oceupies the Lower Sonoran life-zone, extending locally 
into Upper Sonoran. Inhabits nearly all types of arid environment. 
(See fig. 14.) 


Crotalus cerastes Hallowell 
Sidewinder 


OriGINAL DeEscripTion.—Crotalus cerastes Hallowell, Proe. Acad. 
Nat. Sei. Phila., 7, 1854, pp. 95-96. 

Type Locatiry.—Borders of the Mohave River and in the desert 
of the Mohave. 

Common Name.—Horned Rattlesnake. 

RancGe.—Colorado and Mohave deserts; also north into the Inyo 
region. Northernmost stations are: Mesquite Valley (Meek, Field 
Columb. Mus., zool. ser., 7, 1905 [1906], p. 18) and Lone Pine (Stej- 
neger, N. Amer. Fauna, 7, 1893, p. 218), in Inyo County ; westernmost 
stations are: Oro Grande, in San Bernardino County (Meek, loc. cit.), 
Torres [Toro], west of Mecea, in Riverside County (Mus. Vert. Zool.), 
and Coyote Wells, in Imperial County (Cope, Ann. Rep. U. S. Nat. 
Mus., 1898 [1900], p. 1199). Occupies the Lower Sonoran life-zone. 
Restricted to sand-dune areas and level tracts of loose sandy soil. (See 
fig. 14.) 


Order TESTUDINATA 
Suborder ATHECAE 


Family DERMOCHELIDAE 
Dermochelys schlegelii (Garman) 
Pacific Leatherback Turtle 


OrigiInaL Description.—Sphargis schlegelii Garman, U. 8. Nat. 
Mus. Bull., 25, 1884, pp. 294-295 (see also p. 303). 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 199 


Tyre Locauiry.—Tropiecal Pacific and Indian oceans. 

Rance.—Ocean off southern coast. Three known instances of 
capture: Santa Barbara (two specimens), and off Point Loma, San 
Diego County (one specimen) (Van Denburgh, Proe. Calif. Acad. 
Sci., ser. 3, zool., 4, 1905, pp. 51-60, pls. 9-11). 


Suborder LAMINIFERA 
Family TESTUDINIDAE 


Subfamily Emyprmvar 


Clemmys marmorata (Baird and Girard) 
Pacific Mud Turtle 


ORIGINAL DEscriIPTION.—E mys marmorata Baird and Girard, Proe. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 6, 1852, p. 177. 

Type Locauiry.—Puget Sound. 

Synonyms.—Emys nigra Hallowell, Proe. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 
7, 1854, pp. 91-92 (type from ‘‘Posa Creek, Lower California’’ 
[= Poso Creek, Kern County?]|); Actinemys marmorata; Clemmys 
Wosnessenskyt Strauch, Mem. Acad. Imper. Sei. St. Petersb., ser. 7, 5, 
no. 7, 1862, pp. 114-117, pl. opp. p. 196 (type from Rio Sacramento, 
California) ; Chelopus marmoratus. 

Common Names.—Western Pond Turtle; Pacifie Terrapin; Cali- 
fornia Terrapin; California Mud Turtle; Western Terrapin; Water 
Turtle. 

Ranee.—Most of the streams on the Pacifie watershed, the whole 
length of the state. Has been reported east to Pit River [in Shasta 
County?] (Townsend, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 10, 1887, p. 237); to 
6 miles east of Coulterville, 2800 feet altitude, in Mariposa County 
(Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; to South Fork of Kern River, 25 miles above 
Kernville, in Kern County (Stejneger, N. Amer. Fauna, 7, 1893, p. 
162) ; and to Mohave River, in San Bernardino County (Cooper, Amer. 
Nat., 3, 1870, p. 189); and south to San Diego, San Diego County 
(Yarrow, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 24, 1882, pp. 7, 36). 


Subfamily TesTuDININAE 


Testudo agassizli (Cooper) 
Desert Tortoise 


OriGgInaL DeEscripTion.—NXerobates agassizii Cooper, Proe. Calif. 
Acad. Sei., 2, 1863, pp. 120-121. 


200 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


Type Locaurry.—Mountains of California near Fort Mohave 
[=‘‘Salado Valley,’’ on Mohave Desert: True, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 
4, 1881 (1882), p. 447]. 

Synonyms.—Gopherus agassizii; Xerobates berlandiert. 

Common Names.—Agassiz’s Gopher; Western Gopher; Agassiz’s 
Tortoise; Agassiz’s Land Tortoise. 

RanGcE.—Chiefly the Mohave Desert. Reported north as far as 
Crater Summit (Van Denburgh, Oee. Papers Calif. Acad. Sci., 5, 1897, 
p- 37) and Leach Point Valley (Stejneger, N. Amer. Fauna, 7, 1893, 
p- 162), in northern San Bernardino County; west to one-half mile 
east of Mohave, Kern County, and to 3 miles south of Palmdale, Los 
Angeles County (Camp, Univ. Calf. Publ. Zool., 12, 1916, p. 513) ; 
south to Cottonwood Mountains, Riverside County (Camp, loc. cit.), 
and, possibly, as far as Fort Yuma (True, loc. cit.), Imperial County. 
Restricted to the Lower Sonoran life-zone. Inhabits, as a rule, flat 
gravelly or sandy tracts, but found also on rocky hills. (See fig. 9.) 


Family KINOSTERNIDAE 


Kinosternon sonoriense LeConte 
Arizona Mud Turtle 


OrtqinaL Descrietion.—Kinosternum sonoriense LeConte, Proce. 
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 7, 1854, p. 184. 

Typp Locauiry—Tueson, Sonora [= Arizona]. 

Synonyms.—Cinosternum flavescens; Platythyra flavescens. 

Common Name.—Yellow Mud Turtle. 

Rance—Lower Colorado River. Two definite stations of oceur- 
rence: California side of the Colorado River opposite Yuma (Van 
Denburgh, Proe. Calif. Acad. Sei., ser. 4, 3, 1913, p. 396 [see also 
Cooper, in Cronise, Nat. Wealth Calif., 1868, p. 481] ) ; and Palo Verde 
(Mus. Vert. Zool.). 


Transmitted November 21, 1916. 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 201 


A 


Ablabes punctatus, 184. 
purpureocauda, 183. 
Actinemys marmorata, 199. 
Agama coronatum, 164. 
Douglassii, 164. 
Amblystoma californicum, 138. 
paroticum, 139. 
rubrum, 130. 
tenebrosum, 139. 
Ambyostoma californiense, 138. 
Ambystoma ensatum, 131, 139. 
ingens, 138. 
macrodactylum, 131, 138. 
mavortium, 138. 
mavortium californiense, 138. 
paroticum, 131, 139. 
punctatum, 134. 
punctulatum, 134. 
tigrinum, 131, 138. 
tigrinum californiense, 138. 
Ambystomidae, 138. 
Amphibia, 130. 
Anaides ferreus, 135. 
jécanus, 135. 
lugubris, 134, 135. 
Anaides, sad-colored, 130, 134. 
Aneides ferreus, 133, 135. 
iécanus, 133, 135. 
lugubris, 130. 
lugubris farallonensis, 133, 135. 
lugubris lugubris, 133, 134. 
Anguidae, 166. 
Anniella nigra, 170, 171. 
pulchra, 170, 171. 
pulchra nigra, 170. 
pulechra pulchra, 170. 
texana, 170. 
Anniellidae, 170. 
Anolis carolinensis, 157. 
cooperi, 157. 
principalis, 157. 
Anota calidiarum, 165. 
M ’Callii, 166. 
platyrhina, 165. 
Arizona elegans, 192. 
Armor-bearer, Tiger, 172. 
Ascaphus truei, 139. 
Athecae, 198. 
Autodax iécanus, 135. 
lugubris, 134, 135. 
lugubris farallonensis, 135. 
Autodax, spotted, 134. 
Axolotl, California, 138. 


B 


Bascanion constrictor, 189. 
constrictor flaviventris, 189. 
constrictor vetustum, 189. 


INDEX 


flagellum frenatum, 190. 
laterale, 191. 

taeniatum, 192. 
taeniatus, 191. 

vetustus, 189. 

Bascanium flagelliforme, 190. 
flagelliforme piceum, 190. 
flagelliforme testaceum, 189, 190. 
taeniatum laterale, 191. 
testaceum, 190. 

Batrachoseps attenuatus, 136, 137. 
major, 136, 137. 
nigriventris, 137. 
pacificus, 136, 137. 

Batrachosoma coronatum, 165. 

Bellophis zonatus, 185. 

Bell-toad, American, 139. 

Boa, California, 177. 

Rosy, 177. 
Rubber, 177, 178. 

Boidae, 177. 

Boiginae, 194. 

Boinae, 177. 

Bufo alvarius, 141, 144. 
beldingi, 144. 
boreas, 142, 143. 
boreas boreas,.141, 143. 
boreas halophilus, 141, 142, 143. 
boreas nelsoni, 141, 142, 143. 
canorus, 141, 143. 
chilensis, 142. 
cognatus, 140. 
cognatus californicus, 141. 
cognatus cognatus, 140, 141. 
columbiensis, 142, 143. 
columbiensis halophilus, 142. 
dorsalis, 142. 
halophila, 142. 
halophilus, 143. 
lentiginosus americanus, 142. 
lentiginosus woodhousii, 142. 
microseaphus, 143. 
punctatus, 141, 144. 
woodhousii, 141, 142. 

Bufonidae, 140. 

Bull-frog, 149. 


Cc 


Callisaurus draconoides, 151. 
draconoides ventralis, 151. 
dracontoides gabbii, 151. 
ventralis ventralis, 151. 

Caudata, 130. 

Caudisona lucifer, 195. 
mitchellii, 197. 

Charina bottae, 177, 178. 
brachyops, 178. 
plumbea, 178. 

Chaser, Black, 189. 

Chelopus marmoratus, 199. 


202 University of California Publications in Zoology 


Chilomeniscus cinctus, 182, 185. 
ephippicus, 182. 
Chionactis occipitalis, 182. 
occipitalis annulatus, 182. 
Chondrotus lugubris, 139. 
tenebrosus, 139. 
Chuckwalla, 153. 
Cinosternum flavescens, 200. 
Clemmys marmorata, 199. 
Wosnessenskyi, 199. 
Cnemidophorus gracilis, 172. 
grahamii, 174. 
grahamii stejnegerii, 174. 
hyperythrus, 175. 
hyperythrus beldingi, 173, 175. 
sexlineatus var. bocourtii, 172. 
sexlineatus var. tesselatus, 172. 
stejnegeri, 174. 
tessellatus tessellatus, 172, 174. 
tessellatus tigris, 172, 174. 
tigris, 172. 
tigris mundus, 172, 173. 
tigris stejnegeri, 172, 173, 174. 
tigris tigris, 172, 173. 
tigris undulatus, 174. 
undulatus, 173. 
Coleonyx variegatus, 149, 167. 
Coluber arizonae, 192. 
catenifer, 193. 
constrictor vetustus, 189, 191. 
flagellum frenatus, 190, 191. 
infernalis, 181. 
lateralis, 190, 191. 
(Ophis) Californiae, 187. 
parietalis, 181. 
punctatus, 184. 
taeniatus, 191, 192. 
(Zacholus) zonatus, 184. 
Coluber, Smooth-sealed, 192. 
Colubridae, 179. 
Colubrinae, 182. 
Colubroideae, 179. 
Contia mitis, 183, 185. 
Coronella amabilis, 184. 
balteata, 186. 
boylii, 186. 
Californiae, 187. 
getula, 186, 187. 
getulus var. californica, 187. 
multifasciata, 185. 
pyromelanus zonata, 185. 
zonata, 185. 
Costata, 139. 
Crotalidae, 194. 


Crotalus adamanteus atrox, 195, 196. 


adamanteus var. lucifer, 195. 
adamanteus ruber, 197. 
atrox, 195, 196, 197. 

atrox ruber, 197. 

cerastes, 195, 198. 
confluentus, 195. 

confluentus lucifer, 195. 
exsul, 195, 196. 

Hallowelli, 195. 


lecontei, 195, 196, 198. 
lucifer, 194. 
mitchellii, 195, 197. 
oreganus, 194, 195. 
oregonus var. lucifer, 195. 
pyrrhus, 198. 
ruber, 195, 197. 
tigris, 195, 197. 
Crotaphytus baileyi, 153. 
collaris, 153. 
collaris baileyi, 153. 
dorsalis, 150. 
fasciatus, 152. 
Gambelii, 152. 
silus, 152. 
wislizenii, 152. 
Cynops torosus, 130. 


D 


Dermochelidae, 198. 
Dermochelys schlegelii, 198. 
Diadophis amabilis, 184, 185. 
amabilis pulchellus, 184. 
pulchellus, 184. 
punctatus, 184. 
punctatus amabilis, 184. 
punctatus pulchellus, 184. 
Dicamptodon ensatus, 139. 
Diemictylus torosus, 130. 
Dipso-saurus dorsalis, 150. 
Discoglossidae, 139. 
Doliosaurus me’ealli, 166. 
platyrhinos, 165. 
Dragon, Spotted-tail, 151. 
Drymobius lateralis, 191. 
taeniatus, 192. 
testaceus, 190. 


E 


Elgaria formosa, 169. 
scincicauda, 167. 
Emydinae, 199. 
Emys marmorata, 199. 
nigra, 199. 
Ensatina Eschscholtzii, 132. 
Epirhexis longipes, 149. 
Eublepharidae, 149. 
Eublepharis variegatus, 150. 
Eumeces gilberti, 175. 
hallowellii, 176. 
quadrilineatu[s], 175. 
skiltonianus, 176. 
skiltonianus var. amblygrammus, 
176. 
skiltonianus var. brevipes, 176. 
Euphryne obesus, 153. 
Eutaenia coneinna, 181. 
couchii, 180, 181. 
elegans, 179. 
elegans brunnea, 180. 
elegans couchii, 180, 181. 
elegans infernalis, 180. 
elegans lineolata, 180. 


[ Vou. 17 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 203 


elegans marciana, 179. Gopher, Agassiz’s, 200. 
elegans ordinoides, 179. Western, 200. 
elegans vagrans, 180. Gopherus agassizii, 200. 
Hammondii, 180, 181. Greeny, 145. 

imperialis, 181. 

infernalis, 179, 180. H 


infernalis vidua, 179. 
leptocephala, 179. 
marciana, 181. 
ordinoides, 179. 
proxima, 181. 


Hemidactylium pacificum, 136. 
Herpetodryas flavigularis, 190. 
Heterotriton ingens, 138. 
Homalosoma mite, 183. 
Homalosaurus ventralis, 151. 


sirtalis, 181. Horned-toad, Blainyille, 164. 
sirtalis dorsalis, 181. Galifornia, 165. 
sittalis leptocephala, 179. Mesernsl65 ae 
sirtalis obseura, 181. Flat-tailed 166. 
sirtalis parietalis, 181. pienie 164. 
sirtalis pickeringii, 181. Hyla affinis 145. 
sirtalis tetrataenia, 181. amenicalor 145. 
Eutainia atrata, 179. cadaverina, 145. 
elegans, 180. copii, 145. 
Marciana, 179. nebulosa, 145. 
sirtalis elegans, 179. regilla, 144, 145. 


vagrans, 180. regilla scapularis, 145, 


scapularis, 145. 


F scapularis hypochondriaca, 145. 
’ versicolor, 145 
Frog, Boyle’s, 146. VOSS) Teh 7 
California Red-legged, 148. Hyla, Cadaverous, 145. 


Cape San Lucas, 145. 
Cope’s, 145. 
Pacific, 145. 

Hylidae, 144. 

Hylinae, 144. 


California Yellow-legged, 146. 
Drayton’s, 149. 

Leconte’s, 149. 

Leopard, 149. 

Long-footed, 149. 


Nevada Spotted, 148. Hypsiglena ochrorhynchus, 178, 188. 
Oregon Red-legged, 148. 

Pacific, 146. I 
Rocky Mountain, 149. Iguana, Desert, 150. 
Sand-colored Tree, 145. Iguanidae, 150. 
Salt-marsh, 142. Iguaninae, 150. 
Sierra Madre Yellow-legged, 147. 

Sierra Nevada Yellow-legged, 146. J 
Thick-skinned, 146. Jack, Swift, 172. 
Western, 146. 

Western Spotted, 148. K 


Western Wood, 149. Kinosternidae, 200. 


Kinosternon sonoriense, 200. 


G Kinosternum sonoriense, 200. 

Gecko, Banded, 149. 

Variegated, 150. L 
Gerrhonotus Burnettii, 169. Laminifera, 199. 

coeruleus, 167, 169. Lampropeltis boylii, 186. 

grandis, 169. boylii var. conjuncta, 187. 

multicarinatus, 167, 168, 169. californiae, 187. 

multicarinatus palmerii, 169. conjuncta, 187. 

palmeri, 167, 168. pyromelana multicincta, 184. 

scincicauda, 168. zonata, 185. 

scincicauda ignavus, 168. Lamprosoma annulatum, 182. 

scincicauda palmeri, 168. episcopum, 183. 

scincicauda scincicauda, 166, 167. occipitale, 182. 

scincicauda webbii, 167, 168. Leptophis lateralis, 190. 

scincicaudus, 169. taeniata, 192. 

webbii, 168. Leptotyphlopidae, 176. 


Glauconia humilis, 177. Leptotyphlops humilis, 176. 


204 University of California Publications in Zoology 


Lichanura myriolepis, 177. 
oreutti, 177. 
roseofusea, 177, 178. 
simplex, 177. 
trivirgata, 177. 

Linguata, 140. 

Litoria occidentalis, 145. 

Lizard, Alderman, 154. 
Alligator, 159. 
Bailey Collared, 153. 
Bailey Leopard, 153. 
Banded, 152. 
Beautiful, 151. 
Belding Orange-throated, 175. 
Black-bellied, 137. 
Black Footless, 170. 
Blainville’s Horned, 164, 165. 
Blue-bellied, 161. 
Blue-tailed, 176. 
Broad-nosed Barrel, 166. 
Brown-shouldered, 156. 
Burnett’s Alligator, 169. 
Burnett’s Keeled, 169. 
California Alligator, 166. 
California Horned, 164, 165. 
California Whip-tailed, 173. 
Cape Striped, 175. 
Clark’s, 162. 
Clark’s Alligator, 162. 
Coast Alligator, 169. 
Colorado Desert, 150. 
Cooper’s Green, 157. 
Cope’s, 171. 
Cope’s Desert, 151. 
Crested, 150. 
Jrowned Horned, 164, 165, 
Desert Brown-shouldered, 155. 
Desert Horned, 165. 
Desert Night, 171. 
Desert Whip-tailed, 172. 
Dusky Rough-sealed, 162, 163. 
Dusky Sealy, 163. 
Fat, 154. 
Fat Toad, 154. 
Fence, 157, 160, 162. 
Flat-tailed Horned, 166. 
Graceful, 157. 
Graham’s Striped, 174. 
Great Basin Leopard, 152. 


Mountain Alligator, 169. 
New Mexican Alligator, 157. 
Northern Brown-shouldered, 154. 
Ocellated Desert, 151. 
Ocellated Sand, 150. 

Pacific, 136. 

Pacific Blue-bellied, 159. 
Pacific Horned, 164. 

Pigmy Horned, 164. 
Red-spotted Desert, 151. 
Rivers’s, 172. 

San Diego Alligator, 168. 
San Joaquin Leopard, 152. 
Sealy, 162. 

Schott’s, 157. 

Sharp-back, 150. 
Short-nosed Leopard, 152. 
Sierran Alligator, 168. 
Silvery Footless, 170. 
Skink-tailed, 167, 169. 
Slender, 137, 157. 

Smooth Horned, 166. 
Southern Brown-shouldered, 156. 
Southern Gridiron-tailed, 151. 
Spiny Alligator, 163. 
Spiny-breasted Horned, 165. 
Spotted Yuma, 151. 
Stejneger Whip-tailed, 174. 
Tenaya Blue-bellied, 160. 
Tessellated, 172. 

Tessellated Tiger, 174. 
Thayer’s Alligator, 159, 161. 
Thirsty, 150. 

Tiger, 172. 

Two-lined, 161. 

Two-striped, 161. 

Van Denburgh, 159. 
Variegated, 150. 

Webb’s, 168. 

Western, 159. 

Western Alligator, 161. 
Western Fence, 159. 
Wislizenius’, 152. 

Worm, 170. 

Xantus’s, 171. 
Yellow-spotted, 133. 
Zebra-tailed, 151. 


M 


[ Vou, 17 


Masticophis taeniatus, 192. 
Green-brown, 169. Molge torosa, 130. 
Henshaw’s, 171. Mutabilia, 130. 

Henshaw Night, 171. N 
Island Blue-bellied, 162. Natricinae, 179. 

Island Night, 172. Newt, California, 130. 
Keel-backed, 150. Pacific Coast, 130. 
Little Horned, 164. Western, 130. 
Long-footed, 161. Notophthalmus torosus, 130, 131. 
Many-keeled, 167, 168, 169. Nouns, Bloody, 149. 
Many-ribbed, 167. 

Marey’s Alligator, 157. ° 
McCall’s Horned, 166. Ophibolus Boylii, 186. 
Mearns, 154. ealiforniae, 187. 
Mountain, 157, 159. getulus boylii, 186, 187. 


Great Fence, 162. 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California 


getulus californiae, 187. 
getulus eiseni, 187. 
getulus multicinctus, 184. 
pyrrhomelanus, 185. 
pyrrhomelas, 185. 
zonatus, 185. 
Ophisaurus ventralis, 177. 
Orange-throat, Belding’s, 175. 


P 


Pelobatidae, 140. 

Phimothyra hexalepis, 189. 

Phrynosoma Blainvillii, 164, 165. 
blainvillii blainvillii, 164, 165. 
blainvillii frontale, 165. 
calidiarum, 165. 
cornutum, 165. 
coronatum, 164, 165. 
douglassii douglassii, 164. 
douglassi pygmaea, 164. 
frontalis, 165. 
m’eallii, 166. 
modestum, 164. 
platyrhinos, 165. 

Pituophis annectens, 193. 
bellona, 193. 
eatenifer catenifer, 193. 
catenifer deserticola, 193. 
melanoleucus, 193. : 


melanoleucus var. catenifer, 193. 


Pityophis bellona, 194. 
eatenifer, 194. 
Heermanni, 193. 
sayi, 193. 
sayi bellona, 193, 194. 
vertebralis, 193. 

Platythyra flavescens, 200. 

Plestiodon skiltonianum, 175. 

Plethodon ecrassulus, 134. 
croceater, 132, 133. 
elongatus, 138, 134. 
ensatus, 132. 
eschscholtzii, 132, 133. 
flavipunctatus, 133. 
iécanus, 135. 
intermedius, 134. 
oregonensis, 132. 

Plethodon, Oregon, 132. 

Plethodontidae, 132. 

Plethodontinae, 132. 

Pleurodeles californiae, 130. 

Pseudoeryx bottae, 178. 


R 
Racer, Banded, 191. 
Blue, 189. 
California Striped, 190. 
Green, 189. 
Nevada Striped, 192. 
Red, 190. 
Striped, 191, 192. 
Western Yellow-bellied, 189. 


Rana agilis aurora, 149. 
aurora, 146, 148. 
aurora aurora, 147, 148, 149. 
aurora draytonii, 147, 148. 
boylii, 146. 
boylii boylii, 146, 147. 
boylii muscosa, 147. 
boylii sierrae, 146, 147. 
eatesbiana, 149. 
Draytonii, 148. 
Lecontii, 148. 
longipes, 149. 
nigricans, 149. 
pachyderma, 146. 
pipiens, 147, 149. 
pipiens brachycephala, 149. 
pretiosa, 146, 148. 


pretiosa luteiventris, 147, 148. 


pretiosa pretiosa, 147, 148. 
septentrionalis, 149. 
temporaria, 149. 
temporaria aurora, 149. 
temporaria pretiosa, 146. 
Ranidae, 146. 
Raninae, 146. 
Rattlesnake, Arizona Diamond, 
196. 
Black, 195. 
Bleached, 198. 
California, 195. 
Confluent, 195. 
Fierce, 196. 
Hallowell’s, 195. 
Horned, 198. 
Missouri, 195. 
Oregon, 195. 
Pacific, 194. 
Pallid, 197. 
Red, 196. 
Red Diamond, 197. 
Southern, 195. 
Texas, 196. 
Tiger, 197. 
Western Diamond, 196, 197. 
White, 198. 
Rena, California, 177. 
Rena humilis, 176. 
Reptilia, 149. 
Rhinechis elegans, 192. 
Rhinocheilus lecontei, 178, 188. 
Rhinostoma occipitale, 182. 


Ss 
Salamander, Arboreal, 134. 

Black, 135. 
British Columbia, 139. 
California, 138. 
California Land, 134. 
Capt. Beechey’s, 130. 
Del Norte, 134. 
Farallon, 135. 
Flat-footed, 138. 
Garden, 136. 
Island, 136. 


205 


206 University of California Publications in Zoology 


Long-toed, 138. 
Marbled, 139. 
Mount Lyell, 132. 
Mournful, 134. 
Oregon, 132, 139. 
Rusty, 135. 
Shasta, 135. 
Slender, 136. 
Speckled, 134. 
Tiger, 138. 
Vancouver’s, 139. 
Warty, 130. 
Yellow-spotted, 132. 

Salamandra attenuata, 137. 
Beecheyi, 130. 
lugubris, 134. 
tigrina, 138. 

Salamandridae, 130. 

Salamandrina attenuata, 136. 

Salamandroideae, 130. 

Salientia, 139. 

Salvadora grahamiae, 189. 
grahamiae hexalepis, 189. 
hexalepis, 178, 189. 

Sauria, 149. 

Sauromalus ater, 153. 

Scaphiopus hammondii, 140. 
hammondii hammondii, 140. 

Sceloporus becki, 162. 
bi-seriatus, 160. 
bi-seriatus var. A. azureus, 160. 
bi-seriatus becki, 162. 
bi-seriatus var. marmoratus, 160. 


bi-seriatus var. B. variegatus, 160. 


clarkii, 162. 

consobrinus, 157. 
consobrinus gratiosus, 157. 
frontalis, 159. 

graciosus, 157, 158, 159. 


graciosus graciosus, 157, 158, 159. 


graciosus vandenburgianus, 158, 
159. 
longipes, 160. 
magister, 158, 162. 
occidentalis, 159, 160. 
occidentalis becki, 161, 162. 
occidentalis bi-seriatus, 160, 161. 
occidentalis occidentalis, 159, 161. 
occidentalis taylori, 160, 161. 
oreutti, 158, 162, 163. 
spinosus, 163. 
spinosus var. clarkii, 162. 
undulatus bocourtii, 160. 
undulatus var. bocourtii, 159. 
undulatus occidentalis, 159. 
undulatus thayeri, 159, 160. 
undulatus undulatus, 159, 160. 
vandenburgianus, 159. 
Scincidae, 175. 
Serpentes, 176. 
Siagonodon humilis, 177. 
Sidewinder, 198. 
Skink, Blue-tailed, 176. 
Gilbert’s, 176. 


[| Vou. 17 


Red-headed, 176. 
Skilton’s, 176. 
Western, 175. 

Snake, Arizona Bull, 194. 
Arizona Coach-whip, 190. 
Arizona Ringed, 186. 
Banded Burrowing, 182. 
Banded Flat-nosed, 189. 
Banded Milk, 186. 
Bellona Bull, 193. 

Black Garter, 179. 

Black King, 187. 
Blainville’s King, 187. 
Blue Worm, 170. 

Boyd’s Garter, 179, 180. 
Boyle King, 186. 

Boyle Milk, 186. 

Brown, 183. 

California Black, 189. 
California Blind, 177. 
California Garter, 181. 
California King, 186, 187. 
California Milk, 186, 187. 
California Ring-necked, 184. 
Churchill’s Garter, 182. 
Coppery Whip, 190. 

Coral King, 184. 

Corral, 186. 

Couch’s Garter, 181. 
Desert, 182. 

Desert Burrowing, 182. 
Desert Gopher, 193. 
Dusky Garter, 182. 
Eisen’s Black-headed, 194. 
Hisen’s King, 186. 
Elegant Garter, 180. 
Faded, 192. 

Few-striped Whip, 191. 
Gentle Brown, 183. 

Glass, 177. 

Gopher, 193, 194. 
Graham’s Flat-nosed, 189. 
Green Garter, 180. 
Hallowell’s Coach-whip, 191. 
Hammond’s Garter, 180, 181. 
Harlequin, 186. 

Horse, 182. 

Lead-colored Worm, 178. 
Leconte’s, 188. 
Long-nosed, 188. 
Many-striped Whip, 192. 
Marcy Garter, 179. 
Marcy’s Garter, 181. 
Mohave Ringed, 182. 
Narrow-headed Garter, 179. 
Pacific Bull, 193. 

Pacific Coach-whip, 192. 
Pacifie Coast Garter, 179. 
Pacific Garter, 180, 181. 
Pacific Ground, 183. 
Pacific Pine, 193. 
Patch-nosed, 189. 
Pickering’s Garter, 182. 
Puget Garter, 179. 


1917] Grinnell-Camp: Amphibians and Reptiles of California — 207 


Purple-tailed, 183. 
Red and Black Ground, 182. 
Red-barred Garter, 181. 
Red-bellied, 184. 
Red Milk, 186. 
Ring, 186. 
Ringed King, 186. 
Rock, 188. 
Rocky Mountain Garter, 181. 
Rubber, 177. 
Say’s Garter, 182. 
Say’s Pine, 193. 
Sharp-tailed, 183. 
Sheep-nosed, 177. 
Single-striped Garter, 180. 
Southern Bull, 194. 
Spotted Night, 188. 
Spotted Ring, 184. 
Striped, 182. 
Striped-side Whip, 191. 
Striped Whip, 192. 
Texas Ground, 183. 
Two-headed, 178. 
Wandering Garter, 180. 
Water, 181. 
Western Bull, 193, 194. 
Western Garter, 180, 181. 
Western Gopher, 193. 
Western Ring-necked, 184. 
Western Whip, 190. 
Wood, 178. 
Worm, 170, 176. 
Xantus’s, 188. 
Yellow-bellied Black, 189. 
Yellow Coach-whip, 189, 190. 
Yellow Gopher, 193. 
Sonora episcopa, 183, 185. 
occipitalis, 182, 185. 
Spadefoot, Hammond’s, 140. 
Western, 140. 
Spea hammondii, 140. 
stagnalis, 140. 
Spea, Hammond’s, 140. 
New Mexican, 140. 


Spelerpes platycephalus, 132, 133. 


Spelerpinae, 132. 
Sphargis schlegelii, 198. 
Squamata, 149. 
Stenodactylus variegatus, 149. 
Stenostoma humile, 177. 
Swift, Common, 161. 
Fence, 161. 
Long-tailed, 157. 
Mearns, 154. 
Oreutt’s, 163. 
Ornate, 157. 
Pacific, 159. 
Sage-brush, 157, 159. 
Stansbury ’s, 156. 
aineerel'o i. 
Van Denburgh’s, 159. 
Western, 161. 
White-bellied, 157. 


T 
Tantilla, Black-headed, 194. 

California, 194. 

Tantilla eiseni, 185, 194. 

nigriceps, 194. 

Tapaya coronata, 165. 

Douglassii, 164. 

Taricha laevis, 130. 

lugubris, 134. 

torosa, 130. 

Teiidae, 172. 
‘verrapin, California, 199. 

Pacific, 199. 

Western, 199. 
Testudinata, 198. 
Testudinidae, 199. 
Testudininae, 199. 

Testudo agassizii, 167, 199. 
Thamnophis elegans, 180, 181. 

infernalis, 179, 180, 181. 

leptocephala, 179. 

marcianus, 179. 

ordinoides elegans, 180. 

ordinoides hammondii, 180, 181. 

ordinoides ordinoides, 179, 180. 

parietalis, 180, 181. 

sirtalis parietalis, 181. 

vagrans, 180. 

Toad, American, 142. 

Arroyo, 141. 

Ashy Horned, 165. 

Baird’s, 142, 143. 

Broad-nosed Horned, 166. 

California, 142. 

Colorado, 144. 

Colorado River, 144. 

Common, 142. 

Douglass’s Horned, 164. 

Girard’s, 144. 

Great Plains, 140. 

MacCall’s Horncd, 166. 

Nevada, 143. 

Northwestern, 143. 

Pacific Horned, 164. 

Rocky Mountain, 142. 

Small-spaded, 143. 

Smooth Horned, 166. 

Spotted, 144. 

Woodhouse’s, 142. 

Yosemite Park, 143. 
Tortoise, Agassiz’s, 200. 

Agassiz’s Land, 200. 

Desert, 199. 

Tortrix Bottae, 177. 
Tree-frog, Arizona, 145. 

Cope’s, 145. 

Pacific, 144. 

Western, 145. 

Tree-toad, 145. 
Triton, Cape St. Lucas, 133. 

Oregon, 132. 

Triton ensatus, 139. 

Ermani, 130. 

laevis, 130. 


208 University of California Publications in Zoology 


tereticauda, 130. 
torosus, 130. 
Tropidolepis scincicauda, 166. 
Tropidonotus leptocephalus, 179. 
ordinatus, 181. 
ordinatus var. couchii, 180. 
ordinatus var. hammondii, 181. 
ordinatus infernalis, 180. 
ordinoides, 179. 
parietalis, 181. 
tri-vittatus, 180. 
vagrans, 181. 
Turtle, Arizona Mud, 200. 
California Mud, 199. 
Pacific Leatherback, 198. 
Pacific Mud, 199. 
Water, 199. 
Western Pond, 199. 
Yellow Mud, 200. 


U 


Uma inornata, 151. 
notata, 150. 
rufopunctata, 151. 

Uro-saurus graciosus, 156. 

Uta elegans, 155. 
graciosa, 156. 
mearnsi, 154. 
ornata, 157. 
schottii, 157. 
Stansburiana, 154, 156. 
stansburiana elegans, 155, 156. 


stansburiana hesperis, 155, 156. 


stansburiana stansburiana, 154, 
155, 156. 
symmetrica, 157. 
Uta, Graceful, 157. 
Long-tailed, 156. 
Ornate, 157. 
Stansbury’s, 156. 
Tree, 157. 


Vv 


Verticaria beldingi, 175. 
hyperythra, 175. 
hyperythra beldingi, 175. 

Viperoideae, 194. 


Ww 

Water-dog, 130. 
Water-lizard, Pacific, 130. 
Whip-tail, California, 174. 

Desert, 172. 

Stejneger’s, 174. 
Wood-frog, 145. 
Worm, Blind, 170. 
Worm-snake, Blue, 170. 


x 


Xantusia henshawi, 171. 
picta, 171. 
riversiana, 172. 
vigilis, 171. 
Xantusiidae, 171. 
Xerobates agassizii, 199. 
berlandieri, 200. 
Xiphonura tenebrosa, 139. 


Z 


Zablepsis henshawi, 171. 
Zamenis constrictor, 189. 
constrictor flaviventris, 189. 
flagelliformis frenatus, 190. 
fiagellum, 190. 
flagellum flagellum, 190. 
grahami, 189. 
lateralis, 191. 
taeniatus, 192. 


gy 


1, Sppeac “ Octahell 19, 


_ FRONTED GOOSE ( 


oS 


OCC URRING IN CALIFORNIA 


UNIVERSITY OF OALIFOENIA PUBLICATIONS 


Note.—The University of California Publications ere offered in exchange for the publi. 
tations of learmed societies and institutions, universities and libraries. Complete lista of 
ell the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample copies, lists 
ef publications or other information, address the Manager of the University Press, Berkeley, 
California. U. 8. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The eee: : 
Department, Uxiversity Library, Berkeley, California, U. 8. A. 


£Z0OLOGY.—W. H. Ritter and O. A Kofoid, Editors. Price per volume, $3.50; bepinning = 
with vol. 11, $5.00. 


This series contains the contributions from the Department of Zoology, from the ? 
Marine Laboratory of the Scrippr Institution for Biological Research, at La Jolla, 
California, and from the Oalifornia Museum of Vertebrate Zoology in Berkeiere 


Cited aa Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 


Wolume 1, 1902-1905, 317 pages, with 28 plates 8. 89.50 - 
Volume 2 (Contributions from the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Associa- 2 z 
tion of San Diego), 1904-3906, xvii + 382 pages, with 19 plates ..._......... $350 


Volume 8, 1906-1907, 883 pages, with 28 plates 2 SSO 
Volume 4, 1907-1908, 400 pages, with 24 plates 2. 2a $3.50 i 
Volume 5, 1908-1910, 440 pages, with $4 plates 22 8850 
Volume 6, 1908-1911, 478 pages, with 48 plates 0 
Volume 7 (Contributions from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology), 1910-1912, : 

446 pages, with 12 plates 2 So aaa sccm 
Volume 8, 1911, 857 pages, with 25 plates 0. $3.50. 
Volume 9, 1911-1912, 365 pages, with 24 plates ncn. e cece eeseeeeceeeee . $3.50. 
Volume 10, 1912-1918, 417 pages, with 10 plates eee $8.50 
Volume 11,.1912-1914, 538 pages, with 26 plates... 222 —=- $5.00 
Volume 12, (Contributions from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology), 1913-1916, 

HSS: Paves, Wath: BA pIAEGs sss esa coca als Oa cat eee ee at cee - $5.00. 


Wol 13. i. The Schizopoda of the San Diego Region, by Calvin 0. Esterly. Pp. ~ 
1-20, plates 1-2. April, 1914 0.22.2. PERE SSE 
2. A Study of the Occurrence and “Manner of ‘Distribution of the C Cteno- ; 
phora of the Sam Diego Region, by Calvin O. Esterly. Pp 21-38. - 
PLD Oa aS Eo SS ee i Nas Sub ocean ea ee 
3. A New Self-Regulating Paraffin Bath, by 0. W. Woodworth. Pp. 30. a 
42.2 toxt-figures\.;(April, 1814 25 so, ee es ee 06 
4. Diplodinium ecaudatum, with an Account of Its Neuromotor Apparatus, Legs 
by Robert G. Sharp. Pp. 43-122, plates 3-7, 4 text figures. May, ; 
bp BF Sia eae 18 Cari eer peat ga cdentien 2 De rein AE oT iC A RE es aA a) See enee ae EN 20 
5. The Vertical Distribution and Movements of the Schizopoda of the 7 
San Diego Region, by Calvin O. Esterly. Pp. 123-145. May, 1914... 
6. The Anatomy of Heterodontus. francisci. I. The Exoskeleton, by J. 
Frank Daniel. Pp. 147-166, plates 8-9, 4 text figures. May 23, ~ 


BS Eten ee kts ee Ur Pee Es Yas ca NE eel A es ey aS 2 
7. The Movements and Reactions of the Isolated Melanophores of the og 
Frog, by S. J. Holmes. Pp. 167-174, plate 10, August, 1914 se MOR = 


8. Polychaetous Annelids of the Pacific Coast in the Collections of the 
Zoological Museum of the University of California, by Aaron L. 
Treadwell. Pp. 175-234, plates 11-12. 

9. New Syllidae from San Francisco Bay (collected by the U. 8. 8. 
«*Albatross’’), by Aaron L. Treadwell. Pp. 235-238, 7 text figures. 

Nos. 8 and 9 in one cover. October, 1914 W222. 2 - 65° 
10,. Note on the Medusan Genus Stomolophus, from San Diego, by Henry ats 
B. Bigelow. Pp. 239-241. September, 1914 2200 ca - 6 
ll. A Study of the Structure of Feathers, with Reference to their Taxo- =~ 
nomic Significance, by Asa C, Chandler. Pp. 243-446, plates 13-17, ~~ 
TF COREL ULES; SAE OL Ge saw eee ce eeepc ae vata ten wares ane ondnomaansateeee 
12. Anatomical Adaptations in the Thoracic Limb of the California Pocket 
Gopher and Other Rodents, by Charles Daniel Holliger. Pp. 447- 
494, plates 38-39, 20 text-figures, March, 1916 02.02.22 ie cece ; 

18. The Inheritance of Extra Bristles in Drosophila Melanogaster Meig., by 

Edna M. Reeves. Pp. 495-515, 1 figure in text. December, 1916 ........ 


Vol. 14. 1. A Report upox the Physical Conditions in San Francisco Bay, Based 
upon the Operations of the United States roe Steamer ‘‘Alba- 


tross’’ during the Years 1912 and 1913, by F. B. Sumner, G. D. ra 
Loaderback, W. L. Schmitt, EB. 0. chi ean Pp. 1-198, plates 1-18, 
20 text figures. July, 1914 __ a A 
ee 
eal 


bi 


oS ee 
ane 


fae 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 
IN 


ZOOLOGY 


Vol. 17, No. 11, pp. 209-222, plate 13, 2 figures in text October 19, 1917 


ASS DUD ORDA RACES OF THE WHITEH- 
FRONTED GOOSE (ANSER ALBIFRONS) 
OCCURRING IN CALIFORNIA 


BY fi. 
H. S. SWARTH anp HAROLD C. BRYANT 


(Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California) 


It seems almost incredible that the presence of a bird as conspic- 
uous as a goose should have remained unknown to science until this 
late date in a state where ornithology has been studied as intensively 
as in California. But recent information proves this to have been 
the ease. The fact is now established that two well-defined subspecies 
of Anser albifrons occur in California during the winter months, 
instead of the single race heretofore recognized. 

For the material employed in demonstrating the differences be- 
tween the two forms the authors are indebted primarily to Judge 
F. W. Henshaw, of the Supreme Court of California, and also to 
Mr. George Neale, in charge of the Sacramento office of the California 
Fish and Game Commission. It was through the latter that we re- 
ceived our first intimation of the existence within this state of a gray 
goose different from the common species. Judge Henshaw secured 
and donated to the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology a series of fourteen 
specimens, sufficient in number for the prosecution of a detailed study, 
and he also supplied valuable written notes upon the habits of these 
two races of geese as observed in their winter home. Mr. Neale 
donated two specimens, as described beyond, and also gave us written 
notes regarding the habits and appearance of the birds in life. 

We are under indebtedness of another sort to Dr. Barton W. Ever- 
mann, director of the California Academy of Sciences, who permitted 


210 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


examination of the extensive series of white-fronted geese in the collec- 
tion of that institution. 

In the spring of 1916 a conversation took place between the junior 
author of this paper and Mr. George Neale, in the course of which the 
latter described what he called a ‘‘tule goose’’ or ‘‘timber goose,’’ 
distinguished from the common white-fronted goose by its much 
greater size, its call notes, and certain details in its habits. In fur- 
therance of our efforts to ascertain the specific identity of this large 
goose we obtained during the ensuing winter, from the two donors to 
whom acknowledgments are made above, specimens as listed below, 
all taken in the vicinity of Butte Creek, near West Butte, Sutter 
County, California. 

The numerals used in the following pages for reference to speci- 
mens are the collection numbers of the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology. 
All measurements are in millimeters. Color terms are from Ridgeway, 
1912. 

From Judge Henshaw: Nine tule geese, five adult males, three 
adult females, and one immature female (nos. 27175-27177, 27572, 
27573, 27575-27578) ; five white-fronted geese (nos. 27574, 27579- 
27582). 

From Mr. Neale: Two tule geese, one entire specimen, an adult 
male (no. 27134), and one specimen consisting of the head and neek 
of an adult bird, preserved in alcohol (no. 27583). 

There is in addition in the Museum collection, a series of thirty-six 
skins of the white-fronted goose, from the vicinity of Los Banos, 
Merced County, California. Examination was also made of the series 
of forty-three specimens of the latter species, from the same locality, 
in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. 

The first specimen received of the so-called tule goose was a male. 
The great size of this individual was at first attributed to age, and 
it was suggested that very old ganders of our common species might 
sometimes attain exceptional dimensions, much greater than the mode. 
But the acquisition of additional specimens refuted this conjecture, 
for females were later secured which in spite of a notable difference 
in their ages (one of the specimens being immature) were all of 
approximately the same size, and much larger than the common form 
of white-fronted goose. 

Except for the immature plumage, which is worn for at least 
the first year, the external appearance of these birds yields no reliable 
clue to their age. There is a general belief, however, that the black 


1917] Swarth-Bryant: White-fronted Goose in California 211 


blotching of the lower parts increases in extent with the passage of 
years; and the individuals occasionally encountered in which the 
lower breast and abdomen are uniformly black are thought to be 
of great age. If this idea is reasonable, and it appears to be so, 
the big birds in question cannot be regarded as being of exceptional 
age. None has the belly unusually heavily blotched, while on the 
other hand several of the smaller sized birds are almost entirely 
black below. 

Sex and age having been thus excluded as causes of the observed 
differences, it became necessary to make a careful comparison of the 
two series of specimens, the large tule goose and the small white- 
fronted goose, in order to find a more satisfactory solution of the 
question. Fortunately, enough examples of both were available to 
make this practicable. 

The difference in size between the two subspecies was equally 
noticeable whether the comparisons were made before skinning the 
specimens or in tabulated measurements. This was at once sugges- 
tive of a like contrast within the Branta canadensis group. The large 
tule goose may be compared with the Canada goose, which it closely 
approximates in bulk. The smaller white-fronted goose is comparable 
to the Hutchins goose in size, while, to complete the analogy, the 
Asiatie species, Anser erythropus, may be paralleled with the tiny 
cackling goose. A similar variation is to be found in the North 
American snow geese (Chen), there being in this genus three species 
comparable in size. 

A color distinction that is at once apparent between the two series 
of Anser is that the larger birds are of a browner tint, and the smaller 
ones more gray. This is especially noticeable on the heads and necks. 
In some individuals of the larger race the head is extremely dark 
brown, almost black. In the distinctive markings, the white face 
patch and the black blotches on the belly, there appears to be no 
difference between the two. 

In one of his communications (see below) Judge Henshaw called 
attention to the fact that the tule goose has a yellow eye-ring, a feature 
that is not present in the white-fronted goose. This important char- 
acter is not apparent in a dried skin, and it had been overlooked 
in the first few specimens that came in, but its presence was verified 
in all but one of the large geese subsequently received. This marking 
is similar to that ascribed to Anser'erythropus, the edge of the eyelid 
being naked skin, and forming a bright yellow ring about the eye. 


212 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


It was conspicuously present in both sexes, and even in the single 
immature female; in only one specimen (no. 27575) was it absent. 
In the common white-fronted goose the eyelid is dark brown. 

Another character that may be noted is the number of tail 
feathers. Of the six males of the larger race at hand, four have 
eighteen tail feathers each, and the two which have a lesser number 
appear to be molting or to have had tail feathers shot away. The 
four females have each sixteen remiges. Of the series of the smaller 
race, male and female alike have sixteen tail feathers. Of twenty 
specimens examined none has more. 

In the two lots of birds examined, we thus find differences of size, 
color of plumage, number of tail feathers, and in the character of the 
eye-ring. There seems to be no question but that the series are rep- 
resentative of two distinct subspecies at least. In fact, to anyone 
handling the birds in the flesh, the differences between the two are 
obvious beyond dispute. Granting, then, the existence of two races, 
the question arises as to the proper names to be applied to them. 

The American white-fronted goose has long been known as Anser 
albifrons gambecli Hartlaub. It would seem at first thought that the 
more common North American species (and evidently one of these 
two species is much more common than the other, in California at 
least) should be the one to bear this name, but careful consideration 
of the question makes it seem doubtful that this is the correct inter- 
pretation of the facets. 

Hartlaub’s description (1852, p. 7) of Anser albifrons gambeli 
reads as follows: 


ANSER GAMBELLI, Nob.—(Notice provisoire.)—Synon. Anser albifrons Americ. 
septentr. 


Nous avons examiné trois exemplaires de cette espéce d’Oie, dont deux pro- 
venaient du Texas et 1’un du sud de 1’Amérique du nord. Ce dernier est presque 
adulte; les deux du Texas sont des jeunes. L’énorme grosseur et la forme 
différente du bee nous force de séparer cette espéce de notre albifrons. Voici les 
dimensions comparatives: 


A. GAMBELLI A. ALBIFRONS 
TWomeaibes POStri cay che peree te senaceteee eee 2s GAL Oar 
TACIT Cb: eeseteueesusestesee av 4r"u LS Bi 
Altitud. rostri later i ile rte OMA, 
Circumferent. rostri (ad! bas? cesses Gi PH eae A 
Longit. tars. PET eyo ee Ply ESB, 
Diowmedye PA (en Oa 


Le congrés des ornithologistes, 4 Berlin, en 1851, a approuvé la séparation 
spécifique de cette Oie américaine. 


1917 | Swarth-Bryant: White-fronted Goose in California 213 


As regards most of the measurements given in the above descrip- 
tion, it is apparently impossible to ascertain the exact manner in 
which they were taken. Hence it is difficult to use them in making 
comparisons. One of Hartlaub’s measurements, (‘‘Longit. rostri a 


Fig. A. Anser albifrons albifrons, adult male, no. 21922, Los Banos, Merced 
County, California; natural size. 


Fig. B. Anser albifrons gambeli, adult male, no. 27573, West Butte, Sutter 
County, California; natural size. 


fr.’’?) may safely be assumed as corresponding to length of culmen 
as we have measured it. This measurement, as given for his A. 
Gambelli, translated into millimeters (58 mm.), is within the range 
of variation of our larger goose. It can not be applied to the bill of 
the smaller variety. 


214 University of California Publications in Zoology | Vou. 17 


Howsoever they were taken, Hartlaub’s measurements show about 
the same proportional differences between the two races he had in 
hand, as there are in our two sets of birds. His new species was 
evidently a very large bird, and one, at least, of the measurements 
he gives of it can be applied to the larger of our two forms. It seems 
safe to say, therefore, that the name Anser albifrons gambeli should 
be used for our large tule goose. 

The question then arises as to the status of our small white-fronted 
goose, which is evidently by far the more common of the two in 
California. European writers have been reluctant to recognize an 
American race of Anser albifrons. Salvadori (1895, p. 97) describes 
gambeli as ‘‘searecely different from A. albifrons; on the average it 
is larger and has a bigger bill.’’ Alphéraky (1905, p. 42) refuses to 
recognize gambeli at all, though conceding that occasional specimens 
from North America attain a greater size than any European birds. 
Of deseriptions and measurements as given in most of the American 
literature on the subject, it may be said that the diagnoses are not 
convincing as proofs of the subspecifie identity of Anser a. gambeli, 
though there is throughout recurrent mention of occasional unusually 
large sized birds. (In this connection see Coues, 1874, p. 547.) It 
seems likely that confusion has arisen through failure to discriminate 
between two perfectly distinct races, and that the explanation of the 
puzzle is as follows: That gambeli exists as a distinguishable North 
American subspecies of large size, as originally described, but that 
there also exists in North America another form of smaller size, and 
that the two occur together during the winter months. The smaller 
bird is, to all appearances, indistinguishable from the European form. 
In other words, the race of the white-fronted goose which is most 
common on the Pacific coast of North America is Anser albifrons albi- 
frons (Seopoli). 

In testing this theory reference should be made to the aecompany- 
ing tables. The measurements of European A. albifrons albifrons 
are taken from Alphéraky’s (1905, p. 46) careful study of the 
species. The California series of this subspecies used in comparison 
was collected at Los Banos, Merced County, during the winter of 
1911-12. It will be noted that the measurements of this last series 
fall within the extremes given for the European birds. No European 
or Asiatic specimens are available for actual comparison, but no differ- 
ences, save of size, are claimed to exist between these and American 
birds, and as it is evident that there are no size differences between 


1917] Swarth-Bryant: White-fronted Goose in California 215 


the series here compared, it seems justifiable to apply to the smaller 
American race the name of the common European subspecies, Anser 
albifrons albifrons. 

The differences existing between the two subspecies may be sum- 
marized as follows: 


Anser albifrons albifrons 
Size small (wing 384-422); bill small (culmen 44-52); tail feathers, six- 
teen; coloration in general paler, head and neck grayish; naked skin 
at edge of eyelid, grayish brown. 
Anser albifrons gambeli 
Size large (wing 420-475); bill large (eulmen 53-62) ; coloration in gen- 
eral darker, neck dark brown, head blackish; tail feathers, male eighteen, 
female sixteen; naked skin at edge of eyelid, yellow or orange. 


In colors of ‘‘soft parts,’’ before the birds are skinned, there were 
no distinguishable differences between the two series in eyes, bill or 
feet. The eyelids of the two varied as already pointed out. Accord- 
ing to Stejneger (1885, p. 146) appreciable changes occur within an 
hour after death, and as probably none of our specimens came to hand 
until after a lapse of at least twenty-four hours, the colors as we noted 
them, particularly of the bill, may be quite different from those of 
the living bird. There were great changes, however, in these parts 
after the prepared skins had begun to dry. “Some faded and some 
darkened. 

An adult male of Anser a. gambeli (no. 27134) was colored as 
follows: Upper mandible, general ground-color, light buff tinged with 
purplish along culmen and at the edges; lower mandible, upper edge 
of rami, purplish, lower edge, yellowish; naked skin between rami, 
light buff; feet (tarsus, toes and web), ochraceous salmon. The color 
of eyes in all the specimens was dark brown. 

As of general interest it is worth while to record here the fact that 
all the birds taken in January were molting extensively, over head, 
neck and body. There was evidently a general freshening of plum- 
age, apparently involving everything but flight feathers to a greater 
or less extent. Newly appearing black feathers on the lower parts 
were particularly noticeable. 

The present study is based entirely upon specimens collected in 
winter. Not a single breeding bird is available for comparison, un- 
fortunately, so that we are unable to indicate the summer ranges of 
the two North American forms. 

The following theoretical breeding ranges are suggested by the 
facts thus far ascertained, though demonstration of the truth of the 


216 University of California Publications in Zoology [| Vou. 17 


hypothesis must depend upon future investigation. With Anser albi- 
frons albifrons occurring commonly in the western United States 
during the winter months, it would seem fair to assume that the 
known summer range of the subspecies, covering northern Europe 
and Asia, also extends continuously over western Alaska, and for an 
undetermined distance eastward. Pursuing this hypothesis, and 
assuming, as we have the right to do, that the two races do not occur 
together during the breeding season, we may infer that the summer 
home of the large A. a. gambeli is restricted to points farther eastward 
in Arctic America than the region inhabited by A. a. albifrons. This 
distribution would explain the relative scarcity of the first mentioned 
upon the Pacifie Coast. Study of specimens from the Mississippi 
Valley.and points farther east should go far toward confirming or 
refuting this theory, for upon the hypothesis advanced, the condition 
existing there, must be the opposite of that obtaining in California. 
There should be, namely, an abundance of the larger Anser a. gambeli, 
and a searcity of the smaller race. In this connection it is of interest 
to note a comment made by Nelson (1877, p. 186) upon specimens 
from Illinois: ‘‘I have examined a number of specimens, which by 
correct comparison were at least one-fourth smaller than the average.”’ 

The white-fronted goose is known, of course, to breed commonly 
in Alaska, but there are no Alaskan skins at hand for comparison; 
nor have we been able to discover published measurements of speci-— 
mens either from this section or elsewhere in America, in which 
dimensions of specified individuals are given together with explicit 
statements of exact place of capture. Consequently the assumption 
that the breeding bird of western Alaska is identical with the smaller 
of the two subspecies visiting California in winter, is an unproven 
hypothesis. It ean be said, however, that measurements of eggs from 
the Yukon region, as given by Nelson (1887, p. 83) agree reasonably 
well with the dimensions given by Alphéraky (1905, p. 56) for those 
of the European bird. Eggs of a set in the Museum of Vertebrate 
Zoology (no. 714) from Cape Vancouver, Alaska, are close to the 
minimum dimensions given by Alphéraky. It would seem that eggs 
of the large sized A. gambeli should be measurably larger than those 
of A. albifrons. 

In considering the possible continuity of range of Anser a. albi- 
frons over Asia and Alaska, mention must be made of a goose taken 
by Stejneger (1885, p. 145) upon Bering Island, which he records 
as Anser a. gambeli, saying that ‘‘it matches average North American 


1917] Swarth-Bryant: White-fronted Goose in California 217 


oy 


specimens in every particular. The following details of this bird 
can be used in comparison with our data: Sex, female; total length, 
685 mm.; wing, 417; tail feathers, 124; bill, from tip to frontal 
feathering, 51; tarsus, 78; middle toe with claw, 76; weight, 634 
pounds (fat); naked eye-ring, dark brownish gray. 

It is, of course, uncertain whether these measurements were taken 
in the same manner.as our own, but, disregarding this possibility, it 
will be seen from the figures given that the total leneth accords with 
that noted by us for the smaller American race, which we eall albifrons, 
while the others are all intermediate between the two. Stejneger, 
with his customary painstaking accuracy, earefully records the color 
of the naked eye-ring, most fortunately so, as it appears to be a valu- 
able character. The fact that it is dark brownish gray in the 
specimen in question seems, with little doubt, to stamp the bird as 
Anser a. albifrons. 

On the whole, while concurring with this author that his Bering 
Island white-fronted goose agrees with average North American birds 
in its characteristics, we believe it belongs to the smaller, apparently 
the more common, of the two American races. Its slightly greater 
size, as compared with most European A. albifrons, is in accord with 
Alphéraky’s finding of an inerease in the size of birds from eastern 
Asia, as compared with European specimens. 

All of the examples of tule geese at hand came from a limited 
region in the Sacramento Valley, in the vicinity of Butte Creek and 
Butte Slough, in Sutter County. While the bird is apparently of 
fair abundance in this region in winter, we have little data demen- 
strating its presence at any other point in the state. In the extensive 
series of A. albifrons albifrons in the collections of the Museum of 
Vertebrate Zoology and of the California Academy of Sciences, all 
taken in the vicinity of Los Banos, Mereed County, in the San Joaquin 
Valley, there is not a single example of the larger bird. There is, 
however, a persistent rumor among market-hunters of the Los Banos 
district to the effect that a large form of white-fronted goose exists 
and has been killed there. In a letter received from Mr. George 
Neale, the statement is made that Mr. A. W. Stuart, of Grand Island, 
once killed two large gray geese, ‘‘as large as honkers,’’ at Maine 
Prairie, Solano County. 

In the Sacramento Valley, market-hunters and the sportsmen of 
the gun clubs alike affirm the existence of two races of the white- 
fronted goose, differing in appearance, habits and call notes. It is 


218 University of California Publications in Zoology  [V0. i 


said that the two kinds flock separately, for the most part; and that 
the larger race is never seen in such big flocks as is customary with 
the other, but is most frequently noted singly or in pairs. Also that 
while the smaller variety is a common frequenter of grain fields and 
uplands generally, the larger one is pre-eminently a denizen of open 
water or of ponds and sloughs surrounded by tules and willows. The 
predilection of the latter species for such localities has given rise to 
the local names by which it is known, ‘‘tule goose’’ or ‘‘timber goose,”’ 
as contrasted with the upland-frequenting ‘‘speckle-belly.’’ 

The habits and appearance in life, of the tule goose are described 
in the following excerpts from a letter written by Judge F..W. Hen- 
shaw to Dr. J. Grinnell, director of the Museum of Vertebrate 
Zoology : 


On Monday last, Jan. 22nd, accompanied by my friend Sam Lamme, I went 
out to secure for you some tule geese on the grounds of the West Butte Country 
Club in the Sutter Basin. We went by boat into the more unfrequented and 
inaccéssible parts of this lake and there shot for you four tule geese and five 
American white-fronted geese. Sam Lamme is remarkable even for a professional 
hunter. His ability to call wild fowls of all kinds is little short of marvelous, 
and we could easily have killed more of these birds, but we stopped when we 
had secured the number that you desired. We were out only during the morning, 
and in that time (accepting Sam’s verdict as to their character) we certainly 
saw over 150 tule geese. Usually they were single birds or in pairs, though at 
times we would see flocks of eight, ten, twelve, or sixteen. At times also we saw 
mixed flocks. Sam explained this by saying that the tule geese never joined the 
smaller white-fronted geese, but that the latter would frequently attach themselves 
to a pair or to a flock of tule geese and trail on behind. I was myself a witness 
to the joining of these birds upon several occasions. The tule geese were always 
in the lead, paying no attention to the other geese which joined them, and in 
turn the other geese would frequently leave the tule geese after accompanying 
them for a short time. When the tule geese were by themselves and at a distance 
it was difficult for me to tell with any certainty whether they were tule geese or 
the ordinary white-fronted geese, but when the two kinds were together the differ- 
ence was most plain and showed not alone in size but in the conspicuously longer 
neck of the tule geese. Also the notes of the tule goose, according to Sam, while 
similar, are of different quality from those of the white-fronted goose, and while 
I was unable to detect the difference myself, he frequently verified his own nicer 
sense of hearing. The difference he described by saying that the notes of the 
tule goose were coarser and harsher. His nicety of ear I had him demonstrate 
upon several occasions. He would say upon hearing the call of a bird, ‘‘that is 
a tule goose,’’ or ‘‘that is a gray goose,’’ and I would reply, ‘‘call him in, Sam, 
and let’s make sure.’? When he did so, in every instance his judgment proved 
to be correct. In explanation of this, let me say that he called many of both 
varieties within range of our guns after we had killed all that you required, so 
that in many instances I had to base my conclusion upon observation of the birds 
in the air. Another noticeable fact was that the tule geese, while shy in the 
sense that they resorted to the more remote parts of the marsh—the white-fronted 


1917] Swarth-Bryant: White-fronted Goose in California 219 


geese being everywhere by the hundreds—were much more confiding and answered 
much more readily to Sam’s call, coming in directly and without the usual wary 
circling. Several times, for example, it happened that in a mixed flock the 
white-fronted geese would turn and leave, while the tule geese would come sailing 
on to what would haye been their destruction. 

I mentioned to you over the phone the conspicuous bright orange membrane 
fully surrounding the eye of the tule goose. It did not appear upon any specimen 
of the white-fronted goose, and Sam declared that he had never seen it on a 
white-fronted goose. Sam, I should add, was born in Sutter county, has been for 
years a market hunter, and is exceptionally endowed with powers of observation 
and wild fowl mimicry. 


Transmitted May 1, 1917. 


220 


University of California Publications in Zoology 


[ Vou. 17 


MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS (AVERAGE, MINIMUM, AND MAXIMUM) OF THE 


Races or Anser albifrons 
Wing 


(430.0-475.0) 


6 male Anser albifrons 
gambeli; California.. 
10 male Anser albifrons 
albifrons ; California 
4 female Anser albifrons 


447.2 


409.6 (384.0-422.0) 


gambeli; Calitornia.. 430.5 (420.0-440.0) 
10 female Anser albi- 

frons albifrons; Cal- 

THROW ANE, © ceeredeeesercare ice 394.5 (384.0-404.0) 


Adult Anser albifrons al- 


bifrons; Old World 375.0—435.0" 


Height of bill 
6 male Anser albifrons gam- 
beli; California ... 
10 male Anser albifrons albi- 
mows Oplbhdaie, 23.3 (21.5-26.0) 
4 female Anser albifrons gam- 
beli; California 
10 female Anser albifrons al- 
bifrons ; California ............ 
Adult Anser albifrons albi- 
rons «Olde nvorl disse 23.57 


26.5 (25.0-28.0) 


25.7 (25.0-27.0) 


20.4 (18.0-21.5) 


Total length? 


Cali- 


6 male Anser albifrons gambeli; 


fornia _ ..-- 830.5 (810.0-854.0) 
2 male Anser albifrons albifrons; Cali- 

OLN sare sees eee ess ook eee 733.0 (730.0-736.0) 
4 female Anser albifrons gambeli; Cali- 

POPMIG, H Se sis peepee tie eta reeseemetee seer 779.7 (745.0-797.0) 
3 female Anser albifrons albifrons; 

Galli orm ae ceeee stone ce eeee reer 687.6 (685.0-692.0) 
Adult Anser albifrons albifrons; Old 

Word dy Sees ocec ccs teccsctsceseaeeenaee sae nner 635.0—-760.0" 


Tail 
135.5 (124.0-144.0) 
121.2 (107.0-135.0) 


127.2 (110.0-135.0) 


119.6 (113.0-126.0) 


Tarsus 


81.9 (80.0-84.0) 
73.6 (71.0-79.0) 
79.0 (77.0-83.0) 
70.1 (64.0-73.0) 


51.0-81.0* 


Culmen 


60.1 (57.0-62.0) 
49.6 (46.5-52.0) 


55.6 (53.0-58.0) 


46.0 (44,0-48.0) 
40.0-56.0 


Middle toe without 
claw 


79.6 (73.0-84.0) 
67.1 (61.0-73.0) 
75.0 (73.0-80.0) 
63.1 (58.0-68.0) 
Spread wings? 

1623.6 (1560.0-1670.0) 
1476.5 (1471.0-1482.0) 
1572.0 (1510.0-1661.0) 


1405.3 (1384.0-1437.0) 


WEIGHTS (AVERAGE, MINIMUM, AND MAXIMUM) OF THE RACES OF Anser albifrons 


6 male Anser albifrons gambeli; California -..... 
2 male Anser albifrons albifrons; California .... 
4 female Anser albifrons gambeli; California -... 
3 female Anser albifrons albifrons; California 
Adult Anser albifrons albifrons; Old World -... 


6 Ibs. 
4 Ibs. 


1 Alphéraky, 1905, p. 46. 
* Measured prior to skinning. 
* Extremes of twenty-one specimens; Alphéraky, loc. cit. 


7 Ibs. 4 oz. (7 lbs. 1 02-7 Ibs. 8 oz.) 
5 Ibs. 4 oz. (5 Ibs.-5 Ibs. 6 oz.) 
5 oz. (5 lbs. 5 02-7 Ibs.) 
12 oz. (3 Ibs. 14 0z.-5 lbs. 8 02.) 


4 lbs.—6 lbs.* 


1917] Swarth-Bryant: White-fronted Goose in California 221 


LITERATURE CITED 
ALPHERAKY, 8. 

1905. The geese of Europe and Asia. London, Ward, vi+195, frontispiece, 

24 pls. 
Cougs, E. 

1874. Birds of the Northwest: a hand-book of the ornithology of the region 
drained by the Missouri River and its tributaries. U.S. Geol. Sury. 
Terr., Mise. Publ., 3, xi+ 791. 

HArTLAus, G. 

1852. Descriptions de quelques nouvelles espéces d’Oiseaux. Paris, Rev. Mag. 

-Zool. (2), 4, 3-9. 
NE.LSon, E. W. 

1877. Birds of northeastern Illinois. Bull. Essex Inst., 8, 90-155. 

1887. Report upon natural history collections made in Alaska between the 
years 1877 and 1881. Arctic Series of Publications issued in con- 
nection with the Signal Service, U. S. Army, 3, 337, 21 pls. 

Ripeway, R. 

1912. Color standards and color nomenclature. Washington, D. C., Ridgway, 

iii + 44, 53 pls. 
SALVApDoRI, T. 

1895. Catalogue of the birds in the British Museum, Chenomorphae (etc.), 

27, xv + 636, 19 pls. 
STEJNEGER, L. 

1885. Results of ornithological explorations in the Commander Islands and 
in Kamtschatka. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 29, 382, 8 pls., several figs. 
in text. 


PLATE 13 

Skins of adult males of Anser albifrons albifrons (at left), Mus. Vert. Zool., 
no. 27581, and Anser albifrons vane cn right), Mus. Vert. Zool., no. 27134; 
photographed on same scale. 

These specimens are fairly representative of the size differences existing 
between the two forms. Both were prepared by the same person, and care was 
exercised that neither should be unduly lengthened or shortened. In each case 
the dried study skin measures in total length within a few millimeters of the same 
measurement as taken before the bird was skinned. 


[222] 


UNIV. CALIF, PUBL. ZOOL. VOL. 17 [SWARTH-BRYANT] PLATE 13 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 


Note.—The University of California Publications are offered in exchange for the ‘publi 
cations of learned societies and institutions, universities and libraries. Complete lists of 
all the publications of the University will be sent upon request, For sample copies, lists’ 
of publications or other information, address the Manager of the University Press, Berkeley, 
California, U. S. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The ac 
Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. S. A. 


ZOOLOGY.—W. E. Ritter and C. A. Kofoid, Editors. Price per volume, =5-505 = 
with vol. 11, $5.00. 


Marine = Lapetory of the Scripps Institution for Biological Research, at Ta Jolla, 
California, and from the California Museum of Vertebrate Zooey, 1 in Berkeley. f 


Cited as Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool, 


Volume 1, 1902-1905, 317 pages, with 28 plates ccc. ci seesccccsteedtenesecenecen 


Volume 2 (Contributions from the Laboratory of the Marine Biological. Association of . 
San Diego), 1904-1906, xvii + 382 pages, with 19 plates 20.00. 


Volume $, 1906-1907, 383 pages, with 23 plates ...02 02 on. 
Volume 4; 1907-1908, 400 pages, with 24 plates -........... 
Volume 5, 1908-1910, 440 pages, with 34 plates .- 3 3 
Volume 6, 1908-1911, 478 pages, with 48 plates 22.005 eet eee ee =i 


Volume 7 (Contributions from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology), 1910- 1912, 446 ‘om 
pages with 12: plates 2. Se ree a ake arenes 2 a -$ 


Volume-8, 1911, -357 pages, with 25 plates -.-...2.u se eee che cteennpetsecnsnetocen . 
Volume 9, 1911-1912, 365 pages, with 24 plates...... 

Volume 10, 1912-1913, 417 pages, with 10 plates 2.) é 
Volume 11, 1912-1914, 538 pages, with 26 plates 22... ccc caeetes wntecnenteosetannsvesccsnnetene 


Volume 12 (Contributions from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology), 1913-1916, ae 
Wages,“ with 22-platess. ss Ae eas Ae eS ee ee SR ae eee $5. 


Volume 13, 1914-1916, 529 pages, with 39 plates: o.oo. cote iccteceestecereeeen ee ee: 


Vol. 14. 1. A Report upon the Physical Conditions in San Francisco Bay, Based upon 
the Operations of the United States Fisheries Steamer ‘‘Albatross’’ dur-~ 
ing the Years.1912 and 1913, by F. B. Sumner, G. D, Louderback, W. Lh. — 
Schmitt, E. C. Johnston. Pp, 1-198, plates-1-13, 20 text figures, - July, 
G LER <: Sater Saas ake AMIS apt EUR Diet Se RAMEE eM 3. RPS Sete eS SST 


Vol.15. Introduction. Dependence of Marine Biology upon Hydrography and Neces- 
sity of Quantitative Biological Research. Pp. i-xxiii.. June, 1916 2.2... : 
1. Hydrographic, Plankton, and Dredging Records of the Scripps. Institution 
for Biological Research of the University of California, 1901 to 1912, 
compiled and arranged under the supervision of W. E. Ritter by Ellis 2 
L. Michael and George F. McEwen. Pp. 1-206, 4 text figures” and map.. os 
Pulys A195 eS a ee Se ee ee ee 2.95 
2. Continuation. of Hydrographic, Plankton, and Dredging Records of the ; 
Scripps Institution for Biological Research of the University. of Cali- 
fornia (1913-1915), compiled and arranged under the supervision of W. — 
E. Ritter, by Ellis L. Michael, Zoologist and Administrative Assistant, — 
George F. McEwen, Hydrographer, Pp. 207: 254, iG figures in text. Novem: oe fl 
gat) wigs AS) Es eaten hap at ot neN ar ox eon OR MR gatas ND Aaa tge mt eeae Le Sesphg Mea men Cees moa a, 
$3. Summary and Interpretation of the Hydrographic Observations made by ee 
the Scripps Institution for Biological Research of the University of Cali- 
fornia, 1908 to 1915, by George F. McEwen, Hydrographer. Pp. ‘255- 356, 
Plates:-1-38s” Decembery t GiG cee Seok pcg eae sap cata pee ongen teen tute tetan te ce tapi y 
Vol. 16. 1. An Outline of the Morphology and Life History of ‘Crithidia leptocoridis, i. 
sp. nov., by Irene McCulloch. Pp. 1-22,-plates 1-4, 1 text figure. Sep- 
POMBOT;: AGT ir nescence ta Rg LE ag Sen a sea eae ae 
2. On Giardia microti, sp. nov., from the Meadow Mouse, by Charles Atwood 
Kofoid and Elizabeth Bohn Christiansen, Pp, 23-29, 1 figure in text. 
3. On Binary and Multiple Fission in Giardia muris (Grassi), by Charles ~ 
Atwood Kofoid and Elizabeth Bohn Christiansen. Pp. 30 toe ey 5-8, 
1 figure in text. 
Nos. 2 and 3 in one cover. November, 1915 : 
4. Ths Cultivation of Tissues ‘from Amphibians, by John , Tohnso : 
62,2 figures in text.. November, 1915 22.2 sicccl nee cieececeepe sence ence so icqéepe 


¥ ww. os ? fy 
1 eS SR Rn NET RET MANE Cas 


REY 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 
IN 


ZOOLOGY 


Vol. 17, No. 12, pp. 223-404, plates 14-24, 24 figuresintext January 31, 1918 


A SYNOPSIS OF THE BATS OF CALIFORNIA 


BY 


HILDA WOOD GRINNELL 


(Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California) 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Tim GTCTOR © tense inn Be ee nee ee pe RU ee pS Saar ee SEE SAR RR re eee 225 
BENG Feo 0 Wy) © Cl 70 ts sce 225 
NEE ee a er eee ao 226 
INGESTED TOTTI eo cn eee ce er ee eee te re a eR RS er ee Reiter ter ora 227 
ANG cl a0 seg Es Se eval rE aS ees ee a rece ee ee ese aera 228 
(Seg aVS SREY uit ed AAAS em Se he PE omc 228 


TORY CSHIEUNG | Gece cceceei cose tipi ae eee eee eee Eo BERR eee ener Rea eee 229 
TEIGEATRIYED  see ceneseretREe oRES eeESSL PEE RES REE Ec ESS RPE 229 


ae ee a ee a Nog ea ce dat aes oer Sepe seee sae neat sae Reman erence cadssesnenaenan 230 

aes 231 

231 

TRUS] aS) One. UE HST ee ae ea Eee 232 
ICV ETON, cess ee eee ee a OE ESP CO Er ee . 232 
Tfoyayal carol) Theravada ess 1G) ON NS) ee ee rarer ER ee SEE ec aEE RoE . 235 
Tearearalriayss TBI OEY seekers eat ee ec een rer oer Ecc coe Sere cor eS ee eee Cee . 236 
NWO esse ee Se IE ee ee ee . 206 
TD paveyannGyss OME VES) eer eee eso or 237 
Economie Value of Bats and their Conservation —...........-..------------------------eeee 238 
C0) aay erat ek © SUE TATA CA Speen eee ener ee ce eran 240 
(Champs O MG IDS ret OHTA CONE BEE Se ee 241 
TOYS occsee eae se oes Se ne SSS EPS a oR ae RCE EEE 243, 
(CHAOS ENCOUN, + cee eee eee ee aro SS a rr eee 245 
ENG NYEERETEER OY, cs eee Re EPP 244 
PS essrctr a Op Wena ear Oa een etna esas aun ogee natn et ea nwa ae ema ee Re rc apse eee eat naee cen 244 
Nomenclature : .. 245 
Classification yt: eset =: 245 
Keys etor identification of (Calitormiay (eats) 2e rece. necnsscecteeaecareesamcevenece wwe nerenesecreearen= 246 
Table showing Comparative Sizes of California Bats -.........--------------------- 251 
@rdembs Chino p tier ay geese sascese ones ees n eee anne Sees ov sees ann sctees seer enscsveseeseeanesetncesteagen-sooeunsecerteus 252 
MUD OLdereMacrOChiNG Pp LCL eccens ceca cee ease ceca esac aca oe tennn comes eocewsocenn dec nente ness toarecrezunere 252 


224 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou.17 


amily MeL yO stomiid aap jens acescecseece testes nme ene ee esa ee eee 252 
Genus Macrotus ..............- 
Macrotus californicus 
Family Vespertilionidae -.. 
Subfamily Vespertilioninae - 


Genus Myotis ..... 258 
Myotis velifer ... - 259 
Myotis occultus -.............--- - 261 


Myotis lucifugus altipetens .. 
Myotis lucifugus alascensis .. 
Myotis longicrus longicrus . 


Myotis longicrus interior .... 271 
Myotis yumanensis yumanensis 273 
Myotis yumanensis sociabilis -. 276 
Myotis yumanensis saturatus ... 278 
Myotis californicus californicus -. 279 
Myotis californicus quercinus ... 285 
Myotis californicus pallidus .. =F 1288 
Myotis: OVtmOMUs: q2.<. ssn - ccc wach ans ose eos 290 
Myotis evotis -..... oe ho ee 291 
DMYOUS® THYSGNOGES asco nica sccckescct acco ees 297 

Genus Dasionycteris 22-2 22. q.cssecan nto ecco se 299 
LGStonycterts: MOCCWWAGGNS <2. ee ee 300 

Genns ePipistrellush seen ee 304 
Pipistretius hesperus) hesp ers oon... ose ee 305 
Papistretlus Wesperus MenTVamne sxe onsen 311 

Genus: Hptesicus) 2cc.s.0s0 css ee ee 314 
Eptesicus fuscus ... 

Genus: Nyctenis -.2i..c5.0.8 oo eae eee 
Nycteris: borealis’ teliotts..=... oe 323 
Naycterts CNET CG, <2....08. Soc tenet ee ee 330 

Genus Buderma: «2.25... 5 nee te ee ee 336 
Huderma smaculatum) «025... SS eee 336 

Genus Corynorhinus | 5 2 ee 339 
Corynorhinus vafinesqua paliescens ee eee 340 
Corynorhinus rafinesquit intermedius -...-.-----.---c0--eeeeeeeeeeeeeceeceeeeee eee 344 

Subfamily -Nyctophilinae, =: — s.r 347 

Genus’ -Amtrozous): <= 2c ee 347 
Antrosous! PAQlUNdus sscci cco 348 
ANtTOBOUS! DGOCVCUS oe cc Fock eee 352 

Family ‘Molossi@ae \n028 22. scc sooo ee 357 

Genus) INycbimomi us ace 2 acc Sc ca cece tek ee ee 357 
INGetInOMUs <depressus .x<- ccs scccc sce ss eo 357 
Nayetinomus: fEMOTOSACCUS 28. - fcc cose 360 
Nyctinomus) mexicanus = <.<0.2- 0 ee 361 

Gettus: umops) +225 See 369 
Humops caltfornicus 2=-.5i< 23) Se ee 370 


Diterature iCited: 1.5.2... ae 376 


1918 | Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 225 


INTRODUCTION 

The paper here presented is the result of the writer’s endeavor 
to gather together, and to add to, the facts already known concerning 
the distribution and habits of the California representatives of one 
of the most interesting, though least known, groups of mammals, 
the bats. The records of palaeontology show the great antiquity of 
the order to which the bat belongs; indeed, the bat had become master 
of the air long before man walked upright. The first fire the cave man 
lighted in his rocky refuge revealed to him the ‘‘little upside-down 
bat’’ clinging to the roof of his cavern, and doubtless he knew more 
of its habits than we do today. In the course of ages, as man with- 
drew himself more and more from contact with the wild creatures 
and became more imaginative, he grew to fear this haunter of caves 
and dweller in darkness. Shakespeare but voiced the popular senti- 
ment of his day when he elassed the bat with toads, snakes, and newts, 
a fit ingredient for the witches’ brew. In reality, however, the bat is 
a warm-blooded, friendly little creature, as deserving of our good will 
as the bird whose place he takes at twilight, when he skims the air 
for those insects which escape the vigilance of the bird by reason of 
their time of flight. 

The number of students of natural history within our state is 
rapidly increasing and it is hoped that by turning their attention 
more generally toward our bats, this paper may be the means of 
extending our knowledge of these animals far beyond the limits of 
the present summary. The facts gathered together here have been 
derived from the following sources: All the available published liter- 
ature; the data attached to specimens ; the many volumes of collectors’ 
manuscript field notes on file in the California Museum of Vertebrate 
Zoology; and the writer’s own study of specimens in the Museum 
and of live bats in the field. As a rule, the source of facts cited on 
authority is designated. All specimens listed are contained in the 
Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, except where their location is other- 
wise indicated. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


For permission to examine the collections under their charge and 
to make use of data derived from them, the writer is indebted to 
Dr. Charles H. Gilbert and Professor John O. Snyder of Leland Stan- 


226 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


ford Junior University; to Dr. Barton W. Evermann and Mr. John 
Rowley of the California Academy of Sciences; to Professor Charles 
A. Kofoid of the University of California; to Dr. Leonard Stejneger, 
Mr. Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., and Mr. Ned Hollister of the United States 
National Museum; to Mr. Henry W. Henshaw, Mr. E. W. Nelson and 
Mr. Arthur H. Howell of the United States Bureau of Biological 
Survey; to Dr. Witmer Stone of the Academy of Natural Sciences 
of Philadelphia; to Dr. J. A. Allen of the American Museum of 
Natural History, New York; to Dr. Glover M. Allen of the Museum 
of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge; and to Mr. Perey A. Taverner, 
of the Museum of the Canadian Geological Survey, Ottawa. To Dr. 
Joseph Grinnell of the California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology 
the writer is indebted not only for permission to make full use of 
the collections and field notes under his charge, but also for encourage- 
ment and frequent help given during the five years in which this 
paper has been in preparation. 

A preliminary manuscript, the first draft of the present paper, 
was prepared when the writer was a graduate student in the Depart- 
ment of Zoology of the University of California, m 1912-13; during 
that year much kindly criticism was received from Professor Charles 
A. Kofoid, head of the department. 

To Mr. Charles L. Camp, Mr. Wilson C. Hanna, Miss Grace Swerd- 
feger, Miss Winifred N. Wear, and Messrs. Eldon, Adrey, and Raleigh 
Borell, the writer is under obligation for contributions of living speci- 
mens of bats. 

Mr. Frank Stephens has generously permitted the use of notes 
gathered during many years of field study of California mammals. 

Finally, the author is deeply indebted to the entire staff of the 
California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology for aid given in many ways. 
The facilities afforded in this institution for this special study have 
been indispensable. 


MaTERIAL 


The Californian material studied, and upon which this paper is 
based, consists of some 1500 specimens, from the following sources: 
942 specimens from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology; 218 from 
the collections of Leland Stanford Junior University; 107 from the 
United States National Museum; 88 from the collection of the United 
States Bureau of Biological Survey; 34 from the collection of the 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of Califorma 227 


Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia; 20 from the collection 
of the Department of Zoology of the University of California; 20 
from the American Museum of Natural History, New York; 17 from 
the collection of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco ; 
9 from the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge; 9 from the 
collection of the San Diego Society of Natural History; 5 from the 
collection of Frank Stephens; and 1 specimen from the collection of 
Rea Weakoch 

Many specimens of bats from outside of the State of California 
have been used in comparison, and these are also from the above- 
named sources, and from the Museum of the Canadian Geological 
Survey, Ottawa. 

The material examined has consisted chiefly of dry skins with 
skulls; but it has generally been possible to secure fresh and alcoholic 
specimens from which to derive the essential supplementary data. 


MEASUREMENTS 


Throughout this paper all measurements of total length, tail 
vertebrae, and foot are as taken in the flesh by the collector, unless 
otherwise stated. These are likely to be somewhat longer than meas- 
urements obtainable from dried skins or from alcoholic specimens. 
Since averages are useful only for comparison with other averages, 
detailed measurements of specimens are given wherever possible. In 
selecting specimens for measurement examples have been chosen which 
show extremes of variation, as far as contained in the material at hand. 

All measurements are stated in millimeters. In the fresh specimen 
it 1s customary to measure the total length, and lengths of tail, foot, 
ear, and tragus. To do this with facility, the bat should first be laid 
out flat upon its back, when the total length from end of nose to tip 
of tail, may be taken. When the tail is to be measured one point of 
a pair of dividers should be set on the rump at the extreme base of 
the tail and the other point placed at the tip of the straightened tail. 
The foot should be measured from the tip of the longest claw to the 
upper edge of the heel. Two methods of measuring the ear are used 
and as these differ somewhat in results the particular one used should 
always be specified. One is ‘‘ear from crown,”’ and is taken with 
one point of the dividers set on the skull on the inner (convex) side 
of the ear and the other at the tip of the ear. The second method, 
and one which results in a slightly longer measurement, is ‘‘ear from 


228 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou.17 


meatus,’’ one point of the dividers being placed in the meatus, the 
other at the tip of the skin of the ear, as before. The first-named 
method of measuring the ear is recommended as it seems to admit 
less chance of error. By either method the measurement is, of course, 
of more value when taken from the fresh (unskinned) animal. 


Mopes oF PRESERVING Bats 


Two modes of preserving bats as specimens are used by collectors, 
namely, immersion in an aleohol or formalin solution of sufficient 
strength to arrest decay and yet not of such concentration as to harden 
the tissues unduly; and preservation as dry stuffed skins, with the 
skull cleaned and saved separately. The latter method is that usually 
employed in preserving other mammals. 

Since the color of the fur of bats is of great importance in 
specific and subspecifie determinations, and since the skulls are of 
prime importance in the matter of general identification, the second 
method is to be recommended in most cases. <A bat skin should be 
made up in the same way as are the skins of other small mammals, 
save that no wire should be used in the wings or feet, the tail only 
being wired. The wine bone should be cut at about the middle of 
the humerus and the distal portion of that bone, together with all the 
other wing bones, left in position. The femur should be cut at the 
middle and its distal portion, together with all bones of the lower leg 
(tibia) and foot, left in position. In ‘‘setting’’ a bat skin, the wings 
should be neatly folded along the sides and held so by pins at the 
sides (but not through the membranes) until dry, the interfemoral 
membrane should be well spread, the feet turned shghtly outward, 
and the knee joint slightly bent. Observance of these precautions will 
facilitate the measuring of bone lengths in the dry skin. 

Where several specimens of the same species of bat are secured, 
one or more may be preserved as alcoholics, since the form of the 
wings and ears are more easily studied in bats preserved in this way. 


SENSES OF Bats 


The writer of the present paper has had no opportunity to carry 
on experiments to determine the relative value of the different 
sensory adaptions of bats; so there are here quoted the conclusions of 
Hahn (1908, pp. 185-193) and of Ackert (1914, pp. 301-343). 


1918 | Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 229 


Eyesight —Hahn (loc. cit., p. 155) says of the sight of bats: 


After extended observations on the subject, [ am still unable to form any 
definite conclusions with regard to the importance of sight to these animals. 
That they can see light and darkness and moving objects is unquestionable. That 
the sense of sight is not highly developed is equally certain. The behavior of 
some of the animals appears to indicate that at times they depend on this sense 
to a considerable degree, both in securing food and in avoiding objects. 


J. Grinnell (1913a, pp. 344-345) suggests that the fact that a 
given species of bat will appear abroad at a certain time almost to 
the minute each evening shows that these animals can appreciate light 
intensity within a very narrow range. 

It is suggested by Hahn (1908, p. 157) that a bat dipping to 
drink water from a quict pool is probably attracted to it by sight, but 
that the rising of moisture-laden air also helps the animal to locate 
water. 

Hearing —Low-pitehed rumbling noises have no effect upon bats; 
but to vibrations of high frequeney these animals are extremely 
sensitive (Hahn, loc. cit., p. 155). This is as one would expect to find 
it, since the hum produeed by flying insects is usually high-pitched, 
and the voices of the bats themselves are very shrill. . 

Hahn (loc. cit., p. 156) found that as a rule the bats he had under 
observation paid no attention to worms held near them, as long as 
the worms remained quiet, but became excited as soon as the worms 
began to wriggle. As this occurred when the bats were not touched 
by the worms and when they were out of the range of vision, Hahn 
infers that the food must have been perceived through the tactile 
organs, these being stimulated by air currents set in motion by the 
moving worms. In recording his experiments upon captive bats Hahn 
(loc. cit., p. 178) says: ‘‘Sound associations are formed readily. A 
sucking noise made by the lips at first alarmed the animals, but they 
soon learned to associate it with feeding. On hearing it they would 
look about and snap at any object that could be mistaken for food.’’ 

J. Grinnell (1913a, pp. 344-345) suggests that bats hunt their 
insect food by sound. He says: ‘‘Even the wing-strokes of a tiny 
miller must be distinetly audible to the bat which snaps it up so 
unerringly. And the droning of a June beetle must sound to the bat 
as penetrating as the roar of a biplane motor does to us.”’ 

At least one species of bat, Antrozous pacificus, undoubtedly 
secures a portion of its food upon the earth, since it brings to the 
roost wingless Jerusalem crickets (Stenopelmatus). It seems prob- 


230 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


able that the bat is attracted to these insects by the noise which they 
make in crawling about over the ground or, less probably, by air 
currents due directly to the movements of the insects. 

Touch.—For more than a century naturalists have been aware of 
the dexterity with which blinded insectivorous bats when in flight 
avoid obstacles, and the suggestion has been repeatedly made that 
* which makes them cog- 
nizant of the adjacency of objects which they neither see, hear, nor 


ce 


these little animals possess a ‘‘sixth sense,’ 
touch. Many experiments have been carried on in the hope of 
locating this sense. Hahn (1908, p. 191) states that obstacles are 
perceived chiefly through sense organs located in the internal ear, 
basing his belief upon the results of experiments in which the external 
auditory meatus of each bat used was filled with hardened plaster of 
paris. Ackert (1914, p. 329) regards the experiments of Hahn as 
inconclusive, believing that a bat so mutilated might not act in a 
normal manner. 

Ackert (loc. cit.) himself publishes the results of a search made 
for sensory structures in the skin of bats. The species used by Ackert 
were Myotis lucifugus and Myotis subulatus, species not occurring 
in California, but members of our most abundantly represented genus. 
He performed no experiments upon lying material, but confined his 
investigations to the study of prepared sections of the tissues. <A 
review of the literature upon the subject inclined him to the view 
that condensations (pressures) of the atmosphere set up between an 
obstacle and a bat stimulate sensory structures in the integument of 
the bat. These structures Ackert suggests would have to meet the 
two conditions of distribution over the parts of the bat foremost im 
flight, and of superficial location, as stimulations from air pressures 
are doubtless very slight. 

Two types of sensory end organs found by Ackert (1914, pp. 330- 
331) im the skin of bats seem to him to meet the requirements men- 
tioned. The first of these consists of free nerve terminations (end- 
knobs) found in enormous numbers near the surface of the epidermis. 
Second, are the superficial nerve rings (and their terminal fibers), 
which are so situated about the necks of the hair follicles as to be 
affected by even the slightest movement of the hairs. This investiga- 
tor states that the area of the integument supplied by superficial 
nerve rings is insignificant in comparison with the area supplied with 
nerve end-knobs. Likewise, the number of terminal fibers of the 
rings is not to be compared with the enormous number of end-knobs 
in the epidermis. He remarks, finally, that 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 231 


Tt is not, of course, to be inferred that all the free end-knobs function alone 
as pressure perceptors, for, as is well known, the sensory nerves of the human skin 
mediate at least four different qualities of sensations, namely, pressure, warmth, 
cold, and pain. But the number of nerve end-knobs in the skin is so great, and 
the latter in the bat is so sensitive to delicate tactile stimuli, that the number 
of free nerve terminations in the epidermis functioning as pressure perceptors 
must necessarily be very large. 


I have repeatedly watched captive bats, of several species, when 
loosed in a many-windowed room, and though they were clearly seek- 
ing a means of escape, not one was ever seen to dash against a window 
pane, as does a bird under like circumstances. These bats were in 
full possession of the faculties of sight and hearing. To judge from 
the actions of birds similarly situated, neither faculty could apprise 
these creatures of the fact that glass is an impenetrable barrier. The 
only theory which seems adequately to explain the bats’ recognition 
of the invisible barrier, glass, is that condensations (pressures) of 
the atmosphere set up between the window-pane and the bats stimu- 
late sensory structures in the integument of the bats, as suggested by 
Ackert, or possibly, in the internal ear, as Hahn considered probable. 

According to Barrett-Hamilton (1911, p. 42), we must give Cuvier 
eredit for this theory. He says: ‘‘It seems that Cuvier was not far 
wrong when he wrote that ‘it is by means of the pulsations of the 
wines on the air that the propinquity of solid bodies is perceived, by 
the manner in which air reacts upon their surface.’ ”’ 

Smell—Hahn (1908, p. 154) suggests that since bats catch their 
food in the air where a flying insect leaves no permanent path and 
cannot be definitely localized by its odor we must infer that the bat 
in seeking food does not rely on its sense of smell. But he adds: ‘‘It 
must not be inferred... that the sense of smell is lacking, or even 
rudimentary. All bats have a strong odor, the purpose of which is 
probably to attract others of their kind. This may be taken as an 
indication that smell is well developed, for otherwise the odor would 
be useless.’’ The same author enumerates several instances in which 
captive bats failed to locate food which could have been found only 
through the sense of smell. 

Taste —I can find no statements concerning a sense of taste among 
bats except the very general one by Barrett-Hamilton (1911, p. 28): 
“Tn captivity practically all insects are accepted except those which 
are distasteful to insectivorous animals generally.’’ 


232 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou. 17 


Hasirs or Bars 


The habits of our California bats are, unfortunately, but little 
known. The time and extent of the breeding season, migration and 
hibernation, the choice of diurnal retreats, and favorite feeding- 
erounds, the methods of securing and devouring prey, the nature of 
the food, the economic value of bats—these are only a few of the many 
points on which data are as yet almost wholly lacking. 

The seanty material which the writer has been able to gather 
regarding the habits of our bats is given in the succeeding pages under 
the subheading Natural History, at the close of the description of each 
species. However, certain general topics, such as migration, are sep- 
arately discussed in the paragraphs immediately following. 

Migration.—Recorded observations concerning the migration of 
bats are few, and in California the study of bat migration has not 
progressed beyond the observation that some species which are com- 
mon in fall and winter are not to be seen during the summer months, 
while others known to oceur during the summer are apparently absent 
during fall and winter. 

Among the bats of California are found three species which occur 
in suitable localities throughout the whole United States and in British 
Columbia. These are the Silvery-haired Bat (Lasionycteris noctiva- 
gans), the Hoary Bat (Nycteris cinercus), and the Red Bat (Nycteris 
borealis), of which latter species several races occur. These three 
bats are known to be migratory in at least portions of their ranges. 
and some of the facts relating to their migration are of general 
interest. 

As Dr. C. Hart Merriam (1887, p. 85) points out, all North Amer- 
ican bats, except in those places where their habits have been modified 
by proximity to man, may be classed either as cave-dwelling or as 
tree-dwelling, according to the places in which they spend the day. 
As a rule, the cave-dwelling species live in large colonies, while the 
tree-dwelling species live singly or in but small companies. Now it 
is well known that the temperature in caves is little affected by the 
condition of the atmosphere outside, while the temperature of holes 
in trees and recesses in the foliage is about the same as that of the 
surrounding air. ‘These three migratory bats are here in California 
foliage-dwellers, exposed as directly as are birds to changes in atmos- 
pheric temperature. 

Merriam gives no details of the extent or exact northward and 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 233 


southward movements of the silvery-haired or hoary bats in the east, 
but he records the occurrence of the former species about the hght- 
house on Mt. Desert Rock, thirty miles off the coast of Maine, in 
spring and fall. On this treeless islet bats are at other times un- 
known. 

Seton (1909, p. 1175-1176) states that on the Red River at Win- 
nipeg he has found the silvery-haired bats common from the vernal 
equinox until about September 21, after which they are neither seen 
flying, nor found in their accustomed daytime haunts. 

The hoary bat breeds only in the boreal zone of North America, 
but it has never been recorded in this zone in winter. In winter it 
occurs regularly at least as far south as the southern border of the 
United States. It has been taken on the Bermudas, showing that it 
is able to cross a strip of ocean having at its narrowest extent a width 
of over six hundred miles. It is, however, as suggested by Miller, 
much more likely that the bats commence their ocean journey at 
some point much farther to the north, such as Cape Cod, the distance 
from which to the Bermudas is about seven hundred miles. Of this 
bat’s occurrence in the Bermudas, J. M. Jones (1884, pp. 145-146) 


‘ 


says that it ‘“‘is observed occasionally at dusk during the autumn 
months hawking about according to its nature in seareh of insects; 
but as it is never seen except at that particular season it is clear that 
it is not a resident, but merely blown across the ocean by those violent 
northwest gales which also usually bring numbers of birds from the 
American continent.’’ The latest date at which Seton has recorded 
hoary bats in Toronto is mid-September. Major Mearns (in Howell, 
1908, p. 37) records a diurnal flight of hoary bats at Fort Snelling, 
Minnesota, but no details are given. 

In regard to the red bat, Seton (1909, p. 1189) says that in sum- 
mer, in Manitoba, this bat roosts in trees, it is solitary, and is not 
known to frequent caves. ‘‘In winter it is known to gather in vast 
numbers in the caves of its more southerly range.’’ Seton gives no 
authority for the statement that this bat hibernates in caves, and I 
can find no confirmation of his statement in accounts by other writers. 
In southern California where the red bat is often found in evergreen 
trees in winter it has never, so far as I am aware, been found in caves. 
Writing from the Hudson Highlands of New York, where this bat is 
very common in summer, Mearns (1898, p. 345) says: ‘‘During the 
latter part of October and the first week of November, I have seen 
great flights of them during the whole day. In 1876 I noted that all 


234 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vov. 17 


of the individuals shot from any single flock were of the same sex, 
though another flock might yield all of the opposite sex.” 

Rhoads (1903, p. 213) writes: 

I have observed this species returning from apparently extensive flights over 
the ocean on the N[ew] Jersey coast in the early morning before sunrise. On 
one or two occasions in September single individuals haye been observed flying 
directly toward the shore, so exhausted as to make little progress against a land 


breeze and alighting on the nearest object as soon as land was reached. It is 
possible that these had been blown to sea during their migrations along the coast. 


It is not generally realized that bats possess powers of flight 
superior to those of many birds; yet this may be inferred from the 
fact that a red bat has been known to catch flies in the air while bur- 
dened with young that tegether weighed more than she did. 

In August and September, 1890 and 1891, Miller (1897a, pp. 541— 
543) had the opportunity of watching the appearance and disappear- 
ance of the above three species of bats at a locality where none could 
be found during the breeding season. Highland Light, where the 
observations were made, is situated near the edge of a high place in 
the series of steep bluffs of glacial deposit which form the outer side 
of Cape Cod, Massachusetts. The light, which is less than ten miles 
from the northern extremity of the cape, is separated from the main- 
land toward the east and northeast by from twenty-five to fifty miles 
of water. The bluff on which it stands rises abruptly from the beach 
to a height of one hundred and fifty feet. All three species (the 
silvery-haired, hoary, and red bats) were found flying for the most 
part along the face of the bluff, feeding upon the myriads of insects 
blown there by the prevailing southwest winds. The bats were never 
seen by Miller in the daytime, although he made diligent search for 
them. He suggests that they may have found shelter by day in the 
dense, stunted scrub-oak growth, which crowns the bluff in many 
places. In 1890 the first bats of the season were seen August 21, and 
the last September 12. In 1891 the first date recorded is August 25, 
and the last September 13. Separate records were kept of the differ- 
ent species. The numbers of bats of each species seen in a single 
evening varied from one to sixteen. 

An interesting observation upon the diurnal migration of bats was 
made by Howell (1908, pp. 35-87) at Washington, D. C., upon the 
morning of September 28, 1907. The observer first noted bats at 
8 a.m. They were all flying with the wind, which was southwest. 
They did not fly in flocks, but singly, usually but four or five being 


1918 | Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 235 


in sight at one time. The manner of flight was quite unusual, for 
instead of the erratic zigzag course commonly followed by bats when 
seeking their food at dusk, the flight of those noted on this occasion 
was very steady, consisting chiefly of a sailing or drifting motion, 
with occasional short flappings of the wings. The height above the 
ground was estimated as varying from one hundred and fifty to four 
hundred feet. With the aid of a glass three different sizes were noted, 
but of course it was quite impossible to identify the species. The 
flight lasted for over an hour and more than one hundred individuals 
were observed. 

Howell suggests the possibility that such diurnal migrations are of 
regular occurrence, but if that be so, it seems remarkable that they 
have not been more frequently observed. 

Food and Feeding Habits——There are among bats species which 
eat fruit, some which eat fish, others which subsist upon blood, and 
lastly, and by far the most numerous, are those species which eat only 
insects. The bats native to California are, with one possible excep- 
tion (see under Macrotus californicus, p. 257), strictly msectivorous. 

Campbell (1913, p. 1176) states definitely that bats will eat pieces 
out of hams and bacon left in smoke houses. I know of no other refer- 
enee to such a habit, outside of nursery rhymes. 

Most of our bats catch their prey upon the wing and devour it 
without alighting. As they eat the insects they bite off and reject the 
hard parts, which fall to the ground. The soft edible parts are very 
finely triturated by the sharp teeth, so that it becomes quite difficult 
to identify the insect remains found in the stomach of a bat. How- 
ever, one California bat, Antrozous pacificus, brings at least the larger 
of its insect victims to its roosting place, and hangs there while eating. 
From the insect remains on the floor beneath the roost it is a simple 
matter to learn the nature of the food (see p. 355). 

At least two British bats (Barrett-Hamilton, 1911, p. 172) hold 
the tail curved beneath them in flight, and one of them has been 
observed to use the sac thus formed by the interfemoral membrane as 
a pouch into which it thrusts a struggling insect until it has secured 
a firm grip upon it. It would be of interest to learn whether any of 
our species share this habit. 

As is the case in other groups of mammals, all our bats become 
very fat in autumn. Specimens secured in late winter or early spring, 
on the other hand, are invariably lean. The fat stored up in the fall 
is absorbed during the period of hibernation or emigration. Those of 


236 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


the non-migratory species which remain on the wing throughout the 
year seem to rely in good part upon such stored fat to help tide them 
over the winter months, during which flying insects are available in 
but seanty numbers. 

Breeding Habits——I have been able to collect data which show the 
number of young in most of our species of bats, and the approximate 
time of birth, but the time and extent of the mating season is still 
unknown. According to Barrett-Hamilton (1911, pp. 31-32), Messrs. 
Rollinat and Trouessart have established the fact that in France the 
normal mating time is autumn. Barrett—Hamilton says: 

At that season spermatozoa are found numerously in the uterus of the adult 
female, and the organs of the male are also functional. Ovulation is, however, 
postponed until the termination of hibernation, during which period the ovaries 
are quiescent, but the spermatozoa retain their activity in the uterus until 
fertilisation takes place, in April. On this point all authorities are agreed, and 
the facts, subject to correction as to details, may be taken as substantiated. An 
alternative view, that ovulation and fertilisation may take place in the autumn and 


winter, with subsequent postponement of the development of the embryo, seems 
to be unsupported by facts. 


Recorded observations of autumnal mating in certain species of the 
eastern portion of the United States incline one to the belief that 
nearly related races occurring in California may possess similar habits. 
Murphy and Nichols (1913, p. 11), writing upon the bats of Long 
Island, confirm earlier reports of autumnal mating in the eastern red 
bat (Nycteris borealis borealis). 


VOICE 


As is well known to all naturalists, the voices of bats are high and 
shrill; in other words, the vibrations are of high frequency. Barrett- 
Hamilton (1911, p. 43) states that a young bat calls for its mother as 
persistently as any other young animal, and in commenting upon the 
shrillness of the voices of bats suggests that some of their cries are 
pitched on a higher seale than that to which any human ear is attuned. 

At least two gregarious bats, Antrozous and Nyctinomus, are quite 
noisy in their daytime haunts, squeaking almost continually as they 
jostle one another restlessly. Coues (1867, p. 284) mentions the 
squeaking and scratching of Antrozous pallidus in the chinks of the 
officers’ quarters at Fort Yuma. When sleeping out-of-doors near 
a loft oceupied by a colony of Pacifie pallid bats, the present writer 
has often heard their shrill voices far into the summer night. 


1918 | Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 237 


ENeEmigs oF Bats 


It is axiomatic that the birth-rate of a species is indicative of the 
relative degree of danger to which its individuals are subject. Among 
bats the usual number of young is but one or two at a birth, and but 
one litter is produced annually. Hence it may be taken for granted 
that bats have but comparatively few enemies. Three reasons may 
be advaneed to account for this comparative immunity from enemies, 
namely: the probably unpalatable flavor of bats, as suggested by their 
odor; the comparative safety and remoteness of their diurnal retreats ; 
and the fact that they are both volant and crepuseular. In this con- 
nection it may be observed that a comparatively slow rate of repro- 
duction is to be found also among nighthawks and owls, which like- 
wise fly at twilight or nocturnally. 

C. H. Merriam (in Murphy and Nichols, 1913, p. 10) says: ‘‘ Bats 
have been found in both owl and hawk pellets a number of times, but 
only rarely in hawks’. They have been found also in the stomachs 
of large trout, and it goes without saying that they are sometimes 
discovered and eaten by some of the smaller predatory carnivores.’ 

Seton (1909, p. 1181) says: ‘‘At Chilliwack Lake, in British 
Columbia, the rainbow trout are of great size, eight pounds to twelve 
pounds, and these giants were often seen by Professor John Macoun, 
leaping after the bats that skim the surface of the lake at evening. 
In one ease he thinks he saw a bat captured by the trout, and is satis- 
fied that the fish would not jump so persistently if they did not fre- 
quently sueceed.’’ This is of interest, but obviously inconclusive. 

Fisher (1893) records the results of the examination of the 
stomach contents of 2690 hawks and owls inhabiting the United States, 
including forty-nine species and subspecies. In this list (p. 180) 
we find but one mention of the bat, a single silvery-haired bat 
(Lasionycteris) that was found in the stomach of a great horned 
owl. Altum (1863, pp. 48, 217) records the examination of 703 pellets 
disgorged by European barn owls, among which were found a total of 
2551 skulls, sixteen being of bats. 

Barrows (1884, p. 29), in a paper on birds of the Lower Uruguay 
River, South America, states that at night the deserted corridors of 
the college at Concepcion was one of the barn owl’s favorite hunting- 
grounds for bats. Bailey (1905, p. 211) states that he found two 
lower jaws of the large brown bat in pellets under the nest of a great 
horned owl in Texas. Miller (1904, p. 337), in an article on Cuban 
bats, mentions an individual barn owl which fed largely on bats. 


238 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


It has been stated to the author that house cats find the bodies of 
bats unpalatable. No opportunity has been found for experimen- 
tation along this line. 

It is clear that the enemies of bats are few; only one seems to 
make more than slight inroads upon their numbers. This enemy is 
man, who is often guilty of wholesale destruction of individuals of 
eregarious species. Where colonies of bats have taken possession of 
attics, barns, or church steeples they are often ruthlessly destroyed 
when once their squeaking, or the disagreeable odor emanating from 
their haunt, has betrayed them. A simple method of disposing of a 
colony of bats which has proved a nuisance is to board up, or sereen 
over, all the entrances to such retreats in the evening when the occu- 
pants are on the wing. 


Economic VALUE OF BATS AND THEIR CONSERVATION 


Many detailed studies have been made and much written to show 
the value of our insectivorous birds. As much more might be written 
to show the economic value of our bats. For the latter are undoubt- 
edly as important in keeping in check crepuscular and nocturnal 
insects as the birds are in destroying day-flying species. Among the 
insects destroyed there are not only many species which are harmful 
to agriculture, but also disease-carrying inseets, such as the mosquito 
hosts of malaria. 

Dr. C. A. R. Campbell (1918, pp. 1175-1181) has estimated that 
at Mitchell’s Lake, Texas, 90 per cent of the food of bats consists of 
malaria-carrying mosquitoes. At this place Dr. Campbell built a 
bat roost in 1911, and during the succeeding two years, when the roost 
had become populously tenanted, he not only found that the number 
of mosquitoes had decreased materially but also that malaria had 
become much less prevalent in the region. In the neighborhood where 
these experiments were carried on not only were the people much 
annoyed by mosquitoes before the erection of the roost, but stock also 
suffered severely, horses and cattle becoming thin and anemic in spite 
of being well fed. Campbell (1918, p. 1176) believes that the bat 
itself is protected against the depredations of the mosquito by the 
peculiar formation of the hairs, which in the bat are not smooth and 
round, but in appearance likened to a number of morning-glory 
flowers strung on a straw (fig. A). 


Campbell suggests the wisdom of erecting roosts, similar to the one 


1918 | Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 239 


which he has designed, in all parts of the country where mosquitoes 
are prevalent. He points out that in time the cost of these roosts 
is defrayed through the value of the guano which may be collected 
for fertilizer and which has, according to statements submitted by 
him, a commercial value of about thirty dollars per ton. 

It is interesting to note that in at least one city of the United 
States, San Antonio, Texas, bats are now protected by law. This city, 
in June, 1914, passed an ordinance to prohibit the destruction of bats 
within the city limits, and preseribed that anyone violating the pro- 
visions of the ordinance should be fined not less than five dollars, or 
more than two hundred dollars, for each bat so killed. 


nay Nee f 
a b c d 
Fig. A. Portion of a hair from the dorsum of Nyctinomus mexicanus, no. 19092. 
X 288. 
Fig. B. Portion of a hair from the dorsum of Humops californicus, no, 4326. 
X 288. 
Fig. C. Portion of a hair from the dorsum of Nycteris cinerea, no. 20778. 
X 288. 
Fig. D. Portion of a hair from the dorsum of Myotis longicrus interior, no, 17790. 
X 288. 


The earlest published record which | have found of the protection 
of bats because of their usefulness to man is that of J. K. Townsend 
(1839, p. 325), who says that the great-eared bat (Corynorhinus) 


Inhabits the Columbia river district [Washington], rather common. Frequents 
the store houses attached to the forts, seldom emerging from them even at night. 
This, and a species of Verpertilio [sic], (V. subulatus,) which is even more 
numerous, are protected by the gentlemen of the Hudson’s Bay Company, for 
their services in destroying the dermestes which abound in their fur establish- 
ments. 


240 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vov.17 


ORIGIN OF CALIFORNIA Bats 


The bones of bats are so small and delicate that they are very easily 
destroyed, and it is probably for this reason that they are compara- 
tively seldom found as fossils. In only two instances known to the 
writer have fossil bats been discovered in California. The palaeonto- 
logical collection of the University of California contains a skull which 
I have identified as Myotis longicrus, from Samwell Cave, Shasta 
County ; and in the same collection is a broken skull and several lower 
jaws of Antrozous pallidus from Potter Creek Cave, also in Shasta 
County. In both cases the horizon is doubtfully Pleistocene. 

Gregory (1910, p. 319) says of the origin of the bats: 


The group was very highly specialized as far back as the Eocene and the 
palaeontological evidence as to its origin is therefore of a negative character, as 
in the case of the Rodents, Edentates and all other groups which probably acquired 
many of their ordinal characters before the known Tertiary record began. 
Nevertheless there can be little doubt that the Chiroptera are an offshoot of late 
Mesozoic or early Tertiary arboreal Insectivores, which must have resembled 
Galeopithecus in many characters. 


It is of interest to note the present world-distribution of the eleven 
genera of bats found within the State of California. The ranges 
here given are from Miller (1907). Four genera occur in both the 
Old World and the New. These are: Myotis, found in both hemi- 
spheres to the northern and southern limits of tree growth; Pipistrel- 
lus, found in the Eastern Hemisphere to the limits of tree growth, but 
in the Western Hemisphere confined to North America from the 
northern United States (except in the Boreal zone) to southern Mex- 
ico; Nyctinomus, found in the warmer portions of both the Eastern 
and the Western hemispheres; and EH ptesicus, found in Afriea, Mada- 
gascar, Australia, Asia (except the Malay region), and America from 
southern Canada southward (exeept Lesser Antilles). 

Of the seven genera confined to the New World, Nycteris is the 
most widely distributed, occurring in North America northward to 
the limit of tree growth and southward to include the Bahama Islands 
and Greater Antilles, as well as the Galapagos and Hawaiian Islands. 
Lasionycteris occupies northern North America, south through the 
United States. Antrozous is found in western North America from the 
Columbia River to central Mexico. Corynorhinus occurs throughout 
the warmer portions of North America to southern Mexico. Macrotus 
occurs in the warmer parts of North America from Guatemala to 


1918 | Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of Califorma 241 


southern California and Arizona, also in the Greater Antilles and the 
Bahama Islands. EHuwmops is found in the warmer parts of America 
north to the southwestern United States, and in the Greater Antilles. 
Euderma is the most closely restricted of our genera, having so far 
been found only in the southwestern United States. 

The genera of bats now occupying California may be inferred to 
have reached their present location from three different sources. 
First, cosmopolitan genera, namely Myotis, Eptesicus, Nyctinomus 
and Pipistrellus probably originated in the Old World. Second, 
Nycteris, Lasionycteris, Antrozous and Corynorhinus probably orig- 
inated in temperate North America. Third, Macrotus and Humops, 
southern genera, probably originated in tropical America and 
now reach their northernmost limit along the southern edge of our 
state. With the second group may be classed the genus Huderma, 
now confined to the extreme southwestern United States, and most 
closely related to the genera Corynorhinus and Plecotus, of the tem- 
perate zones. 


GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF Bats 


Bats occur throughout the eastern and western hemispheres to 
the northern and southern limits of tree growth (Miller, 1907, p. 43). 
Their day-time haunts vary from the cool, humid depths of mountain 
caves or tunnels to the torrid and arid rock-crannies of the desert. 
Their nocturnal foragings must involve extremes of temperature and 
humidity equally as great. When each species is considered sep- 
arately, however, we find it to be nearly, if not quite, as strictly 
limited in range as are other mammals, and this in spite of better 
powers of locomotion. 

It has been so generally supposed that bats show far less geo- 
eraphie variation than do other small mammals that the opinion of 
two recent workers in the order Chiroptera may properly be quoted 
here. One of these, Barrett-Hamilton (1910, p. 20), says: 


Neglect of bats is a grave error in studying geographical distribution, since, 
inasmuch as these creatures are possessed of the power of surmounting obstacles 
which to other mammals must be insuperable, their permanent restriction to definite 
regions must be due to causes of fundamental importance. And, whereas the 
wings of bats should have enabled them to occupy with uniformity the entire 
extent of the British Islands, we find in fact that their distribution therein is not 
less restricted than that of other mammals. 


242 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vov.17 


The second authority, Andersen (1912, p. Ixxvi), observes: 


The evidence afforded by the geographical distribution of Bats has generally 
been considered of doubtful value; hence they have either been entirely excluded 
from the material worked out by zoogeographers or at least treated with pro- 
nounced suspicion, as likely to be more or less unreliable documents of evidence. 
This unwillingness or hesitation to place Bats on an equal zoogeographical footing 
with non-flying Mammalia would seem to be due, partly to the preconceived idea 
that owing to their power of flight Bats must evidently have been able easily to 
spread across barriers which, in ordinary circumstances, are insuperable for 
wingless Mammalia; partly to the fact that hitherto very often whole series of 
distinct forms have been concealed under one technical name. So long as (to 
mention only three cases among many) ‘‘ Macroglossus minimus’’ was believed to 
range unchanged from the Himalayas to New Guinea, Australia, and the Solomon 
Islands (now two distinct genera, thirteen recognizable forms), or ‘‘Cynopterus 
marginatus’’ over India, Ceylon, Indo-China, and Indo-Malaya (now six species, 
fourteen forms), or ‘‘ Rhinolophus ferrum-equinum’’ uniformly over Europe, Asia, 
and Africa (now numerous distinet forms), they were undoubtedly of questionable 
value as zoogeographical material. But these and similar anomalies invariably 
disappear as soon as modern methods of discrimination applied on vastly in- 
creased material render it possible to draw the lines of separation between the 
species (and their local modifications) somewhat more closely in accordance with 
the lines drawn by Nature. The second argument referred to above, that the 
spreading of Bats from one locality to another must obviously have been greatly 
facilitated by their possession of wings, may in theory appear plausible enough, 
but when tested on the actual distribution of the species and subspecies it proves 
to be of much less importance than commonly supposed; it rests, in reality, on 
a confusion of two different things: the power of flight no doubt would enable 
a Bat to spread over a much larger area than non-flying Mammalia, but, as a 
matter of fact, only in very few cases is there any reason to believe that it has 
caused it to do so. 


Matthew (1915, p. 227) remarks with regard to this paragraph: 


The belief that bats are more easily able to cross ocean barriers than non- 
flying mammals is probably based, not on the preconceived idea that they could, 
but upon the plain fact that they have done so far more frequently. Birds and 
bats are found upon numerous oceanic islands where no non-flying mammals, 
and very few non-flying animals at all, exist. That they have wings and occa- 
sionally use them for so long a journey, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, is 
a natural explanation. I cannot see any other reasonable interpretation of the 
fact that they are present and the terrestrial mammals absent in so many remote 
oceanic islands. With bats, as with most birds, the intervening ocean acts as a 
hindrance, but their wider distribution shows that it is less of a hindrance than 
with terrestrial mammals. 


Matthew’s comments are good, so far as they go, but it seems to 
the present writer that he has missed the main point of the thesis, 
which is, that conditions of temperature and humidity limit the dis- 
tribution of bats as strictly as they do that of other groups of mam- 
mals. Of course, given a chain of islands of identical climatic con- 
ditions, the distribution of bats would without doubt be more uniform 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 243 


than that of non-volant mammals; but were each of these islands to 
exhibit a unique condition of temperature and humidity, it may be 
ventured that the bats inhabiting them would be found to represent 
distinct races, Just as do birds in similar eases. 

In California there is not a single obvious barrier to the distri- 
bution of any species of bat; yet not one of the thirty-one forms 
inhabiting the state has been found to be distributed uniformly 
throughout the entire area. In the most abundantly represented 
genus, Myotis, at least fourteen forms are to be recognized, each 
strictly limited in the breeding season to a certain zonal and faunal 
area. To illustrate the point: Myotis orinomus has never been taken 
outside of the semi-arid region of the higher portion of the Upper 
Sonoran zone. 


DENTITION 


Young bats are born with a complete milk-dentition, the function 
of which is probably to enable them to hold on to their mothers. These 
teeth differ both in number and form from those cf the permanent set. 
They are homodont, slender, and sharply recurved, and resemble the 
teeth of seals and cetaceans more nearly than those of adult bats 
(Barrett-Hamilton, 1910, p. 15). 

The permanent teeth consist, as in other mammals, of four kinds: 
incisors, canines, premolars, and molars. These teeth differ widely 
among the different genera and species, in both numbers and form, 
there being, for example, but twenty teeth in the jaws of the blood- 
sucking genus Desmodus, and these so specialized that it would be 
impossible for the animal to masticate; while the highest number of 
teeth present in any known bat is thirty-eight (Miller, 1907, p. 23), 
the number present in the genus Myotis. 

In several of the species here listed some of the teeth are so minute 
as to be functionless and are difficult to find; in fact they sometimes 
drop out of the jaw. In Nyctinomus mexicanus, for instance, the 
number of incisors appears to be variable; and in Myotis occultus 
the middle upper premolar, normally present among related species, 
is lacking in half the known specimens. 


CoLORATION 


In common with other nocturnal or crepuscular mammals bats 
have, as a rule, a much more sober coloring than diurnal mammals, 


244 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou.17 


birds or reptiles, being for the most part of somber grays or browns, 
with the ventral surface a lighter tint of the same color that pervades 
the back. Among exotic bats there are notable exceptions to this 
rule, but among our Californian species only two diverge in color from 
the quiet tones of their fellows. These are the spotted bat (Huderma 
maculatum), which is black on the dorsal surface, with three large 
white patches; and the western red bat (Nycteris borealis teliotis), 
which varies in color from bright rufous-red or fawn to yellowish gray. 

Young bats, while of the same general color as adults of the same 
species, are usually darker and duller than their parents. 

All color names used in the following pages are taken from Ridg- 
way’s Color Standards and Color Nomenclature (1912). 


AGE VARIATION 


In determining the age of bats the writer has followed the sugges- 
tion of Miller (1897b, pp. 8-9), who finds that in adults the finger 
joints are small and compact, the epiphyses no longer visible, and the 
phalanges of essentially the same diameter throughout; whereas in 
young specimens the joints are ‘‘large and loosely formed, with 
epiphyses separate from the ends of the phalanges and metacarpals, 
both of which are distinctly enlarged for some distance from the 
joint.’’ 

The matter of determining the age of individuals is important 
because of the fact that young bats, even when nearly full grown, 
present characters different enough from those of the adults to cause 
confusion in identification. In general, the fur of immature speci- 
mens is shorter and more woolly than that of adults, and the color is 
darker and duller. The young of Lasionycteris, however, are a notable 
exception to this rule, the pelage of young examples being long and 
silky, and the hairs having beautiful silvery tippings, which in the 
adults are less perfectly shown. 


SEXUAL VARIATION 


There is but little sexual variation among North American bats, 
and in those inhabiting California I have found such as is present to 
consist only of a slightly greater average size of the females in a 
few of the species, for example, in Pipistrellus. 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 245 


NOMENCLATURE 
The nomenclature here used is for the most part that adopted by 
Miller (1912).. Where it has seemed necessary to deviate from this 
standard, an explanation is given in the account of the species con- 
cerned under the heading Synonymy and History. 


CLASSIFICATION 


All bats are included in the order Chiroptera and are in common 


distinguished by the following characters: 

Mammals with the front limbs modified for true flight, the fingers greatly 
elongated (the third usually at least equal to head and body) and joined together 
by a membrane which extends to sides of body and legs; shoulder girdle much 
more developed than pelvis, the sternum usually keeled; knee directed backward 
owing to rotation of leg for support of wing membrane (Miller, 1907, p. 43). 


The families of bats fall naturally into two main groups, the 
Megachiroptera and the Microchiroptera. The first of these groups, 
the Megachiroptera, or fruit-eating bats, represents an evolutionary 
stage much nearer to ordinary mammals than the latter. Its mem- 
bers are distinguished externally by the presence of a claw on the 
end of the second digit as well as on the pollex, by the completeness 
of the ring formed by the margin of the ear, and by the absence of a 
tragus. Andersen (1912, p. vi), the most recent worker on the group, 
recognizes 228 genera. These are confined to the tropical and sub- 
tropical regions of the Old World, east to Australia, Samoa, and the 
Caroline Islands. Hence none of them fall within the scope of the 
present paper. The second group, the Microchiroptera, comprises 
those bats characterized by the absence of a claw on the second digit, 
by the incompleteness of the ring formed by the margin of the ear, 
and by the presence, normally, of a tragus (Miller, 1907, p. 44). The 
same author (loc. cit., p. 78) recognizes six hundred genera which he 
has grouped into sixteen families. The Microchiroptera are found in 
both the eastern and western hemispheres. 

Only three of the families listed by Miller occur in the Western 
Hemisphere north of the Bahama Islands and Central Mexico. These 
are: the Phyllostomidae, represented in California by a single species; 
the Vespertilionidae, represented by twenty-six species and subspecies ; 
and the Molossidae, represented by four species. These bats may 
be identified with the aid of the appended keys, which are wholly 
artificial and make no pretense of indicating natural relationships. 
Anyone interested in the classification of the families and genera 
of bats by means of skeletal and dental characters is referred to 
Miller’s (1907) The Families and Genera of Bats. 


246 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou. 17 


Thumb 
eS GME )(ceaiess 


BOS « 2 
“se \ Antebrachial : a 
“-Q\ membrane f BA o. 
po ee oy \e. 
3 i eN\e 
238 } o> 
“Le / ce 
BS = \ 


Lateral membrane 


' 

1 

1 

i] 

\ 

! 

i 

I 

1 

' 

' 

' 

i 

\ 

i 

' 

1 

f 

1 

1 

\ 

' 

' 

! 

1 

| 

I } =. 

° [ONG = “eS 
ody yy 2 = : 

B y \ ze a 

| me 

} = 

! 

i 

1 

1 

' 

| 

| 

| 

| 

i 

1 

1 

t 


Free edge of interfemoral membrane 


Fig. E. Wing of Hptesicus fuscus (drawn semidiagrammatically from spect- 
men no. 23522), X 1.11; labeled to show names of parts, as used in the present 
paper. 


KEY TO CALIFORNIA BATS 


I. Basep oN EXTERNAL CHARACTERS 
PAGE 
1. With noseleaf (see text-fig. F). Macrotus californicus 252 
1’. Without noseleaf. 
2. Tail extending conspicuously beyond free edge of interfemoral mem- 
brane (see pl. 19). / 
3. Total length greater than 140 millimeters; no horny exerescences 
on anterior margin of ear. 
Eumops californicus 370 
3’. Total length less than 140 millimeters; a row of horny excrescences 
on anterior margin of ear (see text-fig. W). 
4. A fold of membrane extending from the inner third of the femur 
to the middle of the tibia, forming a pocket at the thigh. 
Nyctinomus femorosaccus 360 


1918 | Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 


247 


PAGE 


4’. No fold of membrane extending from the inner third of the 
femur to the middle of the tibia. 
5. Length of forearm more than 50 millinreters. 


Nyctinomus depressus :‘ 


5’. Length of forearm less than 50 millimeters. 


Nyctinomus mexicanus 3 


2’. Tail extending at least to edge of interfemoral membrane, but never 
much beyond (see pl. 18). 
6. Nostrils opening forward beneath a conspicuous horseshoe-shaped 
ridge (see text-fig. U). 
7. Length of forearm more than 52 millimeters; color of back yel- 
lowish drab brown; habitat west of the desert divides. 


Antrozous pacificus 3 


7’. Length of forearm less than 52 millimeters; color of back whitish 
drab-gray; habitat east of the desert divides. 
Antrozous pallidus 
6’. Nostrils not opening beneath a horseshoe-shaped ridge. 
8. Dorsal surface of interfemoral membrane furred, at least on 
basal half (see pl. 17, fig. 10). 
9. Total length greater than 120 millimeters. | Nycteris cinerea 
9’. Total length less than 120 millimeters. 
10. General color ranging from rufous red or fawn to yellowish 
gray. Nycteris borealis teliotis 
10’. General color blackish chocolate. Lasionycteris noctivagans 
8’. Dorsal surface of interfemoral membrane naked except for scat- 
tering hairs, or furred only at extreme base. 
11. Height of ear from crown more than 25 millimeters. 
12. Tragus broadly rounded at tip; back blackish with three 


white patches (see pl. 16, fig. 9). Euderma maculatum 3: 


12’. Tragus slender, pointed at tip (see text-fig. S); color not 
blackish and no white markings present. 

13. General color wood brown; habitat the arid portions of 
the Upper and Lower Sonoran zones in southern 
California. Corynorhinus rafinesquii pallescens 

13’. General color, natal brown; habitat the Upper Sonoran 
zone in western California. 


Corynorhinus rafinesquii intermedius : 


11’. Height of ear from crown less than 25 millimeters. 
14. Tragus short, blunt, and curved forwards (see text-fig. L). 
15. General aspect of fur pale grayish; habitat Sonoran zones 
east of the desert divides. 
' Pipistrellus hesperus hesperus 
15’. General aspect of fur pale brownish; habitat Sonoran 
zones west of the desert divides. 
Pipistrellus hesperus merriami 
14’. Tragus not curved forwards, slender. 
16. Total length more than 105 millimeters. Eptesicus fuscus 
16’. Total length less than 105 millimeters. 
17. Ear when laid forward extending 7 to 10 millimeters 
beyond nostril. Myotis evotis 


348 


330 


323 


300 


os 
a 


340 


305 


311 


314 


291 


248 


University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


PAGE 


17’. Ear when laid forward extending less than 6 milli- 
meters beyond nostril. 
18. Free border of uropatagium distinctly fringed with 
fine hairs. Myotis thysanodes 
18’. Free border of uropatagium faintly or not at all 
fringed. 
19. Length of tibia 15 to 19 millimeters. 
20. Length of tibia less than 17 millimeters. 
Color of back, drab; habitat Lower Sonoran 
zone east of the desert divides. 


Myotis velifer * 


Color of back, light brown; habitat Boreal 
zone on mountains of east-central and north- 
ern California. Myotis lucifugus altipetens 

Color of back, dark brown; habitat extreme 
northern coast belt. 

Myotis lucifugus alascensis 
20’. Length of tibia more than 17 millimeters. 

Color of back, yellowish brown; habitat south- 

ern Sierra Nevada and mountains of south- 


ern California. Myotis longicrus interior * 


Color of back, dark brown; habitat central and 
northern Sierra Nevada and humid coast 


belt. Myotis longicrus longicrus * 


19’. Length of tibia less than 15 millimeters. 
21. Foot 5 to 6 millimeters in length. 
Color of back, pale grayish brown; habitat 
Lower Sonoran zone east of the desert di- 
vides. Myotis californicus pallidus 
Color of back, bright brown; habitat Upper 
Sonoran and Transition zones south of the 


36th parallel. Myotis californicus quercinus :‘ 


Color of back, dark brown; habitat Upper 
Sonoran and Transition zones north of the 


36th parallel. Myotis californicus californicus * 


21’. Foot 7 to 10 millimeters in length. 
22. Height of tragus more than 6.5 millimeters. 
Myotis orinomus 
22’, Height of tragus less than 6.5 millimeters. 
Color of back, cinnamon brown; habitat val- 
ley of the Colorado River. 
Myotis occultus 
Color of back, light buff; habitat Lower 
Sonoran zone east of the desert divides. 
Myotis yumanensis yumanensis 
Color of back, buffy brown; habitat Sonoran 
and Transition zones west of the desert 


divides. Myotis yumanensis sociabilis : 


Color of back, dark brown; habitat extreme 
northern coast belt. 


Myotis yumanensis saturatus * 


2907 


263 


267 


288 


290 


261 


278 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 249 


II. BASED ON SKULLS AND TEETH 


1. Total number of upper incisors 2. PAGE 
2. Greatest length of skull 30 millimeters or more; upper incisors diverg- 
ing at tips (see pl. 20, fig. 22). * Eumops californicus 370 


2’. Greatest length of skull less than 25 millimeters; upper incisors con- 
verging at tips. 
3. Four teeth in upper jaw behind canine, none minute. 
4. Greatest length of skull 19-21 millimeters. Antrozous pallidus 348 
4’. Greatest length of skull 22-24 millimeters. Antrozous pacificus 352 
3’. Five teeth in upper jaw behind canine, first one minute. 
5. Rostrum louger than wide. 
6. Greatest length of skull more than 22 millimeters. 
Nyctinomus depressus 357 
6’. Greatest length of skull less than 22 millimeters. 
7. Greatest length of skull more than 18 millimeters. 
Nyctinomus femorosaccus 36) 
7’. Greatest length of skull less than 18 millimeters. 
j Nyctinomus mexicanus 361 
od’. Rostrum wider than long. 
8. Greatest length of skull more than 15 millimeters. 
Nycteris cinerea 330 
8’. Greatest length of skull less than 15 millimeters. 
Nycteris borealis teliotis 325 
1’. Total number of upper incisors 4. 
9. Upper incisors completely filling space between canines. 
Macrotus californicus 252 
9’. Upper incisors not completely filling space between canines. 
10. Total number of teeth 32. Eptesicus fuscus 314 
10’. Total number of teeth 34 to 38. 
11. Total number of teeth 34. 
12. Greatest length of skull less than 15 millimeters. 
Pipistrellus hesperus hesperus 305 
Pipistrellus hesperus merriami 311 
12’. Greatest length of skull more than 15 millimeters. 
Euderma maculatum 336 
11’. Total number of teeth 36 or 38. 
13. Total number of teeth 36. 
14. Sagittal and occipital crests well defined (pl. 21, fig. 30, 
pl. 22, fig. 42). Myotis occultus 261 
14’. Sagittal and occipital crests not well defined. 
15. Upper surface of rostrum with distinct depression on each 
side between lachrymal region and external nares. 
Lasionycteris noctivagans 300 
15’. Upper surface of rostrum with no depression on each 
side between lachrymal region and external nares. 
Corynorhinus rafinesquii pallescens 540 
Corynorhinus rafinesquii intermedius 344 


University of California Publications in Zoology [Vo 


13’. Total number of teeth 38. 
16. Greatest length of skull 16 millimeters or more. 
17. Sagittal crest well defined; rostrum broad (pl. 21, fig. 32). 
Myotis velifer 
17’. Sagittal crest not well defined; rostrum slender. 
18. Frontal region conspicuously inflated (pl. 21, fig. 35; 
and pl. 22, fig. 47); zygomatic breadth more than 
9.5 millimeters. Myotis thysanodes 
18’. Frontal region not conspicuously inflated (pl. 21, fig. 
34, and pl. 22, fig. 46); zygomatic breadth less than 
9.5 millimeters. Myotis evotis 
16’. Greatest length of skull less than 16 millimeters. 
19. Sagittal and occipital crests well defined (pl. 21, fig. 30, 
and pl. 22, fig. 42). Myotis occultus 
19’. Sagittal and occipital crests not well defined. 
20. Dorsal profile of skull distinctly flattened (pl. 22, fig. 
38). Myotis orinomus 
20’. Dorsal profile of skull not flattened. 
21. Occipital elevation distinct (pl. 22, fig. 40). 
Myotis longicrus longicrus 
Myotis longicrus interior 
21’. Occipital elevation not distinct. 
22. Interorbital constriction less than 3.5 millimeters. 
Myotis californicus californicus 
Myotis californicus quercinus 


Myotis californicus pallidus 2 


22’, Interorbital constriction more than 3.5 millimeters. 
23. Zygomatie breadth more than 8.5 millimeters; 
greatest length of skull more than 14 milli- 

meters. 
Myotis lucifugus altipetens 


Myotis lucifugus alascensis 2 


N 


ygomatic breadth less than 8.5 millimeters; 

greatest length of skull usually less than 14 
millimeters. 

Myotis yumanensis yumanensis 

Myotis yumanensis sociabilis 

Myotis yumanensis saturatus 


L. 17 


PAGE 


259 


297 


291 


261 


290 


1918 | Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 


251 


AVERAGE MEASUREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA SPECIES OF BATS 


ARRANGED IN SEQUENCE FROM SMALL TO LARGE ACCORDING To ToTAL LENGTHS 


Species 
Pipistrellus hesperus hes- 
TPEVSWS coset tee Staccens eaceereee 
Pipistrellus hesperus mer- 
riami a 
Myotis californicus eali- 
TOT AWICWED  conctabenenteee meer eeeeS 
Myotis californicus pal- 
UGLY cee reenereeeeeeeereres eee ee 


(HUTT) eet eee 


iligmpeene tee! ER eo 


Myotis yumanensis  yu- 
HUD TTGTAGNS) Gelecen esa eeepee 


Myotis yumanensis  sat- 
PIU UES Meee cer Seneee -ssneneocsas 


Myotis orinomus .............. 


Myotis lucifugus — alas- 
CBUISIS) oes eno-Stececeecteceececoasas 


Myotis lucifugus  alti- 
TOMEI) Se pa eee eee 


Myotis thysanodes ........... 


Myotis oecultus)-..........-... 
Iv ObISH eC VOUIS) 2/22 ons 


All Measurements in Millimeters 


Number of 
specimens 


10 dig, 10 99 
6 $d, 10 99 


499 


299 


599 
19 


Nyetinomus mexicanus .... 10 dg, 10 92 


Myotis longicrus longi- 
(OTHE) eee Ree eae 
Myotis velifer ...........2....:. 


Corynorhinus rafinesquii 
AUHESCONS |) cess2 cman sens 


Macrotus californicus ...... 
Myotis longicrus interior 
Lasionycteris noctivagans 


Corynorhinus rafinesquii 
intermedius .................... 


Nyctinomus femorosaccus 
Nyeteris borealis teliotis 
Antrozous pallidus .......... 
Euderma maculatum ...... 
Eptesicus fuseus .............. 
Antrozous pacificus -....... 
Nyctinomus depressus -... 
Nycteris cinerea .............. 
Eumops californicus ........ 


8 gd, 


433; 
3 3d; 


12 3d, 
1 g2 
73d; 
3 dd; 


299 


18 9° 


899 
929 


899 


499 
5 29 


5 Qo 
ue 


5 99 
799 


Total 


length vertebrae 


68.6 


97.2 
97.3 
98.9 
102.0 


102.0 
103.0 
104.5 
109.3 
111.5 
112.4 
119.0 
131.0 
135.1 
167.1 


Tail 


Tibia 


Foot 


10.4 


8.5 
11.6 
7.6 
9.5 
12.9 
13.0 
Hale 
16.8 


Greatest 
length of 


Forearm cranium 


28.8 


28.0 


35.8 
41.2 
35.6 
37.5 
41.3 


37.2 
40.4 


39.9 
49.9 
38.0 
39.2 


42.0 
47.0 
38.7 
49.2 
50.8 
45.1 
55.3 
60.0 
51.8 
72.0 


‘Miller (1897b, p. 83); * Merriam (1889a, p. 23); *J. A. Allen (1891b, p. 196); 4 Ward 


(1891, pp. 747-750). 


252 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


Order CHIROPTERA 


Suborder MicrocHIROPTERA 
Family PHYLLOSTOMIDAE 

This family, as represented in North America, includes bats having 
a simple noseleaf, a tragus, toes (except hallux) with three phalanges 
each, thumb and foot without sucking disk, and upper incisors not 
separated by a space in the middle. The only genus which has been 
found to occur in California is Macrotus, which is here represented 
by a single species. 


Genus Macrotus Gray 


mee leh 2-2 gee 34 
59’ © yay? PM g7g> Mang = 34. 
Skull with rostrum tapering, and distinctly flattened above; auditory 
bullae conspicuously enlarged, covering almost the entire cochleae, 
their greatest diameter being distinctly greater than the width of the 
space between them. The extremity of the tail projects beyond the 
hinder edge of the broad interfemoral membrane. 


Diagnosis.—Dental formula: i 


Macrotus californicus Baird 
California Leaf-nosed Bat 


Macrotus Californicus Baird (1858, pp. 116-117). Original description; 
type locality Fort Yuma, Imperial County, California. 

Macerotus californicus, Baird (1859, II, p. 4, pl. 61, fig. 2). Description; 
listed from Fort Yuma. 

Maerctus californicus, H. Allen (1864, pp. 3-5, figs. 2-4). Description. 

Macrotus californicus, Cooper (1868, p. 5). Distribution. 

Macrotus californicus, Cooper (in Cronise, 1868, p. 442). Description; 
occurrence near Fort Yuma. : 

Macrotus waterhousii, Coues and Yarrow (1875, pp. 80-81). 

Macrotus waterhousii, Dobson (1878, pp. 464-467), part. Description; 
occurrence in California; habits. 

Macrotus Waterhousei, True (1885, p. 604), part. Range. 

Macrotus waterhousei, Bryant (1891a, p. 359). Nominal. 

Macrotus californicus, H. Allen (1894, pp. 34-48, pls. 1-2). Deseription ; 
listed from Fort Yuma. 

Macrotus californicus, Elliot (1901, pp. 420-421, fig. 93). Diagnosis. 

Otopterus californicus, Miller and Rehn (1901, p. 278). Type locality. 

Macrotus californicus, Rehn (1904, pp. 441-444). Revision of genus; dis- 
tribution of M. californicus. 

Otopterus californicus, Elliot (1904b, pp. 653-654). Description; distri- 
bution. 

Otopterus californicus, Elliot (1905, pp. 509-510). General distribution; 
type locality. 


1918 | Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 253 


Otopterus californicus, Stephens (1906, pp. 276-277, 1 fig.). Description; 
distribution ; habits. 

Otopterus californicus, Lyon and Osgood (1909, p. 290). Location of type. 

Macrotus californicus, Miller (1912, p. 36). Type locality; range. 

Macrotus californicus, J. Grinnell (1913b, p. 275). Range in California. 


Diagnosis —Size medium (total length 93-103 millimeters) ; ear 
reaching beyond tip of muzzle when laid forward; distinct leaf-like 
vertical appendage on nose; color, above, pale drab to broccoli brown, 
below, drab, the longer hairs tipped with white. 

Description: Head.—-Elongate, slender, rostrum rather attenuate ; 
ears oval and slightly hairy, connected at their bases by an incised 
transverse membrane, when stretched forward exceeding muzzle by 
one-third entire length of ear; tragus lanceolate, one-third height of 
ear. Hye almond-shaped.  Nose-leaf blunt-lanceolate, higher than 
width of pad from which it rises (text-figs. F, G@). Nostrils crescentie, 
placed obliquely in nose pad. A triangular pad at apex of chin. 


Fig. F. Side view of head of Macrotus californicus (drawn from specimen 
no. 19127), X 1.00, showing simple nose-leaf, long ears, and erect pointed tragus. 

Fig. G. Front view of head of Macrotus californicus (drawn from specimen 
no. 19127), X 1.00, showing position of nostrils in pad at base of nose-leaf, 
incised transverse membrane connecting bases of ears, and triangular pad at 
apex of chin. 


Limbs and Membranes.—Forearm slightly bowed. Thumb, ex- 
clusive of claw, about 7 millimeters in length, and slender. Wing 
short and stout; length of fifth metacarpal equaling and sometimes 
exceeding that of third metacarpal. Toes compressed, giving foot a 
slender aspect. The tail projects beyond edge of interfemoral mem- 
brane for the length of one or one and one-half vertebrae. The mem- 
branes of this bat are parehment-like rather than leathery, and are 
not furred. 

Pelage——F ur on body silky; on back about 8 millimeters in length, 
on under surface about 6 millimeters; ear with posterior base covered 
with hair of a woolly texture. Interior surface of ear, and proximal 
three-fourths of anterior border of ear with scattered long hairs. 

Color.—In dried specimens the color of the distal third of the hairs 
on the upper surface varies from pale drab to broccoli brown. The 
proximal two-thirds is white, and this shows throngh the darker outer 


254 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


color in irregular patches, due to the parting of the hairs. Fur upon 
bases of ears grizzled gray throughout. Upon the lower surface of 
the body the bases of the hairs are white, the distal third drab, tipped 
with white, this giving a frosted appearance. The membranes in the 
dried skin are clove brown. In specimens preserved in alcohol the 
colors are essentially the same, save that the ventral surface lacks the 
frosted appearance characteristic of dried skins, and the white bases 
of the hairs are yellowed by the absorption of fat from the body. 

Skull.—Rostrum at orbits twice as wide as at canines (pl. 23, fig. 

54). Auditory bulla conspicuously enlarged, covering almost entire 
cochlea (pl. 24, fig. 62), its greatest diameter distinctly greater than 
width of space between the two bullae. 
22, @il=il 2=2 38) : 
59 jay’ PM ag M39 =34. Upper 
incisors conspicuously unequal in size, and completely bridging space 
between canines; inner pair large, in contact distally, but with roots 
widely separated; lateral pair small, not extending beyond cingula of 
inner pair. Lower incisors small and simple, forming a continuous 
row between canines. Canines strong and simple, with well-developed 
cingula. Area of anterior upper premolar when viewed from side 
almost equaling that of posterior tooth. Second upper premolar with 
main cusp straight, situated at or near middle of crown. First lower 
premolar higher and broader, when viewed in profile, than second 
and third, the third the smallest of the three. Second upper molar 
largest, third upper molar with less than half crown area of second. 
First lower molar smaller than second. 

Measurements—Average and extreme measurements in milli- 
meters of a series of eighteen females from the Colorado Desert are 
as follows: total length, 97.3 (93.0-103.0) ; tail vertebrae, 37.0 (33.0— 
41.0) ; tibia, 23.0 (20.8-24.2) ; foot, 15.6 (14.0-17.0) ; forearm, 49.9 
(46.8-52.6) ; greatest length of skull 23.1 (22.5-23.7); zygomatic 
breadth, 11.2 (10.8-11.6); mastoid breadth, 9.8 (9.2-10.0); inter- 
orbital constriction, 3.5 (3.4-3.7); height of cranium at bullae, 9.4 
(9.8-9.7). The only male at hand measures: total length, 95.0 milli- 
meters; tail vertebrate, 35.0; tibia, 23.0; foot, 14.0; forearm, 48.4; 
ereatest length of cranium, 23.0; zygomatic breadth, 11.1; mastoid 
breadth, 10.0; interorbital constriction, 3.5; height of cranium at 
bullae, 9.3. 


Synonymy and History—This bat was described by Baird (1858, 
p. 116) from a specimen taken at Fort Yuma (Imperial County, Cali- 
fornia, opposite Yuma, Arizona), under the name Macrotus Califor- 
Nicus. 

Coues and Yarrow (1875, pp. 80-81), presuming the lighter color- 
ation of M. californicus to be due to fading in alcohol, and overlooking 
other differences, recorded the species occurring in California as 
identical with M. waterhousii of the West Indies. Dobson (1878, p. 
465) states that his own conclusion that waterhousii and californicus 
are identical was based on descriptions alone, he not having seen the 
type of californicus. 


Teeth—Dental formula: j 


ei) tee 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 255 


MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS OF EIGHTEEN FEMALES OF MAaAcrotTus 
CALIFORNICUS BAIRD, FROM NEAR TORRES (= Toro), 
RIVERSIDE COUNTY, CALIFORNIA 


é E as 

ae 2 2 5 Bs 

1206 103.0 21.5 16.0 48.3 23.6 3 

1207 97.0 22.0 16.0 50.0 23.6 11.3 

1208 95.0 23.2 16.0 50.0 22.7 11.0 

1209 100.0 23.6 17.0 52.6 23.0 11.0 
1210 95.0 22.2 16.0 AOOy seis, eee) 0 SE ae 
1211 99.0 22.2 16.0 49.1 22.6 11.8 9.8 3.6 
1212 96.0 23.0 15.0 50.5 22.8 11.3 10.0 3.4 
1213 100.0 24.2 17.0 50.0 23.2 11.0 9:9) 3.6 
2M) AEE Anse a eee 15.0 50.2 23.2 10.8 10.0 3.5 
1215 95.0 37.0 22.0 15.0 49.5 22.5 11.4 929, 3.7 
1216 94.0 36.0 20.8 15.0 46.8 23.4 11.3 10.0 3.7 
1217: 96.0 33.0 22.3 14.0 49.3 23.0)) ge 10.0 3.4 
1218 99.0 38.0 21.7 16.0 50.3 23.3 11.2 9.8 3.4 
1219 95.0 39.0 22.6 15.0 48.0 23.0 11.0 9.2 3.3 
1220 95.0 39.0 23.6 16.0 52.0 23.0 11.2 10.0 3.7 
1221 93.0 37.0 23.4 16.0 50.0 22.8 11.0 9.8 3.5 
1222 101.0 41.0 23.7 16.0 51.0 23.6 11.4 10.0 3.5 
1223 101.0 36.0 23.4 14.0 51.7 23.7 11.6 itl 3.7 


Distribution.—The distribution of Macrotus californicus was given 
by Rehn (1904, p. 441) as throughout the arid region of the south- 
western United States, Lower California and Sonora. The species is 
now recorded from as far eastward as Tombstone, Arizona (Rehn, 
loc. cit.) ; westward to De Luz, San Diego County, California (see 
below) ; south to Camoa, Rio Mayo, Sonora, and Cape San Lucas, 
Lower California (Rehn, loc. cit.) ; north to Riverside, California 
(Stephens, MS). In California the leaf-nosed bat seems to be con- 
fined to the hottest parts of the Lower Sonoran zone, mainly on the 
Colorado Desert. (See map, text-fig. H.) 

Specimens Examined.—The writer has examined 113 specimens 
from the following localities in California: San Diego County: Valle- 
cito, 16 (U. S. Nation. Mus., 9; Mus. Vert. Zool., 7); De Luz, 10 
(Stanford Univ., 8; U. S. Nation. Mus., 2); Santa Margarita Ranch 
and River, 17 (Stanford Univ.) ; Imperial County: Indian Wells, 4 
(U. S. Nation. Mus.) ; Mecca, 2; Palo Verde, 1; Riverside County: 
Colorado desert near Torres [= Toro], 63. 

Natural History —In September, 1893, Edward Hyatt (MS) cap- 
tured eighteen specimens of Macrotus californicus in a cave on the 


256 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou.17 


upper part of the Santa Margarita Ranch, Santa Margarita River, 
San Diego County. The principal insect remains found scattered 
about the floor of the cave were of the following beetles, all common 


F = aw 


2 yao 


MACROTUS CALIFORNICUS 


EUMOPS CALIFORNICUS 


MYOTIS LUCIFUGUS ALTIPETENS 


MYOTIS LUCIFUGUS ALASCENSIS 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
| MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 


Fig. H. Map showing stations of occurrence in California of Macrotus cali- 
fornicus, Eumops californicus, Myotis lucifugus altipetens, and Myotis lucifugus 
alascensis, as established by specimens examined by the author. 


species in southern California: Ligyrus gibbosus, Chlaenius sericeus, 
Polyphylla decemilineata; also various species of flies. 

Sixty-three specimens of this bat were secured by collectors from 
the California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology on April 15, 1908, in 
a cave in the Coachella Valley, near Toro, Riverside County (pl. 14, 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 257 


fig. 1). This valley is an old sea-bottom and at sea-level there are 
several caves worn in the rocky hillside by the one-time action of 
waves. Hight of these caves were examined by the party and five 
showed evidence of having been occupied by bats. <A portion of the 
floor of one of these caves was found to be covered to a depth of sev- 
eral inches with bat guano, and this was the cave where all the 
specimens were obtained. <A colony of fully three hundred of these 
bats was clustered in a funnel-shaped recess in the roof about thirty 
feet from the entrance. Disturbed by the light of the lantern the 
bats took wing and streamed out. Of the sixty-three taken, all but 
two were females and nearly every one contained a single large 
embryo; none was found to contain more. 

In the spring of 1914 the cave referred to above was visited by 
Donald R. Dickey, who states in a letter that he found it untenanted ; 
but a mile or so away another cave was found which contained a 
colony of bats. A number of individuals were caught, examined, 
and liberated. All proved to be California leaf-nosed bats. 

On the morning of Mareh 29, 1908, C. H. Richardson (MS) found 
a female leaf-nosed bat in a mouse trap set on the open ground near 
Mecea, Imperial County. The bat must have been entrapped while 
attempting to capture the ants or beetles which commonly visit traps 
for the oatmeal with which they are baited. It would appear that 
this species of bat may seek some of its food upon the ground. 

Dobson (1878, p. 466) states that a correspondent writing from 
St. Ann’s, Jamaica, remarks that Macrotus waterhousti there eats not 
only insects but also fruits. He mentions particularly the fustiec 
berry (Morus tinctoria), the bread-nut (Brosimum alicastrum), and 
the rose-apple (Hugenia jambos). It would be very interesting to 
learn whether our Californian Macrotus also eats fruit as well as 
insects ; if so, it is the only fruit-eating bat occurring within the state. 

Stephens (1906, p. 277) considers these bats as being probably 
migratory; for he failed to find them in January in a place where 
they were nearly always to be found in spring and summer. ‘The 
writer knows of no dates of capture within the state later than Sep- 
tember or earlier than March, save those furnished by Leo Wiley. 
There is in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology an alcoholic. speci- 
men of Macrotus californicus (no. 23651), taken by this observer 
December 31, 1915, in an old mine shaft near Palo Verde. Mr. 
Wiley writes (MS) that he secured five more individuals of this 
species in the same shaft on February 20. 


258 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou.17 


Tn regard to the usual number of young, Stephens (1906, p. 277) 
says: ‘‘The young are born in June. More than half of the females 
bear two young, the remainder but one.’’ In the ease of the above 
described colony near Toro all the pregnant females examined con- 
tained but one foetus each. 


Family VESPERTILIONIDAE 

The distribution of this family is the same as that of the order 
Chiroptera. 

The members of this family include bats having muzzles without 
distinct leaflike outgrowths and having ears with well developed 
anterior basal lobes; the tragus is simple and usually well developed ; 
the tail is well developed, but extends only to, or but very slightly 
beyond, the edge of the wide interfemoral membrane. 

Miller (1907, p. 196) divides the family into six subfamilies, rep- 
resented by forty genera. The two subfamilies occurring in America 
north of southern Mexico are the Vespertilioninae and the Nyeto- 
philinae, and both are represented in California. 


Subfamily VESPERTILIONINAE 


Distribution same as for the Family. Primitive in structural 
features, being characterized chiefly by lack of specialized structures 
distinguishing the other subfamilies. Differs from the Nyetophilinae 
in the absence, in all of its members, of abrupt truncation of the 
muzzle, and of any ridge above the nostrils. 


Genus Myotis Kaup 

Representative species of this genus are found in the temperate 
and tropical regions of both hemispheres; the area of their distribution 
is probably not exceeded by that of any other genus of bats. About 
eighty species and subspecies of Myotis are now known, fifteen of 
which oceur in California. 
22 flak pi 3-3* moe 2 oe 
Say) dil? sea) a3) 
Upper incisors well developed, subequal, and closely crowded ; crowns 
almost cylindrical in cross-section; inner incisor with a distinet 


posterior secondary cusp, the outer with a well developed concave sur- 
face directed toward canine, from which it is separated by a space not 


Characters —Dental formula: 


*In at least one species, Myotis occultus, the upper middle premolar, pm*, is 
sometimes wanting. 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 259 


quite equal to the combined diameters of both incisors. Lower incisors 
forming a continuous row strongly bowed forward between canines; 
first and second lower incisors with rather narrow, trilobed cutting 
edges, the third much wider than the others and with three or four 
tubercles. Canines, both above and below, without secondary cusps, 
but with small yet distinct cingula. The two anterior upper pre- 
molars small, especially the central one, which is often minute and 
crowded out of the tooth-row internally; lower premolars following 
relative proportions of three upper ones, but central one, although 
smallest, rarely so minute as corresponding tooth in upper jaw. Last 
upper molar rather less in area of cross-section than half the second. 

The skull varies considerably in size among the different species, 
but usually has brain-case rounded and elevated above facial region, 
which is narrow, depressed and markedly saddle-shaped; depth of 
brain-ease, including auditory bullae, about equal to mastoid breadth ; 
sagittal erest low but usually distinct. Auditory bullae well devel- 
oped and covering more than half the surface of the cochleae, but 
simple in form and not very large; diameter of bullae about equal to 
distance between them. Face always hairy; glandular prominences 
much less developed than in related genera and seareely adding to 
breadth of face. Apertures of nostrils, crescent-shaped. Ear oval, 
distinctly higher than broad. Tragus slender, and nearly or quite 
straight. Foot, lower leg, and calear of variable size and develop- 
ment. Wing broad, the fifth metacarpal being slightly longer than, 
or equal to, third, the posterior attachment anywhere from a little 
above ankle to base of toes. Tail long, usually exceeding forearm in 
length. 


Myotis velifer (J. A. Allen) 
Cave Bat 


Vespertilio velifer J. A. Allen (1890, pp. 177-178). Original description ; 
type locality, Guadalajara, Jalisco, Mexico. 

Myotis velifer, J. Grinnell (1913b, p. 276). Range in California. 

Myotis velifer, J. Grinnell (1914, p. 266). Occurrence at Needles, Cali- 
fornia. : 


Diagnosis —Aceording to Miller (1897), p. 57), Myotis velvfer 
is the largest species of Myotis known to occur anywhere in the United 
States or Mexico. Total leneth, 90-105 millimeters; length of fore- 
arm, 40-47 millimeters. Calear slender, without a well developed lobe. 
Free border of uropatagium naked. Kars short, reaching only to tip 
of nose. Wing membrane arising from metatarsus. 

Description: Head.—Kars short (about 16 millimeters in height) 
and pointed. Tragus about half height of ear, its anterior edge 
straight or very slightly concave towards the tip. 

Limbs and membranes.—Wing attached nearer to bases of toes 
than to ankle. Free border of interfemoral membrane shorter than 
ealear, and naked. 

Pelage.—Ears scantily haired over whole ventral surface, as also 
at extreme bases on dorsal surface. Wings haired on ventral surfaces 
at their extreme bases; otherwise naked. Uropatagium sparsely 


260 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


haired, both dorsally and ventrally, on its proximal fourth. Toes 
sprinkled on their dorsal surfaces with stiff hairs from 2 to 3 milli- 
meters long. 

Color.—Miller (1897b, p. 57) gives the normal coloration of this 
bat as ‘‘dull sepia throughout, paler on the belly, the hairs everywhere 
dusky slate at base.’’ One specimen at hand from California has 
the hairs everywhere chaetura black at their bases. On the dorsal 
surface the distal portions of the hairs are drab, while on the ventral 
surface the distal portions are cartridge buff. On another skin from 
California the distal portions of the hairs upon the dorsal surface are 
avellaneous. 

Skull.—vVery large and strong for a Myotis (see table of measure- 
ments) ; sagittal crest unusually well defined (pl. 21, fig. 32). For 
comparisons with M. thysanodes and M. evotis, the only other species 
with skulls of similar length, see pages 294 and 298. 

Measurements.—Average and extreme measurements of the three 
specimens in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology are as follows: total 
length, 96.6 (93.0-100.0) ; tail vertebrae, 40.6 (40.0—42.0) ; tibia, 15.6 
(15.0-16.0) ; foot, 10.0 (9.0-10.5) ; forearm, 40.4 (39.6-41.0) ; greatest 
length of cranium, 16.3 (16.0-16.6). 


MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS OF THREE EXAMPLES OF MYOTIS VELIFER 
(J. A, ALLEN), FROM NEEDLES, SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY, CALIFORNIA 


: “2 
Fy 5 crates oe 

= a B Ss Sie 

a= 2 E Ee : fs 6S 

M £¢ mo 5 =) y o R oe 
aa Sex ae ie aq im = pq 
7762 «of 100.0 42 15.0 10.5 40.8 10.3 8.1 
7763 og 93.0 40.0 16.0 9.0 41.0 10.0 8.1 
7764 Q 97.0 40.0 15.9 10.5 39.6 10.4 8.3 


Synonymy and History.—The cave bat was described by J. A. 
Allen (1890, pp. 177-178) under the name Vespertilio velifer, from 
three specimens and six additional skulls obtained at Santa Cruz del 
Valle, Guadalajara, Jalisco, Mexico. H. Allen (1894, p. 92) placed 
velifer as a subspecies of Vespertilio albescens of South America. 
Miller (1897), p. 59) thinks it best to retain the specific name velifer 
for the bat occurring in Mexico and the United States until the South 
American species has been definitely characterized. 

Distribution—The general range of this bat as given by Miller 
(1912, p. 54) is from Hidalgo, northern Michoacan, and the City of 
Mexico north to the southern border of the United States. In Cali- 
fornia it has been taken only at Needles, San Bernardino County, in 
the Lower Sonoran zone near the Colorado River. (See map, text- 
fig. N.) 

Natural History.—Bailey (1905, pp. 208-209) remarks that if 
this bat is habitually a ecave-dweller, the distribution of eaves probably 
accounts for its somewhat erratic range. 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 261 


Ward (1891, p. 744), in his report of a collecting trip made to 
Las Vegas, Canton of Jalapa, Vera Cruz, Mexico, in February, 1891, 
describes a visit made to certain tunnel-like caves on the side of a 
long extinct voleano. In the cool atmosphere of these caves, fresh- 
ened by the current of air which continually flowed down the 
mountain side, bats were found in a state of semi-torpor. The pre- 
vailing species was Myotis velifer, which was present in hundreds 
Ward secured one hundred and fifty-two males and forty-two females. 
The author adds: “‘This I take to be a fair average of the proportion 
of the sexes in what is probably one of their permanent headquarters.’ 
The three specimens of the cave bat in the Museum of Vertebrate: 
Zoology were taken by C. L. Camp at Needles, California, on July 16: 
and 18, 1909. Bats of this species were found roosting in numbers 
in an old storehouse there. 


Myotis occultus Hollister 
Holiister Bat 


Myotis oceultus Hollister (1909, p. 43). Original description; type locality, 
Colorado River, ten miles above Needles, San Bernardino County, Cali- 
fornia. 

Myotis occultus, Miller (1912, p. 55). Nominal. 

Myotis occultus, J. Grinnell (1913b, p. 276). Range in California. 

Myotis occultus, J. Grinnell (1914, pp. 263-265, figs. H, I). Occurrence 
on the Colorado River. 


Diagnosis —Total length 85 to 90 millimeters, forearm 35.1 to 
36.4; calear longer than free border of interfemoral membrane; wing 
membrane arising from near bases of phalanges; cranium relatively 
flat-topped and rostrum broad. 

Description: Head.—FKorm externally not in any way peculiar. 
In a series of six (dried) specimens the average height of the ear is 
11.5 millimeters; of the tragus, 6.1 (both measured from notch). 

Limbs and Membranes——Wing membrane arises from near bases 
of toes. Calear longer than free border of interfemoral membrane. 

Pelage—F ur everywhere full and soft. On the body the majority 
of the hairs are about 3 millimeters long, but scattered among these 
shorter hairs are occasional longer ones, averaging about 5 millimeters 
in length. Wings furred only at their extreme bases, both above and 
below. Uropatagium seantily haired on its basal fifth, the hairs 
being longer on the dorsal surface than on the ventral. Ear haired 
on posterior surface at extreme base; a line of hairs extends along 
basal third of anterior border of ear. Entire anterior surface of ear 
sparingly haired. Edge of upper lip furnished with a scanty row 
of downward projecting hairs, and a few longer hairs, 4 to 8 milli- 
meters in length, project from glandular portion of face. 


262 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou.17 


Color—tThe six specimens of the Hollister bat which are at hand 
are quite uniform in coloration. Bases of hairs everywhere chaetura 
black, except on anterior portion of throat where they are uniform 
cinnamon buff. Distal portions of hairs on dorsal surface of body 
light sayal brown, with a silky sheen. This shade of brown extends 
down onto sides of belly, which are otherwise pale cinnamon buff, 
varying slightly in exact shade among the different specimens. Mem- 
branes clove brown. 

Skull—asily distinguished from that of any other species of 
Myotis inhabiting California, by its very broad and relatively flat- 
topped rostrum and brain-case (pl. 21, fig. 30; pl. 22, fig. 42). Sag- 
gital crest more clearly defined than in any other Californian Myotis, 
except M. velifer. Teeth essentially as described for the genus, save 
that in four of the eight known SUES HLEDE the upper middle premolar 
(pm2) is missing on both sides. 

Measurements —T he average and extreme measurements in milli- 
meters of the six examples of the Hollister bat in the Museum of 
Vertebrate Zoology are as follows: total length, 87.3 (85.0-90.0) ; tail 
vertebrae, 35.6 (34.0-38.0) ; tibia, 13.9 (13.7-14.0) ; foot, 8.7 (8.0- 
9.0); forearm, 35.6 (35.1-36.4); greatest length of cranium, 15.1 
(14.8-15.4). 


MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS OF Stx EXAMPLES OF MYOTIS ocCULTUS 
HOLLISTER, FROM IMPERIAL COUNTY, CALIFORNIA 


E - “2 ae 

= ee og SF 

= 3 = a 3s E=iin4 Lan; 

ae 2 = 2 He <5 Su 

Mus. fe 5 Es = i z S SE ee $8 
no. Sex mien cue = oF & te Si [a2] fap 
10702 @ 85.0 35.0 14.0 9.0 35.4 15.2 9.8 7.7 3.9 
10703" @ 89.0 34.0 13.8 8.9 3:01 eee 9.7 -_ 4.1 
10704" 90.0 36.0 14.2 9.0 36.4 15.4 10.1 7.9 4.0 
10705°  Q 86.0 34.0 13.9 8.5 35.2 14.8 9.6 7.3 4.1 
10706 87.0 37.0 13:7, 8.0 36.3 15.3 9.6 7.6 4.0 
107077 @ 87.0 38.0 14.0 9.0 35.1 15.0 9.8 ath 4.0 


1From four miles south of Potholes. 
? From five miles northeast of Yuma. 


Synonymy and History—The Hollister bat was deseribed by 
Hollister (1909, p. 48) under the name JJyotis occultus, from two 
specimens obtained on the west side of the Colorado River, ten miles 
above Needles, San Bernardino County, California, May 14, 1905. 

Distribution—Known only from the west side of the Colorado 
River from near Needles (as above) to near Yuma, where six speci- 
mens were obtained in May, 1910 (see J. Grinnell, 1914, p. 263). (See 
map, text-fig. O.) 

Specimens Examined.—tThe writer has examined eight specimens 
of the Hollister bat, from the following localities in California: Im- 
perial County: five miles northeast of Yuma, 5; four miles south of 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 263 


Potholes, 1; San Bernardino County: west side of Colorado River 
above Needles, 2 (U.S. Biol. Surv.). 
Natural History—J. Grinnell (loc. cit.) suggests that the Hollister 


bat is a late spring arrival in the region where it was found, since Hol- 
lister’s two specimens were taken in May, and the Museum expedition, 
although collecting along the Colorado River from February 15 until 
May 15, failed to detect this bat until the first week of May. This 
author states that of the six specimens obtained ‘‘the first was shot at 
late dusk close to the river bank between files of cottonwoods, in 
just the same association as those taken by Hollister. At our second 
locality of capture, the remaining five specimens were shot over the 
water in a back eddy of the river. Here these bats arrived in con- 
siderable numbers at early dusk to drink, flitting down to the water’s 
surface and dipping several times before flying off among the willows 
and cottonwoods. ”’ 


Myotis lucifugus altipetens H. W. Grinnell 
High Sierra Bat 


Myotis ywmanensis satwratus, C. H. Merriam (1899, p. 89). Occurrence on 
Mt. Shasta. 

Myotis ywmanensis, Rehn (in Stone, 1904b, p. 590). Record of specimen 
from Mt. Tallac. 

Myotis yumanensis saturatus, Stephens (1906, p. 267), part. Diagnosis; 
distribution. 

Myotis yumanensis saturatus, J. Grinnell (1913b, p. 277), part. Range in 
California. 

Myotis yumanensis altipetens H. W. Grinnell (1916, pp. 9-10). Original 
description. Type from Merced Lake, Yosemite National Park, Cali- 
fornia. 


Diagnosis —Length, 79 to 91 millimeters; tibia short, 15.0 to 16.4; 
distal portion of fur on back isabella color, on belly pale ght buff. 

Description: Head.—Ear short (about 12 millimeters in height), 
and bluntly rounded at tip (pl. 18, fig. 15) ; anterior border straight 
through lower third, then gently convex to the tip; posterior border 
shghtly concave along upper two-thirds, then convex to basal notch. 
In a dried specimen at hand the tragus is 6 millimeters in height and 
slender, varying in width from 1.5 millimeters near the base to 0.5 
millimeters just below the rounded tip. Nostrils as in other Myotis. 

Limbs and Membrancs.—Membranes leathery but not thick. Cal- 
ear slender and indistinct, greater in length than free border of 
uropatagium; keel not prominent, and terminating lobule scarcely 
apparent. Feet large (9 to 12 millimeters in length) and strong, 
and more than half the tibia in length. The wing arises from a point 


264 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vow.17 


nearer to bases of toes than to ankle. Claws on both feet and thumbs 
long, well curved, and of needle-like slenderness. 

Pelage-—F ur everywhere full and soft. Longer hairs on middle 
of back about 7 millimeters in length. Ear haired dorsally only at 
base, but ventrally short fine hairs scattered sparsely over entire 
surface. Wing membranes naked save where body fur extends alone 
line of attachment of wings to body. Uropatagium very scantily 
haired on its ventral surface. Toes scantily haired, both above and 
beneath, on terminal joints. 

Color—Distal portion of fur on back isabella color; bases of the 
hairs chaetura black. Ventrally, the bases of the hairs are chaetura 
black and the tips are a pale tint of light buff. Wings, feet, and 
membranes deep clove brown, which becomes lighter at posterior edges 
of wing membranes and uropatagium. 

Skull—Of medium size for the genus (length 14.2 to 15.0 milli- 
meters). Brain-ecase and rostrum broad and heavily built. Rostrum 
not sharply turned up at tip, and forehead sloping back very gently. 
Sagittal crest but faintly indicated, and occipital elevation very slight. 
The brain-ease lacks the inflation at the front which is a character of 
some other members of the genus. (See pl. 21, fig. 31; pl. 22, fig. 43.) 

Measurements.—Average and extreme measurements of a series of 
eight adult examples of Myotis lucifugus altipetens from California 
are as follows: Total length, 86.8 (79.0—-91.0) ; tail vertebrae, 35.6 
(31.0-41.0) ; tibia, 15.6 (15.3-16.4) ; foot, 10.4 (9.0-12.0) ; forearm, 
35.8 (35.2-36.5) ; greatest length of cranium, 14.5 (14.2-15.0). 

Synonymy and History.—This species was described under the 
name Myotis yumanensis altipetens, by H. W. Grinnell (1916, pp. 
9-10). The type specimen was taken one mile east of Merced Lake, 
Yosemite National Park, at an altitude of 7500 feet. Four of the 
five specimens of bats secured by C. H. Merriam (1899, p. 89) in the 
Hudsonian Zone on Mount Shasta and by him recorded as Myotis 
yumanensis saturatus have been examined by the writer and prove 
to be MW. 1. altipetens, as does the specimen recorded by Rehn (in Stone, 
19046, p. 590) under the name Myotis yumanensis, from Mount 
Tallae. F 

Distribution.—As indicated by the material at hand, the High 
Sierra bat inhabits the central Sierra Nevada, the vicinity of Mount 
Shasta, and the Warner Mountains. It oceurs chiefly in the Can- 
adian and Hudsonian zones, and has been secured at a greater altitude 
than any other bat in the collection of the Museum of Vertebrate 
Zoology. Merriam (1899, p. 89) says of his Mount Shasta specimens: 
‘“‘The species is interesting as the only bat secured in the Hudsonian 
zone.’’ The following list of localities shows the record stations thus 
far established in California. (See map, text-fig. H.) 


f the Bats of California 


: A Synopsis o 


Grinnell 


1918] 


MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS or E1cut EXAMPLES OF MYOTIS LUCIFUGUS ALTIPETENS H. W. 


* Mus. 


13805 
23035 
23034" 
12036 
23036 
13804 


1 Type. 


3 0 Q A A QA A AZ 


Locality 


E. face Warren Peak, 8700 ft. alt., 
Warner Mts., Modoe. Co. 
E. face Warren Peak, 8700 ft. alt., 
Jarner Mts., Modoe Co. 
Castle Lake, 5434 ft. alt., Sis- 
kiyou Co. 

Vogelsang Lake, 10350 ft. alt., 
Mariposa Co. 

1 mi. E. Merced Lake, 7500 ft. alt., 
Mariposa Co. 

Gilmore Lake, 8400 ft. alt., Eldo- 
rado Co. 

Vogelsang Lake, 10350 ft. alt., 
Mariposa Co. 

Castle Lake, 5434 ft. ‘alt., Sis- 
kiyou Co. 


lengta 


Total 


Foot 


Ear from 
crown 


S 
B 
® 
Ki 
5 
& 


length of 


cranium 


Greatest 


(= 
Le 
ea 


14.7 


Zygomatic 
breadth 


oo 
© 


Breadth of 
brain-case 


GRINNELL, FROM CALIFORNIA 


Interorbital 
constriction 


266 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou.17 


Specimens Examined.—The writer has examined 23 specimens 
from the following localities in California: Modoe County: east face 
of Warren Peak, 2; Warner Mts., 1 (Calif. Acad. Sci.) ; Siskiyou 
County: Castle Lake, 2; Mt. Shasta, 8 (U. S. Biol. Surv., 4; Mus. 
Vert. Zool., 4); Nevada County: Independence Lake, 2; Eldorado 
County: Gilmore Lake, 2; Mt. Tallac, 2 (Mus. Comp. Zool., 1; Acad. 
Nat. Sei. Phila., 1); Mariposa County: Merced Lake, 2; Vogelsang 
Lake, 2. 

Comparisons.—M yotis lucifugus altipetens may be distinguished 
from Myotis lucifugus alascensis by the difference in depth of color; 
the shade is mummy brown above in alascensis, isabella color in alti- 
petens. The race altipetens is somewhat intermediate in color be- 
tween the race carissima of the Rocky Mountain region, and alascensis 
of the Northwest. Bats of the lucifugus group may always be dis- 
tinguished externally from those of the longicrus group by the much 
longer tibia of the latter (15.0-16.4 in lucifugus, 17.9-18.9 im longi- 
crus). The skull of longicrus has a much shorter, more sharply 
turned-up rostrum than that of lucifwgus, and the facial angle is 
greater (see pl. 22). The separation between the lucifugus and 
yumanensis groups is not wide, and identification of young individuals 
is not possible without the aid of cleaned skulls. Externally, the 
claws on the foot and thumb are often an aid to identification, being 
in lucifugus much longer, more slender, and more curved. The skull 
of yumanensis is slightly smaller and uniformly more slender than 
that of lucifugus, with the brain-case more inflated in the frontal 
region. 

Natural History.—C. H. Merriam (1899, p. 89) says of the oceur- 
rence of the High Sierra bat on Mount Shasta: ‘‘Common among 
the alpine hemlocks at Squaw Creek Camp, where they were seen 
every night, darting in and out of the flickering light of the camp 
fire.’ When camped at Merced Lake and at Vogelsang Lake, in 
the Yosemite National Park, J. Grinnell and W. P. Taylor secured 
several of these bats. The former states (MS) that one of the speci- 
mens taken was shot at 7:10 on the evening of August 19. This bat, 
which proved to be a male, was flying high, straight down the canyon 
between the lodgepole pine tops, and was being pursued by another 
bat, apparently of the same species. A specimen secured at Vogel- 
sang Lake, altitude 10,350 feet, September 2, was shot at 7:11 pP.m., 
as it was skimming over the surface of the water. 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 267 


Myotis lucifugus alascensis Miller 
Alaska Brown Bat 


Myotis lucifugus alascensis Miller (1897b, pp. 63-64). Original deserip- 
tion; type from Sitka, Alaska. 


Diagnosis —Similar to Myotis lucifugus altipetens, but color 
darker; general color of fur on back mummy brown. 

Description.—Feet, ears, and membranes chaetura black, as also 
the bases of the hairs everywhere. Terminal portion of fur on back 
mummy brown; on ventral surface tips of hairs drab. Fur on middle 
of back 6 to 7 millimeters in length. (For comparisons between this 
and other nearly related races see under Myotis lucifugus altipetens, 
p. 266.) 

Measurements—The single example at hand from California 
measures in millimeters as follows: total length, 86.0; tail vertebrate, 
39.0; foot, 9.0; forearm, 35.0; tibia, 15.0; greatest length of skull, 14.9. 

Synonymy and History—The Alaska brown bat was deseribed by 
Miller (1897), pp. 63-64), who examined sixteen speeimens, thirteen 
being from Alaska, and the remaining three from Queen Charlotte 
Islands, British Columbia. The type specimen was procured at 
Sitka, Alaska. 

Distribution —Miller (1912, p. 55) gives the range of Myotis luci- 
fugus alascensis as the humid coast district of southern Alaska and 
northern British Columbia. The specimen now at hand from Cali- 
fornia is an adult male (no. 11843, Mus. Vert. Zool.), taken at Eureka, 
Humboldt County, August 2, 1910 (see map, text-fig H). I can 
find no previous record of this race from California. 

Natural History.—Nothing is known of the habits of this bat in 
California. 


Myotis longicrus longicrus (True) 
Northwestern Long-legged Bat 


V [espertilio]. lucifugus, Cooper (in Cronise, 1868, p. 442)(?). Occurrence 
in California. 

Vespertilio lucifugus, Cooper (1868, p. 5)(?). Fort Reading (Shasta 
County). 

Vespertilio subulatus, Cooper (in Cronise, 1868, p. 442)(?). Listed as 
occurring in California. 

Vespertilio longicrus True (1886, p. 588). Original description; type 
locality Puget Sound. 

Vespertilio lucifugus, C. H. Townsend (1887, p. 182). Reeord of occur- 
rence at Fort Reading. 

Myotis lucifugus longicrus, Miller (1897b, pp. 64-65), part. Description; 
distribution. Specimens listed from Nicasio, Point Reyes, ete. 


268 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vov.17 


Myotis lucifugus longicrus, Merriam (1899, p. 89). Oceurrence on Mt. 
Shasta. 

Myotis lucifugus longicrus, Elliot (1901, pp. 402-403), part. Diagnosis; 
distribution. 

Myotis lucifugus longicrus, Stone (1904a, p. 579). Occurrence on Mt. 
Sanhedrin. 

Myotis lucifugus longicrus, Elliot (1904b, p. 581), part. Diagnosis; dis- 
tribution. 

Myotis lucifugus longicrus, Elliot (1905, p. 479), part. Geographic dis- 
tribution. + 

Myotis lucifugus longicrus, Stephens (1906, pp. 265-266), part. Diag- 
nosis; distribution. 

Myotis lucifugus longicrus, Seton (1909, p. 1149), part. Map showing 
general range. 

Myotis lucifugus longicrus, Miller (1912, p. 55), part. General range. 

Myotis lucifugus longicrus, J. Grinnell (1913b, p. 276), part. Range in 
California. 

Myotis longicrus, Miller (1914, pp. 211-212). Possible identity of M. 1. 
longicrus from interior of California with M. 1. interior. 


Diagnosis.—Total length, 91 to 100 millimeters; tibia long, 17.4 
to 18.9; ear from meatus, 12.0 to 13.5; tragus, 7.0 to 8.0; general color 
of back deep bister. 

Description: Head.—Kar short, reaching barely to tip of nose 
when laid forward, and bluntly rounded at tip. Tragus bluntly 
rounded at tip, and its greatest diameter about 1 millimeter above its 
basal notch. 

Limbs and Membranes.—Membranes not peculiar. Feet large and 
strong (7 to 8 millimeters long), but less than half tibia in length. 
Wing membrane attached at bases of toes. Calear keeled. 

Pelage-——F ur everywhere full and soft; length on middle of back 
averaging about 7 millimeters. Wing membranes naked save where 
body fur extends along line of attachment of wings to body. Dorsal 
surface of uropatagium scantily haired on its basal fourth; ventrally, 
short, scanty hairs occur over nearly its entire surface. Terminal 
joint of each toe scantily haired, both above and below. Ear scantily 
haired over entire anterior surface; posterior surface haired at base, 
the hairs extending farther outward along anterior margin than on 
posterior edge. 

Color—Hairs on back deep bister, with faintly hghter tippings. 
Hairs on ventral surface deep bister at bases, with tippmgs of 
vinaceous-buff, these light tippings being more conspicuous toward 
posterior portion of ventral surface. Ears and membranes dark clove 
brown. Individuals from the Sierra Nevada of Placer and Eldorado 
counties are faintly lighter than those from the humid coast belt, and 
thus vary in the direction of MW. 1. interior of the more arid southern 
and interior parts of the state. 

Skull.—Distinguished from that of any other small Myotis by its 
relatively short and sharply upturned rostrum and very high occipital 
elevation (pl. 22, fig. 40). Between skulls of the nearly related 
Myotis longicrus longicrus and M. l. interior I ean find no constant 
difference; but Miller (1914, p. 211) says of the latter race, ‘‘skull 


1918 | Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 269 


tending to be slightly larger than in true longicrus and with less 
abruptly rising frontal and occipital regions; teeth normal.’’ 

Measurements.—Average and extreme measurements in milli- 
meters of a series of six adults from California are as follows: Total 
length, 95.0 (87.0-100.0) ; tail vertebrae, 43.0 (37.0-47.0) ; tibia, 17.9 
(17.4-18.9) ; foot, 7.9 (7.5-8.5) ; forearm, 37.2 (35.7-39.2) ; greatest 
leneth of cranium, 13.9 (13.7—-14.2). 


MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS OF STIX ADULTS OF MYOTIS LONGICRUS LONGICRUS 
(TRUB) FROM CALIFORNIA 


™ =a Aa oad 2 
a 2 E s 
20811" io] 91.0 AZOU ances (Sie eres 
69497 2 100. 47.0 18.5 8.0 39.5 
18679° ie) 99.0 46.0 17.4 8.5 37.5 
24185* 2 98.0 45.0 18.9 8.0 37.6 
20810! 3 95.0 41.0 17.4 Ted) 35.7 
19699° fof 87.0 37.0 17.4 35.8 


1From Guerneville, Sonoma County. 
*From Pescadero Creek, San Mateo County. 
*From Dutch Flat, Placer County. 
4From Fyffe, El Dorado County. 

* From Cazadero, Sonoma County. 


Synonymy and History—The northwestern long-legged bat was 
described by True (1886, p. 588) under the name Vespertilio longi- 
crus, from a specimen obtained at Puget Sound. 

Distribution.—The California range of Myotis longicrus longicrus 
cannot be confidently stated without much further field work. As 
will be noted from the list of verified localities, this bat appears 
to be restricted to the Transition and Upper Sonoran zones in the 
humid coast belt south as far as Pescadero Creek, San Mateo County, 
and in the northern portion of the Sierra Nevada, south at least to 
Walker Lake, Mono County (see map, text-fig. I). The range of 
Myotis ‘‘lucifugus’’ longicrus as given by Miller (1912, p. 55) and 
J. Grinnell (1913), p. 276) includes that of the newly recognized 
Myotis longicrus interior. 

Specimens Examined—The writer has examined 14 specimens 
from the following loealities in California: Mendocino County: Mt. 
Sanhedrin, 1 (Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.) ; Sherwood, 2; Sonoma County : 
near Guerneville, 2; near Cazadero, 1; Nevada County : Independence 
Lake, 1; Placer County: Dutch Flat, 1; Eldorado County: Fyffe, 
3; Mono County: Walker Lake, 1; San Mateo County: Menlo Park, 1; 
Pescadero Creek, 1. 


270 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


Natural History—Bats, like birds, have their chosen feeding 
ranges and the range of one species supplements that of another 
instead of duplicating it. When encamped near the Russian River 
in Sonoma County in 1913, I had opportunity to study the feeding 


@ MYOTIS LONGICRUS LONGICRUS 


4 MYOTIS LONGICRUS INTERIOR 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 


qe ee 


Fig. I. Map showing stations of occurrence in California of Myotis longicrus 
longicrus and Myotis longicrus interior, as established by specimens examined by 
the author. 


habits of four species of bats, among them Myotis longicrus longicrus. 
This bat first appeared at 7:45 p.m. (June 11), twenty minutes after 
sunset, and none was seen after 8:30- p.m. Individuals flew in and 
out among the tents and young redwoods of the resort at a height of 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 271 


from six to twenty-five feet above the ground. One fly-way, which 
was used every evening, I was inclined to believe was the route of a 
single individual. 


Myotis longicrus interior Miller 
Interior Long-legged Bat 


Myotis lucifugus longicrus, Miller (1897b, pp. 64-65), part. Description; 
distribution; specimens listed from San Emigdio, Owens Lake, ete. 
Myotis lucifugus longicrus, Elliot (1901, pp. 402-403), part. Diagnosis; 

distribution. 
Myotis lucifugus longicrus, Elliot (1904a, p. 318). Occurrence in Inyo 


Mountains. 

Myotis lucifugus longicrus, Elliot (1904b, p. 581), part. Diagnosis; dis- 
tribution. 

Myotis lucifugus longicrus, Elliot (1905, p. 479), part. Geographic dis- 
tribution. 


Myotis lucifugus longicrus, Elliot (1907, pp. 504-505). Repeated record. 

Myotis lucifugus longicrus, Seton (1909, p. 1149), part. Map showing 
general range. 

Myotis lucifugus longicrus, J. Grinnell (1908, p. 158), part. Occurrence 
in the San Bernardino Mountains. 

Myotis lucifugus longicrus, Miller (1912, p. 55), part. General range. 

Myotis lucifugus longicrus, Grinnell and Swarth (1913, p. 380). Oceur- 
rence in the San Jacinto Mountains. 

Myotis lucifugus longicrus, J. Grinnell (1913b, p. 276), part. Range in 
California. 

Myotis longicrus interior Miller (1914, pp. 211-212). Original description ; 
type from Twining, Taos County, New Mexico. 


Diagnosis —Sinilar to Myotis longicrus longicrus, but color tawny- 
olive, instead of deep bister. 

Description.—Bases of hairs everywhere deep bister; distal half of 
fur on back tawny-olive; on the ventral surface the tippings are of 
cartridge buff, with the darker bases of the hairs showing through. 
Ears and membranes clove brown, of a somewhat lighter tint than 
those of longicrus. 

Measurements.—Average and extreme measurements in milli- 
meters of a series of twelve examples from California are as follows: 
Total length, 98.9 (94.0-103.0) ; tail vertebrae, 45.7 (42.0-49.0) ; tibia, 
18.1 (16.4-19.0) ; foot, 7.7 (7.0-8.0) ; forearm, 38.0 (36.8-39.3) ; great- 
est leneth of cranium, 13.9 (13.3-14.4). 


Synonymy and History.—The interior long-legged bat was de- 
scribed by Miller (1914, pp. 211-212) from a specimen collected at 
Twining, Taos County, New Mexico. 

Distribution—Miller (loc. cit.) lists specimens of Myotis longi- 
crus interior from Nevada, Idaho, Wyoming, Colorado, New Mexico, 
Arizona, and Chihuahua. The exact range of this bat in California 


[ Vou. 17 


a 
oO 


UOLJILIYSUOO 
[Bqyqriorayuy 5? 
asBo-Ul BAG 
JO Up vat 

ypreaq 
onBUOsAzZ 


VINHOUITV() 


University of California Publications in Zoology 


272 


189] Bay) 


TUNTUB.A 
jO Ysue] 


ATI YOIMMLINI SNUYOIONOT SILOAJY dO SATMNVXY GDATAMY, JO SUALANITIP NI SENANAYAS Vay 


0°68 
0°68 
OLE 
OLE 


ULLBAIOT 


0001 
0'60L 
0'60OL 
O'LOT 
O'SOL 
0°86 
0°S6 
0°66 
0°86 
0°00T 
0'F6 
0°S6 


12101, 


yisue 


OD) OUIpAvudeg uRg “ST OUTpaRudeg uRg 
‘OD Sefesuy sory ‘euopeseg 

‘OD episiaany “Sy OFUTORE URG 

‘op oduy ‘AoT[RA WOIUG 9[}4IVT 

‘OD eptswaaRy “SP OJUTORP Rg 

‘09 apisioany “SIT OyUTORe Ueg 

‘O/) ale[Ng, ‘SMopBay oloRUOPL 

‘09 oduy ‘AoT[BA WOTUO ELIT 

‘on oduT ‘sseq osiesivayy 

‘op oduy ‘AoTTBA WoIUQ eA4VT 

Of) OUIPIvidog uBg “SIP OUIpIeusieg uRg 
Of) OUIPIvUog UBg “S}]T OUTpreuIeg uRg 


% “Oo “0 0 *o OF OF OF OF OF OF OF OF 


£999 
8999 
Eh0G 
68LLT 
606 
T#06 
LOOT 
88ZLZT 
T6LLT 
O6LLT 
0L99 
To69 


‘ou 
“SN 


1918 | Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 273 


cannot at present be given. It has been collected in the arid Upper 
Sonoran, Transition, and lower Canadian zones, from Benton, Mono 
County, south to the Cuyamaca Mountains, in San Diego County. 
(See map, text-fig. I.) 

Specimens Examined.—The writer has examined 23 specimens 
from the following localities in California: Mono County: Benton, 1; 
Inyo County: Little Onion Valley, 3; Kearsarge Pass, 1; Tulare 
County: Monache Meadows, 1; Kern County: San Emigdio, 4; Los 
Angeles County: Pasadena, 2; San Bernardino County: San Bernar- 
dino Mts., 4 (Mus. Vert. Zool., 3; Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 1) ; Riverside 
County: Santa Rosa Mts., 3; base of San Jacinto Mts., near Cabe- 
zon, 1; San Diego County: Cuyamaea Mts., 3. 

Natural History.—I ean find nothing recorded concerning the 
natural history of this bat. 


Myotis yumanensis yumanensis (H. Allen) 
Yuma Bat 


Vespertilio ywmanensis H. Allen (1864, pp. 58-59, figs. 54-56). Original 
description; type loeality, Fort Yuma, Imperial County, California. 

Vespertilio Ywmanensis, Cooper (1868, p. 5). Distribution. 

V [espertilio]. macropus, Cooper (in Cronise, 1868, p. 442). Listed as oceur- 
ring in California. 

V [espertilio|]. Ywmanensis, Cooper (in Cronise, 1868, p. 442). Listed as 
oceurring in California. 

Myotis yuwmanensis, Miller (1897b, pp. 66-68), part. Description; dis- 
tribution; recorded from Keeler, Lone Pine, Owens Lake, ete. 

Myotis yumanensis, Elliot (1901, p. 403), part. Diagnosis; distribution. 

Myotis ywmanensis, Miller and Rehn (1901, p. 256). Type locality. 

Myotis yumanensis, Elliot (1904a, pp. 318-319), part. Occurrence in 
Argus Mountains. 

Myotis yumanensis, Elliot (1904b, pp. 576-577), part. Diagnosis; dis- 
tribution. 

Myotis yumanensis, Elliot (1905, p. 475), part. Distribution. 

Myotis ywmanensis, Stephens (1906, p. 267), part. Diagnosis; distri- 
bution. 

Myotis yumanensis, Elliot (1907, pp. 501-502), part. Localities of capture 
in California. 

Myotis yuwmanensis, Lyon and Osgood (1909, p. 291). Record of type. 

Myotis yuwmanensis yumanensis, Miller (1912, p. 56), part. Range. 

Myotis yumanensis yumanensis, J. Grinnell (1913b, pp. 276-277), part. 
Range in California. 


Diagnosis —Size rather small (total length 74 to 88 millimeters) ; 
calear distinet, considerably longer than free border of interfemoral 
membrane, and terminating in a well-marked lobule. Feet very 


274 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou.17 


large (7.9 to 9.1 millimeters long) and strong, larger in proportion 
to size of body than in any other member of the genus Myotis. Gen- 
eral color of back cartridge buff; of lower surface, whitish. 

Description: Head.—EKar when laid forward reaching just beyond 
tip of nose; tip of ear narrow and abruptly rounded off. Tragus 
slender, about half height of ear, and pointed, its posterior border 
erenulate. 

Limbs and Membranes.—Membranes thicker than those of other 
small members of the genus. Foot large, broad, and strong, its length 
more than half that of tibia. 

Pelage.—Hairs longest on middle of back, where they average 
about 5 millimeters in length. 

Color—An example (no. 171508, U. S. Nation. Mus.) taken at 
Fort Mohave, Arizona, March 14, 1911, is colored as follows: hairs 
everywhere blackish at base; terminal half of fur on back and sides 
cartridge buff; beneath, whitish. Feet, ears, wings, and tail nearest 
avellaneous of Ridgway’s Color Standards; wing and tail membranes 
faintly edged with whitish. A specimen from Carroll Creek, Inyo 
County, is very similar in coloration, save that the ears, feet, and 
wing and tail membranes are nearest clove brown. Two specimens 
(coll. U. S. Nation. Mus.) from Colonia Lerdo, on the Colorado River, 
below Yuma, in Sonora, Mexico, agree closely in coloration with the 
Fort Mohave specimen; while a specimen (no. 138556, coll. U. S. 
Nation. Mus.) from Rancho San Antonio, Lower California, at the 
west base of the San Pedro Martir Mountains, varies in the direction 
of specimens of Myotis ywmanensis sociabilis from Fort Tejon, Kern 
County, California. 

SkulltIntermediate in size between that of Myotis californicus 
and Myotis lucifugus (total length, about 13.4 millimeters). Rostrum 
and interorbital constriction broader in ywmanensis than in califor- 
nicus. Skull of ywmanensis smaller and more slender than skull of 
lucifugus, and brain-case more inflated in frontal region. 

Measurements—The example of M. y. yumanensis (no. 16306, 
Mus. Vert. Zool.) taken at Carroll Creek, Sierra Nevada Mountains, 
Inyo County, September 9, 1911, measures in millimeters as follows: 
total length, 84.0; tail vertebrae, 37.0; tibia, 14.8; foot, 9.5; forearm, 
34.4; greatest length of cranium, 13.4; zygomatic breadth, 8.0; breadth 
of brain-ease, 7.0; interorbital constriction, 3.8. 


Synonymy and History.—tThis bat was described under the name 
Vespertilio yumanensis by H. Allen (1864, pp. 58-59) from material 
obtained at Fort Yuma, Imperial County, California. According to 
Miller (1897), p. 67) this bat is also the Vespertilio macropus and 
Vespertilio nitidus macropus of the same author, Dr. Harrison Allen. 

Distribution —Muiller (1912, p. 56) gives the range of the species 
as the Austral zones and lower edge of the Transition zone from the 
southwestern United States to San Luis Potosi and Michoacan, Mexico. 
The distribution in California is given by J. Grinnell (1913), pp. 
276-277) as follows: Lower and Upper Sonoran zones throughout 
southern California, both east and west of the desert divides; north 


ro 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 275 


through Owens Valley and through the San Joaquin and Sacramento 
valleys, at least as far as Oroville, Butte County. But this includes 
also the range of the next described subspecies. A recent examina- 
tion of the material in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology showed the 
existence of a previously unnamed race, Myotis ywmanensis sociabilis 


MYOTIS YUMANENSIS YUMANENSIS 


MYOTIS YUMANENSIS SOCIABILIS | 


MYOTIS YUMANENSIS SATURATUS 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 


Fig. J. Map showing stations of occurrence in California of Myotis ywman- 
ensis yumanensis, Myotis ywmanensis sociabilis, and Myotis ywmanensis saturatus, 
as established by specimens examined by the author. 


(H. W. Grinnell, 1914, pp. 318-319), west of the desert divides, thus 
restricting the range of the typical subspecies, Myotis yumanensis 
yumanensis, to the arid Colorado and Mohave deserts and north 
through the Inyo region, probably altogether within the Lower 
Sonoran zone. (See map, text-fig. J.) 


276 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou.17 


Specimens Examined.—But a single example of the Yuma bat from 
California has been examined by the writer: Carroll Creek, Inyo 
County, 1. 

Natural History—The writer has found nothing published upon 
the habits of the Yuma bat. 


Myotis yumanensis sociabilis H. W. Grinnell 
Tejon Bat 


Myotis yumanensis, Miller (1897b, pp. 66-68), part. Description; dis- 
tribution. 

Myotis yumanensis, Elliot (1901, p. 403), part. Diagnosis; distribution. 

Myotis yumanensis, Elliot (1904a, pp. 318-319), part. Occurrence at Fort 
Tejon. 

Myotis yumanensis, Elliot (1904b, pp. 576-577), part. Diagnosis; dis- 
tribution. 

Myotis yumanensis, Elliot (1905, p. 475), part. Diagnosis; distribution. 

Myotis yumanensis, Stephens (1906, p. 267), part. Diagnosis; distri- 
bution. 

Myotis yumanensis, Elliot (1907, pp. 501-502), part. Localities of cap- 
ture in California. 

Myotis lucifugus longicrus, J. Grinnell (1908, p. 158), part. San Bernar- 
dino Mountains. 

Myotis yumanensis yumanensis, Miller (1912, p. 56), part. General range. 

Myotis yumanensis yumanensis, J. Grinnell (1913b, pp. 276-277), part. 
Range in California. 

Myotis yumanensis yumanensis, Grinnell and Swarth (1913, pp. 380-381). 
Record of capture in the San Jacinto Mountains. 

Myotis ywmanensis sociabilis H. W. Grinnell (1914, pp. 318-319). Orig- 
inal description; type locality, Fort Tejon, Kern County, California. 


Diagnosis—Similar in general characters to Myotis yumanensis 
yunanensis (H. Allen) and M. y. saturatus Miller, but intermediate 
in color between these two forms. 

Description—F ur distributed as in M. y. yumanensis; on middle 
of back averages about six millimeters in length. Hairs everywhere 
clove brown at bases; distal half of fur on dorsal surface wood 
brown; fur below light buff, with darker bases of hairs showing 
through. On throat, sides and chin the color varies toward warm 
buff; ears olive brown; feet, wings and tail-membranes clove brown. 
The young are darker and grayer throughout, entirely lacking the 
buffy tint of the adults. Specimens of M. y. sociabilis from the San 
Bernardino Mountains show strong superficial resemblance to the 
smaller individuals among a series of Myotis longicrus interior Miller 
from the same locality. The longer tibia of the latter species, how- 
ever, together with the slightly greater size of skull and the more 
elevated occipital region, serves to allocate individuals. 

Measurements——A series of five adult males of M. y. sociabilis 
averages in millimeters as follows: Total length, 81.4 (extremes 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 277 


75.0-87.0) ; tail vertebrae, 33.3 (30.0-37.0) ; tibia, 15.2 (15.0-16.0) ; 
foot, 8.1 (7.0-10.0) ; forearm, 34.6 (32.9-35.3); greatest length of 
eranium, 13.7 (13.5-14.4) ; zygomatic breadth, 8.4 (8.0-8.6) ; breadth 
of brain-case, 7.1 (6.7—7.6) ; interorbital constriction, 3.8 (3.5-3.9). 
Ten adult females from Fort Tejon, Kern County, average in milli- 
meters as follows: Total length, 81.9 (extremes, 76.0—-85.0) ; tail 
vertebrae, 36.6 (31.0-87.0) ; tibia, 14.7 (13.5-16.0) ; foot, 8.9 (8.0— 
10.0); forearm, 34.2 (83.5-35.0) ; greatest length of cranium, 13.8 
(13.4-14.2) ; zygomatic breadth, 8.1 (7.8-8.3) ; breadth of brain-case, 
7.2 (6.77.3) ; interorbital constriction, 3.7 (3.5-4.0). 


MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS OF TEN MALES oF Myoris YUMANENSIS 
SOCIABILIS H. W. GRINNELL, FROM CALIFORNIA 


z 2 E 
Mus. ge as 5 3 z 
no. Age a a a ey Lem 
69617 juv. 71.0 30.0 12.6 8.0 30.0 
6639"  juv. 82.0 35.0 16.0 9.0 34.5 
6645' = juv. 80.0 36.0 15.0 8.0 33.7 
6662" juv. 67.0 31.0 12.8 8.0 Chile: Ween eee Ae 
6636 juv. 82.0 36.0 14.5 8.0 BBY 13.2 7.9 6.7 3.5 
6669* ad. 79.0 32.0 15.5 35.2 14.0 oe 
6665° ad. 83. 30.0 15.0 35.0 14.4 a2 7.4 3.8 
66679 — ad. 87.0 37.0 16.0 7.0 35.3 13.9 8.6 7.6 3.9 
6666" ~~ ad. 83.0 35.0 15.0 8.0 35.0 14.1 8.6 7.5 a 
18485* sad. 75.0 32! Ole hese 10.0 32.9 13.5 8.0 7.0 3.8 


1From Fort Tejon, Kern County. 

?From South Fork Santa Ana River, San Bernardino Mountains. 
’From Bluff Lake, 7500 ft., San Bernardine Mountains. 

4From Chambers Ravine, 4 miles north of Oroville, Butte County. 


MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS OF TEN ADULT FEMALES OF MYOTIS YUMANENSIS 
SOCIABILIS H. W. GRINNELL, FROM Fort TEJoN, Kern County, CALIFORNIA 


no. aT =) a 4 = wo NT 
6660 85.0 36.0 14.0 9.0 34.0 13.8 8.3 
6642 81.0 36.0 14.6 9.0 33.8 3.7 8.2 
6629 76.0 31.0 15.0 9.0 35.0 13.4 7.8 
6624 81.0 34.0 13.5 8.0 33.5 MAW Be 
6628 82.0 35.0 15.0 8.0 34.5 14.0 

5149 82.0 37.0 15.0 10.0 34.3 13.8 8.0 
6618 83.0 36.0 14.2 9.0 34.8 14.0 8.0 
5157 82.0 36.0 14.7 9.0 34.0 13.9 

5158 84.0 36.0 16.0 Oa) BBY 14.2 8.3 
6616 83.0 34.0 15.0 9.0 34.8 14.0 


278 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou.17 


Distribution—The distribution of this bat cannot be stated with 
confidence without much further field work. It appears to occupy 
a geographic position intermediate between that of M. y. ywmanensis 
and M. y. satwratus, namely the semi-arid Transition and Sonoran 
zones in California west and north of the southeastern deserts. (See 
map, text-fig. J.) 

Specimens Exanined.—Total number 69, from the following local- 
ities in California: Butte County: Chambers Ravine, four miles north 
of Oroville, 1; Glenn County: Winslow, five miles west of Fruto, 1; 
Kern County: Fort Tejon, 61; Buttonwillow, 1 (Calif. Acad. Sei.) ; 
San Bernardino County: Bluff Lake, 7500 feet altitude, 3; Bear 
Lake, 6700 feet altitude, 1; South Fork Santa Ana River, 8500 feet 
altitude, 1. 


Natural History.—July 21 to 25, 1904, J. Grinnell collected sixty- 
one bats of this species in and about the half-ruined buildings of old 
Fort Tejon, Kern County. Of the specimens secured, thirty-three 
proved to be adult females, twelve young females and sixteen young 
males. There were no adult males in the lot taken. Some of the 
young males are equal in length to fully adult males from other 
localities, but their immaturity is attested by the swollen and con- 
spicuous finger joints as well as by the appearance of the pelage. It 
is possible that with the approach of summer the full-grown males 
leave the colony and forage singly at higher elevations. 

An example of this species of bat (no. 6669, Mus. Vert. Zool.) 
was taken at an elevation of 8500 feet on the South Fork of the 
Santa Ana River in the San Bernardino Mountains. This was the 
highest station for any species of bat secured in those mountains. 
J. Grinnell (1908, p. 158) erroneously records the taking of this 
specimen under the name Myotis lucifugus longicrus. 


Myotis yumanensis saturatus Miller 
Miller Bat 


Myotis ywmanensis saturatus Miller (1897b, p. 68). Original description ; 
type locality, Hamilton, Skagit County, Washington. 

Myotis yumanensis saturatus, Stephens (1906, p. 267), part(?). Diagnosis; 
distribution. 

Myotis yumanensis saturatus, J. Grinnell (1913b, p. 277), part. Range 
in California. 


Dagnosis—Similar to Myotis ywmanensis yumanensis and M. y. 
sociabilis, but fur longer, and color darker; general color of back 
bister. 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 279 


Description.—A specimen (no. 11844, Mus. Vert. Zool.) taken by 
F. Stephens at Cuddeback, Humboldt County, California, September 
16, 1910, presents the following coloration: Back, nearest bister ; lower 
surface, drab, darkest on chin, throat and sides; membranes, chaetura 
black. Fur 6 to 7 millimeters long on middle of back. 

Measurements.—The above specified example measures: Total 
leneth, 84.0; tail vertebrae, 35.0; tibia, 14.1; foot, 8.0; forearm, 35.0; 
ereatest length of cranium, 13.9. 


Synonymy and History.—This species was described, under the 
name Myotis ywmanensis saturatus, by Miller (1897), p. 68). The 
type specimen was taken at Hamilton, Skagit County, Washington. 

Distribution—Myotis ywmanensis saturatus is the dark northwest 
coast form of the Yuma bat. Miller (1912, p. 56) gives the range 
of this race as the Transition Zone in Oregon, Washington, and British 
Columbia. Its distribution in California is given by J. Grinnell 
(19136, p. 277) as the Transition and Boreal zones in extreme north- 
western California, west to Cuddeback, Humboldt County, and east 
to Mount Shasta. The specimens upon which this statement of the 
Californian distribution of the Miller bat was based have been exam- 
ined by the present writer who finds that the examples from Mount 
Shasta are Myotis lucifugus altipetens, as are also the specimens from 
the same locality recorded under the name saturatus by C. H. Merriam 
(1899, p. 89). [See under Myotis lucifugus altipetens, p. 264.] This 
leaves Eureka and Cuddeback, in Humboldt County, the only verified 
record stations, within the state. This bat will probably be found to 
occur at many points within the extreme northwestern portion of 
California, where humid conditions prevail. (See map, text-fig. J.) 

Specimens Examined.—The writer has examined but two speci- 
mens of the Miller bat from within the state of California. They 
were taken at Eureka (no. 11854, Mus. Vert. Zool., August 2, 1910) 
and Cuddeback (see under Description, above), both localities being 
in Humboldt County. 

Natural History.—Nothing has been recorded concerning the 
natural history of Myotis ywmanensis saturatus as occurring in Cali- 
fornia. 


Myotis californicus californicus (Audubon and Bachman) 
Little California Bat 


Vespertilio californicus Audubon and Bachman (1842, pp. 285-287). Orig- 
inal deseription; type locality, ‘‘California.’’ 

Vespertilio nitidus H. Allen (1862, pp. 247-248). Original description; 
no type designated, but specimens listed from Monterey, California, and 
Fort Steilacoom, Washington. 


280 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou.17 

Vespertilio nitidus, H. Allen (1864, pp. 60-62, fig. 57-59), part. Deserip- 
tion; distribution. 

V [espertilio]. nitidus, Cooper (in Cronise, 1868, p. 442). Listed as oceur- 
ring in California. 

V [espertilio]. obscurus, Cooper (in Cronise, 1868, p. 422)(?). Listed as 
oceurring in California. 

Vespertilio nitidus, Dobson (1878, pp. 318-319, pl. 29, fig. 7), part. De- 
scription; general distribution (includes ‘‘California’’). 

Vespertilio nitidus, H. Allen (1894, pp. 94-104, pl. 12), part. Desecrip- 
tion; distribution. 

Myotis californicus, Miller (1897b, pp. 69-72), part. Description; dis- 
tribution. 

Myotis californicus, Merriam (1899, p. 89). Occurrence on Mt. Shasta. 

Myotis californicus caurinus, Stone (1904a, p. 579). Record of occurrence 
on Mt. Sanhedrin. 

Myotis californicus, Elliot (1901, pp. 403-404), part. 
tribution. 

Myotis californicus, Elliot (1904b, pp. 578-579). Diagnosis; distribution. 

Myotis californicus, Stephens (1906, p. 266), part. Diagnosis; distribution ; 
habits. 

Myotis californicus, Miller (1912, p. 56), part. Range. 

Myotis californicus, J. Grinnell (1913b, p. 277), part. Distribution in 
California. 


Diagnosis; dis- 


Diagnosis —Total length, 74 to 83 millimeters ; forearm, 30 to°31.6; 
foot weak, slender, and less than half leneth of tibia; calear about 
as lone as free edge of interfemoral membrane, very slender, edge 


ss with a distinct keel, lobed at tip. Free 
\ border of uropatagium naked. Ears 
AS) aC oe >) 
L 
Fig. K. Side view of head 


of Myotis californicus califor- 
nicus (drawn from specimen 
no. 21875), X 1.00, showing 
erect and acutely pointed tra- 
gus. 


Fig. L. Side view of head 
of Pipistrellus hesperus hes- 
perus (drawn from specimen 
no. 10772), X 1.00, showing 


reaching just beyond tip of nose. 
Tragus pointed at tip and directed 
upward, not forward (see text-fig. K). 
Wing membrane attached at bases of 
toes. Fur on back distinetly darker at 
base than at tip; general color of back 
mummy brown. (See pl. 18, fig. 17). 
Description: Head.—Kar moderately 
long for the genus (12 to 14 millimeters 
in height from meatus), and when laid 
forward reaching from 1 to 3 miulli- 
meters beyond tip of nose. Anterior 
border of auricle straight or slightly 


curved tragus with blunt tip. 
convex at base, then strongly convex to 


a pot somewhat beyond middle, thence straight or even a little con- 
cave to rounded tip; posterior border coneave from tip to a point 
slightly below middle, thence convex to basal notch; basal lobe 
strongly developed and notched on its lower border. Tragus straight 
and tapering, slightly more than half height of ear (text-fig. K). 

Limbs and Membrancs.—All membranes thin and delicate. Wings 
attached at bases of toes. Feet small and weak, and usually less 
than half length of tibia. Calear slender and usually terminating 
in a distinct lobe; posterior border provided with a keel. 


1918 | Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 281 

Pelage-——Fur everywhere full and soft, 5 to 7 millimeters in 
leneth on middle of back. Basal third of dorsal surface of ear 
furred; ventral (inner) side with fine, short hairs sparsely sprinkled 
over entire surface. Wings naked save for a narrow strip of fur 
along edge of body. Uropatagium furred on basal third, and on its 
ventral surface fine scattered hairs nearly to tip of tail. Upper 
surface of toes sparsely coated with short fine hairs. 

Color—A specimen (no. 12981, Mus. Vert. Zool.) taken in the 
Yosemite Valley, elevation 4000 feet, May 30, 1911, presents the fol- 
lowing coloration: General color of back mummy brown. Hairs on 
middle of back chaetura black on proximal 4 millimeters, then wood 
brown for about 1 millimeter, and with a 2 millimeter tip of mummy 
brown. On dorsal surface of interfemoral membrane and at bases 
of ears the hairs lack the black bases. On ventral surface of body 
the hairs are chaetura black at their bases (except those on the inter- 
femoral membrane, which are entirely buffy brown), with the terminal 
millimeter buffy brown (brightening toward mummy brown on sides 
of body). Ears, wings, and interfemoral membrane blackish. 

Miller (1897), p. 70) gives the typical color of this bat as ‘‘heht 
yellowish gray, paler on the belly, the fur everywhere dark plumbeous 
at base. Membranes, ears, lips, and muzzle blackish.’’ At this time 
Miller recognized the existence of but one race of Myotis californicus 
within the state of California, and his color description is evidently 
taken from examples of the pale desert race, Myotis californicus 
pallidus. 

Skull—Small as compared with skulls of other California species 
of Myotis (12.0 to 13.3 millimeters in greatest length), and delicately 
formed. Brain-ease rounded and forehead sloping gently, forming a 
comparatively deep saddle between brain-case and up-turned rostrum 
(pl. 22, fig. 36). Interorbital constriction narrow (3.0 to 3.2 milli- 
meters in width). Occipital elevation slight. Skull of same general 
type as in Myotis evotis and M. thysanodes, but readily distinguished 
by its much smaller size. Interorbital constriction (pl. 21, fig. 24) 
much narrower in californicus than in yumanensis. In greatest 
leneth of cranium californicus is only slightly smaller than orinomus, 
but in lateral profile the ‘‘flattening’’ of the skull of oriznomus (pl. 22, 
fig. 38) contrasts strongly with the saddle-shape in californicus (pl. 22, 
fie. 836) as formed by the angular outline of the rostrum and forehead. 

Measurements —Ten adult specimens of this bat average in milli- 
meters as follows: total length, 77.6 (extremes, 74.0-83.0) ; tail verte- 
brae, 34.6 (29.0-39.0) ; tibia, 13.2 (12.6-14.0); foot, 6.4 (5.5-8.0) ; 
forearm, 30.8 (30.0-31.6) ; greatest length of cranium, 13.0 (12.4— 
13.3) ; zygomatic breadth, 7.6 (7.1-8.1); breadth of brain-ease, 6.7 
(6.4-7.0) ; interorbital constriction, 3.1 (3.1-3.2). 


Synonymy and History—tThe little California bat was described 
by Audubon and Bachman (1842, pp. 285-287) under the name 
Vespertilio califormecus. The deseribers state: ‘‘We have obtained 
but a single specimen, which was captured at California.’’ Miller 
(18976, pp. 21-22) has shown the description given by Audubon and 
Bachman to be applicable to Myotis californicus alone among the 


in Zoology [Vou.17 


ions 1 


rcat 


Publ 


uM 


ity of Californ 


niwerst 


U: 


Té L9 
Té 69 
1 v9 
oe L9 
os G9 
oe OL 
oe L9 
Te OL 
GE 69 
TE 89 

my —t 
4s Be 
oe 0 35 
Scy nao 
ge fay 


“(NVINHOV® 


anv 


“SLoJOUII][IU Gg SaimstaUt 


9b 0'eT OTS OL ost O'8& 
cei OST FOE Sy) ta 8 O'FE 


TL De ee G9 XBL 0OGE 
6L Sel 9TE Ovieaae 0°62 
GL FGL OTE OFA eee 00 
[585 ice OOE 10'8 O'eL OSE 
SL er L08 Gg OFT O'FE 
92 0's 9°08 09 at! 079g 
Ae G&L OTE GG Sigil 09s 
a es. oTsé Gg sé. 0°68 
SI wi) my ie] =) ale! 
Zag aor g g Se ae 
£3 5m S 8 Se S = 

eS Fae z = 

ep Es - 2 


0's8 
O'8L 
0o2 
0°92 
OFL 
0°62 


LBIOL 


y3s ue] 


‘0D BuIoMOg fo1apezeg “AA SoeTtUr 

‘OD BUOTOg ‘a[[TAgtIany “AA o[TUt 

‘OM BUOTOg ‘aT[TAoUIoNy “AA [TUT 

‘OD OUROg ‘aT[TARaR A “MM SaTtt 

‘OD BYISOD BaAYMOD ‘Yoor JnuTRM “MO Sse[tuT 

“op BUIOTOg ‘oLapREzeED “MA So[rut 

OD Lode “IF NOOF ‘WouRD one 

‘op esoduivyw “4F OOOF ‘AoT[BA o4yrULESO X 

‘op doortd “IF OOFE “FEI WING 

‘OD daortd “3F OOFE “FI WING 
AqpRoory 


eFeaANMH Te 


VINNOUITV) Wout 


Nognany ) SNOINHOUITVO SOOINHOMTITVO SILOAPT WO SAT NVX 


50 Fo "0 0+ "0 OF OF YO SO OF 


xag 


joo} ay} WYS pantp ay} ut fayRystur s,1OzIaT[oo ATqeqorg , 


OOL6T 
80806 
60806 
L8F81 
O6F8L 
TOL6I 
F068T 
T866T 
T898T 
O898T 


‘ou 
SN 


GQ giody Nay dO SHULANITTIIP, NI SLNANAYOASVafL 


1918 | Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 283 


various small bats known to oceur within the state of California. He 
does not, however, indicate to which of the races of californicus the 
name may be taken to apply. According to H. Allen (1894, p. 94), 
the type is lost. I have here applied the name californicus to the 
race occupying that portion of California north of about latitude 
36 degrees and west of the desert divides. H. Allen (1862, pp. 
247-248) describes five specimens of californicus under the new name 
Vespertilio nitidus, concluding that the description given by Audubon 
and Bachman is not sufficiently clear to identify the animal. Since 
the specimen first mentioned by Allen came from Monterey, Califor- 
nia, Miller (1897), p. 69) lists nitidus as a synonym of californicus. 
Lyon and Osgood (1909, p. 272), however, consider, for reasons which 
they state, that the type should be regarded as having come from 
Fort Steilacoom, Washington (where four of the five specimens were 
secured). In the latter case it would apply to the race of californicus 
now known as Myotis californicus cawrinus Miller. I have accepted 
Miller’s ruling, whereby ‘nitidus becomes a synonym of californicus. 

I have examined the five specimens from Mount Sanhedrin which 
were referred to the race caurinus by Rehn (in Stone, 1904a, p. 579) 
and find them to belong rather to M. c. californicus, as here under- 
stood. 

Remarks.—In a series of fifty skins of the races califormecus and 
quercinus there is a lack of the uniformity of coloration which so 
clearly marks the race pallidus, and yet the distinctness of the two 
first-mentioned races cannot be questioned when the mass coloration 
is considered. A series of seventeen skins of Myotis californicus cali- 
fornicus, including both adults and young, taken during July at the 
one locality, Fyffe, Eldorado County, shows extremes, the paler of 
which is indeed lighter colored than the darkest quercinus; but the 
mean places the entire series with californicus, the latter as repre- 
sented by a series from west-central California. Stephens (1906, 
pp. 266-267), a field naturalist of long experience in California, 
considers bats of the Myotis californicus group migratory and states 
that ‘‘a few Bats winter in the Colorado Desert; these appear to be 
intermediate between pallidus and californicus.’’ This statement by 
Stephens calls to mind certain lines from the paper by Murphy and 
Nichols (1918, p. 6) on Long Island bats: 


... We may attribute to the Silver-haired Bat and other bats, a type of migra- 
tion analogous to that of many birds, in which the individuals of a species within 
a given breeding range move southward in fall, only to be replaced by winter 


284 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou.17 


residents of the same species coming from a more northerly faunal area, On 
such a hypothesis, a counter tendency in spring would cause a northward flight 
of the species as a whole, until each group had reached its native habitat. 

The two darkest skins in the Museum series referred to Myotis 


californicus quercinus are autumn specimens, one (no. 6952) having 


4 MYOTIS CALIFORNICUS CALIFORNICUS 7 


@ MYOTIS CALIFORNICUS QUERCINUS 


@ MYOTIS CALIFORNICUS PALLIDUS 


ear: 
ye 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF YERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, 


al ma = = = |} 


Fig. M. Map showing stations of occurrence in California of Myotis cali- 
fornicus californicus, Myotis californicus quercinus, and Myotis californicus pal- 
lidus, as established by specimens examined by the author, 


been taken at Pasadena, September 24, and the other (no. 2803) in 
the Cuyamaca Mountains of San Diego County, August 18. It is 
possible that these examples are fall migrants of M. c. califormcus. 
Much more field work remains to be done before the status and dis- 
tribution of these subspecies can be stated with confidence. 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 285 


Distribution.—M yotis californicus californicus, as here restricted, 
occupies that portion of California north of about latitude 36 degrees 
and west of the Sierran divides. It appears to inhabit exclusively the 
Upper Sonoran and Transition zones. (See map, text-fig. M.) 

Specimens Examined.—The writer has examined 81 specimens 
(mostly skins with skulls) of M. c. californicus from the following 
localities in California: Mendocino County: Laytonville, 1; Sherwood, 
10 (Calif. Acad. Sei., 9; Mus. Vert. Zool., 1) ; Willits, 1; Mt. Sanhed- 
rin, 5 (Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.) ; 3 miles west Mt. Sanhedrin, 1; Glenn 
County : Winslow, 1; Sonoma County : near Cazadero, 3; near Guerne- 
ville, 2; Colusa County: Snow Mt., 1 (Stanford Univ.) ; Solano 
County: near Vacaville, 3; Contra Costa County: near Walnut 
Creek, 4; Monterey County: Monterey, 5; Placer County: Blue 
Canon, 1; Dutch Flat, 2; Eldorado County: Fyffe, 28; Limekiln, 1; 
Michigan Bluff, 2; Placerville, 1 (Stanford Univ.) ; Mariposa County : 
Yosemite Valley, 2; El Portal, 2; Pleasant Valley, 4; Coulterville, 1. 

Natural History—When overtaken by a storm in the Yosemite 
Valley on May 30, 1911, the writer sought refuge in a rocky cavern. 
A tiny fire was built for comfort and in a few moments a little Cali- 
fornia bat dropped from a erevice in the roof, evidently overcome 
by the smoke. The specimen proved to be an adult male and is now 
no. 12981 (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 

A female (no. 18487, Mus. Vert. Zool.), with mammae functional, 
was taken July 2, 1912, three miles west of Vacaville, Solano County. 

Among a series of twenty-eight little California bats in the 
Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, secured by Joseph Dixon at Fyffe, 
Eldorado County, during the latter part of July, 1916, there are 
adults and young of both sexes. The young are nearly full-grown 
and vary in weight from 2.8 grams to 3.1 grams. The largest of the 
adult males has a length of 80 millimeters and weighs 3.7 grams, while 
among the females the greatest length is 80 millimeters, with a weight 
of 5 grams. 


Myotis californicus quercinus II. W. Grinnell 
Oak Foliage Bat 


Myotis californicus, Elliot (1904a, p. 319), part. Occurrence at Fort Tejon 
and Mt. Whitney, California. 

Myotis califernicus, Elliot (1907, pp. 502-503), part. Mt. Whitney and 
Fort Tejon. 

Myotis californicus, J. Grinnell (1908, p. 158). Occurrence in the San 
Bernardino Mountains. 


bo 
(o3) 
for) 


University of California Publications in Zoology  {|Vou.17 


Myotis californicus californicus, Grinnell and Swarth (1913, p. 381). 
Occurrence in the San Jacinto Mountains. 

Myotis californicus quercinus H. W. Grinnell (1914, pp. 317-318). Orig- 
inal description; type locality, Seven Oaks, San Bernardino County. 


Diagnosis—Similar to Myotis californicus californicus (Audubon 
and Bachman) and Myotis californicus pallidus Stephens, but inter- 
mediate in color between these two forms. Prevailing tone of color 
on back, cinnamon. 

Description.—Kars, feet and fur as in M. ce. californicus. Mem- 
branes and bases of hairs everywhere as in californicus. Terminal 
portions of fur on back, glossy cmnamon, this color extending down 
onto sides. Terminal portions of hairs on lower surface of body hght 
buff, rather than buffy-brown as in californicus, or pale cartridge- 
buff as in pallidus. 

Measurements.—A series of ten examples of M. c. quercinus from 
southern California averages in millimeters as follows: Total length, 
81.6 (extremes, 77.0-83.0); tail vertebrae, 36.8 (31.0-41.0) ; tibia, 
14.1 (12.5-15.0); foot, 6.0 (4.0-8.0); forearm, 31.9 (31.0-33.2) ; 
greatest length of cranium, 13.1 (12.9-13.8) ; zygomatic breadth, 7.7 
(7.4-8.0) ; breadth of brain-case, 6.8 (6.6—7.0) ; interorbital constric- 
tion, 3.0 (2.9-3.3). 

Synonymy and History—This form was always included under 
the name M. c. califormicus, until described by the present writer 
(1914; p. 317). 

Distribution—tThe range of M. c. quercinus, as so far worked 
out, occupies portions of the San Diegan faunal division of southern 
California, and the Santa Barbara Islands. The life-zone is high 
Upper Sonoran and low Transition. (See map, text-fig. M.) 

Specimens Examined—The writer has examined 41 specimens 
of Myotis californicus quercinus from the following loealities in Cali- 
fornia: San Diego County: Cuyamaeca, 2; Julian, 5; Witch Creek, 2 
(San Diego Soe. Nat. Hist.) ; Dulzura, 3 (Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.) ; 
Santa Cruz Island: Friar’s Harbor, 3; San Clemente Island, 4; Santa 
Catalina Island, 1 (coll. F. W. Koch) ; San Bernardino County : Seven 
Oaks, 2; Bear Lake, 1; South Fork Santa Ana River, 2; San Jacinto 
Mountains, Riverside County: Kenworthy, 1; Schain’s Ranch, 1; Los 
Angeles County: Los Angeles, 1 (Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.) ; Pasadena, 
1; Ventura County: Matilija, 1; Mount Pinos, 2; Tulare County: 
Trout Creek, 2; Kern County: San Emigdio, 7. 

Remarks.—The specimens listed from Santa Cruz, San Clemente, 
and Santa Catalina islands, while slightly darker than typical quer- 
cinus, are still nearer to this form than to M. c. californicus. 

Natural History —tIn the San Bernardino Mountains, J. Grinnell 
(1908, p. 158) found these bats in the Transition Zone, where they 
were flitting close about the foliage of oaks and pines at late twilight. 


287 


f the Bats of California 


: A Synopsis o 


Grinnell 


1918} 


MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS OF TEN EXAMPLES OF 


Mus. 
no. 


6671 
6940 
6673 
6675 


6939" 
2780 
1894 
2781 
16301 
6672 


1 Type. 


* Probably a mistake; in the dried skin the foot measures 6 millimeters, 


Sex 


4010 Q,0Q,4040 +0 1+04040 


Locality 
Mt. Pinos, 6500 ft., Ventura Co. 
Friar’s Harbor, Santa Cruz Isl. 
Friar’s Harbor, Santa Cruz Isl. 
South Fork Santa Ana, 6200 ft., San Ber- 
nardino Mts. 
Seven Oaks, 5000 ft., San Bernardino Mts. 
Julian, San Diego Co. 
Kenworthy, 4500 ft., San Jacinto Mts. 
Julian, San Diego Co. 
Trout Creek, 6000 ft., Tulare Co. 
Bear Lake, 6700 ft., San Bernardino Mts. 


Myorts CALIFORNICUS 


Tibia 


13.8 
14.0 
15.0 


14.0 
14.2 
13.7 
14.5 
14.6 
15.0 
12.5 


Foot 


6.0 
5.0 
4.0 


7.0 
6.0 
7.0 
6.0 
8.0 
5.0 


6.0 


Forearm 


length of 
eranium 


Greatest 


Zvgomatie 
Go breadth 


a 


Sw 
em 


Breadth of 
brain-case 


QUERCINUS H, W. GRINNELL, FROM CALIFORNIA. 


constriction 


co w pro Interorbital 


Scot 


3.2 


3.0 


288 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou.17 


The breeding season of M. c. quercinus is indicated by the follow- 
ing data, taken from specimens in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology. 
No. 6675, female with one embryo taken July 3, 1906, on the South 
Fork of the Santa Ana River, San Bernardino Mountains, 6200 feet 
altitude; no. 6939, female with one embryo, taken July 8, 1905, at 
Seven Oaks, San Bernardino Mountains, 5000 feet altitude. 


Myotis californicus pallidus Stephens 
| Little Pallid Bat 


Myotis californicus, Miller (1897b, pp. 69-72), part. Specimens listed 
from localities in southeastern California. 

Myotis californicus pallidus Stephens (1900, p. 153). Original deseription ; 
type locality, Vallecito, San Diego County, California. 

Myotis californicus pallidus, Elliot (1901, p. 405). Diagnosis. 

Myotis californicus pallidus, Miller and Rehn (1901, p. 256). Type 
locality. 

Myotis californicus pallidus, Elliot (1904a, p. 319). Record stations for 
California: Mesquite Valley and Panamint Mountains, Inyo County. 
Myotis californicus pallidus, Elliot (1904b, p. 579). Geographic distri- 

bution; general characters. 
Myotis californicus pallidus, Elliot (1905, p. 477). Geographic distri- 


bution. 
Myotis californicus pallidus, Stephens (1906, pp. 266-267). Description; 
distribution. 


Myotis californicus pallidus, Elliot (1907, p. 503). Repeated records. . 

Myotis californicus pallidus, Lyon and Osgood (1909, p. 291). Nature and 
location of type. 

Myotis californicus pallidus, Miller (1912, p. 57). Nominal. 

Myotis californicus pallidus, J. Grinnell (1913b, pp. 277-278). Range 
in California. 

Myotis californicus pallidus, J. Grinnell (1914, pp. 265-266). Occurrence 
on the Colorado River; habits. 


Diagnosis —Similar to Myotis californicus californicus and M. c. 
quercinus, but averaging slightly smaller, with skull smaller (pl. 21, 
fig. 25), and color lighter; general tone of back light buff. 

Description: Color—A dry skin of Myotis californicus pallidus 
(no. 7350, Mus. Vert. Zool.) taken by F’. Stephens at the type locality, 
Vallecito, San Diego County, presents the following coloration: Basal 
3 millimeters of fur on back, chaetura black, followed by a band of 
cartridge buff 1 millimeter wide; terminal 3 millimeters, light buff. 
On dorsal surface of interfemoral membrane the hairs lack the black 
bases. Fur on ventral surface pale cartridge buff, with blackish bases 
of hairs showing plainly. Ears, wings and interfemoral membrane 
vary in color from drab to hair brown. 

Measurements.—A series of five males of M. c. pallidus averages 
in millimeters as follows: total length, 81.4 (extremes, 77.0-85.0) ; 
tail vertebrae, 40.6 (38.0-44.0); tibia, 13.4 (13.0-14.1); foot, 7.2 


1918 | Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 289 


(6.0-8.0) ; forearm, 30.5 (29.5-31.5); greatest length of cranium, 
12.8 (12.8-12.9) ; zygomatic breadth, 7.5 (7.3-7.9) ; breadth of brain- 
case, 6.6 (6.46.8) ; interorbital constriction, 2.9 (2.8-3.1). 


MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS OF TEN ADULTS OF MYOTIS CALIFORNICUS 
PALLIDUS STEPHENS, FROM CALIFORNIA 


ah = S ~ 5 SS ate) 

Mus. . 35 Be 2 2 A se PH =9 
no. Sex = (y= a om om N77 [=a] aha 
10700! fof 81.0 40.0 13.0 6.0 ales) esta 7.9 6.8 3.0 
166567 ret 82.0 42.0 13.0 8.0 30.0 12.8 ed) 6.7 3.1 
17787° rot 77.0 38.0 13.0 7.0 31.5 12.8 7 hes) 6.4 2.9 
19278* Jb 85.0 44.0 14.1 8.0 30.0 12.9 wis 6.5 3.0 
19280" ref 82.0 39.0 14.0 7.0 AOI) ae ae =r 2.8 
10701" 2 75.0 35.0 14.0 60s, y) Sx 13.2 ae 6.3 2.9 
16657" 2 81.0 39.0 14.5 7.0 31.5 13.0 aay 6.4 3.0 
18724* Q 82. 41.0 13.6 7.0 BOLT 12.9 cece 6.4 2.9 
7350" ic) 84.0 40.0 13.9 7.0 31.0 12.5 6.4 3.0 
19279* 2 78.0 38.0 14.0 7.0 30.4 12.5 6.3 2.9 


1From Colorado Kiver, opposite The Needles. 
>From Vallecito, San Diego County. 

* From Lone Pine Creek, 4500 ft., Inyo County. 
‘From La Puerta Valley, San Diego County. 


Synonymy and History.—Myotis californicus pallidus is the pale 
desert form of californicus. It was described by Stephens (1900, 
p. 153), from material secured at Vallecito, San Diego County. 

Distribution—Lower Sonoran Zone on the Colorado and Mohave 
deserts, and north in Owens Valley at least to Lone Pine. (See map, 
text-fig. M.) 

Specimens Examined.—Total number, 15, from the following 
localities in California: Inyo County: Lone Pine Creek, 1; Mesquite 
Valley, 1 (Field Col. Mus.); Panamint Mountains, 1 (Field Col. 
Mus.) ; Kern County: Redrock Canon, 1; San Bernardino County : 
Colorado River, 2; Imperial County: Pilot Knob, 1 (San Diego Soe. 
Nat. Hist.) ; San Diego County: La Puerta Valley, 4; Vallecito, 3; 
Borega Spring, 1 (U.S. Biol. Surv.). 

Natural History.—In the spring of 1910 a party of collectors from 
the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology took four specimens of this bat 
on the Colorado River and were confident that they saw many others. 
J. Grinnell (1914, pp. 265-266) states that the specimens secured 
were all taken at late dusk, considerably later than the bulk appear- 
ance of Pipistrellus hesperus. Instead of flying high against the sky, 
as is the habit of the latter species, M. c. pallidus was almost always 


290 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


seen low over the bushes of the second bottom, or along shallow washes 
between clumps of mesquite, seldom appearing above the skyline. 

Stephens (1906, p. 266) states that a female little pallid bat cap- 
tured on April 29 contained one small foetus. 


Myotis orinomus Elliot 
La Grulla Brown Bat 


Myotis orinomus Elliot (1903, pp. 228-229). Original description; type 
locality, La Grulla, San Pedro Martir Mountains, Lower California. 
Myotis lucifugus longicrus, J. Grinnell (1908, p. 158), part. San Bernar- 
dino Mountains. 

Myotis orinomus, Grinnell and Swarth (1912, pp. 137-142). Occurrence 
in California. 

Myotis orinomus, J. Grinnell (1918), p. 278). Range. 


Diagnosis —Similar in general characters to Myotis californicus 
californicus, but size slightly larger (total length 79 to 88 milli- 
meters), thumb much longer, color paler (tawny olive), cranium 
flatter and rostrum much broader. 

Description: Head—In general appearance similar to that of 
Myotis californicus californicus but slightly larger. In a series of 
ten dried skins the ear averages in height 11.5 millimeters from notch, 
and the tragus 7.0 millimeters in height. Tragus tall, slender and 
tapering, with tip bluntly rounded. 

Limbs and Membranes——Wing membrane arises from near bases 
of toes. Calear longer than free border of interfemoral membrane, 
and distinctly keeled; in four of ten specimens examined it is lobed 
at tip. 

Pelage—Fur everywhere full and soft, and of a silky texture on 
the back. Most hairs on back average about 6 millimeters in length, 
but scattered among them is a more scanty growth of hairs about 8 
millimeters in length. Wing furred only at extreme base, both above 
and below. Uropatagium scantily haired on basal fifth, both above 
and below; on its ventral surface short hairs are still more sparingly 
scattered over the remaining area. Ear haired on basal fifth of 
posterior surface ; also a very scanty growth of fine short hairs extends 
over entire anterior surface. A few long hairs project from gland- 
ular portions of face, and a row of downward projecting hairs extends 
along upper lip. 

Color.—While a small amount of individual variation in color is 
apparent in the specimens of orinomus at hand, the series as a whole 
bears a very close resemblance in color to a series of Myotis occultus 
from the Colorado River. The hairs are everywhere chaetura black 
at their bases. On the dorsal surface the color of the distal portion 
of the fur varies from light sayal brown to tawny-olive. On the sides 
the darker shade of the back fades gradually into the cartridge buff 
of the lower surface. The membranes are a dark clove brown. 

Skull—kRKasily distinguished from that of any other small Myotis 
by reason of its decidedly flattened rostrum and brain-ease (see pl. 21, 
fig. 26, and pl. 22, fig. 38). This flattening has tended to obliterate 


291 


ul 


f the Bats of Californ 


: A Synopsis o 


Grinnell 


1918] 


Mus. 


no, 
2044 
2045 
2046 
2047 
2048 
6941 
16300 
16304 
16305 
16303 


Sex 


+0 +0 +0 0 00,0, 0, 0,0, 


MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS 


Locality 

Garnet Queen Mine, Santa Ros: 
Garnet Queen Mine, Santa Rosa 
Garnet Queen Mine, Santa Rosa 
Garnet Queen Mine, Santa Rosa 
Hemet Lake, San Jacinto Mts. 
Doble, San Bernardino Mts. 
Walker Pass, Kern Co. 

Fay Creek, near Weldon, Kern 
Fay Creek, near Weldon, Kern 
Carroll Creek, Inyo Co. 


oF TEN 


Mts. 
Mts. 
Mts. 
Mts. 


Co. 


EXAMPLES OF MyoTIS oRINOMUS ELLIOT, FROM CALIFORNIA 


vertebrae 


wr 
oo 7 
c) 


Tibia 


13.0 
12.3 
12.4 
13.0 
12.8 
14.0 
13.6 
13.7 
14.0 
13.5 


Foot 


7.0 
6.0 
7.0 
8.0 
8.0 
6.0 
6.5 
7.0 
7.0 
6.0 


Forearm 


34.6 
32.5 
34.1 
33.0 
34.3 


Greatest 
length of 
cranium 


oo o Zygomatie 
= breadth 


NO 


co Breadth of 
do ~=6brain-case 


eo Interorbital 
constriction 


ray 


292 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou.17 


the angle or ‘‘saddle’’ between the rostrum and brain-case, which 
is shown so clearly in many forms of Myotis. The tooth-row (length 
5.2 to 5.5 millimeters) is much longer in orinomus than in californicus. 

Measurements.—Average and’ extreme measurements in milli- 
meters of a series of ten M. orinomus are as follows: Five males: 
total length, 82.38 (extremes 80.0-86.0); tail vertebrae, 38.4 (37.0— 
40.0); tibia, 12.7 (12.8-13.0); foot, 7.2 (6.0-8.0); forearm, 32.1 
(30.8-33.2) ; greatest length of skull, 13.6 (13.4-14.0). Five females: 
total length, 86.2 (82.0-88.0) ; tail vertebrae, 41.0 (38.0-45.0) ; tibia, 
13.8 (13.5-14.0); foot, 6.5 (6.0-7.0); forearm, 33.7 (32.5-34.6) ; 
greatest length of cranium, 14.3 (13.9-14.7). A comparison of the 
above figures will show that the females average somewhat larger 
than the males. 


Synonymy and History.—The La Grulla brown bat was described 
by Elhot (1903, pp. 228-229) from three specimens obtained in the 
San Pedro Martir Mountains, Lower California, two being taken at 
La Grulla and one at Santa Eulalia. The occurrence of this bat in 
California is first mentioned by Grinnell and Swarth (1912, pp. 
138-141). 

Distribution—Myotis orinomus has been recorded only from 
northern Lower California and from southern California, where its 
range may be defined as the high Upper Sonoran zone, in its semi- 
arid portion, from the east slope of the Sierra Nevada near Owens 
Lake south through the southern Sierras and coast ranges to the 
Mexican line. (See map,-text-fig. O.) 

Specimens Examined.—The writer has examined 17 specimens of 
Myotis orinomus from the following localities in California: San 
Diego County: Dulzura, 3 (Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 2; Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila., 1); Jacumba, 1 (Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.) ; Santa Ysabel; 1 
(San Diego Soe. Nat. Hist.) ; Orange County: Trabuco Canon, Santa 
Ana Mountains, 1; Riverside County: Garnet Queen Mine, Santa 
Rosa Mountains, 4; Hemet Lake, San Jacinto Mountains, 1; San Ber- 
nardino County: Doble, 1; Kern County: west slope Walker Pass, 1; 
San Emigdio, 1; Fay Creek, 2; Inyo County: Carroll Creek, on east 
slope Sierra Nevada, 1. 

Natural History.—Nothing has been recorded of the habits of this 
species. 


Myotis evotis (H. Allen) 


Little Big-eared Bat 


Vespertilio evotis H. Allen (1864, pp. 48-50, figs. 42-44). Original 
description; type locality fixed as Monterey, California (see Miller, 
1897b, pp. 77-78). 

Vespertilio evotis, Cooper (1868, p. 5). Distribution. 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 293 


V [espertilio]. evotis, Cooper (in Cronise, 1868, p. 442). Occurrence in 
California. 

Vespertilio evotis, Dobson (1878, p. 324). Description; general distri- 
bution; one skin listed from ‘‘ California,’’ 

Vespertilio evotis, Bryant (1891a, p. 358). Nominal. 

Vespertilio albescens evotis, H. Allen (1894, pp. 89-91), part. Descerip- 
tion; distribution; localities of capture in California. 

Myotis evotis, Miller (1897b, pp. 77-80). Description; distribution; speci- 
mens listed from Inyo Mountains, Owens Lake, San Joaquin River, and 
Twin Oaks. 

Myotis evotis, Merriam (1899, p. 88). Occurrence on Mt. Shasta. 

Myotis evotis, Elliot (1901, p. 406). Diagnosis; distribution. 

Myotis evotis, Stone (1904a, p. 579). Record from Mt. Sanhedrin. 

Myotis evotis, Elliot (1904a, p. 320). Occurrence on Mt. Whitney. 

Myotis evotis, Elliot (1904b, p. 574). Diagnosis; distribution. 

Myotis evotis, Stone (1904b, p. 587). Occurrence at Belmont. 

Myotis evotis, Elliot (1905, p. 474). General distribution. 

Myotis evotis, Stephens (1906, pp. 267-268). Diagnosis; distribution ; 
migration. 

Myotis evotis, Elliot (1907, p. 501). Record of occurrence in vicinity of 
Mt. Whitney, California. 

Myotis evotis, Miller (1912, p. 59). Range. 

Myotis evotis, J. Grinnell (1913b, p. 278). Range in California. 


Diagnosis.—Size large for a Myotis (length 75 to 93 millimeters) ; 
forearm 35.7 to 38.4 millimeters; calear longer than free border of 
interfemoral membrane; ear very long, when laid forward reaching 
from 7 to 10 millimeters beyond snout. 

Description: Head.—Kars large (19 to 20 millimeters in height 
from meatus), thus easily distinguishing this species of Myotis from 
all others occurring in California. Greatest width of ear shghtly 
more than half its length. Anterior border of auricle convex from 
base to a point slightly beyond the middle, thence straight, or nearly 
so, to tip; posterior border slightly concave immediately below tip, 
then gradually convex to base. Tragus long (10 to 13 millimeters), 
slender, and pointed. 

Limbs and Membranes.—Membranes thin and leht. Wings 
attached at bases of toes; third and fifth metacarpals about equal in 
length. Foot slightly less than half length of tibia. Calear slightly 
lobed at tip, and longer than free border of uropatagium. Tail 
slightly longer than forearm. 

Pelage——¥ ur everywhere full and soft. Sides of face scantily 
haired. Anterior border of ear scantily haired on basal fifth. Toes 
slightly haired both above and beneath. Interfemoral membrane 
naked save for basal fifth and a few scattering hairs along ‘‘nerves’’ 
and on free border. 

Color.—Two skins from near Pasadena, Los Angeles County (nos. 
6685, 6953), have ears and membranes dark clove brown; prevailing 
tone of back pale honey yellow, with bases of hairs blackish slate; on 
lower surface of body, outer portion of fur pale olive-buff. One 
specimen (no. 12037) taken July 29, 1910, at Independence Lake, 


294 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


Nevada County, is somewhat different in coloration, being paler and 
erayer throughout, with ears and membranes blackish mouse gray. 

Skull.—About 16 millimeters in length; slender and delicately 
built (pl. 21, fig. 34, and pl. 22, fig. 46). Posterior margin of brain- 
case rounded and occipital ridges but faintly defined. The only other 
Californian species of this genus which have skulls similar in length 
to that of evotis are Myotis velifer and M. thysanodes. Upon com- 
parison it will be noted that in velifer the rostrum is heavily built, 
the sagittal crest is distinct, and the posterior margin of the brain- 
case is truncate, whereas in evotis the rostrum is lightly built, the 
ridges are indistinct and the posterior margin of the brain-case is 
rounded. The differences between the skulls of evotis and thysanodes 
are not so tangible, and it is somewhat difficult to properly allocate 
skulls of young individuals of these two species. But in adults 
the brain-case of thysanodes is much more inflated than that of evotis, 
the breadth of the brain-case in thysanodes is relatively greater, and 
the rostrum is heavier. 

Mcasurements——Measurements in millimeters of an adult female 
(with one embryo) taken near Pasadena, May 29, 1904, are as fol- 
lows: total length, 93.0; tail vertebrae, 43.0; tibia, 16.6; foot, 7.0; 
forearm, 37.5; greatest length of cranium, 16.2; zygomatic breadth, 
9.1; breadth of brain-case, 7.5; interorbital constriction, 3.7. 

Synonymy and History.—Myotis evotis was described by H. Allen 
(1864, pp. 48-50) under the name Vespertilio evotis. No type 
locality was designated by that author, but Miller (1897), p. 78) 
fixes Monterey, California, as the type locality, selecting one of the 
localities given by H. Allen. In his monograph of 1894 (pp. 89-91), 
Allen regards evotis as a race of Vespertilio albescens, and lists under 
the same name a specimen of Myotis thysanodes (see Miller, 1897), 
p. 80). 

Distribution.—Given by Miller (1912, p. 59) as the Austral and 
Transition zones from the Pacific coast to the eastern edge of the 
Rocky Mountains; south to Vera Cruz, Mexico. In California the 
range of Myotis evotis is not well defined as far as shown by the facts 
yet available. It seems to comprise the Upper Sonoran and Transi- 
tion zones from the Mexican line northwards as far as Mount Shasta; 
west to the eastern boundary of Mendocino County, and east to Inde- 
pendence Lake, Nevada County, and the Inyo Mountains, in Inyo 
County. (See map, text-fig. N.) 

Specimens Examined.—Total number, 22, from the following 
localities in California: San Diego County: Dulzura, 2 (Amer. Mus. 
Nat. Hist., 1; Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 1) ; Witch Creek, 2 (San Diego 
Soe. Nat. Hist.) ; Twin Oaks, 1 (U.S. Biol. Surv.) ; San Bernardino 
County: San Bernardino, 1 (San Diego Soe. Nat. Hist.) ; Los Angeles 
County: near Pasadena, 2; North Fork San Gabriel River, 1 (Ll. A. 


5 


929! 


ral 


uu 


f the Bats of Californ 


ws O 


Synopsi 


A 


Grinnell 


1918 | 


MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS OF SEVEN EXAMPLES OF MyorTiS EvoTIS (H. ALLEN), FROM CALIFORNIA 


a a 3) "so 

r= 5 z %28 es e: 

ae) ae 3 = $ sue 8683 35 

et Sex Locality ee S > Si é 2 ie = 3 et 

6685 J Big Santa Anita Canon, near Pasadena 88.0? 36.0? 16.6 8.0 35.7 16.0 FAs 7.9 

6953 2 Arroyo Seco, near Pasadena 93.0 43.0 16.6 7.0 37.5 16.2 9.1 7.5 

12037 Jb Independence Lake, Nevada Co, 22 esses eee 16.8 ses 38.4 16.1 des 8.0 

5759 Jb Wilts UMMUESS Joyakoeyeloy (Cf, ee 16.5 we DB Ote) ee esse He Sek 

3283 3 Mt. Shasta, Siskiyou Co. 91.0 41.0 17.5 “as 3610) eee = eee 
3284 Jb Mt. Shasta, Siskiyou Co. 90.0 43.0 16.1 ee = 

160" 2 Pine Flat, N. Fork San Gabriel River, 
Los Angeles Co. 75.0 GH) eres 9: Ob ees cot = 


1Los Angeles County Museum of History, Science and Art. 


> Interorbital 
constriction 


R=) 


296 University of California Publications in Zoology |Vou.17 


Co. Mus. Hist. Sci. and Art); Inyo County: Inyo Mts., 1 (U. 8. 
Biol. Surv.) ; Owens Lake, 1 (U. 8S. Biol. Surv.) ; Madera County: 
North Fork San Joaquin River, 1 (U.S. Biol. Surv.) ; Santa Clara 
County: Palo Alto, 1 (Stanford Univ.) ; Saratoga, 1; San Mateo 


bse “TRG as 
Ce Te 


@ MYOTIS EVOTIS 


@ MYOTIS THYSANODES 


4 MYOTIS VELIFER 


Za, \Nih) 5 / m 
oe ne 
7 /\ve eee, 
24 FS 
COG A Nh ATS 3 


~~ 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNLA, 


Fig. N. Map showing stations of occurrence in California of Myotis evotis, 
Myotis velifer, and Myotis thysanodes, as established by specimens examined 
by the author. 


County: Pescadero Creek, 1; Belmont, 1 (Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.) ; 
Alameda County: Berkeley, 1 (U. C. Dept. Zool.) ; Eldorado County : 
Mt. Tallac, 2 (Mus. Comp. Zool., 1; Mus. Vert. Zool., 1); Nevada 
County: Independence Lake, 1; Mendocino County: Mt. Sanhedrin, 
1 (Aead. Nat. Sci. Phila.) ; Siskiyou County: Mt. Shasta, 2. 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 297 


Natural History—lIt is probable that in California this species 
is migratory and breeds chiefly in the Transition Zone. The only 
specimens in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology which are recorded 
as secured in midsummer were taken in the Transition Zone. Stephens 
reports securing specimens in San Diego County in spring and 
autumn only. 

As noted above, a female taken near Pasadena May 29 contained 
a single embryo. 


Myotis thysanodes Miller 
Fringed Bat 


Vespertilio albescens velifer (variety), H. Allen (1894, pp. 92-93). Dul- 
zura (see Miller, 1897b, p. 80). 

Vespertilio albescens evotis, H. Allen (1894, p. 90), part. Old Fort Tejon 
(see Miller, 1897b, p. 80). 

Myotis thysanodes Miller (1897b, pp. 80-85). Original description; type 
locality, Fort Tejon. 

Myotis evotis thysanodes, Elliot (1901, p. 406). Diagnosis; distribution. 

Myotis thysanodes, Miller and Rehn (1901, p. 258). Type locality. 

Myotis thysanodes, Elliot (1904b, pp. 572-573). Diagnosis; distribution. 

Myotis thysanodes, Elliot (1905, p. 479). Distribution. 

Myotis thysanodes, Stephens (1906, p. 268). Description; distribution. 

Myotis thysanodes, Lyon and Osgood (1909, p. 273). Nature and location 
of type. 

Myotis thysanodes, Miller (1912,'p. 59). General range. 

Myotis thysanodes, J. Grinnell (1913b, pp. 278-279). Range in California. 


Diagnosis —Total length, 85 to 95 millimeters. Free border of 
uropatagium thickened and densely haired. 

Description —Largest Myotis found in California excepting Myotis 
velifer. Easily distinguished from velifer by the much longer ears 
which, when laid forward, reach from 3 to 5 millimeters beyond end 
of nose. In an alcoholic specimen the ear measures 15 millimeters 
from notch and the tragus 10 millimeters. Ear convex in outline 
along anterior edge, bluntly rounded at tip and concave along upper 
half of posterior margin, thence convex to the well-defined basal notch. 
Tragus slender and straight, or nearly straight, along anterior edge 
almost to tip, but convex just below bluntly rounded tip; posterior 
border slightly concave just below tip, then convex; margin notched 
just above the basal lobe. 

Limbs and Membranes—-Wing membranes similar to those of 
closely related species of Myotis, but interfemoral membrane heavier 
and more leathery, and distinctly thickened on its free edge. Wings 
arise just proximal to bases of toes. Calear distinct and slightly 
lobed at tip. Foot slightly less than half length of tibia. Forearm 
slightly longer than tail. 

Pelage—Except for thickly haired border of uropatagium dis- 
tribution of fur is similar to that of related species. 


298 University of California Publications in Zoology {(Vou.17 


Color.—As all the adult examples at hand are alcoholic the follow- 
ing color description is taken from Miller (1897b, p. 81) : 


The fur is everywhere light, dull, yellowish brown, distinctly paler ventrally, 
the hairs everywhere dusky slate at base. The color is subject to considerable 
individual variation in shade. The palest specimens are yellowish wood brown 
inclining to clay color; the darkest specimens dull raw umber. The belly varies 
from clear gray scarcely tinged with yellow to a strong yellowish gray, and in 
other specimens to dull brownish gray. The exact shades are very variable and 
impossible to describe accurately. 


Skull—About 16 millimeters long, thus about equal to that of 
Myotis velifer in total length, but quite distinct in general appearance 
(pl. 21, fig. 35, and pl. 22, fig. 47). Rostral portion of skull relatively 
slender (the diameter of rostrum, taken just posterior to the canines, 
averaging a millimeter less in thysanodes than in velifer). Sagittal 
crest well-defined in velifer, but indistinct in thysanodes. As pointed 
out by Miller (1897b, p. 82) the posterior margin of the brain-case, 
when viewed from above, is rounded in thysanodes, squarish, or 
truneate, in velifer. 

Measurements.—Miller (1897), p. 83) gives the average measure- 
ments of a series of ten specimens of Myotis thysanodes from Fort 
Tejon as follows: Total length, 87.0 millimeters; tail vertebrae, 37.0; 
tibia, 17.6; foot, 8.0; forearm, 41.2; thumb, 6.3; longest finger, 69.2; 
ear from meatus, 17.6; width of ear, 11.8; tragus, 10.5. 

Synonymy and History.—This bat was described by Miller (1897), 
pp. 80-85) under the name Myotis thysanodes. The type specimen 
was obtained at Fort Tejon. Miller states that specimens of the 
fringed bat were variously labeled or listed in his monographs by 
H. Allen as ‘‘V[espertilio]. albescens velifer,’’ *‘V. subulatus,’’ “‘V. 
albescens?,’’ and ‘‘V. albescens evotis.’’ 

Distribution —Given by Miller (1912, p. 59) as the Lower Sonoran 


zone from near the southern border of the United States south to San 


Luis Potosi and Michoacan, Mexico. The only Californian localities 
of capture known to the writer besides those given by Miller (Fort 
Tejon, Kern County, and Dulzura, San Diego County), are Limekiln 
and Fyffe, Eldorado County. These four localities are all but one 
well within the Upper Sonoran life-zone; Fyffe is in Transition. (See 
map, text-fig. N.) 

Specimens Examined.—Total number, 7, from the following locali- 
ties in California: Kern County: Fort Tejon, 5 aleoholies (U. 8. Biol. 
Surv.) ; Eldorado County: Limekiln, 1 (no. 24206, Mus. Vert. Zool., 
August 2, 1916) ; Fyffe, 1 (no. 24186, Mus. Vert. Zool., July 21, 1916). 

Natural History—Miller (1897b, pp. 84-85) gives the following 
account, furnished by Dr. T. S. Palmer, of the colony of bats from 
which the type specimen of Myotis thysanodes was taken: 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 299 


In July, 1891, while one of the parties of the Death Valley Expedition was 
collecting at Old Fort Tejon, California, several species of bats were observed. 
The most abundant was a small Vespertilio [= Myotis|, which could be seen at 
dusk flying about the oak trees near the old barracks in great numbers, and 
passing in and out of the ruined buildings. A long two-story adobe building, 
with the roof still intact, seemed to be the center of attraction, and about sundown 
bats could be seen streaming forth from a window in one of the gables. On 
the morning of July 5 an examination was made of the attic of this building, 
and the bats were found clinging to the ridgepole and the rafters, literally by 
thousands. Individuals of all ages, from recently born young to adults, were 
hanging together in bunches as big as a bushel basket. Others found concealment 
in cracks and crevices, but very few were flying about. Evidently the colony 
had ocecupied.the attic for several years, but it was too dark to see whether more 
than one species was present. 

A sack was carried along under the ridgepole and specimens swept into it from 
several of the larger bunches. In this way more than a hundred bats were 
collected in a few minutes. As soon as they were disturbed they uttered a peculiar 
squeaking note and flew about in a confused manner in their efforts to escape. 
The sack was carried out under one of the oak trees and the specimens examined ; 
160 had been captured, and of these 25 were preserved! and the remainder allowed 
to escape. Some of the bats which had been given their liberty attempted to 
fly back to their retreat, but dazed by the sunlight took refuge in the branches 
of the nearest tree; others made no attempt to escape, except to crawl up the 
trunks of the trees, where they remained until dark. Some of the young ones 
failed to find their way back to the building, and remained about the spot for 
several days. 


In the summer of 1904 (July 19 to 26) J. Grinnell visited Fort 
Tejon and collected bats in the same locality visited by Dr. Palmer 
in 1891. Of the sixty-one examples of Myotis obtained on the later 
date not one proved to be Myotis thysanodes. 

Apparently bats of this species are not of wide distribution in 
California, for among nearly a thousand specimens of bats collected 
by the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, only two have proven to be 
Myotis thysanodes. 


Genus Lasionycteris Peters 


This genus includes the type species only, which is distributed 
clear across northern North America and south nearly through the 
United States. 


Characters —Dental formula: i 72, e1!, pm22, m 22 = 36 
aracters.—Denta ; — ea 3-3 3-30 
SO Be atiqig © a) bilainy oe 


Upper incisors conical; inner upper incisor slightly the longer, 
and bicuspidate. Lower incisors subequal and crowded closely be- 
tween canines; crowns of inner lower incisors four-lobed, those of the 
outer lower incisors three-lobed. Canines both above and _ below 


1 Sixteen proved to be Myotis thysanodes; the others were M. yumanensis. 


300 University of California Publications in Zoology  |Vou.17 


simple, each with a distinct but rather small cmgulum. First upper 
premolar minute; second slightly more than half height of canine. 
First two lower premolars minute, being less than half the height 
of the third. 

Skull (pl. 21, fig. 33, and pl. 22, fig. 45) broad and somewhat 
flattened; rostrum three-fourths width of brain-case, and strongly 
coneave on each side back of nasal aperture. 

Ear short, nearly as broad as long, and with a well-developed basal 
lobe. Tragus short, straight, and bluntly rounded. 


Lasionycteris noctivagans (Le Conte) 
Silvery-haired Bat 


V [espertilio|. noctivagans Le Conte (1831, p. 481). Original description; 
no type locality designated. 

Scotophilus noctivagans, H. Allen (1864, pp. 39-42, four figs. in text). 
Description; listed from Fort Reading (in Shasta County). 

Scotophilus noctivagans, Cooper (1868, p. 5). Distribution. 

S[cotophilus|. noctivagans, Cooper (in Cronise, 1868, p. 442). Occurrence 
in California. 

Vesperugo noctivagans, Dobson (1878, pp. 238-239). Description; general 
distribution (includes California). 

Vesperugo noctivagans, C. H. Townsend (1887, p. 182). Record of speci- 
men secured at Fort Reading by Dr. J. F. Hammond. 

Vesperugo noctivagans, Bryant (1891la, p. 358). Nominal. 

Lasionycteris noctivagans, H. Allen (1894, pp. 105-111, pls. 13-14). De- 
scription. 

Lasionycteris noctivagans, Miller (1897b, pp. 86-87). Description; dis- 
tribution; listed from Nevada City and Nicasio. 

Lasionycteris noctivagans, Elliot (1901, pp. 407-408, fig. 85). Diagnosis; 
distribution. 

Lasionycteris noctivagans, Stone (1904a, p. 579). Summer record from 
Mt. Sanhedrin. 

Lasionycteris noctivagans, Stephens (1906, pp. 268-269). Description; 
distribution. 

Lasionycieris noctivagans, Seton (1909, p. 1168). Map showing record 
stations and hypothetical range. 

Lasionycteris noctivagans, Miller (1912, p. 60). General range. 

Lasionycteris noctivagans, J. Grinnell (1913b, p. 279). Range in Cali- 
fornia. 


Diagnosis ——Total length 92 to 107 millimeters; ears short and 
rounded; color blackish chocolate, both above and below, many of the 
hairs tipped with silvery white. 

Description: Head.—Rostrum broad, two-thirds width of brain- 
case; width between nostrils greater than distance from mouth to 
top of rostrum; prominent glandular masses on each side of rostrum. 
Ear short (height from meatus, 15 to 16 millimeters) and broad 
(width, 11 to 14 millimeters) ; when laid forward reaching barely to 
nostrils. Tragus a little less than half height of ear. 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 301 


Limbs and Membranes.—Wines moderately slender; third meta- 
carpal slightly longer than fifth. Wing membranes attached to bases 
of toes. Interfemoral membrane reaching to tip of tail. Foot slen- 
der, somewhat compressed, and about half length of tibia. Calear 
distinct and extending along edge of interfemoral membrane for about 
a quarter of the distance from its origin to tip of tail. 

Pelage.—Face nearly naked save for about a dozen slende hairs, 
5 millimeters in length, which arise from the glandular masses on 
sides of rostrum. Hair on top of head short, being only abont 2 
millimeters in length; elsewhere on the body it is from 5 to 8 milli- 
meters in length and very silky in texture. Kars naked, as also 
the wings, save for a narrow strip of hair continuous with body fur. 
Interfemoral membrane seantily haired over proximal half of its 
dorsal surface; upon its ventral surface the hairs are even less plenti- 
ful. Dorsal surface of toes well furred. 

Color.—The fur varies from deep blackish chocolate, tipped with 
silvery white, to a decided brownish, tipped with yellowish gray. 
Seton (1909, p. 1167) states that he has in his collection an old 
female silvery-haired bat, taken in New York State, which is brownish 
black everywhere, with no trace of the silver tippings. A male in 
the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology (no. 13802), taken August 4, 
1911, on Kangaroo Creek, Siskiyou County, California, has the mem- 
branes and the basal part of the fur everywhere blackish. On the 
back, belly, and interfemoral membrane the hairs are tipped with 
silvery white. On the face, crown, throat, and a patch over each 
shoulder the silvery tips are lacking. This specimen, as evidenced 
by the thin, papery skull and the prominent joints of the fingers, is 
a juvenal. Merriam (1884, p. 191) states that the young alone possess 
the perfect silvery tips to the hairs and that even before going into 
winter quarters for the first time their pelage has assumed the grizzled 
appearance which characterizes the coats of the adults. 

Skull and Teeth—The skull and teeth have been sufficiently de- 
scribed under the characterization of the genus (see p. 299). 

Average Measurements.—A series of 12 specimens of the silvery- 
haired bat, including both sexes, averages in millimeters as follows: 
total length, 102.0 (extremes, 92.0-107.0) ; tail vertebrae, 41.1 (34.0— 
44.0); tibia, 15.8 (14.0-18.0); foot, 10.0 (9.5-10.0) ; forearm, 39.2 
(37.3-42.0) ; greatest leneth of cranium, 16.1 (15.5-16.5). 


Synonymy and History.—The silvery-haired bat was first de- 
scribed by Le Conte (1831, p. 31) from a specimen from the ‘‘ Kastern 
United States’? under the name V{[espertilio|. noctivagans. Peters 
(1865, p. 648) made this bat the type species of his new genus 
Lasionycteris. 

Distribution.—Miller (1912, p. 60) gives the general range of 
Lasionycteris noctivagans as ‘‘North America north of Mexico, from 
the Atlantic to the Pacific; probably not breeding south of the 
Transition Zone.’’ The range in California lies altogether within 
the northwestern portion of the state, and for the most part within 
the Transition Zone. (See map, text-fig. O.) 


302 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou.17 


MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS OF TWELVE SPECIMENS OF LASIONYCTERIS 
NOCTIVAGANS (LECONTE), FROM CALIFORNIA 


E SE Se 38 
5 a 45° 85) Se 
Mus ef ae = i) PEE Se ce 
no. Sex se S 2 Gq & 5 2 Nim a7 
3281-7 gi 102.0 41.0 17.0 10:05 3920 ees 
3282+ 99.0 38.0 17.0 LOO 42:0 ee Paw 
184937 gf? 92.0 OO) eee 9.5 15.5 9.3 4.0 
3279° 9° 98.0 41.0 15.0 1010305540!) ee at see ac 
3280® 9° 106.0 42.0 18.0 10.0 16.4 aie 8.5 4.3 
24208 9° 104.0 41°00) ye 8.0 16.2 9.5 7.9 4.2 
24212* 9 106.0 42.0 15.8 9.0 16.3 a 8.0 4.2 
DAZ NOM LOI eee 44.0 16.0 920) 16.2 era 79 4.1 
24211* 9 107.0 42.0 14.3 9.0 aiid?) ESS 9.8 8.0 4.1 
24207* © 105.0 42.0 14.7 8.0 39.7 16.5 9.9 8.0 4.2 
24209 9 98.0 4010) Bas 8.0 38.4 16.2 9.7 8.0 4.3 
24213* 9 105.0 44.0 15.0 9.0 38.3 16.1 = 7.9 4.4 


1 From 7000 ft., Mt. Shasta, Siskiyou County. 

?From 4 miles north of Oroville, Butte County. 

*From McCloud River, near Baird Station, Shasta County. 
4From Fyffe, 3700 ft. alt., Eldorado County. 


Specimens Examined—The writer has examined 40 specimens of 
the silvery-haired bat, from the following localities in California: 
Siskiyou County: Kangaroo Creek, 2; Mt. Shasta (at 7000 feet alti- 
tude), 2; Shasta County: McCloud River, 15 miles east of Baird 
Station, 2; 13 miles east of Baird Station, 2 (Univ. Calif. Dept. 
Zool.) ; near Baird Station, 1; Humboldt County: Redwood Creek, 1 
(U. S. Nation. Mus.) ; Trinity County: Cafion Creek, 2 (U.S. Biol. 
Sury.); Butte County: 4 miles north of Oroville, 1; Mendocino 
County: Mt. Sanhedrin, 5 (Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.) ; Nevada County: 
Nevada City, 1 (U. S. Biol. Surv.) ; Eldorado County: Fyffe, 11; 
Bijou, 1 (Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.) ; Marin County: Olema, 1 (Calif. 
Acad. Sei.) ; Nicasio, 6 (Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 3; U. S. Nation. Mus., 
3); Monterey County: Pacifie Grove, 1 (U. S. Biol. Surv.). 

Natural History—The most extended account of the habits of the 
silvery-haired bat is that of Merriam (1884, p. 190). His observa- 
tions were made in the Adirondack region of New York. Here he 
found the bats showing when abroad in the evening a decided liking 
for waterways, in some places keeping directly over the water. Sey- 
eral bats which were shot and fell into the water swam swiftly and 
powerfully through the strong current to the shore, fifteen or twenty 
feet distant. A scarcely less favored haunt was the edges of hard- 
wood groves, where the bats darted in and out among the branches 
in search of insects. 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 303 


The flight of this species is described by Merriam as neither so 
rapid nor so irregular as that of the red or of the hoary bat. 

In the region where Merriam made his observations the young 
were born early in July, and were either one or two in number. 


MYOTIS ORINOMUS 
EUDERMA MACULATUM ili 
MYOTIS OCCULTUS 

| 


LASIONYCTERIS NOCTIVAGANS 


SSS 


NYCTINOMUS FEMOROSACCUS 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 


UNIVERSITY OF CAI. FORNIA, 


Fig. O. Map showing stations of occurrence in California of Myotis orinomus, 
Euderma maculatum, Myotis occultus, Lasionycteris noctivagans, and Nyctinomus 
femorosaccus, as established by specimens examined by the author. 


In California the writer is aware only of summer and fall records 
of this bat. The earliest capture is of a female (no. 159941, U.S. 


532’ 
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.), at Nicasio, October 19. The species is known 


Biol. Sury.), at Pacific Grove, May 25; the latest, of a male (no. ale 


304 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou.17 


to be migratory in at least the eastern portion of its range, and the 
same probably holds true here in California. The known facts relat- 
ing to its migration are recorded on page 232 of the present paper. 

Of nine specimens obtained by Joseph Dixon at Fyffe (3700 feet 
altitude), Eldorado County, between July 19 and 31, seven were adult 
females weighing from 10.2 grams to 12.1 grams each, one was an 
immature female weighing 6.3 grams, and one a male, probably imma- 
ture, weighing 8.5 grams. Some of the adult females showed evi- 


dences of having recently nursed young. 


Genus Pipistrellus Kaup 


This genus ranges in the Eastern Hemisphere from the northern 
to the southern limits of tree growth, and from Tasmania to [reiand. 
In the Western Hemisphere it occurs from the northern United States 
(except in the Boreal zone’) to southern Mexico (Barrett-Hamilton, 
1910, p. 102). The genus contains about forty species, only one of 
which occurs in the area under consideration, where it is represented 


by two subspecies. 
o BY ll 2=2 3-3 

Characters —Dental formula: 1 329’ © jay’ PMocg) M 3-3 — 34. 
Upper inner incisor about one-third higher than outer one. Lower 
incisors all of about equal size and with columnar shafts, separated 
from each other by spaces about one-third the width of the shaft; 
the abruptly wider crowns are imbricated and deeply trilobed. 
Upper canine conical and about twice height of lower canine, which 
is similar in form but with a more highly developed cingulum. First 
upper premolar minute and lying on inner side of tooth row, crowded 
in angle between canine and second upper premolar. Second upper 
premolar about midway in height between canine and first molar. 
First lower premolar about half height of second and closely crowded 
against cingulum of canine; cingulum of this premolar about equal 
in width to that of canine. Second lower premolar nearly equal 
in height to lower canine. Molar teeth normal for vespertilionid 
bats. 

Greatest width of skull about two-thirds of the total length of 
same. Brain-case distinctly flattened above and forming only a sight 
angle with rostrum. Auditory bullae large, their greatest diameter 
being distinctly greater than the width of the space between them. 
Zygomata slightly expanded. (See pl. 21, fig. 27, and pl. 22, 
fig. 39.) 

Ear in this genus distinetly longer than broad and tapering to a 
narrowly rounded tip. Tragus broadest below its center, its tip 
straight or shghtly eurved forwards. Dorsal surface of interfemoral 
membrane sprinkled with hairs on basal third. Mammae two. 


1918 | Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 305 


Pipistrellus hesperus hesperus (H. Allen) 
Western Bat 


Scotophilus hesperus H. Allen (1864, pp. 43-44, figs. 38-40), part. Orig 
inal description; type locality, Fort Yuma, California [first locality 
mentioned in list of specimens]. 

Scotophilus hesperus, Cooper (1868, p. 5), part. Distribution. 

S[cotophilus]. hesperus, Cooper (in Cronise, 1868, p. 442). Nominal. 

Vespertilio (Vesperugo) hesperus, Coues and Yarrow (1875, pp. 94-95). 
Diagnosis; distribution. 

Vesperugo hesperus, True (1887, p. 515). Concerning the status of V. 
hesperus and of V. merriami. 

Vesperugo hesperus, Bryant (1891a, p. 358). Nominal. 

Vesperugo hesperus, H. Allen (1894, pp. 128-131, pls. 20-21). Deserip- 
tion; distribution. 

Pipistrellus hesperus, Miller (1897b, pp. 88-90, figs. 20-23), part. Descrip- 
tion; distribution. 

Pipistrellus hesperus, Elliot (1901, pp. 408-409, fig. 86), part. Diagnosis; 
distribution. 

Pipistrellus hesperus, Miller and Rehn (1901, p. 259). Type locality. 

Pipistrellus hesperus, Elliot (1904a, p. 320), part. Localities of capture 
in California. 

Pipistrellus hesperus, Elliot (1904b, pp. 582-583, figs. 86, 108), part. 
Diagnosis; distribution. 

Pipistrellus hesperus, Elliot (1905, pp. 480-481), part. Geographical dis- 
tribution. 

Pipistrellus hesperus, Stephens (1906, pp. 269-270), part. Description; 
distribution; habits. 

Pipistrellus hesperus, Elliot (1907, pp. 507-508), part. Localities of cap- 
ture in California. 

Pipistrellus hesperus; J. Grinnell (1908, pp. 159-160). Distribution and 
habits in the San Bernardino Mountains. 

Pipistrellus hesperus, Lyon and Osgood (1909, p. 274). Nature and loca- 
tion of type. 

Pipistrellus hesperus, Miller (1912, p. 60), part. General range. 

Pipistrellus hesperus hesperus, J. Grinnell (1913), p. 279), part. Range 
in California. 

Pipistrellus hesperus hesperus, J. Grinnell (1914, pp. 267-268). Occurrence 
on the Colorado River; habits; status of subspecies. 


Diagnosis—Size very small (total leneth, 62 to 80 millimeters; 
forearm, 26.6 to 30.7 millimeters); tragus blunt, with tip bent 
forward; general color of fur buffy gray above, whitish beneath; 
membranes, ears, and feet, blackish. 

Description: Head.—Muzzle short and broad, the greatest width 
of the rostrum equaling its length. Nostrils cireular and directed 
outward and downward; region between them shghtly concave. Eye 
small, inconspicuous and situated above and posterior to angle of 
mouth. A glandular swelling on each side of head between nostril 
and eye. Ear short, in an alcoholic specimen reaching only to a 


306 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


point midway between eye and nostril, when laid forward; anterior 
border of auricle strongly convex from the well developed basal notch 
to about middle, where it becomes straight and continues so almost 
to the broadly rounded tip; posterior border concave immediately 
below tip, then strongly convex to basal notch; basal lobe well devel- 
oped, separated from main auricle by a deep notch, and joining face 
at a point slightly below and behind angle of mouth. Tragus less 
than half height of ear, slightly blunt at tip, and curved forward 
(text-fig. L). The western bat and the Merriam bat are the only 
small bats of California having the tragus curved, and this feature 
is sufficient to distinguish them at once from the several small species 
of Myotis. 

Limbs and Membranes.—Wing short and broad, length of fifth 
metacarpal almost equaling that of third. Wing membrane attached 
at base of outer toe. Calear very slightly lobed at tip. Tip of tail 
projecting somewhat beyond edge of interfemoral membrane. Foot 
small, tibia short; length of former scarcely less than half that of 
latter. Tail about equal in length to forearm. 

Pelage-—Fur everywhere full and soft, 3 to 4 millimeters in length 
on body. Dorsal surface of ear furred only on its basal third; a 
seanty sprinkling of fine hairs over whole ventral (inner) surface 
of ear. Wing membranes naked both above and below, save for a 
very narrow strip of fur, about one millimeter in width, which extends 
out from side of body. Basal third of interfemoral membrane 
sprinkled with fine hairs, both above and below. Toes scantily 
clothed, both above and below, with very short, fine hairs. 

Color—Hairs everywhere plumbeous-black at bases. Distal two- 
thirds of fur on upper surface light buff, brightest on top of head; 
on lower surface a very pale tint of light buff, almost white; pelage 
everywhere given a grayish cast by the showing through of the darker 
bases of the hairs. Ear, muzzle, and wing and tail membranes, 
blackish, save that wing membrane is narrowly bordered with pale 
eray between foot and fifth finger. 

Skull—Form and general characteristics as for the genus. In 
general, as has been suggested, the skull of this bat reminds one of 
a miniature Lasionycteris. 

Measurements—Average and extreme measurements in milli- 
meters of a series of twenty western bats, from the Colorado River 
Valley, are as follows: ten males: total length, 66.4 (extremes, 62.0— 
72.0) ; tail vertebrae, 26.5 (24.0-30.0) ; tibia, 10.6 (10.0-11.5) ; foot, 
5.0; forearm, 27.8 (26.6-30.0); greatest leneth of cranium, 11.5 
(11.3-11.9). Ten females: total length, 72.9 (69.0-80.0) ; tail verte- 
brae, 29.9 (26.0-33.0) ; tibia, 11.2 (10.0-12.0); foot, 5.2 (5.0-6.0) ; 
forearm, 29.8 (27.3-30.7); greatest length of cranium, 11.9 (11.7- 
112.3). 

A comparison of the above averages will show that the females are 
as a rule somewhat larger than the males. 


Synonymy and History.—The western bat was described by H. 
Allen (1864, pp. 48-44) under the name Scotophilus hesperus from 
material obtained at Fort Yuma, California, and ‘‘Posa Creek.’’ 
According to True (1887, p. 515), Dobson in his catalogue of the 


307 


A Synopsis of the Bats of California 


Grinnell 


1918] 


Mus. 
no. 


10386 
10388 
10389 
103890 
10391 
10892 
10393 
10397 
10402 
10403 
10400 
10401 
10387 
10396 
10406 
10407 
10411 

6936 

6680 
17794 


MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS OF TWENTY ADULT SPECIMENS OF PIPISTRELLUS HESPERUS HESPERUS (H. ALLEN ), 


3eX 


+O +0 +0 +0 +0 +O +0 +0 40 40 24 OC, OC, BA QA QA OV AOL QA 


FROM CALIFORNIA 


Locality 
Opposite The Needles, Colorado River 
Opposite The Needles, Colorado River 
Opposite The Needles, Colorado River 
Opposite The Needles, Colorado River 
Opposite The Needles, Colorado River 
Opposite The Needles, Colorado River 
Opposite The Needles, Colorado River 
20 miles north of Picacho, Colorado River 
Potholes, Colorado River 
Potholes, Colorado River 
8 miles east of Picacho, Colorado River 
8 miles east of Picacho, Colorado River 
Opposite The Needles, Colorado River 
20 miles north of Picacho, Colorado River 
Near Pilot Knob, Colorado River 
Near Pilot Knob, Colorado River 
Near Pilot Knob, Colorado River 
Cushenbury Springs, San Bernardino Mts. 
Cushenbury Springs, San Bernardino Mts. 
Lone Pine Creek, Inyo Co. 


Tibia 


10.3 
10.8 
10.0 
10.0 
10.0 
11.0 
11.5 
11.0 
10.8 
10.7 
12.0 
12.0 
10.0 
11.5 
11.0 
10.8 
11.0 
10.8 
11.5 
11.4 


Foot 


oy St 
oooo 


a 


AON 


Oo 


Si 
Saoeo se 


Or 


Forearm 


+ Greatest 
length of 
eranium 


a 
i) 


~ Zygomatic 
breadth 


> 


& Breadth of 
brain-case 


aan 
oono 


6.0 


Interorbital 
constriction 


2 
— 


308 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


Chiroptera regards V. hesperus as identical with V. abramus, an Old 
World species. Later, Dobson (1886, p. 124) described a new species 
of North American Vesperugo under the name of V. merriami, basing 
his description on a single specimen sent him by C. H. Merriam. 
Dobson gives the type locality as Locust Grove, New York, the home 
of Dr. Merriam. Miller (1897b, p. 31) points out the error and 
states that the specimen really came from Red Bluff, Tehama County, 
California, and places the name merrianv in the synonymy of hes- 
perus. J. Grinnell (1913b, pp. 279-280) revives the name merriami 
and applies it to the race of hesperus occupying the Lower and Upper 
Sonoran zones in California west of the desert divides, thus restrict- 
ing the subspecific application of the name hesperus to the desert race. 

Distribution—Specimens available indicate that the range of 
Pipistrellus h. hesperus oceupies the Lower Sonoran zone chiefly east 
of the Pacific divides, comprising the Colorado and Mohave deserts, 
and extends from the Mexican line north at least to Coleville, Mono 
County (see map, text-fig. P). J. Grinnell (1913), p. 279) gives the 
range of this bat as extending west to Fort Tejon, Kern County; but 
the present writer finds upon examination of the specimens upon 
which this record was based that while Tejon specimens are not typical 
merrianu they bear a closer resemblance to that form than to Pipi- 
strellus h. hesperus. 

Specimens Examined.—The writer has examined 157 specimens 
of Pipistrellus hesperus hesperus, from the following localities in 
California: Imperial County: Colorado River near Pilot Knob, 18; 
Potholes, 4; four miles south of Potholes, 1; eight miles east of 
Picacho, 7; twenty miles above Picacho, 7; Thermal, 2; San Diego 
County: Carrizo Creek, 3; Santa Ysabel, 14 (U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; 
Jacumba, 2 (U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; Vallecito, 4; Dulzura, 6 (Amer. Mus. 
Nat. Hist.); Palmetto Spring, 3; Riverside County: Dos Palmos 
Spring, Santa Rosa Mountains, 5; Cabezon, 1; Banning, 1; Palm 
Springs, 4 (U.S. Biol. Surv., 3; Mus. Vert. Zool., 1) ; Palm Canon, 3; 
San Bernardino County: Borax Flat, 3 (U.S. Biol. Surv.) ; Needles, 
4 (U. S. Biol. Sury.) ; Colorado River opposite The Needles, 13; east 
base Turtle Mountains, 1; Barstow, 1; Victorville, 1; Warren’s 
Ranch, 1 (U.S. Biol. Surv.) ; Cushenbury Springs, 5; Kern County: 
west slope Walker Pass, 3; Weldon, 1; Onyx, 3; Fay Creek, 3; South 
Fork Kern River, 3 (U. S. Biol. Surv.) ; Kern River, 12 miles below 
Bodfish, 1; Inyo County: Lone Pine, 4 (Mus. Comp. Zool., 1; U.S. 
Biol. Surv., 3); Lone Pine Creek, 5; Independence, 1 (U. 8S. Biol. 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 309 


Surv.) ; Death Valley, 4 (U.S. Biol. Surv.) ; Saline Valley, 1 (U.S. 
Biol. Surv.); Panamint Valley, 6 (U. S. Biol. Surv.) ; Panamint 
Mountains, 5 (U. S. Biol. Surv.) ; Funeral Mountains, 1 (U. 8. Biol. 
Surv.) ; Mono County: Coleville, 2 (Mus. Comp. Zool.). 


@ PIPISTRELLUS HESPERUS MERRIAMI 


& PIPISTRELLUS HESPERUS HESPERUS 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, 


Fig. P. Map showing stations of occurrence in California of Pipistrellus 
hesperus hesperus and Pipistrellus hesperus merriami, as established by specimens 
examined by the author, 


Natural History.—Stephens (1906, p. 270) records these bats as 
appearing early in the evening, sometimes soon after sunset, but 
states that because of their swift and erratic flight they are difficult 
to secure by shooting. 


310 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou. 17 


At Cushenbury Springs, on the desert slope of the San Bernardino 
Mountains, J. Grinnell (1908, pp. 159-160) found these bats common 
in the early part of August. They appeared at late dusk among the 
cottonwoods and over the pasture, and swarms of them were to be seen 
darting about over the surface of a small pond, frequently dipping 
down and touching the surface of the water as if drinking. The five 
specimens secured at that time and place were very fat. 

In 1908, Grinnell and Swarth (1913, p. 382) found these bats 
abundant along Palm Canon and in the neighborhood of Dos Palmos 
Spring, on the desert slope of the San Jacinto Mountains. Here they 
were found emerging from the crevices of rocks at early dusk. This 
was the only species of bat seen abroad after sunrise and before 
sunset; in fact one individual was seen in flight about 9 a.m. in the 
bright glare of the forenoon sun. 

In the spring of 1910 J. Grinnell (1914, pp. 267-268) found the 
western bat abundant along the Colorado River between Needles and 
Pilot Knob. Here it was noticed that the bats were to be found only 
in the neighborhood of cliffs and rocky hillsides. 

No instances of the occurrence of this bat in or about buildings 
or as hanging up on the foliage of trees, have been recorded. 

Specimens in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology have been taken 
in all the months from February to August, inclusive, and there is 
also a specimen taken at Palm Springs in December. Winter collect- 
ing would probably reveal the presence of this species throughout 
the year in at least the lowest parts of its range. Stephens (1906, 
pp. 269-270) states that very few western bats remain in California 
in winter. ‘‘The northward migration is at its height about the end 
of March, at which time’’ the bats are abundant about certain springs 
along the western border of the Colorado Desert. 

The number of young and time of breeding are indicated by the 
following data, taken from specimens in the Museum of Vertebrate 
Zoology secured in Kern County in the summer of 1911: no. 16308, 
taken June 18, contained two embryos; no. 16309, taken June 19, 
contained two embryos; no. 16310, taken June 20, contained two em- 
bryos; no. 16312, taken June 23, contained two embryos; no. 16313, 
taken July 1, contained two embryos; no. 16314, taken July 11, 
contained one embryo. 


a aa 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 311 


Pipistrellus hesperus merriami (Dobson) 
Merriam Bat 


Scotophilus hesperus H. Allen (1864, pp. 43-44, figs. 38-40), part. Orig- 
inal description of hesperus; Posa Creek [Kern County] specimens 
referable to merriamt. 

Scotophilus hesperus, Cooper (1868, p. 5), part. Distribution. 

Vesperugo merriami Dobson (1886, p. 124). Original description; type 
stated to be from Locust Grove, New York, but really from Red Bluff, 
Tehama County, California. 

Vesperugo merriami, True (1887, p. 515). Validity doubted. 

Vesperugo merriami, Bryant (1892, p. 223). Nominal. 

Vesperugo merriami, Miller (1897b, p. 31). Nomenclature. 

Pipistrellus hesperus, Miller (1897b, pp. 88-90), part. Description; gen- 
eral distribution. 

Pipistrellus hesperus, Elliot (1901, pp. 408-409, fig. 86), part. Diagnosis; 
general distribution. 

Pipistrellus hesperus, Elliot (1904b, pp. 582-5838, figs. 108, 86), part. 
Diagnosis; general distribution. 

Pipistrellus hesperus, Stone (1904a, p. 579).  Reeord of occurrence in 
Mendocino County. 

Pipistrellus hesperus, Elliot (1905, pp. 480-481), part. General distri- 
bution. 

Pipistrellus hesperus, Stephens (1906, pp. 269-270), part. Description ; 
distribution; habits. 

Pipistrellus hesperus, Elliot (1907, pp. 507-508), part. Loealities of cap- 
ture in California. 

Pipistrellus hesperus, Miller (1912, p. 60), part. General range. 

Pipistrellus hesperus merriani, J. Grinnell (1913b, pp. 279-280). Range 
in California. 

Pipistrellus hesperus merriami, J. Grinnell (1914, pp. 267-268). Status 
and range. 


lo 


Diagnosis—Size very small (total length 66 to 78 millimeters, 
forearm 27.5 to 30.8); tragus blunt, with tip bent forward; general 
color of fur buffy brown both above and below; membranes, ears, and 
feet, blackish. 

Description.—This subspecies, Pipistrellus hesperus merriami, very 
closely resembles the preceding one, Pipistrellus hesperus hesperus, 
differing only in darker coloration and in slightly larger average size. 

Color—Wing and tail membranes, ears and feet, blackish (see 
pl. 18, fig. 16). Terminal portion of body fur, both above and 
beneath, nearest ‘‘warm buff’’ of Ridgway’s Color Standards; but 
the darker bases of the hairs showing through lend a brownish aspect 
to the mass appearance. 

Measurements—Average and extreme measurements in milli- 
meters of a series of 16 specimens of the Merriam bat in the Museum 
of Vertebrate Zoology are as follows: six males: total length, 69.0 
(extremes, 66.0—-73.0) ; tail vertebrae, 29.0 (28.0-30.0) ; tibia, 11.0 
(10.6-12.0) ; foot, 5.5 (5.0-6.5) ; forearm, 28.1 (27.5-29.0) ; greatest 


312 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou.17 


length of cranium, 11.6 (11.38-11.8); ten females: total length, 73.6 
(67.0-78.0) ; tail vertebrae, 29.2 (26.0-34.0) ; tibia, 11.4 (11.1-11.7) ; 
foot, 5.6 (5.0-6.0); forearm, 29.6 (28.0-30.8); greatest length of 
eranium, 12.0 (11.9-12.2). 

Synonymy and History—The synonymy and history of this bat 
is ineluded with that of P. h. hesperus on page 306. In his original 
description of Pipistrellus hespcrus, H. Allen (1864, pp. 43-44) does 
not designate a type, but lists three specimens, the first being from 
Fort Yuma and the two remaining from Poso Creek (Kern County). 
Miller (18970, p. 88) designates the Fort Yuma specimen (no. 5406 
U. S. Nation. Mus.) as the type of hesperus. I have examined the 
two skins (nos. 5509 and 5570 U. S. Nation. Mus.) from Poso Creek 
and find them to be Pipistrellus hesperus merriami, as would be ex- 
pected from the geographic position of this locality. 

Distribution—Specimens examined indicate the range of this bat 
as lying within the Upper Sonoran and Transition zones altogether 
west of the desert divides, from the Mexican line northwest through 
the San Diegan district and through the San Joaquin and Sacramento 
valleys, east of the humid coast belt and west of the Sierra Nevada, to 
Butte and Tehama counties (see map, text-fig. P). Specimens from 
Witch Creek (or Santa Ysabel), San Diego County, are allocated with 
difficulty, some appearing to be nearest hesperus and others nearest 
merriamt. . 

Specimens Examined.—The writer has examined 46 specimens 
of Pipistrellus h. merriami, from the following localities in California : 
San Diego County: Twin Oaks, 2 (U. S. Biol. Surv.) ; Escondido, 1; 
Witch Creek, 4 (San Diego Soe. Nat. Hist., 1; U.S. Nation. Mus., 3) ; 
Riverside County: San Jacinto Mountains, 2 (U. 8. Nation. Mus.) ; 
San Jacinto Lake, 5 (U. S. Nation. Mus.); Los Angeles County: 
Pasadena, 1; Rubio Wash, near Pasadena, 3; San Francisquito Canon, 
1; San Gabriel Cafion, 2 (U. S. Biol. Surv.) ; Kern County: Grape- 
vine Canon, near Fort Tejon, 3; San Emigdio, 1 (U. 8. Biol. Surv.) ; 
Poso Creek, 2 (U. S. Nation. Mus.); San Luis Obispo County: 
Cuyama Valley, 1; Mariposa County: El Portal, 1; Pleasant Valley, 
2; Yosemite Valley, 3; Madera County: Raymond, 3; Solano County: 
three miles west of Vacaville, 1; Yolo County: Rumsey, 3; Eldorado 
County: Limekiln, 2; Fyffe, 1; Sutter County: Butte Slough, 1; Men- 
docino County: Mt. Sanhedrin, 1 (Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila.). 

Natural History—tThe time of breeding and number of young is 
indicated by the following data, taken from specimens in the Museum 
of Vertebrate Zoology : female, no. 18497, taken near Vacaville, Solano 


a 


f the Bats of Californ 


A Synopsis o 


Grinnell 


1918] 


MEASUREMEN'TS IN MILLIMETERS OF SIXTEEN 


Mus. 
no. 


6937 
5161 
16669 
14648 
14646 
18494 
6684 
6681 
6683 
6682 
5162 
5164 
14647 
18497 
18496 
18495 


+0 +0 +0 +0 40 40 40 10 1010 0,0,0,0,0, 0, 


Locality 


Rubio Wash, near Pasadena, Los Angeles Co. 


Grapevine Canon, near Ft. Tejon, Kern Co, 
Cuyama Valley, San Luis Obispo Co. 
Raymond, Madera Co. 

Raymond, Madera Co. 

Butte Slough, 1 mi. west Butte, Sutter Co. 
San Francisquito Cafion, Los Angeles Co. 
Grapevine Canon, near Ft. Tejon, Kern Co. 
Rubio Wash, nr. Pasadena, Los Angeles Co. 
Pasadena, Los Angeles Co. 

Rubio Wash, nr. Pasadena, Los Angeles Co. 
Escondido, San Diego Co. 

Raymond, Madera Co. 

3 mi. west Vacaville, Solano Co. 

Rumsey, Yolo Co. 

Rumsey, Yolo Co. 


ADULT SPECIMENS OF PIPISTRELLUS 


Foot 


yas 


a) 


2s 


cor) 


al 
ooo nooo co oe 


AS 


co © Forearm 


re) 


bo bo 


27.5 


bo 
oe 
So 


po 
4 
Nn 


29.0 
30.0 
29.0 
28.0 
30.6 
30.6 
29.0 
30.0 


30.8 
28.8 


length of 
cranium 


oo oO 


me » Greatest 


ee 


~a ~ Zygomatic 
ti “breadth 


7.3 
6.8 


7.7 


8.0 
8.0 
7.8 
8.0 
7.7 
7.5 
8.0 
7.8 


brain-case 


i» to 


i) Ge 
S tw 


co o Interorbital 


HESPERUS MERRIAMI (DOBSON), FROM CALIFORNIA 


constriction 


te 


3.5 
3.4 


314 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


County, July 2, 1912, two embryos; female, no. 18495; taken at Rum- 
sey, Yolo County, June 24, 1912, two embryos. Two examples of the 
Merriam bat secured by Dixon at Limekiln, Eldorado County, August 
2, 1916, weighed as follows: no. 24216, female, 4 grams; no. 24217, 


male, 3.5 grams. 


Genus Eptesicus Rafinesque 


According to Miller (1907, p. 208) this genus is represented in 
Africa, Madagascar, Australia, Asia (except the Malay region), and 
America from southern Canada southward (except the Lesser An- 
tilles). About forty-five species belonging to this genus are known. 
In North America only one species, consisting of several races, is 
known to exist. Among the species of the Vespertilionine group 
oceurring in California the one belonging to the genus Eptesicus may 
be readily distinguished by its comparatively large size (total length, 
105 to 122 millimeters), reduced dental formula, and nearly uniform 
brown coloration of the body. 


99) — = 2! 
Characters ——Dental formula: 1 —— sl II Se 


5-9) iar PM g=o) Masa 
Upper incisors both well developed, the outer one much the smaller, 
reaching barely to cingulum of inner one. Lower incisors almost 
uniform in size, forming a closely crowded convex row between the 
canines, with their crowns overlapping; the crowns tri-lobed, and that 
of the outermost slightly the largest. Canines, both above and below 
simple, each with distinct cingulum but no secondary cusp. Height 
of single upper premolar exceeds that of any molar. First lower 
premolar about half the size of the second. 

Skull flattened above; angle between brain-case and rostrum 
slight; sagittal crest conspicuous. (See pl. 23, fig. 52; pl. 24, fig. 60). 

Ears short (17 to 20 millimeters in height from meatus) and some- 
what narrower than long; basal lobe well developed but not excessively 
large, being in length about half height of tragus. Tragus straight, 
short (7 to 9 millimeters in height), and directed slightly forward, 
broadest near middle, and tapering to a slightly blunted point. Mem- 
branes nearly naked. Mammae two. 


Eptesicus fuscus (Peale and Beauvois) 
Large Brown Bat 


Vespertila fuscus Peale and Beauvois (1796, p. 14). Original description ; 
type locality, Philadelphia. 

Scotophilus fuscus, H. Allen (1864, pp. 31-35, figs. 27-29). Deseription; 
nomenclature; specimens listed from San Francisco and Posa Creek. 

Scotophilus fuscus, Cooper (1868, p. 5). Distribution. 


1918] 


Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 315 


Scotophilus fuscus, Cooper (in Cronise, 1868, p. 442). Occurrence in Cali- 
fornia. 

Vesperugo serotinus var. B, Dobson (1878, pp. 191-194). Description; 
specimen listed from Monterey. 

Vesperugo serotinus, C. H. Townsend (1887, p. 182). Record of two 
specimens secured at northeast base of Mt. Shasta, Siskiyou County. 
Adelonycteris fuscus, H. Allen (1894, pp. 112-121, pls. 15-17). Deserip- 

tion; habits; specimens listed from Santa Barbara and San Francisco. 

Vespertilio fuscus, Miller (1897b, pp. 96-99, figs. 24-26). Description; 
distribution; many California localities. 

Vespertilio fuscus, Merriam (1899, p. 87). Occurrence on Mt. Shasta. 

Vespertilio fuscus, Elliot (1901, p. 410). Diagnosis; distribution. 

Eptesicus fuscus bernardinus Rhoads (1901, pp. 618-619). Original 
description of supposed new form from San Bernardino Valley; dis- 
tribution. 

Vespertilio fuscus bernardinus, Miller and Rehn (1903, p. 122). Type 
locality. 

Vespertilio fuscus, Elliot (1904a, p. 320). Record stations in California. 

Eptesicus fuscus bernardinus, Elliot (1904b, p. 589). Distribution; gen- 
eral characters. 

Eptesicus fuscus, Stone (1904a, p. 579). Occurrence at Sanhedrin Moun- 
tain, Mendocino County. 

Eptesicus fuscus melanopterus Rehn (in Stone, 1904b, pp. 590-591). Orig- 
inal description of supposed new form from Mt. Tallac, Eldorado 
County. 

Vespertilio fuscus melanopterus, Elliot (1905, p. 483). Distribution; gen- 
eral characters. 

Vespertilio fuscus bernardinus, Elliot (1905, p. 483). Distribution; gen- 
eral characters. 

Eptesicus fuscus bernardinus, Stephens (1906, p. 270). Diagnosis; dis- 
tribution. 

Eptesicus fuscus melanopterus, Stephens (1906, pp. 270-271). Diagnosis; 
distribution. 

Vespertilio fuscus, Elliot (1907, pp. 509-510). Localities of capture in 
California: Panamint Mountains; Fort Tejon; Mount Whitney. 

Vespertilio fuscus, J. Grinnell (1908, p. 159). Occurrence in the San 
Bernardino Mountains. 

Vespertilio fuscus bernardinus, J. Grinnell (1908, p. 159). Discussion 
of validity of subspecies. 

Eptesicus fuscus, Seton (1909, p. 1179). Map showing actual record 
stations and hypothetical range. 

[Eptesicus fuscus| bernardinus, Seton (1909, p. 1179). Map showing 
actual record stations and hypothetical range. 

[Eptesicus fuscus] melanopterus, Seton (1909, p. 1179). Map showing 
actual record stations and hypothetical range. 

Eptesicus fuscus melanopterus, Miller (1912, p. 62). - Type locality. 

Eptesicus fuscus bernardinus, Miller (1912, p. 62). Type locality. 

Eptesicus fuscus fuscus, J. Grinnell (1913b, p. 280). Range in California. 

Eptesicus fuscus fuscus, Grinnell and Swarth (1913, pp. 381-382). As 
occurring in the San Jacinto Mountains. 

Eptesicus fuscus, J. Grinnell (1914, p. 268). As occurring along the 
Colorado River. 


316 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


Diagnosis.—Size medium (total length 107 to 122 millimeters) ; . 
ear about 18 millimeters in height, its width slightly less than two- 
thirds of height; tragus two-thirds height of ear, tapermg, and 
directed slightly forwards. Color, varying dorsally from raw umber 
to vandyke brown, ventrally from pale wood brown to light bister. 

Description: Head.—Muzzle short and broad, greatest width of 
rostrum almost equaling its length. Nostrils elliptical in shape and 
directed outward and slightly downward; region between them 
slightly coneave. Hye small and inconspicuous and situated above 
posterior angle of mouth. A tumid, glandular area, some three or 
four millimeters in width, occupies entire space between nostril and 
eye on each side of head and adds to apparent width of rostrum, Ear 
short, reaching barely to nostril when laid forward. (See pl. 18, 
fig. 13.) 

Limbs and Membranes.—Wing short and broad (text-fig. E), 
length of fifth metacarpal almost equaling that of third. Wing 
membrane attached to foot a little beyond bases of toes. Free edge 
of interfemoral membrane a little shorter than calear and terminating 
at base of next to last caudal vertebra. Foot more than half length 
of tibia. Calear slightly longer than foot, keeled on its outer edge, 
and terminating in a faintly defined lobe. 

Pelage—F ur everywhere full and soft; on dorsal surface of body 
about 7 millimeters in length, on ventral surface slightly shorter. 
Ears furred only on basal third of outer surface; scantily sprinkled 
with hairs over most of inner surface, these hairs being most numerous 
near anterior border of auricle. Dorsal surface of wing naked, save 
for narrow strip of fur continuous with fur of body. Ventral surface 
of wing membrane furred in a manner similar to that of dorsal sur- 
face. Interfemoral membrane furred only at its extreme base above; 
but below, scattering hairs extend almost to tip of tail. Toes scantily 
clothed, both above and below, with very fine, short hairs. 

Color.—The color varies considerably, skins from even a single 
locality exhibiting a wide range. An average condition of coloration 
is shown by a brown bat taken at Kenworthy, in the San Jacinto 
Mountains, in May, 1908, as follows: above, bases of hairs dark seal 
brown, their distal two-thirds raw umber; hairs on throat pale wood 
brown; rest of fur-on lower surface pale seal brown on basal half, the 
distal half pale wood brown. Ears and membranes blackish. 

Skull and Tecth—As deseribed for the genus. 

Measurements—Average and extreme measurements in milli- 
meters of a series of ten brown bats in the Museum of Vertebrate 
Zoology are as follows: five males: total length, 109.8 (extremes 
107.0-112.0) ; tail vertebrae, 43.8 (38.0-47.0) ; tibia, 16.9 (16.0-17.5) ; 
foot, 9.0 (8.0-10.0); forearm, 44.1 (43.8-44.9); greatest length of 
cranium, 18.3 (17.9-18.8) ; five females: total length, 116.1 (110.0- 
119.0) ; tail vertebrae, 45.3 (43.0-48.0) ; tibia, 17.3 (16.4-18.0) ; foot, 
10.0 (9.0-12.0) ; forearm, 46.2 (42.9-49.0) ; greatest length of skull, 
19.0 (18.8-19.4). 

A comparison of the above figures will show that the females aver- 
age somewhat larger than the males. 


ud 


{ the Bats of Californ 


ynopsis o 


A & 


Grinnell 


1918} 


MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS OF TWENTY-ONE ADULT EXAMPLES OF EPTESICUS FUSCUS (PEALE 


Mus. 
no. 


1864 
5173 


5177 
5179 
5176 
5141 
20813 
18499 
8904 
11840 
2246 
6688 
6697 
6942 
5144 
10697 
14649 
18498 
20814 
11841 
11842 


ive} 
o 
* 


+0 +0 +0 40 40 40 40 1010 1010 E,0Q,Q QQ Q0Q,Q AQ 


Locality 
Kenworthy, San Jacinto Mts. 
S. Fork Santa Ana River, San Bernar- 
dino Mts. 
Cushenbury Springs, San Bernardino Mts. 
Bluff Lake, San Bernardino Mts. 
Bluff Lake, San Bernardino Mts. 
Mt. Pinos, 6500 ft., Ventura Co. 
1 mi. west Guerneville, Sonoma Co. 
Rumsey, Yolo Co. 
Sherwood, Mendocino Co. 
Eureka, Humboldt Co. 
Hemet Lake, San Jacinto Mts. 
Arroyo Seco, near Pasadena 
Arroyo Seco, near Pasadena 
Arroyo Seco, near Pasadena 
Fort Tejon, Kern Co. 
Pilot Knob, Colorado River 
Raymond, Madera Co. 
Mill Creck, 2 mi. N.E. Tehama, Tehama Co. 
1 mi. west Guerneville, Sonoma Co. 
Eureka, Humboldt Co. 
Yureka, Humboldt Co. 


108.0 
111.0 
112.0 
107.0 
110.0 
112.0 
124.0 
112.0 
112.0 
119.0 
110.0 
118.0 
116.0 
119.0 
107.0 
116.0 
119.0 
120.0 
122.0 
120.0 


vertebrae 


i Daal 


44.0 
38.0 
47.0 
45.0 
46.0 
44.0 
52.0 
45.0 
50.0 
48.0 
43.0 
45.0 
47.0 
45.0 
44.0 
48.0 
46.0 
49.0 
53.0 
49.0 


reatest 
length of 
cranium 


uo G 


SS 
_ 


17.8 
18.4 
18.8 
18.0 
18.5 
18.9 
19.1 
19.2 
19.5 
19.0 
19.0 
18.8 
19.4 
18.8 
18.3 
19.2 
19.2 
19.8 
20.4 
20.0 


Zygomatic 
breadth 


11.8 


Breadth of 
brain-case 


oO 
bo 


9.5 
9.4 
9.3 
9.4 
9.4 
10.4 
10.0 
9.8 
MY) 
10.0 
9.5 
10.0 
10.1 
10.0 
9.6 
OFT 
10.1 
10.2 
10.2 
10.2 


AND BEAUVOIS), FROM CALIFORNIA 


+ Interorbital 
< constriction 


f=) 


4.7 
4.6 


318 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou.17 


Synonymy and History—The brown bat was described by Peale 
and Beauvois (1796, p. 14) under the name Vespertila (perhaps mis- 
print for Vespertilio) fuscus from material collected at Philadelphia, 
Pennsylvania. 

Eptesicus fuscus bernardinus was described by Rhoads (1901, 
p. 619) from a single specimen taken near San Bernardino, California. 


‘ 


This individual is described as ‘‘pallid bistre above, brownish drab 
below; .. . wing membranes and ears in bernardinus very dark.”’ 
Eptesicus fuscus melanopterus was described by Rehn (in Stone, 
19046, pp. 590-591) from five specimens obtained at Mount Tallac, 
“‘above rather 
dark cinnamon, lightest on the top of the head and at the shoulders. 


Under surface reddish wood brown. Membranes and face deep 


Eldorado County, California. The color is given as 


blackish.’’ 

As explained beyond, under General Remarks, the latter two 
names had best be kept in synonymy until better reasons have been 
brought forward than have so far been advanced for the recognition 
of more than one subspecies within the state. 

Distribution.—The range of this species extends over the whole 
of the United States and into British Columbia (Miller, 1897), p. 96). 
In California it oeeurs chiefly in the Upper Sonoran and Transition 
zones, where it has been found practically throughout the state. (See 
map, text-fig. Q.). 

Specimens Examined.—The writer has examined 278 specimens 
of the large brown bat from the following localities in California: 
Siskiyou County: Kangaroo Creek, 3; Mt. Shasta, 6 (U. 8. Nation. 
Mus., 3; Mus. Vert. Zool., 3); Shasta County: near Baird Station, 4 
(Mus. Vert. Zool., 1; U. C. Dept. Zool., 3); Potter Creek Cave, 2 
(U. C. Dept. Zool.) ; Humboldt County: Eureka, 8; Mendocino 
County: Sherwood, 2; Covelo, 1; Mt. Sanhedrin, 2 (Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila.) ; Tehama County: Mill Creek, 1; Yolo County: Rumsey, 1; 
Sacramento County: Folsom, 1 (Mus. Comp. Zool.) ; Colusa County : 
Snow Mountain, 1 (Stanford Univ.) ; Nevada County: Nevada City, 6 
(U. S. Biol. Surv.) ; Placer County: Colfax, 8 (Stanford Univ.) ; 
Eldorado County: Mt. Tallae, 5 (Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.) ; Fyffe, 13; 
Limekiln, 6; Echo, 1 (Stanford Univ.); Placerville, 3 (Stanford 
Univ.) ; Fallen Leaf Lake, 1; Sonoma County: Cloverdale, 1 (U. 8. 
Nation. Mus.) ; Cazadero, 1; Guerneville, 3; Marin County: Nieasio, 
24 (U. S. Nation. Mus.); Alameda County: Sunol, 1 (U. S. Biol. 
Surv.) ; Niles Canon, 2 (Calif. Acad. Sei.) ; San Mateo County: Pes- 


1918 | Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 319 


eadero Creek, 3; Santa Clara County: Mountain View, 1 (Stanford 
Univ.) ; Monterey County: Monterey, 5; Pacific Grove; 1 (Stanford 
Univ.) ; Mariposa County: Yosemite Valley, 7 (U.S. Nation. Mus., 3; 
Mus. Vert. Zool., 4) ; Mereed Lake, 7; Madera County: Raymond, 1; 


So 


G 


ep 
! 


@ EPTESICUS FUSCUS 


oe 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, 


g. Q. Map showing stations of occurrence in California of Eptesicus fuscus, 
as SE oined by specimens examined by the author. This species is most wide- 
ranging of all Californian bats. 


Tulare County: Little Kern River, 3 (U.S. Biol. Surv.) ; Whitney 
Meadows, 1; Taylor Meadow, 1; Trout Creek, 6; Kern County: Posa 
Creek, 2 (U. 8. Nation. Mus.) ; head of Kelso Valley, 1; Fay Creek, 2; 
Kernville, 1 (U. S. Biol. Surv.) ; Walker Basin, 4 (U.S. Biol. Surv.) ; 
Kern Lakes, 1 (U. 8. Biol. Surv.) ; Tehachapi, 1 (U. S. Biol. Surv.) ; 


320 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


Fort Tejon, 3; Ventura County: Mount Pinos, 3; San Bernardino 
County: Providence Mountains, 2 (U. S. Biol. Surv.) ; San Bernar- 
dino Valley, 1 (Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.) ; San Bernardino Mountains, 
31; Los Angeles County: near Pasadena, 14; west fork of San Gabriel 
River, 1; Orange County: Trabuco Canon, 1; Riverside County: 
Riverside, 1 (Stanford Univ.); San Jacinto, 32 (Stanford Univ.) ; 
San Jacinto Mountains, 10; San Diego County: Escondido, 2; Foster, 
1; Cuyamaca Mountains, 6; San Felipe Canon, 2; Julian, 5; Pine 
Valley, 4 (U. S. Nation. Mus.) ; Dulzura, 2 (U. S. Nation. Mus.) ; 
Imperial County: Colorado River near Pilot Knob, 1; Palo Verde, 1. 

Natural History. J. Grinnell (1908, p. 159) reports the brown 
bat to have been the most common and generally distributed bat in 
the San Bernardino Mountains in the summers of 1905, 1906, and 
1907. It came out early in the evening, often soon after sundown, 
and proved easy to secure by shooting. Specimens taken in August 


were excessively fat. 

At Guerneville, Sonoma County, where three specimens were 
secured in the summer of 1913, these bats were invariably seen flying 
slowly and steadily high over the canon bed, whereas the hoary bats 
flew low over the meadows, and the little California bats zigzagged 
in and out close about the tops of the young redwood growth. The 
large size and slow, steady flight of this bat render it comparatively 
easy to secure by shooting; hence the abundance of specimens in 
collections misrepresents its actual relative abundance among the 
various species of bats in the wild. 

Bailey (1905, p. 211), when recording the large brown bat from 
Texas, states that he found two lower jaws of this bat, among numer- 
ous other bones, in pellets under the nest of a great horned owl. 

Three females in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, each con- 
taining a single embryo, were secured on the following dates: April 
22, June 10, and June 25. Adult females secured by Dixon at Fyffe, 
Eldorado County, between July 19 and 31, were considered by him 
(MS) as having ceased to nurse their young. 

General Remarks——An examination of a series of 278 specimens 
of the large brown bat, taken in California, shows the probable exist- 
ence of two or even three races within the state. Specimens from the 
humid coast belt of northwestern California average very much 
darker than a series from the southeastern part of the state; yet 
individual variation is so great that until a much larger series of 
specimens becomes available for comparison it is impossible to define 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 821 


limits of range satisfactorily. For example, five specimens of EH ptesi- 
cus fuscus in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, selected because 
of their close resemblance in color (bright buffy brown above, pale 
avellaneous beneath) were found to have come from the following 
widely separated localities: No. 2778, Julian, San Diego County; 
no. 6959, San Bernardino Mountains, San Bernardino County; no. 
5145, near Pasadena, Los Angeles County; no. 5141, Mt. Pinos, 
Ventura County; no. 3286, Mt. Shasta, Siskiyou County. 

In the original description of EF. f. bernardinus (from a single 
specimen taken in the ‘‘San Bernardino Valley’’), Rhoads (1901, 
p- 619) remarks that ‘‘a series of four specimens from the same 
collector taken in the ‘San Bernardino Mts.’ in September, 1893, 
shows that the mountain form is inseparable from fuscus; one of 
these, however, is a perfect intergrade.”’ I have examined Rhoads’ 
type (no. 8247, ¢, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.) and find it well within 
the range of individual variation of specimens from the San Bernar- 
dino Mountains, and darker than the two specimens at hand from the 
Colorado River. 

J. Grinnell (1908, p. 159) comments as follows upon a series of 
skins of the large brown bat taken in the San Bernardino Mountains: 

The series of thirty skins secured shows much variation in depth of color. 
Some are very light-colored, and these agree with Rhoads’ subspecies bernardinus. 
But others are as dark as the darkest I have seen from elsewhere in central and 
southern California, so that I cannot perceive the existence of a race bernardinus 


if it is to be based on color characters alone; unless it be that all California 
examples differ from the eastern animal. 


Grinnell and Swarth (1913, p. 382) remark concerning a series 
of nine large brown bats taken in the San Jacinto Mountains: ‘‘The 
specimens taken show much variation in color, and the remarks made 
in regard to a series from the San Bernardino Mountains apply here.’’ 

J. Grinnell (1914, p. 268) says of a single example of Eptesicus 
fuscus taken by the Colorado River expedition on the California side 
of the river near Pilot Knob: 


The specimen secured (no. 10697) is an adult female. It appears to differ 
in small size and extreme paleness from the average of the species from California. 
It about equals in the latter respect the palest out of a series of ninety brown 
bats from the Pacific slope of California. The color dorsally is uniform isabella 
color, ventrally pale wood brown. Measurements: length 107 mm., tail vertebrae 
44, foot 9, forearm 42.5, longest finger 72, ear (dry) 12. The skull, too, is 
appreciably small. 

A general inspection of the Museum’s series of this species from California 
points towards the existence within the state of at least three geographic races 


322 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou.17 


based on size and depth of color. But so much of the total area is unrepresented 
by specimens that systematic analysis at this time seems inadvisable. 


Stone (1904a, p. 579) says of two specimens, male and female, of 
Eptesicus fuscus taken at Mount Sanhedrin, California: ‘‘These speci- 
mens are identical with topotypes of HZ. fuscus from Philadelphia.”’ 

Rehn (in Stone, 1904b, p. 590) states that H. f. melanopterus 
which he describes from Mount Tallae 


.is no doubt closest related to f. osceola than any of the form[s] of fuscus. 
The original series of the former has been examined in this connection, and the 
differential characters were drawn from it. The relationship with true fuscus 
is not so close as an examination of a series of thirty specimens from, or within 
a radius of, twenty miles of the type locality shows. No close relationship exists 
with E. f. bernardinus Rhoads, which is a very pale type quite different from 
any of the forms here considered. 


I have examined the type and four paratypes of EF. f. melanop- 
terus, which are in the Academy of Sciences of Philadelphia, and find 
them very nearly uniform in coloration with, and well within the 
range of individual color variation in, series of specimens from else- 
where in the United States and Canada. As Rehn states (loc. cit.), 
the skull is identical with that of the typical form. 

Taking all the above testimony into consideration I feel that the 
subspecifie splitting of Hptesicus fuscus in California is a difficult 
problem, and one which should not be undertaken until abundant 
material is available for comparison, from elsewhere in the United 
States and from the adjoining provinces of Canada and Mexico. 


Genus Nycteris Borkhausen 


This genus ranges from Central America north to the limits of 
tree growth in northern North Ameriea. It occurs also on the Greater 
Antilles, and on the Bahama; Galapagos and Hawaiian islands (Mil- 
ler, 1907, p. 221). Two distinet species are known to occur north of 
Panama, one of which is divisible into at least five geographic races. 


2 lll a ‘1 ee 3-3 

Characters—Dental formula: 1 303" 1 PMo-9> Mg79 = 82. 
Upper incisors only two, short and ee ge oa converging at 
tips; height from cingulum to tip of crown less than twice greatest 
diameter. of tooth. Lower incisors all closely alike, the shafts being 
widely separated and columnar in form; crowns abruptly widened, 
being at their bases twice width of shafts; crowns trilobed and imbri- 
cated; outer pair of lower incisors closely crowded against bases of 
canines. Canines well developed, the upper slightly the larger. 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 323 


Anterior upper premolar minute, and crowded into inner angle be- 
tween canine and large second premolar. First lower premolar 
scarcely half height of second. Cusps of lower molars more devel- 
oped than those of upper molars. 

Skull short and broad, greatest width at least two-thirds its length. 
Rostrum about two-thirds length of brain-case, and sloping abruptly 
downward from it anteriorly. (See pl. 23, figs. 49, 51; pl. 24, figs. 
57, 59.) Auditory bullae greater in diameter than space between 
them. Zygomatiec arches not expanded. Ear short and rounded; 
when laid forward reaching barely to mouth. Fifth finger much 
shorter than third, the difference between them about equaling length 
of thumb. Interfemoral membrane very large; most of its upper 
surface furred; length of tail vertebrae exceeding that of forearm. 
Mammae four. 


Nycteris borealis teliotis (11. Allen) 
Western Red Bat 


Lasiurus noveboracensis, H. Allen (1864, pp. 15-20, figs. 13-17), part. 
Description; general distribution. 

Lasiurus noveboracensis, Cooper (1868, p. 5). Distribution. 

Lasiurus noveboracensis, Cooper (in Cronise, 1868, p. 442). Occurrence 
in California. 

Atalapha teliotis H. Allen (1891, pp. 5-7). Original description of the 
subspecies found in California; precise type locality unknown. 

Atalapha noveboracensis, Bryant (1891a, p. 358). Nominal. 

Atalapha teliotis, Bryant (1891b, p. 113). Nominal. 

Atalapha teliotis, Bryant (1892, p. 219). Nominal. 

Atalapha teliotis, H. Allen (1894, pp. 153-155, pls. 27-28). Description. 

Lasiurus borealis teliotis, Miller (1897b, pp. 110-111, figs. 29-30). De- 
scription; general distribution. 

Lasiurus borealis teliotis, Elliot (1901, p. 415). Diagnosis; general dis- 
tribution. 

Lasiurus borealis teliotis, Miller and Rehn (1901, p. 262). Type locality 
(California). 

Lasiurus borealis teliotis, Rehn (in Stone, 1904b, p. 591). Record of 
capture at Linden, San Joaquin County, June 2, 1898. 

Lasiurus borealis teliotis, Elliot (1904b, pp. 593-594). Distribution; 
diagnosis. 

Lasiurus borealis teliotis, Elliot (1905, p. 486). Distribution. 

Lasiurus borealis teliotis, Stephens (1906, p. 271, 1 fig. in text). Deserip- 
tion; distribution. 

Lasiurus borealis teliotis, Elliot (1907, p. 513).  Reeord of specimen 
taken at Monterey. 

Lasiurus borealis teliotis, Lyon and Osgood (1909, p. 277). Nature and 
location of type. 

Lasiurus borealis teliotis, Seton (1909, p. 1185). Map showing record 
stations and hypothetical range. 

Nycteris borealis teliotis, Miller (1912, p. 64). General range. 

Nycteris borealis teliotis, J. Grinnell (1913b, p. 280). Range in Cali- 
fornia. 


324 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


Diagnosis —Size medium (forearm 34 to 41.8 millimeters long) ; 
whole dorsal surface of interfemoral membrane furred; color ranging 
from rufous red or fawn to yellowish gray, some of the hairs tipped 
with whitish. 

Description: Head.—Muzzle short and broad; nostrils directed 
outward and downward, apertures in an alcoholic specimen 2 milli- 
meters apart. Eye small and inconspicuous. A glandular swelling 
on each side of head between nostril and eye. In an alcoholic speci- 
men the ears when laid forward reach barely to the mouth. Anterior 
border of ear strongly but irregularly convex from free point of 
anterior basal lobe to tip; through this portion of its periphery it 
forms almost a semicircle. Posterior border of ear concave from tip 
to one-third distance to posterior basal lobe, and convex on remaining 
two-thirds. Tragus slightly more than half height of ear, and tri- 
angular in general outline with tip directed forwards. 

Limbs and Membranes——Wing attached at base of toes. Foot 
less than half leneth of tibia; claws stronely curved. Calear slender, 
about twice as long as foot and considerably shorter than free border 
of interfemoral membrane; not lobed at tip in the specimens at 
hand. Tail unusually long (5 to 15 millimeters longer than forearm) 
and enclosed to extreme tip in interfemoral membrane (pl. 18, fig. 14). 

Pelage.—¥ ur everywhere full and soft; longest on dorsal surface 
between shoulders, where the maximum length is about 10 millimeters. 
Ear furred only on basal two-thirds of its dorsal surface; ventral 
surface of ear scantily haired along borders; otherwise naked. Fur 
on dorsal surface of wing continuous with that on body to a line 
running from ankle jomt to about middle of humerus; otherwise 
naked save for three small patches of hair, the first lying at base 
of thumb, the second extending along both sides of basal third of 
fifth metacarpal, and the third occupying anterior angle formed by 
junction of radius and humerus; ventral surface of wing membrane 
furred from just behind anterior border to a line extending from 
knee joint to basal third of third metacarpal. The fur constituting 
this strip is thicker and longer at the base of the fifth metacarpal 
than elsewhere. Whole dorsal surface of interfemoral membrane 
furred; but its ventral surface furred only at extreme base. Dorsal 
surface of toes furred. 

Color.—Hairs black at bases, except on face, chin, and membranes. 
In general, hairs on face and chin are yellowish, tipped with rufous. 
Hairs on back black for 1.5 millimeters from base; sueceeding 7 milli- 
meters pale yellowish; distal to this a rufous band about 1 millimeter 
wide, followed by an ashy tip of 0.5 millimeter. Ashy tips often 
lacking on posterior portion of back, as also on dorsal surface of inter- 
femoral membrane. On the latter area the black at bases of the hairs 
may also be wanting. 

IT am informed by Messrs. Miller and Hollister of the United States 
National Museum that in the eastern red bat the males are, on the 
average, brighter colored than the females, it being possible in most 
specimens to determine the sex by color alone. I find that this does 
not hold true with our western subspecies. McAtee (1907, p. 8) men- 
tions the resemblance of an individual of the eastern red bat to a 
withered leaf caught among the twigs of a tree. This suggests a 
protective value for the reddish brown color of our species. 


nia 325 


f the Bats of Califor 


: A Synopsis o 


Grinnell 


1918] 


MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS OF ELEVEN 


Mus. 
no. 


3277 
4048 
4049 
4674 
5146 
6958 
18794 
16598 
16670 
21438 
24327 


Sex 


+0 +0 +0 +0 Og Og A OY AA OG OW 


Locality 
Berkeley, Alameda Co. 
Westley, Stanislaus Co. 
Westley, Stanislaus Co. 
Napa, Napa Co. 
Pasadena, Los Angeles Co. 
Glendora, Los Angeles Co. 
Escondido, San Diego Co. 
Live Oak, Sutter Co. 
Cuyama Valley, San Luis Obispo 
Fresno, Fresno Co. 
Fresno, Fresno Co. 


Specimens or NYCTERIS BOREALIS TELIOTIS (H. ALLEN), FROM CALIFORNIA 


Co. 


106.0 

99.0 
105.0 
109.0 
111.0 
110.0 


vertebrae 


Tail 


eranium 


ygomatic 


breadth 


a) 


wo OZ 
cS) 


re) 


“ Breadth of 


NNAN 
om NO © bprain-case 


a 
fo) 


7.5 
7.5 
7.7 
7.5 
8.0 


= Interorbital 
constriction 


hes ee obra 
SRO 


n 


4.5 
4.3 


326 Umiversity of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


Skull—As described for the genus. May always be distinguished 
from that of Nycteris cinerea, by its decidedly smaller size (pl. 23, 
fig. 51, and pl. 24, fig. 59). The average skull length of the examples 
of cinerea in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology is 17.5 millimeters, 
while that of the series of teliotis is but 12.5 millimeters. 

Measurements.—Average and extreme measurements in milli- 
meters of a series of 11 specimens in the Museum of Vertebrate 
Zoology are as follows: Total length, 104.5 (extremes, 98.0-111.0) ; 
tail vertebrae, 50.5 (42.0-60.0); tibia, 18.5 (17.0-19.7); foot, 8.5 
(6.0-11.0) ; forearm, 38.7 (34.0-41.3) ; greatest length of skull, 12.5 
(12.0-13.1). 

Synonymy and History—This bat was described by H. Allen 
(1891, pp. 5-7) under the name Atalapha teliotis. The description was 


based on a poor specimen without data, but presumably taken in 
southern California. This type is now number 84555, in the United 
States National Museum (Lyon and Osgood, 1909, p. 277). 

Distribution—The general range of Nycteris borealis teliotis is 
given by Miller (1912, p. 64) as follows: ‘‘From the head of Sacra- 
mento Valley, California, south to Comondu, Lower California.’’ 
J. Grinnell (19130, p. 280) gives the California range in winter and 
spring as Sacramento and San Joaquin valleys, from Sutter County 
southwards, and throughout the San Diegan district. (See map, 
text-fig. R.) A study of the dates of capture of California red bats 
leads the present writer to infer that the sexes separate during the 
summer months, the females remaining in the Lower Sonoran zone, 
while the males migrate into the Upper Sonoran and Transition zones. 

Among certain species of birds the males withdraw from the 
breeding grounds in early summer and forage elsewhere, often at 
higher elevations. Their departure relieves congestion in the nesting 
area and leaves a greater food-supply for the females and young. 
A study of the summer distribution of red bats in California leads 
one to believe that a similar habit exists among these vertebrates 
also. Of the red bats listed, with dates of capture, in the accompany- 
ing table, the nineteen adult females taken between April 15 and 
August 1 are all recorded from the Lower Sonoran zone; whereas 
of the four adult males taken during the same time of the year 
three are from the Transition zone and the fourth from the Upper 
Sonoran. All winter records of red bats, of both sexes, are from the 
two Sonoran zones. : 

Specimens Examined.—The writer has examined 56 examples of 
this bat from California. Since the seasonal movements of the Cali- 
fornia red bat have not been fully worked out, it seems pertinent to 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 327 


give here the date as well as locality of capture of each specimen. 
The entire list appears on an accompanying table. 

Natural History —The western red bat is a solitary, tree-dwelling 
species. It spends its days hanging in foliage. Stephens (1906, 


nN 


OAPAN i Pk 
pri Eek) 


@ NYCTERIS BOREALIS TELIOTIS 


& NYCTERIS CINEREA 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNLA, 


Fig. R. Map showing stations of occurrence in California of Nycteris borealis 
teliotis and Nycteris cinerea, as established by specimens examined by the author. 


p. 271) states that all that he has seen were found in spring or summer 
hanging in fruit trees in orchards. 

One of the western red bats in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology 
(no. 18794) was found hanging among the evergreen leaves of an 
orange tree near Escondido, San Diego County, October 8, 1912. 


328 


University of California Publications in Zoology 


[Vou. 17 


TaBLeE SHow1ne Locavities (ARRANGED FROM NorTH TO SoUTH) AND DATES OF 
CAPTURE OF NYCTERIS BOREALIS TELIOTIS (H. ALLEN) IN CALIFORNIA 


No 


Sex 


65375 Biol. Surv. dad. 


23897 


16599 
16600 
16598 

4674 


6974 Amer. Mus. 
11675 Phila. Acad. 


24176 
24177 
24178 
24179 

3277 


132344 Biol. Surv. 


23898 


U. C. Dept. Zool. 


105250 Nat. Mus. 


Stanford Univ. 
Stanford Univ. 
Stanford Univ. 


Stanford Univ. 


Stanford Univ. 


Stanford Uniy. 
Stanford Uniy. 
4048 
4049 
21438 
21514 
21515 
21516 
21902 
21903 
21904 
21905 
21906 
21907 
21908 
21909 
21910 
21911 
21912 
21913 
21914 


g 


9 ad. 
9 ad. 
ad. 
od ad. 
dad. 
@ ad. 
9 juv. 


J ad. 
° ad. 


Jo ad. 


dad. 


dad. 
dad. 
dad. 
dad. 
@ ad. 
© ad. 
© ad. 
° ad. 
° ad. 
© ad. 
° ad. 
9 ad. 
? ad. 
° ad. 
3 juv. 
of juv. 
3 juv. 
9 ad. 
3 juv. 
3 juv. 
3 juv. 


Locality 

Tehama Co.: Tehama 
Mendocino Co.: near 

Laytonville 
Yuba Co.: Hammonton 
Yuba Co.: Hammonton 
Sutter Co.: Live Oak 
Napa Co.: Napa 
Marin Co.: Nicasio 
San Joaquin Co,: Linden 
San Joaquin Co.: Stockton 
San Joaquin Co.: Stockton 


- San Joaquin Co.: Stockton 


San Joaquin Co.: Stockton 
Alameda Co.: Berkeley 
Alameda Co.: Haywards 
Alameda Co.: Berkeley 


Alameda Co.: Berkeley 


San Mateo Co.: Colma 

Santa Clara Co.: Palo Alto 
Santa Clara Co.: Palo Alto 
Santa Clara Co.: Stanford 


University 
Santa Clara Co.: 

University 
Santa Clara Co.: 

University 


Stanford 


Stanford 


Santa Clara Co.: Palo Alto 
Santa Clara Co.: San Jose 
Stanislaus Co.: Westley 
Stanislaus Co.: Westley 
Fresno Co.: Fresno 
Fresno Co.: Fresno 
Fresno Co.: Fresno 
Fresno Co.: Fresno 
Fresno Co.: Fresno 
Fresno Co.: Fresno 
Fresno Co.: Fresno 
Fresno Co.: Fresno 
Fresno Co.: Fresno 
Fresno Co.: Fresno 
Fresno Co.: Fresno 
Fresno Co.: Fresno 
Fresno Co.: Fresno 
Fresno Co.: Fresno 
Fresno Co.: Fresno 
Fresno Co.: Fresno 
Fresno Co.: Fresno 


Date 
May 14, 1894 
Apr. 2,1916 


. 15, 1912 


3, 1912 
15, 1908 
26, 1891 

2, 1898 
12, 1915 
12, 1915 
12, 1915 
12, 1915 
22, 1903 
. 28, 1904 
8, 1916 


Oct. 
Aug. 
June 
July 
July 
July 
July 


17, 1898 
. 27,1900 
7, 1893 
12, 1910 

1893 


Jan. 
Sept., 


Sept., 1893 


May 10, 1900 


Oct. 
Feb., 
Feb. 
Feb. 
Apr. 
May 
May 
May 
May 
May 
May 
May 
May 
June 
June 
June 
June 
June 
June 
June 
June 


3, 1893 

1897 
12, 1909 
23, 1909 
3, 1915 
21, 1915 
21, 1915 
21,1915 
28, 1915 
28, 1915 
28, 1915 
28, 1915 
28, 1915 
23, 1915 
23, 1915 
23, 1915 
23, 1915 
23, 1915 
23, 1915 
23, 1915 
23, 1915 


. 15,1912" 


Collector 
C. P. Streator 
F. C. Clarke 


Mrs. F. H. Holden 

Mrs. F. H. Holden 

Mrs. F. H. Holden 

Mrs. F. H. Holden 

A. S. Bunnell 

W. O. Emerson 

Mrs. J. L. Schlis- 
inger 

Miss Reed 

. Hornung 

. G. Buxton 

. O. Snyder 

. M. Stowell 


SUAS 


J. M. Stowell 
O. Jenkins 


W. W. Price 
A. W. Greely 
. Brookey 

. Brookey 

Borell 
Borell 
Borell 
Borell 
and R. 
and R. 
and R. 
and R. 
and R. 
Borell 
Borell 
Borell 
Borell 
Borell 
Borell 
. Borell 
. Borell 


Borell 
Borell 
Borell 
Borell 
Borell 


HHH EPR 


Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 


1918] 329 
No. Sex Locality Date Collector 
31177 Biol. Surv. gad. Tulare Co.: Three Rivers Sept. 16,1891 A. K. Fisher 
16670 Q ad. San Luis Obispo Co.: Apr. 22,1912 J. Grinnell 
Cuyama Valley 
54602 Biol. Surv. Santa Barbara Co.: May 20,1893 H.K. Chamberlain 
Santa Barbara 
30729 Biol. Surv. @Qad. Kern Co.: Bakersfield July 17,1891 V. Bailey 
6958 gad. Los Angeles Co.: Glendora Dec. 10,1903 W. 8. Wood 
187714 Nat. Mus. dad. Los Angeles Co.: Alhambra Dec. 28,1880 E. C. Thurber 
Coll. F. Stephens @ ad. San Bernardino Co.: May 15,1903 F. Stephens 
Warren’s Ranch 
Stanford Univ. gad. Riverside Co.: San Jacinto Noy. 15,1893 E. Hyatt 
18794 dad. San Diego Co.: Escondido Oct. 8,1912 J. Dixon 
2515 Coll. F. dad. San Diego Co.: Witch May 25,1895 F. Stephens 
Stephens Creek 
62870 Nat. Mus. San Diego Co.: Witch June 19,1895 A. W. Anthony 
Creek 
716 Coll. F. Gad. San Diego Co.: Santa Aug. 15,1896 EF. Stephens 
Stephens Ysabel 
60533 Nat.Mus. dad. San Diego Co.: Santa June 15,1892 F. Stephens 
Ysabel 


Another (no. 6958) was found hanging in an orange tree at Glendora, 
Los Angeles County, December 10, 1903. The female red bat (no. 
21488) secured by Adrey Borell at Fresno, April 3, was found hang- 
ing in a mulberry tree in company with ‘‘many’’ more of its kind and 
one hoary bat, which was also captured. 

In some portions of its general range the red bat is migratory, 
while in others it is said to hibernate in vast numbers in caves. The 
latter report needs to be verified. This subject is treated more fully 
under the heading Migration, on page 282. 

In most bats the number of mammae is two, but in the bats of the 
genus Nycteris the number is four. This fact might lead to the 
inference that in this genus there is a greater number of young than 
in other genera. Observations made by Lyon (1903, pp. 425-426) 
and Ward (1905, p. 20) establish the fact that as many as four young 
oceur at a single birth. Lyon records the capture at Washington, 
D. C., of a female eastern red bat weighing 11 grams. Clinging to 
her nipples were four young whose combined weights were 12.7 
grams. Combining his own information with that given by Lyon, 
Ward gives the following summary of observations upon the number 
of young clinging to, or embryos found in, adult females of the 
genus Nycteris: two with one, two with two, three with three, two 
with four. 


330 University of California Publications in Zoology (|Vou.17 


Among the female western red bats in the Museum of Vertebrate 
Zoology are five which contained embryos, and three captured with 
young. Of the former, four contained three embryos each and the 
fifth, two. Each of the three mothers had three young clinging to 
-her. Two of the mothers were found in adjoining peach trees at 
Fresno, June 23, 1915. Of these two, no. 21907, when discovered, 
had three small naked young clinging to her, all males; the young 
clinging to no. 21911 were also all males, but were twice the size of 
the individuals in the other family. The third mother, no. 24179, 
was found at Stockton, on July 12, 1915. The bat was clinging to 
the trunk of a tree one and one-half feet above the ground, with 
her young attached. Her weight was 12.4 grams and the weights 
of her three half-grown young were: two males, 6.5 each; one female, 
6.4; total, 19.4 grams. (See pl. 18, fig. 18.) 


Nycteris cinerea (Peale and Beauvois) 
Hoary Bat 


Vespertilio cinereus Peale and Beauvois (1796, p. 15). Original deserip- 
tion; type locality, Pennsylvania. 

‘Lasiurus cinereus, H. Allen (1864, pp. 21-24, figs. 18-20). Description; 
specimens recorded from Petaluma and Monterey. 

Lasiurus cinereus, Cooper (1868, p. 5). Distribution. 

L{asiurus]. cinereus, Cooper (in Cronise, 1868, p. 442). Occurrence in 
California. 

Atalapha cinerea, Dobson (1878, pp. 272-274). Description; specimen 
listed from Monterey. 

Atalapha cinerea, Bryant (1891a, p. 358). Nominal. 

Atalapha cinerea, H. Allen (1894, pp. 155-162, pls. 29-31). Description. 

Lasiurus cinereus, Miller (1897b, pp. 112-115, figs. 31-82, pl. 3, fig. 4). 
Description; distribution; lists several California localities. 

Lasiurus cinereus, Elliot (1901, p. 413). Diagnosis; general distribution. 


Lasiurus cinereus, Stone (1904b, p. 587). Record of occurrence at Berke- 
ley. 

Lasiurus cinereus, Elliot (1904b, p. 595, fig. 88). Diagnosis; general dis- 
tribution. ; 

Lasiwrus cinereus, Stephens (1906, p. 272).  Deseription; distribution ; 
habits. 


Lasiurus cinereus, Elliot (1907, pp. 513-514). Record of specimen taken 
at Nicasio. 

Lasiurus cinereus, Seton (1909, p. 1193). Map showing record stations 
and hypothetical range. 

Nycteris cinerea, Miller (1912, p. 64). General range. 

Nycteris cinerea, J. Grinnell (1913), p. 280). Range in California. 


Diagnosis—Size large (forearm 49 to 56.6 millimeters long) : 
whole dorsal surface of interfemoral membrane furred; color, yellow- 
ish brown, conspicuously tipped with silvery white. 


1918 | Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 331 


Description: Head.—Muzzle broad; greatest width of rostrum 
about one-half entire length of head (pl. 16, fig. 8). Nostrils direeted 
obliquely outward and slightly downward, and their rims widely 
diverging, tumid; space between them concave and, in dried skins, 
their openings more than 3 millimeters apart. Ear short, about 18 
millimeters in height from meatus, and broad, only 1 millimeter less 
wide than high; external basal lobe about size of tragus and not 
notched on its anterior border; tragus somewhat triangular in outline 
and about half height of ear from crown. 

LTimbs and Membranes—Wings unusually lone (extent almost 
three times total length of body) and narrow; third metacarpal ex- 
ceeding fifth by at least length of thumb (pl. 16, fig. 7). Wings and 
interfemoral membranes attached at bases of toes. Tip of tail in- 
eluded in interfemoral membrane; tail unusually long, length of 
caudal vertebrae exceeding that of forearm by from 4 to 11 milli- 
meters. 

Pelage.—F ur similar to that of red bat, everywhere full and soft, 
and longest on dorsal surface between shoulders, where from 10 to 
12 millimeters in length. Outer side of ear furred on lower half; a 
strip of hair near anterior edge of ventral surface of ear; a squarish 
patch of hairs on ventral surface of ear in front of apex; basal lobe 
furred on outside. Tragus scantily haired on outer surface. Dorsal 
surface of wings furred as follows: a line of fur, continuous with 
that of body and of dorsal surface of interfemoral membrane, extends 
from ankle along surface of wing to anterior edge of antebrachial 
membrane opposite middle of humerus (pl. 17, fig. 10); along each 
side of radius is a scanty growth of short hairs, averaging less than 
1 millimeter in length, except for oblong patch of longer and denser 
fur on proximal fifth of forearm on edge nearest body. Another 
pateh of fur les at the proximal end of the fifth metacarpal; from 
this a scanty line of hairs extends along sides of metacarpal for one- 
third its length. A third patch of fur lies at base of thumb. On 
ventral surface of wing a line of fur continuous with that of body 
extends from knee joint to distal end of radius, where it fills the 
angles between the finger joints and extends outwardly along inner 
edge of third metacarpal for two-thirds its length. Ventral surface 
of antebrachial membrane furred except at its anterior edge. Dorsal 
surface of interfemoral membrane entirely furred, as also the dorsal 
surfaces of the toes. 

Color.—Dorsal surface of rostrum, all hairs on ears, a band about 
8 millimeters wide extending across throat and uniting ears, and 
fur on under surface of wings, near naples yellow; fur on wings 
nearest body, with brownish base. Sides of muzzle, rims of ears, 
and chin, blackish brown. Hairs on whole back and dorsal surface 
of tail seal brown for about 2 millimeters at bases, then light buff 
for another 2 or 3 millimeters, followed by seal brown for about 1.5 
millimeters, and terminated by a white tipping on the distal end of 
each. Bands of buff are missing from hairs on dorsal surface of tail. 

On ventral surface of body a ruff of hairs, similar to those on 
back, encircles throat just posterior to the band of naples yellow. 
Posterior to this the hairs have bases of light seal brown, and tips 
of light buff. On the dorsal surface of the wing the three small 
patches of fur (2 millimeters in diameter) are pale buff in color. 


332 University of California Publications in Zoology  {|Vou.17 


Wing membranes nearest chaetura black, except area on dorsal 
surface directly above furred portion of ventral surface, which is 
light cinnamon brown; specklings of this color extend out onto the 
darker portions of membranes. 

According to Miller (1897), p. 113) the color variation, although 
considerable, is never enough to obscure the characters of the species 
and appears to be wholly independent of locality, certain skins from 
such widely separated regions as Minnesota and southern California 
being practically indistinguishable. 

Skull—sSimilar to that of Nycteris borealis teliotis but larger 
(pl. 28, fig. 49, and pl. 24, fig. 57). In N. b. teliotis the skull length 
varies from 12 to 13.1 millimeters, while in N. cinerea it is from 16.9 
to 18.5 millimeters. 

Measurements—Average and extreme measurements in milli- 
meters of a series of 14 skins in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology 
are as follows: Total length, 135.1 (extremes 128.0-146.0) ; tail verte- 
brae, 57.7 (51.0—-62.0) ; tibia, 20.4 (19.0-22.5) ; foot, 11.1 (10.0-12.0) ; 
forearm, 51.8 (49.0-56.6) ; greatest leneth of skull 17.5 (16.9-18.5). 

Synonymy and History—The hoary bat was first deseribed by 
Peale and Beauvois (1796, p. 15) from a specimen secured in Penn- 
sylvania, probably near Philadelphia. 

Distribution—The general range of this bat is given by Miller 
(1912, p. 64) as extending throughout ‘‘boreal North America from 
the Atlantic to the Pacific, breeding within the Boreal Zone, but in 
autumn and winter migrating at least to the southern border of the 
United States.’’ The range in California in winter and spring 
comprises the valleys of west-central and southern California, south 
through the San Diegan district; in summer probably the Transition 
and Boreal zones. (See map, text-fig. R.) 

The accompanying table shows very few strictly summer records 
of the hoary bat in California. It is possible that many of the indi- 
viduals wintering here come from breeding areas north of this state. 
A discussion of the migration of this bat is given in the present paper 
under the heading Migration, on page 232. 

Specimens Examined.—The writer has examined 55 examples of 
the hoary bat from California. Since the seasonal movements of this 
species are not fully known the writer has included in the accompany- 
ing table the dates of capture as well as the localities from which 
specimens have been secured. 

Natural History.—Several hoary bats have been found hanging in 
the thick foliage of orange trees in southern California in the winter. 
On April 17, 1904, H. 8. Swarth discovered one clinging to a branch 
of an oak tree, looking like some huge gall. Stephens found the 
species in the redwoods of Mendocino County in May. He records 


3 


€ 
e 


€ 


3 


e 


3 


ub 


f the Bats of Californ 


A Synopsis o 


Grinnell 


1918] 


MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS OF FOURTEEN SPECIMENS OF NYCTERIS CINEREA (PEALE AND BEAUVOIS), FROM CALIFORNIA 


aannaaara#araanaandan Interorbital 


2 “ 2 38 

no. Sex Locality (=fs' Baia ry = £ ein Se a7 
5147 3 Nordhoff, Ventura Co. 130.0 57.0 19.6 11.0 51.0 17.4 12.6 10.2 
6944 fof Glendora, Los Angeles Co. 135.0 59.0 19.0 10.0 52.2 17.2 12.0 10.0 
9467 Jb Los Angeles, Los Angeles Co. 140.0 HYsHO! Sees 11.0 54.0 18.5 13.2 11.0 
14650 3 Raymond, Madera Co. 128.0 51.0 19.0 11.0 50.0 17.3 12.4 10.0 
14651 3 Raymond, Madera Co. 130.0 55.0 21.6 11.0 51.0 17.4 12.3 10.1 
14652 fof Raymond, Madera Co. 137.0 57.0 22.5 11.0 5010 ee 12.8 10.3 
20778 Jb Berkeley, Alameda Co. 140.0 G220ge 12. 51.3 17.4 12.3 10.1 
21311 fed Berkeley, Alameda Co. 129.0 58.0 11.5 BURBI) E arae. 9 peetese uae | ees 
20815 Jb 1 mi. west Guerneville, Sonoma Co. 131.0 610 geeess 12.0 51.5 17.2 12.6 10.0 
3581 2 Monterey, Monterey Co. z 145.0 59.0 21.0 12.0 56.6 aRBs}s eee 10.0 
21439 g Fresno, Fresno Co. 132.0 59.0 20.7 11.0 49.0 17.9 13.0 10.3 
6945 2 San Fernando Valley, Los Angeles Co. 131.0 58.0 20.0 11.0 50.4 16.9 12.1 10.1 
5148 2 Pasadena, Los Angeles Co. 138.0 58.0 20.2 10.0 51.5 17.8 12.7 10.3 
5083 2 Dinuba, Tulare Co. 146.0 Gil Oe 12.0 55.5 17.8 12.3 10.3 


constriction 


wHwt tH & fb hw Ob PP 


334 


University of California Publications in Zoology 


TaBLE SHOWING LOCALITIES (ARRANGED FROM NortTH TO SOUTH) AND DATES 
oF CAPTURE OF NYCTERIS CINEREA (PEALE AND BEAUVOIS) IN CALIFORNIA 


No. 
16651 Biol. Surv. 
98095 Biol. Surv. 


711 Stanford Univ. 


1101 Amer. Mus. 

1099 Amer. Mus. 
187824 Nation. Mus. 
187825 Nation. Mus. 
22301 Nation. Mus. 
59988 Nation Mus. 
187822 Nation. Mus. 
187823 Nation. Mus. 
20815 


16516 Biol. Surv. 
20778 

11673 Phila. Acad. 
U. C. Dept. Zool. 
U. C. Dept. Zool. 
U. C. Dept. Zool. 
21312 


U. C. Dept. Zool. 
119948 Biol. Surv. 
105259 Nation. Mus. 


331 Stanford Univ. 


9406 Mus. Comp. 
Zool. 


1438 Stanford Univ. 


1437 Stanford Univ. 


Stanford Univ. 
Stanford Univ. 
Stanford Univ. 
199608 Nation. Mus. 
Stanford Univ. 


Calif. Acad. Sci. 


23899 
23039 
14650 
14651 
14652 
21439 
17058 Biol. Sury. 


Sex 


Ch fowl H Cyr, Chie 


POON ON TON OS 


+0 +0 O, O, Q, +0: 


Locality 


Humboldt Ca.: 
Haydenhill 


Lassen Co.: 


Mendocino Co.: 
Nicasio 
Nicasio 
Nicasio 
: Nicasio 
: Nicasio 
: Nicasio 
: Nicasio 
: Nicasio 
1 mi. W. 


Co.: 
Co.: 
Co.: 


Marin 
Marin 
Marin 
Marin 
Marin 
Marin 
Marin 
Marin 
Sonoma Co.: 

Guerneville 
Sonoma Co.: 
Alameda 
Alameda 
Alameda 
Alameda 
Alameda 
Alameda 


Co.: 
Co.: 
Co.: 


Alameda Co.: 

Alameda Co.: 

San Francisco 
Francisco 


2) 


Santa Clara Co.: 


University 


Santa Clara Co.: 


Santa Clara Co.: 


University 


Santa Clara Co.: 


University 


Santa Clara Co.: 
Santa Clara Co.: 
Santa Clara Co.: 
Santa Clara Co.: 
Santa Clara Co.: 


View 


Santa Clara Co.: 


View 


Eureka 


Cahto 


Cloverdale 
: Berkeley 
: Berkeley 
: Berkeley 


Berkeley 
Berkeley 
Berkeley 


Berkeley 
Haywards 
Co.: San 
Stanford 
Palo Alto 
Stanford 
Stanford 
Menlo Park 
Santa Clara 
Menlo Park 
Gilroy 


Mountain 


Mountain 


Merced Co.: Snelling 


Mariposa Co.: 
Madera Co.: 
Madera Co.: 
Madera Co.: 


Merced Lake 


Raymond 
Raymond 
Raymond 


Fresno Co.: Fresno 


Santa Cruz Co. 


: Santa Cruz 


May 
July 
May 
Oct. 
Oct. 
Oct. 
Oct. 


Sept. 
Sept. 
Sept. 


Oct. 
July 


Apr. 


Oct. 


Date 


25, 1889 
16, 1899 
24, 1889 
17, 1887 
5, 1887 
19, 1888 
25, 1888 
4, 1891 
15, 1891 
14, 1888 
13, 1888 
11,1913 


18, 1889 
6, 1914 
7, 1898 
6, 1905 
1, 1912 
5, 1905 

10, 1915 


7, 1900 
6, 1902 
1, 1909 


. 27, 1909 


. 11, 1898 


27, 1894 


. 28, 1894 


23, 1893 
1, 1893 
31, 1894 


6, 22, 1915 


3, 1896 


29, 1905 


. 15, 1916 
. 21, 1915 
5 ip alenlal 


17,1911 


. 21,1911 


3,(1915 
5, 1910 


[Vou. 17 
| 
| 


Collector 
T.S. Palmer 
. Bailey | 
C. MeGregor 
. Allen 
. Allen 
. Allen 
. Allen 
. Allen | 
. Allen | 
Allen 
. Allen 
and H. W. 
Grinnell 
T.S. Palmer 
Sam Brodie 
A.S. Bunnell 


uogagaaaaps 
PP PP PP PP 


W. C. New- 
berry 


W. O. Emerson 
J. Hornung 


J. Dixon 
W. W. Price 


J. VanDen- 
burgh 
— Magee 


J. M. Hyde 

F. G. Krauss 
H. Doud 

E. M. Ehrhorn 


H. O. Jenkins 


J. Grinnell 

©. A. Gallo 
J. Grinnell 

J. Grinnell 

J. Grinnell 
Adrey Borell 
C. P. Streator 


1918 | Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 335 
No. Sex Locality Date Collector 
3581 2 Monterey Co.: Monterey Noy. 10,1907 J. Rowley 
5033 io) Tulare Co.: Dinuba Apr. 1, 1909 A. L. Dickey 

27977 Biol. Surv. 2 Inyo Co.: Panamint Mts. May 17,1891 E.W. Nelson 
28946 Biol. Surv. do Inyo Co.: Panamint Mts. Apr. 21,1891 E. W. Nelson 
5147 3d Ventura Co.: Nordhoff Jan. 18,1905 J. Grinnell 
29845 Biol. Surv. 3 Kern Co.: 25 mi. above July 6,1891 <A.K, Fisher 
Kernville 
5148 Q Los Angeles Co.: Pasadena Feb. 5,1906 J. Grinnell 
3423 = Los Angeles Co.: Los May ...., 1890 E. C, Thurber 
Angeles 
6944 3 Los Angeles Co.: Glendora Dee. 29,1906 J. Grinnell 
6945 2 Los Angeles Co.:; San Fer- May 7,1904 J. Grinnell 
nando Valley 
9467 3 Los Angeles Co.: Los Apr. 17,1904 H.S.Swarth 
Angeles 
8248 Phila. Acad. 5: San Bernardino Co.: San Apr. 24,1893 R.B. Herron 
Bernardino Valley 
125801 Biol. Surv. ef San Bernardino Co.: War- May 15,1902  F. Stephens 
ren’s Ranch 
Coll, F. Stephens go Riverside Co.: Riverside Feb. 21,1889 F.0O. Johnson 
Coll. F. Stephens 2 San Diego Co.: San Diego Dee. 20,1903 FE. Stephens 
53810 Biol. Sury. = San Diego Co.: Santa Ysabel May 10,1893 H.W. Hyatt 


the flight as swift, with frequent abrupt turns, and states that these 
bats do not appear until the light becomes very dim. 

A female hoary bat secured at Merced Lake, Mariposa County, was 
shot at 7:12 p.m. on the cloudy evening of August 21, 1915, as it 
flew among the lodgepole pines at a height of about thirty feet above 
the ground. 

Merriam (1884, pp. 176-181) gives an interesting account of this 
bat as occurring in the Adirondack region of New York state. There 
the hoary bat was the latest of the observed species to appear in the 
evening. Merriam states that this bat may be recognized in the dark 
by its great size, long and pointed wings, and the swiftness and 
irregularity of its flight. 

Seton (1909, p. 1169) states that the hoary bat is the only known 
species which is never gregarious. As occurring in California it is 
certainly a notably solitary species. The only evidence to the con- 
trary is afforded by the female hoary bat secured at Fresno, April 3, 
1915, which was found hanging in a mulberry tree is company with 
“‘many’’ red bats. 

Seton (1909, p. 1196) states that four is the usual number of 
young at birth. Banta (in McAtee, 1907, p. 8) states that there is 
in the museum at the University of Indiana a female hoary bat which 
when captured was found to have two young clinging to it. 


336 University of California Publications in Zoology |Vou.17 


Genus Euderma H. Allen 


This genus, as at present known, consists of a single species, found 
only in the southwestern United States. 


Characters.—Kars very large, about three-fourths as long as fore- 
arm, joined across forehead by band of membrane; nostrils simple, 
facial portion of skull narrow and pointed, the brain-case quadrate, 
flattened above, but rising abruptly at frontal border; zygomata 
abruptly expanded at middle; auditory bullae very large, and much 
elongated, their greatest diameter about equal to length of tooth-row 
exclusive of incisors. 
2a =i 2-2 3-3 
3-37 “1-1 P™ 9-9 ™ 3-3 
cisors alike in form, slender, with well developed cingula, and simple 
styliform crowns, the inner somewhat larger than the outer, which 
is In contact, or nearly so, with canine. Lower incisors trifid, middle 
lobe largest, especially in second and third. Upper canine small 
and weak, barely more than twice height of inner incisor, which it 
rather closely resembles in form. Lower canine relatively smaller 
than in any other known Vespertilionine bat, its crown searcely higher 
than that of fourth lower premolar. Anterior upper premolar 
minute, scarcely more than one-third as large as outer incisor and 
rising barely to cingulum of canine; in the tooth-row it stands at the 
middle of the narrow space between the canine and large premolar, 
and in form resembles the incisors, but its crown is relatively lower 
and thicker; large premolar of usual form, but very deeply coneave 
on anterior border. Lower premolars of ordinary Vespertilionine 
type; molars normal. [As no skull of Euderma is at hand, the above 
description has been adapted from Miller (1907, pp. 225-227). | 

Comparisons.—In length of ears and form of skull and teeth this 
genus is said to resemble Plecotus and Corynorhinus, but its simple 
nostrils are of the Myotis type. 


Dental formula: i 


= 34. Upper in- 


Euderma maculatum (J. A. Allen) 
Spotted Bat 


Histiotus maculatus J. A. Allen (1891a, pp. 195-198). Original deserip- 
tion; type locality near Piru, Ventura County, California. 

Histiotus maculatus, Bryant (1891b, p. 113). Nominal. 

Histiotus maculatus, H. Allen (1892, pp. 467-470). As type of the new 
genus Huderma. 

Buderma maculatum, Bryant (1892, p. 220). Nominal. 

Euderma maculata, H. Allen (1894, pp. 61-64). Description. 

Euderma maculatum, Miller (1897b, pp. 46-49, pl. 3, fig. 3). Description. 

Euderma maculata, Elliot (1901, p. 398). Description; distribution. 

Euderma maculatum, Miller and Rehn (1901, p. 265). Type locality. 

Euderma maculatum, Elliot (1904b, p. 283). Reference to type locality. 

Euderma maculatum, Elliot (1905, p. 490). Distribution. 

Euderma maculatum, Stephens (1906, p. 264). Description; distribution. 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 307 


Euderma maculatum, Miller (1907, pp. 226-267, 1 fig.). Description of 
genus. 

Euderma maculatum, J. Grinnell (1910, pp. 317-320, pl. 30). Second record 
from California. 

Euderma maculatum, Miller (1912, p. 67). Nominal. 

ELuderma maculatum, J. Grinnell (1913b, p. 281). Range in California. 


Diagnosis —Same as for the genus. 

Description: Head—Kars (pl. 16, fig. 9) very large, and in the 
dried skin at hand widely diverging at tips, fully three-fourths as 
long as forearm, and joined across forehead by a low band of mem- 
brane; ear convex on inner border, broadly rounded at tip, slightly 
concave on outer border just below tip, and convex on basal half of 
outer border, which continues as a low fold to a point below angle of 
mouth. Tragus well developed, 19 millimeters in length (in dried 
skin), this being more than one-third length of ear; posterior border 
convex above small basal lobe, tip broadly rounded, and anterior 
border straight on upper half, but slightly convex below. As sug- 
gested by Miller (1897b, p. 47) the tragus resembles in form the blade 
of a table knife. Nostrils prominent and situated at end of a narrow, 
low, naked dise, divided by a slight groove, and narrowing posteriorly 
to a point. 

Limbs and Membranes.—Forearm slightly bowed; thumb with a 
small basal pad. Wing short and stout, length of third metacarpal 
scarcely exceeding that of fifth. Wing and tail membranes wholly 
devoid of hair. About half of last caudal vertebra exserted. Feet 
moderately large, a little less than half as long as tibia. Toes very 
seantily haired. 

Pelage—F ur soft, silky, and about 8 millimeters in length, save 
for a small woolly patch at posterior base of each ear. 

Color.—The small woolly patches of fur at bases of ears are whitish 
throughout. Elsewhere on body all hairs are blackish either on the 
proximal third or for their entire length. On the dorsal surface 
of the animal are three equal-sized white patches of fur about 9 by 17 
millimeters in extent, one on each shoulder, and one on the rump 
(pl. 16, fig. 9). As suggested by J. Grinnell (1910, p. 318) these 
remind the observer of the ‘‘death’s-head’’ pattern of certain moths. 
The hair in these patches is, as elsewhere, blackish at base. On the 
ventral surface, the distal third of the hair is everywhere white, save 
for a narrow collar of blackish hairs continuous with blackish fur 
of back. In a dried skin which has been preserved for five years the 
ear membranes are yellowish, other membranes pale brown. 

Skull—As given for the genus. 

Measurements——The accompanying table of measurements has 
been compiled from published descriptions of specimens. 


Synonymy and History.—This bat was first described by J. A. 
Allen (1891a, pp. 195-198) from a single specimen found ‘‘ caught 
on a fence at Piru, in the western part of Ventura County, Califor- 
nia.’’ This specimen was secured by a Los Angeles taxidermist, 
Thomas Shooter, and through E. C. Thurber transmitted to the 


338 University of California Publications in Zoology {Vou.17 


MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS OF THREE EXAMPLES OF EUDERMA MACULATUM 


(J. A. ALLEN) 
= 2 
Fe B E 33 
=h = s s Es 
Mus £8 ms ra S Fa ae 
no. Sex Date i ape = <= £ Ki 
1196* ? Oct.1; 1907s" ese) Bee 18.0 45:0) ‘a2 “eS 


1225457 diad. Sept., 1903 107.0 47.0 196 9.8 496 188 104 


3920 
By a March, 1890 110.0 50.0 21.0 98 500: 19.0 10.9 


1From Mecca, Riverside County, California. 


2U. S. National Museum: from Mesilla Park, New Mexico. 
3 Amer. Mus. Natural History: from Piru, Ventura County, California. 


American Museum of Natural History. Dr. C. Hart Merriam (in 
Miller, 18976, p. 49) gives the added information that the type was 
in reality taken at the mouth of Castae Creek, in the Santa Clara 
Valley; this is eight miles from Piru, in the same valley, but across 
the line in Los Angeles County. 

Because of its general resemblance, as regards size, and the form 
and size of the ears, to Histiotus of South America, Dr. J. A. Allen 
placed the bat in that genus. H. Allen (1892, pp. 467-470) placed 
the bat in the new genus Huderma, separating it from Histiotus upon 
the presence of a minute first upper premolar, absent in the latter 
genus. 

Distribution.—The spotted bat is known from only four localities, 
in each of which but a single individual has been secured. The 
localities and dates are as follows: near Piru, Ventura County, Cali- 
fornia (see above), the type, March, 1890 (J. A. Allen, loc. cit.) ; 
Mecea, Imperial County, California, an individual found dead in 
the overflow from a railway watering tank, October 1, 1907 (J. Grin- 
nell, 1910, p. 317) ; Mesilla Park, New Mexico, an individual found 
dead in the biological laboratory of the New Mexico College of Agri- 
cultural and Mechanical Arts, in September, 1903 (Miller, 1903, 
p- 165) ; Yuma, Arizona, one reported by Herbert Brown (Stephens, 
1906, p. 264). (See map, text-fig. O.) 

Dr. C. Hart Merriam (in Miller, 1897b, p. 49) states that while 
in Vegas Valley, Nevada, he was told of the occurrence there, during 
the summer, of a very large bat ‘‘with ears like a jackass and a white 
stripe on each shoulder.”’ 

Specimens Examined.—The writer has seen but one example of 
Euderma maculatum from California: Mecca, Riverside County, 1. 

Natural History Nothing is known of the habits of this species. 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 339 


Genus Corynorhinus H. Allen 


This genus is found only in the warmer portions of North America, 


from southern British Columbia to southern Mexico. Three species 


are now recognized, one of which is divisible into four races. 


Diagnosis—KEars very long, about three-fourths length of fore- 
arm; tragus slender, pointed at tip and wholly free from external 
basal lobe of ear. 

Description: Head—Muazzle slender; greatest width of rostrum 
less than one-third total length of skull. This slenderness, however, 
is somewhat concealed by club-shaped glandular masses which rise 
on each side of snout, between nostril and eye, to a height of 2.5 
millimeters (in an alcoholic specimen) above sur- 
face of rostrum, the two of which converge nearly 
to meet in the median line. Nostrils irregularly 
quadrate and placed on sides of muzzle, opening 
outwards and slightly upwards; borders of nostrils 
slightly thickened, giving them a rimmed appear- 
ance. Ears very large (text-fig. S), being about 
three-fourths length of forearm, and joined across 
forehead by a narrow band of membrane. Tragus 
straight and slender, about two-fifths height of ear. 
Anterior border of auricle strongly convex and 


turned abruptly backward so as to rest upon dorsal Fig. &. Side 
surface of ear almost to its bluntly rounded tip. view of head of 
Posterior half of ear marked by a series of trans- Corynorhinus — raf- 


inesquit pallescens 


verse velnings, most prominent near center of ear 
and fading away towards its posterior border. 
(See pl. 15.) 


(drawn from speci- 
men no. 9368), X 
1.00, showing long 


ear, long acutely 
pointed tragus, 
and glandular 
swelling on side of 
muzzle. 


Skull and Teeth—Skull slender, with com- 
pressed zygomata ; brain-case elongate and rounded, 
in profile shghtly depressed on top and convex 
anteriorly; rostrum coneave in profile, sloping 
abruptly downward from its junction with brain- 
ease. Auditory bullae large and rounded; their greatest diameter 
equal to about three times distance between them. (See pl. 23, fig. 50; 
pl. 24, fig. 58.) 


Mental cf Te Bare lke 2-2 3-3 36. I 
ental formula: 1 == wa o0n nner upper 
3-9’ © 7-7? PM3 9: Ma 5 pp 


incisor about one-third higher than outer, and frequently bicuspidate ; 
in western specimens this character varies greatly. Lower incisors 
about equal in height and slightly crowded in the tooth-row; exceeded 
in height by cingulum of canine. First upper unicuspid (pm?) 
minute, the second (pm*) unusually broad, its greatest width 
equaling its height from cingulum to tip. First and second lower 
unicuspids (pm; and pm;) small, less than two-thirds height of third 
(pm ;) ; all conical and with complete cingula. Cusps of lower molars 
particularly high and sharp. 

Limbs and Membranes——Wing short and broad, length of fifth 
metacarpal equaling that of third; wing membrane attached at side 
of metatarsus, just below bases of toes. Calcar neither keeled nor 


340 University of California Publications in Zoology ([Vou.17 


lobed, slightly less in length than free edge of interfemoral membrane. 
Length of foot about half that of tibia. Tail exceeds forearm in 
length by from 2 to 10 millimeters. All membranes relatively thin 
and delicate. 

Pelage.—F ur everywhere full and soft, longest on middle portion 
of back, where it reaches a maximum length of 11 millimeters. Face 
naked save for occasional long hairs rising from the glandular masses, 
and a fringe of shorter finer hairs extending downward along sides 
of upper lip. Fur reaches onto dorsal base of ear for a distance of 
2 or 3 millimeters. Wings and interfemoral membrane naked except 
at their extreme bases. 


Corynorhinus rafinesquii pallescens Miller 
Pale Lump-nosed Bat 


Synotus Townsendii, Cooper (in Cronise, 1868, p. 442). Occurrence east 
of the Sierras. 

Synotus Townsendii, Cooper (1868, p. 6) (?). 

Corynorhinus macrotis pallescens Miller (1897b, pp. 52-53, figs. 9-10). 
Original description; type locality, Keam Canon, Arizona. 

Corynorhinus macrotis pallescens, Elliot (1901, pp. 399-400). Diagnosis; 
distribution. 

Corynorhinus macrotis pallescens, Elliot (1904b, p. 604). Diagnosis; distri- 
bution. 

Corynorhinus macrotis pallescens, Elliot (1905, p. 491). Distribution. 

Corynorhinus macrotis pallescens, Stephens (1906, p. 265). Diagnosis; 
distribution ; habits. 

Corynorhinus macrotis pallescens, Miller (1912, p. 67). General range. 

Corynorhinus macrotis pallescens, Grinnell and Swarth (1913, pp. 379-380). 
Oceurrence in San Jacinto region; habits. 

Corynorhinus macrotis pallescens, J. Grinneil (1913b, p. 281). Range in 
California. 

Corynorhinus macrotis pallescens, J. Grinnell (1914, p. 263). Occurrence 
at Riverside Mountain, Colorado River. 

Corynorhinus macrotis pallescens, H. W. Grinnell (1914, p. 320). Com- 
parison with C. m. intermedius. 

Corynorhinus megalotis pallescens, G. M. Allen (1916, pp. 341-344), part. 
Description; status of subspecies; list of localities. 


Diagnosis —Color wood brown; total length, 92 to 101 millimeters, 
averaging 97.2. 

Description: Color—Dorsal surface wood brown, becoming paler 
about head; hairs with faintly defined light plumbeous bases. Ventral 
surface vinaceous buff; membranes a slightly darker shade of same 
color. G. M. Allen (1916, p. 342) discusses color variation in C. r. 
pallescens and records minutely the shading of two ‘‘reddish’’ indi- 
viduals (10694, 10695, Mus. Vert. Zool.) secured in a mine at River- 
side Mountain on the Colorado desert. J. Grinnell had earlier stated 
(1914, p. 263) that the reddish east of these two specimens ‘‘is doubt- 
less wholly adventitious, due to the fine, sticky red dust with which 
the walls of the mine were covered.”’ 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 341 


A specimen in the Museum of Comparative Zoology collected in 
the hills back of Lone Pine is stated by G. M. Allen (loc. cit.) to be 
““ pale pinkish buff’ above and nearly white below to the roots of 
the hairs.”’ 

Measurements —Average and extreme measurements in milli- 
meters of a series of ten specimens from the San Jacinto Mountain 
region are as follows: total length, 97.2 (extremes, 92.0-101.0) ; 
tail vertebrae, 47.7 (48.0-50.0); tibia, 18.1 (15.9-19.3); foot, 9.0 
(8.0-11.0) ; forearm, 39.9 (37.5-41.8) ; greatest length of skull, 15.9 
(15.5-16.4). 


MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS OF TEN SPECIMENS OF CORYNORHINUS RAFINESQUII 
PALLESCENS MILLER FROM NEAR KENWORTHY, SAN JACINTO 
MounTAIN REGION, CALIFORNIA 


A ae 

ane: 5g Ge ys 5 

a ae . $= as 23 55 

1883 fot 97.0 46.0 18.0 8.0 39.3 16.0 8.3 8.8 3.4 
1885 Jb 92.0 46.0 15) 8.0 39.3 1525 8.2 8.5 3.4 
1887 ret 98.0 49.0 18.7 8.0 38.5 16.3 8.5 9.0 3.6 
1888 Jb 93.0 46.0 15.9 8.0 37.5 16.4 8.2 8.8 y43) 
1889 Jb 99.0 50.0 18.0 9.0 40.1 15.9 8.2 9.0 3.6 
1890 3 93.0 43.0 18.0 11.0 41.7 15.8 8.0 8.9 3.5 
1891 3 100.0 49.0 18.7 10.0 39.6 16.4 8.6 8.9 3.6 
1892 fof 101.0 50.0 18.1 10.0 39.8 15.8 8.3 8.9 3.5 
1884 io) 98.0 48.0 19.0 8.0 41.8 16.1 8.4 8.8 3.0 
1893 2 101.0 50.0 19.3 10.0 41.0 15.9 8.2 9.0 3.4 


Synonymy and History—Corynorhinus macrotis [== rafinesquit| 
pallescens was described by Miller (1897b, pp. 52-53) from specimens 
captured in Keam Cafion, Navajo County, Arizona. This author 
regarded pallescens as a race of the Corynorhinus macrotis described 
by LeConte (1831, p. 481). LeConte does not designate a type local- 
ity, but Miller (1897), p. 51) fixes the type locality as the LeConte 
Plantation, in Georgia. G. M. Allen (1916, pp. 838-341) in a revision 
of the genus Corynorhinus states that the species of Corynorhinus 
occurring west of the Alleghanies is distinct from the one described 
by LeConte, and revives the name megalotis of Rafinesque for the 
western animal. Later, Oldfield Thomas (1916, p. 127) finds the 
name megalotis preoccupied, and to have been replaced with the 
name rafinesquii by Lesson (1827, p. 96). 

I have examined certain of the specimens in the United States 
National Museum upon which G. M. Allen based his opinion, and 
coneur with him in recognizing the distinctness of the two species, 
and the nearer affinity of Californian Corynorhinus with the form 


342 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


rafinesquu. G. M. Allen (loc. cit.) fails to recognize the race inter- 
medius, placing some individuals so called by the present writer 
with the race pallescens and others with townsendii. This matter is 
discussed on page 347 of the present paper. 


| 


re 


AS 


au @ CORYNORHINUS RAFINESQUIT 
‘) PALLESCENS 


& CORYNORHINUS RAFINESQUIL 
INTERMEDIUS 


! id Bema 


RT AAO ex id. 
a \ : Ce apes get 
x) ou URADer S 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 


UNIVERSITY OF CALLFORNIA 


Fig. T. Map showing stations of occurrence in California of Corynorhinus 
rafinesquit pallescens and Corynorhinus rafinesquii intermedius, as established by 
specimens examined by the author. 

Distribution—tThe distribution of this bat has not been fully 
worked out, but indications are that it will be found to oceur through- 


out the arid portions of the southwestern United States and extreme ~ 


northern Mexico (see G. M. Allen, 1916). In California it has been 
found in the Lower and Upper Sonoran zones, chiefly on the Colorado 
and Mohave deserts. (See map, text-fig. T.) 


2 | 


1918} Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 343 


Specimens Examined.—Total number 28, from the following 
localities in California: Imperial County: Palo Verde, 1; San Diego 
County: Julian, 1; Vallecito, 2; San Diego, 1 (San Diego Soc. Nat. 
Hist.) ; Riverside County: near Kenworthy, San Jacinto region, 17; 
Riverside Mountain, near Colorado River, 2; Whitewater, 1; San Ber- 
nardino County: Oro Grande, 2 (U.S. Biol. Surv.) ; Inyo County: 
Lone Pine, 1 (Mus. Comp. Zool.). 

Natural History.—Stephens (1906, p. 265) states that the pale 
lump-nosed bat appears to inhabit caves. All specimens of this bat 
which have been taken in California have been, as far as the writer is 
aware, captured in caves or mine tunnels, with the exception of those 
secured by Stephens at Vallecito, San Diego County. This collector 
writes (MS) that at Vallecito there is an old adobe house, vacant and 
without windows or doors. When camped in the vicinity Stephens 
made a practice of filling the windows with brush and hanging 
blankets above the doorways, ready to be let down. After dark a 
lantern was taken into the building and the blankets let down. As 
the bats flew about they were secured with a butterfly net. They 
did not come into the building until some time after dark, often an 
hour after the last rays of daylight. The only bats secured in the 
above manner were of the genera Corynorhinus and Macrotus. 

The seventeen specimens taken May 22 and June 5, 1908, at Ken- 
worthy, San Jacinto Mountains, were secured in an old mine tunnel 
some 600 feet in leneth and were found scattered along singly, cling- 
ing to the sidewalls from a few feet within the entrance nearly to 
the end. The bats were cold and searcely able to move. The ears 
were folded down the sides and almost completely hidden by the 
wings which were held together in front, that is, against the rock. <A 
female among the bats taken here contained one large embryo (see 
Grinnell and Swarth, 1913, pp. 379-3880). Of these seventeen speci- 
mens fifteen were males. 

J. Grinnell (1914, p. 263) reports the finding on March 18, 1900, 
of three bats of this species clinging to the rock wall at the end of 
the sloping drift in the Steece copper mine at Riverside Mountain, on 
the Colorado Desert. Both of the specimens secured were females 
and one contained a single embryo. 

Because of its fondness for caves and tunnels this bat is well 
known to miners, who, in recognition of its long ears eall it the 
““burro bat.’’ 

On March 15, 1915, a live male Corynorhinus r. pallescens was 


344 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


sent to the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology by Mr. W. C. Hanna, 
who found it on March 13, in a cave near Whitewater, Riverside 
County. When received at the Museum the bat was cold and torpid 
and the long ears were folded backward and downward and against 
the sides of the head; the long narrow tragi, however, stood rigidly 
erect (pl. 17, fig. 12). The ears were not bent sharply back, but 
curved by a regular and even crimping of the folds along the inner 
edges of the auricles, the effect thus produced reminding one strongly 
of the curving horns of a mountain sheep (pl. 15, fig. 4). 

When the bat was taken into a warm room and handled his ears 
gradually unbent (pl. 15, fig. 5) until they stood erect and directed 
slightly forward (pl. 15, fig. 6). He soon became lively and protested 
in shrill cicada-like notes, and when released he quickly took flight. 

The aerial motions of the little mammal were fascinating to watch 
as it repeatedly circled the room in its search for an exit. At one 
moment it was drifting as easily and slowly as a butterfly on a sum- 
mer breeze, at another it was skimming as swiftly as a swallow, down 
almost to the surface of the floor, then up among the recesses of the 
beamed ceiling, an instant hovering where a draft of air came 
through the crack beside the closed door, then over to each window 
in turn, hovering up and down before the pane, touching nothing but 
the light cord which hung from the edge of each window-shade, and 
which retreated before the fanning wings. 

A wild bird loosed in a room stirs one to instant pity by its head- 
long dash against the window glass; but the wild bat aroused only 
keenest admiration, for the dexterity of his searching flight was such 
that not a hair was ruffled. 

Tired by his long flight the bat at last retreated to a beam of the 
ceiling where he hung in a shaded recess, head down, but ears and 
eyes alert. Finding himself unmolested his vigilance gradually re- 
laxed, his eyes closed, his ears curled backwards, the tip of his tail 
curled under him, his thumbs turned back under his wings, the tiny 
claws thus aiding in the supporting of his body, and he was asleep. 


Corynorhinus rafinesquii intermedius H. W. Grinnell 
Intermediate Lump-nosed Bat 


Corynorhinus macrotis townsendii, J. Grinnell (1913b, p. 281). Record 
from Placer County. 

Corynorhinus macrotis intermedius H. W. Grinnell (1914, p. 320). Orig- 
inal description; type from Auburn, Placer County. 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 345 


Corynorhinus megalotis pallescens, G. M. Allen (1916, pp. 341-344), part. 
Description; localities of record. 

Corynorhinus megalotis townsendii, G. M. Allen (1916, pp. 344-347), part. 
Description; localities of record. 


Diagnosis—Similar in general characters to Corynorhinus rafi- 
nesquiu pallescens Miller and Corynorhinus rafinesqui townsendit 
(Cooper), but intermediate in color between these two forms; darker 
colored and larger than pallescens. 

Description—aAs compared with pallescens, intermedius is some- 
what larger in general size; ten examples of the latter form from 
Auburn, Placer County, average 102 millimeters in total length, while 
ten specimens of pallescens from the San Jacinto region average but 
97.2 in the same dimension. In color intermedius is natal brown 
above; below, wood brown; membranes bone brown. 

Measurements——A series of ten specimens from west-central Cali- 
fornia shows averages and extremes in millimeters as follows: Total 
length, 102 (extremes, 97.0-108.0) ; tail vertebrae, 48.6 (45.0—-55.5) ; 
tibia, 19.7 (18.7-21.0); foot, 9.8 (9.0-12.5); forearm, 42.0 (40.2— 
43.6); greatest length of skull, 16.2 (15.4-17.1). 


Distribution —tThe evidence at hand indicates that this bat oceu- 
ples a geographic position intermediate between that of pallescens 
and that of townsendii, namely the semi-arid and semi-humid portions 
of the Upper Sonoran zone in California west of the desert divides. 
(See map, text-fig. T.) 

Specimens Examined.—Total number, 44, from the following 
loealities in California: Tulare: County: Eclipse Mine, White River, 
12 (Stanford Univ.) ; Placer County: Auburn, 23; Pioneer Cave, 3; 
Santa Catalina Island: Johnson Harbor, 1; Napa or Sonoma County : 
Mount Veeder, 1 (U.S. Biol. Surv.) ; Siskiyou County: Happy Camp, 
1 (U. S. Biol. Surv.) ; San Benito County; Bear Valley, 2 (U. S. 
Biol. Surv.) ; Hernandez, 1 (Calif. Acad. Sci.). 

Natural History —tThere are in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology 
three females of intermedius taken in Pioneer Cave, Placer County, 
May 12, 1870, by J. G. Cooper; and five females and one male taken 
at Auburn, Placer County, July 31, 1909, by Dr. J. C. Hawver. On 
August 6, 1913, Dr. Hawver secured fifteen females and two males 
in the belfry of the grammar school at Auburn. Dr. Hawver stated 
in a letter that these bats oceur at Auburn the year around, showing 
no signs of being migratory. 

Remarks—An example of intermedius from Mount Veeder, on 
the border between Napa and Sonoma counties, varies strongly in the 
direction of townsendii. While Mount Veeder is not exactly within 
the humid coast belt, yet it lies in a region where there is a strong 


[ Vou. 17 


n Zoology 


v 


Publications 


NU 


ifor 


ity of Cal 


Wersr 


Un 


346 


9€ 36 = 91 
ae 16 iA TBE 
ge 88 G8 Z9T 
OS AG BG ARIE 
Be GWG TNE 
oy 2 N 2 
82 os 84 8¢ 
Be eSice cea ome 
a8, 88 880 fee 
ies > Po. Hicns 
ge ae ae 


VINYOUITV) Wor “TTa NNTW) “M (H SOICaWHaLNI IINOSUNIAVY SQONIHYONAYOD AO SATANVXY NA 


0'6T 
PST 
a 
0°02 
0°02 
o'1Z 
8°08 
Le 


uray 


LAD 


avAqa}tos 


O'LOT 
0°90T 
O°SOL 
0°80T 
0°S6 

0°00T 
0°16 

O'GOT 
0°00T 
0'e0T 


1830.1, 


yqsue] 


“udlpoa][00 AVAING [BIISO[OIg sojVjg pojruy wor , 


LO6T ‘6 “AON 
L061 ‘6 “AON 
Loet ‘es 4 
SI6T ‘9 “Sny 
606T ‘Te Ane 
606T ‘Te Ame 
606 ‘TE AIL 
606T ‘Te AIL 
606T ‘Ts Aine 
606T ‘TE 410E 
ayeqd 


‘0p ojtuag uRg ‘AoTTeA Bag 
‘0D OjTUsg ueg ‘AoT[VA Iweg 
‘op nodtystg ‘dureg Addey 


“09 
0) 
“09 
“09 
“09 
09 
09 


qaoR[q ‘wanqny 
Iaoe[g “wainqny 
Javed ‘manqny 
Jooe[q ‘manqny 
Iaoetq ‘winqny 
Jose ‘tanqny 
qo “uanqny 


AqpRoory 


* 


O+ O+ 


SOO : 


2 O+ OF O+ OF OF 


rLB80ST 

1968051 

r&LG0ST 
FIG6L 
ZGLL 
9SLL 
coLl 
6SLL 
§SLL 
PSLL 


‘ou 


‘Sn 


HO SUALANITIIPY NI SEINANGYOSVASL 


1918 | Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 347 


infusion of species belonging typically to the fauna of the humid 
coast district. 

According to Miller (1897), p. 53) townsendw is the form of 
Corynorhinus macrotis [= rafinesquii] occupying the humid coast 
belt of Oregon, Washington and British Columbia. No examples of 
any form of Corynorhinus which may occupy the humid coast district 
of northern California are available and it is entirely possible that 
the bats from this area may prove to be true townsendi. 

G. M. Allen (1916, pp. 343-347) fails, in his revision of the genus 
Corynorhinus, to recognize the race intermedius and divides the type 
series between the races pallescens and 
townsendii. Of the nine skins of inter- \ 
medius from the type locality which he ~~ / 
examined, he places two as pallescens, 
“not typieal,’’ and the remaining seven 
as townsendii, ‘‘not all typical.’’ <A 
skin of intermedius from Catalina 
Island is listed as pallescens, ‘‘not typi- 


” 


eal. I have carefully reéxamined the Fic. U 
g. U. 


y Front view of head 
series of skins upon which the name of Antrozous pacificus, X 1.00, 
: - é showing nostrils opening for- 
intermedius was based, and again com- ward beneath horseshoe-shaped 
ridges, long entirely separated 
4 é 4 ears, and long tapering tragi, 
townsendii; but even with the aid of with slightly crenulate posterior 
borders. 


pared it with series of pallescens and 


Dr. Allen’s paper I am unable to relin- 
quish my opinion that specimens from the semi-humid and semi-arid 
portions of west-central California constitute a recognizable race, 
intermedius. It would indeed be extraordinary if two subspecies 
should have existed in a single colony ! 


Subfamily NycroPHILINAE 


This subfamily, which is represented in North America by but a 
single genus, differs from the Vespertilioninae in the abruptly trun- 
cate muzzle, on the anterior face of which the nostrils open forward 
beneath a distinct horseshoe-shaped ridge or small nose-leaf (Miller, 
1907, p. 284). 


Genus Antrozous H. Allen 


Ears separate (text-fig. U), extending considerably beyond tip 
of muzzle when laid forward; tragus slender, straight, tapering, a 


348 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


little less than half as high as ear conch; terminal joint of tail ex- 
serted. (For skull and teeth, see under species. ) 

The genus as occurring in California is represented by two closely 
related species, Antrozous pallidus and A. pacificus. 


Antrozous pallidus (Le Conte) 
Desert Pallid Bat 


V [espertilio|. pallidus LeConte (1855, p. 437). Original description; type 
locality, El Paso, Texas (Baird, 1859, II, p. 5). 

Vespertilio pallidus, Baird (1859, II, pp. 4-5), part. Description; re- 
corded from ‘‘ California. ’’ 

Antrozous pallidus, H. Allen (1864, pp. 68-69, 3 figs. in text), part. De- 
scription; distribution (includes ‘‘Ft. Yuma’’). 

Antrozous pallidus, Coues (1867, p. 283). Habits. 

Antrozous pallidus, Cooper (1868, p. 6), part. Distribution. 

Antrozous pallidus, Cooper (in Cronise, 1868, p. 442). Occurrence in Cali- 
fornia. 

Antrozous pallidus, Coues and Yarrow (1875, pp. 85-86), part. Diagnosis; 
range; habits: 

Antrozous pallidus, Dobson (1878, p. 171, pl. 11, figs. 6-6b). Description. 
Recorded from ‘‘California’’ and ‘‘Mammoth Valley, California.’’ 

Antrozous pallidus, Bryant (1891a, p. 358), part. Nominal. 

Antrozous pallidus, H. Allen (1894, pp. 66-70, pl. 8), part. Description; 
distribution. 

Antrozous pallidus pallidus, Miller (1897b, pp. 43-45, pl. 1, fig. 10, 4 figs. 
in text). Description; distribution; recorded from Fort Yuma, Owens 
Valley, Panamint Valley, and Walker Basin. 

Antrozous pallidus, Elliot (1901, pp. 396-897, fig. 82). Description; general 
distribution. 

Antrozous pallidus, Miller and Rehn (1901, pp. 266-267). Type locality. 

Antrozous pallidus, Elliot (1904a, p. 319). Distribution in California; 
recorded from Lone Pine and Coso Mountains, in Inyo County. 

Antrozous pallidus, Elliot (1904b, pp. 605-607, fig. 115). Description; 
general distribution. 

Antrozous pallidus, Stephens (1906, p. 263, fig. in text). Description; 
distribution. 

Antrozous pallidus, Elliot (1907, p. 518). Records repeated. 

» Antrozous pallidus pallidus, Lyon and Osgood (1909, pp. 278-279). Loca- 
tion and condition of type. 

Antrozous pallidus paliidus, Miller (1912, p. 68). General range. 

Antrozous pallidus pallidus, J. Grinnell (1913b, p. 282). Range in Cali- 
fornia. 

Antrozous pallidus pallidus, J. Grinnell (1914, p. 263). Occurrence along 
Colorado River. 


Diagnosis —F orearm 46 to 51.4 millimeters long; greatest length 
of skull, 19.4 to 21.0; color, whitish drab gray. 
Description: Head.—Muzzle squarely truneate, with a low but dis- 


— 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 349 


tinct horseshoe-shaped ridge above each nostril (text-fig. U) ; behind 
this, a large flattish swelling on each side. Ears separate and wide 
apart at bases, extending considerably beyond tip of muzzle when laid 
forward (pl. 17, fig. 11). Tragus slender, straight and long, half 
leneth of ear. Whole posterior border of tragus faintly crenulate; a 
well-developed lobe at posterior base. 

Limbs and Membranes.—Wing short and broad; third metacarpal 
but slightly longer than fifth. Lateral membrane attached at bases 
of toes. Tip of tail exserted beyond interfemoral membrane. Length 
of calear somewhat less than half that of free border of interfemoral 
membrane. Feet broad and strong, about half as long as tibia. 
Claws large and strong; chord of exposed portion of each claw about 
2.5 millimeters long. 

Pelage—¥F ur on back silky, and about 8 millimeters in length. 
Fur on ventral surface shorter, averaging about 5 millimeters in 
leneth, and more abundant. Wing and tail membranes not furred 
except at their extreme bases. A narrow strip of hairs on dorsal 
surface of anterior border of ear, extending outward to about middle 
of border, and diminishing in width as it advances. On ventral sur- 
face of ear, lines of hair extend along two ridges which run parallel 
with anterior border of auricle. A few short hairs on backs of toes. 

Color.—Hairs on back very pale drab gray, tipped on terminal 
fourth with pale brown. On under surface of body the hairs are 
erayish white, and toward sides of body suffused with a pale yellowish 
tint. Ears light brownish, wing membranes and feet darker. 

Skull—Greatest length varies from 19.4 to 21.0 millimeters. 
Brain-case, rostrum, and palate, broad. Length of bony palate 
behind molars (exclusive of median spine) slightly less than its width 
at base of median spine. Dorsal profile unevenly convex. Rostrum 
more than half as long as brain-ease. Auditory bullae covering nearly 
the entire cochleae; their greatest diameter equal to twice the distance 
between them. (See pl. 23, fig. 55; pl. 24, fig. 63.) 

Teeth—Dental formula: 1 ea) at pm = m = —— 8 Upper 


incisor large and simple, its shaft more than half as high as canine. 
Posterior basal lobe of incisor in contact with cingulum of canine. 
Lower incisors somewhat crowded; their trilobed crowns strongly 
imbricated. »- Upper and lower canines about equal in length, but 
former twice as wide at base as latter; cingula of both distinct but 
small. Upper premolar transversely long and narrow. First lower 
premolar small and narrow, closely wedged between canine and 
second premolar; latter equals first lower molar in height. First and 
second upper molars with middle cones highest. Third upper molar 
with less than half crown area of either of others, its outer cone 
highest. Lower molars with outer cusps much higher than inner. 
Measurements—Average and extreme measurements in milli- 
meters of a series of eight specimens in the Museum of Vertebrate 
Zoology are as follows: Three males, total length, 104.0 (extremes, 
99.0-111.0) ; tail vertebrae, 42.3 (40.0-47.0) ; tibia, 18.9 (18.4-19.4) ; 
foot, 11.8 (11.0-12.0) ; forearm, 47.4 (46.8-48.4) ; greatest length of 
skull, 19.7 (19.4-20.2) ; five females, total length, 112.3 (103.0-122.0) ; 


350 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


tail vertebrae, 47.0 (41.0-53.0) ; tibia, 20.1 (19.0-21.0); foot, 11.8 
(11.5-13.0) ; forearm, 50.9 (50.6-51.4) ; greatest length of skull, 20.6 
(20.4-21.0). 


MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS OF NINE SPECIMENS OF ANTROZOUS PALLIDUS 
(LEConTR), FROM CALIFORNIA 


oe 
a ny ° Sa BS 
Fs 2 E gee 98 32 22 
Mus. ge 5 5 =) z ga =e 32 BE 
no. Sex. 57 a” - & i ee hia pat ale 
5837* ot) Rede 0) yeceed 2 Ope SII. ees i 
73407 ie) 122.0 53.0 21.0 13.0 50.8 21.0 12.5 10.0 4.2 
73417 io) 113.0 46.0 20.6 12:0 ese 20.6 12.2 O27; 4.0 
7342? 2 103.0 41.0 20.0 11.5 51.4 20.6 12.2 9.4 3.9 
73437 3 102.0 40.0 19.0 11.0 47.2 19.6 11.5 9.0 4.0 
73447 fof 99.0 40.0 18.4 11.0 46.8 19.4 11.6 9.2 3.9 
73457 OF 7 A1320 45.0 19.0 WEST, See 20.4 12.0 9.7 3.9 
T3462) ge - dE0 47.0 19.4 12.0 48.4 20.2 11.8 9.3 4.1 
10696° 2) 112.0 50.0 20.3 12.0 50.6 20.4 11.4 9.5 3.8 


1 From Swansea. Inyo County. 
*From Vallecito, San Diego County. 
*From Colorado River, Imperial County. 


Synonymy and History.—Antrozous pallidus was first deseribed 
by LeConte (1855, p. 487) under the name Vespertilio pallidus. In 
the original description the type locality is given as California, but 
both Baird (1859, II, p. 5) and H. Allen (1864, p. 69) have stated 
that the type material came from El Paso, Texas. The type is now 
in the United States National Museum and according to Lyon and 
Osgood (1909, pp. 278-279) is in a good state of preservation and 
clearly referable to the desert form. 

H. Allen in 1862 (p. 247) made pallidus the type species of the 
new genus Antrozous. 

Merriam in 1897 (p. 179) deseribed the race of Antrozous from 
the region west of the deserts under the name Antrozous pallidus 
pacificus, showing it to be distinet from the form deseribed by Baird. 

Distribution.—The range of A. pallidus is given by Miller (1912, 
p. 68) as being the Lower Austral zone in the desert region of eastern 
California, Nevada, Arizona, New Mexico, and western Texas. War- 
ren (1910, p. 284) gives two records for Colorado. In California 
this species occupies the Lower Sonoran zone on the Colorado and 
Mohave deserts. (See map, text-fig. V.) 

Specimens Examined.—The writer has examined 9 specimens of 
this bat from the following localities in California: Imperial County : 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 351 


Colorado River, 8 miles east of Picacho, 1; San Diego County: Valle- 
cito, 7; Inyo County: Swansea, 1. 

Natural History.—tThe earliest account of the habits of this species 
with which the writer is familiar is that given by Coues (1867, pp. 


ANTROZOUS PALLIDUS 


ANTROZOUS PACIFICUS 


ANTROZOUS (PACIFIOUS?) | 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA s 


Fig. V. Map showing stations of occurrence in California of Antrozous pal- 
lidus and Antrozous pacificus, as established by specimens examined by the author. 


283-284). This author found the desert pallid bat very abundant 
at Fort Yuma, where during the hot months it became a decided 
nuisance. The proximity of the crowded retreats of the bats in the 
chinks and crannies of the officers’ quarters was actually offensive. 
At night the bats fluttered about the rooms by scores, and by day they 


352 University of California Publications in Zoology  |Vou.17 


could be continually heard scratching and squeaking in their retreats. 
When caught or disabled they squeaked harshly and bit with vigor 
and considerable effect, if incautiously handled. 

Bailey (1905, pp. 214-215) reports these bats as occurring in west- 
ern Texas between April 18 and October 11, but adds that these limits 
are apparently dates of collectors’ entering and leaving the region 
rather than of the migration of the bats. During the day the bats 
were found by the collectors in crevices of buildings and behind sign- 
boards, and, as they occurred also in rocky country where there were 
no buildings, Bailey considers it probable that they there hid in 
crevices of the cliffs during the day. This author describes their 
flight as soft and noiseless, and while rapid, not so jerky and quick 
as that of most bats. He adds that the light color and large size 
render this species of bat unmistakable in the early evening. 

J. Grinnell (1914, p. 263) states that a female taken April 20 
on the Colorado River, eight miles east of Picacho, contained two 
embryos; and Stephens (MS) notes that a specimen taken at San 
Bernardino, May 16, contained three embryos. 


Antrozous pacificus Merriam 
Pacifie Pallid Bat 


Vespertilio pallidus, Baird (1859, II, pp. 4-5), part? Description; recorded 
from ‘‘California.’’ 

Antrozous pallidus, H. Allen (1864, pp. 68-69, 3 figs. in text), part. De- 
scription; recorded from ‘‘Posa Creek,’’ Tejon Valley, and Ft. Tejon, 
Kern County. 

Antrozous pallidus, Cooper (1868, p. 6), part. Distribution. 

Antrozous pallidus, Coues and Yarrow (1875, pp. 85-86), part. Diagnosis; 
range; habits. 

Antrozous pallidus, H. Allen (1894, pp. 66-70, pls. 8-9), part. Description. 

Antrozous pallidus pacificus Merriam (1897, pp. 179-180). Original de- 
scription; type locality, Fort Tejon. 

Antrozous pallidus pacificus, Miller (1897b, pp. 45-46, 1 fig. in text). De- 
scription; distribution; several California localities listed. 

Antrozous pallidus pacificus, Elliot (1901, p. 397). Diagnosis. 

Antrozous pallidus pacificus, Miller and Rehn (1901, p. 267). Type 
locality. 

Antrozous pallidus pacificus, Elliot (1904a, pp. 319-320). Occurrence at 
Fort Tejon; habits. 

Antrozous pallidus pacificus, Elliot (1904b, p. 607). Diagnosis; distri- 
bution. 

Antrozous pallidus pacificus, Stone (1904b, p. 587). Record of specimens 
secured at Berkeley. 

Antrozous pallidus pacificus, Stephens (1906, p. 263). Diagnosis; distri- 
bution. 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 353 


Antrozous pallidus pacificus, Elliot (1907, p. 518). Record of specimens 
taken at Fort Tejon and San Rafael. 

Antrozous pallidus pacificus, Lyon and Osgood (1909, pp. 278-279). Loca- 
tion and condition of type. 

Antrozous pallidus pacificus, Miller (1912, p. 68). General range. 

Antrozous pallidus pacificus, J. Grinnell (1913b, p. 282). Range in Cali- 
fornia. 


Diagnosis —Forearm 53.7 to 58.9 millimeters; greatest length of 
skull, 22.0 to 23.9; color, yellowish drab brown. 

Description—In general characters Antrozows pacificus is very 
similar to Antrozous pallidus, but is slightly larger, with decidedly 
larger skull (pl. 23, fig. 53, and pl. 24, fig. 61), and darker coloration. 
Limbs, membranes, and pelage essentially similar to those of pallidus. 

Color—On the upper surface the hairs are pale yellowish drab 
at their bases, sepia or drab on distal third. The light bases of the 
hairs show in irregular patches. According to Stephens (1906. 
p. 263) there is a patch on the back of the neck, and sometimes one 
on the rump, where the dark tips are lacking. This is difficult to 
determine in some of the dried skins. On the under surface the hairs 
are cream color, shghtly darker at the tips. 

Skull—tThe skull varies in greatest length from 22 to 23.9 milli- 
meters. The brain-case, rostrum and bony palate are considerably 
broader than in pallidus. The length of the bony palate behind the 
molars (exclusive of the median spine) is usually equal to or greater 
than width at base of median spine. 

Teeth—tThe teeth are larger than those of pallidus, but similar 
in form, save that the upper premolar is conspicuously broader and 
shorter. 

Measurements.—Average and extreme measurements of a series 
of seventeen specimens in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology are as 
follows: ten males: total length, 118.0 (extremes, 109.0-125.0) ; 
tail vertebrae, 44.5 (39.0-49.0) ; tibia, 19.9 (19.0-22.0); foot, 13.1 
(11.0-16.0) ; forearm, 55.0 (54.0-56.0) ; greatest length of skull, 22.4 
(22.0-23.0) ; seven females: total length, 118.8 (114.0-122.0) ; tail 
vertebrae, 43.4 (41.0-46.0) ; tibia, 19.9 (18.0-21.7) ; foot, 13.4 (18.0- 
16.0); forearm, 55.3 (53.5-58.9) ; greatest length of cranium, 22.6 
(22.0-23.9). 

Synonymy and History.—H. Allen (1864, p. 68) remarked that 
in the species (Antrozous pallidus) two varieties of color are observed, 
but he does not attempt to separate the possible forms indicated. 
Many years later, C. H. Merriam (1897, pp. 179-180) described the 
darker race under the name pacificus, selecting his type from three 
specimens secured at Old Fort Tejon, California. The uniformly 
much larger skull of pacificus, together with lack of imtergradation 
with pallidus, causes the present writer to consider pacificus a distinct 
species, rather than a race of pallidus. 

Distribution —The general range of A. pacificus is given by Miller 


(1912, p. 68) as ‘‘Austral zones of the western United States and 


[ Vou. 17 


= CP STL 8ST 6°83 68S O9T 91e Or  O7cer ‘op odsiqg siwy ueg ‘surerq oz & #FS9FT 
S CP 8'0L 1st T'e2 F9G = O'OT. G03 OFF OBL ‘op odstqg simy weg ‘sure[q oz $ = SOFT 
; 5 CF FOL OSL 0°33 68S O's 9'6T OTF OST ‘09 Utes ‘ATTRA OST ST $} 9BE9T 
N CF GOT Ge £33 JG (ORE 0°61 08h OFT 0) Sefasuy soy ‘eLopuely) 6 #36 
5 oF Lor 9°81 0°82 O'FS 0's 0'8T 0'9F 0°32 ‘09 Sejasuy sory ‘viopuely) é LESS 
2 e?P 601 L'st Bice ‘ese OiS C'6L OOF O0'8ST ‘0D Sefasuy soy “etopuely 6  ©FPSS 
§ eF GOL 63 badd Ges O's Ll OCF  O'STT ‘0 sepesuy sory ‘eLopuely & 68T¢ 
3 oP TIL aro Geo OFS  O9T 002 O68  O'8DL OD BABIO BJuRg ‘O[V OW PP goge 
= Or e001 O's B'S oi¢e OST. 0°61 OTF  O'601 OD BABIN ByURg ‘OYTV OT@q P L98E 
3 er Z'0r o'er 0°83 eS OE. Lo OFF OBIT ‘0D sofasuy soy ‘eiopuyp PP Teac 
BS OF $01 FS L3e oss O's C6 0'6F 0'S3T ‘09 Sepesuy sory ‘B1opue[y P 02s 
‘= eP e0L Ot "36 OSS OT 308 ‘oP sO PLT. ‘0p sajasuy soy ‘euepuseq PP BFag 
BS PP 601 8's 0°82 Fcc ORT Gog OS?  O:EL ‘09 Sefaduy soy ‘vuopyseq PP 9FZG 
= er FOL 9ST Gicc (09S 0irL 0'6L OOF  O'8IT ‘0D Sefasuy soy “euopeseq PP Ghee 
3 oF OIL eT 6°33 09g OL 8S O'LF 0°02 09 Sajasuy sory “euoprsed 2 eres 
e Gy GOL ee 633 ye (qk O6r O02 ‘o9 Sojasuy soy ‘vuopeseq P O61 
S aie O'0L o's Wad Lg OTT e'6r '€F orort ‘op safasuy sory ‘euepeseq S8T¢ 
S 8: ¢2 & gf i : 
2 sist Ae rie BIS < 2 
= oF pi 


= 


U ] 


VINHOWITV() WOU Wwvyraua SOoWIOVd SHOZOMLN dO SHIdNVX NGATINGAGG WO SUALANITIL NI SLNGNAYNSVa 
‘ 


304 


« 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 355 


northwestern Mexico.’’ In California the range is through the Lower 
and Upper Sonoran zones on the Pacific slope, from the Mexican line 
north through the San Diegan district and San Joaquin Valley, and 
through the central coast district as far as Marin County. Recorded 
also from Fort Crook (near Burgettville), Shasta County (Miller, 
1897b, p. 45). The specimen from Goose Lake, Modoc County, exam- 
ided by me differs somewhat from other specimens of Antrozous which 
I have seen and suggests the existence in the northern part of the 
the Great Basin of a race, as yet unnamed, externally most nearly like 
pacificus. (See map, text-fig V.) 

Specimens Examined.—The writer has examined 107 specimens of 
the Pacific pallid bat from the following localities in California: San 
Diego County: Julian, 1; Los Angeles County: Glendora, 7 (U.S. 
Nation. Mus., 1; Mus. Vert. Zool., 6) ; Pasadena, 12; Sierra Madre, 3: 
Alhambra, 1 (U. 8. Nation. Mus.) ; Ventura County: Santa Paula, 15 
(Stanford Univ.) ; Kern County: Fort Tejon, 2 (U.S. Nation. Mus.) ; 
Kelso Valley, 1; San Luis Obispo County: Carrizo Plains, 2; Tulare 
County: White River, 1 (Stanford Univ.) ; Fresno County: Fresno, 
3 (U. S: Nation. Mus., 2; Mus. Vert. Zool., 1); Monterey County: 
Carmel Mission, 2 (Stanford Univ.) ; Merced County: Snelling, 20; 
Santa Clara County: Palo Alto, 19 (Stanford Univ., 17; Mus. Vert. 
Zool., 2); Stanford University, 3 (Stanford Univ.) ; Mountain View, 
1 (Stanford Univ.); San Mateo County: Menlo Park, 4 (Stanford 
Univ.) ; Alameda County: Berkeley, 8 (U. C. Dept. Zool., 4; U. 8. 
Nation. Mus., 1; Mus. Vert. Zool., 3); Marin County: San Geronimo, 
1 (Stanford Univ.) ; Modoe County: Goose Lake, 1 (San Diego Soc. 
Nat. Hist.). 

Natural History—During the summer of 1904 the writer became 
acquainted with a colony of the Pacifie pallid bats which occupied 
the spaces under the eaves of a barn loft at Glendora, Los Angeles 
County, in company with a few Mexican free-tailed bats. Every 
morning the floor of the loft was found to be strewn with heads, legs, 
and wings of insects caught by the bats. Most numerous among these 


? 


‘‘kitehen middens’’ were heads and legs of Jerusalem crickets and 
the wings of sphinx moths. Dr. H. C. Bryant of the State Fish and 
Game Commission has kindly identified a sample lot of these remains, 
picked up in September, 1904, as belonging to the following genera 
and species of insects: Prionus californicus, Stenopelmatus sp., Deile- 
phila lineata, Microcentrum sp., Ligyrus gibbosus, and Gryllus sp. 


It is of interest to note that the Jerusalem crickets (Stenopelmatus), 


356 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


being wingless, must have been secured upon the ground, the bats 
probably becoming aware of their whereabouts through hearing them 
as they crawled about on the surface of the ground. 

Of six specimens of this bat taken from this colony August 6, 1904, 
four were females and two males, all adult. 

Heller (in Elliot, 1904a, pp. 319-320) found this species rather 
rare at the type locality, Fort Tejon. He says of it: 

Several were secured while I was stopping in an old house. The bats could 
not be found in the house during the day, but at night they entered through 
the open windows, bringing with them large brown mole crickets, which they 


devoured at their leisure while suspended from the roof. The floor of the 
house below their perches was covered with the remains of the insects. 


A female of this species (no. 14654) secured by Swarth and Carr 
May 27, 1911, at Painted Rock, Carrizo Plains, San Luis Obispo 
County, contained two embryos. Stephens (1906, p. 263) states 
that the young of this bat are born about the first of July. Merriam 
(1897, p. 180) found two females, taken June 28, 1891, at Fort Tejon, 
to contain ‘‘large embryos, nearly ready for birth.”’ 

While earrying on field work at Snelling, Merced County, May 
27, 1915, Mr. Charles L. Camp came upon a troop of youngsters who 
were setting up a wire net under the gable end of a church building 
with the intent of ridding the place of a colony of bats the presence 
of which had caused annoyance to the pastor and his congregation. 


Mr. Camp writes (MS): 


I could plainly hear the bats squeaking (6:30 P.M.) inside the wall, at a 
distance of fifty feet from the building. About 7:30 the first bat came out, 
missed the net and flew away. It was quickly followed by another which circled, 
lit on the side of the building, and was shot. No more bats appeared for ten 
minutes and then they began to drop into the net at the rate of about four a 
minute, coming faster toward the last, when twenty-one were found in the trap. 
After the net was taken down at 8 o’clock, many more bats, all apparently of the 
same species (Antrozous pacificus) flew out of the building, circled about in 
the trees and flew away. The bats caught (22 in all) were females, each contain- 
ing one or two embryos, except one which was a male with testes small or medium. 


Bees and red-shafted flickers were living in the same building with 
the bats. 

With one exception all dates of occurrence known to me are be- 
tween March 27 and October 19. In the collection at Stanford 
University are two females secured by C. J. Pierson, January 1, 1895, 
at Carmel Mission, Monterey County. The Pacific pallid bat is 
probably to a partial extent migratory. 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 357 


Family MOLOSSIDAE 


Foot and leg short and stout. Ears variable, sometimes joined 
across forehead ; tragus much reduced; antitragus usually very large; 
anterior border of auricle never with basal lobe. Muzzle obliquely 
truneate, usually sprinkled with short modified hairs having spoon- 
shaped tips; nostrils simple, usually opening on a special pad, the 
upper surface of which is often set with fine horny excrescences. 
Wing narrow; fifth metacarpal only about two-thirds as long as third; 
membranes thick and leathery. Uropatagium short; tail projecting 
conspicuously beyond its free edge. Miller (1907, p. 243) recognizes 
ten genera, only two of which have been found to occur in the western 
hemisphere north of southern Mexico. 


Genus Nyctinomus Geoffroy 


Ears large and rounded, rising from middle point of forehead, 
extending distinctly beyond extremity of muzzle when laid forward; 
anterior border of conch with 6 to 12 horny execrescences; keel well 
developed; tragus small, flattened, squarely truncate above; anti- 
tragus variable in form, sometimes low and indistinet. Muzzle pad 
well developed and sharply outlined, its upper margin thickly set with 
horny points like those on anterior margin of ear; a line of similar 
points extends downward across middle of pad between nostrils. 
Upper lip full and wrinkled, rather thickly sprinkled with stiffened 
spoon-shaped hairs; feet stout; wings narrow (Miller, 1907, p. 251). 


Nyctinomus depressus Ward 
Tacubaya Free-tailed Bat 


Nyctinomus depressus Ward (1891, pp. 747-750, 2 figs.). Original deserip- 
tion; type locality, Tacubaya, Federal District, Mexico. 
Nyctinomus macrotis nevadensis H. Allen (1894, pp. 171-174, pls. 34-35). 
Deseription of supposed new form, from ‘‘ Nevada and California.’’ 
Nyctinomus nevadensis, J. A. Allen (1894, pp. 326-828). Description of 
adult male; type fixed. 

Nyctinomus nevadensis, Miller and Rehn (1901, p. 273). Type locality. 

Nyctinomus macrotis nevadensis, Elliot (1901, p. 417). Description; dis- 
tribution. 

Nyctinomus nevadensis, Miller (1902, p. 250). Declared to be a synonym 
of Nyctinomops depressus. 

Nyctinomops depressus, Elliot (1904b, p. 627). Deseription; distribution. 

Nyctinomops depressus, Stephens (1906, p. 275). Description; distribution. 

Nyctinomus macrotis nevadensis, Lyon and Osgood (1909, p. 280). Nature 
and location of type. 

Nyctinomus depressus, J. Grinnell (1913b, p. 283). Nature of occurrence 
in California. 


Diagnosis —Size large; total length 131 millimeters, free portion 
of tail, 33; muzzle not ‘‘concave’’ between ears; color, above, burnt 
umber; below, Prout’s brown. 


358 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou.17 


Description: Head—Inner edge of ear evenly convex when flat- 
tened out; forward interior margin reflexed over a deep depression 
at upper extremity of keel, forming a sort of pocket; outer margin 
bilobate ; the lower lobe arising from a short straight base coming up 
from antitragus, upper lobe continuous with tip and inner edge; keel 
large, strongly reflexed at angle near base, and extending slightly 
exterior to antitragus. Tragus straight on inner and upper margins; 
outer margin formed by two shghtly concave lnes producing by their 
juncture a slight lobe at center of this margin. Conch with seven 
diagonally transverse flutings, appearing as furrows on upper surface, 
and as ridges on lower surface, the posterior one being but very 
-shehtly indicated. On outer surface of conch, and passing through 
centers of these flutings at right angles to them, is a slight ridge 
formed by a doubling of the skin. The peculiar depressed angle 
formed by the juncture of the two lobes of the external margin of 
the conch gives the ears of this species a peculiar drooping appearance 
that suggested the specific name depressus. Nostrils circular, open- 
ing forwards, outwards, and very slightly downwards. A prominent 
subcireular swelling between eye and nostril and slightly below the 
line connecting them. Side of face with five flutings extending to 
lip, and a deep furrow under eye. Face and chin nearly naked. 

Limbs and Membranes—On upper surface of antebrachial mem- 
brane, a line of very short hairs, so fine as scarcely to be perceptible 
when wet, borders humerus and radius. On upper surface of the 
wing membrane, short lines of hairs border the radius, except at the 
extreme elbow, and occupy the angle formed by juncture of fourth 
and fifth metacarpals. Both upper and lower surfaces of wing mem- 
brane covered with hairs to a line extending from proximal third of 
humerus to middle of femur. Interfemoral membrane covered for 
three or four millimeters below the femora on upper surface, but 
naked on lower. <A well-developed ecallosity at base of first phalanx 
of thumb. 

Color—Above, burnt umber; below, Prout’s brown; bases of hairs 
on both surfaces white. Membranes and ears (in aleohole specimen) 
nearly concolor with under surface of body. Wing membranes, from 
inner surface of distal end of tibia and from ealear, indefinitely 
edged with yellowish white, this color better defined in centers of 
interdigital spaces and in center of space between fifth finger and 
tibia. Outer edges of first and fifth toes closely fringed with short 
curved white hairs; on fifth toe, dorsal to this outer fringe, is a row 
of less numerous curved hairs, exceeding others about three times 
in length. From upper surface of base of each claw spring three or 
four long curved hairs, about 8 millimeters in length of chord. 

= ps 9-9 a 
Teeth —Dental formula: = = ge join ===. eee 
Day leah 2-2 3-3 
incisors semi-conical, parallel, and separated by a space of 1 milli- 
meter. Lower incisors bifid, crowded; the middle pair in a straight 
line; the outer ones start from near centers of inner surfaces of middle 
pair and diverge at an angle of 45 degrees from them. Canines long, 
with distinct, unbroken cingula, somewhat dilated on posterior in- 
ternal part of lower one, but not forming a true cusp. Upper canines 


—30)) Upper 


1918 | Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 309" 


eurved backwards, sabre-shaped, passing 1.5 millimeters below gums 
of lower teeth when mouth is closed, lower pair fitting into sockets 
between upper incisors and canines. First upper and lower pre- 
molars much smaller than second ones. Second upper premolars 
decidedly longer than molars, with very acute outer cusps; internal 
cusps not particularly developed. 

Measurements (in millimeters from alcoholic specimen) .—Length 
of head and body, from tip of nose to base of tail, 79; length of tail, 
52; length of tail beyond interfemoral membrane, 33; length of head, 
31; length of ear, from notch between antitragus and coneh to an- 
terior point of margin, 25; length of antitragus, 7; height of anti- 
tragus, 4.5; width of tragus at top, 2.5; ears united at base for, 3.5; 
leneth of forearm, 60; length of thumb, not including metacarpal, 8; 
extent of outstretched wings, 357; length of tibia, 18; leneth of foot, 
13; length of caleaneum (poorly defined), about 16. 

The above description is compiled from Ward’s (1891, pp. 747— 
750, original description). A comparison of this deseription with 
those given by H. Allen (1894, p. 171) and J. A. Allen (1894, p. 326) 
shows agreement in general characters. Ward, however, notes the 
absence of a gular pouch, while J. A. Allen indicates the presence of 
a well-marked gular pouch. 


Synonymy and History—This bat was described by Ward (1891, 
pp. 747-750) from a single adult male specimen, taken within the 
museum building at Tacubaya, Federal District, Mexico. In 1893, 
H. Allen (1894, pp. 171-174, pls. 34, 35), apparently unaware of 
Ward’s description, redescribed the species as Nyctinomus macrotis 
nevadensis, from two immature specimens in the United States 
National Museum. J. A. Allen (1894, pp. 326-328), upon examin- 
ation of a fully adult male, raised the supposed form to full specific 

Lolisy = 


rank, and fixed typeship upon a specimen (no. 365607 U. S. Nation. 
odd00E 


Mus.) from ‘‘California.’”’ Miller (1902, p. 250) placed the name 
nevadensis of H. Allen under the synonymy of Nyctinomus depressus 
Ward. 


Distribution—tThis bat has been recorded from Mexico City, 


Mexico, and within the United States from Arizona, Nevada, Colo- 
rado, Iowa, and California, there being but one record for each of 
the states named, except for Iowa, where two specimens have been 
secured (Cory, 1912, p. 477; Gabrielson, 1916, p. 86). : 

In the cases of the Nevada and California examples of Nyctinomus 
depressus the exact localities of capture are not known. The Colo- 
rado example was taken at Grand Junction (altitude about 5000 
feet) (Warren, 1910, p. 286) ; and the Arizona specimen when secured 
was flying over a small meadow in the Chiricahua Mountains, at an 
altitude of about 9500 feet (J. A. Allen, 1895, pp. 245-246). Mexico 


360 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


City, where the type specimen was taken, has an altitude of over 
7000 feet. 
Natural History.—Nothing is known under this head. 


Nyctinomus femorosaccus Merriam 
Pocketed Bat 


Nyctinomus femorosaccus Merriam (1889a, p. 23). Original description; 
type locality, Agua Caliente [= Palm Springs, Riverside County], Cali- 
fornia. 

Nuyuctinomus femorosaccus, Bryant (1891a, p. 359). Nominal. 

Nyctinomus femorosaccus, Bryant (1892, p. 220). Nominal. 

Nyctinomus femorosaccus, Elliot (1901, pp. 417-418). Description. 

Nyctinomus femorosacecus, Miller and Rehn (1901, p. 272). Type locality. 

Nyctinomus femorosaccus, Elliot (1904a, p. 321). Specimen recorded from 
Palm Cafion, Colorado Desert. 

Nyctinomus femorosaccus, Elliot (1904b, p. 626). Description. 

Nyctinomops femorosaccus, Stephens (1906, p. 274). Description; type 
locality. 

Nyctinomops femorosaccus, Elliot (1907, p. 523). Repeated record. 

Nyctinomus femorosaccus, Miller (1912, p. 69). Nominal. 

Nyctinomus femorosaccus, J. Grinnell (1913), p. 282). Range in Cali- 
fornia. 


Diagnosis —Size medium (total length 103 millimeters) ; tail more 
than half exserted; a fold of membrane extends from inner third of 
femur to middle of tibia, forming a pocket at thigh; ears connected 
at bases; color dull brown. 

Description.—Merriam (1889a, p. 23) gives the following deserip- 
tion of the type specimen of the pocketed bat: 


Measurements [in millimeters] (from the alcoholic specimen).—Total length, 
103; head and body, 60; tail, 41; exserted part of tail, 23; head, 23; ear from 
crown, 14; ear from base of antitragus, 20; tragus, 1; humerus, 28; forearm, 
47; third finger: metacarpal, 45; first phalanx, 20; second phalanx, 19; fifth 
finger, 44. 

General Characters.—Incisors = Lower incisors bifid and crowded; first 
upper premolar small, but well developed; second very large, with a large and 
high antero-internal cusp. Ears thick, united by bases of inner margins 4.5 mm. 
from end of nose; ear keel greatly developed, with a large lobe on its lower third; 
antitragus higher than long, convex anteriorly, slightly concave posteriorly, and 
separated by a deep notch; tragus subquadrate, hidden behind the large anti- 
tragus, its outer angle projecting upward in the form of a small pointed lobule; 
upper margin of ear conch with two minute horny projections, not symmetrical 
on the two sides. Tail more than half exserted. Gular sae present (opening on 
right side of median line). There is a curious fold of membrane stretching from 
the inner third of the femur to the middle of the tibia, forming a deep pocket 
between it and the interfemoral membrane. The wing membrane is attached 
to the leg at the same point (immediately below the middle of the tibia), so 
that there are three folds of membrane here. The fur extends out on the wing 
membrane, above and beneath, as far as a line drawn from the middle of the 
humerus to the junction of the middle and outer thirds of the femur. Color, 
dull brown. c 


1918 | Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 361 


36038 
20922 
Huachuea, Arizona, which the present writer has examined, measures, 
in millimeters: total length, 19.2; zygomatie breadth, 10.1; breadth 
of brain-ease, 10.0; interorbital constriction, 3.7. 

Distribution.—The type specimen was collected by F. Stephens 
at Agua Caliente [= Palm Springs], Colorado Desert, Riverside 


County, California, March 27, 1885. The only other Californian 


A skull of the pocketed bat (U.S. Nation. Mus. ), from Fort 


record of this bat, of which the writer is aware, is that by Elliot 


(1904a, p. 321), who reports the finding by Edmund Heller of a 
mummified specimen impaled on a mesquite bush in Palm Cajon, 
near Palm Springs. The bush overhung a pool of water where bats 
came to drink. (See map, text-fig. O.) 

Natural History.—Nothing is known of the habits of the pocketed 
bat. 


Nyctinomus mexicanus (Saussure) 
Mexican Free-tailed Bat 


M{[olossus|. mexicanus Saussure (1860, pp. 283-285, pl. 15, figs. 2, 2a). 
Original description; from Ameca, Jalisco, Mexico. 

Nyctinomus nasutus, H. Allen (1864, pp. 7-10). Description; nomen- 
clature; record of specimen from Fort Yuma. 

Nyctinomus nasutus, Cooper (1868, p. 5). Distribution. 

Nyctinomus nasutus, Cooper (in Cronise, 1868, p. 442), part. Occurrence 
in California. 

Nyctinomus nasutus, Coues and Yarrow (1875, pp. 81-82), part.  Dis- 
tribution. 

Nyctinomus brasiliensis, Dobson (1878, pp. 437-439, pl. 32, fig. 8). De- 
scription; general range. 

Nyctinomus brasiliensis, True (1885, p. 603). Range. 

Nyctinomus mohavensis, Bryant (1891a, p. 359). Distribution. 

Nyctinomus mohavensis, Bryant (1892, p. 220). Nominal. 

Nyctinomus brasiliensis, H. Allen (1894, pp. 163-171, pls. 32-33). De- 
scription; nomenclature; distribution. 

Nyctinomus brasiliensis californicus H. Allen (1894, p. 166, pl. 32, fig. 5). 
Description of a ‘‘variety’’ from ‘‘California.’’ The only California 
locality mentioned under N. brasiliensis is Fort Yuma. 

Nyctinomus mohavensis, Stowell (1894, pp. 362-364). Deseription; dis- 
tribution; habits of colony observed at San Jose, and occurrence at 
Pacifie Grove. 

Nyctinomus mohavensis, Elliot (1901, p. 418). Diagnosis. 

Nyctinomus brasiliensis californicus, Miller and Rehn (1901, p. 272). Type 
locality. 

Nyctinomus mohavensis, Miller and Rehn (1901, p. 273). Type locality. 

Nyctinomus mexicanus, Elliot (1904a, pp. 320-821). Records of oceur- 
rence at Palm Springs and Fort Tejon. 

Nyctinomus mexicanus, Elliot (1904b, pp. 629-630). Description; distri- 
bution. 


362 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vow. 17 


Nyctinomus cynocephalus californicus, Stone (1904b, p. 587). Record of 
occurrence at Belmont. 

Nyctinomops mohavensis, Stephens (1906, pp. 273-274). Description; 
distribution; habits. 

Nyctinomus mexicanus, Elliot (1907, pp. 523-524). Record of specimens 
taken at Fort Tejon, Palm Springs, and San Jose. 

Nyctinomus mexicanus, J. Grinnell (1913b, p. 283). Range in California. 

Nyctinomus mexicanus, J. Grinnell (1914, p. 268). Occurrence along 
Colorado River. 


Diagnosis —Size medium (total length 90 to 103 millimeters) ; 
ears broad, apparently united at base, with a series of wart-like pro- 
jections on anterior border; tragus small, flattened, squarely truncate 
above; exserted portion of tail about equal to 
that enclosed in membrane; general color, hair 
brown. 

Description: Head.—Ears about as broad as 
long (text-fig. W), diverging from median line on 


tance of 1 millimeter, although usually separate; 
‘ ‘“‘warts’’ on anterior margin of ear varying in 
view of head of . 
REGRGRITO GEE number from five to eleven; a sinuous, sharply de- 
icanus (drawn fined ridge arises from behind tragus and fades 
from specimen no. away toward anterior external portion of lobe; 
18921), X 1.00, hosterior surface of ear marked by five or six 
showing rounded eens ‘ ~ 2 
Reis, SA Se distinet transverse wrinkles; upper lip deeply 
projections on an- crimped, forming perpendicular wrinkles. A deep 
terior margin of furrow under eye. 
Sls) SAE ace: Limbs and Membranes —Wings relatively small 
ee Speed fe and weak (as compared with those of other Cali- 
Arvil perpendicular fornia bats which equal this species in size of 
wrinkles in upper body), slender; third metacarpal 1.7 length of 
lip. fifth metacarpal. Wing attached to tibia on distal 
third. Feet stout with toes distended. 

Pelage.—Dorsal surface of body well furred with short soft hairs 
averaging 3 or 4 millimeters in length. Hairs on ventral surface 
slightly longer and more closely set. On face and chin, in addition 
to shorter hairs, are scattered longer ones varying in length from 5 
to 7 millimeters. Along edge of upper lip is a row of short, stiff, 
downward-directed hairs. Ears very seantily furred with minute 
hairs. Wings naked save for a narrow band of fur, continuous with 
that of body, which extends from middle of humerus alone wing 
to proximal third of femur, on both dorsal and ventral surfaces, and 
for a fringe of hairs which extends along edge of post-calearial lobe 
from its proximal end half way to its distal end. Outer edges of 
first and fifth toes closely fringed with short, curved, white hairs; on 
fifth toe, dorsal to this outer fringe, is a row of less numerous curved 
hairs, three times as long as those of the first row. From upper 
surface of base of each claw spring three or four long curved hairs 
4 to 6 millimeters in length. 

Color.—There is but little individual variation in color among the 
series of Nyctinomus mericanus in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology. 


Fig. W. Side 


forehead, and sometimes united at bases for a dis- — 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 363 


An example (no. 19006, 2) from Concord, Contra Costa County, 
presents what is apparently the usual coloration of the species in 
California. This specimen is hair brown in color, slightly paler 
beneath, and with feet and membranes varying toward chaetura 
black. The hairs on the body are everywhere whitish at their bases. 
The long scattered hairs upon the face and chin are a dark hair 
brown, while the long curved hairs upon the dorsal surface of the 
claws are whitish. 

Several specimens from Los Banos, Mereed County, and the two 
examples from Painted Rock, Carrizo Plains, San Luis Obispo 
County, exhibit a yellowish suffusion, due perhaps to absorption of 
oil from the skin. Among thirty-one specimens from the vicinity 
of Fresno, Fresno County, a single example shows marked departure 
from the normal coloration. This individual is unusually sooty in 
appearance, fur and membranes being chaetura black in color. 

Skull—Brain-ease slightly rounded; sagittal crest very feebly 
developed ; lachrymal and supraorbital ridges low but distinct; dorsal 
surface of rostrum with a shallow longitudinal median coneavity ; 
zygomata slightly expanded at middle. Dorsal profile nearly straight, 
rising gradually from nose to top of brain-case; a depression between 
top of brain-case and occipital ridge. (See pl. 23, fig. 48; pl. 24, 
fig. 56). 

= = = 9) OL 

Teeth.—Dental formula: is ory s os, pm 99° m 54 = 30 or 
32. Upper incisors simple, well developed, about half as high as 
canines, wide apart at base, strongly converging at tips, separated 
from canines by a space about equal to their greatest diameter, shaft 
narrowing both above and below slightly developed cingulum, its 
apex blunt. First and second lower incisors equal, their crowns in 
contact with each other and with cingulum of canine. In young 
specimens the crowns are bifid, with lobes rounded at the tip. In 
old specimens the crowns are squarely truncated; in some all trace 
of the notch is obliterated. Third incisor when present varies from 
a mere spicule to a slender well-formed tooth, bifid at crown, and 
three-fourths height of second incisor. In a series of thirty-seven 
skulls belonging to the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology sixteen were 
found to have three lower incisors on each side, eight to have two 
only, four to have two in the right mandibular ramus, and three in 
the left, and two to have three in the right ramus and two in the left. 
Seven of the skulls were found to have less than four lower incisors, 
the ones present being badly worn and broken. 

Stowell (1894, p. 363) found that of forty-five specimens examined 
twenty-four possessed six lower incisors, nine had five, and twelve 
had four. He remarks: 


The outer incisor when present is very small, and so crowded forward as to 
occupy a precarious position in front of the canine, a fact which may account 
for its absence in so many specimens. In by far the majority, the incisors are 
distinctly bilobate and the lobes have well-rounded tips; but in some specimens 
the tips have become more or less worn, and in a few individuals this process 
has proceeded so far that the upper edges of the teeth are truncate, with scarcely 
a trace of the median notch. In the specimens examined we have noticed that 
most of those with perfectly truncate incisors have the latter also reduced in 
number. This probably indicates that both conditions are dependent upon age. 


364 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou.17 


While most of the skulls in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology lack- 
ing the third incisor, show badly worn teeth, yet two with unworn 
teeth show no trace of the third incisor, indicating that the absence 
of this tooth is sometimes a matter of individual variation, as well as 
of age. 

Canines strong and well developed, with distinct cingula. First 
upper premolar minute; second well-developed. First lower premolar 
about half as high as second, but with base nearly as large. Molars 
normal, 

Measurements.—Average and extreme measurements in milli- 
meters of twenty examples of N. mexicanus in the Museum of Verte- 
brate Zoology are as follows: ten males: total length, 95.4 (90.0-99.0) ; 
tail vertebrae, 34.6 (32.0-88.0) ; tibia, 12.3 (11.6-13.0); foot, 10.1 
(8.0-12.0) ; forearm, 41.4 (40.7-44.0) ; greatest length of cranium, 
17.1 (16.6-17.5); zygomatic breadth, 10.0 (9.6-10.5); mastoid 
breadth, 9.4 (9.3-9.7) ; interorbital constriction, 3.9 (3.9-4.2); ten 
females: total length, 96.2 (91.0-103.0) ; tail vertebrae, 35.5 (31.0- 
40.0); tibia, 12.2 (11.5-13.8); foot, 9.8 (8.0-11.0); forearm, 41.2 
(39.0-43.0) ; greatest leneth of cranium, 16.9 (16.7-17.4) ; zygomatic 
breath, 9.8 (9.6-10.0); mastoid breadth, 9.2 (9.1-9.5); interorbital 
constriction, 3.9 (3.7-4.2). 

Synonymy and History—Nyctinomus mexicanus was described 
under the name Molossus mexicanus by Saussure (1860, p. 283) from 
material obtained at Ameca, Jalisco, Mexico (Miller, 1912, p. 70). 
Merriam (1889), p. 25) described a bat which appears to be identical 
with N. mexricanus, from Fort Mohave, Mohave County, Arizona, 
under the name Nyctinomus mohavensis. Harrison Allen (1894. 
p. 166) deseribed the same species from California under the name 
Nyctinomus brasiliensis californicus. The California bat, however, 
appears to be distinet from brasiliensis of South America. The 
writer has examined the five bats from Belmont, California, recorded 
by Rehn (in Stone, 19046, p. 587) under the name Nyctinomus cyno- 
cephalus californicus and finds them distinet from true cynocephalus 
and in no way different from examples of mecicanus from elsewhere 
in California. 

Distribution.—N yctinomus mexicanus has been recorded from the 
voleano Popoeatepetl, Mexico, northward through the United States 
to Neweastle, Garfield County, Colorado (Warren, 1910, p. 286), and 
eastward from the Pacifie to the middle of Texas where, according to 
Bailey (1905, p. 215) ‘‘its eastern limit of range, so far as known, 
agrees closely with the eastern limits of mesquite.’’ In California 
the species is abundant throughout the Upper and Lower Sonoran 
zones, from the southern border of the state northward at least to 
Marysville Buttes, Sutter County. Throughout the central valleys 


365 


f the Bats of California 


: A Synopsis o 


Grinnell 


1918] 


Mus. 
no. 


3872 
3875 
6701 
5135 
5127 
8317 
14656 
1465 
6700 
14655 
12670 
5129 
5130 
5133 
5127 
14665 
22101 
22100 
14666 
18501 


MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS OF TWENTY EXAMPLES OF NYCTINOMUS MEXICANUS (SAUSSURE), FROM CALIFORNIA 


Sex 


+0 +0 +0 +0 +0 40 40 +0 40 100, 0, 2, OK QA DA OY OV AA OY 


Locality 
Palo Alto, Santa Clara Co. 
Palo Alto, Santa Clara Co. 


San Francisquito Canon, Los Angeles Co, 


Santa Monica, Los Angeles Co. 
Pasadena, Los Angeles Co. 
Sweetwater Dam, San Diego Co. 
Los Banos, Merced Co. 

Los Banos, Merced Co. 

Glendora, Los Angeles Co. 

Los Banos, Merced Co. 

Fresno, Fresno Co. 

Pasadena, Los Angeles Co. 
Pasadena, Los Angeles Co. 
Pasadena, Los Angeles Co. 
Pasadena, Los Angeles Co. 

Carrizo Plains, San Luis Obispo Co. 
Coulterville, Mariposa Co. 
Coulterville, Mariposa Co. 

Carrizo Plains, San Luis Obispo Co. 
Marysville Buttes, Sutter Co. 


vertebrae 


Tail 


Foot 


11.0 
11.0 
8.0 
8.0 
8.0 
11.0 
12.0 
11.0 
9.0 
12, 
9.5 
8.0 
9.0 
8.0 
8.0 
11.0 
9.0 
9.0 
11.0 
11.0 


Forearm 


41.0 
41.0 
41.0 
41.3 
44.0 
41.0 
40.7 
41.0 
41.3 
41.9 
40.5 
39.0 
40.0 
41.4 
42.5 
43.0 
42.9 


o.4 


41.5 


40.0 
42.9 


2.8 


» Greatest 
length of 
cranium 


= 


Zygomatic 
breadth 


Mastoid 
breadth 


constriction 


co wo oo x & Interorbital 
C=) 


ie 
° 


366 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


of the state it is one of the most abundant bats, occurring in great 

colonies where conditions are favorable. (See map, text-fig. X.) 
Specimens Examined.—The writer has examined 217 specimens 

of Nyctinomus mexicanus from the following localities in California: 


@ NYCTINOMUS MEXICANUS 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 


! UNIVERSITY OP CALIFORNIA 


Fig. X. Map showing stations of occurrence in California of Nyctinomus 
mezxicanus, as established by specimens examined by the author. 


San Diego County: Sweetwater Dam, 1; Imperial County: 8 miles 
east of Picacho, 1; Echo Island, Salton Sea, 1; Riverside County: 
Mecea, 1; San Jacinto, 10 (Stanford Univ.) ; San Bernardino County: 
Chemehuevis Valley, 1; San Bernardino, 2; Los Angeles County: 
Glendora, 1; Pasadena, 11; San Francisquito Canon, 1; Santa Moniea, 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 367 


1; Ventura County: Santa Paula, 1 (Stanford Univ.) ; Ventura, 8; 
Kern County: Fort Tejon, 1; San Luis Obispo County: Painted Rock, 
Carrizo Plains, 2; Fresno County: Fresno, 29; Lane Bridge, 10 miles 
“north Fresno, 2; Mariposa County: El Portal, 1; Coulterville, 2; 
Mono County: Walker Lake, 1; Merced County: Los Banos, 18; 
Stanislaus County: Grayson, 1; Santa Clara County: Menlo Park, 7; 
Palo Alto, 13 (Stanford Univ., 5; Mus. Vert. Zool., 8); Stanford 
University, 1 (Calif. Acad.); San Jose, 52 (Stanford Univ.); San 
Mateo County: Belmont, 5 (Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila.) ; Alameda County : 
Berkeley, 2 (U. C. Dept. Zool.) ; Alameda, 1; San Joaquin County: 
Tracy Lake, 6 miles southwest Galt, 1; Contra Costa County: Con- 
cord, 24; Eldorado County: Limekiln, 12; Placer County: Auburn, 
1; Sutter County: Marysville Buttes, 3 miles southwest Sutter, 1. 
Natural History—This bat is gregarious and apparently prefers 
retreats in buildings rather than those afforded by nature. I know 
of no instance of the finding of these bats in natural haunts save 
where they had no choice of other quarters. On May 27, 1911, 
Swarth (MS) found a cluster of these bats in company with a large 
number of Antrozous pacificus in a erevice extending upward from 
a hollow at the base of Painted Rock, Carrizo Plains, San Luis Obispo 
County. When a buggy whip was thrust up among them some of 
the bats crawled farther up into the crevice, while about fifteen or 
twenty tumbled out and flew about the rock seeking other shelter. 
At Glendora, Los Angeles County, a raid upon a colony of Antrozous 
occupying the spaces under the eaves of a barn loft resulted in the 
capture of ten Antrozous and a single male Nyctinomus mexicanus. 
More of the latter species may have been present as many of the bats 
disturbed eluded capture and escaped into the open air. Stowell 
(1894, pp. 362-364) records the finding of large numbers of these 
bats behind the iron window shutters of the courthouse in San Jose. 
On February 27, the leaves of one of these shutters were opened and 
the bats were found thickly clustered in the darker recesses. The 
bats made little effort to escape and about seventy specimens were 
secured. These consisted of males and females in about equal num- 
bers. The window from which these bats were secured was on the 
west side of the building. On March 3, of the same year, thirty-two 
specimens were taken from another west window and these bats also 
consisted of an equal proportion of the two sexes. An examination 
of four different windows on the east side of the building resulted in 
the capture of thirty-five specimens, all females. W. P. Taylor 


368 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 
P 

(MS), when encamped in April, 1912, near Marysville Buttes, Sutter 
County, noted bats of this species flying down the cafion each even- 
ing. They appeared shortly after 6:45 p.w. OC. H. Richardson (MS) 
took six male N. mexicanus from spaces between the sheathing and 
shakes on a barn beside a slough near Los Banos, Merced County, 
on March 25, 1911. He writes: ‘‘This was evidently an old roost, 
for the dung lay thick upon the floor. There were many bats present, 
to judge from the amount of squeaking and the odor.”’ 

Several specimens of this bat have been sent to the Museum of 
Vertebrate Zoology from the attic of a schoolhouse at Fresno. 

Heller (in Elhot, 1904a, p. 320) found Nyctinomus mexicanus 
common in the spring of 1902 in Palm Canon, near Palm Springs, 
Riverside County. He also found several hundred living in the 
garret of one of the old buildings at Fort Tejon, Kern County. 

Specimens secured during November and December from the attic 
of a blacksmith shop at Concord, Contra Costa County, and sent to 
the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, were excessively fat. The males 
examined had very small testes. Specimens secured from the same 
colony January 31 were very thin. In one of the males examined the 
testes were shghtly enlarged, indicating the possibility of spring 
mating in this species. The stomachs of four specimens were 
crammed with the remains of insects, flies and small beetles, too finely 
triturated for identification. I do not think that these bats had 
hibernated but that the loss of fat was due to the seareity of food, 
caused by the frosty weather of December and January. 

Along the Colorado River between Needles and Yuma, in the 
spring of 1910, Museum collectors found the species not uncommon. 
In the neighborhood of Mecca, Riverside County, the species was 
found during the spring of 1908, and one specimen was collected from 
a colony found in a cave on Echo Island in Salton Sea. 

On the evening of January 1, 1915, J. Grinnell (MS) noted several 
bats flying at El Portal, Mariposa County, 2000 feet altitude. One 
of the two examples shot proved to be Nyctinomus mexicanus. This 
specimen, a female, weighed 11.5 grams. Specimens and records at 
hand establish the presence of the Mexican free-tailed bat in the same 
general areas of the state throughout the year. It is therefore safe 
to infer that this species is but slightly or not at all migratory. 

On October 27, 1916, J. R. Pemberton and J. Grinnell investigated 
a colony of bats (pl. 14, fig. 2) oceupying the attie of a brick house 
at San Bernardino, the home of R. B. Herron. Dr. Grinnell records 
(MS) his observations as follows: 


1918 | Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 369 


I found just one species, Nyctinomus mexicanus, though Mr. Herron declares 
there are at least three kinds present, at different seasons of the year. I went 
all through the attic and all I saw distinctly, flying or in different ‘‘colonies,’’ 
were of the above species. There are now at least 1000 bats, clinging together 
in patches in the peak of the roof, or crowded into crevices between the ridgepole 
and the shingles. Along the floor is a longitudinal heap of guano 6 inches to 
1% feet high. Herron says that he has taken out five grain sacks of the 
guano at one time, and used it about the garden as fertilizer. The bats ‘‘chuckle’’ 
continually, a subdued chorus of talking sounds. There are very few of the 
shrill squeaks. The animals crawl, back upwards, as far as they can get. The 
lower ones crowd against the upper ones, the latter squeezing farther into the 
crevices, the whole mass in continual agitation. When thoroughly disturbed 
many took flight, and the fluttering wings and occasional collisions with me (or 
attempts to alight) gave a weird impression. 

Mr. Herron thinks these bats migrate—they seem to be entirely gone for three 
or four months, in cold weather, and then all at once they come in. ‘‘In summer 
time there are three kinds, a big broad-winged one, a little narrow-winged one, 
and this one.’’ 

Sun sets at 4:57. Perfectly clear weather. First bat out at 5.04. At 5:07, 
27 had come out. At 5:10, 95 more had come out. At 5:15, 120 more had 
come out. At 5:30, when it had gotten too dark for me to count longer, 1367 
more had come out. Total counted, 1609. 

Although there were three gable ends, each with a small slatted ventilator 
window, all the bats came out of the west-facing one. Mr. Herron says the 
first usually comes out just before the sun sets, and all are out in about half an 
hour. He thinks there are as many as 5000 there in midsummer. Just before 
they came out, in little squads of 10 to 50, I heard a low chuckling chorus at 
the grating; then the crowd began to pour out. 


Two female Mexican free-tailed bats taken by Ferris and Storer 
7 


at Coulterville, Mariposa County, June 7, 1915, each contained one 


large embryo. 

Twelve specimens of Nyctinomus mexicanus secured by Mr. Joseph 
Dixon at Limekiln, Eldorado County, between August 3 and 6, 1916, 
were females and varied in weight from 11 to 15 grams. Dixon states 
(MS) that the mammary glands of these bats were full of milk, 
although the glands of adult individuals of Eptesicus and Myotis 
taken at the same time were undeveloped. 


Genus Eumops Miller 


Ears very large, rounded or squarish in outline, joined across 
forehead, usually extending shghtly beyond nostril when laid forward, 
the anterior margin without horny processes; antitragus distinet but 
not thickened, keel greatly developed, flattened and expanded at edge ; 
tragus small, flat, its upper edge truncate or rounded. Lips full and 
expanded, not conspicuously wrinkled. Muzzle pad well developed, 
deeply emarginate above, its upper edge and median ridge with 
minute horny processes and small spoon hairs. Wings, feet and tail 
as given for the family. 


370 University of California Publications in Zoology {|Vou.17 


Leneth of skull shehtly more than twice its greatest width; ros- 
trum more than half length of brain-case; angle between rostrum and 
brain-case very slight, in fact whole dorsal profile nearly straight; 
sagittal crest but slightly developed; zygomata not expanded at 
middle; palate slightly arched. 

iss = 9-9 = = 

Dental formula: is, e =. pm 529 or = m = — 30 ore2or 
Upper incisors long and slender, nearly one-half height of upper 
canines and diverging slightly near their tips. Lower incisors tall, 
slender, and crowded in a semicircular row beneath projecting cingula 
of canines; crowns of lower incisors bifid and one-third wider than 
columnar shafts. Canines large and robust (see pl. 20); height of 
upper canine about one-third more than antero-posterior diameter at 
cingulum; anterior face slightly grooved, and inner face somewhat 
coneave ; lower canines slightly smaller than upper, but similarly pro- 
portioned. First upper premolar, if present at all, minute and closely 
crowded between canine and second premolar. Posterior upper pre- 
molar with crown area more than half that of first molar and exceed- 
ing it in height. Lower premolars with crowns about as long as 
broad; that of second slightly exceeding that of first in height. 
Molars not peculiar in form; crowns of lower exceed those of upper 
in height. In Nyctinomus the upper incisors are wide apart at their 
bases, with converging tips, whereas in Hwmops the upper incisors 
are in contact at their bases, diverging toward the tips. 

One species of Humops has been recorded from California. 


3 


Eumops californicus (Merriam) 


California Mastiff Bat 


Molossus californicus Merriam (1890, pp. 31-32). Original description; 
type locality, Alhambra, Los Angeles County, California. 

Molossus californicus, Bryant (1891a, p. 359). Nominal. 

Molossus californicus, J. A. Allen (1891a, p. 198). Distribution; relation- 


ships. 

Promops perotis californicus, H. Allen (1894, pp. 175-182, pls. 36-38). 
Description. 

Promops californicus, Elliot (1901, pp. 422-423, fig. 94). Description; 
distribution. 


Promops californicus, Miller and Rehn (1901, p. 271). Type locality. 

Promops californicus, Elliot (1905, p. 498). Geographic distribution. 

Promops californicus, Stephens (1906, p. 275). Description; distribution. 

Eumops californicus, Miller (1906, p. 85). Description (as type species 
of new genus). 

Eumops californicus, Miller (1912, p. 71). Type locality. 

Eumops californicus, J. Grinnell (1913b, p. 283). Range in California. 


Diagnosis.—Size large (total length 157 to 184 millimeters) ; ears 
very broad, united above nostrils, directed forwards rather than 
upwards; tail exserted far beyond edge of interfemoral membrane ; 
upper incisors in contact at their bases, diverging toward tips. (See 
pl. 19, figs. 19-20; pl. 20, figs. 21-23.) 


1918 | Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 371 


Description—Head elongate (length of head, in alcoholic speci- 
men, 42 millimeters, greatest width, 20); muzzle pad prominent, 
deeply emarginated above, its upper edge and median ridge with 
minute horny processes and small spoon-hairs; nostrils large, directed 
downward and outward; eyes placed far back on sides of head (center 
of eye, in alcoholic specimen, 21 millimeters from tip of muzzle), and 
almost concealed by the drooping anterior border of the auricle. In 
front of each eye is a prominent glandular swelling. Ears large, 
directed outward and forward, joined in median line, and so large as 
to entirely conceal face and muzzle from an observer when viewing the 
bat from the dorsal side. Ear conch, or auricle, broadly convex anter- 
iorly and posteriorly, slightly convex on top (pl. 20, fig. 21). Tragus 
small, truncate (in aleohohe specimen 3.5 millimeters in height at 
anterior edge and 3 millimeters in breadth at top), and nearly con- 
cealed by the semi-oval antitragus, which is (in alcoholic specimen) 
10.5 millimeters in length and 7 in greatest height; antitragus sep- 
arated posteriorly from conch by a deep notch. Ears haired along 
margin, but greater portion of keel, both externally and internally, 
naked. Folds of ears directly above nostrils heavily haired on both 
upper and lower surfaces. Upper lp with a thick fringe of down- 
ward-direeted hairs. 

Limbs and Membranes.—Wings long and slender (pl. 19); fifth 
metacarpal scarcely more than half length of third. Dorsal surface 
of wing membrane, as well as interfemoral membrane, furred to a 
distance of about 12 millimeters from body. A small patch of hairs 
on dorsal surface of antebrachial membrane, this patch extending 
inward from edge of radius, except at bottom of angle formed by 
junction of radius with humerus; another group of hairs extending 
along distal three-fourths of posterior edge of forearm, widening and 
occupying angle between forearm and fourth metacarpal; a third 
small group of hairs at distal end of third metacarpal. A small patch 
of fur on ventral surface of antebrachial membrane, occupying angle 
between anterior edge of membrane and proximal half of humerus; 
a line of fur extends from this patch across humerus and along its 
posterior edge and unites with a small patch on lateral. membrane 
immediately posterior to distal end of humerus. Interfemoral mem- 
brane not haired, except for a narrow border along proximal margin 
of its dorsal surface, and a few scattering hairs along edge of post- 
ealearial lobe. Legs and feet short and stout; feet only twice as 
long as wide. 

Pelage—F ur long and soft, denser and shorter on abdomen than 
elsewhere, varying in length from 5 to 10 millimeters. 

Color—Membranes deep hair brown; fur a lhghter tone of same 
color, slightly paler on ventral surface; bases of hairs everywhere 
whitish for a distance of from one-half to three-fourths their length. 

Skull and Teeth.—As given for the genus (see p. 370). 

Measurements.—Average and extreme measurements in milli- 
meters of ten specimens of the mastiff bat in the Museum of 
Vertebrate Zoology are as follows: total length, 167.1 (extremes, 
157.0-184.0) ; tail vertebrae, 59.7 (52.0-70.0) ; tibia, 22.1 (21.0-23.3) ; 
foot, 16.8 (13.0-19.0) ; forearm, 72.0 (69.0-74.5) ; greatest length of 
cranium, 31.0 (30.0-32.0). Five specimens, measured fresh, showed 


3712 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


stretch of wings, tip-to-tip, of 526 millimeters (515-535) [== 20-21 
inches]. 


MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS OF TEN EXAMPLES OF EUMOPS CALIFORNICUS 
(MERRIAM), FROM CALIFORNIA 


Fe 2 é Fea RIE 
no. Sex i= a =) i is N a) 
43266 J 165.0 (GSO eee 15.0 73.5 32.0 17.8 15.3 
5242? 157.0 55.0 22.0 18.0 69.4 31.9 I(es3) 14.8 
16597 184.0 70.0 23.0 17.0 W200. 2h ae eS 
43277 9 157.0 Gi ee 14.0 71.0 31.2 17.6 14.7 
6946" 9° 167.0 55.0 23.3 13.0 69.0 30.0 17.0 14.8 
19021° 9 171.0 59.0 21.0 19.0 71.0 30.8 17.4 15.1 
190227 9 166.0 52.0 23.0 17.0 74.5 30.6 17.0 14.6 
191917 Q 173.0 63. 21.1 18.0 72.0 31.0 18.0 15.1 
19192? 9° 166.0 61.5 21.4 18.5 73.4 30.0 18.2 15.3 = 
192837 9 165.0 ORO! | seer 19.0 74.5 Seri 18.0 15.2 5.2 


1From Pasadena, Los Angeles County. 
?From Sierra Madre, Los Angeles County. 
* From Colton, San Bernardino County. 


Synonymy and History—This bat was described by Merriam 
(1890, pp. 31-32) from a specimen taken at Alhambra, Los Angeles 
County, California, under the name Molossus californicus. Miller 
(1906, p. 85) made Merriam’s Molossus californicus the type species 
of the new genus Humops, distinguished from the nearly related 
genera Molossus and Promops by reason of its arched rather than 
domed palate and less well-developed sagittal crest. 

Distribution.—Miller (1907, p. 256) figures the skull of a specimen 
taken at Tucson, Arizona, and Bailey (1905, p. 216) records the 
capture of a specimen of LZ. californicus at the bottom of Pump 
Cafion, near Langtry, Texas. J. Grinnell (1913b, p. 284) gives the 
range of this bat in California as follows: ‘‘Lower Sonoran zone of 
southern California; most numerous in the San Diegan district, but 
noted also on the Colorado Desert, and in the San Joaquin Valley, 
in Kern and Fresno counties (Mus. Vert. Zool.) ; northernmost station, 
Fresno.’’ The basis of the latter record was two specimens seen in 
a taxidermist’s shop in Fresno, and stated to have been caught in 
the courtyard of that city. (See map, text-fig. H.) 

Specimens Examined.—tThe writer has examined 26 examples from 
the following localities in California: San Diego County : Dos Cabasas, 
1 (U.S. Nation. Mus.) ; Otay, 1 (Stanford Univ.) ; Riverside County: 
Mecea, 1; San Bernardino County: Colton, 1; Los Angeles County: 


1918 ] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 373 


Los Angeles, 2 (U.S. Biol. Surv., 1; U. S. Nation. Mus., 1) ; Pasadena, 
6; Sierra Madre, 9; Kern County: Sumner, 1; Buttonwillow, 1 
(Calif. Acad. Sci.) ; Bakersfield, 1 (Univ. Calif. Dept. Zool.) ; Tulare 
County: Traver, 1 (Stanford Univ.) ; Fresno County: Fresno, 1. 

Natural History.—The type specimen of EL. californicus was found 
by E. C. Thurber on a December evening on a ledge over a door. 
Merriam (1890, p. 31) says: ‘‘Two others were caught during the 
same month (December, 1889), and both in similar situations. Mr. 
Thurber says of one of them: ‘It was hanging from the ledge of a 
window, swinging back and forth and knocking against the window 
as if to attract attention. All were caught about 8 or 9 o’clock in 
the evening.’ 

On October 1, 1916, Adrey Borell, of Fresno, sent to the Museum 
of Vertebrate Zoology a live mastiff bat which he had just found 
hanging on the inside of a window-sill in a school building in Fresno. 
H. C. Ohl (MS) found a mastiff bat in a railroad round-house at 
Mendota, Fresno County, in December, 1911. The last named locality 
constitutes the northwesternmost record station to date. 

Stephens (1906, p. 275) records the capture of a specimen behind 
a sign board and another in a tunnel, and adds that all dates known 
to him are in winter. 

On or about October 1, 1907, a specimen of EF. californicus (now 
no. 23391, Mus. Vert. Zool.) was found clinging to the side of a house 
at Mecea, Riverside County. 

On March 8, 1909, W. B. Donnell discovered five examples of 
E. californicus in Pasadena in the attie of an old house which was 
being torn down. These bats were very much emaciated, and the 
stomachs were found to be empty. These specimens are now nos. 
4326-4328, and 94388-9439 (Mus. Vert. Zool.). 

On December 27, 1912, at the writer’s suggestion, Mr. Charles 
L. Camp, of Sierra Madre, Los Angeles County, kindly investigated 
a rookery where he had found bats common in the summer time. This 
haunt was an old shedlike structure, some sixty feet long, and three 
stories high. The interior of the building was very dark and con- 
tained piles of old fruit-drying trays. In the summer time some bats 
had been found in between the trays, but more were discovered hang- 
ing to the shingles and rafters in the east gable of the building. The 
December visit revealed but a single living bat in the building, an £. 
californicus. This specimen was found hanging from the rafters. 
Near it hung a dead bat of the same species, evidently just killed and 


374 University of California Publications in Zoology  {[Vou.17 


perhaps a victim of the unusually cold night which preceded the eol- 
lector’s visit. The mummified remains of a third individual of the 
species was found upon a heap of guano upon the floor of this gable, 
together with the dried remains of two specimens of Antrozous 
pacificus. A visit to the same place made on January 6, 1913, failed 
to reveal any bats. 

The live Humops californicus secured by Mr. Camp, December 27, 
1912, at Sierra Madre was received at the Museum of Vertebrate 
Zoology, December 28. She hung herself up by the feet in a dark cor- 
ner of the cage in whieh she was domiciled, and remained quiet until 
forcibly removed. She used feet and half-closed wings in an energetic 
endeavor to dislodge the writer’s fingers from her back, and constantly 
kept her mouth opened to the widest extent in an effort to seize the 
fingers, all the while uttering shrill cries, loud enough to be heard at a 
distance of several hundred feet. These sounds might be likened to 
the utterances of a young robin in distress, and were cries, not mere 
squeaks. 

When placed in a glass jar containing a bit of cotton saturated 
with ether the bat made strenuous efforts to escape, striking out with 
both feet and half-closed wings. While the bat was still partially 
under the influence of the anesthetic an endeavor was made to smooth 
her dampened and ruffled fur with a small brush. She curled and 
twisted about the offending object in a way which showed the greatest 
flexibility of body. When left to her own devices the bat clung 
- to the rod above her with her right foot while with her left foot she 
thoroughly combed the dorsal surface of her left wing and her head 
and body on the left side, both dorsally and ventrally. Then shift- 
ing her hold to the other foot she repeated the combing process for 
the right half of her head and body with the alternate foot. Finally 
she became quiet and hung for a time motionless, her whole body 
being supported by one foot, the other hanging down on her back, 
the claws toward the center of her back and the folded ankle joint 
resting in a pocket formed by a fold of the wing membrane. Her 
eyes remained open but were completely in the shadows cast by the 
anterior margins of her ears and her loosely folded wings. 

When the bat was placed gently upon the floor of her cage she 
scuttled backward with surprising rapidity, backing up the side of 
the cage until her nose just cleared the floor. She remained for 
some time in this position supporting herself by clinging with her 
claws to the unplaned surface of the board. When the observer 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 375 


returned to the cage an hour later the bat was found hanging head 
downward in a dark corner. In this position she remained for several 
days, and seemed absolutely indifferent to particles of fresh meat or 
insects held very near to her mouth. 

When placed upon a smooth rug the bat scrambled forwards using 
her folded wings with great dexterity. In this instance the terminal 
joints of the wing were tucked away close to the bat’s body, beneath 
the lateral membrane. When placed upon pebbly and twig-strewn 
ground the bat, before starting forwards, folded her slender wings 
closely and placed the delicate terminal portion upon the dorsal sur- 
face of the wing itself, in the angle between the humerus and radius, 
safe out of harm’s way. After being kept alive in captivity for 
three weeks the bat was chloroformed, as it refused to eat. The 
weight of the living bat when first received was found to be 114 ounces 
(42.5 grams). 

In the latter part of May, 1913, Mr. Camp procured three more 
living Humops from the same Sierra Madre haunt. These were kept 
alive at the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology from May 24 to June 5, 
1913, and were then chloroformed, as they unfailingly ignored all food 
offered them. Hach individual proved to be a female containing a 
single embryo. The breeding time of the species is thus indicated. 


376 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


LITERATURE CITED 


ACKERT, J. E. 

1914. The innervation of the integument of Chiroptera. Jour. Morph., 25, 

301-343, 4 pls. 
ALLEN, G. M. 

1916. Bats of the genus Corynorhinus. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 60, 333-356, 

7 figs. on 1 pl. 
ALLEN, H. 

1862. Descriptions of two new species of Vespertilionidae, and some remarks 
on the genus Antrozous. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, 246- 
248. 

1864. Monograph of the bats of North America. Smithsonian Mise. Coll., 
7, pp. 1-xxiii, 1-85, 68 figs. in text. 

1866. Notes on the Vespertilionidae of tropical America. Proc. Acad. Nat. 
Sci. Phila., 1866, 279-288. 

1891. On a new species of Atalapha. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soe., 29, 5-7. 

1892. A new genus of Vespertilionidae. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1881 
[=Jan. 19, 1892], 467-470. 

1894. A monograph of the bats of North America. Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 
43 (1893), pp. ix+198, 38 pls., 1 fig. in text. 

ALLEN, J. A. 

1890. Notes on collections of mammals made in central and southern Mexico, 
by Dr. Audley C. Buller, with descriptions of new species of the 
genera Vespertilio, Sciwrus, and Lepus. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. 
Hist., 3, 175-194. 

1891a. Description of a new species of big-eared bat, of the genus Histiotus, 
from southern California. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 3, 195-198. 

1891b. On a collection of mammals from southern Texas and northeastern 
Mexico. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 3, 219-228. 

1893a. List of mammals collected by Mr. Charles P. Rowley in the San Juan 
region of Colorado, New Mexico and Utah, with descriptions of new 
species. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 5, 69-84. 

1893b. On a collection of mammals from the San Pedro Martir region of 
Lower California, with notes on other species particularly of the 
genus Sitomys. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 5, 181-202. 

1894. Deseriptions of ten new North American mammals, and remarks on 
others. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 6, 317-332. 

1895. On a collection of mammals from Arizona and Mexico, made by 
Mr. W. W. Price, with field notes by the collector. Bull. Amer. 
Mus. Nat. Hist., 7, 193-258, 17 figs. in text. 

1906. Mammals from the states of Sinaloa and Jalisco, Mexico, collected 
by J. H. Batty during 1904 and 1905. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 
22, 191-262, pls. 20-33. 

Autom, B. 

1863. Die Nahrung unsere Eulen. Journal fiir Ornithologie, 11, 41-46, 217— 

219. 
ANDERSEN, K. 

1912. Catalogue of the Chiroptera in the collection of the British Museum. 

Ed. 2, 1, pp. ci+ 854, 79 figs. in text. 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 377 


AUDUBON, J. J., and BACHMAN, J. 

1842. Descriptions of new species of quadrupeds inhabiting North America. 

Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. (1), 8, 280-323. 
Bair, 8. F. 

1858. Description of a Phyllostome bat from California, in the museum of 
the Smithsonian Institution. Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1858, 
116-117. 

1859. Mammals of North America; the descriptions of species based chiefly 
on the collections in the museum of the Smithsonian Institution. 
U.S. Pac. R. R. Explorations and Surveys, 8, part I, pp. xxxiv + 764, 
60 pls.; part II, Special report upon the mammals of the Mexican 
boundary, 53 pp., 27 pls. 

BAILey, V. 

1905. Biological survey of Texas. U.S. Dept. Agric., Biol. Sury., N. Amer. 

Fauna, 25, 222 pp., 16 pls., 24 figs. in text. 
Barrett-HAminton, G. E. H. 
1910-11. A history of British mammals (London, Gurney and Jackson), parts 
I-VI, pp. xvi+ 263, 20 pls., 26 figs. in text. 
Barrows, W. B. 
1884. Birds of the Lower Uruguay. Auk, 1, 20-30. 
Bryant, W. E. 

1891a. A provisional list of land mammals of California. Zoe, 1, 353-360. 

1891b. Notes on the land mammals of California. Zoe, 2, 112-114. 

1892. Recent additions to the North American land mammal fauna. Zoe, 
3, 201-223. 

CAMPBELL, C. A. R. 

1913. Eradication of mosquitoes by the cultivation of bats. Monthly bulletin 
of agricultural intelligence and plant diseases (International Inst. 
Agric. Bur. Rome), 4, no. 8, August, 1913, 1175-1181, figs. 1-3. 

Cooprr, J. G. 

1868. Some recent additions to the fauna of California. Proc. Calif. Acad. 

Sci., 4, 3-13. 
Cory, C. B. 
1912. The mammals of Illinois and Wisconsin. Field Col. Mus., Zool. Ser., 
11, 502 pp., numerous text figs. 
Cougs, E. 
1867. The quadrupeds of Arizona. Amer. Naturalist, 1, 281-292. 
Cougs, E., and Yarrow, H. C. 

1875. Report upon the collections of mammals, in Report explorations and 
surveys west 100th meridian (Washington, Government printing 
office), 5, Zoology, chapter 2, pp. 35-129, 969-976. 

CronisE, T. F. 

1868. The natural wealth of California (San Francisco, H. H. Bancroft & 
Co.), pp. xvi+ 696, frontispiece, many unnumbered pls., and figs. in 
text. 

Dosson, G. E. 

1878. Catalogue of the Chiroptera in the collection of the British Museum 
(London: printed by order of the Trustees), pp. xlii+567, 30 pls. 

1886. Description of a new species of Vesperugo from North America. Ann. 
Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), 18, 124-125. 


378 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou.17 


Euuior, D. G. 

1901. <A synopsis of the mammals of North America and the adjacent seas. 
Field Col. Mus., Zool. Ser., 2, pp. xv +471, 49 pls., 94 figs. in text. 

1903. <A list of mammals collected by Edmund Heller, in the San Pedro 
Martir and Hanson Laguna mountains and the accompanying coast 
regions of Lower California, with descriptions of apparently new 
species. Field Col. Mus., Zool. Ser., 3, pp. 199-232, pls. 33-38. 

1904a. Catalogue of mammals collected by E. Heller in southern California. 
Field Col. Mus., Zool. Ser., 3, pp. 271-321, pls. 38-49, 1 map. 

1904b. The land and sea mammals of Middle America and the West Indies, 
Field Col. Mus., Zool. Ser., 4, part 2, pp. i-xili, 441-850, pls. 42-58, 
figs. 83-167 and LIX—CXLII in text. 

1905. <A cheek list of mammals of the North American continent, the West 
Indies and the neighboring seas. Field Col. Mus., Zool. Ser., 6, 
pp. v+761, frontispiece. 

1907. A catalogue of the collection of mammals in the Field Columbian 
Museum. Field Col. Mus., Zool. Ser., 8, pp. viii+ 694, 92 figs. 
in text. 

FisHer, A. K. 

1893. The hawks and owls of the United States in their relation to agriculture. 

U.S. Dept. Agric., Div. Orn. and Mam., Bull. 3, 210 pp., 26 pls. 
GABRIELSON, I. N. 

1916. A second record of Nyctinomus depressus for Iowa. Proc. Biol. Soe. 

Wash., 29, 86. 
Gregory, W. K. 

1910. The orders of mammals. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 27, 524 pp., 

32 figs. in text. 
GRINNELL, H. W. 

1914. Three new races of vespertilionid bats from California. Univ. Calif. 
Publ. Zool., 12, 317-321. 

1916. A new bat of the genus Myotis from the high Sierra Nevada of Cali- 
fornia. Uniy. Calif. Publ. Zool., 17, 9-10. 

GRINNELL, J. 

1908. The biota of the San Bernardino Mountains. Uniy. Calif. Publ. Zool., 
5, 1-170, pls. 1-24. 

1910. A second record of the spotted bat (Huderma maculatum) for Califor- 
nia. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 5, 317-320, pl. 30. 

1913a. Bats as desirable citizens. Pacifie Rural Press, 85, 344-345, 1 fig. 
in text. 

1913b. A distributional list of the mammals of California. Proc. Calif. Acad. 
Sci. (4), 3, 265-390, pls. 15, 16. 

1914. An account of the mammals and birds of the lower Colorado valley with 
especial reference to the distributional problems presented. Univ. 
Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 51-294, pls. 3-13, 9 figs. in text. 

GRINNELL, J., and Swarru, H. 8. 

1912. Myotis orinomus Elliot, a bat new to California, Univ. Calif. Publ. 
Zool., 10, 137-142, 2 figs. in text. 

1913. An account of the birds and mammals of the San Jacinto area of south- 
ern California, with remarks upon the behavior of geographic races 
on the margins of their habitats. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 10, 
197-406, pls. 6-10. 


1918] Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 379 


Haun, W. L. 

1908. Some habits and sensory adaptations of cave-inhabiting bats. Biol. 
Bull., 15, 135-193. 

1914. The hibernation of certain animals. Pop. Sci. Monthly, 84, 147-157, 
2 figs. in text. 

Houuisrer, N. 

1909. Two new bats from the southwestern United States. Proce. Biol. Soe. 

Wash., 22, 43-44. 
Howe Lu, A. H. 
1908. Notes on the diurnal migrations of bats. Proe. Biol. Soe. Wash., 21, 
35-387. 
JONES, J. M. 
1884. The mammals of Bermuda. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 25, 143-161. 
Kewioce, L. 

1916. Report upon mammals and birds found in portions of Trinity, Siskiyou 
and Shasta counties, California, with description of a new Dipo- 
domys. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 335-398, pls. 15-18. 

LeConTr, J. 

1831. Appendix of the American editor, in Cuvier’s Animal kingdom (Me- 
Murtie’s ed.), 431-439. 

1855. Observations on the North American species of bats. Proce. Acad. 
Nat. Sei. Phila., 1855, 431-438. 

Lesson, R. P. 

1827. Manuel de mammalogie, ou histoire naturelle des mammiféres. (Paris, 
Roret), pp. xv +441; atlas, 80 pls. [Title not seen first-hand; taken 
from Coues and Allen, Monographs of North American Rodentia, 
1877, p. 962.] 

Lyon, M. W., Jr. 

1903. Observations on the number of young of the Lasiurine bats. Proce. 

U. 8. Nat. Mus., 26, 425-426, pl. 17. 
Lyon, M. W., Jr., and Oscoop, W. H. 

1909. Catalogue of the type-specimens of mammals in the United States 
National Museum, including the Biological Survey collection. U. 8. 
Nat. Mus. Bull., 62, pp. x + 325. 

MACFARLANE, R. 

1905. Notes on mammals collected and observed in the northern Mackenzie 
River district, northwest territories of Canada, with remarks on 
explorers and explorations of the far north. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 
28, pp. 673-764, pls. 30-84, 2 figs. in text. 

MartHew, W. D. 

1915. Climate and evolution. Ann. New York Acad. Sci., 24, 171-318, 33 

figs. in text. ; 
McATEE, W. L. 

1907. A list of the mammals, reptiles and batrachians of Monroe County, 

Indiana. Proce. Biol. Soc. Wash., 20, 1-16. 
Mearns, E. A. 

1898. <A study of the vertebrate fauna of the Hudson highlands, with obser- 
vations on the mollusea, crustacea, lepidoptera, and the flora of the 
region. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 10, 303-352. 

Merriam, C. H. 

1884. Mammals of the Adirondack region. (New York, L. S. Foster; re- 

printed from vols. I and II, Trans. Linn, Soe. N. Y., 1884), 316 pp. 


380 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou.17 


1887. Do any Canadian bats migrate? Evidence in the affirmative. Trans. 
Roy. Soc. Canada, See. IV, 85-87. 

1889a. Description of a new species of free-tailed bat from the desert region 
of southern California. U. 8. Dept. Agrice., Div. Orn. and Mam., 
N. Amer. Fauna, 2, 23, 1 fig. in text. 

1889b. Description of a new species of free-tailed bat from the lower Colorado 
river in Arizona. U. S. Dept. Agric., Div. Orn. and Mam., N 
Amer. Fauna, 2, 25, 1 fig. in text. 

1890. Description of a new species of Molossus from California (Molossus 
californicus). U. 8. Dept. Agric., Div. Orn. and Mam., N. Amer. 
Fauna, 4, 31-32. 

1897. A new bat of the genus Antrozous from California. Proce. Biol. Soe. 
Wash., 11, 179-180. 

1899. Results of a biological survey of Mount Shasta, California. U. 8. 
Dept. Agric., Div. Biol. Surv., N. Amer. Fauna, 16, 179 pp., 5 pls., 
46 figs. in text. 

Mitter, G. S., Jr. 

1897a. Migration of bats on Cape Cod, Massachusetts. Science, n.s., 5, 541— 
543. 

1897b. Revision of the North American bats of the family Vespertilionidae. 
U. S. Dept. Agric., Div. Biol. Surv., N. Amer. Fauna, 13, 140 pp., 
3 pls., 40 figs. in text. 

1902. The status of Nyctinomus nevadensis (H. Allen). Proc. Biol. Soe. 
Wash., 15, 250. 

1903. A second specimen of Huderma maculatum. Proe. Biol. Soe. Wash., 
16, 165-166, 1 fig. in text. 

1904. Notes on the bats collected by William Palmer in Cuba. Proce. U. 8. 
Nat. Mus., 27, 337-348, pl. IX. 

1906. Twelve new genera of bats. Proce. Biol. Soc. Wash., 19, 83-86. 

1907. The families and genera of bats. U. 8. Nat. Mus. Bull., 57, pp. 
xvii + 282, 14 pls., 49 figs. in text. 

1912. List of North American land mammals in the United States National 
Museum, 1911. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 79, pp. xiv + 455. 

1914. Two new North American bats. Proe. Biol. Soc. Wash., 27, 211-212. 

Miter, G. S., Jr., and Reun, J. A. G. 

1901. Systematic results of the study of North American land mammals to 
the close of the year 1900. Proc. Boston Soe. Nat. Hist., 30, 1-352. 

1903. Systematic results of the study of North American land mammals dur- 
ing the years 1901 and 1902. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 31, 
61-145. 

Mourpuy, R. C., and Nicuots, J. T. 

1913. Long Island fauna and flora, I: The bats (order Chiroptera). Mus. 

Brooklyn Inst., Sci. Bull., 2, no. 1, 15 pp. 
PEALE, C. W., and Bravvois, A. M. F. J. 

1796. <A scientific and descriptive catalogue of Peale’s Museum. (Philadel- 
phia: printed by Samuel H. Smith), pp. xii+44 (not complete; 
copy in Library of Congress). 

PETERS, W. 

1866. Ueber einige weniger bekannte Flederthiere (Phyllostoma brachyotum, 
Coelops, Furia, Lasionycteris). Monatsb. k. preuss. Akad. Wiss., 
Berlin, 1865 (1866), 641-648. 


1918 | Grinnell: A Synopsis of the Bats of California 381 


PREBLE, E. A. 

1908. A biological investigation of the Athabaska-Mackenzie region. U. 8. 
Dept. Agric., Bur. Biol. Sury., N. Amer. Fauna, 27, 574 pp., 25 pls., 
16 figs. in text. 

Rewn, J. A. G. 

1904. A revision of the mammalian genus Macrotus. Proe. Acad. Nat. Sei. 

Phila., 1904, 427-446. 
Ruoaps, 8. N. 

1901. On the common brown bats of peninsular Florida and southern Cali- 
fornia. Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1901, 618-619. 

1903. The mammals of Pennsylvania and New Jersey. (Philadelphia, pri- 
vately published), 266 pp., 9 pls., 1 map. 

Ripeway, R. 

1912. Color Standards and Color Nomenclature. (Washington, D. C.; pub- 

lished by the author), pp. 8+ 44, 53 col. pls. 
Saussure, H. DE. 

1860. Note sur quelques mammiféres du Mexique. Rey. et Mag. de Zool. 

(2), 12, 281-293, pl. 15, figs. 2, 2a. 
Seton, E. T. 

1909. Life-histories of northern animals. (Chas. Scribner’s Sons, New 
York), 2 vols., pp. xxx+xii +1267, 100 pls., 68 maps, 266 figs. in 
text. 

STEPHENS, F. 

1900. Descriptions of two new mammals from southern California. Proe: 
Biol. Soe. Wash., 13, 153. 

1906. California mammals. (San Diego, West Coast Publishing Co.), 351 
pp., frontispiece, 28 figs. in text. 

Stone, W. 

1904a. On a collection of birds and mammals from Mount Sanhedrin, Califor- 
nia. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1904, 576-586. 

1904b. Notes on a collection of Californian mammals. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. 
Phila., 1904, 586-592. 

STOWELL, J. M. 

1894. On the occurrence of Nyctinomus mohavensis in the Santa Clara valley. 

Zoe, 4, 362-364. 
Tayior, W. P. 

1911. Mammals of the Alexander Nevada expedition of 1909. Univ. Calif. 

Publ. Zool., 7, 205-307, 2 figs. in text. 
THomas, O. 

1916. Note on the name Corynorhinus megalotis. Proce. Biol. Soe. Wash., 

29, 127. 
TOWNSEND, C. H. 

1887. Field notes on the mammals, birds, and reptiles of northern California. 

Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 10, 159-241. Mammals, 164-190. 
TOWNSEND, J. K. 

1839. Narrative of a journey across the Rocky Mountains, to the Columbia 
River, and a visit to the Sandwich Islands, Chili, and with a scientific 
appendix. (Philadelphia, Henry Perkins), 352 pp. 

Trur, F. W. 

1885. <A provisional list of the mammals of North and Central America, and 

the West Indian Islands. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 7 (1884), 587-611. 


382 University of California Publications in Zoology {|Vou-17 


1886. A new bat from Puget Sound. Science, 8, 588. 
1887. A note on Vesperugo hesperus (Allen). Proce. U. S. Nat. Mus., 10, 
515. 
Warp, H. L. 
1891. Descriptions of three new species of Mexican bats. Amer. Naturalist, 
25, 743-753, 6 figs. in text. 
WarkREN, E. R. 
1910. The mammals of Colorado. (New York, G. P. Putnam’s Sons), pp. 
xxxiv + 300, 81 figs. in text, 3 maps. 


Transmitted March 22, 1917. 


eo 


, a 


PLATE 14 


Fig. 1. Portion of Colorado Desert near Toro, Riverside County, showing 
entrance to cave occupied by colony of California leaf-nosed bats (Macrotus 
californicus). This eave and other similar ones in the vicinity also inhabited 
by bats were formed by wave action at the margin of the ancient Blake 
Sea. From these day-time retreats the bats issue forth at late dusk for 
nocturnal foraging over the adjacent desert. 


Fig. 2. View in attic at home of R. B. Herron, Colton, San Bernardino 
County, showing clusters of Mexican free-tailed bats (Nyctinomus mexicanus) 
crowded together under the ridgepole in the peak of the roof. At the time 
of the observer’s visit these bats were continually crowding and _ jostling 
each other in an apparent effort to squeeze still farther into the crevices. 
Other bunches of bats of the same species were seen in different parts of the 
garret, and at evening as the bats left this retreat through a slatted ventilator 
at the gable end, 1609 were counted. The photograph here reproduced was 
taken on October 27, 1916. Mr. Herron states that in midsummer the colony 
is much larger, including, he thinks, about 5000 individuals. Flashlight 
photograph by J. R. Pemberton. 


Fig. 3. Station in the Transition life-zone near Fyffe, Eldorado County, 
with an incense cedar in foreground and yellow pines in background. Species 
of bats collected here July 19-31, 1916, were: Lasionycteris noctivagans, Myotis 
californicus californicus, Myotis longicrus longicrus, Myotis lucifugus altipetens, 
Myotis thysanodes, Eptesicus fuscus, and Pipistrellus hesperus merriami. This 
photograph shows an ideal collecting site, a tongue of cleared land projecting into 
a forested area. 


[ 384 ] 


UNIV. CALIF. PUBL. ZOOL. VOL. 17 


PLATE 15 


Figs. +, 5, 6. Photographs of a living lump-nosed bat (Corynorhinus rafi- 
nesqua pallescens, no. 21435, g), secured in a cave near Whitewater, Riverside 
County. 1.00. Fig. 4 shows the bat in a dormant state, with wings held 
close to the body and ears folded back under them. The pinnae here are 
not bent sharply back, but curved by a regular and even crimping of the 
posterior edges of the auricles, the resulting appearance reminding the observer 
of the curving horns of a mountain sheep. Fig. 5 was taken when the animal 
had been disturbed and seemed to be endeavoring to overcome the lethargy 
of profound slumber. Fig. 6 shows the bat fully aroused and about to take 
flight. The successive positions of the ears illustrate the way in which they 
are unfurled. 


[ 386 | 


UNIV. CALIF. PUBL. ZOOL. VOL. 17 (GRINNELL] PLATE | 


Fig. 4 


Fig. 6 


er 


PLATE 16 


Fig. 7. Hoary bat (Nycteris cinerea, no. 21439, 9), secured at Fresno. 
Photographed under chloroform. Ventral view, X 0.43, showing tail curved 
over body ventrally. Note the furring of the dorsal surface of the inter- 
femoral membrane and of the anterior portion of the ventral surface of the 
wing membranes. 


Fig. 8. Hoary bat (Nycteris cinerea, no. 20778, J) front view, X 1.20. This 
figure shows the form of the ear and tragus, and the distribution of hair 
on the ventral surface of the ear; also the tumid-rimmed and widely separated 
nostrils. 


Fig. 9. Spotted bat (Huderma maculatum, no. 1196), found dead in overflow 
from railway water tank, at Mecca, Riverside County. Photograph from dried 
skin. Dorsal view, X 0.41. Note the large ears, the parchment-like wing and 
tail membranes devoid of fur, and the striking color-pattern of the back. This 
coloration reminds the observer of the ‘‘death’s head’’ pattern displayed upon 
the thorax in certain moths. 


[ 388 ] 


UNIV. CALIF. PUBL. ZOOL 


PLATE 17 


Fig. 10. Hoary bat (Nycteris cinerea, no. 20778, g), photographed under 
chloroform. Dorsal view, X 0.90. Note the large stout feet and thumbs; the 
thickly furred back and interfemoral membrane; the three small patches of 
light-colored fur, one on the antebrachial membrane at the proximal fifth of 
the forearm, one at the base of the fifth metacarpal, and one at the base of 
the thumb; and the long narrow wings, the third metacarpal far exceeding 
the fifth in length. The unusual length of the tail in this genus is not shown, 
as in this photograph the tip is turned under the body (see pl. 16, fig. 7). 


Fig. 11. Pacific pallid bat (Antrozous pacificus, no. 9440, 3), secured at 
Fresno. Photographed under chloroform. Dorsal view, X 0.50. The ears 
of this bat are separate and wide apart at base, and extend considerably 
beyond the tip of the snout. The feet are stout and more than half the length 
of the relatively short tibiae. The wings are short and broad, the third 
metacarpal being but slightly longer than the fifth. 


Fig. 12. Lump-nosed bat (Corynorhinus rafinesquit pallescens), X 0.87. The 
bat is asleep, hanging head downward, and is supported mainly by the claws, 
which are thrust into a crevice in the angle where two boards join. The 
thumbs are turned back under the wings, and their claws thus aid in support- 
ing the weight of the animal. One of the tragi shows clearly, as do the two 
glandular swellings on the snout. 


[ 390 ] 


ee 


Tes 
a 
ee 
iy j\ 
- 


ae eee ee TY ee me 


‘ 
: 
i 


. 


PLATE 18 


Fig. 13. Large brown bat (Hptesicus fuscus, no. 22084, ¢), X 0.62. Dorsal 
view of fresh specimen secured in Yosemite Valley, Mariposa County. Note 
the heavily-built forearm, tibia and foot, and the stout thumb. The bluntly 
rounded ears of this bat are somewhat longer than broad, a fact not apparent 
in the photograph. 


Fig. 14. Red bat (Nycteris borealis teliotis, no. 21516, 2), XK 0.55. Dorsal 
view of fresh specimen secured at Fresno. Note the small foot and ear, and 
the long interfermoral membrane, haired over the entire surface. The char- 
acter of the dorsal pelage is well shown in this photograph: the frost-like light 
tippings of the hairs, and the short dense fur on the head as compared with 
the longer hair on the back. 


Fig. 15. High Sierra bat (Myotis lucifugus altipetens, no. 23035, ¢), X 0.73. 
Dorsal view of fresh specimen taken at Vogelsang Lake, Mariposa County. 
Note the form of the ear (longer than broad and bluntly rounded at tip), 
the long slender thumb and the relatively long foot. 

Fig. 16. Dorsal view of fresh specimen of Merriam bat (Pipistrellus hesperus 
merriami, no. 22081, ¢), secured at Pleasant Valley, Mariposa County; X 0.81. 
This bat and the one shown in fig. 17, Myotis c. californicus, are of somewhat 
similar size, but it will be noted that the ears of californicus are of nearly the 
same tone of coloration as the back, whereas the ears of merriami are of a 
blackish shade, contrasting with the grayish tone of the back. The ear in mer- 
riami is seen to be shorter than in californicus. 


Fig. 17. Dorsal view of fresh specimen of little California bat (Myotis cali- 
fornicus californicus, no. 22078, g), secured at Pleasant Valley, Mariposa County. 
X 0.81. 


Fig. 18. Living adult female red bat (Nycteris borealis teliotis, no. 24179) 
with her three young; X 0.44. This bat was found at Stockton, San Joaquin 
County, July 12, 1915, clinging to the trunk of a tree one and one-half feet above 
the ground, with the young all attached to her. Her weight was found to be 
12.4 grams and the combined weights of the three young, 19.4 grams. 


UNIV. CALIF, PUBL. ZOOL. VOL. 17 [GRINNELL] PLATE 18 


PLATE 19 


Fig. 19. Mastiff bat (Humops californicus, no. 19022 [or 1], 2); X 0.41. 
Dorsal view of individual taken at Sierra Madre, Los Angeles County. Photo- 
graphed under chloroform. Note the large ears, joined at their anterior bases; 
the long narrow wings, the fifth metacarpal being scarcely more than half the 
length of the third; the greatly exserted tail; the different quality of the pelage 
on the dorsal surface of the head from that on the back; the stout foot; and the 
short tibia. 


Fig. 20. Mastiff bat (Huwmops californicus, no. 19283 [or 2], 2); X 0.58. 
Ventral view of individual taken at Sierra Madre, Los Angeles County. Photo- 
graphed under chloroform. Note the downward-directed nostrils, huge mouth, 
wrinkled ears, long, slender wings, and stout thumbs. 


[ 394 ] 


UNIV. CALIF. PUBL. Z 
3L. ZOOL. VOL. 17 
[GR NNELL ] 


Fig. 20 


b- ol ae 
Madea ” 

: e ne Sy eit Lah 
VO hs! a 7 a 


PLATE 20 


Fig. 21. Mastiff bat (Hwmops californicus, no. 19021 [or 2], 2); X 1.52. 
View of head with mouth opened to show dentition. Photograph of fresh speci- 
men secured at Sierra Madre, Los Angeles County. Note the large ear directed 
outward and forward, the small truncate tragus, and the semi-oval antitragus 
which is separated from the rest of the auricle by a deep notch. The form and 
position of the nostrils is here well shown. It will be seen that the two upper 
incisors are long, slender, and in contact at their bases, though diverging at 
the tips. 


Fig. 22. Dorsal view of skull of Huwmops californicus, no. 4327, 2. X 2. 


Fig. 23. Side view of skull of Hwmops californicus, no. 4327, 9. X 2. 


[ 396 ] 


PLATE 21 


Dorsal views of the skulls of twelve species of California bats. All X 2. 
Fig. 24. Myotis californicus californicus, no. 18490, 9. 

Fig. 25. Myotis californicus pallidus, no. 17787, 2. 

Fig. 26. Myotis orinomus, no. 6941, 9. 

Fig. 27. Pipistreilus hesperus hesperus, no. 10409, g. 

Fig. 28. Myotis longicrus longicrus, no. 20811, 9. 

Fig. 29. Myotis yumanensis sociabilis, no. 6651, 2. 

Fig. 30. Myotis occultus, no. 10706, ¢. 

Fig. 31. Myotis lucifugus altipetens, no, 23036, 9. 

Fig. 32. Myotis velifer, no. 7762, 3. 

Fig. 33. Lasionycteris noctivagans, no. 24208, 9. 

Fig. 34. Myotis evotis, no. 6953, 9. 

Fig. 35. Myotis thysanodes, no. 29833 (U. 8. Nat. Mus.), 9. 


[ 398 ] 


PLATE 22 


Side views of the same skulls as shown on plate 21. All X 2. 


g- 


. 36, 
o Bills 
. 38. 
. 39. 
. 40. 
ig. 41. 
. 42. 
. 43. 
. 44, 
. 45. 
. 46. 
47. 


Myotis californicus californicus, no. 18490, 9. 
Myotis californicus pallidus, no. 17787, ¢. 
Myotis orinomus, no. 6941, 9. 

Pipistrellus hesperus hesperus, no. 10409, JZ. 
Myotis longicrus longicrus, no. 20811, 9. 
Myotis ywmanensis sociabilis, no. 6651, 9. 
Myotis occultus, no. 10706, g. 

Myotis lucifugus altipetens, no. 23036, 2. 
Myotis velifer, no. 7762, g. 

Lasionycteris noctivagans, no. 24208, 2. 
Myotis evotis, no. 6953, 9. 

Myotis thysanodes, no. 29833 (U. 8. Nat. Mus.), 9. 


[ 400 ] 


; 
| 
; 
. 


NU ¢ 4 


PLATE 23 


Dorsal views of the skulls of eight species of California bats. All X 2. 
Fig. 48. Nyctinomus mexicanus, no. 6948, 3. 

Fig. 49. Nycteris cinerea, no. 6944, g. 

Fig. 50. Corynorhinus rafinesquii intermedius, no. 6957, 3. 

Fig. 51. Nycteris borealis teliotis, no. 24327, 9.— 

Fig. 52. EHptesicus fuscus, no. 5176, J. 

Fig. 53.  Antrozous pacificus, no. 5248, ¢. 

Fig. 54. Macrotus californicus, no. 1238, 9. 


Fig. 55. <Antrozous pallidus, no. 7346, g. 


[ 402 ] 


PLATE 24 


Side views of the same skulls as shown on plate 23. All X 2. 
Fig. 56. Nyctinomus mexicanus, no. 6948, 3. 

Fig. 57. Nycteris euierea, no. 6944, ¢. 

Fig. 58. Be aha sane intermedius, no. 6957, J. 
Fig. 59. Nycteris borealis teliotis, no. 24327, 9. 

Fig. 60. Eptesicus fuscus, no. 5176, 3g. 

Fig. 61. <Antrozous pacificus, no. 5248, ¢. 

Fig. 62. Macrotus californicus, no. 1238, 9. 

Fig. 63. <Antrozous pallidus, no. 7346, 2. 


[ 404 ] 


HO 61 


poe! ee 
ae ; : * 


UNV A PUBLICATIONS _ 
Rees : Re i Se, eet pas © 


SAE eee 
Aa 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 


Note.—The. University. of California Publications are offered in exchange for the pub’ 
cations. of learned socicties and institutions, universitieés and libraries. Complete lists of 
all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample copies, lists 
of publications or other information, address the Manager of the University Press, Berkeley, 
California, U. S. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The sec 
Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. S.A. : 


ZOOLOGY.—W. E. Ritter and C, A. Kofoid, Editors. Price per volume, $3.50; begining E 
with vol. 11, $5.00. : 


This series contains the contributions from the Department of Zoology,. Sane the 
Marine Laboratory of the Scripps Institution for. Biological Research, at La. Jolla, : 
California, and from the California. Museum of. Vertebrate Hoes in Beep: 


Cited as Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 5 ay 


Volume 1, 1902-1905, 317 pages, with 28 plates 2. t seen tae ee 


Volume 2 (Contributions from the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of 
San Diego), 1904-1906, xvii + 382 pages,-with 19 plates —._.... oc ee 


Volume 3, 1906-1907, 383 pages, with 23 plates .... 
Volume 4, 1907-1908, 400 pages, with 24 plates =... 3.50 
Volume 5,°i1908-1910, 440 pages, with 34 plates 22... ak eee eee 5 aE 93. 

Volume 6, 1908-1911, 478 pages, with 48 plates 22... ee aes se 


Volume 7 (Contributions. from ue Museum of Vertebrate. Zoology), 1910-1912, aa 
pages; with 12; plates 22a se Sa a ES 


Volume. 8,°1911; 357. pages, with’ 25 -platess...20-.. ee See = 
Volume 9, 1911-1912,'365 pages, with 24 plates 26. ccc ieee ne acelin cco 

Volume 10,.1912-1913, 417 pages, with 10 plates - 
Volume 11, 1912-1914, 538 pages, with 26-plates 


Volume 12 (Contributions from the Bates of Vertebrate Zoology), 1913-1916, 55S 
pages, with 22 plates i a DEE ae a ee 


Vol. 14. 1. "A Revert apie the Physical Conditions in San Francisco Bay, Based upon 7 
the Operations of the United States. Fisheries Steamer ‘‘Albatross’’ dur- > 
ing the Years 1912 and 1913, by F. B. Sumner, G, D. Louderback, W.L. 
Schmitt, EH. C. Johnston. Pp. 1-198, plates 1-13, 20. text DEuCs, July; ae 
0 Bee ees caries Ub ig Nee PUR AO SIC OWNS. ter RG oh saeh rs tS an Les RL SLO Z 


Vol.15. Introduction. Dependence of Marine Biology upon Hydrography and Hoenke ; 

sity of Quantitative Biological Research. » Pp. i-xxili.. June, 1916... 

1. Hydrographic, Plankton, and Dredging Records of the Scripps Institution 

for Biological Research of the University of California, 1901 to 1912, 

compiled and arranged under the supervision of W. BE. Ritter by Ellis 

Li. Michael and George F. McEwen. Pp. 1-206, 4 text figures and map. 

July, 1915 

2. Continuation of Hydrographic, Plankton, and Dredging Records of th 

Scripps: Institution for Biological Research of the University of Cali- 5 
fornia (1913-1915), compiled and arranged under the supervision of W. 

E. Ritter; by Ellis L. Michael; Zoologist and Administrative Assistant, 
George F. McEwen, Hydrographer. Pp, 207-254, 7 figures in text. Novem: 

BET 1916 ea aca las a et ete ‘ 

. Summary and Interpretation of the Hydrographic Observations made a ie 
the Scripps Institution for Biological Research of the University of Cali- 
fornia, 1908 to 1915, by George F. McEwen, Hydrographer. Pp. 255-356, See 3 

plates 1-38, December, BOT Ge a aE ee oa ra a a ds 

Vol, 16, 1. An Outline of the Morphology and Life History of Crithidia leptocoridis, 

sp. nov., by Irene McCulloch. Pp. 1-22, plates 1-4, 1 text sag Ss Sep- 
tember, "1915 eS gS oa hay ie Sant NR co pee wt RR a ES eS were ae RE cate 

On Giardia microti, sp. nov., from the Meadow Mouse}. by Charles Atwood 
Kofoid and Elizabeth Bohn Christiansen. Pp. 23-29,°1 figure in text. — 

. On Binary and» Multiple Fission in Giardia muris (Grassi), by Charles: 

Atwood Kofoid and Elizabeth Bohn pigs aie Pp, 30-54, plates, 5-8, 

1 figure in text. 

Nos. 2 and.3 in one cover. November, LOTS eS eS ee : 

. The Cultivation of Tissues from Amphibians, 5 he John ©. Johnson, : 

62, 2 figures in text. November, 1915 20222. .cco. ween a 


wo 


to 


» 


PDR LOU, eVt 


{ 
; 
é 


=a 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 
IN 


ZOOLOGY 
Vol. 17, No. 13, pp. 405-422, 1 figure in text February 23, 1918 


THE PACIFIC COAST JAYS OF THE GENUS 
APHELOCOMA 


BY 
H. 8S. SWARTH 


(Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California) 


The present study is based principally upon the series of Aphelo- 
coma in the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, including, in addition 
to the specimens contained in the Museum collection, those in the 
Grinnell, Morcom and Swarth collections. Besides this material speci- 
mens were borrowed from other institutions and from individuals, as 
follows: From the Biological Survey, Washington, twelve skins from 
the San Pedro Martir Mountains, Lower California: from the Museum 
of Comparative Zoology, thirteen from the Cape San Lueas region, 
and two from northern Lower California; from the Museum of His- 
tory, Science and Art, Los Angeles, four specimens from southern 
California ; from the collection of the Oregon Fish and Game Commis- 
sion, five specimens from Oregon; from the collection of J. and J. W. 
Mailliard, seventeen specimens, mostly from Marin County, Cali- 
fornia ; from the collection of J. E. Thayer, twenty-five specimens from 
Lower California. The skins borrowed from outside sources are all in 
one way or another illustrative of points not covered by the collection 
of the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, and the privilege of utilizing 
them added much to the value of the comparisons made. The writer 
wishes here to express his appreciation of, and thanks for, these gen- 
erous loans. Altogether 437 specimens of Aphelocoma were examined. 

Under each form, in the section giving “‘ distinguishing characters,’ 
I have entered an exact statement of the color of a selected specimen, 
an average example of the race in fresh fall plumage. Color terms 
used are from Ridgway’s Color Standards and Color Nomenclature 
(1912). 


406 University of California Publications in Zoology Vou. 17 


The genus Aphelocoma is, with the exception of the singularly 
isolated Florida species, restricted to the southwestern portion of 
North America. The several species included therein are for the 
most part rather sharply defined and not prone to split up into local 
races, though it is probably true that certain forms now recognized 
as “‘species’’ are as yet so imperfectly understood as to leave their 
true status and distribution a matter of some doubt. 

In California there are three well defined species of the genus, 
Aphelocoma californica (divided in this state into three subspecies), 
A. woodhousei, and A. insularis. The first mentioned, in its three 
forms, occurs over the greater part of the state. It is primarily a 
bird of the Upper Sonoran zone, especially favoring those regions 
where there is live oak timber or serub oak brush, and extending 
locally up into low Transition. It is apparently absent from the 
extreme northern coast region, as also from the mountains above 
Transition, and from the Lower Sonoran deserts of the southeast. 

Aphelocoma woodhousei occupies disconnected areas of Upper 
Sonoran on certain of the mountain ranges of the Inyo region, and 
on the east slope of the Sierra Nevada. A. insularis is found only on 
Santa Cruz Island. These three species are distinguished by certain 
trenchant characters. The Santa Cruz Island jay appears to be eut 
off from contact with its nearest mainland relative by the intervening 
channel, though the distance to be traversed is not so great as, on the 
face of it, to be considered an impassable barrier to a bird of this 
nature. A. californica and A. woodhousei meet at the east base of 
the Sierra Nevada, where at certain seasons both species may be 
found at the same places; for the most part the specific characters of 
each remain stable along this border line. 

The California forms of Aphelocoma all belong to a section of the 
genus that it seems to me is deserving of recognition, nomenclaturally, 
as distinct from another aggregation now included in the same genus. 
Californica, woodhousei, insularis, and hypoleuca, together with cyanea 
and certain other Texan and Mexican species, all possess in common 
certain conspicuous features of structure, coloration, etc., and all are 
as sharply distinguished from the Aphelocoma siebert group. Coues 
(1903, pp. 497, 499) proposed that the latter be separated as a sub- 
genus ‘‘Sieberocitta,’’ as distinguished from true Aphelocoma. This 
suggested subgenus was not aecepted by the A. O. U. Committee (1908, 
p. 394), because of being ‘‘based on color characters alone.’’ As 
a matter of fact the distinguishing features (as was pointed out by 


1918] Swarth: The Pacific Coast Jays of the Genus Aphelocoma 407 


Coues) are matters of structure (at least such as are commonly used 
in distinguishing bird genera), of color, of eggs, and of habits. In 
Sieberocitta, as compared with true Aphelocoma, besides the obvious 
and constant color differences, the tail is shorter instead of longer 
than the wing, and the eggs are plain blue instead of double pigmented. 
The call-notes of the two are widely different. Of habit differences 
it may be noted that while Aphelocoma is relatively solitary in its 
mode of life, Sieberocitta is as markedly gregarious as the Pinon 
Jay (Cyanocephalus cyanocephalus), going habitually in closely 
assembled flocks of twenty or thirty individuals, and even nesting in 
rather loose rookeries. Another feature of Sieberocitta is its habit 
of constructing extra nests, as the Marsh Wren does. 

The point here made is that in the genus Aphelocoma there are 
these two aggregations of species and subspecies, each group dis- 
tinguished by certain features, common to all the forms therein, of 
coloration and pattern, structure, eggs, call-notes and habits. The 
two groups occur to a large extent over the same territory, where, 
however, they occupy slightly different ecologic niches, Sieberocitta 
being primarily a bird of open oak woods, true Aphelocoma, of denser 
underbrush. It seems to me that it is desirable that these two groups 
be accorded subgenerie recognition. 

If it were feasible to consider all the forms of true Aphelocoma as 
subspecies of one species, and all of Sicberocitta as of another, this 
might equally well serve to segregate them as they should be, but 
the facts hardly permit of such treatment. 

There is still another feature of the situation, namely, the relation- 
ship of the Mexican and Central American species, Aphelocoma wni- 
color; but this I am not qualified to discuss. 

In a recent paper, primarily on the status of Aphelocoma texana, 
but incidentally discussing other allied forms, Oberholser (1917, p. 
94) advocates that all of the ‘‘Aphelocoma californica group’’ be 
regarded as subspecies of one species, A. californica. This includes 
all the forms that I would restrict to the subgenus Aphelocoma, 
except A. cyanea and A. insularis. Mr. Oberholser and myself are, 
perhaps, merely stating the same thing in different ways. My main 
objection to his conception of the forms as subspecific variants is 
that much of the intergradation to which he calls attention occurs 
only through individual variation, in races that are geographically 
far apart. Individual variation in swmichrasti, in southern Mexico, 
is said to cover the difference between that form and A. californica 


408 University of Califorma Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


californica (Oberholser, loc. cit.), and the same is true as between 
A. californica immanis of the Sacramento Valley, and A. hypoleuca 
of Cape San Lueas, but in each case the region between these forms 
is occupied by a race or races different from either. 

It seems to me that there is danger of giving too much emphasis 
to the resemblances noted, and of losing sight of the significant fact 
that there is no blending of characters where the different forms 
meet. For example, although in the three subspecies of Aphelocoma 
californica, as I would restrict them, californica, oocleptica, and 
immanis, there is such intergradation at the margins of the several 
habitats, nothing of the sort can be detected along the boundary 
between immanis and woodhouset. It is true that there is a specimen 
at hand that may be regarded as intermediate between these two 
latter forms (see beyond), but this is a single sporadic individual, and 
the circumstance appears to be exactly comparable with conditions 
observed to exist in Psaltriparus minimus californicus and P. plum- 
beus, of the same region. In both cases in this marginal region the 
populations in general of the several species are as typical in appear- 
ance as are those at opposite extremes in the birds’ ranges. It is 
just an occasional individual which shows any admixture of characters 
of the adjoining races. 

The manner of variation to be traced through the several sub- 
species of Aphelocoma californica differs in some respects from what 
may be observed among other variable species of birds. Aphelocoma 
is not an especially ‘‘plastic’’ group, the several species being for 
the most part rather sharply defined, and remaining uniform in 
appearance over a wide expanse of territory. In the three recogniz- 
able subspecies of A. californica occurring within the state of Cali- 
fornia, the manner of variation is unlike what is observed in the races 
of such species as Pipilo maculatus and Thryomanes bewicki, for, as 
shown in the accompanying table, in A phelocoma the several characters 
concerned vary, to all appearances, independently, and not always in 
the same direction. 

Characters which have been used to differentiate species and sub- 
species in the genus Aphelocoma pertain to size and color. Size char- 
acters consist of general size, length of wing, length of tail, length of 
bill and bulk of bill. Color characters used are: shade of the blue 
areas, of dorsum, of under parts, of under tail coverts. 

It should be noted that characters of color are quite as apparent 
in the juvenal plumage as in the adult, and, when the quill feathers 


Color of under surface of body 


Color of under tail coverts 


Juvenal plumage 


Cape San Lucas 
(A. hypoleuca) 


Pale Neropalin 
blue 


Light drab, suffused 
with bluish 


White, light suf- 
fusion of gray 


Variable features in Aphelocoma californica and A. hypoleuca listed to show differences occurring in the several faunal areas occupied. 


Northern Lower 
California 


(A, ce. californica) 


San Diegan region 
(A. ¢. californica) 


Santa Cruz region 
(A. c. californica) 


San Francisco 
Bay region 
(A. c. oocleptica) 


Coast region north of 
the Golden Gate 


(A. ¢. oocleptica) 


Sacramento Valley 
(A. ¢. immanis) 


Sierra Nevada 
(A. ¢. immanis) 


Warner Mountains 
(A. ¢. immanis) 


Oregon 
(A. c. immanis) 


Smaller Smaller Smaller Larger Larger Larger 

120.4 118.8 119.8 126. 125.4 126.4 

134.4 132.5 131.6 140. 136.7 137.7 
8.3 9.1 9.5 9.1 9.7 


Dark (deep cadet 
blue) 


Dark (deep cadet 
blue) 


Dark (deep cadet 
blue) 


Dark (deep cadet 
blue) 


Dark (deep cadet 
blue) 


Sepia 


Slaty 


White, frequently 
tinged with blue 


Sepia 


Sepia 


Sepia 


Sepia 


Chapman’s blue 


Drab 


Slaty 


Slaty 


Slaty 


Whitish with slaty 
suffusion 


Chapman’s blue 


Drab 


Chapman’s blue 


Drab 


White, light suf- 
fusion of gray 


White, frequently 
tinged with blue 


White, frequently 
tinged with blue 


White, frequently 
tinged with blue 


White 


Dark 


Dark 


Dark 


Dark 


White, light suf- 
fusion of gray 


White, light suf- 
fusion of gray 


Chapman’s blue 


Drab 


White, light suf- 
fusion of gray 


White 


Pale 


408 University of California Publ 


californica. (Oherholser_ loc. cit.). and 
A. califoi 
of Cape } 
is oceuple 
It see 
to the res 
that ther 
meet. F\ 
californic 
immanis, .° 
habitats, 
between 2 
at hand 


latter for e} Sele ef: 


the circu 
observed 
beus, of 
populatic 
ance as 
just an o: 
of the ad 
The 1 
species 0 
may be ¢ 
is not al 
the most 
appearal 
able sub; 
fornia, t] 
of such ; 
shown in 
concerne 
the same 
Char: 
species 
acters ¢c 
bill and 
areas, of 
Tt shove Se Se 


in the juvenal plumage as in the adult, and; when 


1918] Swarth: The Pacific Coast Jays of the Genus Aphelocoma 409 


have attained their full size, length of wing and tail are also equally 
characteristic in the young. In several instances in the present study, 
where localities have been represented by adults in worn, midsummer 
plumage, the appearance of young birds taken at the same time 
pointed unmistakably toward the relationships of the series in 
question. 

On the accompanying table the variable features in Aphelocoma 
californica are listed so as to show the differences occurring in the 
birds of the several faunal areas inhabited. Where there is little or 
no difference in a character in two or more of such areas, the dividing 
line is lightly indicated. Where there is an appreciable discrepancy 
this line is heavy. Thus in the diagram, differentiating characters 
are segregated by locality regardless of subspecifie names. 

It will be observed of the Cape San Lucas bird (hypoleuca) that 
in every particular it is sharply set off from its nearest neighbor, 
californica, so much so that, if, as seems highly probable, there is a 
stretch of country between the two uninhabited by the genus, cali- 
fornica and hypoleuca might well be considered distinct species rather 
than subspecies of the same form. It is true that although Aphelo- 
coma hypoleuca and A. californica as occurring in northern Lower 
California (A. c. californica) are so abruptly and absolutely different, 
hypoleuca and Sacramento valley californica (A. c. immanis) are dis- 
tinguished with difficulty ; but this seems to be a case of parallel modi- 
fication of widely separated forms, races that really have but little in 
common. 

It will also be noted upon the diagram, relating to the species as 
occurring in California and Oregon, that although no line of separa- 
tion can be drawn between any two adjacent regions for all the char- 
acters considered, certain divisions can be made by combination of 
various of the differentiating features. Disregarding the Cape San 
Lucas bird, it will be seen that beginning at northern Lower Cali- 
fornia there is increase of size northward; not evenly, however, for 
although a line drawn between the Santa Cruz and San Francisco 
Bay regions will separate smaller sized birds to the southward from 
larger ones to the northward of this point, there is no appreciable 
size difference between birds of the Santa Cruz area and northern 
Lower California on the one hand, nor between those of the San 
Francisco Bay area and Oregon, on the other. 

There is no appreciable difference in length of culmen from Cape 
San Lucas to Oregon (see table), but depth of bill increases north- 


410 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou. 17 


ward, more northern birds consequently possessing proportionately 
heavier bills. As seen in the diagram it is in this one particular that 
birds of the Santa Cruz area resemble the northern form more nearly 
than the southern. 

In coloration it will be noted that there is practical uniformity 
of appearance, on the one hand, in birds of the coast region from 
northern Lower California to Humboldt Bay, on the other, in birds 
from the Sacramento-San Joaquin Valley, Sierra Nevada, Warner 
Mountains, and Oregon. 


Aphelocoma californica californica (Vigors) 


Type locality —Monterey, California. 

Range.—A relatively narrow strip along the coast of California and northern 
Lower California; from the San Pedro Martir Mountains, Lower California, 
north on the coastal slope of California, west of the southern Sierras and the 
coast ranges, through the San Diegan and Santa Cruz districts to the south 
side of San Francisco Bay. 

Specimens examined from the following localities: Lower California: San 
Pedro Martir Mountains, 6; Hanson Laguna Mountains, 5; Ensenada, 1; 30 
miles east of San Quintin, 1; Santana, 2. 

California: San Diego County—Witch Creek, 7; Cuyamaca Mountains, 2; 
Julian, 4; Foster, 2; Dulzura, 1; Campo, 1; Warner Pass, 1; San Diego, 1; 
Pala, 1. Orange County—Trabuco Cafion, 2; Laguna Beach, 1. Riverside 
County—San Jacinto Mountains, 16; Vallevista, 1; San Gorgonio Pass, 2; 
Riverside, 1. San Bernardino County—Reche Canon, 3; San Bernardino Moun- 
tains, 5. Los Angeles County—Pasadena, 39; San Fernando Valley, 2; Santa 
Monica Mountains, 4; Verdugo, 1; Glendora, 2; Chileo, 1; San Francisquito 
Cafion, 1; Los Angeles, 3. Ventura County—Ventura, 2; Mount Pinos, 3. 
Santa Barbara County—Santa Barbara, 1; Guadalupe Lake, 1. San Luis 
Obispo County—Paso Robles, 1. San Benito County—Paicines, 2. Monterey 
County—Pacifie Grove, 3; Partington Pt., 2; Lucia 2. Santa Clara County— 
Palo Alto, 7; San Jose, 1; Berryessa, 1; College Park, 2. Total 147. 

Distinguishing characters.—Aphelocoma californica californica, compared with 
A. c. immanis, is of small size and dark coloration. The blue areas are of a 
deeper shade, the back distinctly darker brown, and the light colored under 
parts have a dusky suffusion. Lower tail coverts usually tinged with blue, 
sometimes conspicuously so. Coloration is about the same in californica as in 
oocleptica, from which subspecies californica is distinguished by smaller size 
throughout. Compared with A. hypoleuca, A. ec. californica is of much darker 
coloration, and, on the average, slightly smaller size. No. 7016 (Mus. Vert. 
Zool.), male, Palo Alto, California, November 21, 1906. Blue areas, deep cadet 
blue; dorsum, sepia. 


Remarks.—In the material assembled for the present study the 
subspecies Aphelocoma c. californica is represented by a fairly satis- 
factory series from Lower California (unsatisfactory only in that it 
includes no specimens in fresh fall plumage), by skins from the San 


1918] 


Aphelocoma 
Aphelocoma 
Aphelocoma 
Aphelocoma 
Aphelocoma 
Aphelocoma 


eor1e¢e+ > 8 


Fig. 1. Distribution of the species and sub- 
species of Aphelocoma on the Pacifie Coast. 


Swarth: The Pacific Coast Jays of the Genus Aphelocoma 


Points from which specimens were examined: 


californica californica 
californica immanis 
californica oocleptica 
woodhousei 

insularis 
hypoleuca 


Cape San Lucas 


411 


412 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou. 17 


Diegan region representing a large number of record stations and 
illustrating practically all phases of variation, and by smaller series 
from a number of points along the coast north to San Francisco Bay. 

The most important point to be considered in a systematic study 
of birds from these several sections is the relationship borne by 
A. c. obscura, described from the San Pedro Martir Mountains, Lower 
California, to A. c. californica, with type locality at Monterey. The 
present treatment of the races of the California jay differs from that 
in most recent literature covering the subject (e.g., A. O. U. Check-list, 
1910, p. 225; Ridgway, 1904, pp. 827-331) in that it does not recognize 
the subspecies obscura. This race was described by Anthony (1889, 
p. 75) from specimens taken in the San Pedro Martir Mountains, 
Lower California. In a subsequent paper (1893, p. 239) the same 
writer asserts that birds from the San Pedro Martir Mountains and 
from San Diego County, California, are indistinguishable, and for 
some years past the name obscura has been generally used to cover 
the bird of the San Diegan region of California, as well as that of 
northern Lower California. Comparison of series from these points, 
however, with specimens from various coastal localities as far north 
as San Francisco Bay (including the vicinity of Monterey, the type 
locality of californica), shows that all belong to the same race, that 
there are no characters serving to distinguish specimens from these 
several places. Hence the name obscura must be considered a synonym 
of californica. 

Aphelocoma californica obscura was described as a smaller and 
darker colored bird than A. c. californica. Perpetuation of this error 
may have occurred through comparison of southern California speci- 
mens with others from the Sacramento Valley or the Sierra Nevada, 
in the belief that the latter were representative of typical californica. 
This assumption is wrong, however, and although jays from certain 
sections of California may readily be distinguished as, respectively, 
larger and paler, or smaller and darker, true californica and obscura 
both fall into the latter category. This point has been discussed and 
the same conclusion reached by Grinnell and Swarth (1913, p. 261), 
with reference to the status of the species as occurring in the San 
Jacinto Mountains, southern California. 

The range of Aphelocoma c. californica abuts that of A. c. ooclep- 
tica on the north, and that of A. c. immanis on the northeast. Whether 
or not there is continuous distribution of jays of this species over the 
length of Lower California, with consequent contact of the ranges of 


1918] Swarth: The Pacific Coast Jays of the Genus Aphelocoma 413 


californica and hypoleuca, I do not know. There are no specimens of 
either at hand illustrative of marked variation toward the neighboring 
race. 

In southern California, as far north as Fort Tejon, the eastern 
boundary of the range of californica is sharply defined by the western 
margins of the Colorado and Mohave deserts. At this point the sub- 
species califormca extends in typical form to the eastern bases of the 
surrounding coast ranges, and stops there abruptly. The Lower 
Sonoran deserts form a broad and impassable barrier to birds of this 
genus. 

Farther north, from the northern boundary of Ventura County 
northward, while there is no such evident obstacle to distribution, 
there is an extensive stretch of country, the arid, timberless west side 
of the San Joaquin Valley, where conditions are so unfavorable to 
the species that it is almost, if not entirely, absent. I have considered 
the range of A. c. californica as lying just west of this section. There 
are no specimens at hand from any point in this region. There are 
available three skins from the vicinity of Mount Pinos, Ventura 
County, and two from Paicines, San Benito County, these points 
lying approximately along the dividing line between the ranges of 
californica and immanis. Of the specimens from the Mount Pinos 
region, two November birds from the head of Piru Creek show a 
decided approach to Sierra Nevada immanis. In fact, regarded by 
themselves they might well be considered as belonging to that sub- 
species, but considering the manner in which the seetion where they 
were taken is separated from the range of immanis, and the econtin- 
uous distribution of californica from this point westward, they had, 
perhaps, better be regarded as individual extremes of californica, 
taken at the edge of its range and illustrating intergradation with 
immanis. The two Paicines specimens are also evidently intergrades 
toward immanis, though not leaning so markedly toward the latter 
race. There are specimens at hand from various points along the 
coastal slope of Santa Barbara, San Luis Obispo, Monterey, and 
Santa Clara counties, as already enumerated, and these are so 
obviously like the bird of southern California and northern Lower 
California as to leave no doubt as to their subspecifie identity. 


Aphelocoma californica oocleptica, new subspecies 


Type.——Male adult, no. 7123, Mus. Vert. Zool.; Nicasio, Marin County, 
California; February 23, 1909; collected by Walter P. Taylor; original num- 
ber 647. 


414 University of California Publications in Zoology  [Vou. 17 


Range.—The coast region of northern California, west from Mount Diablo 
and the coast ranges. North to Humboldt Bay, south to the Golden Gate and 
the east side of San Francisco Bay. 

Specimens examined from the following localities: Alameda County—Oak- 
land, 1; Piedmont, 1; Berkeley, 9. Contra Costa County—Walnut Creek, 5; 
Mount Diablo, 3; Danville, 5. Marin County—Mailliard, 1; Inverness, 3; 
Nicasio, 4; San Geronimo, 3. Sonoma County—Sonoma, 1; Stony Point, 2; Free- 
stone, 1; Guerneville, 10; Santa Rosa, 1. Mendocino County—Mendocino City, 1; 
Mount Sanhedrin, 2; Bald Hill, 1; Sherwoods, 2. Humboldt County—Arcata, 1. 
Total 57. 

Distinguishing characters.—Of large size and dark coloration. In color closely 
similar to A. ec. californica, but size measurably greater throughout. In measure- 
ments oocleptica is equal to the maximum of immanis, from which subspecies it 
is distinguished by its dark coloration. Differs from hypoleuca both in greater 
size and much darker color. 

No. 6001 (Mailliard coll.), male, Nicasio, Marin County, October 29, 1894. 
Blue areas, deep cadet blue; dorsum, sepia. 


Remarks—It was an unexpected development of the present study 
that there should be disclosed the presence of an additional race of 
Aphelocoma within the state. The specimens at hand, however, are 
ample for the establishing of this subspecies, the characters exhibited 
being clearly defined, and the territory occupied by the form capable 
of being outlined with a fair degree of accuracy. While in the com- 
bination of characters possessed oocleptica might be considered as 
an intergrade between californica and immanis, still it is not truly 
intermediate between the two. It has assumed the distinetive char- 
acters of large size (equal to the pale colored immanis), and dark 
eoloration (as in the small sized californica), each to the fullest degree. 
It is the combination of these two features that distinguishes the race. 

There is more evident appearance of intergradation between 
oocleptica and immanis, than between the former and californica. 
Of the last mentioned form, examples from points immediately south 
of San Francisco Bay (closely approaching the range of oocleptica) 
are indistinguishable from specimens from southern California, there 
being no appreciable increase in size. On the other hand, at points 
where the ranges of oocleptica and immanis come together (as in 
parts of Marin and Sonoma counties), individuals exhibiting various 
degrees of intergradation between the two are of frequent occurrence. 
In southern Marin County somewhat similar conditions prevail in 
Aphelocoma as have already been noted of other variable groups in 
the same region as Psaltriparus (Swarth, 1914, pp. 5138-515) and 
Thryomanes (Swarth, 1916, p. 66), namely, the frequent occurrence 
of individuals evincing a marked tendency toward the appearance of 


1918] Swarth: The Pacific Coast Jays of the Genus Aphelocoma 415 


the neighboring race of the nearby Sacramento Valley. There is a 
series of Aphelocoma at hand from that portion of Sonoma County 
wherein, as deseribed by J. Mailliard (1908, p. 133), there oceurs a 
form of Cyanocitta closely approaching the interior form frontalis 
rather than the coastal race carbonacea. In the Aphelocoma of this 
strip of country it is again of interest to note that in birds taken at 
points extending practically to the coast, coloration is appreciably 
paler than in typical oocleptica, closely approaching that seen in 
Sacramento Valley immanis. 

In the region immediately west of San Francisco Bay, birds from 
the vicinity of Berkeley and Oakland exhibit the extreme of large 
size and dark coloration. Just a few miles away, however, on the 
farther slope of the hills to the westward of these points, the jays 
exhibit a pronounced leaning toward immanis. <A series of five birds 
taken at a point in this region (near Danville, Contra Costa County), 
and in fresh fall plumage, are noticeably pale colored, strikingly 
similar to specimens from the Sierra Nevada. I include this region 
in the range of oocleptica, however, partly because of the slightly 
darker tone of coloration of adult birds from this section (as com- 
pared with Sierran immanis), and largely because in the juvenal 
plumage (as exhibited in specimens from Mount Diablo and Walnut 
Creek) there is no variation from the corresponding stage as it occurs 
in Marin County. In typical immanis the juvenal plumage is as 
conspicuously different from oocleptica as is the adult. 


Aphelocoma californica immanis Grinnell 


Type locality.—Scio, Linn County, Oregon. 

Range.—Extreme southern Washington, in Oregon those valleys lying between 
the Cascades and the Coast Ranges, and south in California through the Sac- 
ramento and San Joaquin valleys and the Sierra Nevada. East to the Warner 
Mountains and the eastern base of the Sierra Nevada. 

Specimens examined from the following localities: 


Oregon: Linn County—Scio, 4. Benton County—Corvallis, 1. Multnomah 
County—Portland, 2. Josephine County—Grant’s Pass, 1. Jackson County— 
Gold Hill, 2. Douglas County—Roseburg, 1. ‘‘ Willamette Valley,’’ 1. 

California: Modoe County—Warner Mountains, 38. Trinity County—Helena, 
1. Shasta County—Baird, 1. Nevada County—Independence Lake, 1; Little 
Truckee River, 1. Placer County—Cisco, 1. Inyo County—Kearsarge Pass, 2; 
Carroll Creek, 1. Kern County—Onyx, 1; Walker Pass, 1; Fay Creek, 5; Bod- 
fish, 2; Piute Mountains, 4; Caliente, 1. Tulare County—Taylor Meadow, 4; 
Trout Creek, 4; Cannell Meadow, 2. Fresno County—Dunlap, 4; Minkler, 14. 
Madera County—Raymond, 1. Mariposa County—El Portal, 7; Coulterville, 2. 
Merced County—Snelling, 2. Stanislaus County—La Grange, 1; Modesto, 3. 


416 University of California Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


San Joaquin County—Tracy Lake, 3. Sacramento County—Sacramento, 3. 
Amador County—Carbondale, 2; Drytown, 1. Solano County—Vaeaville, 5. 
Glenn County—Winslow, 5. Yolo County—Knight’s Landing, 1. Butte County 
—Oroville, 1. Sutter County—Sutter, 1. Lake County—Lower Lake, 1. Total 
139. 

Distinguishing characters.—Of large size and pale coloration. Under tail 
coverts usually pure white; sometimes slightly tinged with blue; brown of 
back pale, as compared with californica, and suffused with grayish. Under parts 
white, with but a slight suffusion of slaty. Distinguished from 4. c. californica 
both by large size and pale coloration; from oocleptica by pale coloration, size 
being about the same. Aphelocoma hypoleuca is smaller than the maximum of 
immanis, though closely matched in this respect by the series from the Sacra- 
mento Valley. In coloration hypoleuca is constantly paler than the lightest 
colored immanis. 

No. 269 (coll. of S. G. Jewett), male, Portland, Oregon, November 5, 1905; 
blue areas, Chapman’s blue; dorsum, hair brown, with bluish tips to the feathers. 


Remarks—Aphelocoma californica tmmanis was described by 
Grinnell (1901, p. 188), from the Willamette Valley, Oregon, char- 
acterized as a bird of larger size and with longer tail than A. c. cali- 
fornica. The subspecies was denied recognition by the A. O. U. Com- 
mittee (1901, p. 312), as indistinguishable from A. c. californica, a 
logical point of view, of course, considering the recognition already 
accorded by that committee to A. c. obscura as a smaller and darker 
bird than true californica. There is no question as to the existence of 
the two distinguishable races, the large, pale colored form to which 
the term californica is incorrectly applied by Ridgway (1904, p. 327) 
and the A. O. U. Committee (1910, p. 225), and the small, dark colored 
subspecies termed obscura by the same authorities. The realization, 
however, that obscura is a synonym of californica, both pertaining 
to the subspecies occurring in the southern coast district of California, 
necessitates the affixing of a name to the form inhabiting the interior 
of the state. In a recent paper Oberholser (1917, p. 94) affirms the 
existence of the subspecies immanis, defining its range as including 
parts of Oregon and extreme northern California. There are at hand 
large series of jays from the interior valleys of California, the Sierra 
Nevada, and the Warner Mountains, and as, on comparison, these are 
indistinguishable from specimens from the Willamette Valley, Oregon, 
the name which has been used for the latter bird, immanis, must be 
applied to this whole aggregation. 

On the east slope of the Sierra Nevada the ranges of immanis and 
woodhousei meet, and here is where intergradation of characters 
between the two should be found if it occurs at all. Woodhousei is 
found in this section in the fall, but whether or not it breeds here is 


1918] Swarth: The Pacific Coast Jays of the Genus Aphelocoma 417 


not known. The probabilities are that it does not, and that the birds 
that have been taken in the region in the autumn were wanderers from 
points farther east. However this may be, there is one specimen at 
hand from this section, taken at 5,500 feet elevation on Carroll Creek, 
Inyo County, that in color and markings exhibits a blending of the 
characters of the two forms. This bird, an adult male (no. 20068, 
September 9, 1911), is of a decidedly paler blue than are comparable 
specimens from the west side of the Sierras, while the dorsum is 
bluish gray, rather than brownish, as in the latter. Whiteness of 
under parts of body and lower tail coverts, the streakings upon the 
breast, and measurements and proportions, are all exactly as in 
immanis. This bird therefore must be classed with the latter form, 
but the dorsal appearance of the specimen is strikingly similar to fall 
examples of woodhousei, and quite different from any other specimen 
of immanis at hand. The nature of this departure from the usual 
coloration of immanis, occurring in a specimen from this particular 
region has undoubtedly some significance as regards the relationships 
of the two forms. For the present, however, I prefer to regard them 
as specifically distinet, for the same reasons as those advanced in the 
ease of the two species of Psaltriparus that occur here; the observed 
conditions are closely similar. (See Swarth, 1914, p. 521.) 

There are two breeding birds at hand from this section, taken near 
the east base of Kearsarge Pass in June (nos. 22504, 22505). The 
feathers are too abraded to be of service in color comparisons, but to 
all appearances these birds are typical of ammanis. 


Aphelocoma woodhousei (Baird) 


Type locality.—Fort Thorn, New Mexico. 

Range in California—Upper Sonoran zone in the desert mountains of the 
eastern part of the state, in the Inyo and Mohave regions. At the eastern 
base of the Sierra Nevada, probably as a transient only. 

Specimens examined from the following localities: 

California: Inyo County— Carroll Creek, 1; Hanaupah Cafion, Panamint 
Mountains, 3; Johnson Caton, Panamint Mountains, 6; Jackass Spring, Pana- 
mint Mountains, 9; Silver Cafion, White Mountains, 6; Robert’s Ranch, White 
Mountains, 1; Keeler, 1. Mono County—Williams Butte, 2; Benton, 3. 

Arizona: Huachuea Mountains, 5. Santa Catalina Mountains, 2. Rincon 
Mountains, 1. Dragoon Mountains, 3. 

Nevada: Quinn River Crossing, Humboldt County, 1. 

Total 44. . 

Distinguishing characters—Compared with any of the subspecies of Aphelo- 
coma californica, A. woodhousei differs in coloration and in proportions of bill. 
The blue areas are dull and pale, the back is strongly suffused with bluish gray, 


418 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou. 17 


and the under parts and throat with gray; the under tail coverts are blue. 
The general effect of these modifications is to produce a much more uniformly 
and inconspicuously marked bird than 4A. californica. The bill of woodhousei 
averages longer than in californica, but is more slender. From 4A. insularis, 
woodhousei differs constantly in its subdued and uniform coloration, and smaller 
size. 

No. 25934 (Mus. Vert. Zool.), male, Williams Butte, Mono County, Cali- 
fornia, September 21, 1915. Blue areas, Columbia blue; dorsum and lower 
parts, suffused with bluish throughout. 


Remarks.—The range of the Woodhouse jay in California is re- 
stricted to scattered and disconnected areas of Upper Sonoran in the 
Inyo region, the arid desert section of the eastern part of the state. 
In the late summer and fall it is a visitant to the eastern slope of the 
Sierra Nevada, where it comes into direct contact with A. c. immanis, 
but it apparently does not breed in this section. Carroll Creek, just 
south of Mount Whitney, is the southernmost record station, though 
there is no evident reason why the species should not extend much 
farther south and west. 

Comparison of three California specimens at hand in fresh fall 
plumage, with individuals taken at the same season in southern 
Arizona, shows no differences between the two lots. 


Aphelocoma insularis Henshaw 


Type locality—Santa Cruz Island, California. 

Range.—Santa Cruz Island, California. 

Specimens examined.— From Santa Cruz Island, 14. 

Distinguishing characters.—Distinguished from any subspecies of A. cali- 
fornica by greater size, darker coloration, and definitely blue under tail coverts. 
From A. woodhousei, which it resembles in its blue under tail coverts, insularis 
is distinguished by greater size, darker coloration, and (like A. californica) 
in more strongly contrasted markings. 

No. 5458 (coll. of J. Grinnell), male, Santa Cruz Island, September 3, 1903. 
Blue areas, deep dull violaceous blue; dorsum, clove brown. 


Remarks.—The Santa Cruz jay is in many respects one of the most 
remarkable species that has been produced upon the Santa Barbara 
Islands. Each of the animal forms evolved upon these islands has 
developed in ways deserving the most careful study, for neither in 
the trend taken by the characters serving to distinguish them from 
their mainland relatives, nor in the distribution of species upon the 
islands, is it possible to detect uniformity in the results attained. In 
the particular species in question certain anomalies stand out even 
more conspicuously than in any of the other island birds. 


1918] Swarth: The Pacific Coast Jays of the Genus Aphelocoma 419 


The Santa Cruz jay is one of the most sharply differentiated of 
any of the island species, and it is hard to appreciate the possibility 
of the development of the form under the given conditions. Santa 
Cruz is the only one of the Santa Barbara Islands upon which jays 
of any sort are found, though other species of birds far more sedentary 
in their manner of life, are widely distributed over the group, and 
conditions upon some, at least, of the other islands would permit the 
existence of the jay. Santa Cruz is not so widely distant from the 
mainland but what it would seem possible for jays to travel back and 
forth. While the California jay of the adjacent mainland strictly 
speaking is not a migratory species, still in the fall small flocks may 
oceasionally be seen wandering far from their breeding grounds, in 
territory where they certainly never nest, and it would seem not 
unlikely, under the circumstances, for individuals from the mainland 
to reach the islands occasionally, and vice versa. 

Then, as regards the extreme differentiation achieved by the 
Santa Cruz jay, it is of interest to make comparisons with other 
variable forms occurring upon the same island. 

The spotted towhee (Pipilo maculatus) as it occurs upon Santa 
Cruz is indistinguishable from the mainland subspecies, megalonyx, 
though upon others of the islands there is the subspecies clementae, 
with strongly developed characters. The Bewick wren (Thryomanes 
bewicki) upon Santa Cruz Island is recognized separately, as the 
subspecies nesophilus, but it is with difficulty distinguished from the 
race charienturus upon the adjoming mainland, while again upon 
other of the islands there are races with much more strongly marked 
features. The bush-tit (Psaltriparus minimus), Hutton vireo (Vireo 
huttont), and perhaps one or two other species, occur upon Santa 
Cruz alone of the Santa Barbara Islands—as does the jay—yet none 
of these have developed into recognized insular races. 

On the whole it is evident that Santa Cruz Island has not served 
as a differentiating center to the same extent as other islands of the 
group; yet at the same time it has produced in the Santa Cruz jay 
the most strongly characterized of any of the island races. 

The most striking feature of the Santa Cruz jay, as compared with 

the mainland species is its enormous size, so in this case a marked 
restriction of range, with consequent probability of inbreeding of 
closely related individuals has not been productive of the dwarfed 
stature which such conditions are supposed to engender. 


420 University of California Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


Aphelocoma hypoleuca Ridgway 


Type locality.—La Paz, Lower California. 

Range—‘ ‘Cape district of Lower California ..., north to about latitude 
28°’? (Ridgway, Birds of North and Middle America, 3, 1904, p. 331). 

Specimens examined from the following localities: 

Lower California—La Paz, 8; Miraflores, 10; El Sanz, 4; Sierra de Laguna, 
5; Santa Anita, 1; Cape San Lucas, 7; Triunfo, 1. 

Total 36. 

Distinguishing characters —The pale coloration of hypoleuca serves to dis- 
tinguish it from any of the related species or subspecies on the Pacifie Coast. 
The blue areas are distinctly lighter than in even the palest examples of 
immanis, and the under parts are of a more nearly immaculate white. 

No. 11917 (coll. of John E. Thayer), male, Sierra de Laguna, Lower Cali 
fornia, August 25, 1908. Blue areas, Neropalin blue; dorsum, light drab, suf- 
fused with bluish. 


Remarks.—It is a difficult matter to come to a decision as to the 
proper nomenclatural treatment that should be accorded this form, 
though it is my impression that it is best regarded as a distinet species, 
rather than as a subspecies of Aphelocoma californica. The one great 
objection to this course is the close resemblance of hypoleuca to the 
form of Aphelocoma occurring in northern California. Whether this 
possibly fortuitous general resemblance of the two is sufficient to out- 
weigh the several arguments in favor of their distinctness, is a ques- 
tion, but the fact remains that it is almost impossible to designate 
characters whereby hypolewca and series of immanis from certain 
points can be distinguished without fail. 

So much may be said in opposition to the concept of specific differ- 
ence. The arguments in favor of such a view are essentially as follows: 

1. The features in which hypoleuca differs from the form geo- 
graphically nearest to it (A. c. californica) are not in accord with 
the trend of variation observed in A. californica over its range as 
a whole. 

2. Between californica of northern Lower California, and hypo- 
leuca of the southern end of the peninsula, the change in appearance 
is abrupt, comparable to the difference between immanis.and wood- 
housei, where the latter meet in California. Two specimens of cali- 
fornica from Santana, Lower California (Thayer coll. nos. 6353, 6552) 
are indistinguishable from comparable examples from southern Cali- 
fornia. Santana is about midway the length of Lower California, 
and at a point where, if intergradation between californica and hypo- 
leuca occurs, specimens secured should illustrate this condition. That 


Bee 


1918] Swarth: The Pacific Coast Jays of the Genus Aphelocoma 421 


these two skins are typical of californica is an argument in favor of 
the specific distinction of the two forms. 

As regards the first of these two points, it will be noted that 
although series of californica from northern California (A. c. im- 
manis), are closely similar to hypoleuca, the form geographically 
closest adjacent to the range of hypoleuca ( A. c. californica, of the 
San Pedro Martir Mountains) is the farthest removed from it in all 
its characters. 

As can be seen on the accompanying table (opp. p. 408) the course 
of variation in Aphelocoma californica is, in general terms, as follows. 
At the northern extreme of its range there is a large, pale colored 
form, restricted to the interior valleys and mountains. This, in the 
central coast region merges into a large, dark colored race, which, 
in turn, to the southward passes into the smaller, but dark colored, 
race that extends into northern Lower California. Then, abruptly, 
after what appears to be an absolute break in continuity of range, 
there is the large, pale colored form, hypoleuca. 

The fact that hypoleuca has been heretofore described as smaller 
than californica is probably due to comparisons being made with 
series of the form ammanis. Compared with A. c. californica from the 
Santa Cruz or San Diegan districts it is, as shown in the accompany- 
ing table, of larger size than these birds. Measurements of hypoleuca 
are about equal to those of immanis from the Sacramento Vallev or 
Sierra Nevada, and smaller than those of series from extreme northern 
California and Oregon. 


Transmitted June 12, 1917. 


422 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou 17 


LITERATURE CITED 


AMERICAN ORNITHOLOGISTS’ UNION CoMMITTEE; J. A. ALLEN, CHAIRMAN AND 
EDITOR 
1901. Tenth supplement to the American Ornithologists’ Union Check-list of 
North American birds. Auk, 18, 295-320. 
1908. Fourteenth supplement. ... Auk, 25, 343-399. 
1910. Check-list of North American birds. Ed. 3, revised (New York; 
American Ornithologists’ Union), 430 pp., 2 maps. 
ANTHONY, A. W. 
1889. New birds from Lower California, Mexico. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 
(2), 11, 73-82. 
1893. Birds of San Pedro Martir, Lower California. Zoe, 4, 228-247. 
Cougs, E. 
1903. Key to North American birds. Ed. 5, revised (Boston: Dana, Estes 
and Company), 1, pp. xli, 1-535, 2 pls., figs. 1-353 in text; 2, pp. vi, 
537-1152, 1 pl., figs. 354-747 in text. 
GRINNELL, J. 
1901. The long-tailed jay. Auk, 18, 188. 
GRINNELL, J., AND SWARTH, H. S. 
1913. An account of the birds and mammals of the San Jacinto area of 
southern California, with remarks upon the behavior of geographic 
races on the margins of their habitats. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 10, 
197-406, pls. 6-10. 
MAILLIARD, J. 
1908. Sierra forms on the coast of Sonoma County, California. Condor, 10, 
133-135, 2 figs. in text. 
OBERHOLSER, H. U. 
1917. The status of Aphelocoma cyanotis and its allies. Condor, 19, 94-95. 
Ripeway, R. 
1904. The birds of North and Middle America. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull., 50, 
part 3, xx + 801 pp., 19 pls. 
Swartu, H. S. 
1914. The California forms of the genus Psaltriparus. Auk, 31, 499-526, 
1 pl. (map). 
1916. The Pacific coast races of the Bewick Wren. Proce. Calif. Acad. Sci. 
(4), 6, 53-85, 1 pl. (map). 


Wing 
Aphelocoma hypoleuca 

10 males, Cape region, Lower CENT 1 2 i a a a 124.2 (120.5-127.0) 
Aphelocoma californica californica 

7 males, San Pedro Martir and Hanson Laguna Mts., 

Te RN 120.4 (117.0-125.0) 
6 males, San Diego and Orange counties, California __. ---- 118.8 (114.0-122.0) 
10 males, Los Angeles County, California 119.0 (116.0-121.0) 


8 males, Monterey and Santa Clara Counties, California _.... 119.8 (118.0-122.0) 


Aphelocoma californica oocleptica 
T males, Marin County, California 2200.00. 125.4 (122.0-128.0) 


Aphelocoma californica immanis 
8 males, Sacramento Valley, California ......... 124.3 (122.0-129.0) 
10 males, Sierra Nevada, California 126.0 (122.0-128.0) 
6 males, Warner Mts., California 127.0 (125.0-134.0) 
EE aS ee a ea 126.4 (121.0-131.0) 


Aphelocoma insularis 


6 males, Santa Cruz Island, California 135.5 (134.0-138.0) 
Aphelocoma woodhousei 
‘males, California and Arizona ........ 125.8 (121.0-129.0) 


Tail 


138.2 (133.0-146.0) 


134.4 (130,0-141.0) 
132.5 (126,0-137.0) 
132.8 (128.0-139.0) 
131.6 (125.0-137.0) 


136.7 (129.0-142.0) 


137.5 (130.0-146.0) 
140.7 (135.0-148.0) 
138.2 (131.0-148.0) 
137.7 (130.0-146.0) 


154.0 (151.0-158.0) 


136.0 (123,0-143.0) 


Culmen 


26.3 (24.0-28.0) 


25.5 (24.0-27.0) 
25.7 (25.0-27.0) 
25.9 (24,0-27.5) 
25.8 (25.0-27.0) 


25.8 (23.0-27.0) 


25.4 (24.0-27.0) 
25.4 (24.0-26.5) 
25.1 (24.0-27.0) 
25.6 (24.5-27.0) 


32.8 (31.5-34.0) 


26.6 (26.0-27.8) 


7 MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETERS (AVERAGE, MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM) OF THE Paciric Coast Forms or APHELOCOMA 


Depth of bill 
at nostril 


9.2 (8.8- 9.8) 


8.2 (8.0- 8.5) 
8.3 (8.2- 8.5) 
8.8 (8.0- 9.2) 
9.1 (8.0-10.0) 


9.1 (8.5- 9.5) 


9.1 (8.5- 9.2) 
9.3 (8.8-10.0) 
9.1 (8.5- 9.5) 
9.7 (9.2-10.0) 


10.1 (10.0-10.2) 


8.1 (8.0- 8.5) 


Tarsus 


38.4 (37.0-40.5) 


39.7 (38.5-40.5) 
38.6 (38.0-39.5) 
39.7 (38.0-41.0) 
40.3. (38.0-43,0) 


41.5 (39.0-43.0) 


40.2 (39.0-41.5) 
40.8 (38.0-42.0) 
40.7 (39.0-42.0) 
41.6 (40.0-44.0) 


46.3 (45.5-47.0) 


39.5 (38.0-42.0) 


Middle toe with- 
out claw 


23.0 (22.0-23.5) 


21.8 (20.0-23,0) 
21.8 (21.0-22.5) 
22.5 (21.0-23.5) 
23.5 (22.0-25.0) 


23.8 (22.5-24.5) 


24.4 (23.0-26.0) 
23.2 (21,0-24.0) 
24.0 (23,0-25.0) 
24.2 (23.0-25.0) 


24.9 (24,0-26.0) 


22.1 (21.0-23,0) 


422 


. : iv, 
AWA) Renate Te rorRwAMaTIRAT 
he oe Sail : x 


“ay 
Par 


U1 -Nat) Sees 5 


oimery Kos (aa TRL) pool 
Pyeey G2tL,, 3.2 


es 


Mae) hath) BONE 
MNEr) 7.8 * URSIAAOEE)- ESEE 
0EF (O.R21-0.E8f) S.5RL 
Seal LGSDAREET) OGRE 
Grey) & nets Geel) ¢.1z 
MEI) 9. Vet APB L IST Here 
ar) 0 CLARE) CORE 4 
} Mai 


University of California Publications in Zoology 


‘ » a ‘ 
nm : 
a LT ye meet ip aie 


abr dat ; 


qnaerwmset) awen fede Sh 


[Vou. | 


~~ oh 


wre “a 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 


IN 
: ZOOLOGY 
Vol. 17, No. 14, pp. 423-430 


* Vol. 17, No. 15, pp. 431-433 


April 25, 1918 


Me. ie 
i hes 


14. SIX NEW MAMMALS FROM THE, i 
MOHAVE DESERT AND INYO >.” 
REGIONS OF CALIFORNIA 


BY 
JOSEPH GRINNELL 


ALASKA AND BRITISH 
COLUMBIA 


BY 
HILDA WOOD GRINNELL 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PRESS 
BERKELEY 


45. NOTES ON SOME BATS FROM 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 


Note.—The University of California Publications are offered in exchange for the publi- 5 
cations of learned socicties and institutions, universities and libraries. Complete lists of © 
all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample copies, lists 
of publications or other information, address the Manager of the University Press, Berkeley, — 
California, U.S. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The Eechanee i 
Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. S.A. NEA 


x 


ZOOLOGY.—W. E. Ritter and C. A. Kofoid, Editors. Price per volume, $3.50; beginning 
with vol. 11, $5.00. a 


This series contains the contributions from the Department of Zoology, from the 
Marine Laboratory of the Scripps Institution for Biological Research, at La Jolla, 
California, and from the California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology in Berkeley. ot 


Cited as Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool, 


Volume 1, 1902-1905, 317 pages, with 28 plates occ: cccecossccccsesssls\oocesmmnciseessvosunceseaponben . $3.50 


Volume 2 (Contributions from the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of ~ 
San Diego), 1904-1906, xvii + 382 pages, with 19 plates ....2..ccc cect eset $3.) 


Volume 8, 1906-1907, 383 pages, with 23 plates 
Volume 4, 1907-1908, 400 pages, with 24 plates 
Volume 5, 1908-1910, 440 pages, with 34 plates . 
Volume 6, 1908-1911, 478 pages, with 48 plates 


Volume 7 (Contributions' from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology), 1910-1912, 446 © 
Mages Wit rMlave ss ee ee eS ae gl SL eS Re een ee $ 


Volume 8, 1911, 357 pages, with 25. plates -.:...... 
Volume 9, 1911-1912, 365 pages, with 24 plates. 
Volume 10, 1912-1913, 417 pages, with 10 plates .. 
Volume 11, 1912-1914, 538 pages, With: 26 plates )...c... one lees esses ieeecsettee ce cecenacennenentdneceraee 
Volume 12 (Contributions from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology), 1913-1916, 558 
pages, with 22. plates vo cache lees: 
Volume 13, 1914-1916, 529 pages, ‘With 39 plates... 2c... ceapecteeeceedannceesecensabsecenteone 
Vol. 14, 1. A Report upon the Physical Conditions in San Francisco Bay, Based upon Fm 
the Operations of the United States Fisheries Steamer ‘‘Albatross’’ dur- 


ing the Years 1912 and 1913, by F..B. Sumner, G. D. Louderback, W.L. 
Schmitt, E. C. Johnston. Pp. 1-198, plates 1-13, 20 text figures. July, ee 
1914 , r 


Vol.15. Introduction. Dependence of Marine Biology upon Hydrography and Neces- 
sity of Quantitative Biological Research. Pp, i-xxiii.. June, 1916.2...) 
1. Hydrographic, Plankton, and Dredging Recerds of the Scripps Institution 
for Biological Research of) the University of California, 1901 to 1912, 
compiled and arranged under the supervision of W. E. Ritter by Ellis 
L, Michael and George F. McEwen.’ Pp. 1-206, 4 text figures and map.” 
Spt sh aie (2 0 CG aes Apt e pa NID RGAE AR ion uAte. DW iee aah Meee MEI Sy ate PSE aE = NSD BC aS 
2. Continuation of Hydrographic, Plankton, and.» Dredging Records of the y 
Scripps Institution for Biological Research of the University of Cali- 
fornia (1913-1915), compiled and arranged under the supervision of W. | 
E. Ritter, by Ellis L. Michael, Zoologist and Administrative Assistant, ~~~ 
George F. McEwen, Hydrographer. Pp. 207-254, 7 figures in text.. Novem: 
Bit -5 ed 2 fo PAA Ne MEE CRU aut nas ate gn amass sta A Reidy 7p Rene hea SOUR ony ee aR ea 2 sat 
Summary and Interpretation of the Hydrographic Observations made by 
the Scripps Institution for Biological Research of the University of Cali- 
fornia, 1908 to 1915, by George F. McEwen, Hydrographer. Pp. 255- 356, 
Plates 1-38. December, L916 2c ct ee ects eeecceteeteeenctrtnecneecanenesnenstueenanstncnnae 


Vol.16, 1. An Outline of the Morphology and Life History of) Crithidia leptocoridis, ate ae 
BP. nov., by Irene McCulloch, Pp. 1-22, plates 14, 1 text figure. Sep- 
grcys ea) 2) fii 2 8 Aa MRE Len AY Aa NMESe sha ALY oaphs pes Ser elb eA RU rasatearabar Pa” oO SARE Lo eMre aa aes, SIS 

On Giardia microti, sp. nov., from the Meadow Mouse, by Charles Atwood 
Kofoid and Elizabeth Bohn Christiansen. Pp. 23-29, 1 figure in text. . 

8. On Binary and Multiple Fission in Giardia muris (Grassi), by Charles 

Atwood Kofoid and Elizabeth Bohn Christiansen. Pp. 30-54, plates, 5-8, 
1 figure in text. 
Nos. 2 and 3 in one cover.. November, 1915 peP et Ne RMT Sabie A, ES at 

4, The Cultivation of Tissues from Amphibians, by John 0. Johnson. Pp. 55- 

62, 2 figures im text. November, 1915) 2.2. tenses cet eesti cttt cnc ctennenentnne 


Kd 


iS) 


EE 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 
IN 


ZOOLOGY 
Vol. 17, No. 14, pp. 423-430 April 25, 1918 


SIX NEW MAMMALS FROM THE MOHAVE 
DESERT AND INYO REGIONS OF 
CALIFORNIA 


BY 
JOSEPH GRINNELL 


(Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California) 


Field work carried on under the auspices of the California Museum 
of Vertebrate Zoology during 1917 in southeastern California brought 
to light many new facts in regard to the general distribution and 
speciation of the endemic vertebrate animals. Some of these facts, as 
concerning certain of the mammals, are set forth in the present paper. 


Scapanus latimanus monoensis, new subspecies 
Mono Mole 


Type—Female adult, skull (with teeth worn) and skin (in summer 
pelage) ; no. 25834, Mus. Vert. Zool.; Taylor Ranch, two miles south of 
Benton Station, Mono County, California; August 29, 1917; collected 
by H. G. White; original no. 1376. 

Diagnosis—A small-sized member of the Scapanus latimanus group 
of moles (see Jackson, 1915, pp. 64-75) ; similar to its near neighbor 
on the south, S. 1. grinnelli, but color mouse gray (of Ridgway, 1912, 
pl. 51) instead of fuseous-black, and size slightly less. Resembles 
S. Ll. dilatus in color but size very much less. 

Measurements.—Average of eight adults (the first three features as 
taken by the collector in the field) : total length, 150 millimeters; tail 
vertebrae, 33; hind foot, 20.6; greatest length of skull, 32.9; mastoid 
breadth, 16.2; interorbital breadth, 7.5. Extremes are shown in the 
accompanying table (1). 

Distribution—Known only from two localities, both in Mono 
County, California: vicinity of Williams Butte. near Mono Lake; and 
vicinity of Benton. The total available material representing this form 
is listed in the accompanying table. 


[ Vou. 17 


University of California Publications in Zoology 


424 


wD ior) 
i 


wypeerq 
eyqtorayuy 


SOL 


T9T 


BOT 


FOL 


Cor 


= 
oO 
inal 


Wypeerq 


ployseyy 


teaches 


8°GE 


Les 


See 


Lael ao 
ical 
oO 


TMys Jo 
yysua] ysojuerpy) SP 


06 


06 


06 


06 


qooy puryy AY 


&& 


inc 


9¢ 


FE 


for} 
a 


avaqaztea [reg 


TST 


O9T 


TFL 


OST 


TOL 


OST 


a 
Lic) 
— 


W33ue] [B40], 


OUT M “DH 


eva M DH 


ouaM DH 


eT M DH 


woqPTs (0 “V 


woyPPTS (0 °V 


mosyeus “OV 


uoxIg ‘“f 


10}09][09 


VINUOMTIVO ‘ALNQOD ONO 


LIGT ‘63 “Sny 


LIGL “6g “Suy 


LIGL ‘8g ‘Sny 


LIGL ‘83 "Suy 


LIGL ‘83 “Suy 


LIGT ‘8g “SuV 


LIGT ‘8g “Suy 


9T6T ‘83 oune 
aed 


MOT}BIG WoOJUV INOS 
SoTTUL OM4 “FF OOES ‘Youry 10[Av I, 
WO4eIG WoJUNg YWQNOS 
soptm om} “47 ONES ‘YouRy 1opARy, 
UOT}eIG wojueg INOS 
SOTTUL ONG “FF ONES “Youry ro[ AVY, 
UOT}eIG WOJUN_ INOS 


soptm omy “47 ONES ‘Youry rope y, 


moTZRIG WOJUE INOS 
Sortm OM} “4F QOEE “YouBy 10[Au, 


U01ZR4G UoOJUe_ YJNos 
soptm 0M} “47 QOS ‘YouRy 10pARy, 

10I}BIG UOJUe YyNOS 
So[tu Omg “4F QORG ‘YouRY O[ARy, 


o}4Ng SUILTTEA\ YINOS oyrur 


% “4F 0089 ‘YouRy s, uoysuTIE 
AP[BIOT YORK 


Wow 


‘sisua0uowm snunuyn) snuvdnoy JO SNAWIOUAY GHSIQ, JO ‘SUALAWITIIN NI ‘SiNaWaNNSVAYL 


T aTaViL 


‘ed4y, 


& Esse 


& €88gz 


& 3g8Gz 


6 ese 


6 ogsge 


© 6a8Ss 


& sasge 


P 99683 
xeg iequnu 
mnesnyy 


1918] Grinnell: New Mammals from the Mohave and Inyo Regions 425 


Thomomys melanotis, new species 
White Mountains Pocket Gopher 


Type.—Male adult, skull and skin (in nearly full new pelage) ; 
no. 26499, Mus. Vert. Zool.; 10,500 feet altitude on Big Prospector 
Meadow, White Mountains, Mono County, California; July 27, 1917; 
collected by A. C. Shelton; original no. 3402. 

Diagnosis—A Thomomys with characters of the ‘‘perpallidus 
group’’ in part and of the ‘‘alpinus group’’ in part (see Bailey, 1915, 
pp. 33, 63, 68). General coloration very pale, almost identical with 
that in 7. perpallidus perpallidus, differing from that form only in 
more dusky nose and mouth and in more extensive, slaty black, ear- 
patch. Ear extremely small, rounded, and densely clothed with fine 
black hairs. General size medium, about as in 7. alpinus alpinus. 
Skull relatively narrow, and with slender rostrum and unaccentuated 
ridges, thus resembling alpinus; but dentition lighter, interorbital 
constriction narrower, and auditory bullae much larger. 

Comparisons.—In coloration, much paler and grayer than any of 
its geographical neighbors (Thomomys perpallidus perpes, T. scapterus, 
T. operarius, and T. alpinus alpinus). Differs from perpes otherwise 
in smaller and more hairy ears, extensively black ear-patch, lighter 
skull, narrower interorbital constriction, narrower rostrum, slenderer 
zygomata, much smaller teeth, and larger auditory bullae. Differs 
from scapterus in larger size, extensively black ear-patch, more widely 
and more squarely spreading zygomatic arches, broader brain-ease, 
much longer nasals, and larger auditory bullae. Differs from operarius 
in conspicuously black-haired ears, extensive black ear-patch, lighter 
and slenderer skull, much narrower rostrum, more projecting incisors, 
much lighter dentition, constricted nasals, narrower interorbital con- 
striction, and more inflated auditory bullae. Differs from alpinus in 
more extensive black ear-patch, less projecting incisors, much smaller 
molar teeth, narrower interorbital constriction, and much larger 
auditory bullae. 


Measurements.—See Table 2; compare with those of various gophers 
as given in Bailey (1915). 

Distribution —The nine specimens secured (see table) were all 
taken in the Canadian and Hudsonian life-zones, 10,000 to 10,500 feet 
altitude, on, and within three miles of, Big Prospector Meadow, White 
Mountains, Mono County, California. 

Remarks.—The writer confesses his inability, with the material now 
available, to determine satisfactorily the relationships of this new 
gopher. It was thought at first to belong unquestionably to the alpinus 
group and to constitute a sequestered and far differentiated form 
within that series. A few gophers from the vicinity of Benton, Mono 
County, and elsewhere in the northern end of Owens Valley, however, 
show characters which make it seem possible that melanotis has been 
derived from the lowland perpallidus stock through altitudinal in- 
vasion. Further acquisition of specimens from the Inyo region will 
be needed to clear up the question. 


[ Vou. 17 


in Zoology 


tons 


Publicati 


Aa 


ty of Californ 


iverst 


Un 


426 


saLias 
Q «0 
oS 


avjom saddn 
Y}S ug] 1e[Oaaly 


09 
G9 
Lg 
G9 
&9 
F9 
69 


it) 


6) 
-19jUL ysvary 


WIPverq [BITqGIO 


S6l FES SCL LZ F G'8B 99 G02 
O6E $23 OC IE £ 83 9S Er 
Os 99s Bet TOE € ch “GL “Gre 
Q6L 2 Gil OTe 8 96 se  S6r 
e6l 93 GI Tee * 98 OL SIZ 
yOl PS SCL Tee F 86 PP E20 
60s 1s OL OE F O08 Bh sae 
Gc MCSGmucietn Vcheur 0B 90), Geile 
Gon Op 6 8s 96 9s 9g) eer 
Tele eae see, hoe) ee = 2 
$4 go He ae ost B y 
Bee Res= ei Gees pede | 
pee SEE TEN Ep a ee 
e ae oe 2 ee 
5 oot 5 a 
& e ® 


Tears) “Lf 
TTeuUtLH “£ 
Teuuts) “¢ 
Teuurry) “Lf 
wosTeds “OD ~ 
WOTeUsS' “D): 
moFTPTs *O ° 


4 4) = 4 


uoyeyS “O° 
uoyPPUS “0 "VW 


104091109 


og Ane 
82 Aine 
43 Aqne 
93 Aqoe 
T ‘sny 
Te Aine 
1g Ane 
1g Aine 
Gg Aqug 


(LI6T) 
aye 


VINUOATIVO ‘ALNNOD ONOW ‘SNIVENAOJ ALIHM ‘MOavay, AOLOMasoNg PI_ ao 


‘ped 
ped 
“pe P 
ped 
ped 
‘ped 
"pep 
‘pep 
ral} 


aaR 
‘xag 


‘ed AT, + 


Soc9s 
FOLIG 
£0596 
G0S96 
LOS9G 
00896 


LOFIG 
iequinu 
munasnyy 


ALINIOIA WOud TIV ‘syowvjaw shwowoyy JO SNAWIOUIY ANIN dO ‘SUALAWITIIN NI ‘SUNTNAYASVASL 


6 ATAV GL 


1918] Grinnell: New Mammals from the Mohave and Inyo Regions 427 


Thomomys perpallidus mohavensis, new subspecies 
Mohave River Pocket Gopher 


Type—Male adult, skull and skin; no. 4639, Mus. Vert. Zool.; 
Mohave River bottom, 2700 feet altitude, near Victorville, San Ber- 
nardino County, California; December 26, 1904; collected by J. 
Grinnell and J. Dixon; original no. 906. 

Diagnosis—A Thomomys of the ‘‘perpallidus group’’ (see Bailey, 
1915, pp. 33, 68). Resembles 7. perpallidus perpallidus eranially, but 
color much darker above, bright cinnamon-buff (of Ridgway, 1912, 
pl. 29), and tail shorter; differs from 7. p. perpes (topotypes) in 
lighter, more cinnamon tone of coloration dorsally, in slightly larger 
size, in greater and squarer spread of zygomatic arches, in more pro- 
jecting incisors, and in much larger auditory bullae. 

Measurements.—See Table 3. 

Distribution —Abundant along the bottomlands of the Mohave 
River, in San Bernardino County, at least from Victorville down 
(north) to Barstow; also, transversely, along the southern rim of the 
Mohave Desert, from Cushenbury Springs, San Bernardino County, 
west at least to Fairmont, Los Angeles County. 

Remarks—As already stated, by Bailey (1915, p. 69), pocket 
gophers are not continuously distributed over the desert areas of the 
Southwest. Wide areas are unrepresented at all, these animals thus 
occurring in more or less remotely isolated colonies, usually where 
permanent moisture produces a continuous growth of edible plants. 
The larger valleys, like those of the Mohave and Owens rivers, well 
separated from one another by desert reaches, have evidently served 
as effective differentiation centers, and we find several distinguishable 
races of the pocket gopher accordingly. It seems equally true that 
some of the higher and more isolated of the mountain ridges of the 


TABLE 3 
MEASUREMENTS, IN MILLIMETERS, OF EIGHT ADULT SPECIMENS OF Thomomys per- 
pallidus mohavensis, ALL COLLECTED BY J. GRINNELL AND J. DIXON IN THE 
VICINITY OF VICTORVILLE, SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY, CALIFORNIA 


: a & 2 i, 

a 5 ee LE Es 
ies ee) ae ee ee Bea eee 
eee Sex Date = = is ge Be a7 58 a ieee Ba 
4639" of Dee. 26, 1904 235 75 Bal 36.4 alfay-45) 26.1 20.7 6.4 8.0 
4646 dé Dee. 29, 1904 227 76 30) 33.0 12.2 23.0 19.5 6.6 7.8 
4660 3 Dee. 31, 1904 223 75 28 34.9 12.9 24.4 20.1 6.2 7.6 
4661 fof Dee. 28, 1904 228 66 30 37.0 ye 27.8 21.9 6.7 8.1 
4644 2 Dee. 31, 1904 195 62 28 30.6 10.0 22.3 18.1 6.5 7.6 
4647 2 Jan, 1,1905 212 60 29 32.3 13.0 23.5 19.8 6.9 Tei 
4648 io) Dee. 27, 1904 230 69 30 2.2 12.4 23.4 20.1 6.5 8.0 
4650 g Dee. 27, 1904 210 70 29 31.9 13.0 23.7 20.0 6.7 Ti 


1 Type. 


428 University of California Publications in Zoology | Vou. 17 


same general region have operated in similar fashion, because of the 
soil-moisture maintained thereon. Thomomys perpallidus mohavensis 
and T. p. perpes are valley forms; T. scapterus and T. melanotis are 
montane forms. 


Perodipus mohavensis, new species 
Mohave Kangaroo Rat 


Type.—Male adult, skin and skull; no. 26835, Mus. Vert. Zool. ; 
3275 feet altitude, half mile east of railway station of Warren (about 
five miles north of Mohave), Kern County, California; March 27, 
1917; collected by J. Grinnell; original no. 3942. 

Diagnosis—A medium sized rather small eared, buff-colored 
Perodipus, perhaps nearest like P. panamintinus. Differs from topo- 
types of that form in somewhat smaller size, decidedly smaller ears, 
much more ochraceous-buffy tone of coloration, in less amount of 
black about the face, slightly narrower skull, and in less inflated 
auditory bullae. 

Measurements.—See table 4 (compare with measurements given by 
Merriam, 1894, 1904, and 1907, for the different species of Perodipus 
described by him). 

Distribution—Specimens at hand indicate the presence of this 
form along the western border of the Mohave Desert at least from 
Walker Pass, northeastern Kern County, south to Fairmont, north- 
western Los Angeles County. 


TABLE 4 


MEASUREMENTS, IN MILLIMETERS, OF TEN ADULT SPECIMENS oF Perodipus 
mohavensis, ALL COLLECTED BY J. GRINNELL AND J. DIXON NEAR MOHAVE, 


KERN COUNTY, CALIFORNIA, MARCH 26 AND 27, 1917 


= Eo a 
= > oe ie ee go Vig siHie 
Museum = Pa i He es 2 3 fs = = 
number Sex & a q Sine i AQ o = 
26835* ref Bihy  alyAsh | 2 al 40:7 25.0 15.8 5.2 
26837 J 295 175 44 12 39:4 240 “Wb 5:0 
26839 Jb 290 175 44 i383 39.2 245 14.6 4.7 
26841 Jd 300 180 41 13 40.00 244 15.5 5.3 
26843 Jb 305) 180)” 455) 3 4170) 20.38 Lo 8ieSro 
26830 2 288) 272) 40) W0l5 (3821 Peay MES) hy 
26832 ie) 285 167 43° 12 39.4 248 15.0 4.8 
26834 ie) 295) Lid) 425 eel 39.6 240 148 49 
26840 2 285 170 43 £14 38.3 23.2 146 4.8 
26842 2 300 175 44 138 39.3 24.0 14:9 5.2 


1 Type. 


1918] Grinnell: New Mammals from the Mohave and Inyo Regions 429 


Callospermophilus chrysodeirus perpallidus, new subspecies 
Inyo Golden-mantled Ground Squirrel 


Type.—Mrale adult, skull and skin (in partially new winter pelage, 
otherwise worn breeding pelage) ; no. 27488, Mus. Vert. Zool.; 10,300 
feet altitude, near Big Prospector Meadow, White Mountains, Mono 
County, California; July 26, 1917; collected by J. Grinnell; original 
no. 4334. 

Diagnosis.—Resembles Callospermophilus chrysodeirus chrysodeirus 
of the Sierra Nevada, but general coloration paler; middle of back, 
rump and sides, more ashy in tone, head less richly tawny, and under 
surface of body whiter. As a result, the black dorsal stripes give an 
impression of greater sharpness. Resembles C. trepidus of the Pine 
Forest Mountains, northern Nevada, but tail shorter and coloration 
even paler. 

Material—F orty-five specimens, from the Inyo and White moun- 
tains, 7,000 to 11,600 feet altitude, Inyo and Mono counties, California. 
Southernmost station, Mazourka Canon, at 7700 feet altitude, in the 
Inyo Mountains directly east of Independence. 

Measurements of type—Total length, 265 millimeters; tail verte- 
brae, 90; hind foot, 39; height of ear from crown, 13. 

Remarks.—This is simply a pale desert-range race, probably cut 
off but incompletely from its near relative, chrysodeirus, of the Sierra 
Nevada. 


Ochotona schisticeps sheltoni, new subspecies 
White Mountains Cony 


Type.—Male adult, skull and skin (showing chiefly newly acquired 
winter pelage) ; no. 27560, Mus. Vert. Zool.; 11,000 feet altitude, near 
Big Prospector Meadow, White Mountains, Mono County, California ; 
July 29, 1917; collected by A. C. Shelton; original no. 3414. 

Diagnosis—Nearest like Ochotona schisticeps schisticeps in general 
coloration; tones of color fully as dark dorsally, but belly and tops 
of feet less pervaded with tawny; ears blackish, margined more con- 
spicuously with white. Cranium as in O. s. schisticeps, O. s. mwiri, 
and O. s. albatus (between which three Sierran races there appear to 
be no eranial differences) but with notably larger auditory bullae, and 
with brain-case higher, more curved dorsally as seen in profile. 


Measurements of type—Head and body, 188 millimeters; tail 
vertebrae, 8; hind foot, 30; height of ear from crown (inner base), 24; 
total weight, 132.5 grams; occipitonasal length of skull, 42.8 milli- 
meters; height of brain-case at bullae, 15.6; greatest cranial width 
ineluding bullae, 21.8; greatest diameter of bulla (diagonally antero- 
posteriorly), 13.7. 

Material—Thirty-nine specimens, all taken in the White Moun- 
tains, in Mono and Inyo counties, California, at altitudes ranging from 
8,200 to 11,900 feet. 


430 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


Remarks.—Because of the aridity of the White Mountains I had 
expected to find the cony on this range relatively light colored, pos- 
sibly identical in this regard with the pale-colored race albatus of the 
Mount Whitney region. It turns out, however, that the White Moun- 
tains animal is darker even than muiri of the Yosemite region, closely 
resembling in color tone the race schisticeps of the northern Sierras 
from the Tahoe region northward. 

As elsewhere, the conies in the White Mountains live in rock slides 
and broken-up rock outerops. Two colors of rocks occur in this range, 
a blackish or dark red “‘shale,’’? and a white or grayish white granite. 
There are extensive belts purely of one or the other kind of rock. Our 
party took pains to shoot conies from each color of ground, keeping 
notebook record of where each specimen was shot. I am unable to detect 
any difference in color between animals shot from white granite and 
those from dark ‘‘shale.’’ 

The new subspecifie name, sheltoni, is selected in recognition of the 
efficient services as field collector rendered the Museum of Vertebrate 
Zoology by Mr. Alfred C. Shelton. It was chiefly through his tireless 
effort that the excellent series of White Mountains conies was obtained. 


LITERATURE CITED 
BAILEY, V. 
1915. Revision of the pocket gophers of the Genus Thomomys. U.S. Dept. 
Agric., Bur. Biol. Surv., N. Amer. Fauna, 39, 136 pp., 8 pls., 
10 figs. in text. 
JACKSON, H. H. T. 
1915. A review of the American moles. Jbid., 38, 100 pp., 6 pls., 27 figs. in 
text. 
MERRIAM, OC. H. 
1894, Preliminary deseriptions of eleven new kangaroo rats of the genera 
Dipodomys and Perodipus. Proce. Biol. Soe. Wash., 9, 109-116. 
1904. New and little known kangaroo rats of the Genus Perodipus. Ibid., 
17, 139-146. 
1907. Deseriptions of ten new kangaroo rats. Ibid., 20, 75-80. 
Ripeway, R. 
1912. Color standards and color nomenclature. (Washington, published by 
the author), 8 + 44 pp., 53 col. pls. 


Transmitted March 5, 1918. 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 
IN 


ZOOLOGY 


Vol. 17, No. 15, pp. 431-433 April 25, 1918 


NOTES ON SOME BATS FROM ALASKA AND 
BRITISH COLUMBIA 


BY 
HILDA WOOD GRINNELL 


(Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California) 


The following notes seem worthy of publication as being contribu- 
tory to the very meager knowledge so far available in regard to the 
bats of Alaska and British Columbia. Specimens from these regions 
are very slow to accumulate; as they do become more plentiful it is 
inevitable that previous views in regard to identity and relationships 
of the species represented be more or less modified. 


Myotis longicrus longicrus (True) 


Among the twelve specimens of bats listed from Admiralty and 
Baranof islands, Alaska, by Heller (1909, p. 264) under the name 
Myotis lucifugus alascensis, there is one which is clearly referable to 
the longicrus group. This specimen (4, no. 186, Mus. Vert. Zool.) was 
collected by C. Littlejohn at Mole Harbor, Admiralty Island, June 9, 
1907. It measures in millimeters: total length, 90.0; tail, 40.0; fore- 
arm (both defective) ; tibia, 18.0; foot, 9.0; greatest length of cranium, 
14.3; breadth of brain-ease, 7.5. In color this example is deep Vandyke 
brown both above and below, the hairs with tippings of cimnamon 
brown. The coloration of this specimen is almost identical with that 
of examples of longicrus taken in northwestern California. The 
characters of this individual throughout thus align it with Myotis 
longicrus longicrus. 

In his account of a collection of birds and mammals from Van- 
couver Island, British Columbia, Swarth (1912, pp. 109, 110) men- 


432 University of Califorma Publications in Zoology [| Vou. 17 


tions a bat (9, no. 12588, Mus. Vert. Zool.) taken at Errington, 
August 31, 1910, which he refers to the form Myotis lucifugus 
alascensis, stating that ‘‘the specimen is so imperfect as not to admit 
of exact identification.’’ While the tibiae of this bat are mutilated, 
it is otherwise in good condition and the skull is perfect, showing the 
up-turned rostrum and the facial angle typical of Myotis longicrus 
longicrus. The forearm of this bat measures 36 millimeters, the 
greatest length of cranium, 14.3, and breadth of brain-case, 7.5. In 
color this example is very close to the specimen from Admiralty 
Island, Alaska, described above, but the hair tippings both above and 
below are lighter, more ochraeous-buff. 

In so far as the writer is aware Myotis longicrus longicrus has not 
hitherto been recorded from farther north than the type locality, 
Puget Sound, Washington. 


Myotis lucifugus alascensis Miller 


Among some bats belonging to the Biological Survey collection, 
United States National Museum, and loaned to the writer through the 
courtesy of Mr. E. W. Nelson, are four skins (three with skulls) from 
Skidegate, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. These speci- 
mens (nos. 100675-100678) are adult males collected by W. H. Osgood 
in July, 1900, and are presumably the four recorded (Osgood, 1901, 
pp. 36, 37) under the name Myotis ywmanensis saturatus. The three 
skulls measure in millimeters: no. 100675, greatest length of cranium, 
14.7; breadth of brain-case, 7.3; no. 100676, greatest length of cranium, 
14.7; breadth of brain-case, 7.6; no. 100677, greatest length of cranium, 
14.9; breadth of brain-case, 7.4. The specimens in all their characters 
show their identity with the bat now currently known as Myotis 
lucifugus alascensis. 


Myotis californicus caurinus Miller 


There are in the collection of the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology 
two mummified specimens of Myotis californicus caurinus collected by 
W. D. McLeod at Howkan, Long Island (near Dall Island), south- 
eastern Alaska. These bats measure in millimeters: no. 19292 (skull 
removed) : forearm, 31.7; tibia, 12.3; thumb, 3.6; greatest length of 
skull, 13.1; breadth of brain-case, 6.8. No. 19293: forearm, 32.2; 
tibia, 13.5; thumb, 3.9. In color these two examples are closely 


1918] Grinnell: Some Bats from Alaska and British Columbia 433 


similar; the fur is everywhere plumbeous-black at the bases of the 
hairs and deep Prout’s brown at the tips; under surface slightly lighter 
than dorsal surface. 

This appears to constitute the first record of Myotis californicus 
caurinus from Alaska. 


LITERATURE CITED 


HELLER, FE. 
1909. The mammals in Birds and mammals of the 1907 Alexander Expedition 
to southeastern Alaska. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 5, 245-264, pl. 26, 
text figs. 3, 4. 
Oscoop, W. H. 
1901. Natural history of the Queen Charlotte Islands. U. 8. Dept. Agric., 
Div. Biol. Surv., N. Amer. Fauna, 21, 7-50, pls. 1-5, text fig. 1. 
SwartH, H. 8. 
1912. Report on a collection of birds and mammals from Vancouver Island. 
Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 10, 1-124, pls. 1-4. 


Transmitted March 5, 1918. 


V4 vi toe fj oe ATR 
- nye. » 
he pa balareee yS 
} ake 


a) hy ha ia 


UNIVERSITY OF CALI 


r sry ee ie a 

3 ; PR iy iT | beeevacat te ba 

ee a Moe bray 
ao 


ZOOLOGY MeN 


SIT LIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS _ 


* ¥ 


‘pp. 435-504, plates 25-29, 16 ‘text figures 


25 


May 29 


P. TAYLOR 


s 
aye eh 


_UNIVERSITY OF CALIFO 


Yee <r 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 


Note.—The University of California Publications are offered in exchange for the. pub 
cations of learned socicties and institutions, universities. and libraries. Complete lists of ~ 
all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample copies, lists 
of publications or other information, address the Manager of the University Press, Berkeley, © ; 
California, U. S. A. . All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The Exchange: 
Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. S. A. ~ z é 


WILLIAM WESLEY. & SONS, LONDON t : : 
Agent for the series in American Archaeology and Ethnology, Botany, Geology, 
Physiology, and Zoology. 
ZOOLOGY.—W. E. Ritter and C. A. Kofoid, Editors. Price per volume, $3.50; sa 
with vol. 11, $5.00. Bhar 
This series contains the contributions from the Department. of Zoology, from th 
Marine Laboratory of the Scripps Institution for Biological Research, at La Jolla, 
California, and from the California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology in eee 
Cited as Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 
Volume 1, 1902-1905, 317 pages, with.28 plates ...00- cece. Sp Sach Upramseasiioes = eigenen ae 384 


Volume 2 (Contributions from the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association rs 
San pete 1904-1906, xvii + 382 pages, with 19 plates... ‘ 


Volume. 5, 1908-1910, 440 pages, with 34 plates 
Volume 6, 1908-1911, 478 pages, with 48 -plates 


Volume 7 (Contributions from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology), is 
Paswes,. with s12 plates RS oS As See ee Be 


Volume 8, 1911, 857 pages, with 25 plates ..... 
Volume.9, 1911-1912, 365 pages, with 24 plates 
Volume 10, 1912-1913, 417 pages, with 10 plates .. ib 
Volume 11, 1912-1914, 538 pages, with 26 plates... 2. oc ieee) cece cence eceneeccecesenctncedeee 


Volume 12 (Contributions from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology), 1913-1916, 558 
pages, with 22 plates 


Volume 18, 1914-1916, 529 pages, with 39 plates 220.202. 


the Operations of the United States Fisheries Steamer ‘‘Albatross’’ ae = 
ing the Years 1912 and 1913, by F. B. Sumner, G. D. Louderback, W.L. ~ 
Schmitt, E. C. Johnston. Pp, 1-198, eae 1-13, 20 textfigures.* July, 
Bj Mee ea ns Pa on Ape ee nf Se Ball pea AT eR Aa RR NNO eS SS : 25 


Vol. 15. Introduction. Dependence of Marine Biolozy upon Hydrography and Neces- - 
sity of Quantitative Biological Research. Pp. i-xxiii. June, 1916 --....2 

1, Hydrographic, Plankton, and Dredging Records of the Scripps Institution 

for Biological Research of the University of California, 1901 to 1912, 

compiled and arranged under the supervision of W. E. Ritter by Hillis 

L. Michael and George F. McEwen. Pp. 1-206, 4 text figures and mape:. eres 

BB) 8: cael E5 teenie pee Dares Ger eRe kn et ate tp oes Seg eR es Syn SEE oa 

2. Continuation of Hydrographic, Plankton, and Dredging Records of the . 

Scripps Institution for Biological Research of the University of Cali- 

fornia (1913-1915), compiled and arranged under the supervision of W. 

E. Ritter, by Ellis L. Michael, Zoologist-and Administrative geen: . 

George F, McEwen, Hydrographer. Pp. 207-254, 7 figures in text. Novem-— 

DOws ASR eR een ei ages Coc ga ta on ceed aah ab ace oceans tal une 

8. Summary and Interpretation of the Hydrographic Observations made by 

the Scripps Institution for Biological Research of the University of Cali- 

fornia, 1908 to 1915, by George F. McEwen, Hydrographer. Pp. epui 

plates 1-38. December, 1916 

Vol. 16. 1. An Outline of the Morphology and. Life History of. Crithidia Taptoear dias “3 

sp. nov., by. Irene McCulloch. Pp. 1-22, plates 1-4, 1 text figure. Sep-~ 
OTN DET, US ss ec Ros cae nee Hg ara tape ae Sage Pann AR 

2. On Giardia microti, sp. nov., from the Meadow Mouse, by Charlies Atwood : 

Kofoid and Elizabeth Bohn Christiansen, Pp. 23-29, 1 figure in text. 

$. On Binary and Multiple Fission in Giardia muris (Grassi), by. Charles ~ 
Atwood Kofoid and Elizabeth Bohn Christiansen. Pp. S0-b4, Lege 5-8, 

1 figure in text. ers siege 5, 
Nos, 2 and $ in one cover. ‘November, 1916 se es RSE Sescken aie SC 


eet 


"Te a SR A Pere 1S pee 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 
IN 


ZOOLOGY 


Vol. 17, No. 16, pp. 435-504, plates 25-29, 16 text figures May 29, 1918 


REVISION OF THE RODENT GENUS 
APLODONTIA 
BY 


WALTER P. TAYLOR 


(Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California) 


CONTENTS 
PAGE 
Ne UIE ROY6 ELOISE Re Ee ea 435 
1. Prefatory remarks .. 435 
2. Material and acknowledgements so HIBY/ 
3. Methods of measurement . 438 
SMe Vise VOM TPAD LOM OTULIG) ox oreo oe eerecee eens eee eee . 439 
1. Age variation 439 
PR SO MUA OUITTCTONCOS | aercs cee eens sansa scan feceeewsarcwensiecscacasertds suevereese?screveresce 40 
3. Individual variation 441 
+. Molt and seasonal variation 445 
Si, GuexOpSe OLOGY ON ace cater ree eee ec eet cee o are a EO 445 
(CL Tabsysyitomeaye One TN Nj ol kay Moya ASS eee ce eae en . 447 
Tl. Gaerne) HOMES) cee eer eres eo RE 447 
Pea SS LICE TNE A revs AE At LS CU SSO WN ess ae ee renee an eee eee tee 
TD}, TSUPA RS; OIE a UNG P OTA TOT es oe see ee EE ne eee eee er ee 
E. Present systematic status of Aplodontia 
Tle, Mblanes sigemeawillies PAN oy Kaye (oars 0G eRe oc ee 4 
2s VIB ave Sera SS Za GYE NO HI OT, ee eccE e esc cereeCERES ° 452 
3. Variations in the generic name -_.. 52 
4. List of species and subspecies with type localities -......-.-.--.--.. 453 
Sis LNCS) OIE SOLEMN enceee ecco ere ee ce aE ea Sane encore 454 


EF. 


Literature cited, with titles of other works containing matter on Aplodontia 484 


A. INTRODUCTION 
1. Prerarory REMARKS 


Discovered by Lewis and Clark in the early years of the nineteenth 


century, the peculiar west American rodent genus Aplodontia has 
long attracted interest and attention. It is the sole living representa- 
tive of that primitive group of rodents, the Aplodontoidea (see 
Matthew, in Osborn, 1910, pp. 534, 535), from which all other mem- 


436 University of California Publications in Zoology — (Vou. 17 


bers of the order have been presumed to be derived, and constitutes 
a stock which is one of the most conservative known in the class 
Mammalia. The family to which it belongs (the Aplodontiidae) was 
the sole mammalian family cited by Wallace (1876, p. 127), as char- 
acteristic of his Californian subregion of Nearctica, and is remark- 
able for its present restricted distribution, being found only on the 
Pacific coast of North America, in an area which may be bounded 
roughly by southern British Columbia on the north, the Sierra- 
Cascade mountain system on the east, and the latitude of San Fran- 
cisco Bay on the south (see map, text-fig. H). 

The unusual characters of the genus Aplodontia (see pls. 26, 27), 
together with the scarcity of fossil remains representative of it, have 
made the determination of its systematic status a matter of exceptional 
difficulty. Minding (1829, p. 86) referred the genus Anisonix 
[= Anisonyx = Aplodontia (part)| to the family Prensiculantia, 
in which it is associated with twenty-seven other genera, ranging from 
Castor, Hydromys and Mus to Bathyergus, Tamias and Chiromys. 
Two years later Bonaparte (1831, p. 20) associated the genus Aplo- 
““section’’ Sciurina of the 
family Muridae. Swainson (1835, p. 388) put Aplodontia in his 
“Division I’’ of the Order Glres which contained twenty-two addi- 
tional genera. By Schinz (1845, pp. 120, 139) the genus was referred 


dontia with twenty other genera in his 


to the family Cunicularia, in which were included also arvicolines, 
octodonts, pocket gophers, and mole-rats. Gervais (1854, p. 364) 
grouped Aplodontia with the pocket gophers. Baird (1857, p. 350) 
included Aplodontia in the subfamily Castorinae; Lilljeborg (1866, 
opp. p. 9) referred it to the porcupines; Peters (1865, pp. 177, 179), 
Alston (1876, p. 66, and pl. 4, opp. p. 61), Coues (1877), pp. 543, 
601) and others placed it with the squirrels. Guill (1872, p. 22) refer- 
red the Haploodontidae to a superfamily Haploodontoidea, listing it 
as equivalent in rank to the Castoroidea and Sciuroidea ; Zittell (1894, 
p. 528) included the Haplodontidae with certain aberrant families of 
rodents in his Protrogomorpha; and Thomas (1896, pp. 1014, 1015) 
accorded to the Aplodontiidae and Anomaluridae separate group 
rank, leaving it for further research to show their true relationships. 
The latest classification is that of Matthew and Osborn in 1910, 
according to which the Aplodontiidae are associated with three extinct 
families of rodents in the superfamily Aplodontoidea. 

Thirteen forms of Aplodontia Recent have been deseribed, nine 
being here recognized. The first formal description was that of 


1918] Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 437 


Rafinesque, who characterized ‘‘ Anisonyx? rufa’’ in 1817 (p. 45) on 
the basis of Lewis and Clark’s account of the sewellel as observed in 
the neighborhood of the Columbia River. In 1829 Richardson (1829a, 
pp. 333-837) deseribed Aplodontia leporina on the basis of specimens 
collected by David Douglas from within the range of what is now 
regarded as Aplodontia rufa rufa. For thirty-six years no further 
new names appeared. In 1865 (pp. 177-179) Peters named Haplodon 
leporinus var. Californicus from a specimen received at the Berlin 
Museum, said to have come ‘‘aus den Gebirgen Californien.’’ It is the 
opinion of the writer that this name is tenable for the aplodontia of 
the Sierra Nevada Mountains of California, which was described by 
Dr. C. Hart Merriam in 1886 (p. 316) under the name Aplodontia 
major. Four forms of Aplodontia were deseribed by Dr. Merriam 
in 1899a (pp. 19-21), as follows: Aplodontia pacifica, type locality, 
Newport, Oregon; Aplodontia phaca, type locality, Point Reyes, Cali- 
fornia; Aplodontia olympica, type locality, Quiniault Lake, Washing- 
ton; and Aplodontia major rainiert, type locality, Paradise Creek, 
Mount Rainier, Washington. 

In 1914 two additional forms were described from California: 
Aplodontia chryseola (here referred to rufa), from Jackson Lake, 
Siskiyou County, by Kellogg (p. 295), and Aplodontia mgra, from 
Point Arena, by the present writer (p. 297). Two years later three 
more forms were characterized by the writer: Aplodontia californica 
columbiana, from Roab’s Ranch, near Hope, British Columbia (Tay- 
lor, 1916c, p. 499) ; Aplodontia rufa grisea (1916c, p. 497, here refer- 
red to rufa), from the vicinity of Seattle, Washington; and Aplo- 
dontia humboldtiana (1916a, pp. 21-24), from the Humboldt Bay 


region, California. 


2. MATERIAL AND ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


The work here reported upon was begun while the writer was a 
staff-member at the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, University of 
California, and finished after his appointment to the staff of the 
Bureau of Biological Survey, Washington, D. C. Exclusive of fossil 
material the present study is based on the examination of 369 speci- 
mens, for the most part skins with skulls contained in the collections 
of the two institutions named. 

Through the courtesy of Professor John C. Merriam the writer 
has had access to the University of California Collections in Vertebrate 


438 University of California Publications in Zoology — | Vou. 17 


Palaeontology, in which are contained some of the most interesting 
and important specimens known bearing upon the history of the 
Aplodontiidae and the apparently related fossil family Mylagaulidae. 

Acknowledgments are due the following persons: For the loan of 
additional material for study, to Messrs. F. J. V. Skiff and Wilfred 
H. Osgood, of the Field Museum of Natural History, Dr. John F. 
Bovard and Mr. Alfred C. Shelton, of the University of Oregon 
Museum, and Messrs. Samuel Henshaw and Outram Bangs, of the 
Museum of Comparative Zoology; for the courtesy of access to the 
collection under his charge, to Mr. Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., of the United 
States National Museum; for helpful suggestions regarding the his- 
torical problems involved, to Dr. John C. Merriam, of the University 
of California; for various suggestions in connection with the work, 
to Messrs. E. W. Nelson, T. S. Palmer, Vernon Bailey, Edward A. 
Preble, and Hartley H. T. Jackson, of the Biological Survey, and to 
Messrs. Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., and J. W. Gidley, of the United States 
National Museum; for a list of vernacular names of Aplodontia used 
by California Indians, to Dr. C. Hart Merriam, of the Harriman 
Foundation, Smithsonian Institution; and for eritical oversight, to 
Dr. Joseph Grinnell, of the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, University 
of California, at whose instance the work was undertaken. 


3. MretrHops or MEASUREMENT 


All measurements are in millimeters. 

Cranial measurements, except where otherwise specified, are taken 
as follows: 

Basilar length: inferior lp of foramen magnum to posterior 
margin alveolus of incisor. 

Length of nasals: most anterior point on nasal bones to most 
posterior point. 

Width of nasals: greatest distance across both of them. 

Length of audital tube: outer border of foramen ovale to farthest 
lateral point (with reference to the skull) on zygomatic (or anterior) 
side of audital tube. 

Length of incisive foramina: greatest length of foramen on right 
side, that is, with skull resting on its dorsal surface and rostrum point- 
ing away from the observer. 

Zygomatic width: greatest inclusive measurement, taken outside 
of the zygomatic arches. 


1918] Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 439 


Greatest width of interpterygoid fossa: at expansion of fossa 
immediately back of hard palate. 

Mastoid width of cranium: greatest inclusive measurement taken 
outside of mastoid processes. 

Alveolar length superior cheek teeth: most anterior point on 
alveolus of premolar four to most posterior point on alveolus of molar 
three. 

Distance between infraorbital foramina: measured on ventral 
surface of skull. 

Mandible, transversely across angular process: greatest dimension 
along axis of process, nearly at right angles to axis of mandible itself. 

Greatest length of mandible: most posterior point on articular 
condyle of mandible to most anterior point on alveolus of incisor. 

External measurements are ordinarily taken as given below. The 
short and well-haired tail of Aplodontia makes the determination of 
the total length a matter of some difficulty, in consequence of which 
this measurement has sometimes been taken on the skinned body 
instead of as specified below. 

Total length, on unskinned body stretched out lengthwise, most 
anterior point on cartilage of nose to tip of tail, exclusive of hairs. 

Hind foot, heel to tip of longest claw. 


B. VARIATION IN APLODONTIA 
. 1. Ack VARIATION 


As the aplodontia grow older the soft gray pelage of the young 
animal becomes less soft and more brownish or blackish, a ventral 
brown wash may appear in the adult though seldom in evidence in 
the young, and the numerous white-tipped hairs which stand out so 
conspicuously in the pelage of the juvenal become obscured. That 
specific differentiation takes place early is indicated in several of 
the subspecies, in none more strikingly, however, than in Aplodontia 
rufa nigra, in which the black coloration of the adult is noted in 
animals of the vear taken in July. 

The following tendencies may be observed in the crania as maturity 
approaches. In dorsal view (pl. 25) all the sutures but those bound- 
ing the nasal bones laterally tend to disappear; the interorbital con- 
striction tends to grow narrower, proportionally and absolutely ; the 
temporal lines or ridges become accentuated and approach one another, 


440) University of California Publications in Zoology — (Vou. 17 


though never, apparently, forming a true sagittal crest (the degree 
of their approach is different in different species) ; the mastoid pro- 
cesses tend to grow laterad more rapidly than do the audital tubes; 
the lambdoidal ridge undergoes marked development; the skull 
becomes more flat, less round, changing from the more squirrel-like 
form of early youth to the more specialized Aplodontia type of full 
maturity ; all processes become accentuated, and the angular process 
of the mandible undergoes a considerable transverse expansion, its 
development proceeding at such a rate that the width of the mandible, 
measured along the axis of this process, increases faster proportion- 
ally than does the length of the mandible. Through all these changes 
the distance anteriorly across the palate between the alveoli of the 
fourth premolars remains practically constant. 
The permanent teeth are long-crowned and as soon as they become 
somewhat worn afford no elue to age. The tooth formula of Aplo- 
=o las ONOM ARO ens 
dontia is 1 oS an Bae 3 
specimens is as follows: Superior, milk P*, milk P*, M’, M*, M*, 


Ore Tooth eruption in available 


permanent P*, permanent P*; inferior, milk P,, M,, M., M., per- 
manent P,. 

The fourth premolars (P*, P,), are somewhat less specialized in 
the deciduous dentition than in the permanent. They are brachyo- 
dont, somewhat tubereulated, and have deep enamel lakes, in the 
former; hypsodont, with tubereulation obscure, and with shallower 
enamel lakes, all trace of which is soon lost by wear, in the latter. 

The considerable variation in size of cranium, as well as in the 
weight of its bars and processes, noticeable in series of fully adult 
skulls from the same general locality, indicates that slow growth may 


continue throughout life. 


2. SexusAL DIFFERENCES 


Aside from a not well-marked tendency toward larger measure- 
ments on the part of the males (which, in specimens of Aplodontia 
rufa phaca measured, average eight per cent longer than the females), 
and the presence of a series of conspicuous ventral markings about 
the mammae of summer females, practically no differences due to 
sex can be made out externally. There are in this genus three pairs 
of mammae. About each, in females in summer pelage, is a nearly 
circular avea of black or dark brown hair ten to twenty millimeters 


1918 | Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 44] 


in diameter, which stands out in strong contrast to the grayish or 
weakly brownish coloration of the underparts. In males and in 


ce 


winter females the ‘‘spot marks’’ are inconspicuous or lacking. 

It would be difficult, if not impossible, to determine the sex of the 
individual in any given instance by study of the cranium. There is 
a tendency for ridges and processes to be somewhat more accentuated 
in the males, for zygomatic arches to be somewhat heavier, and for 
the temporal ridges to be more closely approximated. Usually the 
males have basilar length, zygomatic width, mastoid width, and dis- 
tance transversely across the angular process of the mandible greater 
than in the females. The largest, heaviest specimens in any adequate 
series of skulls are usually those of males. In Aplodontia rufa 
olympica the range of variation in size is greater, on the basis of the 
specimens measured, in the males than in the females. In certain 
forms the females have the alveolar length of the superior cheek teeth 
greater than in the males, though the measurements of the latter may 
exceed those of the former in most respects. In at least two forms, 
on the basis of measurements taken, the females have interpterygoid 
fossae averaging broader than in the males. In practically all 
instances, however, the range of individual variation is so great as 
to transeend that due to sex. 


3. INDIVIDUAL VARIATION 


While in the present study it has been impossible to eliminate 
geographic, sex, and age variation altogether, still it is believed that 
the observations, measurements, and percentages given are of value, 
sinee they suggest the range of variation, chiefly individual, which 
must be reckoned with in using a typical series of adults in specifie 
comparisons. 

In a series of eleven specimens of Aplodontia rufa pacifica taken 
in February, March and April, there is but little variation in color. 
Dorsally and laterally all are grizzled pinkish cinnamon, with the 
brown coloration a little more intense in certain specimens, a little 
less so in others. The brown wash ventrally varies from near hight 
pinkish cinnamon to pinkish buff. A little more variation, however, is 
apparent in twelve examples taken during October, November and 
December. The dorsal coloration in these varies from cinnamon or 
sayal brown to pinkish cinnamon or light pinkish cinnamon. The 
pelage of one specimen (no. 9077, Field Mus. Nat. Hist.) is in very 


442 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


poor condition, suggesting that its aberrant paleness may be due to 
disease. As with the early spring examples, the uniformity of this 
late fall series of skins is more noteworthy than the variation observed. 

Total length and length of tail vertebrae in this genus, as recorded 
by the collector, are often unreliable. This follows from the fact that 
the condition of the tail, which is very short but well-haired, makes 
accurate measurement of tail vertebrae difficult. The writer has, 
therefore, put the emphasis in this discussion on the more reliable 
cranial measurements. 

In rodent species with hypsodont teeth the age of adults is deter- 
minable not at all or only with difficulty. In such species reliance 


5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 


= 


Length of nasals 

Width of nasals 

Length of incisive foramen 
Zygomatie width 

Greatest width interpterygoid fossa 
Mastoid width 


Alveolar length superior cheek teeth 


Distance between infraorbital foramina 


Mandible, transyersely across angular process 


Greatest length of mandible 


Fig. A. Diagram showing the percentage range of variation (figured on the 
mean) in cranial measurements of twenty-three skulls of Aplodontia rufa pacifica 
(see table of measurements page 468). 


must be placed on the condition of the sutures, the outline of certain 
bones, the form of the skull, and the development of ridges and pro- 
cesses. It follows that it is possible that an observed range in varia- 
tion assumed to be individual may really be due to age; and this 
point ought to be kept in mind through the following discussion. 

The diagram (text-fig. A) illustrative of the percentage range of 
variation shows that for specific comparisons the basilar length, length 
of nasals, width of nasals, mastoid width, and the width of the 
mandible, transversely across angular process, are the most depend- 
able characters. Zygomatie width and alveolar length superior cheek 


1918] Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 443 


teeth are subject to greater variation, while the length of the incisive 
foramina, greatest width of interpterygoid fossa, and distance between 
infraorbital foramina are subject to a considerable range of varia- 
tion. It is doubtless not an accident that the measurements which, 
in the nature of the case, can be taken with greatest precision, as 
basilar length and mastoid width, appear to be subject to less varia- 
tion than those which are more difficult to take with entire accuracy. 

The outline of the nasals is fairly uniform in the entire series, the 
small variation observable being in the condition of the shallow embay- 
ment in the lateral outline of the nasals posteriorly, and in their 
relative breadth anteriorly and posteriorly. The width of the inter- 


Figs. B-D. Posterior view crania of Aplodontia rufa pacifica, to illustrate 
variation in relation of parts. X 1. Fig. B, no. 89309, Biol. Surv. Coll.; fig. C, 
no. 9052, Field Mus. Nat. Hist.; fig. D, no. 77371, Biol. Surv. Coll. 
orbital constriction is highly variable, not only in animals of different 
ages, but also in animals of apparently similar age. In certain speci- 
mens a little rounded notch is developed in the lachrymal region, on 
the anterior border of the orbit. In others, this notch is feebly 
developed or lacking entirely. The degree of development and ap- 
proach of the temporal lines or ridges is variable. In some specimens 
the ridges are weakly developed and comparatively far apart, in 
others strongly developed and much closer together. The weight of 


444 University of California Publications in Zoology — (Vou. 17 


the zygomatie arch is often different in animals of apparently the 
same age. The arches are bowed outward more in some specimens 
than in others. The postzygomatie noteh is variable. The degree 
of development of the lambdoidal crest varies in animals of apparently 
comparable age, being accentuated in certain specimens and setting 
off a considerable fossa anterior to it, but in others being compara- 
tively weakly developed. 

Perhaps the most variable of the cranial characters are furnished 
‘by the bones on the posterior aspect of the skull (see text figs. B, C, D). 
In the adult, the sutures between the exoccipitals, supraoccipital, and 
the basioccipital have completely disappeared. The paroccipital pro- 
cess and the oceipital condyle belong to the exoecipitals. The sub- 
stance of the mastoid process, as viewed on the posterior aspect of the 
cranium, results from the ankylosis of two elements, one, the inner, 
from the exoecipital, and the other, the outer, from the squamosal. 
A plate from the latter bone invades the outline of the mastoid process 
from below, and is marked off by prominent sutures in animals of 
every age. The degree of expansion of the winglike mastoids, the 
degree of development of the paroccipital processes, and particularly 
the degree of invasion of the plate of the squamosal which comes up 
from below, are subject to variation, the wide range of which suggests 
that it may be due to age. Individual differences are observable in 
the outhne of the foramen magnum, which is rounder in some speci- 
mens, flatter in others. In the ventral aspect of the skull one notes 
that there is considerable variation in the diameter of the third upper 
premolar, and noticeable variation in the outline of the hamular pro- 
cesses, the length of the incisive foramina, the outline of the inter- 
pterygoid fossa, the outlne of the zygomatic arch particularly poste- 
riorly, the caliber of the audital tubes and the degree of expansion 
and development of the paroccipital processes. The relations of the 
foramina in the regions of the foramen lacerum medium are subject 
to much variation. 

Looking at the skulls in their anterior aspect it is of interest to 
note the variation in size of the infraorbital foramen, which in its 
ereatest diameter, ranges, in different specimens, from about 2.6 to 
4.0 millimeters. 

The outline of the coronoid process of the mandible varies from 
a form in which it is searcely hooked backward at all, to one in which 
the hook form is prominent. The mass and outline of the econdylar 
process undergo considerable change from one individual extreme to 


1918 | Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 445 


the other. The inner and outer prominences of the broad angular 
process of the jaw are differently outlined in different specimens, 
and the ridge extending from the inner prominence of the angular 
process exteriorly on the jaw to bound the masseteri¢ fossa anteriorly 
is comparatively well developed in certain specimens, whereas in 
others it is interrupted by a smooth space. 


4. Motr AND SEASONAL VARIATION 


There is but one molt annually in Aplodontia. Pelage renewal 
begins in July and August, rarely as early as June, and continues 
for two or three months. There is no hard and fast manner of molt- 
ing. The hair usually begins coming in on the sides posteriorly and 
on the back of the head and neck about the same time. From these 
centers the molt spreads until the new pelage covers the body, the 
hair of the shoulders and rump being the last to be renewed dorsally. 
In some examples the molt proceeds somewhat irregularly. The molt 
of the underparts lags behind that of the upperparts. Additional 
details as to molt are mentioned in the accounts of species and sub- 
species. 

The new pelage is longer and sometimes slightly different in color- 
ation from the worn pelage it replaces. Thus in Aplodontia rufa 
pacifica, the fresh pelage is more richly colored than the worn pelage ; 
in A. r. californica, it is a trifle browner; and in A. r. phaea, it is a 
little more intensely colored. Differences in coloration and general 
appearance are small, however, and in several forms of Aplodontia, 
as at present represented in the collections examined, cannot be shown 


to exist at all. 


5. GmoGRAPHIC VARIATION 


Geographic variation, like time variation, is comparatively slight 
in the genus Aplodontia. The forms are so little differentiated that 
variation geographically is often obscured by individual variation. 
All of the described forms may with entire propriety be referred to 
a single species. 

Mountain forms are larger as a rule than nearby lowland or 
coastal forms. Thus Aplodontia rufa columbiana of the mountains 
of Hope District, British Columbia, tends to be larger than A. r. rufa 
of the Puget Sound region; in lke manner raimiert from Mount 


446 University of California Publications in Zoology | Vou. 17 


Rainier, Washington, averages larger than rufa; and californica, 
inhabiting the Canadian zone of the Sierra Nevada-Caseade moun- 
tain system in California, is considerably larger than phaea, found 
in the coastal Marin County near San Francisco Bay. Although 
this tendeney toward variation in size is slight, its apparently uniform 
association with difference in altitude or life-zone indicates its possible 
significance. 

It has been considered (C. Hart Merriam, 1899a, p. 21; Taylor, 
1916c, p. 501) that the ‘‘mountain top’’ subspecies of Aplodontia 
(columbiana, rainiert, californica) are more closely related to each 
other than to any other forms of the genus. This is possibly true of 
columbiana and rainieri (see pl. 28), but the balance of the evidence, 
as derived from the present study of rainiert and californica, favors 
rather the view that these mountain subspecies are more closely related 
to lowland or neighboring forms than to each other. Their general 
similarity in size and certain other characters would seem to be due 
to parallelism. 

Geographic isolation appears to be intimately associated with 
speciation in the group. Although material at hand is not sufficient 
to demonstrate each step in the process, it is enough to suggest that 
the ranges of all the described subspecies of rufa, except nigra and 
phaea, mosculate at one point or another. Geographic variation is 
continuous, though shght and very gradual, in the intergrading forms. 
The most strikingly colored form is the apparently completely isolated 
Aplodontia rufa mgra of Point Arena, California. 

It is to be noted that whereas on the northern coast of California 
three well-marked forms of Aplodontia are found, on a longer coast- 
line in the state of Oregon there occurs but one. The three, communi- 
ties of Aplodontia on the coast of northern California are separated 
from each other by considerable gaps, while along the coast of Oregon 
the animals appear to be continuously distributed. 

It seems to the writer that the geographical distribution of the 
different subspecies of Aplodontia, as well as the degree of develop- 
ment and nature of the characters separating them, indicate that 
among the factors possibly concerned in their differentiation, geo- 
graphic isolation is, at least, one of the most important. 


1918] Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 447 


C. HISTORY OF THE APLODONTIIDAE 
1. GENERAL REMARKS 


This family is exclusively North American in origin, development, 
and present distribution. In the absence of any other evidence of 
European relationship it is probable that the resemblances noted 
between the American Oligocene aplodontid genus Allomys and the 
genus Sciurodon of the European Oligocene (see Schlosser, 1884, pp. 
73, 136) are indicative of accidental convergence rather than real 
relationship. 

The earliest aplodontid genius is Allomys Marsh (1877, p. 253) or 
Meniscomys Cope (1878, p. 5). Found typically in the Oligocene 
deposits of the Middle John Day in Oregon, there is only a single 
record, so far as known to the writer, of its occurrence elsewhere, 
that of Matthew (1904, p. 263), who has recovered an undetermined 
species from the Lower Miocene of South Dakota. 

The members of the genus Allomys were small, ranging from one- 
half to two-thirds the size of Recent Aplodontia. They were much 
more squirrel-like than is the Recent genus. 

Founded upon a single specimen, an imperfect cranium without 
lower jaws, taken in the gravels and tuffs at the top of the Upper 
John Day, Mylagaulodon is one of the most interesting of the genera 
which are associated with the Aplodontiidae. The characters of the 
fourth premolar and infraorbital region of this genus are regarded as 
demonstrating its aplodontid position. * 

The earliest known fossil remains of the genus Aplodontia were 
found by parties from the University of California in the Virgin 
Valley Miocene and Thousand Creek Pliocene of northern Humboldt 
County, Nevada. The species there recovered is known as Aplodontia 
alexandrae Furlong (1910, pp. 397-403). It is somewhat smaller than 
the Recent members of the genus, and differs from them in several 
particulars, the most important beimg the relative position of the 
prominent style internally on the lower molars. For all that, one is 
impressed with the resemblances rather than the differences between 
the Tertiary Aplodontia alexandrae and the Recent species of the 
genus. 

Another species of Aplodontia has recently been described by Dr. 
J. C. Merriam (1916, pp. 177-179) from the Cedar Mountain region 
of western Nevada. The formation in which the specimen (a single 


448 University of California Publications in Zoology — |Vou. 17 


upper premolar four, somewhat broken) was found has been referred 
to the Upper Miocene (loc. cit., p. 171), the Cedar Mountain fauna 
being regarded as intervening in time between the Mascall Middle 
Miocene of the Middle Basin area and the Barstow Upper Miocene 
of the Mohave area. 

That both Aplodontia alerandrae and the Cedar Mountain species 
represent advanced stages of development between Allomys and 
Aplodontia seems clear. Both are nearer Aplodontia than Allomys; 
but neither one is so specialized as are the Recent forms of Aplodontia. 

There remains to be considered only Aplodontia major fossilis 
Sinclair (1905, pp. 147-148), discovered in 1902 by an expedition from 
the University of California, in the Pleistocene Potter Creek Cave, 
Shasta County, California. Comparison of the numerous remains of 
this species in the University of California Collections in Vertebrate 
Palaeontology with a large series of skulls and jaws of Aplodontia 
rufa californica, the Recent form occurring in the same general 
region, shows that the Pleistocene form is very doubtfully if at all 
distinguishable from the living species. 


2. SUMMARY AND Discussion 


It is worthy of remark that nearly all of the records of extinct 
members of the family Aplodontiidae are from the now arid territory 
east of the great Cascade-Sierra mountain system, which system, at 
the present time, marks the eastern boundary of the range of the 
genus (see map, text-fig. E). The members of the chiefly Oligocene 
genus Allomys hail from the John Day Beds of eastern Oregon, with 
one outlying undetermined species in the Rosebud Lower Miocene of 
South Dakota; Mylagaulodon comes from the top of the Upper John 
Day in eastern Oregon; Aplodontia alerandrae oceurs in the arid 
Virgin Valley and Thousand Creek beds of northern Humboldt 
County, Nevada; an Aplodontia of an unnamed new species comes 
from the Cedar Mountain region of western Nevada; and only Aplo- 
dontia major fossilis, found in the Pleistocene Potter Creek and 
Samwel caves, in the Shasta region of northern California, comes 
from the Pacific slope of the Sierran system. Apparently the range 
of the family Aplodontiidae, as well as of the genus Aplodontia, was 
formerly much greater than at present, though it must be conceded 
that very little is known of the precise relationships of the early 
aplodontids to the Recent genus, and we have little data on the west- 
ward range of members of the family in Tertiary time. 


1918 | Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 449 


Reference has already been made to the conservatism of the aplo- 
dontid phylum. If, as seems highly probable, Aplodontia alerandrac 
is near the direct line of descent of the recent species, it is noteworthy 
that, during a lapse of time sufficient for the evolution of the horse 
from the Miocene MWerychippus type to the larger Pliocene Pliohippus, 
there was no great specific change; and that, during a time which 
sufficed to transform the short-toothed, small-sized Merychippus ito 
the much larger modern Equus, with modifications in every bone in 
the body, and with characters generically probably twice removed, the 


aplodontid stock has undergone comparatively slight change, all 


Fig. E. Continent of North America, to indicate present range of genus 
Aplodontia, and apparent extension of range of family Aplodontiidae in Tertiary 
times. 

Cross-hatehed area indicates limits of range of Recent genus; cirele represents 
record of fossil genera Allomys and Mylagaulodon; triangle indicates an addi- 
tional record of Allomys; squares indicate records of genus Aplodontia fossil. 


450 University of California Publications in Zoology — (Vou. 17 


observed variations, as at present recognized, falling within the limits 
of a single genus. 


D. HABITS OF APLODONTIA 


Aplodontia is herbivorous, colonial, nocturnal, and fossorial. A 
considerable degree of humidity and an abundant supply of food 
plants seem to be necessary conditions to its existence. Situations well 
sheltered by a tangle of vegetation are usually chosen for its burrows. 
Its nest is made underground, in an enlarged chamber. Attention 
has been called to a hay-making instinct. The “‘hay’’ consists simply 
of green plants of various kinds eut up and spread out as if to dry 
and to be used later. Sight and hearing are apparently defective; 
but smell and touch, particularly the latter, appear to make up for 
any deficiencies in these respects. 

Little is known of the animal’s breeding activity. Young have 
been taken throughout the summer season. It has been asserted that 
Aplodontia has a shrill ery. Among its enemies are weasels, skunks 
of two genera, wildeats, mink, gray foxes, golden eagles and great 
horned owls. Other potential enemies are coons, badgers, and fishers. 

Although locally Aplodontia does some damage to man’s interests, 
its habitat is such that for the most part it is of no economie signi- 
ficance. It burrows holes in ditch walls along the line of the Southern 
Pacific in the Sierra Nevada in California; in Oregon it undermines 
government trails, causing them to be washed out ; and Lantz (1917, p. 
16) reports that in western Washington considerable complaint has 
been made of their depredations on crops, particularly small fruits. 
The skins are of little or no value. 

The habits of Aplodontia have recently been studied by Anthony 
(1915, pp. 53-63). The most complete paper on this subject to date 
is that of Mr. Charles Camp, now in press in this series of publications. 


EK. PRESENT SYSTEMATIC STATUS OF APLODONTIA 


1. THe Faminy APLODONTIIDAE 


Prensiculantia (part) Minding (1829), p. 86. 
Muridae (part), Bonaparte (1831), p. 20. 
Sciurina (part), Bonaparte (1831), p. 20. 
Cunicularia (part) Wagner (1843), pp. 357, 395. 
Pseudostomides (part) Gervais (1854), p. 364. 


i = 


1918] Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 451 


Saccophoriens (part) Gervais (1854), p. 364. 
Sciuroides (part) Brandt (1855), p. 151. 
Haploodontini or Prismatodontes Brandt (1855), p. 151. 
Sciuridae (part), Baird (1857), pp. 240, 350. 
Castorinae (part) Baird (1857), p. 350. 
Haploodontidae Lilljeborg (1866), table opp. p. 9. 
Haploodontoidea Gill (1872), p. 22. 
Haplodontidae Alston (1876), pp. 66, 75, 78. 
Haplodontiidae Cope (1883), p. 54. 

Aplodontidae Allen (1892), p. 31. 

Aplodontiae Thomas (1896), p. 1015. 
Aplodontiidae Thomas (1896), p. 1015. 
Haplodontoidea Weber (1904), p. 496. 
Aplodontoidea Matthew, in Osborn (1910), p. 534. 


Characterized by Matthew (1910, p. 69) as follows: 
1.0.2.3 


TONES? 
stylids. No postorbital process; zygomatic arch slender; skull wide posteriorly; 


postero-inferior portion of angle greatly inflected, posterior end everted. Foss- 
orial, Oligocene to recent. Genera, Aplodontia, Meniscomys [= Allomys], Myla- 
gaulodon.’’ 


«Teeth progressively hypsodont, with prominent mesostyles and meta- 


Fig. G 


Fig. F.  Allomys liolophus Cope, dorsal view of cranium. X 1. Univ. Calif. 
Coll. Vert. Palae., no. 1672; locality 898, John Day Beds, Oregon. 


Fig. G. Allomys cavatus Cope, dorsal view of cranium. X 1. Univ. Calif. 
Coll. Vert. Palae., no. 1444; locality 864, John Day Beds, Oregon. 


If Allomys is to be referred to the family Aplodontiidae a change 
in the above characterization will be necessary ; for postorbital pro- 
cesses are present in specimens of Allomys liolophus and A. cavatus 
in the University of California Collections in Vertebrate Palaeont- 
ology ( see text-figs. F', G). 


452 University of California Publications in Zoology — [Vou 17 


2. Tur Genus Aplodontia 
2 
1 


3 ; ; ; 
we x 222; permanent teeth hyposodont, of secondarily simple 


The chief generic characters are as follows: dentition ite+ 


enamel pattern, characterized by prominent styles internally on the 
inferior teeth and externally on the superior teeth; cranium greatly 
depressed; postorbital processes on frontal absent; postorbitals on 
jugal weakly or not at all developed; infraorbital foramen primitive, 
not transmitting any part of masseter; angle of mandible remarkably 
expanded transversely ; seaphoid and lunar not separate; fibula not 
articulating with caleaneum, free from tibia; body stout, about 350 
millimeters long; pelage dark; eyes and ears small (pl. 29) ; mammae 
six; tail very short; nocturnal, fossorial, found in restrieted area in 
western North America. 

The much modified hyposodont teeth, the depressed skull, the 
absence of postorbital processes (pls. 26, 27), the extraordinarily 
inflected angle of the mandible, the fusion of the scaphoid and lunar 
into a single bone, the proportionate enlargement of the forefeet (for 
digging), and probably also the smallness of eyes and ears, are sug- 
gestive of a high degree of specialization in Aplodontia. On the other 
hand the simplicity of the dental formula and the characters of the 
infraorbital region (pl. 27) show a generalized or primitive condi- 
tion. The infraorbital foramen is moderate in size, and does not 
transmit any portion of the masseter, the origin of which, according 
to Matthew (1910, p. 69), is wholly behind and below the lower 
margin of the orbit, and not extended forward on the side of the 


muzzle. 


3. VARIATIONS IN THE GENERIC NAME 


Palmer (1904, pp. 24, 25) has ealled attention to the fact that the 
name Aplodontia is capable of twenty-four modifications, each one 
progressively differing from the next by a single letter. That several 
of these possible spellings of the name have found place in literature 
is indicated by the following list of names applied to the genus: 

Anisonyx (part) Rafinesque (1817), p. 45. 

Anisonix (part) Minding (1829), p. 86. 

Aplodontia Richardson (1829a), pp. 333-337. 

Apludontia Fischer (1830), p. 398 (error for 598). 

Haplodon Wagler (1830), pp. 4, 22. 


1918] Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 453 


Arctomys (part), Douglas (1914), pp. 59, 156. 

Apluodontia Richardson (1837), p. 150. 

Aplodontie Gervais (1854), p. 364. 

Haploodon and Hapludon Brandt (1855), p. 150, footnote. 

Haploodon, Haploudon, Haploddus, Haplodus, Haploudus Coues (1877b), 
p- 556. 

Haplodonta Cope (1883), p. 55. 

Hapludus, Aploudontia, Haploudontia Coues (1890), p. 2712. 

Haplodontia Elliot (1899), pp. 241-276. 

Aploodontia, Aplodon, Aploodon, Aploudon, Apludon, Aplodus, Aploodus, 
Aploudus, Apludus, Haploodontia, Hapludontia Palmer (1904), p. 25. 


There has been no agreement as to a vernacular name for aplo- 
dontia. Among names applied to the animal are found the following: 
Mountain beaver, mountain boomer, gehalis, and farmer; giant mole, 
mammoth mole, ground bear, marmot, ground hog, woodchuck, 
gopher, badger, muskrat, blue muskrat, high ground muskrat, and 
(Indian names) sewelel, shewelel, sewewel, or sewellel, showhurll, 
showhurtl, showtl, showt’l, show’tl, shote, squallah, swak-la, o-gwal-lal, 
and ou-ka-la. I am indebted to Dr. C. Hart Merriam for the following 
list of names given aplodontia by certain tribes of Californian Indians: 


NAME TRIBE LocaLiry 
Ne-ta-te Tolowa or Huss Crescent City 
Mah-pe-neetch Karok Happy Camp to Weitzpek 
Tabt-ka-wer-itl Soo-lah-te-luk Humboldt Bay 
Waw-kaw-see Mo-des-se Pit River 
Yah-sah Nis-se-nan Colfax and Placerville to Yuba 
Wes-skap* Yurok Lower Klamath; mouth of river 


to Weitzpek 


4. List of SPECIES AND SUBSPECIES WitH TyPE LOCALITIES 


’ 


Aplodontia rufa rufa (Rafinesque). ‘‘ Neighborhood of the Columbia River”’; 
specimens from Marmot, Clackamas County, Oregon, regarded as typical. 
(p. 454) 
Aplodontia rufa olympica Merriam, C. H. Quiniault Lake, Chehalis County, 
Washington. 
(p. 460) 
Aplodontia rufa columbiana Taylor. Roab’s Ranch, near Hope, British 
Columbia. 
(p. 463) 
Aplodontia rufa rainieri Merriam, C. H. Paradise Creek, south side of 
Mount Rainier, Washington. 
(p. 465) 
Aplodontia rufa pacifica Merriam, C. H. Newport, mouth of Yaquina Bay, 
Lincoln County, Oregon. 
(p. 467) 
Aplodontia rufa humboldtiana Taylor. Carlotta, Humboldt County, Cali- 
fornia. 
(p. 470) 


454 University of California Publications in Zoology — (Vou. 17 


Aplodontia rufa californica Peters. The mountains of California; assumed 
to be the Sierra Nevada; specimens from Blue Canyon regarded as typical. 
, (p. 473) 
Aplodontia rufa nigra Taylor. Point Arena, Mendocino County, California. 
(p. 479) 
Aplodontia rufa phaea Merriam, C. H. Point Reyes, Marin County, Cali- 
fornia. 
(p. 480) 


5. ACCOUNTS OF SPECIES 
Aplodontia rufa rufa (Rafinesque) 


Brown Aplodontia 


Sewellel Lewis and Clark (1814), p. 176. 

Sewewell [= Sewellel] Lesson (1827), p. 240. 

Ground Rat Douglas (1836), p. 101. 

Arctomys brachyurus? Douglas (1836), p. 101. 

Anisonya? rufa Rafinesque (1817), p. 45. 

Anisonyx? rousse Desmarest (1822), p. 330. 
“*Anisonia rufa?’’ Minding (1829), p. 86. 

Arctomys rufa, Harlan (1825), pp. 308-309. 

Anisonyx roux Lesson (1827), p. 240. 

Aplodontia leporina Richardson (1829a), pp. 888-337. 

Apludontia leporina, Fischer (1830), p. 398 [= error for 598]. 

H{aplodon]. leporinus Wagler (1830), p. 22. 

Apluodontia leporina Richardson (1837), p. 150. 

Aplodontie léporine Gervais (1854), p. 364. 

H{aploodon]. leporinus, Lilljeborg (1866), p. 41. 

Haplodon rufus Coues (1877b), p. 557. 

Haplodonta rufa, Cope (1883), p. 55. 

Aplodontia rufa, Merriam (1886), pp. 312-328. 

A[plodontia]. rufus, Price (1894), p. 328. 

Aplodontia major (part) Merriam (1897), p. 219. 

H{aplodontia]. rufa, Elliot (1899), p. 251. 

Aplodontia chryseola Kellogg (1914), pp. 295-296. 

Aplodontia rufa grisea Taylor (1916c), pp. 497-499. 


Type Locality—It is well known that Rafinesque’s deseription of 
“*Anisonyx? rufa’? was based entirely upon the Sewellel of Lewis 
and Clark. As cited by Rafinesque the type locality is the ‘‘neigh- 
borhood of the Columbia River.’’ It is now known that two subspecies 
of Aplodontia occur on the Columbia River. The coastal form 
deseribed as Aplodontia pacifica is found at Astoria, while an inland 
form commonly known as A. rufa oceurs in the foothill country about 
Mount Hood. The original description of rwfa is not diagnostic as 
between the coastal and the inland forms. Doubtless Lewis and Clark 
saw Indian robes made from the skins of both. There would be no 


mes. 


1918 ] Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 455 


advantage in transferring the name rufa to the well known form 
pacifica. It seems altogether appropriate, on the other hand, that 
the name rufa be fixed on the inland race, of which specimens col- 


lected at Marmot, Clackamas County, Oregon (western slope of Mount 
Hood, not far from the Columbia River), may be regarded as typical. 
Specimens Examined—Total number, 135, from the following 


localities : 


British Columbia: New West- 
minster Provineial Distriet—Chilli- 
wack, 5; Sumas, 1; Mt. Baker 
Range, 1. 

Washington: Skagit County — 
Sauk, 8 (1 skull only); Hamilton, 
1; Mt. Vernon, 5 (2 skulls only). 
King County—Seattle, 6 (one is 
skull and skeleton only); Ravenna, 
near Seattle, 1; Renton, near Se- 
attle, 3; Kirkland, 6; ‘‘ Puget 
Sound’’?, 2. Kittitas County — 
Easton, 8. Pierce County—Puyal- 
lup, 2. 

Oregon: Clackamas County — 
Marmot, 6 (2 skulls only); Eagle 
Creek, eight miles southeast of 
Bissell, 1; Bissell, 1; head of Hagle 
Creek, 1; ‘‘Clackamas County,’’ 1 
(no skull). Lane County—Vida, 6; 
McKenzie Bridge, 3; Horse Pasture 
Mt., ten miles by road southeast 
of McKenzie Bridge, 3; O’Leary 
Mt., ten miles by road southeast of 
McKenzie Bridge, 1. Jackson 
County—Siskiyou, 20; north base 
Ashland Peak (alt. 5,200 ft.), 2. 
Klamath County — Mt. Mazama, 
Anna Creek (alt. 6,000 ft.), 3; Fort 
Klamath, Anna Creek Canyon, 3. 

California: Siskiyou County — 
Siskiyou Mts., White Mt. (alt. 
6,000 ft.), 8; Siskiyou Mts., Craigy 
Peak (alt. 6,200 ft.), 1; Siskiyou 
Mts., Studhorse Canyon (alt. 6,500 
ft.), 1; Trinity Mts., east of Hoopa, 
ten miles west of Forks of Salmon 
(alt. 5700-5,800 ft.), 5; Salmon 
Mts., Etna Mills, 3; Salmon Mts., 
Jackson Lake, 5; Salmon Mts., Wild 
Cat Peak, 1; Salmon Mts., South 
Fork of Salmon River, 1. Trinity 
County—Canyon Creek, 5; Salmon 


Fig. H. Geographic distribution of 
the nine recognized races of the genus 


Aplodontia. 

. Aplodontia 
. Aplodontia 
. Aplodontia 
. Aplodontia 
Aplodontia 
. Aplodontia 
. Aplodontia 
. Aplodontia 
. Aplodontia 


SOND wre 


rufa 
rufa 
rufa 
rufa 
rufa 
rufa 
rufa 
rufa 
rufa 


rufa 
columbiana 
olympica 
rainieri 
pacifica 
humboldtiana 
californica 
nigra 

phaea 


456 University of California Publications in Zoology — (Vou. 17 


Mts., head of Grizzly Creek, 3. Humboldt County—‘‘ Northwest California’’ 
| Hoopa Valley], 2 (no skulls); Rio Dell, 1. 


Geographic Range.—Neighborhood of the Columbia River, in west- 
ern Oregon, interiorly on the Pacific side of the Cascades; thence 
southward in a belt of unknown width to Mount Mazama in southern 
Oregon and the Siskiyou-Trinity district im northern California ; 
northward to Puget Sound and the Chilliwack-Sumas region in south- 
western British Columbia. Altitudinal range, from sea level in the 
Puget Sound district to 6,500 feet in the Siskiyou-Trinity Mountains 
of northern California; zonal range, Transition and Canadian. 

Cranial Characters —Skulls moderate (see measurements below), 
nasals variable in outline, broad anteriorly, but usually much nar- 
rowed at their posterior ends; rostrum short; audital tubes in typical 
material tending to be of greater caliber than in other forms of the 
genus, about as in californica (see Remarks, below). 

External Characters—Above, in specimens taken at all seasons, 
light ochraceous-buff (Ridgway, Color Standards and Color Nomen- 
clature, 1912), in some specimens grading anteriorly into light buff, 
vinaceous-cinnamon or even occasionally approaching tawny; some 
with a distinetly grayish, others a distinctly brownish cast of color- 
ation; some examples paler anteriorly and grayer posteriorly, with 
deepest coloration in middle region of body; grizzled with more or 
fewer blackish hairs; white spot at base of ear; some silvery-white 
hairs insprinkled, particularly posteriorly. Below, grayish, with the 
faintest possible wash of brownish of a hue near pinkish buff, or 
brownish, with a conspicuous wash of vinaceous-cinnamon or light 
vinaceous-cinnamon, and with seattered black hairs insprinkled ; prae- 
tically all hues between these are observable; drab-gray basal color- 
ation showing through to a greater or less degree; spot-marks about 
mammae in spring and fall females seal brown or paler in coloration. 

Molt and Seasonal Change—That Aplodontia rufa rufa molts 
once, that the pelage renewal takes place during the late summer and 
the fall, and that a term of from two to three months is required for 
the completion of the molt, is suggested by the following facts: 
Specimens taken May 17, June 5, 22, 23, and July 22 and 23, and 
even two exceptional specimens taken August 26 and September 13, 
are much worn but show no sign of molt. On the other hand, molt 
has already begun in other specimens of rufa taken on June 23 and 
24, and pelage renewal is going on in practically all specimens taken 
during August, September and October. Examples secured Septem- 


1918 | Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 457 


ber 29 and October 9, respectively, show the last stages of the process; 
and the molt is entirely completed in a specimen taken November 21. 
Evidently August, September and October are the principal months 
of molt. 

Seasonal changes are trifling. The fresh pelage is longer and 
tends to be somewhat browner, sometimes blacker, than in its hold- 
over stage in spring and early summer. 


CRANIAL MEASUREMENTS OF Aplodontia rufa rufa (13 SKULLS) From Marnor, 
VIDA AND VICINITY OF MCKENZIE BRIDGE, OREGON 


Average Mean Maximum Minimum 
Basilar length 61.1 57.2 
Length of nasals (10 skulls) —. 27.3 23.0 
Width of nasals 13.3 11.5 
Length of audital tube (10 skulls) . 21.0 16.0 
Length of incisive foramen 8.7 5.7 
Zygomatie width 59.6 49.5 
Mastoid width of cranium ............ 59.0 47.4 
Alveolar length superior cheek teeth 119°9 18.2 
Distance between infraorbital formamina ~.... 16.4 17.8 15.0 
Mandible, transversely across angular process... 23.1 22.4 25.0 ie) 
Mandible, greatest length (12 skulls) .......... 46.2 46.0 48.7 43.5 


EXTERNAL MEASUREMENTS OF Aplodontia rufa rufa, FROM VIDA AND 
I 
VICINITY OF MCKENZIE BRIDGE, OREGON 


Average Mean Maximum Minimum 
Total length (9 skims) ~............ 345 348 387 310 
letihayel SHoyoyr. (C7 fbr sis), eeepc eee eae 56 56 59 54 


CRANIAL MEASUREMENTS OF Aplodontia rufa rufa (12 SKULLS), FROM THE VICINITY 
oF SEATTLE AND Mount BAKER RANGE, WASHINGTON, AND THE 
CHILLIWACK-SuMAS District, BRITISH COLUMBIA 


Average Mean Maximum Minimum 
Basilar length 59.6 59.5 62.1 57.0 
Length of nasals (10 skulls) 25.2 27.2 23.2 
Width of nasals 11.5 12.8 10.2 
Length of incisive foramen ell 8.1 6.2 
Zygomatic width ............ Peeters 55.5 54.1 58.9 49.3 
Greatest width of interpterygoid fossa .......... 5.0 5.0 5.8 4.2 
Mastoid width of cranium ~................... 25222 52.5 55.7 49.4 
Alveolar length of superior cheek teeth geil 20.0 18.3 
Distance between infraorbital foramina 16.4 17.6 15.2 
Mandible, transversely across angular process... 23.0 25.9 20.2 
Mandible, greatest length 47.6 47.3 49.5 45.1 


EXTERNAL MEASUREMENTS OF Aplodontia rufa rufa (9 SKINS), FRoM THE VICINITY 


OF SEATTLE, WASHINGTON, AND CHILLIWACK, BRITISH COLUMBIA 


Average Mean Maximum Minimum 
Total length ... 332 345 318 
Hind foot 56 58 54 


458 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


CRANIAL MEASUREMENTS OF Aplodontia rufa rufa (7 SKULLS), FRoM TRINITY 
AND SISKIYOU COUNTIES, CALIFORNIA 


Average Mean Maximum Minimum 


Basilar length 59.3 59.8 61.8 57.9 


Length of nasals (6 skulls) .. 24.5 26.2 22.9 
Width of masals) ---------- 11.8 13.0 10.7 
Length of audital tube .... 19.1 19.4 21.1 17.7 
Length of incisive foramen ws Ue 7.2 7.6 6.7 
Zi; FOU ULC avy Cit Np ae sees es neces tae sees teat rece oee stoner 56.1 55.9 60.4 51.4 
Greatest width of interpterygoid fossa —....... 5.1 5.1 5.3 4.8 
Mastoid width of cranium ....................... 3.6 54.3 58.2 50.4 
Alveolar length superior cheek teeth --- 18.8 18.7 19.2 18.2 
Distance between infraorbital foramina ...... 16.5 16.3 18.2 14.4 
Mandible, transversely across angular process... 24.0 23.9 26.0 21.7 
Mandible, greatest length —......-.-.---------------: 48.3 enor 51.3 44.5 


EXTERNAL MEASUREMENTS OF Aplodontia rufa rufa (7 SKULLS), From TRINITY 
AND SISKIyoU COUNTIES, CALIFORNIA 
Average Mean Maximum Minimum 


340 370 310 
59 58 63 53 


Total length 
Elinid! footie. 


Averages of External Measurements: Four specimens from Easton, Wash- 
ington: total length, 354 mm. (345-368); hind foot, 59 (58-63). Eighteen 
specimens from Siskiyou, Oregon: total length, 332 (310-394); hind foot, 58 
(52-63). Ten additional examples from the Siskiyou Mountains, California: 
total length, 349 (320-370); hind foot, 55 (53-58). Two specimens from Ash- 
land Peak, Oregon: total length, 340, 352; hind foot, 60, 63. Two examples from 
Anna Creek, Mount Mazama: total length, 360, 385; hind foot, 58, 61. Three 
specimens from Fort Klamath, Anna Creek Canyon: total length, 333, 338, 370; 
hind foot, 54, 60, 57. Three specimens from Canyon Creek, California: total 
length, 345, 360, 370; hind foot, 60, 60, 60. 


Remarks —Aplodontia rufa rufa is a variable form embracing a 
number of local forms, some of which, if their extremes only were 
considered, would certainly rank as good subspecies. The number 
of these local variants (which have been noted from the Chilliwack- 
Sumas district, British Columbia; vicinity of Seattle, Puget Sound, 
Washington; Ashland Peak, Siskiyou and Fort Klamath, Oregon; the 
Siskiyou Mountains and Canyon Creek, California; and elsewhere), 
coupled with the great range of individual variation observable in 
series from the same general locality, make impracticable the recogni- 
tion of subspecies within the range of A. r. rufa as here outlined. 

Specimens of rufa from the immediate vicinity of Seattle, Wash- 
ington, tend to have narrower nasals and rostra, mastoid width less, 
audital tubes of smaller caliber, and fossae set off anteriorly by lamb- 
doidal ridge shallower than in typical material from Marmot, Oregon. 


1918] Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 459 


Externally they give a mass effect of grayish rather than brownish 
as in the Marmot examples. The differences are slight, however, and 
are not shown to the same extent by examples from nearby localities, 
as Mount Vernon, Hamilton, Sauk and Easton, in Washington, and 
the Chilliwack-Sumas district in British Columbia. The form from 
the vicinity of Seattle was recently described by the writer under the 
name Aplodontia rufa grisea (Taylor, 1916c, p. 497), but the exam- 
ination of considerable additional material indicates the propriety of 
synonymizing grisea under rufa. 

The effects of varying degrees of local isolation seem to be shown 
by specimens of Aplodontia rufa from the rough and mountainous 
region embraced in its range in southern Oregon and northern Cali- 
fornia. Groups of specimens from particular localities, however, do 
not show the constant differences which would be necessary to entitle 
them to recognition as subspecies. Examples of rufa from the Siski- 
you-Trinity region of northern California (recently deseribed by 
Kellogg, 1914, p. 295, as Aplodontia chryseola) tend to have the eali- 
ber of the audital tube less than in typical rufa, the outline of the 
external auditory meatus a little flatter, the nasals slightly narrower 
and shorter, and coloration and quality of pelage slightly different. 
These tendencies, however, are overshadowed by the magnitude of the 
individual variation in the series. There appear to be several other 
local races of rwfa as well entitled to subspecifie recognition as chry- 
seola, but if they were to be described, no logical ranges could be given, 
and the degree of overlapping would make identification of specimens 
difficult if not impossible. 

Intergradation between Aplodontia rufa rufa and neighboring 
subspecies is hinted at or directly demonstrated by specimens 
examined as follows: Intergradation with columbiana, by specimens 
from Sumas and Chilliwack, British Columbia; with rainieri, by 
examples from Easton, Washington; with olympica, by an example 
from Steilacoom, Washington; with pacifica, by specimens from Lane 
County, Oregon, and from Siskiyou, Oregon; with californica, by 
examples from Mount Mazama, Oregon, and Canyon Creek, Cali- 
fornia; and with humboldtiana by specimens from the divide between 
the Trinity and Klamath rivers, twelve miles north of Hoopa Post 
Office, northern California. 

A considerable series of specimens from Siskiyou, Oregon, is puz- 
zling, being pacifica-like in coloration, but larger, and in certain 
cranial characters more like rufa. As in other series, the range of 


460 University of California Publications in Zoology — (Vou. 17 


individual variation is great. Two examples from Siskiyou (nos. 56737, 
56738, Biol. Surv. Coll.) are larger than the others of the series and 
have conspicuously heavier crania. Examples of rufa from Ashland 
Peak, also, are above the average in size, and show a likeness to rainieri 
in certain skull characters. 

Intergradation between rufa and californica is best shown by sev- 
eral examples from Canyon Creek, California. These specimens com- 
bine the coloration and shortness of the rostrum of rufa with the 
squarer zygomatic arches and, in one ease, the distinctive nasal out- 
line of californica. 

The distribution of aplodontias in northwestern California will 
bear additional intensive research. Specimens from the Trinity 
Mountains, east of Hoopa, are nearly typical of rufa from farther 
inland, although they show a slight tendency eranially in the direction 
of humboldtiana. Real intergradation is indicated, however, by three 
specimens from the divide between the Klamath and Trinity rivers, 
twelve miles north of Hoopa Post Office. Of these, an adult female 
(no. 98745, Biol. Surv. Coll.) both in eranial and external characters 
resembles humboldtiana; one young animal also (no. 97291, Biol. Surv. 
Coll.) resembles humboldtiana; while the third (no. 97290, Biol. Surv. 
Coll.), also a young animal, is nearest rufa. Examples referred to rufa 
have been taken in Hoopa Valley, as well as at Rio Dell, Humboldt 
County, California. 

A tendency toward pattern formation is noted in specimens from 
Sauk, Washington. Extensive irregular patches of white beneath are 
conspicuous in several examples. 


Aplodontia rufa olympica Merriam 
Olympie Aplodontia 


Aplodontia olympica Merriam (1899), p. 20. 
Haplodontia olympica, Elliot (1899), pp. 251-253. 


Type.—Male, young adult, no. 89549, U. S. Nat. Mus., Biol. Surv. 
Coll.; Quiniault Lake, Olympic Mountains, Washington; July 24, 
1897 ; collected by R. T. Young; orig. no. 309; stuffed skin, with skull 
and jaws, all in good condition. 

Specimens Examined.—Total number 29, from the following 
localities : 


1918 | Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 461 


Washington: Pierce County—Fort Steilacoom, 1; Steilacoom, 1 (skull only). 
Clallam County—Happy Lake, Olympie Mts., 6; Olympie Mts., near head of 
Soledue River (alt. 4500 ft.), 1; Port Angeles, 3. Jefferson County—Olympie 
Mts., head of north fork of Skokomish River, 2. Chehalis County—Quiniault 
Lake, 8. Mason County—Lake Cushman, 5; ‘‘Mason County,’’ 2 (odd skulls). 


Geographic Range—Northwestern Washington, vicinity of Olym- 
pic Mountains, intergrading with Aplodontia rufa rufa in the vicinity 
of Steilacoom, southern Puget Sound. 

Cranial Characters——Skull moderate in size (see measurements 
below) ; nasals tending to be somewhat variable in outline; temporal 
lnes or ridges tending to be more closely approximated anteriorly 
than in rufa; zygomatic arches tending to be lighter in weight than 
in rufa; thirteen out of seventeen crania examined with prominent 
postorbital process on the jugals, a character not developed to the 
same degree in any other form of Aplodontia; audital tubes tending 
to be of smaller caliber than in typical rufa; notch on upper side of 
external auditory meatus smaller and narrower than in typical rufa. 

External Characters—Above, 1 summer specimens, pinkish cinna- 
mon to light ochraceous-buff, often with something of a grayish cast ; 
the whole grizzled with more or less of an admixture of black hairs; 
head and face brownish or grayish; under parts grayish with a faint 
wash of pinkish buff or cinnamon buff. 

Sexual Differences—No appreciable external differences due to 
sex have been observed except in respect to the spot markings of the 
mammae and possibly a slight pallor ventrally in females. 


CRANIAL MEASUREMENTS OF Aplodontia rufa olympica (17 SKULLS) 


Average Mean Maximum Minimum 
Basilar length 2 09:3 60.2 63.0 57.4 
Length of nasals (12 skulls) . 26.4 26.9 28.9 24.9 
Wadithwotemiasallsi-e--eeeee TES 12.1 13.3 10.8 
Length of audital tube (12 skulls) - 18.9 19.1 20.0 18.1 
Length of incisive foramen. .... 7.0 7.2 8.0 6.4 
Zygomatic width (15 skulls) 54.6 54.9 56.9 52.8 
Greatest width of interpterygoid fossa (12 skulls) 5.2 5.2 6.0 4.4 
Mastoid width of cranium (16 skulls) —- ee 05.0) 52.8 55.9 49.7 
Alveolar length of superior cheek teeth 19.3 19.4 20.2 18.5 
Distance between infraorbital foramina Bee Gto 16.4 17.5 15.3 
Mandible, transversely across angular process ... 23.3 23.5 25.2 21.9 
Mandible, greatest length ...............--------------------+ 47.1 46.8 49.7 43.8 


EXTERNAL MEASUREMENTS OF Aplodontia rufa olympica (10 SKINS) 


Average Mean Maximum Minimum 
355 353 367 340 
49 47 59 36 


Total length 
Hind foot 


462 Umversity of Califorma Publications in Zoology — (Vou. 17 


Molt and Seasonal Change—The only months represented by 
available specimens of olympica are July and August. In the series 
at hand the molt begins about the middle of July, and is not com- 
pleted till September at the earliest. One example (no. 67615, 9, 
U.S. Nat. Mus., Biol. Surv. Coll.), secured August 17, is exceptional 
in that even at that late date it shows no sign of molt. On the basis 
of specimens at hand the winter coat is a little browner than the 


summer pelage. 


Figs. I-K. Side view of crania of Aplodontia rufa olympica, to illustrate 
variation in development of postorbital process of the jugal. XxX 1. Fig. I, no. 
66229, Biol. Sury. Coll.; fig. J, no. 6314, Field Mus. Nat. Hist.; fig. K, no. 89549, 
Biol. Sury. Coll. 

Remarks.—Aplodontia rufa olympica is a feebly marked race of 
the rufa series occurring in the Olympic Mountain district of Wash- 
ington, and grading insensibly into rufa to the east and southeast. 
Additional material from scattered localities in western and north- 
western Washington may demonstrate so great a degree of variability 
as to make inadvisable the separate recognition of the Olympic Moun- 
tain form. The postorbital process on the jugal, the most important 


1918 | Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 463 


character of the subspecies, is subject to considerable variation (text 
figs. I, J, K), and is more apparent in specimens from Lake Cushman 
than in those from Quiniault Lake. Specimens from Steilacoom (no. 
2476, U.S. Nat. Mus., skull only) and Fort Steilacoom (no. 278, U. 8. 
Nat. Mus., part of skull inside skin), here referred to olympica, might 
be referred to rufa with equal propriety. 


Aplodontia rufa columbiana Taylor 
Northern Aplodontia 
Aplodontia californica columbiana Taylor (1916c), pp. 499-501. 


Type.—Male adult ; no. 1899, Coll. E. A. and O. Bangs, Mus. Comp. 
Zool.; Roab’s Ranch, Hope, British Columbia; June 14, 1894; col- 
lected by W. C. Colt; stuffed skin with skull and jaws in good econdi- 
tion, except skin of foreleg injured in trap, and skull with left audital 
tube, region of foramen magnum, and hamulars, somewhat injured. 

Geographic Range.—Vicinity of Hope, British Columbia, south in 
the Cascade Mountains of Washington; probably intergrading with 
Aplodontia rufa rainiert between the international boundary and 
Mount Rainier. 

Specimens Examined—Total number 11, from the following 
localities : 


British Columbia: Yale Provincial District—Lake House, near Hope, 4; 
Roab’s Ranch, Hope, 5. Washington: Skagit County—Head of Cascade River, 2. 


Cranial Characters—Skull heavy and large (see measurements 
below) ; for example, on basis of tables of measurements, furnishing 
maximum for the genus in length of nasals, zygomatic width, mastoid 
width, and greatest length of mandible; averages of length of nasals 
and zygomatic width exceeding the maximum in any other form; zygo- 
matic arches moderate and, looking down upon them from above, trans- 
versely expanded posteriorly ; temporal lines or ridges tending to be 
closely approaching, though never forming a distinct sagittal crest ; 
dorsal outline of skull comparatively straight; audital tubes small 
ealibered, dorso-ventral diameter tending to exceed anteroposterior 
diameter, tube thus appearing as if pinched anteroposteriorly. 

External Characters—Above, in summer skins, near light pinkish 
cinnamon, in some specimens as pale as light ochraceous-buff, in others 
as dark as pinkish cinnamon, grizzled with many blackish and some- 
times a few whitish-tipped hairs; number and degree of concentration 
of black hairs on back variable ; underparts showing faint brown wash, 


464 University of California Publications in Zoology — [Vow. 17 


sometimes nearer light pinkish cinnamon, sometimes nearer pinkish 
buff; general undertone of coloration ventrally pale drab-gray, with 
an insprinkling of varying numbers of blackish, whitish, cinnamon or 
buffy hairs; irregular areas of hair white from base to tip appearing 
in most of the males ventrally. 

Sexual Differences.—The conspicuous white patches ventrally ap- 
pear in males only, all the examples of that sex showing them to a 
greater or less extent. The spot marks about the mammae in May and 
July females are less conspicuous than usual. Of two females taken 
in July, one (no. 1894, Mus. Comp. Zool.) has the hair about the 
mammae practically worn off, while the other (no. 1895, Mus. Comp. 
Zool.) has the hair in the same region unworn. It seems likely that 
the condition of the hair about the mammae may be taken as an index 
to breeding activity. 


CRANIAL MEASUREMENTS OF Aplodontia rufa columbiana (9 SKULLS) 


Average Mean Maximum Minimum 


Wen oth sorte nasallse (/ees ks) pcos eee eee 29.3 29.5 30.9 28.2 
Width of nasals 12.8 12.9 13.8 12.0 


Length of incisive foramen 8.0 7.8 8.5 1.2 
Zygomatic width 62.3 60.9 64.0 57.9 
Mastoid width ‘of eramiumy 2cete ete ceereee cree 57.5 57.2 61.2 53.2 


Alveolar length superior cheek teeth . 19.3 19.3 19.8 18.8 
Distance between infraorbital foramina 16.9 17.2 18.3 16.2 
Mandible, transversely across angular process .... 24.6 24.5 26.1 23.0 
Mandible ereatest Lemp tl) 22sec cre eee 51.2 51.9 54.9 48.9 


EXTERNAL MEASUREMENTS OF Aplodontia rufa columbiana (9 SKINS) 


Average Mean Maximum Minimum 


Mortal len orthig ecco 427 425 470 380 


Remarks.—Available material indicates intergradation between 
Aplodontia rufa columbiana and A. r. rufa on the one hand and A. r. 
rainiert on the other. Specimens in the United States National Museum 


. : 30739 3089 
from the head of the Cascade River, Washington (nos. 22732 30890 
426399 


42790’ 
Biol. Sury. Coll.) are intermediate between columbiana and rainieri, 
although perhaps a trifle closer to the former. If, as seems likely, the 
distribution of Aplodontia is more or less continuous between Mount 
Rainier and the mountains in the Hope District, British Columbia, it 
is probable that one grades into the other by insensible degrees. Aside 
from its greater dimensions columbiana may be separated from rufa 
through its smaller-calibered, more pinched-up audital tubes, as com- 
pared with the larger, rounder tubes of rufa. Columbiana also has the 
zygomatie arch more expanded posteriorly than in rufa, as well as 
broader nasals posteriorly, and more closely approximated temporal 


1918] Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 465 


ridges. From rainicrt typical columbiana differs in having eranial 
measurements averaging greater, the difference being shown in length 
and width of nasals, length of incisive foramina, zygomatie width, 
mastoid width, and greatest length of mandible. The external auditory 
meatus tends to be of different shape in columbiana, being pinched up 
anteroposteriorly, while in rainier?i the meatus is rounder and tends to 
be flattened dorsoventrally. 


Aplodontia rufa rainieri Merriam 
Mount Rainier Aplodontia 


Aplodontia major rainieri Merriam (1898a), p. 21. 
Haplodontia rufa rainieri, Elliot (1901), p. 112. 
A[plodontia]. r[ufa]. rainieri, Trouessart (1904), p. 348. 


Type—Male adult, skull and skin; no. 90144, U. S. Nat. Mus., 
Biol. Sury. Coll.; Paradise Creek, south side of Mt. Rainier, Wash- 
ington, alt. 5200 ft.; Aug. 6, 1897; collected by Vernon Bailey; orig. 
no. 6122. 

Specimens Examined.—Total number 9, all from Washington ; 
Pieree County—Mt. Rainier, Paradise Creek, 9 (1 skull only). 

Geographic Range.—Known only from yieinity of type locality. 

Cranial Characters —Skull large (see measurements below) ; nasals 
long and comparatively straight sided; posterior two-thirds of outline 
tending to be shghtly convex laterally, but usually with a shght lateral 
embayment far back; rostrum broad, as in columbiana; zygomatic 
arches moderate, proportionally lighter in weight, not so much ex- 
panded near posterior root as in columbiana, flat beneath in vicinity 
of posterior root; temporal ridges tending to remain separated for 
their entire length by several millimeters; caliber of audital tubes 
small; external auditory meatus round or flattened dorsoventrally. 

External Characters—Above, in summer skins, light ochraceous- 
buff, grizzled with blackish, the black hairs often with silvery white 
tips; a tendency observable toward concentration of blackish on middle 
line of back; sides having comparatively few black hairs; underparts 
deep quaker drab to light quaker drab, marked with whitish generally, 
such markings more conspicuous anteriorly on the throat; spot marks 
near light brownish drab; a sparse insprinkling of blackish hairs; a 
faint wash of pinkish buff in some examples. 

Age Variation —There is not so striking an actual decrease in 
width of interorbital constriction with age as is usual in the genus. 


466 University of California Publications in Zoology — [Vou. 17 


The youngest specimens all have this measurement broad. In some 
of the older ones it is broad, in others narrow. The zygomata are 
usually squarer and more expanded in the adults than in the young. 
The mastoid process is exceeded by the audital tube in all the adults, 
being, however, only slightly exceeded in the oldest ones, while in 
young specimens the audital tube materially exceeds the mastoid 
process. The width of the palate between the third premolar and the 
incisive foramina remains about the same, or even increases slightly, 
with age. Looking at the crania in side view, the ventral outline of 
the rostrum is nearly plane in the young, with slight eminences ob- 
servable at the posterior end of the incisive foramina. In the adults 
the outline tends to be more rounded, the slight eminences having 
disappeared. 

Molt.—Specimens collected on Mount Rainier on August 6 and 7 
are with one exception (no. 90143, 9, U.S. Nat. Mus., Biol. Surv. Coll.) 
beginning to molt. In one example (no. 90145, 9, U. S. Nat. Mus., 
Biol. Surv. Coll.) hair renewal is taking place on small areas on the 
sides; in another (no. 90144, 4) new hair is coming in on the right 
side only on an area one inch wide and four inches long, as well as 
in an irregular area on the top of the head; still another (no. 90137, ¢) 
is molting extensively laterally as well as in a small area on the head. 
The condition of this specimen suggests that the molt begins on the 
sides, and sometimes becomes quite extensive before the head molt 
starts at all. 


CRANIAL MEASUREMENTS OF TYPE AND TOPOTYPES OF Aplodontia rufa rainieri 


(4 SKULLS) 


Average Mean Maximum Minimum 
Basilar length 62.1 63.6 65.4 61.9 


Length of nasals (3 skulls) 


Width of nasals 12.7 14.0 11.4 
Length of audital tube (2 skulls) 19.1 19°9 18.4 
Length of incisive foramen .-........... tlstf 8.2 7.2 
iy PROAEKOSAMG UTE | sone toe en smack anes one eace aos : 58.6 62.0 55.3 
Greatest width of interpterygoid fossa 5.6 5.9 5.4 
Mastoid width of cranium 55.6 57.8 53.5 
Alveolar length superior cheek teeth —. 19.9 21.0 18.9 
Distance between infraorbital foramina : . Ufeil 18.1 16.2 
Mandible, transversely across angular process ... 25.7 26.0 28.2 23.9 
Mandible, greatest length —...--.------2.---.2---te-=---- 50.8 50.8 52.9 48.8 


EXTERNAL MEASUREMENTS OF TyPE AND ToporTyPES oF Aplodontia rufa rainieri 


(4 Skins) 
Average Mean Maximum Minimum 
Total length 377 379 384 365 


TBnC GGL AKO YO poets cee ce 62 63 65 62 


1918 ] Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 467 


Remarks.—Comparisons of examples of Aplodontia rufa rainicri 
from the type locality and A. r. columbiana from the head of the 
Cascade River, Washington, with specimens of A. r. rufa from the 
Puget Sound district (Kirkland, Seattle, Chilliwack, Sumas), and 
then with examples from localities more or less intermediate geograph- 
ically and altitudinally, as Sauk and Easton, Washington, demonstrate 
beyond a doubt that intergradation takes place between A. r. rufa 
and the rainieri-columbiana series. A gradual change is indicated 
from the lowland rufa type to the mountain rainieri-columbiana type 
in size, in general cranial characters, and, particularly, in the dimen- 
sions and outline of the nasal bones and the size and outline of the 
external auditory meatus. More abundant material would doubtless 
supply more complete evidence for intergradation. 

A. r. rainieri tends to be grayer than A. r. rufa, decidedly grayer 
than in the typical form, and to have less brown beneath. The nasals 
in rainiert tend to be broader posteriorly, and the caliber of the audital 
tubes tends to be less. 


Aplodontia rufa pacifica Merriam 
Pacific Aplodontia 


Aplodontia pacifica Merriam (1899a), p. 19. 
Haplodontia pacifica, Elliot (1901), p. 114. 


Type—Female adult, skull and skin; no. 77372, U. S. Nat. Mus., 
Biol. Surv. Coll.; Newport, mouth of Yaquina Bay, Oregon; March 
20, 1896; collected by B. J. Bretherton; orig. no. 2219. 

Specimens Examined.—A total of 46, from the following localities : 


Oregon: Clatsop County—Astoria, 2; Mishawaka, 1 (skin only). Tillamook 
County—Wilson River, MeNamer’s Camp, 1. Lincoln County—Newport, 8. 
Lane County—Florence, 7; Mercer, 3; Eugene, 1; Spencer Butte, 4; Seaton, 3; 
Mapleton, 3. Douglas County—Smith River, 2; Gardiner, 4. Coos County 
Coquille, 3 (1 skull only); ‘‘Coos County,’’ 1. Curry County—Agness, 1; Port 
Orford, 1 (skull only). Josephine County—Briggs Creek (alt. 3000 ft.), 13 
miles southwest of Galice, 1. 


Geographic Range.—Coast of Oregon, from Astoria on the north 
at least to Port Orford on the south; ranging inland locally, as in 
the vicinity of Eugene, Oregon, and gradually intergrading with 
Aplodontia rufa rufa, probably in a broad belt centrally on the Pacific 
slope of Oregon from the northern to the southern boundaries of the 
state. 


468 University of Califorma Publications in Zoology | Vou. 17 


Cranial Characters ——Skull comparatively small (sée measurements 
beyond) ; nasals broad anteriorly, becoming only a little narrower 
posteriorly, fairly uniform in outline through the series, comparatively 
straight laterally, with little or no anterior dilation; temporal lines 
or ridges not strongly marked, never approximated, though sometimes 
approaching to within a few millimeters of one another anteriorly ; 
zygomatic arches comparatively light in weight, with weakly devel- 
oped postorbital processes in certain specimens; fossae in front of 
lambdoidal ridge shallow; audital tubes of small caliber, notch dor- 
sally in tubes short and broad; averaging smaller, on the basis of 
specimens measured, than Aplodontia rufa rufa, A. r. olympica, or 
A. r. humboldtiana in basilar length, width of nasals, length of audital 
tube, zygomatic width, mastoid width, alveolar length superior cheek 
teeth, distance between infraorbital foramina, and greatest length of 
mandible. 

External Characters——Aboye, in winter specimens, sayal brown 
or cinnamon to pinkish cinnamon, in one specimen (no. 9077, Field 
Mus. Nat. Hist.) approximating pinkish buff; many glossy black hairs 
interspersed, especially on back; top of head usually conspicuously 
black ; in most specimens a black area or ill-defined broad band starting 
at nose and continuing back over head and posteriorly along middle 
of back to posterior end of body, this indefinite band grading into the 
browner coloration of the sides; face grayish in most examples ; under- 
parts grayish, with a more or less distinct brown wash varying from 
cinnamon or pinkish cinnamon to warm buff or pinkish buff. 


CRANIAL MEASUREMENTS OF Aplodontia rufa pacifica (23 SKULLS) 


Average Mean Maximum Minimum 


Basilarslentott hye eee Be ice eee 57.0 57.5 62.1 52.9 


Length of nasals (19 skulls) a BASES 23.9 26.5 21.4 
Wal Gh fea. caill eee ene eee eee -- 10.4 10.5 11.4 9.6 
Length of audital tube (15 skulls) 16.8 16.8 17.9 15.7 
Length of incisive foramen ........... cao, MTHS) 6.6 7.7 5.5 
Ley feqOssTEH AKG NKR See en =) 015 51.6 56.1 47.1 
Greatest width of interpterygoid fossa ............. 4.6 4.4 5.3 3.5 
Mastoid width of cranium (22 skulls) —....-.... 49.1 — 50.0 52.9 47.2 
Alveolar length superior cheek teeth ....... =e SiG 18.6 20.3 16.9 
Distance between infraorbital foramina = 6:0 15.8 17.5 14.1 
Mandible, transversely across angular process ... 22.5 23.1 25.3 20.9 
Greatest length of mandible (22 skulls) ......... 45.7 45.6 49.4 41.9 


EXTERNAL MEASUREMENTS OF Aplodontia rufa pacifica (23 SKINS) 


Average Mean Maximum Minimum 
Motall len gihye eases 316 324 356 293 
Hing) footw ee 51 52 57 48 


1918 | Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 469 


Molt.—The molting process is just beginning in specimens of this 
subspecies taken June 19, June 29, July 17, and September 12. The 
example taken on the date last named is exceptional in molting so 
late. The end of the molt is shown by specimens secured on October 6 
and October 24. Others taken October 5, 9, and 24 have completely 
assumed the new pelage. 

Remarks.—A plodontia rufa pacifica is usually separable from A. r. 
olympica by both external and eranial characters. Cranially the ab- 
sence in pacifica of the postorbital process on the jugal in most cases 
serves to distinguish it from olympica. The nasals tend to be nar- 
rower as well as shorter in pacifica, and to be straighter sided. The, 
skull is usually smaller in pacifica, and the temporal lines are more 
accentuated. Pacifica is grayer headed than is olympica, and there 
is In pactfica a concentration of blackish on the middle line of the 
back which is not so apparent in olympica. There is more brownish 
dorsally in pacifica. Ventrally pacifica has a conspicuous brown wash, 
while in olympica the ventral brownness is less noticeable. 

From Aplodontia rufa rufa, A. r. pacifica may usually be separated 
through having a greater concentration of blackish dorsally. A uni- 
form brownish tone dorsally is never observed in typical pacifica, but 
in rufa it is often observed. In specimens which are not so distinctly 
brownish pacifica tends to be blackish while rufa tends to be grayish. 
Color fails completely to allocate certain specimens from intermediate 
localities. Thus examples from Siskiyou, Oregon, are in coloration 
pacifica, while in size and certain skull characters they are closer to 
rufa. Others from the vicinity of Eugene and other localities in Lane 
County, Oregon, have the coloration of rufa but certain other char- 
acters of pacifica. Cranially pacifica is usually separable from rufa 
through possession of nasals narrower anteriorly and proportionally 
broader posteriorly, lighter zygomatic arches, smaller average measure- 
ments throughout, audital tubes shorter and of lesser caliber, and 
shallower fossae anterior of the lambdoidal crests. 

Smaller size and different coloration separate Aplodontia rufa 
pacifica from A. r. humboldtiana. From A. r. pacifica one gets the 
impression of rich brown with black hairs plentifully insprinkled and 
specially emphasized on the middle line of the back, while from 
humboldtiana one receives the impression of black sparsely inter- 
spersed with buffy. Cranially pacifica, while very close to humboldt- 
iana, can usually be separated therefrom through the possession of 
nasals with straighter lateral outline. 


, 


470 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


Specimens of Aplodontia rufa pacifica from Mercer, Lane County, 
Oregon, tend to be uniformly larger than others from the coastal 
region. One of them (no. 1600, Univ. Ore. Mus.) gives the maximum 
measurement in a series of more than twenty skulls in basilar length, 
length of nasals, zygomatic width, alveolar length superior cheek teeth, 
distance between infraorbital foramina, distance transversely across 
angular process of mandible, and greatest length of mandible. 

All specimens of aplodontia collected on or very close to the coast 
line (exeept the examples from Mercer just mentioned, and a skull 
only, from Port Orford, Oregon, no. 206368, U. S. Nat. Mus., Biol. 
Surv. Coll., which has broader nasals) are typical of the Newport 
form; but as specimens from points farther away from the coast are 
examined an increase in size is apparent, and the characters and color- 
ation tend in the direction of rufa. To this category belong specimens 
from Lane County, referred to pacifica (as no. 204887, U. S. Nat. 
Mus., Biol. Surv. Coll.), examples from Siskiyou, Oregon, referred to 
rufa (see p. 460), and a specimen from Briggs Creek, Oregon, thirteen 
miles southwest of Galice (no. 205239, U. 8S. Nat. Mus., Biol. Surv. 
Coll.), referred to pacifica. Examples from these localities partake 
of the characteristics of two subspecies often in nearly the same degree, 
and some or all of them might be referred to one with almost as much 
propriety as to the other. 

Intergradation with rufa is demonstrated by specimens of pacifica 
from Spencer Butte, seven miles south of Eugene, Oregon, and by 
examples of rufa from Siskiyou, Oregon. It seems probable that inter- 
eradation between the two forms takes place over a broad area north 
and south through central Oregon. 


Aplodontia rufa humboldtiana Taylor 


Humboldt Aplodontia 


Aplodontia rufus (part), Price (1894), p. 328. 
Haplodontia phaea (part), Elliot (1903), pp. 184, 185. 
Aplodontia phaea (part), Stephens (1906), p. 95. 
Aplodontia humboldtiana Taylor (1916a), pp. 21-23. 


Type—Male adult; no. 21162, Mus. Vert. Zool.; Carlotta, Hum- 
boldt County, California; January 4, 1914; collected by H. E. Wilder ; 
orig. no. 1494; stuffed skin, with skull and jaws, all in good condition. 

Specimens Examined.—A total of 24, from the following localities : 

California: Del Norte County—Requa, 1. Humboldt County—Sam Lane’s 


Ranch, 12 miles north of Hoopa, 3 miles southwest of Weitzpek, 3; Eureka, 5; 
Carlotta, 8; Cuddeback, 7. 


1918 ] Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 471 


Geographic Range—The northern coast district of California from 
Humboldt Bay, Carlotta, and Cuddeback along the coast in Humboldt 
and Del Norte counties northward, at least to Requa; ranging inland 
locally in Humboldt County and intergrading with A. 7. rufa in the 
vicinity of Weitzpek. 


Figs. L, M. Dorsal view of crania of Aplodontia rufa rufa and Aplodontia 
rufa humboldtiana, to illustrate different nasal outline. X 1. Fig. L, no. 13326, 
Mus. Vert. Zool., Aplodontia rufa rufa, Jackson Lake, Siskiyou County, Cali- 
fornia; fig. M, no. 21162, Mus. Vert. Zool., Aplodontia rufa humboldtiana, Car- 
lotta, Humboldt County, California. 


Cranial Characters—Skull moderate in size (see measurements 
below) ; nasal outline variable, but usually broad anteriorly, with a 
shallow embayment in lateral outline, not exceptionally compressed 
posteriorly (see text fig. M); zygomatie arches light to medium in 


472 University of California Publications in Zoology — Vou. 17 


weight, with position of postorbital processes on the jugal faintly 
indicated in six crania out of sixteen; temporal ridges comparatively 
well marked, more accentuated than in either Aplodontia rufa rufa 
or A. r. pacifica, in some skulls widely separated, as in pacifica, Mm 
others approaching to within a few millimeters of each other, as in 
rufa; audital tubes tending to be of smaller caliber than in rufa, 
larger and straighter than in pacifica; incisive foramina comparatively 
short. 

External Characters.—Above, light ochraceous-buff or pinkish buff, 
obscured by an admixture of black hairs which is nearly uniform over 
all upper parts—an insprinkling of silvery-tipped hairs augments the 


grizzled appearance—some specimens appearing conspicuously black- 
ish ; under parts near pale quaker drab with many silvery white hairs; 
the faintest possible wash of buffy brown observable in certain ex- 
amples; a white spot usually present posteriorly in the vicinity of the 
external genitalia. 

Sexual Differences—Three males out of eleven have total length 
greater than the maximum of that measurement in the females; six 
have tail vertebrae longer than this maximum, and six also have hind 
foot longer. Comparison of fall examples demonstrates that the three 
darkest specimens are males, their darker coloration being more evi- 
dent ventrally. In this species in fall pelage the spot marks about 
the mammae do not afford a distinctive character. While they are 
in evidence in certain specimens of both sexes, they are lacking in 
others. In examples having the spot marks, females have them more 
accentuated than males. 

There is a tendency for the ridges and processes in the skulls of 
males to be somewhat more accentuated than in those of females. 
Temporal lines or ridges appear to come closer together with old age 
in males than in females. : 

Molt-—Two young specimens (nos. 9061, 9062, Field Mus. Nat. 
Hist.), collected August 16 and August 18, respectively, are molting 
into the adult pelage. The adult coat has replaced the juvenal pelage 
everywhere in these specimens except in a narrow band across the 
shoulders, although a patchy appearance posteriorly in one of them 
(no. 9061) suggests that the molt is incomplete in that region. An 
adult specimen (no. 21159, 4, Mus. Vert. Zool.) taken at Carlotta, 
’ Humboldt County, November 5, has almost completely assumed the 
fresh pelage. New hair is still coming in on a narrow longitudinal 
line on the back posteriorly. Another specimen (no. 21156, ¢, Mus. 
Vert. Zool.) taken October 29 has the winter pelage complete. 


1918] Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 473 


CRANIAL MEASUREMENTS OF Aplodontia humboldtiana (15 SKULLS) 


Average Mean Maximum Minimum 


TEYYSVU Ea TTS lO ae et pee eee eee .- 58.8 58.7 55.0 
Length of nasals (11 skulls) 24.5 23.8 21.9 
Width of nasals —........... 11.2 11.2 10.0 
Length of audital tube (12 18.4 18.0 16.5 
Length of incisive foramen .- 5.9 6.5 4.8 
Pi AEROVSTED ING, ASAI NE, oe eon 53.8 53.2 57.9 48.6 
Greatest width of interpterygoid fossa ........... 5.5 5.7 6.7 4.8 
Mastoid width of cranium .......00.0......... eee 51.7 57.4 46.0 
Alveolar length superior cheek teeth ...... =. 18:8 18.6 19.7 17.6 
Distance between infraorbital foramina ............ 16.4 ileal 18.9 15.4 
Mandible, transversely across angular process ... 22.2 21.6 23.9 19.4 
Mamaiblessoreatest Lemp th) <2... oo. 2 ccccsccsteccecescereveorns 48.1 48.1 50.7 45.6 


EXTERNAL MEASUREMENTS OF Aplodontia humboldtiana (15 SKINs) 


Average Mean Maximum Minimum 
AN aysCell evakag a, oe ree eee reer 346 333 367 300 
Ti OO teases see anecen eee 56 56 63 50 


Remarks.—A plodontia rufa hwmboldtiana is larger and less richly 
colored than Aplodontia rufa pacifica of the coast region of Oregon 
(see p. 469). Humboldtiana is similar in coloration to A. r. rufa, of 
the Trinity-Siskiyou Mountain region to the eastward, but darker, a 
paler hue of the brown series of colors being interspersed with the 
black hairs. The Humboldt aplodontia is not so black as is A. r. nigra, 
its nearest neighbor on the south, although in certain cranial charac- 
ters, notably width of nasals, length of incisive foramen, zygomatic 
width, greatest width of interpterygoid fossa, and mastoid width, it 
is closer to nigra than to any other one of its neighbors. 

Specimens from Sam Lane’s Ranch, twelve miles north of Hoopa 
and three miles southwest of Weitzpek, on the divide between the 
Klamath and Trinity rivers (nos. 97290, 97291, 98475, U.S. Nat. Mus., 
Biol. Surv. Coll.), here referred to humboldtiana, show intergradation 
in the direction of A. r. rufa. 


Aplodontia rufa californica (Peters) 
Sierra Aplodontia 

Aplodontia leporina (part), Audubon and Bachman (1854), pp. 99-103. 
Marmot, Mammoth Mole, Calif. Acad. Nat. Sci. (1855), p. 71. 
H{aplodon]. leporinus var. Californicus Peters (1865), pp. 177-179. 
H{aploodon]. californicus, Lilljeborg (1866), p. 41. 
Haplodon rufus, Coues (1877b), p. 557. 
Aplodontia major Merriam (1886), p. 316. 
H{aplodon]. major, Townsend (1887), p. 174, footnote. 
H{aplodontia]. major, Elliot (1899), p. 251. 
Haplodontia rufa californica, Elliot (1901), p. 112. 
Aplodontia rufa californica, Trouessart (1904), p. 348. 
Aplodontia californica, Grinnell (1913), p. 344. 


474 University of Califorma Publications in Zoology | Vou. 17 


Type.—A skin and skull in the Berlin Museum. 

Type Locality—Assumed to be the Sierra Nevada of California 
(Grinnell, 1913, p. 344) ; specimens from Blue Cafion in the central 
Sierra may be regarded as typical. 

The tenability of Peters’ name for this subspecies depends on 
answers to two questions: first, was Peters’ specimen an Aplodontia 
at all, and, second, if an Aplodontia, what was its souree? Answering 
the first, it seems clear from Peters’ description, which is fairly de- 
tailed, which takes account of both skull and skin, and which was 
evidently drawn up with Baird’s figure of the skull of Aplodontia 
leporina at hand, that the mammal discussed is an aplodontia. The 
fact that Peters fell into error in a portion of his description does nos 
appear to alter the case from the nomenclatural standpoint. Aplo- 
dontia is the only known mammal occurring in California or North 
America which possesses approximately the characters set down by 
Peters. His references to the inflected angle of the jaw of the animal 
he had in hand and to its short tail alone suffice to demonstrate its 
position. 

The following considerations seem germane to a discussion of the 
second question: The discovery of gold in the Sierra Nevada of 
California in 1848 brought great numbers of people to this section 
from all parts of the world. It is well known that aplodontias occur 
in the Sierra not far from the center of early mining activity, and if 
is highly probable that some early naturalist collected here the speci- 
men which later became the basis of Peters’ new form.* 

The type of ‘‘H|[aplodon]. leporinus var. Californicus’’ is stated 


‘ , 


to have come ‘‘aus den Gebirgen Californiens.’’ From early times 
the Sierra Nevada have impressed travelers and map makers as the 
most noteworthy mountains within the state. The only other moun- 
tains within its boundaries in which aplodontias occur are the Trinity- 
Siskiyou ranges of northern California. The chance that Peters’ 
specimen came from these then little known mountains rather than 
from the Sierra Nevada is slight. 

Absolute finality of decision as to the name of the Sierra aplo- 


dontia is impossible without access to Peters’ specimen. In deference 


1 Soon after the discovery of gold California became comparatively well known, 
even in Europe. Phillips (List of Maps of America in the Library of Congress, 
1901, pp. 183-186) lists no less than four maps published in Europe between 1848 
and 1865 (the date of Peters’ publication of the name californica), according to 
which the boundaries of the state are approximately correct. The maps are those 
of Duflot de Mofras, Paris, 1849; Desfontaines, Paris, 1849; Reimer, Berlin, 
1856; and Rossi, Paris, 1863. 


1918 | Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 475 


to the above considerations, however, the writer finds himself unable 
to agree with Dr. C. Hart Merriam in regarding Peters’ name as 
untenable, but is forced to consider that the balance of the evidence 
now available favors its validity. 

Specimens Examined.—A total of 75, from localities as follows: 


California: Siskiyou County—Mt. Shasta, Upper Ash Creek (alt. 7000 ft.), 
2; Mt. Shasta, Upper Mud Creek (alt. 7000 ft.), 8. Lassen County—Lassen 
Peak, upper edge Canadian zone, east side, 1; Susanville, mountains 12 miles 
west, 1. Sierra County—Salmon Lake (alt. 6600 ft.), 5. Placer County—Blue 
Cafion, 21. El Dorado County—Lake Tahoe, Emerald Bay, 3; South Fork of 
American River, 1. Alpine County—Hope Valley, 10. Mariposa County—Yo 
semite Park, East Fork Indian Cafion, 2; near Poreupine Flat, 1; head of Lyell 
Canon (alt. 9700 ft.), 5; Mt. Lyell, 4; Chinquapin (alt. 6256 ft.), 5. Mono 
County—Mammoth, 4 (2 skulls only). 


Geographic Range——The Sierra Nevada of California, from Mt. 
Shasta on the north at least to Mammoth, Mono County, on the south. 
Zonal range, Boreal. 

Cranial Characters. 
ilar, in dimensions, to Aplodontia rufa rainierit and A. 1. columbiana, 


Skull large (see measurements below), sim- 


averaging slightly larger than A. r. rufa; rostrum comparatively long, 
zygomatic arches heavy, tending to be squarer anteriorly than in any 
other aplodontia; zygomatic arches usually not so much expanded at 
the posterior root, viewing cranium on its dorsal or ventral aspect, 
as in columbiana; distinct fossa present in typical material on under 
surface of expanded portion near posterior root, unlike most examples 
of rainieri and columbiana in this respect ; postorbital processes on the 
jugal sometimes faintly indicated; temporal ridges tending to ap- 
proach to within a few millimeters of each other for their entire length, 
variously accentuated in different specimens; caliber of audital tubes 
variable, but averaging decidedly greater than in either typical rainiert 
or in columbiana, about the same as in rufa; external auditory meatus 
round or slightly flattened dorsoventrally, as in rainiert. 

External Characters—Above, in summer skins, pale ochraceous- 
buff to ochraceous-buff, in most specimens uniformly grizzled with 
blackish, and with an insprinkling of silvery tipped hairs; amount and 
concentration of black varying to a considerable extent; white spot 
at base of ear (pl. 29); underparts light mouse gray to quaker drab, 
with insprinkling of black hairs, often silvery tipped, certain speci- 
mens with indistinct wash of brown coloration near pinkish buff or 
light buff, others with a suggestion of light ochraceous-buff. Color- 
ation of winter specimens only slightly different from that in summer. 


476 University of California Publications in Zoology | Vou. 17 


While the coloration of adults and young is similar, the latter are 
woollier and grayer in general appearance than in the former. 

Age Variation —Cranially there is a tendency for the sutures be- 
tween the nasals posteriorly, the premaxillaries and the frontals to 
remain open longer than is the case in other species. The interorbital 
constriction undergoes a proportional and with some exceptions an 
actual decrease with age. The zygomata are heavier in adults than 
in the young and tend to be more bowed outward, or squarer, ante- 
riorly. Temporal lines or ridges come closer together with age. In 
some old adults of this species they almost coalesce anteriorly, while 
remaining only four or five millimeters apart posteriorly. Although 
the mastoid process tends to grow laterad more rapidly than the audital 
tube with age, in almost all the available specimens the latter exceeds 
the former in length. 

Sexual Differences—The erania of males tend to be larger than 
those of females in nearly all measurements; zygomata are heavier 
in males; and the temporal lines or ridges tend to be more accentuated 
and more closely approximated. The females tend to have interptery- 
goid fossa proportionally broader than the males. In seven out of 
eleven males measured the mandible, transversely across angular pro- 
cess, is greater than the maximum for the females. Examination of 
the material before me confirms C. Hart Merriam’s (1886, pp. 327, 
328) conclusions regarding cranial differences due to sex in this species 
except in certain details respecting the suture which separates the 
frontal bones from the premaxillaries and nasals, and in the outline 
of the postzygomatie notches. In Merriam’s material the suture in 
question is open in the females and closed in males, while in the 
material before me there is nearly as strong a tendency toward efface- 
ment of the suture in females as in males. In Merriam’s material 
the postzygomatic notches are larger in females, while in the material 
now available no constant sexual differences in this respect can be 
made out. Our specimens like those examined by Merriam have the 
skulls of the females less heavy and massive than those of the males, 
the oceipital crest not so highly developed, and the zygomatic arches 
not so much bowed outward. 

Molt and Seasonal Change. 
ing takes place during late summer and early fall. The earliest molt- 
ing specimen examined is a female taken July 21. Most examples 
taken during August and September are well along in the molting 
process, while those secured in October show its last stages, and a 


As in other subspecies of rufa, molt- 


a 


1918 | Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 477 


specimen taken on October 15 (no. 192618, ¢, U. S. Nat. Mus., Merriam 
Coll.) has the winter pelage complete. An example taken on August 
27 (no. 110241, J ad., U.S. Nat. Mus., Biol. Sury. Coll.) shows no sign 
of molt, to all appearances having assumed the fresh pelage. One 
taken August 29 (no. 110243, 2 ad., U.S. Nat. Mus., Biol. Surv. Coll.) 
has the new pelage nearly complete. A few scattered hairs are still 
coming in on the sides posteriorly and far back ventrally. These two 
specimens have completed the molt at an exceptionally early date. 
In one specimen (no. 67854, 2, September 8, U. S. Nat. Mus., Biol. 
Surv. Coll.) the pelage has been renewed dorsally on the anterior 
three-fourths of the body. In another (no. 192617, ¢, October 12, 
U.S. Nat. Mus., Merriam Coll.) all the pelage dorsally has been re- 
newed except in a band about two inches wide across the body just 
back of the shoulders. 

Young specimens do not conform exactly to the schedule of the 
adults. In one example (no. 22617, Mus. Vert. Zool.) taken June 19 
the new pelage covers the head and extends posteriorly to a line trans- 
versely across the body from one to two inches back of the ear; it 
appears in a small spot just back of the nape of the neck; and it is 
more conspicuous than elsewhere in a broad band about four inches 
wide, extending from side to side across the body in the middle of the 
back. Often a vigorous hair renewal becomes apparent only upon a 
close examination. A juvenal (no. 192615, %, October 9, U. S. Nat. 
Mus., Merriam Coll.) in which the hair is being renewed on hips, head, 
and neck exemplifies this state of affairs. In a third juvenal (no. 
110247, August 30, U. S. Nat. Mus., Biol. Surv. Coll.) new hair is 
coming in on areas two inches wide and three inches long far back on 
the sides. 

The fresh pelage is longer and a trifle browner than the worn 
pelage it replaces. Wear has a tendeney to expose the darker under 
portions of the pelage, so that the summer pelage appears a little 
darker than the fresh fall pelage. The differences between the pelages 
are slight at most, and often none are observable. 

Remarks.—A plodontia rufa californica differs from A. r. rufa of 
the Trinity-Siskiyou region of southern Oregon and northern Cali- 
fornia in having more grayish coloration and in cranial characters as 
follows: Nasal outline uniform in californica, moderately broad in 
front, moderately narrow posteriorly (nasals in rufa variable, usually 
proportionally broader anteriorly and narrower posteriorly) ; widest 
portion of nasals usually most anterior pomt where nasals touch 


478 University of California Publications in Zoology — [Vou. 17 


maxillaries (often posterior of this point in rufa); shallow embay- 
ment in lateral outline of nasals posteriorly (variable in rufa) ; ros- 
trum and nasais longer in californica, zygomatic arches squarer ante- 
riorly, caliber of audital tubes averaging greater (about equal to eali- 
ber in typical rufa). From A. r. rainieri, californica differs in the 
following skull characters: nasals tending to be broadest at a more 
anterior point; a more pronounced tendency observable toward ap- 
proximation of temporal ridges; heavier zygomatic arches, squarer 
anteriorly ; and great caliber of audital tubes. 


CRANIAL MEASUREMENTS OF Aplodontia rufa californica (14 SKULLS) 
Average Mean Maximum Minimum 
Bastar Wen gts cccyesc ese sseece Necro eee 61.1 62.4 65.1 59.6 
Length of nasals (8 skulls) 26.8 26.9 28.4 25.4 
Widthvot masals, -- see iei 12.0 12.8 11.2 
Length of audital tube (12 skulls) -.. 19.1 18.9 20.5 WEP) 


Length of incisive foramen ... 7.6 7.6 8.2 7.1 
Zygomatic width .......2...-...-... 57.6 57.0 60.9 53.1 
Greatest width of interpterygoid fossa 5.2 5.2 5.8 Awl 
Mastoid width of cranium .............. 54.2 53.9 57.0 50.7 
Alveolar length of superior cheek teeth 19.6 19.6 20.7 17.5 
Distance between infraorbital foramina .-.... = 16 17.4 18.4 16.4 
Mandible, transversely across angular process ... 24.5 24.4 26.6 22.1 
Mandible} greatest length) [= ee 50.5 49.9 53.2 46.7 


EXTERNAL MEASUREMENTS OF Aplodontia rufa californica (17 SKINS) 


Average Mean Maximum Minimum 
Total length 352 352 380 325 


JERUOCL BHO OLE se coreerpeceteeecceuetore ce 60 59 64 Bis) 


Cranial measurements of three males from Blue Cafion, California: basilar 
length, 64.3, 63.1, 62.8; length of nasals, 29.1, 27.0, 27.0; width of nasals, 12.6, 
13.0, 12.8; zygomatic width, 61.9, 61.4, 61.2; mastoid width, 59.4, 59.9, 57.9. 


Cranial measurements of three females from the same locality: basilar length, 


60.7, 61.9, 60.5; length of nasals, 27.6, 27.2, 27.0; width of nasals, 12.0, 11.9, 12.2; 


zygomatie width, 55.5, 60.9, 57.8; mastoid width, 53.4, 57.9, 54.8. 


Californica is one of the more consistent subspecies of Aplodontia 
rufa, maintaining its characters with considerable uniformity through- 
out its range. Still, a series of specimens from Mount Shasta, Cali- 
fornia, while indistinguishable cranially from typical californica, is 
characterized by slightly darker coloration dorsally. 

Squareness anteriorly of the zygomatic arches and outline of the 
nasals in specimens of rufa from Mount Mazama in southern Oregon 
suggest intergradation with californica, as do also certain cranial 
characteristics of examples from Canon Creek, California. The latter 
exemplify a tendency to combine the square zygomatic arches and the 
distinctive nasal outline of californica with the short rostrum and 


browner coloration of rufa. 


1918] Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 479 


Aplodontia rufa nigra Taylor 
Point Arena Aplodontia 


Aplodontia nigra Taylor (1914), pp. 297-300. 


Type—Male adult; no. 20320, Mus. Vert. Zool.; Point Arena, 
Mendocino County, California; July 10, 1913; collected by ©. L. 
Camp; orig. no. 1003. 

Specimens Examined.—Total number 4, all from California: Men- 
docino County—Point Arena. 

Geographic Range-—Known only from the type locality, where it 
is found within an area of approximately twenty-four square miles. 

Cramal Characters—Skull moderate in size (see measurements 
below) ; nasals dilated anteriorly, comparatively contracted poste- 
riorly ; zygomatic arch medium in weight, squarish anteriorly ; position 
of postorbital process faintly indicated ; temporal lines or ridges not 
closely approaching ;. incisive foramina short; noteh dorsally on ex- 
ternal auditory meatus deeper than in Aplodontia rufa humboldtiana, 
more as in A. r. pacifica. 


External Characters—Summer specimens, above shiny black, with 
a sparse insprinkling of pinkish buff hairs and with plumbeous bases 
of the hairs showing through to a certain extent, the whole giving the 
impression of shiny black faintly sprinkled with grayish; sides paler 
than back, prevailingly pinkish buff, with heavy insprinkling of black 
hairs; head tending to be shiny black; face dark quaker drab; under- 
parts cinereous to plumbeous, lightly washed with pinkish buff. 

Age Variation—This subspecies exhibits a remarkable similarity 
in the characters of adult and young. The coal black dorsal color- 
ation, as well as the anterior dilation of the nasal outline, are conspic- 
uous in both. In one young example (no. 20321, Mus. Vert. Zool.) 
a single small bony element is marked off by sutures in the inter- 
parietal region. The zygomata are decidedly heavier in the adult than 
in the young, as well as somewhat more expanded anteriorly. 

Molt—Three young at hand (nos. 20318, 20319, and 20321, Mus. 
Vert. Zool., taken July 9 to 11) are molting from the juvenal pelage 
into that of the adult. The new pelage is more intensely brown and 
black than the gray-black pelage of the juvenal, the brown being more 
emphasized laterally, the black dorsally. 

Remarks —Aplodontia rufa nigra is the most strikingly marked 
subspecies of mountain beaver known, its dorsal coloration rendering 


480 University of Califorma Publications in Zoology — [Vou. 17 


it the darkest form as yet characterized. Both old and young may 
be separated with certainty on coloration alone from any known form 
of the genus. The anterior dilation of its nasal outline serves to sep- 
arate it from A. r. phaea and A. r. pacifica. From A. r. humboldtiana, 
its nearest neighbor on the north, it is separated by its darker color- 
ation and, in general, smaller size. 


CRANIAL MEASUREMENTS OF Aplodontia rufa nigra (1 CRANIUM) 


Basilar: len oth’ ic. 82 ics acsncsaten anes se oe eae eee eee 57.1 
Tengphion nasalls' ts: e ee ee ene ee 23.2 
Width of nasals ......... 11.0 
Length of audital tube ....... aU 


Length of incisive foramen 
ZY FOMAtIC wpb) Severe eeceesee ees eee 
Greatest width of interpterygoid fossa 
Mastoid width of cranium ....................... 
Alveolar length superior cheek teeth -. 
Distance between infraorbital foramina _.. 
Mandible, transversely across angular process ..... 
Mandible;yoreatest lengthy =. ere ee 


oO 


OS) Me ol ed oor) 
Paw ODN OW 


HB DORR OF 


EXTERNAL MEASUREMENTS OF Aplodontia rufa nigra (1 SK) 


Motallen'gbhies wesc 346 
PLN hy POO 1 2 Seo sack sence cen eee see eons 55 


That Aplodontia rufa nigra finds in A. r. humboldtiana and in 
A. r. phaea its nearest relatives seems reasonably clear. The blackish 
coloration of the Point Arena form suggests the dark coloration of 
the Humboldt Bay race, while its size and the length of incisive fora- 
mina of the skull show that it is not far from phaea. 

The distinctive coloration of all the known specimens of A. r. nigra 
and its geographical isolation constitute, perhaps, arguments for its 
recognition as a full species. On the other hand, the paucity of 
material representative of the form, coupled with the amplitude of 
individual variation in other forms in the genus, and with the evident 
overlapping of cranial characters with humboldtiana on the one side 
and phaea on the other, indicate the propriety, for the present at least, 
of allocating 2igra as a subspecies of rufa. 


Aplodontia rufa phaea Merriam 
Point Reyes Aplodontia 


?Haplodon rufus, True (1885), p. 596. 
Aplodontia phaea Merriam (1899a), p. 20. 
Haplodontia phaea, Elliot (1901), p. 114. 


Type.—Male adult, skin and skull; no. 186475, U. S. Nat. Mus., 


Merriam Coll. (no. {)); Point Reyes, Marin County, California; 


August 1, 1886; collected by C. A. Allen; orig. no. 142. 


1918 | Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Anlodontia 481 


Specimens Examined.—A total of 36, from the following localities: 


California: Marin County—Five miles west of Inverness, 9; six miles west of 
Inverness, 7; four miles south of Olema, 3; Lagunitas, 2; Point Reyes, 15 (1, skull 
only; 3, jaws only, labeled under one number). 


Geographic Range—FKavorable situations in Marin County, Cali- 
fornia, where it is found within an area of approximately 110 square 
miles. 

Cranial Characters.—Skull small (see measurements below) ; nasals 
not extreme, nearly straight sided, narrow across posterior ends, not 
extremely wide at anterior ends; zygomatic arch light, not conspicu- 
ously squarish anteriorly ; temporal lines or ridges not unduly accent- 
uated, wide apart; audital tube comparatively large calibered ; fossae 
anterior of lambdoidal crests shallow ; notch dorsally on external audi- 
tory meatus shallow; incisive foramina short; interpterygoid fossa 
narrow. 

External Characters Above, 1 summer skins, pinkish cinnamon 
to cinnamon-buff, in winter approximating cinnamon or even tending 
toward sayal brown, sometimes grayish; all upperparts uniformly 
grizzled with black-tipped hairs, which are somewhat more numerous 
on the back than on the sides. Underparts French gray to plumbeous, 
with a sparse insprinkling of black hairs; the whole ventral surface 
washed with light ochraceous-buff to pinkish buff. Two specimens 
(nos. 192629, 192631, U. S. Nat. Mus., Merriam Coll.) have small white 
spots on the throat. One example (no. 192635, U. 8. Nat. Mus., Mer- 
riam Coll.) is melanistic, being light seal brown in color above and 
below. 

Age Variation.—Ilustrative of the decrease in width of the inter- 
orbital constriction with age are the measurements obtained from ten 
specimens of this species, in which the ratio of the width of inter- 
orbital constriction to basilar length varies from 26.2 per cent in a 
very young example to only 17.1 per cent in an adult. 

In several of the youngest specimens there are two small bones 
marked off by sutures in the interparietal region. They soon dis- 
appear through ankylosis. 

In ventral view it may be noted that with age the part of the palate 
between the third premolar and the incisive foramina becomes nar- 
rower. One striking feature noticed here is that while the basilar 
length varies with age in certain specimens examined from 42.9 mm. 
to 55.5 mm., the width of the palate between right and left premolar 
four remains constant at about 5 millimeters. 


482 University of Califorma Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


The ratio of the width of the angular portion of the jaw to the 
length of the jaw undergoes, in specimens measured, a 5 per cent 
increase with age. In youth there is a smooth space between the inner 
prominence of the angle and the ridge in front of the masseteric fossa, 
while in old age there is a tendency for this ridge to be continued 


Figs. N-P. Dorsal view of crania of young specimens of Aplodontia rufa 
phaea, to illustrate marking off of interparietal elements. X 1. Fig. N, no. 
20302, Mus. Vert. Zool.; fig. O, no. 20308, Mus. Vert. Zool.; fig. P, no. 20316, 
Mus. Vert. Zool. 


1918 | Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 483 


across the lower side of the ramus and connected with the inner promi- 
nence of the angle. 

Seasonal Change——Molt begins the last of July or the first of 
August. Specimens taken September 17 and November 9 have the 
process about completed, and one secured November 12 has entirely 
finished molting. More black hairs are sprinkled into the winter 
pelage, and the hair is somewhat longer and thicker. The spot marks 
about the mammae in the females are much less conspicuous in winter 
than in summer. 


CRANIAL MEASUREMENTS OF Aplodontia rufa phaea (11 SKULLS) 


Average Mean Maximum Minimum 


IBS AS Ma PLO OG ip sea cece ec Sos ecto cost ezcceesececeece -- 59.6 54.8 58.6 51.1 
Length of nasals (4 skulls) ... 21.5 22.0 23.7 20.3 
Width) of masals) -4.2-..-<--..2.2.-: 9.6 9.5 10.3 8.7 
Length of audital tube (9 skulls) 16.3 16.4 17.2 15.6 
Length of incisive foramen 6.2 6.1 7.6 4.5 
Zygomatie width .................----- 50.3 49.5 53.0 46.0 
Greatest width of interpterygoid fo : - 43 4.2 4.7 3.8 
Mastoid width-of cramium ..-........-2--<-:--cc-cecscse0--- 47.2 46.4 51.0 41.9 
Alveolar length superior cheek teeth 0... 18.4 18.5 19.2 iW) 
Distance between infraorbital foramina ney el De 15.3 16.5 14.1 
Mandible, transversely across angular Pee pee 2186 21.7 22.8 20.7 
Mandible, PTeATe Salen Oi Ne ecekssexsevecsce tees ance renee 43.1 43.4 45.1 eeley/ 


EXTERNAL MEASUREMENTS OF Aplodontia rufa phaea (13 SKINS) 


Average Mean Maximum Minimum 
308 312 344 280 
52 52 57 48 


Total length .. 
Hind foot .... 


Remarks.—Aplodontia rufa phaea is the smallest subspecies in the 
genus. It is also the palest of the coastal forms of Aplodontia (pa- 
ctfica, humboldtiana, nigra, phaea) occurring in Oregon and California. 
Cranially its closest affinities seem to be with Aplodontia rufa nigra. 

In spite of the geographical isolation of the Marin County form, 
it is very similar, in general coloration, to some examples of rufa; nor 
are its cranial characters sufficiently distinctive to warrant its recog- 
nition as of more than subspecifie rank. 


484 University of California Publications in Zoology | Vou. 17 


F. LITERATURE CITED, WITH TITLES OF OTHER WORKS 
CONTAINING MATTER ON APLODONTIA 


ALLEN, J. A. 
1892. Visitors guide to the collection of mammals in the American Museum 
of Natural History. (New York, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.), 89 pp., 
24 figs. in text. 
Sewellels or showtls, family Aplodontidae, mentioned (p. 31). 


ALSTON, E. R. 
1876. On the classification of the order Glires. Proce. Zool. Soe. London, 
1876, 61-98, pl. 4, 5 figs. in text. 
Haploodontidae placed with Sciuromorpha (pl. 4, opp. p. 61); 
family name spelled Haplodontidae (pp. 66, 75, 78); generic name 
Haplodon used (p. 78); outline of characters of family given 
(p. 78). 
AntTuHony, H. E. 
1916. Habits of Aplodontia. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 35, 53-63, 8 figs. 
Habits of Aplodontia pacifica as observed in vicinity of Tilla- 
mook, Oregon. 


AUDUBON, J. J., and BACHMAN, J. 
1854. The quadrupeds of North America. (New York, Audubon), 3, vi+348, 
pls. 101-155. 
Aplodontia leporina diseussed (pp. 99-103); figured (pl. 123). 


Bairp, 8S. F. 
1857. Report on Zoology. I. Mammals. U.S. Pac. R. R. Expl. and Surv., 
8, xlviii + 757, 35 figs. in text. pls. 17-60 (except pl. 29, published 
elsewhere). 
Classification, description and history of genus Aplodontia dis- 
cussed (pp. 350-352); descriptive remarks and comments on Aplo- 
dontia leporina (pp. 353-354). 


BuytH, E. 
1840. Mammalia, in Cuvier’s Animal Kingdom. (London, Orr), pp. 38-152, 
figs. 2-66 in text. 
Name Aplodontia used for author’s ‘‘abnormal’’ phytophagous 
order of placental mammals (pp. 150, 152). 


Bonaparte, C. L. 

1831. Saggio di una distribuzione metodica degli animali vertebrati. Gior- 
nale Arcadico di Scienze Lettere ed Arti, 49, 1-77. (This separate 
repaged; pagination incorrect, ie., p. 5 of separate is p. 4 of 
original, ete.) 

Genus Aplodontia listed (p. 20). 
Branpt, J. F. 

1855. Beitriige zur nihern Kenntniss der Siiugethiere Russlands. Mem. 

Acad. Sci. Nat. St. Petersbourg, ser. 6, 7, 1-365, 17 tables. 
Spelling of name of genus Haploodon; also relationships of the 
genus discussed (pp. 150-151). 


1918 | Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 485 


BRETHERTON, B. J. 
1895. Some Oregon mammals: The mountain boomer (Haplodon rufus). 
Oreg. Nat., 2, 123-125, 1 fig. in text. 
Discussion of habits. 
Brooks, A. 
1899. The sewellel, Aplodontia rufa. Recreation, 2, 258-259, 1 halftone. 
Habits as observed in southern British Columbia. 
Bryant, W. E. 
1891. A provisional list of the land mammals of California. Zoe, 1, 353-360. 
Aplodontia major listed (p. 355). 
1892. Recent additions to the North American land mammal fauna. Zoe, 
3, 201-223. 
Aplodontia Richardson is said to antedate Haplodon Richardson 
[?] (p. 203). 
CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, 
1855. [Meeting for September 24, 1855], Proc. Calif. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1, 71. 
Record of donation to the cabinet of a ‘‘species of marmot, 
perhaps undescribed’’ from the vicinity of the Great Trees, Cala- 
veras County. ‘‘The miners call it Mammoth Mole.’’ 
1866. [Meeting for September 18, 1865], Proc. Calif. Acad. Nat. Sci., 3, 224. 
Record of donation of a ‘‘Specimen of Aplodontia leporina, shot 
near Lake Tahoe, by J. M. M’Donald.’’ 


Cassin, J. 
1858. Mammalogy and ornithology. U.S. Expl. Exp. (Wilkes), 8, viii+466, 
several unnumbered figures in text. 
Compilation of matter on Aplodontia leporina; quotes extensively 
from Peale’s vol. 8 of the same series; skull figured (pp. 36-37). 


Cooper, J. G. 
1860. Report upon the mammals collected on the Survey, U. 8S. Pac. R. R. 
Expl. and Surv., 12, Zool. Rep., bk. 2, pt. 3, no. 2, chap. 1, pp. 73-88. 
Distribution and habits of Aplodontia leporina (p. 82). 
1868. Zoology, in Cronise, The natural wealth of California. (San Francisco, 
Bancroft), pp. 434-501. ; 
Reference to Aplodontia leporina, with several lines of comment 
regarding its habits and status in California (p. 442). 
Corr, E. D. : 
1878. On some characters of the Miocene fauna of Oregon. Palae. Bull., 
30, 1-16. 
Original deseription of Meniscomys hippodus, new genus and 
species (pp. 5-6); and of Meniscomys multiplicatus, new species 
(p. 6). 
1883. The extinct rodentia of North America. Amer. Nat., 17, 438-57, 13 
figs. in text. : 
Haplodontiidae mentioned in comparisons with Castoridae and 
Sciuridae (p. 54); reference to Haplodonta [= Haplodontia] rufa 


(p. 55). 


CouEs, E. 
1877a. The mountain boomer, or showtl. Amer. Nat., 11, p. 434. 
Paragraph introductory to publication of letter from Dr. F. 8. 


Matteson regarding habits of Aplodontia leporina. 


486 Unwersity of California Publications in Zoology | Vou. 17 


1877b. ‘‘Haplodontidae’’ in Monographs of North American Rodentia, in 
Rep. U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terr., 11, no. 9, pp. 543-601, 1 pl. 
Discussion of characters and relationships of family, genus and 
species, including remarks on history, relationships and habits; 
accompanied by one plate (pl. 6) illustrating dorsal, lateral and 
ventral view of skull (pp. 549-599). 
1890. Haplodon. Century Dictionary (New York, Century), Part x, p. 2712. 
Discussion of spelling of the generic name for Aplodontia. 


DeEsMAREST, M. A. G. 

1822. Mammalogie, ou description des espéces de mammiféres. (Paris, 
Agasse), pp. 1-viii, 277-530. The whole = vol. 126 of the Encyclo- 
pédie methodique. 

Unimportant fragmentary compilation of matter on ‘‘ Anisonyx? 
rousse’’ (footnote, p. 330). 


Doue.as, D. 
1836a. A sketch of a journey to the northwestern parts of the continent of 
North America, during the years 1824-1827, in Hooker, W. J., 
Companion to Botanical Magazine (London, Curtis), 2, 83-140. 
The Ground Rat, or Arctomys (Arctomys brachyurus?), mentioned 
as occurring on the Cowalidsk River (p. 101). 


1836b. Account of Mr. Douglas’ second visit to the Columbia; his excursions 
in California; and his visit to Mouna Roa in the Sandwich Islands; 
with particulars respecting his death. Ibid., 2, 146-178. 
Remarks on geographic limits of California (p. 149). 
1914. Journal kept by David Douglas during his travels in North America, 
1823-27 (London, Wesley), 364 pp., frontispiece. 
Arctomys [= Aplodontia|] mentioned (pp. 59, 156); ground rat 
(p. 156). 


Exxior, D. G. 
1899. Catalogue of mammals from the Olympic Mountains, Washington, 
with descriptions of new species. Field Columb. Mus. Zool., 1, 
241-276, pls. 41-61, several unnumbered figs. in text. 
Treatment of Haplodontia olympica, with illustrations, and casual 
mention of H. rufa and H. major (pp. 251-253, pls. 41, 42). 


1901. A synopsis of the mammals of North America and the adjacent seas. 

Field Columb. Mus. Zool., 2, xiv+471, 49 pls., 94 figs. in text. 

Haplodontidae characterized (p. 111); six forms of Haplodontia 
listed, as follows: Haplodontia rufa; H. r. californica; H. r. rainieri; 
H. pacifica; H. phaca; H. olympica (pp. 112-114). 

1903. A list of mammals obtained by Edmund Heller, collector for the 
Museum, from the coast region of northern California and Oregon. 
Field Columb. Mus. Zool., 3, 175-198. 

References to Haplodontia (pp. 175, 179, 184, 185); Haplodontia 
pacifica (p. 184); H. phaea (pp. 184-185). 

1905. A check list of mammals of the North American continent, the West 
Indies and the neighboring seas. Field Columb. Mus. Zool., 6, 
v+761, frontispiece. 

Genus Haplodontia listed (p. 126); six forms of Haplodontia 
enumerated, as follows: Haplodontia rufa; H. r. californica; H. r. 
rainieri; H. pacifica; H. phaea; H. olympica (pp. 126-128). 


1918] Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 487 


1907. A catalogue of the collection of mammals in the Field Columbian 
Museum. Field Columb. Mus. Zool., 8, vili+694, 92 figs. in text. 
Four forms of Haplodontia listed as being represented in the 
Museum Collection, as follows: Haplodontia rufa; H. pacifica; H. 
phaea; H. olympica (pp. 188-190). 
FiscuHer, J. B. 
1830. Synopsis mammalium. (Stuttgart, Cotta), xli + 752 pp. 
Comments given on Apludontia leporina; of little importance 
(addenda, pp. 330, 398, 399, errors for 530, 598, 599). 
ForsytH Magor, C. J. 
1893. On some Miocene squirrels, with remarks on the dentition and elassi- 
fication of the Sciurinae. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1893, 179-215, 
pls: 8—lil: 
Refers to Winge’s classification of rodents. Sciuridae and 
Anomaluridae derived from the Haplodontidae (p. 196, footnote). 
Furtone, E. L. 
1910. An aplodont rodent from the Tertiary of Nevada. Univ. Calif. Publ. 
Bull. Dept. Geol., 10, 397-403, 6 figs. in text. 
Original description of Aplodontia alexandrae. 


GEOFFROY SaINt-Hiarrg, I. 
1826. La marmotte rousse, Arctomys rufa. Dict. Class. d’Hist. Nat. (Paris 
Baudouin Fréres), 10, 1-642. 
General compiled account of Aplodontia, headed as above; also 
discussion of old world and new world species referred to Arctomys 
(pp. 186-187). 


) 


GERRARD, FE. 

1862. Catalogue of the bones of mammalia in the collection of the British 

Museum (London, British Museum), iv-+296 pp. 
A skull of Aplodontia leporina from Chilakiveyak [= Chilli- 
wack] River, British Columbia (p. 224), and another from the 
Wilkes Exploring Expedition (addenda, p. 296) are in the collee- 
tion. 
GERVAIS, P. 

1854. Histoire naturalle des mammiféres. (Paris, Curmer), xxiv + 420 pp., 
pls. 19, unnumbered figs. in text. The ‘‘Genre Aplodontie’’ refer- 
red to the ‘‘Tribu des Saccophoriens’’ of the ‘‘Famille des Pseu- 
dostomides’’; associated with the genus Saccophorus (p. 364). 


GIEBEL, C. G. 
1855. Die Saugethiere. (Leipzig, Abel), xii + 1108. 
Haplodon referred to the family Spalacini; the genus Haplodon 
(p. 526); H[aplodon]. leporinus (p. 527). 
1859. Die Naturgeschichte des Thierreichs. JI. Die Siiugethiere. (Leip- 
zig, Wigand), viii + 522 pp., 926 figs. in text. 
Reference made to Haplodon leporinus in account of genus 
Georhychus ; skull figured (p. 279). 
Ginn, T. 
1872. Arrangement of the families of mammals with analytical tables. 
Smithson. Mise. Coll., 11, vi + 98. 
Haploodontidae listed as sole family under superfamily Hap- 
loodontoidea (p. 22). 


488 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


Gray, J. E. 
1843. List of the specimens of mammalia in the collection of the British 
Museum. (London, British Museum), xxviii + 216 pp. 
Three skins of the Sewellel, Aplodontia leporina, from ‘‘N. 
America,’’ are in the collection (p. 150). 


GRIFFITH, E. 
1827. The animal kingdom. (London, Whittaker), 5, 1-391. 
Reference to A[retomys]. rufa (p. 245). 


GRINNELL, J. 
1913. A distributional list of the mammals of California. Proce. Calif. Acad. 
Sci. (4), 3, 265-390, pls. 15, 16. 
Two species of Aplodontia—aA. californica and A. phaea—listed 
as occurring in California (p. 344). 


1915. The vertebrate fauna of the Pacifie Coast, in Nature and science on 
the Pacific Coast. (San Francisco, Elder), pp. 104-114, pls. 12-14. 
Aplodontia mentioned (p. 110); photograph of live animal (pl. 
14, opp. p. 118). 
1916. An analysis of the vertebrate fauna of the Trinity region of northern 
California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 399-410. 
In course of analysis mentions A[plodontia]. californica (p. 401), 
and Aplodontia chryseola (pp. 401, 402, 407). 


Haran, R. 
1825. Fauna Americana. (Philadelphia, Finley), pp. i-x, 11-318. 
Compilation of matter on Arctomys rufa (addenda, pp. 308— 
309). 


Hover, J. B. 
1877. History of the American Fauna, in the Museum of Natural History. 
(New York, Virtue), pp. i-cexc, 11 pls. 
Short compilation; treats family Haplodontidae, genus Hap- 
lodon and the species Haplodon rufus (p. xc). 


KeEtoee, L. 
1910. Rodent fauna of the late Tertiary beds at Virgin Valley and Thou- 
sand Creek, Nevada. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol., 5, 421— 
437, 20 figs. in text. 
Aplodontia alexandrae briefly discussed (p. 429). 


1912. Pleistocene rodents of California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. 
Geol., 7, 151-168, 16 figs. in text. 
Discussion of Aplodontia major fossilis from Samwel and Potter 
Creek caves in California (pp. 157-158); incidental mention of 
Aplodontia major (p. 158). 


1914. Aplodontia chryseola, a new mountain beaver from the Trinity region 
of northern California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 295-296. 
Original description of Aplodontia chryseola. 


1916. Report upon mammals and birds found in portions of Trinity, Siskiyou 
and Shasta counties, California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 
335-398, pls. 15-18, 1 fig. in text. 
Relationships, occurrence and habits of Aplodontia chryscola 
(pp. 369-372). 


1918] Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 489 


Lantz, D. E. 
1917. Destroying rodent pests on the farm. Yearbook, U. 8. Dept. Agr., 
Separate 708 (1916), 1-18, 5 pls., 1 fig. in text. 
Damage done by aplodontia to crops in western Washington 
mentioned (p. 16); half-tone of aplodontia (plate 1, fig. 1). 


Lesson, R. P. 
1827. Manuel de mammalogie ou histoire naturelle des mammiféres( Paris, 
Roret), xv + 442 pp. 
Short paragraph on Anisonyx roux (p. 240); evidently com- 
piled from Rafinesque and Harlan. 


LEwIis, M., and CLark, W. 

1814. History of the Lewis and Clark Expedition. (Paul Allen edition, 

Philadelphia, Bradford), 2, ix + 522. 
Description of ‘‘Sewellel’’ (pp. 176-177). 

1876. An account of the various publications relating to the travels of 
Lewis and Clark, with a commentary on the zoological results of 
their Expedition; Elliott Coues, in U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. 
Terr. (2), Bull. 6, 417-444. 

Short compilation regarding the Sewellel (p. 437). 

1893. History of the Expedition under the command of Lewis and Clark. 

4 vols. (Coues edition, New York, Harper), 3, i-vi, 821-1298. 
Extract on the Sewellel from the journals of Lewis and Clark 
(pp. 861-862); critical remarks (footnote, p. 861). 

1904-5. Original journals of the Lewis and Clark Expedition, 1804-1806. 
8 vols. (Thwaites’ edition, New York, Dodd), 8 [Atlas], i-xvi, 
54 maps. 

Parts 1 and 2 of map 32 are of particular interest as showing 
the localities on the Columbia River visited by Lewis and Clark. 


LILLJEBORG, W. 
1866. Systematisk ofversigt af de gnagande Daggdjuren, Glires. (Upsala, 
Kongl. Akad. Boktryckeriet), pp. 1-59. : 
Family Haploodontidae placed between Sciuridae and Chinchil- 
lidae in table, opp. p. 9; family discussed (p. 41). 
Lorp, J. K. i 
1866. The naturalist in Vancouver Island and British Columbia. 2 vols. 
(London, Bentley), 1, xiv + 358, frontisp., 6 illus. in text. 
Chapter 13 devoted to discussion of habits, Indian names, and 
distribution of Aplodontia leporina. 
Lum, 8. K. 
1878. The sewellel or show’tl. Amer. Nat., 12, January, 10-13. 
Remarks on distribution and habits of Haplodon rufus. 
[ LyDEKKER, R. | 
1914. Guide to the galleries of Mammals in the Department of Zoology of 
the British Museum (Natural History), (ed. 9, London, British 
Museum), 123 pp., 1 pl. 3 plans, 65 figs. in text. 
Reference to Aplodontiidae and the genus Aplodontia (p. 57). 
Lyon, M. W., Jr. 
1907. Notes on mammals collected at Mount Rainier, Washington. Smith- 
sonian Mise. Coll., 50, 89-92. 
Aplodontia major rainieri discussed (p. 91). 


490 Umversity of California Publications in Zoology — | Vou. 17 


Lyon, M. W., Jr., and Oseoop, W. H. 
1909. Catalogue of the type-specimens of mammals in the U. 8. National 
Museum, including the Biological Survey collection. U. S. Nat. 

Mus., Bull. 62, x + 325. 
The types of three forms of Aplodontia were in the Biological 
Survey Collection on the date of publication of this catalogue, as 


follows: <Aplodontia olympica, A. pacifica, and A. major rainieri 
(pp. 159-160). 


Marsy, O. C. 
1877. New vertebrate fossils. Amer. Jour. Sei. (3), 14, 249-256. 
Original description of the genus Allomys (p. 253). 


Marreson, F. S. 
1877. The mountain boomer, or showtl. Amer. Nat., 11, 434-435. 
Letter regarding habits of aplodontia. 


MarruHew, W. D., and Giptey, J. W. 

1904. New or little known mammals from the Miocene of South Dakota. 
Amer. Mus. Exp. 1903. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 20, 241-268, 
15 figs. in text. 

Meniscomys sp. indt., recovered in Rosebud beds; comparison of 
Meniscomys with Haplodontia (pp. 263, 264). 
MarrHew, W. D. 

1907. A Lower Miocene fauna from South Dakota. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. 
Hist., 23, 169-219, 26 figs. in text. 

Meniscomys sp. listed from Lower Rosebud (p. 172). 

1910. On the osteology and relationships of Paramys, and the affinities of 
the Ischyromyidae. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 38, 43-72, 19 figs. 
in text. 

Aplodontia and the Aplodontiidae considered in comparison and 
treatment of primitive rodents (pp. 44, 47, 48, 64-69, 71). 


MerRIAM, ©. H. 
1886. Description of a new species of Aplodontia (Aplodontia major, sp. 
nov.) from California. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 3, no. 10, pp. 312- 
328, 2 pls., 1 fig. in text. 
Description of Aplodontia major, including discussion of history, 
nomenclature, habits, and variation. 
1897. The mammals of Mount Mazama, Oregon. Mazama, 1, 204-230. 
Habits of Aplodontia major as observed on Mount Mazama, 
near Crater Lake (p. 219). 
1899a. Descriptions of six new rodents of the genera <Aplodontia and 
Thomomys. Proc. Biol. Soe. Wash., 18, 19-21. 
Original descriptions of Aplodontia pacifica, A. phaea, A. olym- 
pica, and A. major rainieri. 
1899b. Results of a biological survey of Mount Shasta, California. U. 8. 
Dept. Agr., Div. Biol. Surv., N. Amer. Fauna, 16, 1-179, pls. 1-5, 
46 figs. in text. 
Aplodontia major rainieri listed as a Cascade species (pp. 74, 
81); occurrence and habits of Aplodontia major on Mt. Shasta 
(pp. 92, 93). 


1918] Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 491 


Merriam, J. C. 
1911. Tertiary mammal beds of Virgin Valley and Thousand Creek in 
northwestern Nevada. Part II, Vertebrate faunas. Univ. Calif. 
Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol., 6, 199-304, pls. 32-33, 80 figs. in text. 
Aplodontia alexandrae listed from Virgin Valley (p. 205); from 
Thousand Creek (p. 211). 
1916. Tertiary vertebrate fauna from the Cedar Mountain region of west- 
ern Nevada. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol., 9, 161-198, pl. 
8, 48 figs. in text. 
Aplodontia sp. from the Upper Miocene described (pp. 177-179). 


Merriam, J. C., and Sinciair, W. J. 
1907. Tertiary faunas of the John Day region. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. 
Dept. Geol., 5, 171-205. 
Four species of Allomys from the John Day beds are assigned 
to the Haplodontidae (p. 185). 


Minter, G. S., Jr. 

1912. List of North American land mammals in the U. 8S. National Museum, 

1911. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 79, xiv + 455. 
Six forms of Aplodontia listed, as follows: <Aplodontia major 
major, A. m. rainieri, A. olympica, A. pacifica, A. phaea, A. rufa 
(p. 291). 
Miter, G. S., Jr., and REN, J. A. G. 
1901. Systematic results of the study of North American land mammals to 
the close of the year 1900. Proe. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 30, 1-352. 
Six forms of Aplodontia listed, as follows: Aplodontia major, 
A. m. rainieri, A. olympica, A. pacifica, A. phaea, A. rufa (pp. 63-64). 
MINDING, J. 

1829. Ueber die geographische Vertheilung der Siiugethiere. (Berlin, Enslin), 

pp. 1-104. 
Refers genus Anisonia [= Anisonyx— Aplodontia (part)]| to 
family Prensiculantia; genus includes species brachyura and 
Smiubpac 2 \(p- 86). 
Muir, J. 

1909. Our national parks. (Boston, Houghton), x + 382 pp., numerous un- 
numbered plates. 

Reference to Haplodon (p. 201). 
Murpny, J. M. 
1876. The hunting fields of the Pacific Coast. Capturing the showtl. Rod 
and Gun, May 20, p. 121. 
Habits of Aplodontia leporina. 
1877. The shewelel or showtl. London Field, April 28, 486-487. 
Habits of Aplodontia leporina. 
Murray, A. 

1866. The geographical distribution of mammals (London, Murray), xvi + 
420 pp., 101 maps, numerous figs in text, numbered separately under 
chapters. 

Reference to classification and habits of Aplodontia leporina 
(p. 263); additional references (pp. 356, 399, 401). 


492 University of California Publications in Zoology — (Vou. 17 


NeEwserry, J. S. 

1857. Report upon the mammals, in Zoological Report, in U. S. Pac. R. R. 
Expl. and Surv., 6, 35-72, 3 pls. 

Remarks on distribution of Aplodontia leporina (p. 58). 
Osporn, H. F. 

1910. The age of mammals in Europe, Asia and North America. (New 

York, Macmillan), xvii + 635 pp., 220 figs. in text. 
Superfamily Aplodontoidea; also family Aplodontiidae with 
three genera, Meniscomys, Mylagaulodon, Aplodontia, listed (p. 
534). 
PauLMER, T. S. 

1904. Index generum mammalium: a list of the genera and families of 
mammals. U.S. Dept. Agr., Div. Biol. Surv., N. Amer. Fauna, 23, 
pp. 984. 

Possible variations in generic name Aplodontia discussed (p. 
25); genus Aplodontia (pp. 112-113); family names considered 
(pp. 744, 782, 841-842). 
Pras, I. RR: 

1848. Mammalia and ornithology. U. S. Expl. Exp. (Wilkes) (Phila- 
delphia, Sherman), 8, i-xxvi, 17-338, several unnumbered figs. in 
text. 

Aplodontia leporina discussed, and skull figured (pp. 56-57). 
PETERS, W. 

1864. Neue Arten der Saugethiergattungen Geomys, Haplodon, und Dasypus. 
Mon. k. preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1864, 177-180. 

Original description of H[aplodon]. leporinus var. californicus. 
PRICE, W. W. 

1894. Notes on a collection of mammals from the Sierra Nevada Mountains. 
Zoe, 4, 315-332. 

Habits and distribution of Aplodontia major (p. 328). 
RAFINESQUE, C. S. 

1817. Descriptions of seven new genera of North American quadrupeds, in 
Museum of Natural Sciences, in Amer. Monthly Mag. and Crit. 
Rev., 2, 44-46. 

Original description of ‘‘ Anisonyax? rufa’’ (p. 45). 
RICHARDSON, J. 

1829a. On Aplodontia, a new genus of the order Rodentia, constituted for 
the-reception of the sewellel, a burrowing animal which inhabits 
the northwestern coast of America. Zool. Jour., 4, 333-337. 

Original description of genus, and of species leporina. 

1829b. Fauna Boreali-Americana. (London, Murray), Part I, xlvi + 300 
pp., 28 pls. 

Descriptive remarks; genus Aplodontia (p. 210); species leporina 
(pp. 211-213); cranium, foot, and tooth figured (figs. 7-14, pl. 18C, 
opp. p- 197). 

1837. Report on North American zoology, in Rep. 6th meeting Brit. Assoc. 
Adv. Sei., 5, 121-224. 

Apluodontia leporina listed (p. 150). 
ScuHinz, H. 

1845. Synopsis Mammalium (Solothurn, Jent), 2, 1-574. 

Compiled account of Aplodontia leporina (pp. 138-139). 


1918] Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 493 


SCHLOSSER, M. 
1884. Die Nager des europiischen Tertiiirs. Palaeontographiea, 31, 19-161, 
16 numbered, several unnumbered, figs. in text, pls. 5-12. 
Abstract of Winge’s Jordfundne og nulevende Gnavere 
(Rodentia) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas Geraes, Brasilien, E. Museo 
Lundii, in Verzeichniss der anthropologischen Literatur, Archiv. f. 
Anthrop., 19, 89-90. 
Haplodontidae and Haplodon mentioned (p. 89); Haplodon (p. 
90). 
Scorr, W. B. 
1913. A history of land mammals in the western hemisphere (New York, 
Maemillan), xiv + 693 pp., frontisp., 304 figs. in text. 
Aplodontia rufa mentioned (pp. 153, 233); Aplodontiidae (p. 
249). 


Srncuair, W. J. 
1903. <A preliminary account of the exploration of the Potter Creek Cave, 
Shasta County, California. Science, n.s., 17, 708-712. 
“*Aplodontia either a new species or a new subspecies of 4. 
major’’ listed (p. 711). 
1905. New mammalia from the quaternary caves of California. Univ. Calif. 
Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol., 4, 145-161, pls. 19-23, 2 figs. in text. 
Original description of Aplodontia major fossilis (p. 147). 
STEPHENS, F. 
1906. California mammals. (San Diego, West Coast Publishing Co.), 351 
pp., frontisp., many unnumbered figs. in text. 
Family Aplodontidae, genus Aplodontia, and two species, major 
and phaea, discussed (pp. 98-95). 


Strong, W., and Cram, W. E. 
1902. American animals. (New York, Doubleday), xxiii + 318 pp., many 
unnumbered illustrations. 
Family Aplodontidae and species Aplodontia rufa discussed (pp. 
150-151). 
SuCKLEY, G. 
1860. Report, in Zool. Rep., U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. and Surv., 12, bk. 2, pt. 
3, no. 2, chap. 2, pp. 89-106. 
Remarks on, and description and habits of, Aplodontia leporina 
(p. 100). 
SUCKLEY, G., and GrBBs, G. 
1860. Op. cit., chap. 3, pp. 107-139, pls. 2, 5, 7, 9, 15. 
Distribution of Aplodontia leporina; habits, Indian traditions 
(pp. 124-126). 
Swanson, W. 
1835. On the natural history and classification of quadrupeds. (London, 
Longmans), viii + 397 pp., 176 figs. in text. 
Aplodontia (genus) discussed; Ap[lodontia]. leporina mentioned 
(p. 388). 
Taytor, W. P. 
1914. A previously undescribed Aplodontia from the middle north coast of 
California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 297-300. 
Original description of+ Aplodontia nigra. 


494 University of California Publications in Zoology (Vou. 17 


1916a. Aplodontia humboldtiana: a new mountain beaver from the Humboldt 

Bay district, California. Proc. Biol. Soe. Wash., 29, 21-24. 
Original description of Aplodontia humboldtiana. 

1916b. The status of the beavers of western North America, with a con- 
sideration of the factors in their speciation. Univ. Calif. Publ. 
Zool., 12, 413-495, figs. A-Q in text. 

Paragraph on the Aplodontiidae (pp. 470, 471). ‘ 
1916c. Two new aplodontias from western North America. Univ. Calif. 
Publ. Zool., 12, 497-501. 
Original deseriptions of Aplodontia rufa grisea (p. 497), and 
Aplodontia californica columbiana (p. 499). 
THOMAS, O. 

1896. On the genera of rodents: an attempt to bring up to date the cur- 
rent arrangement of the order. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1896, 
1012-1028. 

Places Anomalurus and Aplodontia in groups by themselves, 
specifically providing that their true relationships will have to be 
shown by further research (p. 1014). 


TOWNSEND, C. H. 
1887. Field-notes on the mammals, birds and reptiles of northern California. 
Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 10, 159-241. 
Discussion of Haplodon rufus (pp. 174-175); mention made of 
H. major (footnote, p. 174). 


TROUESSART, FE. L. 
1897. Catalogus mammalium tam viventium quam fossilium. (Berlin, Fried- 
lander), tome 1, fase. 2, pp. 219-452. 
Lists two species of Aplodontia, namely [ Aplodontia] rufa and 
[Aplodontia] major (p. 450). 
1904. Catalogus mammalium tam viventium quam fossilium. Quinquenalle 
supplementum: Rodentia, fase. 2, pp. 289-546. 
Lists seven forms of Aplodontia, namely [Aplodontia] rufa 
[4. r.] californica, [A. r.] rainieri, [A.] pacifica, [A.] phaea, [A.] 
olympica, | A.] major (p. 348). 
TRUE, F. W. 
1885. <A provisional list of the mammals of North and Central America, 
and the West Indian Islands. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 7, App., 587— 
611. 
Reference to family Haplodontidae and to Haplodon rufus 
(p. 596). 
TULLBERG, T. 
1896. Zur Anatomie des Haplodon rufus. Zooliska Studier (Upsala, Alm- 
quist), pp. 231-251, 2 pls. 
Anatomy and remarks on classification (p. 250). 
WAGLER, J. 
1830. Natiirliches System der Amphibien mit vorangehender Classification 
der Siugethiere und Vogel (Munich, Cotta), vi + 354 pp., 2 tables. 
Haplodon listed (p. 4); sewellel (p. 22). 
WaGner, J. A. 
1843. Die Siiugethiere [Schreber]. Supplementband, 3. Abt., pp. xiv + 614. 
Haplodon characterized; Haplodon leporinus discussed (pp. 395— 
396). 


1918] Taylor: Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia 495 


WALLACE, A. R. 
1876. The geographical distribution of animals. 2 vols. (London, Mae- 
millan), 2, viii + 607, 2 maps, 7 pls. 
WEBER, M. 
1904. Die Saugetiere (Fischer, Jena), xi + 866 pp., 567 figs. in text. 
Aplodontia referred to ‘‘Familie’’ Haplodontoidea (p. 496). 
WinGE, H. 
1888. Jordfundne og nulevende Gnavere (Rodentia) fra Lagoa Santa, Minas 
Geraes, Brasilien. E. Museo Lundii., 3, 1-200, pls. 1-8. 
Haplodontidae (pp. 108, 110, 115, 135, 189); Haplodon (pp. 108, 
115, 164, 189); relationships of rodent families (p. 110); Haplo- 
dontidae thought to be derived from Ischyromyidae, and Anoma- 
luridae and Sciuridae derived from Haplodontidae. 


ZITTELL, K. A. 
1894. Traité de paléontologie. I. Paleozoologie: 4. Vertebrata; mammalia. 
(Paris, Doin), xi + 806 pp., 591 figs. in text. 
Haplodontidae referred to Protrogomorpha (p. 523). 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE 25 


Crania of Aplodontia rufa phaea, to show some of the changes which take 
place with age; X 0.67. Figs. la, 1b, 1c, no. 20317, Mus. Vert. Zool.; figs. 2a, 
2b, 2c, no. 20306, Mus. Vert. Zool.; figs 3a, 3b, 3c, no. 8974, Mus. Vert. Zool. 

Note in the crania dorsally the disproportionate expansion of the skull, par- 
ticularly posteriorly; the marked reduction in width of the interorbital con- 
striction; and the disappearance of sutures. In the crania ventrally note the 
increase in measurements, the disappearance of sutures, and the disproportionate 
lateral growth of the mastoid processes as compared with the audital tubes; but 
note that the distance across the palate between the fourth premolars remains 
nearly constant. In posterior view note the disproportionately rapid outgrowth 
of the mastoid processes, with consequent disappearance of audital tubes, the 
change in outline of the foramen magnum, and the change in outline of the 
entire posterior aspect of the cranium, due to the development of the lambdoidal 
ridges and the outgrowth of the mastoid processes. 


[ 496 ] 


pet 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE 26 


Dorsal view of crania of woodchuck, aplodontia, and beaver; all xX 0.50. 
Fig. 4, Marmota flaviventris sierrae, no. 15165, Mus. Vert. Zool.; fig. 5, Aplodontia 
rufa californica, no. 18663, Mus. Vert. Zool.; fig. 6, Castor subauratus subauratus, 
no. 12654, Mus. Vert. Zool. 

Note in Aplodontia and Castor the absence of postorbital processes on the 
frontal; also the comparative width of the cranium posteriorly in Aplodontia, 
as compared with Marmota and Castor. 


[ 498 ] 


ov 


1% 


| 
. 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 


ee 


a 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE 27 


Figs. 7, 8.—Anterior view of crania of sciurid type and aplodontid type, to illus- 
trate difference in infraorbital arrangement; X 0.77. Fig. 7, Marmota flaviventris 
sierrae, no. 15165, Mus. Vert. Zool.; fig. 8, Aplodontia rufa californica, no. 18663, 
Mus. Vert. Zool. 

Note in Marmota the broadly expanded fossa for the masseter muscle just 
laterad of the infraorbital foramen on either side; note also the compression and 
reduction in size of the infraorbital foramen in this genus; note, on the other 
hand, the generalized character of the region in Aplodontia, there being no 
provision for the masseter muscle anterior of the ventral border of the anterior 
root of the zygomatic arch, and the infraorbital foramen being comparatively 
large, much as in the Eocene rodent family Ischyromyidae. 

Figs. 9,10. Dorsal view of mandibles of aplodontid and sciurid, to illustrate 
different development of angular processes; X 0.66. Fig. 9, Marmota flaviventris 
sierrae, no. 15165, Mus. Vert. Zool.; fig. 10, Aplodontia rufa californica, no. 18663, 
Mus. Vert. Zool. : 

Note the lateral expansion of the angle in Aplodontia as compared with 
Marmota. 


[500 ] 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE 28 


Dorsal view of crania of three subspecies of Aplodontia; X 0.54. Fig. 11, 
Aplodontia rufa rainieri, no. 90144, Biol. Sury. Coll.; fig. 12, Aplodontia rufa 
columbiana, no. 1899, Mus. Comp. Zool.; fig. 18, Aplodontia rufa rufa, no. 3751, 
Mus. Vert. Zool. 

Note the general similarity in size between Aplodontia rufa rainieri and A. r. 
columbiana, with the latter somewhat the larger; note the heavier zygomatic 
arch in columbiana as compared with either of its neighbors, together with the 
greater expansion of the arch near the posterior root. Note the tendency in 
rainieri and columbiana to have temporal ridges closer together than in Aplo- 
dontia rufa rufa. Note in the latter the general smaller size and lighter zygo- 
matic arch as compared with the mountain subspecies. 


[ 502 ] 


LL 


OE ——— 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE 29 


Study of fresh specimen of Aplodontia rufa californica; male, no. 22618, Mus. 
Vert. Zool.; East Fork Indian Cafion, Yosemite National Park, California; 
June 19, 1915; X 0.35. 

Note the small ear with white spot at base, the short tail, the chunky body 
and blunt head. 


[ 504 ] 


Aqlvid [YOUAVL) 


62 


po 


LICATIONS 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 


Note,—The University of California Publications are offered in exchange for the publi- 
cations of learned socicties and institutions, universities and libraries. Complete lists of | 
all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample copies, lists, 
of publications or other information, address the Manager of the University Press, Berkeley, — 
California, U. S, A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The mabe 
Deo area ans University Library, Berkeley, California, U. 8. A. 


ZOOLOGY. —W. BE. Ritter and C, A. Kofoid, Editors. Price per volume, $3.50; hoetantae r 
with vol, 11, $5.00, 


This series contains the contributions from the Department of Zoology, from the _ , 
Marine Laboratory of the Scripps Institution for Biological Research, at La Jolla, Be. 
California, and from the California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology in Berkeley, ss 


Cited as Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. hy 
Volume 1, 1902-1905, 317 pages, with 28 plates 200 iS ps 
Volume 2 (Contributions from the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association of 
San Diego), 1904-1906, xvii + 382 pages, with 19 plates .0.....22o 2c ko $3.50 


Volume 3, 1906-1907, 383 pages, with 23 plates 


Volume 4, 1907-1908, 400 pages, with 24 plates)... ey ee 
Volume 5, 1908-1910, 440 pages, with 34 plates 2.2.5. c.cc cece leek cieccece ee tetenteddcaceoecnecoeeentes - $3.50 af # 
Volume 6, 1908-1911, 478 pages, With 48 plates -2...2.cncecc elle ecccecessbecncececcecnteceecapnneprensasensne $3.50 — 
Volume 7 (Contributions from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology), 1910-1912, 446 

pages) with 12 mlates sO i NE aR SS ert earn nee  $ 


Volume, 8, 1911; :357 pages):with 25-plates fon jest ee 
Volume 9, 1911-1912, 365 pages, with 24 plates .:. 
Volume 10, 1912-1913, 417 pages, with 10 plates 
Volume 11, 1912-1914, 588 pages, with 26 plates 


Volume 12 (Contributions from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology), 1913-1916, 558 
pages; with 22 “plates... s See Se Ne eee ee ee $5. 
Volume 13, 1914-1916, 529 pages, with 39. plates <2... .nccnccs closet cece edb ceceabendecenue teen hddoeee i 
VoLi14. 1. A Report upon the Physical Conditions in San Francisco Bay, Based upon 
the Operations of the United States Fisheries Steamer ‘‘Albatross’’ dur- me 

ing the Years 1912 and 1913, by F. B. Sumner, G. D. Louderback, W. Ti. © « ~ 

Schmitt, E. C. Johnston.. Pp. 1-198, plates 1-18, 20 text figures: July, a 


POA ac TAS TOS MONTH ALG ie oe aS eS Lana 225° 
Vol. 15. Introduction.. Dependence of Marine Biology upon Hydrography and Neces- ~ Na 
sity of Quantitative Biological Research.. Pp. i-xxiii. June, 1916 ~.......... 2D 


1. Hydrographic, Plankton, and Dredging Records of the Scripps Institution A 
for Biological, Research of the University of California, 1901 to 1912, (xs 
compiled and arranged under the supervision of W. E. Ritter by Ellis 
L. Michael and George F: McEwen. Pp. 1-206, 4 text figures and map. 
ePNER yy OE Fi Eas ot BN RI Se ace EL a RA HL SUE 

2, Continuation of Hydrographic, Plankton, and Dredging Records of the 
Scripps Institution for Biological Research of the University of Cali- 
fornia (1913-1915), compiled and arranged under the supervision of W. 
B. Ritter, by Ellis L.’ Michael, Zoologist and Administrative Assistant, 
George F. McEwen, Hydrographer. Pp. 207-254, 7 figures in text. Novem- 
MOT EOL er A ee ee RET SEN Te ae eee cast get Luee es 

8. Summary and Interpretation of the Hydrographic Observations made by. 
the Scripps Institution for Biological Research of the University of Cali- 
fornia, 1908 to 1915, by George F. McEwen, Hydrographer. Pp, 255-356, 
plates 1-88. December; “T9163 aoe ene eden 

Vol.16, 1. An Outline of the Morphology and Life History of Crithidia: leptocoridis, 
sp. nov., by Irene McCulloch. Pp. 1-22, plates 14, 1 text figure. Sep- ” 
tember, 1915 PPSDCLS LOY 2h SIME OER? SR PAS aaa ORCA ree A OWN otal Deh OLN ELD og 3 

2. On Giardia microti, sp. nov., from the Meadow Mouse, by Charles Atwood 
Kofoid. and Elizabeth Bohn Christiansen. Pp, 23-29, 1 figure in text. 

8. On Binary and Multiple Fission in Giardia muris (Grassi), by Charles 
Atwood Kofoid and Elizabeth Bohn Christiansen. Pp. 30-54, plates, 5-8, 
1 figure in text. - 

Nos. 2 and 3 in one cover. November, 1915 ....2i....0-22.ec 2s licecnce eet eeeeeceate 

4, The Cultivation of Tissues from Amphibians, by John C. Johnson. hilex 55- 
62, 2 figures in text. November, 1915 ..2ec. icecsceccceece tiene cececee edema ramnenee ee 


| 
| 
} 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 


IN 
ZOOLOGY 
Vol. 17, No. 17, pp. 505-515, 3 figures in text May 4, 1918 


THE SUBSPECIES OF THE MOUNTAIN 
CHICKADEE 


BY 
JOSEPH GRINNELL 


(Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California) 


Fieldwork was carried on by the California Museum of Vertebrate 
Zoology during 1917 in the Inyo region of eastern California. In 
going over the collection of birds obtained, the attention of the writer 
was arrested by certain peculiarities evident in the Mountain Chicka- 
dees. Comparison with series from the Sierras showed the Inyo birds 
to be paler colored and longer tailed; and in order to appraise these 
differences in taxonomic terms it became necessary to assemble ma- 
terial representative of the entire range of the species, in so far as 
possible. The results of the study thus undertaken are presented 
herewith. 

The material involved in the inquiry has amounted to 464 skins 
of the Mountain Chickadee, derived from the following sources other 
than the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology: United States National 
Museum, through Dr. Charles W. Richmond; United States Biological 
Survey, through Mr. Edward W. Nelson; and the private collections 
of Messrs. Edward R. Warren, Joseph and John W. Mailliard, 
G. Frean Morcom, Harry S. Swarth, and J. Grinnell. 

As of general interest, and in the nature of an introduction to the 
systematic analysis to follow, it may be stated that Penthestes gambeli 
including its subspecies is throughout its range non-migratory, save 
as a few individuals in pairs or small companies occasionally descend 
in fall or early winter to lower levels closely adjacent to their moun- 
tain habitats. The range of the species roughly extends from and 
includes the Rocky Mountains to or nearly to the Pacifie Coast, and 
from Alberta and British Columbia south nearly to the Mexican line— 
somewhat south of it in northern Lower California. Within this gen- 
eral area the Mountain Chickadee is by no means uniformly distrib- 


506 University of California Publications in Zoology — [Vou. 17 


uted. Especially towards the south is its range very ‘‘spotty,’’ the 
representations on detached mountain tops being wholly isolated. 
Two main areas of relatively continuous distribution are, however, 
pereeivable—the Rocky Mountain area; and the Sierra Nevada area. 

Close scrutiny of the series of specimens at hand well representing 
the entire Rocky Mountain area reveals no variation in phylogenetic 
characters from the northernmost to the southernmost stations. All 
show in apparently equal degree the long tail and cinnamon tinge of 
sides and back, these features together constituting the grounds for 
separate subspecifie recognition of a Rocky Mountain form. On the 
other hand, the Sierra Nevadan center, with its own recognizable race, 


a~ 
Penthestes gambeli inyoensis | 


Penthestes gambeli abbreviatus 


Penthestes gambeli baileyae 


Solid symbols, specimens examined 
Hollow symbols, published records Bl 
Breeding ranges outlined ] 


DISTRIBUTION MAP 
} MUSEUM OF VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 


UNIVERSITY OP CALIFORNIA, 


Fig. 1. Map showing distribution of the races of the Mountain Chickadee in 
California. 


1918] Grinnell: The Subspecies of the Mountain Chickadee 507 


of relatively short tail, proves to have two outlying divergent forms. 
These three forms are alike in their lack of any cinnamon tinge, this 
being replaced in two of them by a buffy tinge and in one form by 
leaden gray. The tail in one of the outlying forms is long, in the 
other short. The habitats concerned are, respectively, the desert 
mountains of the Inyo region of eastern California, and the coastal 
mountains of southern California. This differentiation within the 
Pacifie district, particularly within the state of California, will be 
better understood in its geographic bearing by reference to the aecom- 
panying map (fig. 1). 

The behavior of the tail of Penthestes gambeli—long in the Rocky 
Mountain district, short in the Pacific district (see figs. 2, 3)—is par- 
alleled in the Penthestes atricapillus group of chickadees across the 
North American continent in about the latitude of the state of Wash- 


ee 


— 


Fig. 2. Tail of Penthestes gambeli gambeli (no. 27784, Mus. Vert. Zool.; ¢, 
full-grown juv.; Sierra Ancha, Gila Co., Arizona; June 26, 1917). X 1.00. 

Fig. 3. Tail of Penthestes gambeli abbreviatus (no. 24059, Mus. Vert. Zool.; 
3, full-grown juv.; Yolla Bolly Mt., Tehama Co., California; August 5, 1913). 
xX 1.00. 
ington. In the northern Rocky Mountains oceurs the race P. a. sep- 
tentrionalis, with long tail; in the Pacific Coast strip of Washington 
and Oregon occurs the race P. a. occidentalis, with, among other char- 
acters, relatively short tail. Other parallels are to be found in the 
genera Psaltriparus, Thryomanes and Pipilo. 

It is improbable that the fact of subspecific differentiation in 
Penthestes gambeli has been altogether overlooked previous to the 
present time. A premonition of the geographic variation now for- 
mally pointed out is to be found in the early writings of Baird (1858, 
p. 394), who remarked that ‘‘a specimen, apparently of this species 
[Parus montanus|, from Medicine Bow ereek [Wyoming], (5643,) 
though marked female, is larger than those from California, as shown 
by the measurements. ’ 
in the subspecies now recognized are shown in the table of measure- 
ments given by Ridgeway (1904, p. 409). 

For a detailed description of the Mountain Chickadee as a species, 
the reader is referred to Ridgway (1904, p. 408). 


b) 


Also, some of the differences in proportions 


508 University of California Publications in Zoology | Vou. 17 


Penthestes gambeli gambeli (Ridgway) 


Rocky Mountain Chickadee 

Parus montanus Gambel (1843, p. 259); and of authors, part. This name 
preoccupied (see Ridgway, 1904, p. 409). 

Parus gambeli Ridgway in American Ornithologists’ Union Committee 
(1886, p. 335) ; and of authors, part. Substitute name. 

Parus gambeli thayeri Birtwell (1901, p. 166). Based on adventitiously 
colored specimen from Albuquerque, New Mexico. Type in United 
States National Museum. 

Penthestes gambeli, of authors, part. 


Type locality—Santa Fé, New Mexico. 

Diagnosis —Among the four subspecies of Penthestes gambeli here 
recognized, color alone is sufficient for distinguishing P. gambeli gam- 
beli. The flanks, sides of body and back in this form are pervaded 
with a distinct tinge of cinnamon—more exactly, the ‘‘pinkish buff’’ 
of Ridgway (1912, pl. 29). In addition, this race shows the greatest 
leneth of tail, and slenderest bill. 

Measurements—Average of 14 males: Wing, 70.5 mm.; tail, 70.2; 
exposed culmen, 8.6; depth of bill at base, 3.8. For extremes, see 
accompanying table. 


Note.—In this paper the length of wing is the usual chord of the folded wing 
as dried at the side of the body in the conventional study skin. The tail length, 
however, is measured from the base of the uropygium to the tip of the longest 
pair of rectrices. It is found that in preparing specimens there is a practically 
uniform place for cutting off from the body the uropygium with attached 
feathers, and this is exactly where the tail bends back at an angle to the body in 
the fresh bird. The lateral rectrices are rooted evenly with the base of the dried 
uropygium so that the measurement of tail length thus taken becomes the distance 
from the extreme proximal ends of the most lateral pair of rectrices to the tips 
of the central pair—somewhat greater than the length of tail as given by Ridgway 
(1901, p. xv), the latter being the measurement from the base of the central pair 
of tail feathers to the tips of same. My reason for adopting this different pro- 
cedure here is that more accuracy seems possible thereby, at least in the kind of 
material here dealt with. There is less mussing of the specimen also. 


Neither depth of bill nor culmen is a practical index to degree of 
slenderness of bill. No ordinary method of measurement will suffice 
to indicate the facts as they are perceived by the eye. 

As will be seen by the dates in the tables, as a rule only unworn 
specimens have been selected for measurement. 

Range-—The Rocky Mountain region of North America, from 
eastern British Columbia and western Alberta south to western Texas, 
New Mexico and Arizona. Specimens examined, 72, from the follow- 
ing localities: 


Alberta: Smoky Valley, 50 miles north of Jasper House, 1; Henry House, 1; 
15 miles west of Henry House, 1. 


1918 Grinnell: The Subspecies of the Mountain Chickadee 509 


British Columbia: South fork of Moose River, 1. 

Montana: Gallatin County: Jefferson River, 1; Madison River, 2; Hillsdale, 2; 
Mystic Lake, 1; Dry Creek, 1. 

Idaho: Sawtooth Lake, 1. 

Wyoming: Mammoth Hot Springs, 3; Jackey’s Creek, 4 miles southwest of 
Dubois, 1; Teton Pass, 7200 ft., 2; Salt River Mts., head of Dry Creek, 9200 ft., 1; 
Medicine Bow Mts., 10,200 ft., 1; Medicine Bow Creek, 1. 

Utah: Filmore, 1. 

Colorado: Loveland, 1; Middle Park, 1; Sangre de Christo Pass, 1; Fort Gar- 
land, 1; Platte Canyon, 1; Pueblo, 2; Estes Park, 1; Boulder, 2; Gold Hill, 1; 
Golden, 7300 ft., 1; Colorado Springs, 5; Querida, Custer County, 1; Salida, 
Chaffee County, 1; Crested Butte, Gunnison County, 1; Stamford, 1. 

Texas: Guadalupe Mts., 6800 ft., 1; Davis Mts., 1. 

New Mexico: Fort Massachusetts, 1; Fort Wingate, 1; Albuquerque, 1; Taos 
Mts., 8800 ft., 1; Manzano Mts., 4; Magdalena Mts., 7000 ft., 1; Cienequilla, 1; 
Mt. Capitan, 1; Pecos Baldy, 1; Bear Spring Mts., 1; Shiprock, 1; Corona, 1; 
Twining, 12,500 ft., 1; Fulton, 1; San Mateo Mts., 9500 ft., 1. 

Arizona: Fort Whipple, 1; Mt. Graham, 1; San Francisco Mt., 2; Bright 
Angel Spring, Kaibab Plateau, 1; Canyon Spring, 1; Santa Catalina Mts., 2; 
Sierra Ancha, 6500 ft., 1. 


Penthestes gambeli inyoensis, new subspecies 


Inyo Mountain Chickadee 


Parus gambeli, of authors, part. 

Penthestes gambeli, of authors, part. 

Penthestes gambeli baileyae, American Ornithologists’ Union Committee 
(1910, p. 351), part (?). 


Type locality—Panamint Mountains (northern part), 3 miles 
east of Jackass Spring, 6200 feet altitude, Inyo County, California. 
Type, male adult, no. 28782, Mus. Vert. Zool.; October 7, 1917; col- 
lected by J. Grinnell, orig. no. 4588. 

Diagnosis —The palest colored race of the four; sides, flanks and 


‘cartridge 


back, in unworn plumage, pervaded with pale buff—the 
buff’? of Ridgway (1912, pl. 30). Wear or fading, or both, removes 
most of this buff tone, so that the resulting effect, in spring and sum- 
mer birds, is of an ashy tone of coloration, distinctly lighter than in 
any of the other three subspecies, in same stage. It seems probable 
that there is a paler tone to the underlying plumage parts and that 
this becomes revealed by loss of the superficial pigment-bearing por- 
tions through the gradual progress of feather abrasion. Inyoensis 
shows nearly as long a tail as does gambeli. Its bill is somewhat 


smaller. 


510 University of California Publications in Zoology [Vou. 17 


Measurements.—Average of 10 males: Wing, 71.1 mm.; tail, 69.3; 
exposed culmen, 8.1; depth of bill at base, 3.7. For extremes, see 
accompanying table. 

Range.—The higher mountains of eastern California lying east 
and southeast of Owens Valley, from the vicinity of the Mono Craters 
and the White Mountains, in Mono County, south to the Panamint 
Mountains, in Inyo County. Specimens examined, 50, from the fol- 
lowing loealities, all in California: 


Mono County: Mono Mills, 1; near Benton, 2; near Big Prospector Meadow, 
10,000-10,500 ft., White Mts., 15; Cottonwood Creek, 9200 ft., White Mts., 1. 
Inyo County: Silver Canyon, 7000-8000 ft., White Mts., 8; Roberts Ranch, 8300 
ft., White Mts., 1; head of Black Canyon, 8000 ft., White Mts., 2; Independence, 
3900 ft., 1 (vagrant); Mazourka Canyon, 8000-10,000 ft., Inyo Mts., 3; near 
Jackass Spring, 6000-6200 ft., Panamint Mts., 14; Hanaupah Canyon, 7500-9000 
ft., Panamint Mts., 2. 


Penthestes gambeli abbreviatus, new subspecies 


Short-tailed Mountain Chickadee 


Parus montanus, of authors, part. 
Parus gambeli, of authors, part. 
Penthestes gambeli, of authors, part. 


Type locality—Horse Creek, Siskiyou Mountains (near Seiad 
Valley P. O.), Siskiyou County, California. Type, male, no. 119 
(orig. no., in coll. J. Grinnell) ; December 12, 1901; collected by Mal- 
colm P. Anderson. 

Diagnosis —Tone of color on sides, flanks and back the same as in 
inyoensis, though not quite so pale, namely, in fresh plumage, cartridge 
buff. Tail (see figs. 2,3) much shorter than in either gambeli or inyo- 
ensis ; and bill averaging smaller than in any of the other three races. 

Measurements—Average of 14 males: Wing, 69.7 mm.; tail, 65.0; 
exposed culmen, 7.9; depth of bill at base, 3.8. For extremes, see 
accompanying table. 

Range—The higher mountains of central and northern California, 
southern Oregon (probably this subspecies), and northwestern Ne- 
vada. Occurs west in northern California through the Siskiyou and 
Salmon mountains and to South Yolla Bolly Mountain and Mount 
Sanhedrin; and south in the Sierra Nevada to the vicinity of Mount 
Whitney. Specimens examined, 182, from the following localities : 


1918] Grinnell: The Subspecies of the Mountain Chickadee 511 


California: Modoe County: Sugar Hill, 4; Warner Mts., 27. Siskiyou County: 
Mt. Shasta, 3; Jackson Lake, 5900 ft., 5; South Fork Salmon River, 5000 ft., 1; 
head of Rush Creek, 6400 ft., 2; Kangaroo Creek, 3; Castle Lake, 5400 ft., 1; Horse 
Creek, Siskiyou Mts., 11; Beswick, 1. Trinity County: head of Bear Creek, 6400 
ft., 4; head of Grizzly Creek, 6000 ft., 6. Tehama County: near South Yolla Bolly 
Mt., 4. Mendocino County: near Castle Peak, 1; near Sanhedrin Mt., 4. Lassen 
County: Eagle Lake, 6. Plumas County: Meadow Valley, 1. Nevada County: 
Independence Lake, 3. Placer County: Summit, 1; Cisco, 6000 ft., 18; Blue Can- 
yon, 4700-5000 ft., 12; Dutch Flat, 1. Eldorado County: Tahoe Valley, 2; Kyburz 
Station, 1. Mariposa County: vicinity of Yosemite Valley, 13. Mono County: 
Warren Fork of Leevining Creek, 9200 ft., 1; Williams Butte, 7500 ft., 1. Fresno 
County: Bullfrog Lake, 10,600 ft., 6. Inyo County (not typical): near Kearsarge 
Pass at 8500 ft., 1; Little Onion Valley, 7500 ft., near Kearsarge Pass, 1; Cotton- 
wood Lakes, 11,000 ft., 7. Tulare County (not typical): Whitney Creek, 11,000 
"ft., 3; Whitney Meadows, 9800 ft., 14; Olancha Peak, 10,000 ft., 1. 

Nevada: Pine Forest Mts., Humboldt County, 13. 


Penthestes gambeli baileyae (Grinnell) 
Bailey Mountain Chickadee 


Parus montanus, of authors, part. 

Parus gambeli, of authors, part. 

Parus gambeli baileyae Grinnell (1908, p. 29). 

Penthestes gambeli baileyae, American Ornithologists’ Union Committee 
(1910, p. 351), part (?); and of authors, 


Type locality—Mount Wilson, 5500 feet altitude, San Gabriel 
Mountains, Los Angeles County, California. Type in coll. J. Grinnell. 
Diagnosis —Tone of coloration on sides, flanks and back distinctly 


““smoke gray’’ of 


plumbeous—more exactly, on sides and flanks the 
Ridgway (1912, pl. 46), and on back near the 


same authority (pl. 51). The tail in this race is short as in abbrevi- 


ce 


mouse gray’’ of the 


atus, but the bill is long and heavy, averaging thicker through than 
in any of the other three races. 

Measurements.—Average of 14 males: Wing, 70.0 mm.; tail, 65.4; 
exposed culmen, 8.5; depth of bill at base, 4.1. For extremes, see 
accompanying table. 

Range.—Higher mountains of southern California, from the 
extreme southern Sierra Nevada in Tulare County, and the Santa 
Lucia Mountains in Monterey County, south to the Cuyamaca Moun- 
tains, San Diego County; also (probably this subspecies) in the San 
Pedro Martir Mountains, in northern Lower California. Specimens 
examined, 160, from the following localities, all in California: 


512 University of California Publications in Zoology | Vou. 17 


Monterey County: Headwaters of Big Creek, 2. Ventura County: Mt. Pinos, 
2. Kern County: Kiavah Mt., 7000 ft., near Walker Pass, 2. Tulare County (not 
typical): Taylor Meadow, 7000 ft., 8; Cannell Meadow, 7500 ft., 1; Pine Flat, 
7500 ft., 1; Long Meadow, 7700 ft., 1; Sirretta Meadows, 9000 ft., 3; Trout 
Creek, 6000 ft., 10; near Trout Creek, 7500 ft., 2; Jackass Meadow, 7750 ft., 3; 
Troy Meadows, 8000 ft., 1. Los Angeles County: Mt. Wilson, 25; Buckhorn 
Canyon, near Mt. Waterman, 2; near Pasadena, 9 (vagrants); Verdugo, 1 
(vagrant). San Bernardino County: near Cucamonga, 1; San Bernardino Mts., 
35; Victorville, 3 (vagrants). Riverside County: San Jacinto Mts., 29; Thomas 
Mt., 1; Santa Rosa Mts., 10. Orange County: Santa Ana Mts., 3000 ft., 1 
(vagrant?). San Diego County: Julian, 1; Cuyamaca Mts., 6. 


General remarks.—In making use of the intrinsic color characters, 
which are important here in distinguishing subspecies, it is, of course, 
essential that the effects of extraneous factors be taken into account. 
Prolonged wear and fading evidently serve to weaken the intensity of 
the color tones, more especially the buffy ones. Then, too, chickadees 
seem peculiarly susceptible to discoloration by smoke, soot and charred 
wood; for example, our series from Cisco and Blue Cain, stations 
along the Central Pacific Railway over the Sierra Nevada, even though 
taken in September and October almost immediately after completion 
of the fall molt, are obviously more or less begrimed with soot. On 
the other hand, the autumn- and winter-taken series from the Yosemite 
region and from the Siskiyou Mountains are clean, and show their 
intrinsic color tones to good advantage. 

Intergradation undoubtedly connects the four races of the Moun- 
tain Chickadee into a continuous series of forms. Abundant material 
at hand from that portion of the Sierra Nevada immediately south of 
Mount Whitney shows complete transition from Penthestes gambeli 
baileyae to P. g. abbreviatus; in fact, many of the specimens ean only 
be placed arbitrarily in one category or the other. Several examples 
from the vicinity of Mono Lake, in Mono County, California, and 
from along the west flank of the Sierras in Inyo County, insensibly 
bridge the interval between P. g. abbreviatus and P. g. inyoensis, espe- 
cially when considered in connection with the individual variation to 
which each race is subject in about normal degree. 

Material at hand from different parts of the Great Basin is unsat- 
isfactory either in that it is seanty or because of the worn state of the 
plumage. A summer-taken series of 13 Mountain Chickadees (nos. 
8952-8964, Mus. Vert. Zool.) from the Pine Forest Mountains, Hum- 
holdt County, Nevada, shows in color no approach to P. gambeli gam- 
beli. In this respect it is like P. g. inyoensis, but the tail averages 
nearly as short as in P. g. abbreviatus. Taking all features into 


a 


1918 ] Grinnell: The Subspecies of the Mountain Chickadee 513 


account it seems best placed under abbreviatus. Fresh-plumaged fall 
specimens from this locality would make determination more certain. 

A specimen (jj, no. 547, Mus. Vert. Zool.) from Anthony, Baker 
County, Oregon, taken October 16, 1907, might be referred to P. g. 
abbreviatus; but the tone of color of back and sides is much darker 
than usual in that form. It is certainly much darker than in P. g. 
inyoensis. Its tail is but 65.3 mm. long. A skin (9, no. 18, Morcom 
coll.) from Camp Harney, Harney County, Oregon, February 17, 
1875, has a tail length of 67.7 mm., and in depth of color is about 
intermediate between abbreviatus and P. g. gambeli. A specimen 
(2, no. 186639, U. 8. Nat. Mus., Biol. Surv. coll.) from Fort Spokane, 
Lineoln County, Washington, September 28, 1890, is almost identical 
with gambeli in coloration; but it, too, has a short tail, only 64.4 mm. 
long, though there is chance of error here, as several of the rectrices 
are missing. The writer prefers to leave these last three examples for 
the time being unplaced. 

It is clear that intergradation between Penthestes gambeli gambeli 
and any one of the other three subspecies is less well established than 
between any two of these other three. But sufficiency of material from 
the proper localities through eastern Oregon and eastern Washington 
would likely prove its existence as is the case between the California 
forms. 


MEASUREMENTS (IN MILLIMETERS) OF SELECTED SPECIMENS REPRESENTING THE 
Four Races or Penthestes gambeli 


Penthestes gambeli gambeli 


N. a Exposed Depth 

no. Sex Date Locality Wing Tail culmen of bill 
160697 ¢ Noy. 24,1892 Boulder, Colo. 71.7 71.2 8.8 4.0 
109948 @ Oct. 8,1886 Pueblo, Colo. 72.0 72.4 8.4 3.9 
109949 ¢ Oct. 5,1886 Pueblo, Colo. 70.9 70.3 8.5 4.0 
176650 og Sept. 23,1888 Madison R., Gallatin Co., Mont. 68.0 67.8 8.9 4.1 
124151 g Sept.15,1888 Jefferson R., Gallatin Co., Mont. 69.7 67.7 10.0 3.6 
188823 ¢ Oct. 15,1902 Mammoth Hot Springs, Wyo. 68.1 67.0 9.0 3.6 

62546 og Nov. 17,1872 Filmore, Utah 69.8 68.3 8.3 3.5 
1366381 4 Sept.27,1890 Sawtooth Lake, Idaho 68.1 69.7 8.8 3.8 
2282271 g Sept.14,1910 Teton Pass, Wyo. 71.2 70.4 8.3 3.6 
1930861 ¢ Nov. 6,1903 Manzano Mts., N. Mex. 71.4 70.6 7.8 4.0 
184653 ¢ Oct. 22,1902 Corona, N. Mex. 69.0 71.0 9.0 4.1 
192942 g Oct. 10,1903 Twining, N. Mex. 72.0 71.4 8.5 4.0 
1366371 g Sept.18,1889 San Francisco Mt., Ariz. 71.3 70.3 7.8 3.8 
205661 ¢ Sept.10,1909 Kaibab Plateau, Ariz. 73.5 74.3 8.3 4.0 


1 Biol. Sury. Coll. 


514 


Mus. 

Vert. 

Zool. 
no. 


28751 
28760 
28766 
28767 
28770 
28771 
28773 
28774 
28781 
28782 


+ Type. 


QUWAKAE 


OQ, Oy AY AY 


= 


No. 
114 
117* 
119% 
129% 
164° 
178* 
244" 

23307 
23302 
23298 
25263 
25800 
26117 


26342 


n 
is) 
lal 


& 


Oy Oy Ay Oy Oy AY Oy Oy AY OG AQ AY OY OY 


University of California Publications in Zoology 


Date 
July 24,1917 
July 29, 1917 
July 31,1917 
Aug. 18, 1917 
Sept. 29, 1917 
Oct. 251917 
Oct. 25,1917 
Oct. 2,1917 
Oct. 5,1917 
Oct. 7, 1917 


Date 
9,1901 
2. 12,1901 
. 12,1901 
. 14,1901 
. 29, 1901 
4, 1902 
. 16, 1902 
. 21,1912 
- 19) Lo12 
. 14,1912 
. 26,1914 
June 11,1915 
Oct. 22,1915 
Nov. 27,1915 


Penthestes gambeli inyoensis 


Locality Wing 
White Mts., Mono Co., Calif. 73.0 
White Mts., Mono Co., Calif. 71.0 
White Mts., Mono Co., Calif. 72.4 
White Mts., Inyo Co., Calif. 69.4 
Panamint Mts., Inyo Co., Calif. 68.8 
Panamint Mts., Inyo Co., Calif. 71.4 
Panamint Mts., Inyo Co., Calif. 72.7 
Panamint Mts., Inyo Co., Calif. 69.0 
Panamint Mts., Inyo Co., Calif. 71.0 
Panamint Mts., Inyo Co., Calif. 72.0 

Penthestes gambeli abbreviatus 

Locality Wing 
Horse Cr., Siskiyou Mts., Calif. 68.4 
Horse Cr., Siskiyou Mts., Calif. 69.0 
Horse Cr., Siskiyou Mts., Calif. 70.0 
Horse Cr., Siskiyou Mts., Calif. 68.4 
Horse Cr., Siskiyou Mts., Calif. 69.0 
Horse Cr., Siskiyou Mts., Calif. 66.8 
Horse Cr., Siskiyou Mts., Calif. 70.8 
Blue Cafion, Placer Co., Calif. 71.8 
Blue Canon, Placer Co., Calif. 71.2 
Blue Caiion, Placer Co., Calif. 71.6 
Yosemite Park, Calif. 69.8 
Yosemite Park, Calif. 72.8 
Yosemite Park, Calif. 69.0 
Yosemite Park, Calif. 67.1 


[ Vou. 17 


Exposed Depth 


1 Collector’s original number, in Grinnell coll.; rest of numbers, Mus. Vert. Zool. 


2\"T'ype. 


No. 
182? 
7251 
963+ 
6367 
637? 

1832? 

18347 

1836? 

5516? 

6073? 

7458? 

9958* 

3364° 

Xooco- 


n 
ro) 
ss 


Oy Oy A Oy Oy AY OY AQ AY OY QA AY OY AY 


* Coll. H. 


Date 
Nov. 29, 1895 
Nov. 1, 1897 
Oct. 31,1898 
Feb. 1, 1896 
Feb. 1, 1896 
. 12, 1896 
. 12,1896 
. 12,1896 
Nov. 27, 1903 
Sept. 21, 1904 
Dee. 23,1905 
Oct. 31,1897 
Sept. 18, 1908 
July 4, 1905 


S. Swarth. 


? Coll. J. Grinnell. 
’Mus. Vert. Zool. 
*Coll. J. & J. W. Mailliard. 


5 Type. 


Penthestes gambeli baileyae 


Locality Wing 
Mt. Wilson, Los Angeles Co., Calif. 67.0 
Mt. Wilson, Los Angeles Co., Calif. 70.1 
Mt. Wilson, Los Angeles Co., Calif. 67.0 
Mt. Wilson, Los Angeles Co., Calif. 70.3 
Mt. Wilson, Los Angeles Co., Calif. 68.6 
Mt. Wilson, Los Angeles Co., Calif. 72.3 
Mt. Wilson, Los Angeles Co., Calif. 65.4 
Mt. Wilson, Los Angeles Co., Calif. 67.7 
Mt. Wilson, Los Angeles Co., Calif. 72.1 
Pasadena, Los Angeles Co., Calif. 69.7 
Pasadena, Los Angeles Co., Calif. 70.0 
Mt. Wilson, Los Angeles Co., Calif. 70.3 


Santa Ana Mts., Orange Co., Calif. 70.8 
Had. of Big Cr., Monterey Co., Calif. 70.5 


Tail culmen of bill 
72.4 29) 3.7 
67.0 8.0 3.6 
67.5 8.8 3.0 
68.1 8.0 3.7 
69.8 8.1 3.7 
70.2 7.4 4.0 
71.0 8.4 3.8 
66.0 8.1 3.7 
70.0 8.3 3.7 
71.5 8.4 3.5 

Exposed Depth 

Tail culmen of bill 
63.8 7.3 3.9 
64.7 veo 3.7 
65.0 7.8 3.6 
63.0 8.0 3.6 
64.2 7.2 3.9 
63.0 7.2 3.7 
65.0 7.3 3.6 
69.5 8.2 3.9 
64.3 8.8 4.1 
65.7 7.8 3.5 
65.9 8.4 3.8 
67.7 8.7 4.0 
65.0 8.8 4.0 
63.6 8.3 3.9 

Exposed Depth 

Tail culmen of bill 
63.0 8.9 4.3 
66.9 9.0 4.4 
63.3 8.2 4.0 
65.5 8.3 4.1 
65.8 8.2 4.0 
65.7 fete 4.0 
63.7 8.0 3.9 
63.0 a 4.0 
66.6 8.6 3.9 
66.0 9.0 4.3 
66.7 7.8 3.6 
67.2 8.6 4.3 
66.0 9.5 4.0 
66.0 9.0 4.2 


1918 | Grinnell: The Subspecies of the Mountain Chickadee 515 


LITERATURE CITED 


AMERICAN ORNITHOLOGISTS’ UNION COMMITTEE. 

1886. The code of nomenclature and check-list of North American birds 
adopted by the American Ornithologists’ Union. (New York, Amer- 
ican Ornithologists’ Union), viii + 392 pp. 

1910. Check-list of North American birds. Ed. 3, revised (New York, Amer- 
ican Ornithologists’ Union), 430 pp., 2 maps. 


Bairp, 8. F. (‘with the co-operation of’’ Cassin, J., and LAWRENCE, G. N.) 
1858. Birds. Pacific Railroad Reports, 9, lvi + 1005 pp. 
BirtWELL, F. J. 
1901. Description of a supposed new subspecies of Parus from New Mexico. 
Auk, 18, pp. 165-167. 
GAMBEL, W. 
1843. Descriptions of some new and rare birds of the Rocky Mountains and 
California. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, pp. 258-262. 
GRINNELL, J. 
1908. The southern California chickadee. Condor, 10, pp. 29-30. 
Ripeway, R. 
1901. The birds of North and Middle America. U.S. Nation. Mus. Bull., 50, 
part I, xxx + 715 pp., 20 pls. 
1904, Jbid., part III, xx + 801 pp., 19 pls. 
1912. Color standards and color nomenclature. (Washington, D. C., Ridg-° 
way), ii + 44 pp., 53 pls. 


Transmitted March 3, 1918. 


on 
ae 
ted uN 
Ae a 
a : 


oo 


OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS = 
1-536, 6 June 22,1918 


“EXCAVATIONS OF BURROWS OFTHE RODENT 


Di 


HH 


ree 


APLODONTIA, WITH OBSERVATIONS ON 


CHARLES LEWIS CA 


MP 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 


Note.—The University of California Publications are offered in exchange for the publi- 
cations of learned societies and ‘institutions, universities and libraries, Complete lists of 
all the publications of the University will be sent upon request. For sample copies, lists ~~~ 
of publications or other information, address the Manager of the University Press, Berkeley, 
California, U. 8. A. All matter sent in exchange should be addressed to The sae is. ae 
Department, University Library, Berkeley, California, U. 8, A. : 


WILLIAM WESLEY & SONS, LONDON 

Agent for the series in American Archaeology and Ethnology, Botany, Geology, - — 2 
Physiology, and Zoology. Sea? 
ZOOLOGY.—W. E. Bitter and ©. A. Kofoid, Editors.. Price per volume, $3.50; beginning © Fos EY 
with vol. 11, $5.00. Se 
This series contains the contributions from the Department of Zoology, from tha: oes 

Marine Laboratory of the Scripps Institution for Biological Research, at La Jolla, 
California, and from the California Museum of Vertebrate Zoology in Berkeley. ; 
: Cited as Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. aes 
Volume 1, 1902-1905, 317 pages, with 28: plates 2.00... cce cc ccecccecnccaceccnsesencecvoneuaodsepbanctosten . $3.50 © 


Volume 2 (Contributions from the Laboratory of the Marine Biological Association Of 
San Diego), 1904-1906, xvii-++ 382 pages, with 19 plates ..o..cfc ce cclccctbececteeceeee 


Volume 3, 1906-1907, .383 pages, with 23 plates 000s... 
Volume 4, 1907-1908, 400 pages, with 24 plates _. 
Volume 5, 1908-1910, 440 pages, with 34 plates =. 3 3 
Volume 6, 1908-1911, 478 pages, with 48 plates 2... cc cicce kena dacccceceanetnanelenecanee ~ $3.50 


Volume 7 (Contributions from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology), 1910-1912, 446 
pages, with-12 plates ca6 i Se a hee Sara ee ae a ae ... $8.50 


Noluine;8; 1911) 357. pages, with 25: plates sats cee $3.50. 
Volume 9, 1911:1912, 365 pages, with 24 plates 2o..0.-ccci.ccccccsscsssestcescussacccseelbseseecsecobusensitvbace $3.50 . 
Volume 10, 1912-1913, 417 pages, with 10 plates. 5 SHO A532 s 
Volume 11, 1912-1914, 538 pages, with 26 plates ... : 


Volume 12 (Contributions from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology), 1913-1916, 558 
Pages, ‘with 22° platesic.. 2 Sa eg a Se ee eo ee $5. 
Volume 13, 1914-1916, 529 pages, with 39 plates ... i 
Vol, 14, 1. A Report upon the Physical Conditions in San Francisco Bay, Based upon 
the Operations of the United States Fisheries Steamer ‘‘Albatross’’ dur- , 
ing the Years 1912 and 1913, by F. B. Sumner, G, D. Louderback, W. L. * 
Schmitt, E. C. Johnston. Pp. 1-198, plates 1-13, 20 text figures. July, 
OAL SACRA OCTANE AN te MOY Sti Meer SNS ts aE SA EE re CRE ENS SR ea SV PSE 2 
Vol. 15. ‘Introduction. Dependence of Marine Biology upon Hydrography and Neces- 
sity of Quantitative Biological Research. Pp. i-xxili.. June, 1916 .....-..... 
1. Hydrographic, Plankton, and Dredging Records of the Scripps Institution 
for Biological Research of the University of California, 1901 to 1912, 
compiled and arranged under the supervision of W. EB. Ritter by Ellis 
L. Michael and George F. McEwen. Pp. 1-206; 4 text figures and map. 
AB fit hos 82 (a Yee ht Opa i PRO ay DERE 2 Abe eas As ease PENS RENE NUNES AAP AREAS 
- 2, Continuation of Hydrographic, Plankton, and Dredging Records of the 
Scripps. Institution for Biological Research of the University of Cali- 
fornia (1913-1915), compiled and arranged under the supervision of W._ 
E. Ritter, by Ellis L. Michael, Zoologist and Administrative Assistant, — 
George F. McEwen, Hydrographer, Pp. 207-254, 7 figures in text.. Novem- 
gio) wage Li Hs MME Se Set ee at RS mein ee A uy Rie OER Paa RT Ae. ate Case LO 
8; Summary and Interpretation of the Hydrographic Observations made by 
the Scripps Institution for Biological Research of the University. of Cali- 
fornia, 1908 to 1915, by George F. McEwen, Mydroprapher; Pp. 255-356, 
plates,-1-38.;-;December, O16] sic, i Se an tem cocineca selec wanes 
Vol.16. 1: An Outline of the Morphology and Life History of Crithidia leptocoridts, 
sp. nov., by Irene McCulloch. Pp. 1-22, plates 1-4, 1 text figure. Sep- 
ESV 4 ) 1 aie R28 Ras area tea SMa Ry ANE ERR ca RE tat  EIPE Rn Rasen eon CO 
2. On Giardia microti, sp. nov., from the Meadow Mouse, by Charles Atwood 
Kofoid and Elizabeth Bohn Christiansen. Pp, 23-29, 1 figure in text. : 
$..On Binary and Multiple Fission in Giardia muris (Grassi), by Charles 
Atwood Kofoid and Elizabeth Bohn Christiansen. _ Pp. 30-54, | plates, 5-8, 
1 figure-in text. ‘ I. 
Nos, 2 and 3 in one cover. November, 1915 nce cccs lene eeee ct eentenene 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS 
IN 


ZOOLOGY 
Vol. 17, No. 18, pp. 517-536, 6 figures in text June 22, 1918 


EXCAVATIONS OF BURROWS OF THE RODENT 
APLODONTIA, WITH OBSERVATIONS ON 
THE HABITS OF THE ANIMAL 


BY 
CHARLES LEWIS CAMP 


(Contribution from the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology of the University of California) 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 
TETRA NEYO A a ae eS ee A Ee ee 517 
Historical 
VIG) OP IE) 9 sneer Eek pee a 
Burrows .. 
LBD oese See et aeons eee gt RSE Oa eT eee ees 
TRS bib vey LOE EY aoe ce ee ee Sac a BRP eee 528 
Hibernation 
Sc atol oprymsevmuntert1 OVI p aN A Care BNy BO Oye eae m eas soa aa tee ence ane eee cena ena 531 
PSI STINS (2) OSLO OR OTE cae eer cr Oo RO occa eee 532 
Breeding habits .... 
AVC tec ce eae et ss Dig Lac setae nae econ wn neces Noe vunan pictse beta dbdecdecediaence eee tees 538% 
NB TT @ VENT GS apres aoe an cts «2s oc ce reece tevez az we ccucaecanevetavet oe sve aes egsbe tes aera ateneere Bee ote 533 


Economie importance and trapping .. 
MebeTATUT OM CUGG Cees stern nee sneer cen cree en: 


INTRODUCTION 


While engaged in field work for the University of California 
Museum of Vertebrate Zoology the writer has had the opportunity 
of observing personally in the wild three of the California races of 
Aplodontia or Mountain Beaver. The notes of other members of 
Museum field parties have been available also in the preparation of 
this report, in fact all material, from whatever source, in the files 
of the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology. Im addition, Mr. Alfred C. 


518 University of Califorma Publications in Zoology | Vou. 17 


Shelton, of the University of Oregon, furnished information which 
has been made the basis of some of the statements herein contained. 

The writer wishes to thank Drs. Joseph Grinnell and Walter P. 
Taylor for bringing this paper into final form for publication. 


Historica 


Present knowledge of the mountain beaver began with the arrival 
upon the coast of Oregon of the expedition under Lewis and Clark. 
This expedition went into winter quarters at Fort Clatsop, near the 
present site of Astoria, on December 8, 1805, In Clark’s notes (in 
Lewis and Clark, 1904, 3, p. 279) of Friday, December 13, 1805, 
appears the following entry: 

‘*The Clatsops leave us to day after a brackfast on Elk which they 
appeared to be very fond of before they left us they Sold me two robes 
of the skins of a Small animal about the size of a cat, and to Captain 
Lewis 2 Cat or Loucirva Skins for the purpose of makeing a Coat.’’ 
The ‘‘small animal’’ mentioned was what the explorers thought the 
Indians ealled ‘‘Sewelel,’’ if we are to judge by the notes of Lewis 
for February 15, 1806 (loc. cit., 4, p. 73), and February 26, 1806 
(loc. cit., pp. 109-110). 

The first published account of the mountain beaver was a modifica- 
tion of the above notes in the Biddle-Allen edition (1814) of the Lewis 
and Clark Expedition (see Coues, 1877, p. 591). And the first nat- 
uralist to study a skin of the animal was Richardson (1829, pp. 
211-213). 

The Wilkes Exploring Expedition collected two specimens of 
aplodontia, probably in the neighborhood of Puget Sound. T. R. 
Peale (see Coues, loc. cit.), who collected these specimens and later 
(1848) described them, remarks on the abundance of the species at 
““Puget’s Sound.”’ 

The next notice of the genus was by Audubon and Bachman 
(1854, 3, pp. 99-102), who quote Richardson and Lewis and Clark as 
first published, and add inferences drawn from the anatomy as to the 
habits, and some further statements concerning distribution. 

The naturalists of the Pacifie Railroad Survey, under the super- 
vision of 8S. F. Baird, were able to make valuable observations on the 
habits of aplodontia. Their findings together with those of other 
observers since then and up to the year 1916, are incorporated into 
the sueceeding parts of the present paper. 


1918 | Camp: Burrows of the Rodent Aplodontia 519 


Coues (1877, p. 591) reviews the literature on Aplodontia up to 
his time, making, however, no mention of Lord’s interesting notes on 
the genus (1866, 1, pp. 346-358). 

The most important recent contribution to the life-history of aplo- 
dontia is comprised in the notes and photographs of Anthony (1916). 
This came to hand after the present paper had been prepared. 

The writer has not had access to an article by Murphy (1876), of 
which he has heard. 

For full systematic treatment of the genus Aplodontia and for 
lists of names, both vernacular and scientific, see Taylor (1918). 


Hapirat 


Like the beaver and some of the ground squirrels, the aplodontia 
seems to be of social habits, congregating in more or less extensive 
colonies in localities where conditions favor its existence. If a real 
social bond exists it must be a primitive one. The scattered nature of 
most of the colonies proclaim this; and the probable absence of voice, 
which usually accompanies social habits, is suggestive. 

The factors necessary for the existence of all the nine subspecies 
of Aplodontia now recognized seem to be: An abundant supply of 
certain food plants chiefly of riparian growth; and a soil at least 
moderately deep and firm, and with adequate drainage, where the 
animals can burrow. Hillside seepage areas and the banks of streams 
provide the usual situations of colonies. Colonies occurring in wooded 
and brushy places at a distance from water are sometimes inhabited 
only in the wet season (Shelton, MS, 1916), but if the food supply 
continues, such burrows may be used the year. round. 


Burrows 


Wherever the aplodontia lives it digs extensive underground tun- 
nels that in a populous colony form a network of passages a few 
inches beneath the surface of the ground (see fig. 1). Each burrow 
system has many openings to the surface, but excavated dirt and 
rubbish is pushed out usually at only a few of these holes. The three 
subspecies living along the coast of California invariably choose for 
the colony a spot within a dense tangle of ferns, thimbleberry and 
other low plants in wet or at least damp soil. So well concealed 
beneath tangled shrubbery are the unplugged burrows that the pres- 


520 University of California Publications in Zoology | Vou. 17 


ence of the animals is often unknown to persons resident in even the 
immediate neighborhood. 

The grouping of the burrows in close ‘‘companies’’ may simply 
indicate that the animals are not wont to range widely enough to 


‘ 


invade adjacent districts, though these seemingly might support a 
population of similar extent. Overcrowded conditions may prevail in 
one place, while territory of the same character remains unoccupied 
near by. Near Point Reyes, in the gulches five miles west of Inver- 
ness, Marin County, California, trapping was carried on in 1913 in 
two colonies of Aplodontia rufa phaea. The burrows extended along 


UNOPENED ~<TUNNEL 


4-24 


SCALE 
—————— 
ONE METER 


ooo 
THREE FEET 


Fig. 1. Plan of underground tunnels in colony of Aplodontia rufa phaea 
excavated near Point Reyes, Marin County, California. All tunnels shown were 
within 600 millimeters of surface of ground. 


the side of a low north-facing bluff among bare hills for two miles or 
more. One section of this colony in a rectangular area about 500 by 
100 feet contained at least 100 burrow entrances. Here 169 ‘‘trap- 
nights’’ (one trap out one night equals one trap-night) in thirty-six 
burrow entrances produced eleven specimens. No individuals were 
secured in the last forty-six trap-nights, an indication, perhaps, that 
the catch approximated the total population of that part of the colony. 
Ninety-two trap-nights in another limited part of the above colony 
produced six specimens. 

Some of the burrows in the Point Reyes locality were excavated by 
me (see figs. 1, 2). The floors of many of the runways were seen to be 
tramped hard from long use. It was found that nearly all the burrow 


1918 ] Camp: Burrows of the Rodent Aplodontia 521 


entrances on the hillside were connected with one another by passages 
six to eighteen inches beneath the surface. At one point a nest was 
discovered half fillmg a globular chamber about a foot in diameter 
(see fig. 2). The nest was constructed for the most part of dry 
sword fern ‘‘leaves’’ stripped from the frond stem. It also contained 
a few large dry leaves of the cow parsnip, a plant nearly everywhere 
found in the vicinity of the burrows. Some dirt was mixed with the nest 
and the whole had been trampled down into a firm mass, flat on top. 


EARTHEN PELLETS £ 


STORED Foo0 6 
450-0 


re 


ONE METER 


TAREC Feet 


Fig. 2. Plan and partial elevation of nest-galleries of Aplodontia rufa phaea 
excavated near Point Reyes, Marin County, California. Numbers on plan 
indicate depth in millimeters beneath surface of ground. 


Adjoining the nest chamber in the excavation mentioned, and opening 
into it, was a low square ‘‘room’’ twenty inches in diameter, the floor 
and sides of which showed signs of continued use by the inhabitants. 
Pockets near by contained stored roots, stems and leaves carefully 
blocked in by artificial earth pellets (see fig. 2). 

Aplodontia rufa nigra, at Point Arena, Mendocino County, Cali- 
fornia, the closest relative of A. r. phaea, and A. r. hwmboldtiana, of 
the Humboldt Bay region and farther north, both apparently have 
burrow systems similar to that of phaea described above. Like phaea, 
mgra inhabits thimbleberry thickets. It lives on north-facing guleh 
sides in a small area (about twenty-four square miles) along the cen- 


522 Unwersity of California Publications in Zoology — (Vou. 17 
tral Mendocino County coast. The colonies now known extend from 
the town of Point Arena to Alder Creek, seven and one-half miles 
north. In the case of the race phaea colonies oceur in a part of the 
Point Reyes Peninsula and country adjacent, in Marin County, Cali- 
fornia, an area of not more than 110 square miles in all. 

Of a colony of Aplodontia rufa humboldtiana discovered at Cud- 
deback, Humboldt County, California, Stephens (MS, 1910) says: 

I put ten traps in the burrows and did not cover more than half the 
entrances. I saw at least two tunnels run close under the surface, with fre- 
quent openings. My previous idea of a burrowing place for aplodontia is wet 
or springy land. This is far from that. It is a very steep south-facing slope 
almost at the top of a point on a high ridge and is as dry a place as well 
could be found. The location is in an open place in a thick forest of redwood, 


spruce, and fir. It has been burned over three years ago and there is very 
little underbrush. 


Lyon (1907, p. 91), speaking of Aplodontia rufa rainieri, says: 
““The burrows or tunnels are about 8 to 9 inches in diameter and were 
always found in groups or colonies.’’ 

The habitat preferences and burrowing habits of Aplodontia rufa 
rufa appear to be similar to those of the California coast species. 
Matteson (1877, pp. 4384-435) states that the mountain beaver of 
Oregon ‘‘is a digger par excellence and burrows into the sides of the 
hills usually in the neighborhood of a spring.’’ Lum (1878, pp. 
10-13) notes that the species of mountain beaver along the western 
base of the Cascade Mountains ‘‘usually selects the open glades of the 
forest, thickly grown up with fern and sallal’’ (Gaultheria shallon) 
for its burrows. ‘‘Here the ground will be seen perforated with 
holes. . . . Beneath the ground the various openings connect and form 
a perfect plexus of passages often nearly parallel with the surface 
and only a foot or so in depth. . . . In many places I found water 
coursing its way through the passages.’’ 

In California, at the southern part of its range, aplodontia usually 
prefers a shady, north slope for its burrows; but Brooks states (1899, 
pp. 258-259) that the race (Aplodontia rufa columbiana) in British 
Columbia, in the extreme northern end of the range of the genus, 
prefers a locality ‘‘where there is a good thick growth of vegetation 
on the mountain slopes, especially on those with a south exposure.’’ 

Aplodontia rufa californica of the Sierra Nevada, in California, 
has been found in a variety of situations, at elevations all the way 
from 5500 to 10,000 feet. Townsend (1887, pp. 174-175) saw burrows 
near Morgans Springs near Mount Lassen, and on the North Fork of 


1918] Camp: Burrows of the Rodent Aplodontia 523 


the Feather River at Big Meadows. He says the burrows resembled 
those of muskrats and were in clayey banks. On Mount Shasta, 
Osgood (in Merriam, 1899, p. 93) found at most only a single pair 


of mountain beavers living in one place. 

Price (1894, p. 328) notes that at the big-tree grove near Red 
Point, Placer County, ‘‘two small colonies were seen in bogey land 
about springs.’’ Burrows were noted ‘‘in the bottom of a ravine 
among dense beds of moss, thickly shaded with tangled bushes.’’ 

Stephens (1906, pp. 94-95) speaks of burrows of California 


SCALE 
— 
ONE METER 


7 — 
PROFILE THROUGH LINE A-D *.” TnREE FEET 


Fig. 3. Plan and partial elevation of burrow system of Aplodontia rufa 
californica exeavated at Chinquapin, Yosemite National Park, California. 


mountain beaver that were fifty yards or more in length. He observed 
the animals on the headwaters of the Carson River in Alpine County. 
Here, he says, they ‘‘live in wet springy land in canyons and on 
mountain sides where suitable springs occur, usually at considerable 
altitudes’’ [8000 feet]. Most of the entrances were under clumps of 
willow. Stephens also saw where watercourses had been diverted by 
the burrows. 

Muir (1909, p. 201) deseribes how Aplodontia rufa californica 
in the Yosemite National Park ‘‘digs canals and controls the flow of 


small streams under the sod’’; ‘‘and it is startling,’’ he says, ‘‘ when 


524 University of California Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


one is camped on the edge of a sloping meadow near the homes of 
these industrious mountaineers to be awakened in the still night by 
the sound of water rushing and gurgling under one’s head in a newly 
formed eanal.’’ 

Grinnell (MS, 1912) observed Aplodontia rufa californica at Blue 
Canon, Placer County, California. His notes in regard to their bur- 
rowing habits follow. ‘‘It [the colony] is now [August 30] in rather 


? 


Fig. 4. Type of habitat in which ‘‘colony’ 
was situated; 9700 feet altitude, head of Lyell Caion, Yosemite National Park, 
California. The trees are lodgepole pines; the riparian growth is willow. 


of Aplodontia rufa californica 


dry ground, though evidently wet most of, fhe year; for it is overgrown 
with luxuriant thimbleberry and ee The whole place is 
densely shaded by black oaks and spruces. At the colony located I 
saw fully 15 fresh burrows.’’ There were evident trails or surface 
runways out into the salmonberry bushes. Burrows were frequently 
coincident with water channels beneath the sod. 

In the Yosemite National Park extensive thickets of the preferred 
food plants are scarce, and here the mountain beaver must as a rule 


be content with limited tunnel systems through the narrow willow- 


1918] Camp: Burrows of the Rodent Aplodontia 525 


fringes along the streams. At Chinquapin, 6200 feet altitude, in the 
Park, a tunnel (see fig. 3) of Aplodontia rufa californica was exca- 
vated for a distance of twelve yards along the steep bank of a stream 
without the discovery of a single side branch of importance. Only 
two individuals, male and female, were captured in this tunnel. The 
burrows in the colony at Chinquapin were far scattered along-stream 
owing to the narrowness of the area available to the animals. At 
many other localities in the Park similar conditions prevailed (see 
fig. 4). Small colonies with more complicated systems of runways are 
sometimes established where conditions will allow, as, for example, in 
willow thickets bordering meadows and, high up in the mountains, in 
Labrador tea and willows along creeks and about springs. In almost 
every colony tunnels were found containing running water. At one 
place the entire flow of a small stream was taken care of for some 
distance below ground. 

The burrows of Aplodontia rufa rufa of the Trinity and Siskiyou 
mountains, to Judge from the descriptions given by Kelloge (1916, 
pp. 369-372) and Alexander (MS, 1911), appear to be similar to the 
more simple type of tunnel system of A. r. californica. Even in one 
exceptional case where the ground was found to be ‘‘literally honey- 


(a3 


combed’’ by burrows and runways, a ‘‘main tunnel’’ could be dis- 
tinguished. As with californica never more than one pair of animals 


was secured from a single set of runways. 


Foop 


A wide range of plant species is eaten by the mountain beaver. 
The number used for food at a single locality generally includes most 
of the species of shrubs and young trees within reach of the burrows. 
However, a marked preference is often shown for one particular 
plant. Those kinds with succulent stems, when available, take prece- 
dence over the more woody ones. The coast species of aplodontia are 
predominantly fern and root eaters. The following table provides 
record of the plants known to be eaten by various races of the moun- 
tain beaver. 


526 University of California Publications in Zoology 


[ Vou. 17 


TABLE SHOWING Foop of APLODONTIA ACCORDING TO SUBSPECIES AND LOCALITY 


Authority 
Lum (1878), p. 11) 
Shelton (MS, 1916) 
Alexander (MS, 

1911) 


Kellogg (1916, pp. 
371-372) 


Elliot (1899, p. 


252) 


Brooks (1899, pp. 
258-259) 


Heller (in Elliot, 
1903, p. 184) 
Anthony (1916, 


p- 57) 
Shelton (MS, 1916) 


Stephens (MS, 
1910) 


Camp (MS, 1913) 


Dixon (MS, 1909) 


Camp (MS, 1913) 


Camp (MS, 1913) 


Merriam (1899b, 
pp. 92-93) 


Locality 
Aplodontia rufa rufa 


Oregon (?) 


Vicinity of McKenzie Bridge, 
Lane Co., Oregon 

South Fork, Salmon River, 
Siskiyou Co., California 

Jackson Lake, Trinity Co., 
California 


Aplodontia rufa olympica 


Olympie Mountains, Wash- 
ington 


Plants 


Ferns, salal, hazel, red 
clover, and roots 
Mountain alder, ‘‘wild pea’’ 


Cut grass (‘‘hay’’), and 


green plants 
Alder and wild plum 


A kind of lily 


Aplodontia rufa columbiana 


Southern British Columbia 


Aplodontia rufa pacifica 


Gardiner and Florence, Ore- 
gon 
Tillamook, Oregon 


Oregon (west-central) 


Scotch cap (Rubus nutkanus) 


Ferns, salal, and Oregon 
grape 

Thimbleberry, elk-brake, and 
sword-fern 

Salal, Oregon grape, vine 
maple, young firs (up to 
34 in. in diameter), sword- 
fern (‘‘favorite food’’), 
and wild rose 


Aplodontia rufa hwmboldtiana 


Cuddeback, Humboldt Co.,. 
California 


Aplodontia rufa nigra 


Point Arena, Mendocino Co., 
California 


Aplodontia rufa phaea 


Lagunitas, Marin Co., Cali- 
fornia 

Five miles west of Inverness, 
Marin Co., California 


Three miles south of Olema, 
Marin Co., California 


Laurel sprouts, ferns, and 
grass 


Sword-fern, cow - parsnip, 
stalks of nettle, cultivated 
‘‘eow-peas and oat hay’’ 


Roots of mint 


Sword-fern (fronds and root- 
stocks), cow-parsnip, sal- 
monberry, wild pea-vine, 
and chilicothe (leaves and 
roots) 

Sword-fern and brake fern 


Aplodontia rufa californica 


Mt. Shasta, California 


Ferns, willows, thimbleberry, 
mountain ash, and brake 
fern 


1918 | Camp: Burrows of the Rodent Aplodontia 527 
Authority Locality Plants 
Townsend (1887, Feather River, California Weeds and coarse grasses 
pp. 174-175) 
Grinnell (MS, Blue Canyon, Placer Co., Choke-cherry, willow, creek 
1912) California dogwood, and _ thimble- 


Allen (in Merriam, 
1886, pp. 312- 
328) 

Price (1894, pp. 
315-332) 


Stephens (1906, pp. 
94-95) 
Grinnell (MS, 


1915) 


Camp (MS, 1915) 


Camp (MS, 1915) 


Grinnell (MS, 
1915) 
Storer (MS, 1915) 


Camp (MS, 1915) 


Camp (MS, 1915) 


Placer Co., California 


Big-tree grove, 20 miles 
southeast of Red Point, 
Placer Co., California 


Headwaters of Carson River, 
8000 ft., Alpine Co., Cali- 
fornia 

West Fork of Indian Creek, 
7250 ft., Yosemite Na- 
tional Park, California 


Head of Porcupine Creek, 
above Poreupine Flat, 8400 
ft., Yosemite National 
Park, California 

One mile northeast Porcu- 
pine Flat, 9500 ft., Yo- 
semite National Park, Cal- 
ifornia 

Porcupine Flat, 8600 ft., 
Yosemite National Park, 
California 

Head Lyell Canyon, 9800 ft., 
Yosemite National Park, 
California 

Chinquapin, 6200 ft., Yosem- 
ite National Park, Cali- 
fornia 


One-half mile west Ostrander 
Rocks, 7500 ft., Yosemite 
National Park, California 


berry (Rubus parviflorus) 

Lily stems, willow, red osier, 
small fir trees, and man- 
zanita 

Mountain cranberry stems 
(Vaecinium — occidentale), 
Ceanothus, and Rhododen- 
dron, in large quantities 

Iris, Astragalus, willow, and 
alder 


Oct. 30, large quantities of 
“*hay’’ out to dry consist- 
ing entirely of Lupinus 
longipes 

Willow and aspen (limbs up 
to % inch in diameter) 


Labrador tea (Ledum glandu- 
losum), and Ribes visco- 
sissimum 


Willow bark, and young 
lodge-pole pines (terminal 
twigs only) 

Willow stems up to % inch 
in diameter 


Azalea (stems to 1 inch in 
diameter chewed), Ribes, 
Cornus pubescens, chinqua- 
pin, incense cedar, hazel, 
Prunus (sp.?), Ceanothus 
cordulatus, white fir, sugar 
pine, brake fern 

Cornus pubescens, and Ribes 
viscosissimum. 


In captivity the animal has been known to eat ‘‘apples and other 
fruit and vegetables’’ (Lum, 1878, pp. 10-13), celery, carrots, turnips, 
potatoes, cabbage, and lettuce. 


528 University of California Publications in Zoology | Vou. 17 


Frepine Hairs 

Aplodontia is rarely seen in the daytime, but comes forth early in 
the evening in search of food and doubtless remains active through- 
out the night. Bretherton (1895, p. 124) mentions that he has trapped 
a large number without ever having seen one abroad in daylight. 
Our own observations as well as those of others confirm him. An indi- 
vidual of Aplodontia rufa phaea that the author kept captive built 
itself a nest where it remained passive in a sitting posture throughout 
the day. 


rs 
4 


ip 
bf 
a*/- 


Fig. 5. Entranee to burrow of Aplodontia rufa phaea; six miles west of 
Inverness, Marin County, California. Cutting of sword fern to be seen in mouth 
of burrow. 


This rodent is slow and cumbersome in gait and seldom ventures 
far from its burrow. Tunnels are dug directly into suitable clumps 
of vegetation where the animals wish to forage, and from the burrow 
entrances issue short trails or runways along which the animal trans- 
ports cut stems and leaves to the mouths of its burrow system. Occa- 
sional sections of eut material are dropped along these pathways, 
thus distinguishing them from the runways made by rabbits and 
eround squirrels (see fig. 5). Remains of fresh leaves and twigs 


1918] Camp: Burrows of the Rodent Aplodontia 529 


pulled just within the burrow entrances lead one to believe that the 
timid mountain beaver does much of its feeding in the comparative 
security of its burrow. 

A singular habit has been noticed in connection with the storage 
of food. In a burrow excavated at Point Reyes (see fig. 2) the 
entrances of two of the food storehouses were found plugged with 
large pellets of earth evidently manufactured by the animal for this 
especial purpose. These earthen balls were one to two inches in diam- 
eter and very hard and dry, evidently from having been handled a 
good deal. It is curious that the outer burrow entrances are not 
similarly plugged. 

Gibbs (in Suckley, 1860, p. 100) was the first to note a peculiar 
hay-making habit among the mountain beavers he found living at the 
top of Yakima Pass, Washington. ‘‘Near their abodes,’’ he says, 
“were small bundles of some herb or plant eut with nicety and laid 
out on logs to dry or wilt,’’ and Lyon (1907, p. 91) and Bretherton 
(1895, p. 124) confirm this. Townsend (1887, pp. 174-175) thought 
he recognized the hay-making instinet among the aplodontia he 
observed on the North Fork of the Feather River in California. 
Elliot (1899, p. 252) makes particular notice of the hay-making 
habit and adds that the cured stems of the lily, which he saw Aplo- 
dontia rufa olympica using, may be employed either for food or as 
bedding in the nests. Stephens (1906, p. 95) writes: ‘‘I saw bunches 
of plants laid up on low bushes to dry, commonly over entrances to 
burrows, most of these not being much dried, as if they had carried 
them in as soon as they were well wilted’’—this in regard to Aplo- 
dontia rufa californica, on the headwaters of the Carson River in 
Alpine County, California. Miss Kellogg (1916, p. 372) speaks of 
the habit in question as occurring among the colonies of Aplodontia 
rufa rufa discovered on the South Fork of the Salmon River in Siski- 
you County, California. She says: ‘‘We found the mountain beavers 
making what we called ‘hay’—large bunches of green plants of various 
kinds cut up and spread out as if to dry and to be used later.’’ 

From observations of the nests and of feeding habits my own con- 
clusion is that the animal does not eat dried food but uses its hay 
for nest-building material. 

The manner of feeding has been observed in the captive animal 
and partly determined from the evidence of cuttings. The rodent 
usually sits back upon its short tail, with the back curved, the hind 
feet extending out in front, soles forward, and the fore paws grasping 


530 University of California Publications in Zoology  {Vou.17 


the stem, root or leaf. The short first finger is used like a human 
thumb and the large callosities on the palms aid in holding an object 
so firmly that it can be retained easily in one hand. Stephens (1906, 
p- 95) says that the hind feet as well as the fore feet are used in 
erasping. Plants are harvested in sections from two to six inches in 
length so that they can be dragged into the burrows. Tough woody 
twigs and stems are chewed through from one side only, not in the 
manner in which beavers attack large trees. If the plant is a soft 
annual the whole stem is rapidly nibbled; if a perennial, the bark is 
chewed off in the manner of a beaver or porcupine and the wood 
discarded. 

More than one writer since Lewis and Clark have mentioned the 
climbing habit of mountain beavers; and the evidence seems to be 
good that at least the Oregon and Washington coast species climb into 
low bushes for food (see Lum, 1878, pp. 10-13). The mountain 
beavers on the grounds of the University of Washington at Seattle 
have been seen climbing. 


HIBERNATION 


There seems to be no certain evidence that the mountain beaver 
hibernates even in the coldest part of its range. Cooper (1860, p. 82) 
affirms that these animals had been seen running over the snow in 
the Nisqually Valley, Washington. Suckley (in Suckley and Gibbs, 
1860, p. 124) learned from the Nisqually Indians that the mountain 
beaver moves about a little during the winter but does *‘ 
decidedly active till late in the spring.’’ Lord (1866, pp. 346-358) 
maintains that the animal only partially hibernates—this of the 
species in British Columbia. Matteson (1877, pp. 434-435) believes 
that the mountain beaver hibernates, at that time covering the 
entrance of the burrow with stalks of leaves and fern. Bretherton 
(1895, p. 124) says that they do not hibernate. 

Lum (1878, pp. 10-13) reports the following of the Oregon and 
Washington species: ‘‘They do not hibernate, but keep their burrows 
open all winter; beaten trails in the snow are often seen, leading 


not become 


above ground for a few feet from one hole to another. They are able 
to gather their food at any time of the year, seldom going more than 
a few feet from the entrance of their holes to procure it.”’ Brooks 
(1899, p. 259) asserts that the aplodontia in British Columbia ‘‘does 
not hibernate at lower levels but must do so on the higher mountains, 
as it does not seem to make ‘hay’ like the Pika.’’ 


1918 | Camp: Burrows of the Rodent Aplodontia 531 


The California species of mountain beaver, even in the high 
mountains, are certainly active during the winter. Near Olema, in 
Marin County, Aplodontia rufa phaea has been trapped, at its burrow 
entrances, during the latter part of November. In the Yosemite 
National Park, at elevations of from 6200 to 8600 feet, winter work 
of Aplodontia californica has been observed—young pine, fir and 
cedar trees with the limbs trimmed off up to ten feet above the 
ground and with twigs trimmed from one side of the trunk only, as 
if worked on when the trees were bent down in the snow. Azalea 


Fig. 6. Life study of Aplodontia rufa californica; Lyell Canon, Yosemite 
National Park, California; July 17, 1915. Note the small eye and ear, the white 
spot at base of ear, the shortness of the tail, and the seemingly sluggish general 
apearance of the animal. The matted appearance of the hair on the back is 
due to moisture. 


and other thickly growing bushes with the tops trimmed off evenly 
a foot or more above the ground indicate that the animals probably 
forage on top of the snow. 


ScaroLoGy, SANITATION, AND DRAINAGE 
The faeces are black, about the shape of those of a pocket gopher 
but larger(in Aplodontia rufa phaea, measuring 6 to 7 by 15 to 20 
millimeters) ; the urine is yellow and cloudy. Faeces are rarely seen 
about the burrows; they are probably deposited in some particular 
place underground, but I have never succeeded in discovering any in 
the burrow systems excavated. 


582 University of California Publications in Zoology — | Vou. 17 


Arrangements are always made for the proper drainage of the bur- 
rows, and in wet hillsides water often runs continuously from the 
lower tunnels. In some places the courses of streams are diverted, 
though perhaps accidentally. The mountain beaver is not aquatic in 
any true sense, but is often caught in traps set in the water running 
through the burrows. The animal is said to dip its fore feet in water 
and to wash its head. 


SENSE PERCEPTION 


Sight and hearing seem to be relatively defective in the mountain 
beaver (see fig. 6). The individual comes in contact with its under- 
ground environment chiefly through the sense of feeling, and this is 
markedly developed all over the body. The slightest touch upon a 
hair will be responded to instantly by quick jerking movements. The 
sense of smell seems to be good, for the animal has a way of frequently 
raising its nose to sniff; also the scent glands are well developed. 


BREEDING Hasits 


Almost nothing is known concerning the breeding habits of any 
of the forms of this interesting genus. Lord (1866, pp. 346-358), 
speaking of Aplodontia rufa columbiana as observed upon the banks 
of the ‘‘Chilukweyuk River’’ in British Columbia, asserts that the 
female has from four to six young at a birth and about two litters a 
year; and that the nest is like a rabbit’s, made of grass and leaves, 
and is placed at the end of a deep burrow. Lum (1878, pp. 10-13) 
writes that ‘‘ People living in the vicinity of these animals [A. r. rufa ?, 
in Oregon ?] tell me that the young show’tls just weaned make their 
appearance during the month of June in numbers from three to five 
at a birth.”’ 


VOICE 


The only sound that we have known the mountain beaver to make 
is a singular grating noise produced when the animal is alarmed, by 
rasping the lower incisors laterally across the tips of the upper. I 
have seen pocket gophers, marmots, and copper-headed ground squir- 
rels (Callospermophilus) do the same when terrified. 

Aplodontia has been eredited with a real voice, but the chances 
for error in most of the following reported observations in this regard 
are very great. Suckley and Gibbs (1860, p. 124) quote a certain 
Colonel Simmons as saying that he had seen mountain beavers ‘‘sitting 


1918 | Camp: Burrows of the Rodent Aplodontia 533 


at the entrances of their burrows early in the morning and whistling, 
something in the manner of the prairie-dog.’’ Lord (1866, pp. 346— 
358) heard whistlings in the evening which he attributed to these 
animals. Matteson (1877, pp. 484-435) reports that the aplodontia 
in Oregon ‘“‘is generally known as Mountain Boomer from his habit 
of making a kind of booming noise.’? Lum (1878, pp. 10-13) has 
never known it to make any sound by day or night, ‘‘save a kind of 
growl when caught in a trap.”’ Price (1894, pp. 315-332) speaks of 
a shrill cry heard several times when he was near a colony of mountain 
beaver. 


ENEMIES 


Most writers agree with my own conclusion that aplodontia is a 
very timid animal, but that it will fight fiercely when in a trap. Its 
clumsy movements seldom permit of its inflicting the injury that its 
strong jaws and teeth are well fitted to produce. When in pain, milky 
white tears of a sticky nature cover the small eyes of the creature. 
A pronounced lachrymal development in a burrowing animal must be 
a useful feature. 

Traps set in aplodontia burrows have caught weasels, skunks 
(both Spilogale and Mephitis), mink, and gray fox (Dixon, MS, 
1909) ; and coons (Lord, 1866, pp. 346-358), badgers, wildeats, fishers 
(Lum, 1878, pp. 10-13), and owls are to be regarded as possible ene- 
mies. Red squirrels, rabbits, and ground squirrels share the animals’ 
burrows or forage about their litter. 

Cooper (1860, p. 82) says that the school children at Astoria, 
Oregon, used to catch the awkward creatures by running them down. 
This may indicate some activity in the daytime for this species. The 
gait when running is a sort of gallop like that of a bear (Storer, MS, 
1915). Observations upon an aplodontia in captivity have shown that 
the creature runs as easily backwards as forwards; and this faculty 
must be useful in the narrow burrows. 


Economic IMpoRTANCE AND TRAPPING 


In a few localities aplodontia does some damage by eating crops 
and interfering with cultivation at the edges of the fields. Grinnell 
(MS, 1912) records it as causing trouble along the line of the Union 
Pacific Railroad over the central Sierra Nevada ‘‘by burrowing in the 
diteh walls.’’ Shelton (MS, 1916) says that, in western Oregon, 


534 University of California Publications in Zoology | Vou. 17 


aplodontia makes itself a nuisance to foresters by undermining trails 
and causing washouts. 

Mountain beaver are easily captured and the usual method of trap- 
ping them is to set No. 0 or No. 1 steel traps in the tunnel entrances. 
The Indians (in Oregon and Washington), says Cooper (1860, p. 82), 
catch the animals with ‘‘stone fall traps.’’ He adds that the skins 
were not then being bought by the Hudson’s Bay Company. Gibbs 
(in Suckley, 1860, pp. 100-106) relates how the Indians, probably the 
Nisqually tribe in Washington, ‘‘trap and eat them and make gar- 
ments by sewing the dried skins together.’’ The animals were there 
resembling the figure four trap. 


ce Le) 


caught in traps Skins of the 
California species bring only from eight to ten cents in the market, so 
there is little danger that the mountain beaver will be exterminated 
as a result of the fur trade. 

Aplodontia is not hardy and if injured in the least does not live 


long in captivity. 


Transmitted February 4, 1918. 


. 


1918] Camp: Burrows of the Rodent Aplodontia 535 


LITERATURE CITED 


ANTHONY, H. E. 
1916. Habits of Aplodontia. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 35, 53-63, 8 figs. 


AubDuBON, J. J., and BACHMAN, J. 

1854. The quadrupeds of North America. (New York, Audubon), 3, vi+348, 
BRETHERTON, B. J. 

1895. Some Oregon mammals: The mountain boomer (Haplodon rufus). 


Brooks, A. 
1899. The sewellel, Aplodontia rufa. Recreation, 2, 258-259, 1 half tone. 


Cooprr, J. G. 
1860. Report upon the mammals collected on the Survey, U. S. Pae. R. R. 
Expl. and Surv., 12, Zool. Rep., bk. 2, pt. 3, no. 2, chap. 1, pp. 73-88. 
Cougs, E. 
1877. ‘‘Haplodontidae’’ in Monographs of North American Rodentia, in 
Rep. U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terr., 11, no. 9, pp. 543-601, 1 pl. 
Evuiot, D. G. 
1899. Catalogue of mammals from the Olympic Mountains, Washington, 
with descriptions of new species. Field Columb. Mus. Zool., 1, 
241-276, pls. 41-61, several unnumbered figs. in text. 
1903. A list of mammals obtained by Edmund Heller, collector for the 
Museum, from the coast region of northern California and Oregon. 
Field Columb. Mus. Zool., 3, 175-198. 
KELLOGG, L. 
1916. Report upon mammals and birds found in portions of Trinity, Siskiyou 
and Shasta counties, California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 12, 
335-398, pls. 15-18, 1 fig. in text. 


Lewis, M., and Cuark, W. 
1814. History of the Lewis and Clark Expedition. (Paul Allen edition, 
Philadelphia, Bradford), 2, ix + 522. 
1904-5. Original journals of the Lewis and Clark Expedition, 1804-1806. 
8 vols. (Thwaites’ edition, New York, Dodd), 8 [Atlas], i-xvi, 
54 maps. 
Lorp, J. K. 
1866. The naturalist in Vancouver Island and British Columbia. 2 vols. 
(London, Bentley), 1, xiv + 358, frontisp., 6 illus. in text. 
Lum, S. K. 
1878. The sewellel or show’tl. Amer. Nat., 12, January, 10-13. 
Lyon, M. W., Jr. 
1907. Notes on mammals collected at Mount Rainier, Washington. Smith- 
sonian Mise. Coll., 50, 89-92. 
Marteson, F. 8. 
1877. The mountain boomer, or showtl. Amer. Nat., 11, 434-435. 
Merriam, ©. H. 
1886. Description of a new species of Aplodontia (Aplodontia major, sp. 
nov.) from California. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 3, no. 10, pp. 312- 
328, 2 pls., 1 fig. in text. 
1899. Results of a biological survey of Mount Shasta, California. U.S. 
Dept. Agr., Div. Biol. Surv., N. Amer. Fauna, 16, 1-179, pls. 1-5, 
46 figs. in text. 


536 University of California Publications in Zoology [ Vou. 17 


Mur, J. 
1909. Our national parks. (Boston, Houghton), x + 382 pp., numerous un- 
numbered plates. 
MourpaHy, J. M. 
1876, The hunting fields of the Pacific Coast. Capturing the showtl. Rod 
and Gun, May 20, p. 121. 
PEALE, T. R. 
1848. Mammalia and ornithology. U. S. Expl. Exped. (Wilkes) (Phila- 
delphia, Sherman), 8, i-xxvi, 17-338, several unnumbered figs. in 
, text. 
PRICE, W. W. 
1894. Notes on a collection of mammals from the Sierra Nevada Mountains. 
Zoe, 4, 315-332. 
RICHARDSON, J. 
1829. On Aplodontia, a new genus of the order Rodentia, constituted for 
the reception of the sewellel, a burrowing animal which inhabits 
the northwestern coast of America. Zool. Jour., 4, 333-337. 
STEPHENS, F. 
1906. California mammals. (San Diego, West Coast Publishing Co.), 351 
pp., frontisp., many unnumbered figs. in text. 
SucKLEY, G. 
1860. Report, in Zool. Rep., U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. and Surv., 12, bk. 2, pt. 
3, no. 2, chap. 2, pp. 89-106. 
SuckLey, G., and Grpss, G. 
1860. Op. cit., chap. 3, pp. 107-139, pls. 2, 5, 7, 9, 15. 
TAYLOR, W. P. 
1918. Revision of the rodent genus Aplodontia. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., 17, 
435-504, pls. 25-29, 16 figs. in text. 
TOWNSEND, C. H. 
1887. Field-notes on the mammals, birds and reptiles of northern California. 
Proce. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 10, 159-241. 


INDEX* 


Titles of papers in this volume, and names of new species, are printed in a 
bold-faced type 


Alaska, notes on some bats of, 431. 

Allen, J. A., 226 

Allen, Glover M., 226. 

Ambystoma ensatum, 139; map show- 
ing distribution in California, 
131. 

macrodactylum, 138; map showing 
distribution in California, 131. 

paroticum, 139; map showing distri- 
bution in California, 131. 

tigrinum, 138; map showing distri- 
bution in California, 131. 

Ammospermophilus nelsoni amplus, 
15, 16. 

Ammospermophilus nelsoni nelsoni, 
15, 16; breeding habits, 19; 
crowded out by Citellus beecheyi, 
20; distribution of, 17; eco- 
nomic relations, 19; effect of 
farming on the status of, 19; life 
history of, 17; map showing 
range of, 18. 

Ammospermophilus nelsoni nelsoni 
Merriam, Notes on; with an Ac- 
count of a New Spermophile 
from the San Joaquin Valley, 
California, 15. 

Amphibians and Reptiles of Califor- 
nia, Distributional List of, 127. 

Amphibians, index to names of Cali- 
fornia species, including all syn- 
onyms, 201-208. 

Aneides ferreus, 135; map showing 
range in California, 133. 

iécanus, 135; map showing distribu- 
tion in California, 133. 

lugubris farallonensis, 135; map 
showing distribution in Califor- 
nia, 133. 

lugubris lugubris, 134; map show- 
ing distribution in California, 
133. 

Anniella pulchra nigra, 170. 

pulehra pulehra, 170. 

Anser albifrons, Study of the Races 
of the White-fronted Goose Oc- 
curring in California, 209. 

Anser albifrons, 209; measurements 
of the races of, 220; occurring in 
California, 209. 

albifrons, 213, 215, 216, 220, 
ventral view of, opp. 222. 
gambeli, 213, 214, 215, 216, 
220, ventral view of, opp. 222. 
erythropus, 211. 
Antrozous, 347. 


* Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., vol. 17. 


pacificus, 352-357, 249; dorsal view, 
opp. 390; dorsal view of skull of, 
opp. 402; front view of head, 
347; side view of skull of, opp. 
404; map showing distribution, 
351. 

pallidus, 247, 249, 348-352; dorsal 
view of skull of, opp. 402; side 
view of skull of, opp. 404; map 
showing distribution, 351. 

Aphelocoma, compared with Siebero- 
citta, 407; map showing distribu- 
tion on Pacific Coast, 411; meas- 
urements of, opp. 422. 

Aphelocoma californica, 406, 407, 409, 
421; variable features in, opp. 
408. 
californica, 410, 411, 412, 416. 
immanis, 408, 411, 415, 416. 
oocleptica, 411, 412, 413. 

cyanea, 406. 

hypoleuca, 406, 408, 411, 420; vari- 
able features in, opp. 408. 

insularis, 411, 418. 

sieberi, 406. 

sumichrasti, 407. 

texana, 407. 

woodhousei, 406, 411, 417. 

unicolor, 407. 

Aphelocoma, the Pacific Coast Jays 
of the Genus, 405. 

Aplodontia, age variation in, 439; 
breeding habits, 532; burrows of, 
519; drainage of, 531; economic 
importance of, 533; enemies of, 
533; feeding habits of, 528; 
food of, 525; geographic distri- 
bution of the nine recognized 
races of, 455; geographic varia- 
tion of, 445; habitat of, 519; 
habits of, 450; hibernation of, 
530; individual variation of, 
441; list of species and sub- 
species with type localities of, 
453; molt and seasonal variation 
in, 445; present systematic status 
of, 450; sanitation of, 531; scat- 
ology of, 531; sense perception 
of, 532; sexual differences in, 
440; trapping of, 533; variations 
in the generic name of, 452. 

Aplodontia, Brown, 454. 

Humboldt, 470. 
Mount Rainier, 465. 
Northern, 463. 
Olympic, 460. 


[ 537 J 


Index 


Pacifie, 467. 
Point Arena, 479. 
Point Reyes, 480. 
Sierra, 473. 
Aplodontia californica, 531. 
columbiana, 437. 
chryseola, 437. 
humboldtiana, 437. 
leporina, 437 
major, 437. 
rainieri, 437. 
nigra, 437. 
olympica, 437. 
pacifica, 437. 
phaea, 437. 
rufa californica, 522, 525; burrow 
system of, 523; habitat of, 
524; life study of, 531; map 
showing distribution, 455. 
columbiana, 522, 464; map show- 
ing distribution, 455, 
grisea, 437. 
humboldtiana, 521, 522; map 
showing distribution, 455. 
nigra, 479, 521; map showing dis: 
tribution, 455. 
olympica, 460; map showing dis- 
tribution of, 455. 
pacifica, 467; map showing dis- 
tribution of, 455. 
phaea, 480, 531; map showing 
distribution of, 455; nest- 
galleries of, 521; plan of 
underground tunnels, 520. 
rainieri, 522, 465; map showing 
distribution of, 455. 
rufa, 437, 454, 522, 525; map 
showing distribution of, 455. 
Aplodontia, Excavations of Burrows 
of the Rodent, with Observa- 
tions on the Habits of the Ani- 
mal, 517. 
Aplodontia, Revision of the Rodent 
Genus, 435. 
Aplodontiidae, history of the, 447. 
Arizona elegans, 192. 
Ascaphus truei, 139. 
Bailey, Vernon, 438. 
Bangs, Outram, 438. 
Bat, big-eared, little, 292. 
Brown, Alaska, 267. 
La Grulla, 290. 
Large, 314; dorsal view of, opp. 
392. 
California, origin of, 240. 
Little, 279; dorsal view of, opp. 
392. 
cave, 259. 
foliage, oak, 285. 
free-tailed, Mexican, 361; cluster 
of, opp. 384. 
Tacubaya, 357. 
fringed, 297. 
hoary, 330; dorsal view of, opp. 
390; ventral view of, opp. 388. 
Hollister, 261. 


leaf-nosed, California, 252; cave of, 


opp. 384. 
long-legged, interior, 271. 
northwestern, 267. 
lump-nosed, dorsal view of, opp. 
390. 
intermediate, 344. 
pale, 340. 
mastiff, dorsal view of, opp. 394; 
head of, opp. 396; ventral view 
of, opp. 394. 
California, 370. 
Merriam, 311; dorsal view of, opp. 
392. 
Miller, 278. 
pallid, desert, 348. 
little, 288. 
Pacific, 352; dorsal view of, opp. 
390. 
pocketed, 360. 
red, dorsal view of, opp. 392. 
western, 323. 
Sierra, high, 9, 263; dorsal view of, 
opp. 392. 
silvery-haired, 300. 
spotted, 336; dorsal view of, opp. 
388. 
Tejon, 276. 
western, 305. 
Yuma, 273. 


Bats, 223; age variation of, 244; 


classification of, 245; conserva- 
tion of, 238; dentition of, 243; 
economic value of, 238; enemies 
of, 237; key to California, 246; 
geographic distribution of, 241; 
habits of, 232-236; measure- 
ments of, 227; average measure- 
ments of the California species 
of, 251; modes of preserving, 
228; nomenclature of, 245; senses 
of, 228-232; sexual variation of, 
244; voice of, 236. 


Bat, A New Species of the Genus 


Myotis from the High Sierra 
Nevada of California, 9. 


Bats, Notes on Some, from Alaska 


and British Columbia, 431. 


Bats, A Synopsis of the Species of 


[ 538 ] 


California, 223. 


Batrachoseps attenuatus, 136; map 


showing range of, 137. 
major, 136; map showing range 
of, 137. 
pacificus, 136; map showing range 
of, 137. 


Beavers, 75; astragalus of, 95; bones 


of the limbs and of the pectoral 
and pelvie girdles, tabulation of 
the differences noted in, 96-98; 
caleaneum of, 95; clavicle of, 89; 
femur of, 92; fibula of, 94; hum- 
erus of, 89; os innominatum of, 
92; radius of, 91; ribs of, 88; 
scapula of, 88; sternum of, 88; 
tibia of, 93; ulna of, 91; verte- 


Index 


brae: caudal of, 87; cervical of, 
78; lumbar of, 80; sacral of, 86; 
thoracic of, 80. SEE ALSO Castor. 

Beavers, Osteological Relationships 
of Three Species of, 75. 

Boa, California, 177. 

Borell, Adrey, 226. 

Borell, Raleigh, 226. 

Bovard, J. F., 438. 

Branta canadensis, 211. 

British Columbia, notes on some bats 
of, 431. 

Bryant, H. C., 21, 209. 

Bufo alvarius, 144; map showing 
range of, 141. 

boreas, 61, 115. 
boreas, 60, 115, 116, 143; map 
showing range of, 141. 
halophilus, 60, 61, 142; habitat 
of, 62; map showing range 
of, 141. 
nelsoni, 115, 117, 143; map show- 
ing range of, 141. 
canorus, 59, 60, 61, 143; drawing 
of, 60; habitat of, 62; map 
showing range of, 141. 
cognatus californicus, 141; map 
showing range of, 141. 
cognatus, 140; map showing 
range of, 141. 
columbiensis, 116. 
halophilus, 115. 
punctatus, 144; map showing range 
of, 141. 
woodhousii, 142; map showing 
range of, 141. 
Bufo canorus, A New Toad from the 
Yosemite National Park, De- 
scription of, 59. 
Bush-tit, 419. 
Camp, C. L., 2, 11, 59, 63, 115, 127, 
226, 517. 
Callisaurus ventralis myurus, 70. 
ventralis, 70, 151. 
Callospermophilus chrysodeirus per- 
pallidus, 429. 
Castor canadensis, 96. 
belugae, 76, 81, 84,85; clavicle of, 
opp. 106; femur of, opp. 114; 
fibula of, opp. 106; humerus 
of, opp. 108; os innominatum, 
opp. 112; radius of, opp. 110; 
sacral vertebrae of, opp. 
102; seapula of, opp. 104; 
thoracic vertebrae of, opp. 
100; ulna of, opp. 110. 

frondator, 77. 

leucodonta, 76, 77, 79; clavicle 
of, opp. 106; femur of, opp. 
114; fibula of, opp. 106; 
humerus of, opp. 108; radius 
of, opp. 110; sacral verte- 
brae of, opp. 102; scapula of, 
opp. 104; thoracic vertebrae 
of, opp. 100; ulna of, opp. 
110. 


phaeus, 76, 78; clavicle of, opp. 
106; femur of, opp. 114; 
fibula of, opp. 106; humerus 
of, opp. 108; radius of, opp. 
110; sacral vertebrae of, 
opp. 102; scapula of, opp. 
104; thoracie vertebrae of, 
opp. 100; ulna of, opp. 110. 
fiber, 77, 78, 81, 84, 85, 96; clavicle 
of, opp. 106; femur of, opp. 
114; fibula of, opp. 106; hu- 
merus of, opp. 108; os innom- 
inatum of, opp. 112; radius of, 
opp. 110; sacral vertebrae of, 
opp. 102; seapula of, opp. 104; 
thoracic vertebrae of, opp. 
100; ulna of, opp. 110. 
subauratus, 77, 78, 79, 81, 84, 85, 
96; clavicle of, opp. 106; fe- 
mur of, opp. 114; fibula of, 
opp. 106; humerus of, opp. 112; 
os innominatum of, opp. 112; 
radius of, opp. 110; sacral 
vertebrae of, opp. 102; scapula 
of, opp. 104; thoracie verte- 
brae of, opp. 100; ulna of, opp. 
110. 
Charina bottae, 177; map showing 
range in California, 178. 
Chickadee, mountain, map showing 
distribution in. California, 506; 
subspecies of, 505. 
Bailey, 511. 
Inyo, 509. 
Rocky, 508. 
short-tailed, 510. 
Chilomeniseus cinetus, 182; map 
showing range in California, 185. 
Chipmunk, Kern Basin, 5. 
Los Banos Antelope, 15. 
Mariposa, 4. 
Mono, 3. 
Chiroptera, 252. 
Chuckwalla, 153. 
Citellus beecheyi, 20. 
Clemmys marmorata, 199. 
Cnemidophorus hyperythrus beldingi, 
175; map showing range in Cali- 
fornia, 173. 
stejnegeri, 71. 
tigris, 68; subspecies of, 71; varia- 
tion in, 71. 
mundus, 71, 173; map showing 
range in California, 173. 
stejnegeri, 174; map showing 
range in California, 173. 
tigris, 172; map showing range in 
California, 173. 
undulatus, 71. 

Coleonyx variegatus, 149; map show- 
ing range in California, 167. 
Coluber constrictor vetustus, 189; 

map showing range in California, 
191. 
flagellum frenatus, 190; map show- 
ing range in California, 191. 


[ 539 J 


Index 


lateralis, 190; map showing range 
in California, 191. 
taeniatus, 192; map showing range 
in California, 191. 
Contia mitis, 183; map showing range 
in California, 185. 
Cony, Yosemite, 6. 
White Mountains, 429. 
Corynorhinus, 339. 
rafinesquii intermedius, 247, 249, 
344-347; dorsal view of skull 
of, opp. 402; map showing dis- 
tribution of, 342; side view of 
skull, opp. 404. 
pallescens, 247, 249, 340-344; 
asleep, photograph of, opp. 
390; map showing distribu- 
tion of, 342. 
Crotalus atrox, 196; map showing 
range in California, 195. 
cerastes, 198; map showing range 
in California, 195. 
exsul, 196; map showing range in 
California, 195. 
mitchellii, 197; map showing range 
in California, 195. 
oreganus, 194; map showing range 
in California, 195. 
tigris, 197; map showing range in 
California, 195. 
Crotaphytus baileyi, variation in, 70. 
collaris baileyi, 70, 153. 
silus, 152. 
wislizenii, 152; variation in, 70. 
Dermochelys schlegelii, 198. 
Description of Bufo canorus, A New 
Toad from the Yosemite Na- 
tional Park, 59. 

Diadophis amabilis, 184; map show- 
ing range in California, 185. 
Diagnosis of Seven New Mammals 

from East-Central California, 1; 
literature cited, 8. 
Dickey, D. R., 257. 
Dipso-saurus dorsalis, 150. 
Distributional List of the Amphi- 
bians and Reptiles of California, 
127. 
Eptesicus, 314. 
fuscus, 247, 249, 314-322; collecting 
site of, opp. 384; dorsal view 
of, opp. 392; dorsal view of 
skull of, opp. 402; map show- 
ing occurrence of in California, 
319; side view of skull of, opp. 
404; wing of, 246. 
Euderma, 336. 
maculatum, 247, 249, 336-339; map 
showing distribution of, 303; 
photograph from dried skin, 
opp. 338. 
Eumeces gilberti, 72. 
quinquelineatus, 73. 
skiltonianus, 68, variation in, 72. 
Eumops, 369. 


californicus, 246, 249, 370-376; 
dorsal view of, opp. 394; dorsal 
view of skull of, opp. 396; head 
of, opp. 396; side view of 
skull of, opp. 396; ventral 
view of, opp. 394. 

Eutamias amoenus amoeuus, 3, 4. 
monoensis, 3. 
merriami kernensis, 5, 6. 
mariposae, 4. 
merriami, 4, 6. 

Evermann, B. W., 209, 226. 

Excavations of Burrows of the Rod- 
ent Aplodontia, with Observa- 
tions on the Habits of the Ani- 
mal, 517; literature cited, 535. 

Frogs, key to California, 123; map 
showing distribution in Califor- 
nia, 147. 

Frogs of California, Notes on the 
Systematic Status of the, 115. 

Frog, leopard, 149. 

red-legged, California, 148. 

Oregon, 148. 
spotted, Nevada, 148. 
western, 148. 
tree, Arizona, 145. 
Pacific, 144. 
yellow-legged, California, 117, 146. 
Sierra Madre, 118, 147. 
Sierra Nevada, 120, 146. 

western, distribution of, 124. 

Gecko, map showing distribution in 
California, 167. 

banded, 149. 

Gerrhonotus coeruleus, 169; map 
showing range in California, 
167. 

palmeri, 168; map showing range 
in California, 167. 

scincicauda, 68. 

scincicauda, 166; map showing 
range in California, 167. 

webbii, 168; map showing range 
in California, 167. 

Gidley, J. W., 438. 

Gilbert, C. H., 225. 

Goose, White-Fronted (Anser albi- 
frons), A Study of the Races 
Occurring in California, 209. 

Gopher, pocket, Mohave River, 427. 
White Mountains, 425. 

Grinnell, H. W., 9, 223, 431. 

Grinnell, Joseph, 1, 15, 23, 59, 127, 
226, 423, 438, 505, 518. 

Habits and Food of the Roadrunner 
in California, 21; literature 
cited, 48. 

Hanna, W. C., 226. 

Henshaw, Judge F. W., 209, 210, 218. 

Henshaw, H. W., 226. 

Henshaw, Samuel, 438. 

Holden, F. H., 75. 

Hollister, Ned, 226. 

Howell, A. H., 226. 


[ 540 ] 


Index 


Hyla arenicolor, 145. 
regilla, 144. 
Hypsiglena ochrorhynchus, 188; map 
showing range in California, 178. 
Iguana, desert, 150. 
Index to names of California am- 
phibians and reptiles, including 
all synonyms, 201—208. 
Jackson, Hartley H. T., 438. 
Jays of the Pacific Coast 
Genus Aphelocoma, 405. 
Kinosternon sonoriense, 200. 
Kofoid, C. A., 226. 
Lampropeltis boylii, 186. 
ealiforniae, 187. 
conjuneta, 187. 
pyromelana multicincta, 184. 
Lasionycteris, 299. 
noctivagans, 247, 249, 300-304; 
collecting site of, opp. 384; 
dorsal view of skull of, opp. 
398; map showing distribution, 
303; side view of skull of, opp. 
400. 

Leptotyphlops humilis, 176. 
Lichanura roseofusea, 177; map show- 
ing range in California, 178. 
Literature cited, 8, 14, 20, 48, 74, 

99, 125, 221, 422, 433, 376-382, 
484, 515, 535. 
Lizard. alligator, map showing dis- 
tribution in California, 167. 
California, 166. 
Coast, 169. 
San Diego. 168. 
Sierran, 168. 
blue-bellied, map showing distri- 
bution in California, 161. 
island, 162 
Tenaya, 66, 160. 
brown-shouldered, desert, 155. 
northern, 154. 
southern, 156. 
collared, Bailey, 153. 
fence, 160. 
footless, black, 170. 
silvery, 170. 
gridiron-tailed, southern, 151. 
leopard, Great Basin, 152. 
San Joaquin, 152. 
Mearns, 154. 
mountain, 157. 
night, desert, 171. 
Henshaw, 171. 
island, 172. 
orange-throated, Belding, 175. 
rough-sealed, desert, 162. 
dusky, 163. 
sand, ocellated, 150. 

Van Denburgh, 67, 159. 
whip-tailed, map showing distri- 
bution in California, 173. 

California, 173. 
desert, 172. 
Stejneger, 174. 
Lizards, California, an Account of 


of the 


[ 541 J 


the Subspecies of Sceloporus oc- 
cidentalis with a Description of 
a New Form from the Sierra 
Nevada and Systematic Notes on 
Other Forms, 63. 
Macrotus, 252. 
ealifornicus, 246, 249, 
cave of, opp. 384; dorsal view 
of skull of, opp. 402; map 
showing distribution, 256; side 
view of skull of, opp. 404. 
Mailliard, J. W., 405, 505. 
Mailliard, Joseph, 405, 505. 
Mammals, Diagnoses of Seven New, 
from East-Central California, 1. 
Mammals, Six New Species from the 
Mohave and Inyo Regions of 
California, 423. 
Marten, Sierra Pine, 2. 
Martes caurina caurina 
sierrae, 2. 
Merriam, C. H., 438. 
Merriam, J. C., 437. 
Microchiroptera, 252. 
Miller, G. S., 226, 438. 
Mohave Desert, six new 
from, 423. 
Mole, Mono, 423. 
San Joaquin, 1. 
Molossidae, 357. 
Moreom, G. F., 505. 
Muir, John, 7. 
Myotis, 258. 
ealifornicus ecalifornicus, 248, 250, 
279-285; collecting site of, 
opp. 384; dorsal view of, opp. 
392; dorsal view of skull of, 
opp. 398; map showing dist- 
tribution of, 284; side view of 
skull of, opp. 400. 
eaurinus, 432. 
pallidus, 248, 250, 288-290; dor- 
sal view of skull of, opp. 
398; map showing distribu- 
tion, 284; side view of skull 
of, opp. 400. 
quereinus, 248, 250, 285-288; map 
showing distribution in Cali- 
fornia, 284. 
evotis, 247, 250, 292-297; dorsal 
view of skull of, opp. 398; map 
showing distribution in Cali- 
fornia, 296; side view of skull 
of, opp. 400. 
longierus interior, 248, 250, 271— 
273; map showing distribu- 
tion in California, 270. 
longicrus, 248, 250, 267-271, 431; 
collecting site of, opp. 384; 
dorsal view of skull of, opp. 
398; map showing distribu- 
tion in California, 270; side 
view of skull of, opp. 400. 
lucifugus alascensis, 248, 250, 267, 
432; map showing distribution 
in California, 256. 


252-258; 


9 


) ae 


mammals 


25 


Index 


altipetens, 248, 250, 263-267; 
collecting site of, opp. 384; 
dorsal view of, opp, 392; 
dorsal view of skull of, opp. 
398; map showing distribu- 
tion in California, 256; side 
view of skull of, opp. 400. 

oceultus, 248, 249, 250, 261-263; 
dorsal view of skull of, opp. 
398; map showing distribution 
of, 303; side view of skull of, 
opp. 400. 
orinomus, 248, 250, 290-292; dorsal 
view of skull of, opp. 398; 
map showing distribution in 
California, 303; side view of 
skull of, opp. 400. 
thysanodes, 248, 250, 297-299; col- 
lecting site of, opp. 3°84; dorsal 
view of skull of, opp. 398; map 
showing distribution in Cali- 
fornia, 296; side view of skull 
of, opp. 400. 
yumanensis altipetens, 9. 
saturatus, 248, 250, 278-279; map 
showing distribution in Cali- 
fornia, 275. 

sociabilis, 9, 248, 250, 276-278; 
dorsal view of skull of, opp. 
398; map showing distribu- 
tion in California, 275; side 
view of skull of, opp. 400. 

yumanensis, 248, 250, 273-276; 
map showing distribution in 
California, 275. 

velifer, 248. 259-261; dorsal view 
of skull of, opp. 398; map 
showing distribution in Cali- 
fornia, 296; side view of skull 
of, opp. 400. 

Neale, George, 209. 

Nelson, Edward W., 226, 438, 505. 

New Bat of the Genus Myotis from 
the High Sierra Nevada of Cali- 
fornia, 9. 

Newt, Pacific Coast, 130. 

Notes on Some Bats from Alaska and 
British Columbia, 431; literature 
cited, 433. 

Notes on the Systematic Status of 
the Toads and Frogs of Califor- 
nia, 115; literature cited, 125. 

Notophthalmus torosus, 130; map 
showing distribution in Califor- 
Nia loile 

Nycteris, 322. 

borealis teliotis, 247, 249, 323-330; 
dorsal view of, opp. 392; dorsal 
view of skull of, opp. 402; 
female with three young, opp. 
392; map showing distribution 
in California, 327; side view 
of skull of, opp. 404. 

einerea, 247, 249, 330-336; dorsal 
view of, opp. 390; dorsal view 
of skull of, opp. 402; front 


view of, opp. 388; map show- 
ing distribution in California, 
327; side view of skull of, opp. 
404; specimen secured at Fresno, 
opp. 388. 
Nyctinomus, 357. 

depressus, 247, 249, 357-360. 

femorosaccus, 246, 249, 360-361; 
map showing distribution in 
California, 303. 

mexicanus, 247, 249, 361-369; eolony 
of, opp. 384; dorsal view of 
skull of, opp. 402; map show- 
ing distribution in California, 
366; side view of head of, 362; 
side view of skull of, opp. 404. 

Nyctophilinae, 347. 

Ochotona schisticeps albatus, 6. 
muiri, 6. 
sheltoni, 429. 
schisticeps, 6. 

Osgood, W. H., 438. 

Osteological Relationships of Three 
Species of Beavers, 75; literature 
cited, 99. 

Pacific Coast Jays of the Genus 
Aphelocoma, 405; literature cited, 
422. 

Palmer, T. S., 438. 

Penthestes atricapillus, 507. 

gambeli, 505, 507; measurements of 
the four races of, 513. 

abbreviatus, 510, 512, 513; map 
showing distribution of, 506; 
measurements of, 514. 

baileyae, 511, 512, 513; map show- 
ing distribution of, 506; 
measurements of, 514. 

gambeli, 508, 512; measurements 
of, 513. 

inyoensis, 509, 512, 513; map 
showing distribution of, 506; 
measurements of, 514. 

Perodipus mohavensis, 428. 

Phrynosoma blainvillii, 120. 
blainvillii, 164. 
frontale, 165. 

douglassii douglassii, 164. 
m’eallii, 166. 
platyrhinos, 165. 

Phyllostomidae, 252. 

Pipilo maculatus, 408, 419. 

Pipistrellus, 304. 

hesperus hesperus, 247, 249, 305- 
311; dorsal view of skull of, 
opp. 398; map showing dis- 
tribution, 309; side view of 
skull of, opp. 400. 

merriami, 247, 249, 311-314; col- 
lecting site of, opp. 384; 
dorsal view, opp. 392; map 
showing distribution of, 
309. 

Pituophis catenifer catenifer, 193. 
deserticola, 193. 

Plestiodon skiltonianum, 175. 


[ 542 ] 


Index 


Plethodon croceater, 132; map show- 
ing range in California, 133. 
elongatus, 134; map showing range 
in California, 133. 
eschscholtzii, 132; map showing 
range in California, 133. 

Preble, E. A., 438. 

Psaltriparus minimus, 419. 
ealifornicus, 408. 

plumbeus, 408. 

Rabbit, Brush, Mariposa, 7. 

Racer, map showing distribution in 
California, 191. 

red, 190. 

striped, California, 190. 
Nevada, 192. 

yellow-bellied, western, 189. 

Rana aurora, 115, 120. 

aurora, 123, 124, 148; map show- 
ing range in California, 147. 
draytonii, 123, 124, 148; map 
showing distribution in Cali- 
fornia, 147. 
boylii boylii, 117, 118, 119, 120, 
122, 125, 146; map showing 
range in California. 147. 
muscosa, 118, 123, 147; map 
showing range in Califor- 
nia, 147. 
sierrae, 120, 122, 123, 146; map 
showing range in California, 
147. 
draytonii, 115. 
pachyderma, 117. 
pipiens, 149; map showing distri- 
bution in California, 147. 
pretiosa, 115, 117, 120. 
luteiventris, 123, 124, 148; map 
showing distribution in Cali- 
fornia, 147. 
pretiosa, 122, 123, 124, 148; map 
showing distribution in Cali- 
fornia, 147. 
temporaria pretiosa, 117. 

Rat, kangaroo, Mohave, 428. 

Rattlesnake, map showing distribu- 
tion in California, 195. 

red, 196. 
Pacifie, 194. 
nallid, 197. 
Texas, 196. 
tiger, 197. 

Reptiles and Amphibians of Califor- 
nia, A Distributional List of, 
127. 

Reptiles, index of Californian, 201— 
208. 

Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplo- 
dontia, 435; literature cited, 
484-495, 

Rhinocheilus lecontei, 188; map show- 
ing range in California, 178. 

Richmond, C. W., 505. 

Roadrunner, 21; ¢arrying a whip- 
tailed lizard, opp. 56; economic 
status of, 43; eggs of, 27; food 


of, 29; life history of, 24; nest 
of, 26, opp. 52; nest in cactus, 
opp. 54; range of, 25; stomach 
capacity, of, 43; stomach con- 
tents of, opp. 58; young of, 27. 

Roadrunner, Habits and Food of, in 
California, 21. 

Rowley, John, 226. 

Salamander, a New Alpine, from the 
Yosemite National Park, Cali- 
fornia, 11. 

Salamander, Arboreal, 134. 

British Columbia, 139. 

Del Norte, 134. 

Farallon, 135. 

garden, 136. 

island, 136. 

long-toed, 138. 

marbled, 139. 

Mount Lyell, 11, 13, 132. 

Oregon, 132. 

rusty, 135. 

Shasta, 135. 

slender, 136; map showing distri- 
bution in California, 137. 

tiger, 138. 

yellow-spotted, 132. 

Salamanders, map showing distribu- 
tion in California, 131, 133. 
Salvadora hexalepis, 189; map show- 
ing range in California, 178. 
San Joaquin Valley, antelope chip- 

munks of, 15. 

Sauromalus ater, 153. 

Scapanus latimanus campi, 1. 
monoensis, 423; measurements 

of, 424. 
sericatus, 2. 
Seaphiopus hammondii hammondii, 


Sceloporus graciosus, 67; subspecies 
of, 67; variation in, 67. 
graciosus, 68, 157; map showing 

range in California, 158. 
vandenburgianus, 67, 159; map 
showing range in California, 
158. : 
magister, 162; map showing range 
in California, 158. 
occidentalis, 68; subspecies of, 63; 
variation in, 63. 
becki, 162; map showing range 
in California, 161. 
bi-seriatus, 65, 66, 160; map 
showing range in California, 
161. 
occidentalis, 65; map showing 
range in California, 161. 
taylori, 65, 66, 160; map show- 
ing range in California, 161. 
orcutti. 163; map showing range in 
California, 158. 

Shelton, A. C., 438, 518. 

Sidewinder, 198. 

Skiff, F. J. V., 438. 

Skink, western, 175. 


[543 ] 


Index 


Snake, map showing distribution in 
California, 185. 
burrowing, banded, 182. 
desert, 182. 
faded, 192. 
garter, California, 181. 
elegant, 180. 
Marcy, 179. 
Pacific Coast, 179. 
western, 181. 
gopher, desert, 193. 
western, 193. 
ground, Texas, 183. 
king, black, 187. 
Boyle, 186. 
California, 187. 
eoral, 184. 
long-nosed, 188. 
night, spotted, 188. 
patch-nosed, 189. 
ring-necked, western, 184. 
rubber, 177. 
sharp-tailed, 185. 
worm, 176. 

Snake. See also Rattlesnake, Side- 
winder. 

Sonora episcopa, 183; map showing 
range in California, 185. 

occipitalis, 182; map showing range 
in California, 185. 

Snyder, J. O., 225. 

Spadefoot, western, 140. 

Spelerpes leprosus, 12. 

platycephalus, 11, 12, 132; drawings 
of, 13; map showing range in 
California, 133. 

Spelerpes platycephalus, A New Al- 
pine Salamander from the Yo- 
semite National Park, Califor- 
nia, 11; literature cited, 14. 

Spermophile, A New Species from 
the San Joaquin Valley, Califor- 
nia, with Notes on Ammosper- 
mophilus nelsoni nelsoni Mer- 
riam, 15; literature cited, 20. 

Squirrel, ground, Inyo golden-man- 
tled, 429. 

Stejneger, Leonhard, 130, 226. 

Stone, Witmer, 226. 

Storer, Loe 30: 

Study of the Races of the White- 
Fronted Goose (Anser albifrons) 
Occurring in California, 209; 
literature cited, 221. 

Subspecies of the Mountain Chicka- 
dee, 505; literature cited, 515. 

Subspecies of Sceloporus occidentalis 
with Description of a New Form 
from the Sierra Nevada and 
Systematic Notes on Other Cali- 
fornia Lizards, 63; literature 
eited, 74. 

Swarth, H. 8., 15, 209, 405, 505. 

Swerdfeger, Grace, 226. 

Sylvilagus bachmani bachmani, 7. 


cinerascens, 7. 
mariposae, 7. 

Synopsis of the Bats of California, 
223; literature cited, 376-382. 
Tantilla eiseni, map showing range 

in California, 185. 

Taylor, W. P., 9, 15, 435, 518. 

Taverner, P. A., 226. 

Testudo agassizii, 199; map showing 
range in California, 167. 

Toad, Arroyo, 141. 

Bell, American, 139. 
California, 142. 
Colorado River, 144. 
Great Plains, 140. 
horned, Blainville, 164. 
California, 165. 
desert, 165. 
flat-tailed, 166. 
pigmy, 164. 
Nevada, 143. 
Northwestern, 143. 
Rocky Mountain, 142. 
spotted, 144. 
Yosemite Park, 59, 143. 

Toad, A New Form, Bufo canorus, 
from the Yosemite National 
Park, Description of, 59. 

Toads, map showing distribution in 
California, 141; key to Califor- 
nia, 116. 

Toads and Frogs of California, Notes 
on the Systematic Status of, 115. 

Thamnophis marcianus, 179. 

ordinoides elegans, 180. 
hammondii, 181. 
ordinoides, 179. 

sirtalis parietalis, 181. 

Thayer, J. E., 405. 

Thomomys perpallidus mohavensis, 
427. 

melanotis, 425; measurements of, 

426. 

Thryomanes bewicki, 408, 419. 

Tortoise, desert, 199; map showing 
distribution in California, 167. 

Towhee, spotted, 419. 

Turtle, leatherback, Pacific, 198. 

mud, Arizona, 200. 

Pacific, 199. 

Uma notata, 150. 

Uta graciosa, 156. 

mearnsi, 154. 

ornata, 157. 

stansburiana, map showing distri- 

bution in California, 155; sub- 
species of, 68; variation in, 68. 
elegans, 69, 155; map showing 
distribution of, in Califor- 
nia, 155. 
hesperis, 69, 155; map showing 
distribution in, California, 
155. 
stansburiana, 69, 154; map show- 
ing distribution in Califor- 
nia, 155. 


[544] 


Index 


Uta, long-tailed, 156. 
tree, 157. 
Vespertilionidae, 258. 
Vespertilioninae, 258. 
Vireo, Hutton, 419. 
Warren, E. R., 505. 
Wear, Winifred N., 226. 
White-Fronted Goose, A Study of the 


Races Occurring in California, 
209. 


[ 545 J 


Wren, Bewick, 419. 
Xantusia henshawi, 171. 
riversiana, 172. 
vigilis, 171. 
Yosemite, Natural History Survey 
hay May alle bee 
Yosemite National Park, Description 
of a New Toad from, 59. 
Yosemite National Park, A New Al- 
pine Salamander, Spelerpes platy- 
cephalus, from, 11. 


x : ; — 
a 
= : j Be 
7 i ~ 
i : 
= @ a 
cas 
. 
. a ts 
me - 
= 2 
: Z 
. 
a 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS— (Continued) 


62, 2 figures in text, November, 1915 2000 eager it) 
5. Notes on the Tintinnoina. 1, On the Probable Origin of Dictyocysta tiara 

Haeckel. 2. On Petalotricha entzi, sp. nov., by Charles Atwood Kofoid, 

Pp. 63-69, 8 figures in text. December, 1915 00 — 05 
6 BUA. ine Multiple Fission in: Hexamitus, by Olive Swezy. Pp. 71-88, 

plates 9-11. 


7. On a New ‘Trichomonad Flagellate, Trichomitus parvus, from the Intestine 
of Amphibians, by Olive Swezy. Pp. 89-94, plate 12. 
Nos. 6 and 7 in one cover. December,-1915 02 25 
9. Three New Helices from California, by 8. Stillman Berry. Pp, 107-111. 


10. On Trypanosoma triatomae, a New Flagellate from a Hemipteran Bug from 


and Irene McCulloch. Pp. 113-126, piates 14-15. February, 1916 ...2..0.... 15 
11. The Genera Monocercomonas and Polymastiz, by Olive Swezy. Pp. 127-138, 

plates 16-17 -Pebrnaryy Ore Fo oe oa a ate |) 
12. Notes on the Spiny Lobster (Panulirus interruptus) of the California Coast, 

by Bennet M. Allen. Pp. 139-152, 2 figures in text, March, 1916 2... 15 
18. Notes on the Marine Fishes of California, by Carl L. Hubbs. Pp. 153-169, 

plates- 18-202 March. 1916 ee as SSSA 15 


Nutrition by Organic Substances in Solution inthe Water, by Calvin O. 


Esterly. Pp. 171-184, 2 figures in text. “March, 1916 2c tmage Wee | 
15. The Kinetonucleus of Flagellates and the Binuclear Theory of Hartmann, 

by Olive Swezy. Pp. 185-240, 58 figures in text, March, 1916-0... OO 
16..On the Life-History of a Soil Amoeba, by Charlie Woodruff Wilson, Pp, 

241-292= plates 18-25. Sony, 1916.20. See oe a, A ae hen 00 
17. Distribution of Land Vertebrates of Southeastern Washington, by Lee 

Raymond Dice. Pp, 293-348, plates 24-26. June; 1916 2.22 60 
18. The Anatomy of Heptanchus maculatus: the. Endoskeleton, by J. Frank 

Daniel. Pp, 349-370, pls. 27-29, 8 text figures. December, 1916 0.00222. 25 
19. Some Phases of Spermatogenesis in the Mouse, by Harry B. Yocom. Pp. 

S7F-880; -plates30;-°danuary,- 197 eso ee eh 10 


20° Specificity in Behavior and the Relation between Habits in Nature and 
Reactions in the Laboratory, by Calvin O. Esterly. Pp. 381-392, March, 


21, The Occurrence of a Rhythm in the Geotropism of Two Species of Plank- 
ton Copepods when Certain Recurring External Conditions are Absent, by 
Calvin O. Esterly. Pp. 393-400. March; 1917 2o22..2.-jccscceci ccc ecedeeee te eeeetnne 10 

22. On Some New Species of Aphroditidae from the Coast of California, by 


Christine Essenberg. Pp. 401-480, plates 31-37, March, 1917 000. peek er) 
23, Notes on the Natural History and Behavior of Emerita analoga (Stimpson), 

by. Harold Tupper Mead. Pp. 431-438, 1 text figure, April, 1917 —......... ESS ALO: 
24, Ascidians of the Littoral Zone of Southern California, by William E. Ritter 

and Ruth A. Forsyth. Pp, 439-512, plates 38-46. August, 1917 -............. 1.00 


2 Index in preparation. 
Vol. 17, 1. Diagnoses of Seven New Mammals from East-Central California, by Joseph 
Grinnell and Tracy I. Storer. Pp. 1-8. ; 
2, A New Bat of the Genus Myotis from the High Sierra Nevada of Cali- 
fornia, by Hilda Wood Grinnell. Pp, 9-10, 
Nos. 1 and 2 in one cover, August, 1916 2....-20...2-c2ccce cee cecctn ee eee amiss | 
$. Spelerpes platycephalus, a New Alpine Salamander from the Yosemite 
National Park, California, by Charles Lewis Camp. Pp. 11-14.. Septem- 


DF ata M6 5 Ret RA aN Aas abe aa LO EE gece Oe ee a ene 05 
4, A New Snermophile from the San Joaquin Valley, California, with Notes 

on Ammospermophilus nelsoni nelsoni Merriam, by Walter P. Taylor. Pp. 

15-20, 1 figure in text. October, 1916.22.22... cle... ceerne . 05 
6. Habits and Food of the Roadrunner in California, by Harold 0. Bryant. 

Pp. 21-58, plates 1-4, 2 fignres in text. October, 1916 02. Meme. 
6, Description of Bufo canorus, a New Toad from the Yosemite National Par: 3 

by Charles Lewis Camp. Pp. 59-62, 4 figures in text. November, 1916... .05 


7. The Subspecies of Sceloporus occidentalis, with Description of a New Form 
from the Sierra Nevada and Systematic Notes on Other California 


Lizards, by Charles Lewis Camp. Pp. 63-74. December, 1916... “10 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA PUBLICATIONS—(Continued) 


. Osteological Relationships of Three Species of Beavers, by F. Harvey 
Holden. . Pp. 75-114, plates 6-12, 18 text figures. March, 1917 2...0.......2. 
. Notes on the Systematic Status of the Toads-and-Frogs of California, by 
Charles Lewis Camp. Pp. 115-125, $3 text figures. February, 1917 0.0... 
10: A Distributional List of the Amphibians and Reptiles of California, by 
Joseph Grinnell and Charles Lewis Camp. Pp. 127-208, 14 figures in text. 
Pip Uh Bes 2) Bs false oo es ects ED a SR SoC etiam oh ate emery kee Me, Seen 
11. A Study of the Races of the White-Fronted Goose (Anser albifrons) Oceur- 
Ting in. California, by H. S. Swarth and Harold C. Bryant. Pp. 209-222, 
2 ‘figures in text, plate 13.- .October, 1917 =. - oe ee 
12. A Synopsis of the Bats of California, by Hilda Wood Grinnell. Pp. 223-404, 
plates 14-24, 24 text-figures. January 31, 1918 
13. The Pacific Coast Jays of the Genus Aphelocoma, by a. §.-Swarth. Pp. 
405-422, 1 figure in text, February 23, 19V8 2202 cnc csccectecnsenceecnnaee 
14, Six New Mammals from the Mohave Desert: and Tnyo Regions of California, ; 
by Joseph Grinnell. . Pp. 423-430. 
15. Notes on Some Bats from Alaska and British Columbia, by Bids Wood - 
Grinnell. Pp. 431-433. : 
Nos.-14 and-15 in one cover.: April, 1918 aa ee Arche Sir i a eee tee 
16. Revision of the Rodent Genus Aplodontia, by Walter P. Taylor. Pp. 435- - 
504, plates 25-29, 16 text figures. May, 1918) _.c2.u icici ected 
17. The Subspecies of the Mountain Chickadee, by Joseph Grinnell.. Pp. 505- 
515539 text: fisures. Mays 2918s nos SE ae i Soca peers 
18. Excavations of Burrows of the Rodent Aplodentia, with Observations on 
the Habits of the Animal, by Charles Lewis Camp. Pp. 517-536, 6 figures 
intext dune, T0184 ko ee Oe ee Ree Sees see Sa 
Vol 18. 1, Mitosis in Giardia microti, by William C. Boeck... Pp. 1-26, plate 1. Octo- 
bey, QE 3S ee Se ra aS a es 
2. An Unusual Extension of the Distribution of the Shipworni in San Fran- 
cisco Bay, California, by Albert L. Barrows. Pp. 27-43. December, 1917. 
8. Description of Some New Species of Polynoidae from the Coast of Cali- 
fornia, by Christine Essenberg. Pp. 45-60, plates 2-3. October, 1917. 
4. New Species of Amphinomidae from the Pacific Coast, by Christine Essen- 
5 


o ow 


berg. Pp. 61-74, plates 4-5. October, TOU7 cen. ceec ieee cesnetteatdeceteceeeee ten 
. Crithidia euryophthalmi, sp. nov., from the Hemipteran Bug, Euryophthalmus 

convivus Stal, by Irene McCulloch. Pp. 75-88, 35- text figures. Decem- 
DOES POET en a ane ae rea ESL ey creat 

6. On the Orientation of Hrythropsts, by Charles Atwood Kofoid and Olive 
Swezy. Pp. 89-102, 12 figures in text. Deceniber, 1917 ........ ae Ree ate 

7. The Transmission of Nervous Impulses in Relation to Locomotion ‘in the 3 
Earthworm, by John F. Bovard. Pp. 103-134, 14 figures in text. January, = 
Bi PA: er on Ma eA Pea tH A can BN fe aN ey CE Ey EEE Se ayn ee Ee 3 

8. The Function of the-Giant Fibers in Earthworms, by. John F. Bovard. Pp. 
135-144, 1 figure in text. January, 1918 -.2...2 oo 

9. A Rapid Method for the Detection: of Protozoan Cysts in “Mammalian 
Faeces, by William C. Boeck. -Pp. 145-149. December, 1917 .......... 

10. The Musculature of Heptanchus maculatus, by Pirie-Davidson... Pp, 151-170, 
12 figures in-text. March, 1948 os eek cachet cca cto tke otadeoeres 

11. The Factors Controlling the Distribution-of the Polynvidas of the Pacific 
Coast of North America, by Christine Essenberg. Pp. alae plates 6-8, 
2 figures-in “text. Merch,’ 19782-0528 ae See es CRs canada ugeen : 

12. Differentials in Behavior of the Two Generations of Salea democratica 
Relative to the Temperature of the Sea, by Ellis L. Michael. Pp. 239-298; 
plates 9-11, 1 figure in text. March, 1918 2ncccloco.tccccen ccc ceeetiviepecenecneeennene cee 

18. A Quantitative Analysis of the Molluscan Fauna of San Francisco Bay, by © 
EB. L. Packard. Pp. 299-336, a 12-13, 6 figs. in text. April, 1918... 


i ae 
a 


a 


a 


24} 


Ng 


ae 


phe 
‘ 

‘ ‘he 
4 » orl 
yi, 


ee hea ee 
en ee ALY 
. ae a 
Ur Vong 
iy Ae 8 
fii: 
j 


nea oc t 


rie 


| Hue ie | 
A eee 


ia 
cates kale ; 


of i ere 


‘| 


: { 1s 
= 3 
= 
= = 


pi 


i f ie af 
a \ : BD Nis a 
7 ary A 


vot 
" 


~ = = 


aa an ar 4 , r 
Aj aaa ap saae naar aA iuaanest i te | ae ayjparere 8 el a Berea: A quays 1iA4A| papannia aa aae a ana 
re ane pr ete Aaa NTT RAT ia ! aay yal cere ON Ye eehAae QaswA Qn 
be ,assare ie Anam aly) “at Spas padlonnate FPN Was TY Late 4 Mang i MeL! L| 
Pee Lee) ele mL ateluien : sea unnnemgeAA Se IMEGAR gn 
thet . eaeed fmank mies a at | Aga aan senee Aa LITT LIP TTT AT ; aesaar.. aed 
Le | Spee Akay  Deatts 7c i? | “H 2 a, } Srab New — aia 1 Ree rr] YY Ti Abs lt Sethe C Aran 
} a ‘ a F 2 \ a ' ranean | ry wr es 
( aa a 3 aa | Sen. “= = 
cs 4AMA pnaae aa ope miAmhl MPAA if y marty 1 pA@nae ; Ya!!! eat 
an aS Abi ka Aan ‘Obea F oa aa Or waniddiahacs SUN . ak a “Sa AA we, 
hia _{ 0 amr f sf { ‘ied anal PS 27 a AQRA, 4 aX 
Aya) Tea yang Saha Sd may Fi ee “ a ai : ade j npeeteee mag ee ag AN eect tphaaaal 
aly H mar a wine ry NAb nar = Ma! al *\4 Ala, ways tA? MH f aan ai AR aD" | 
pap aes ea Wy ee aren sei wail uP ara, ae . 7 AA iAaaa 
= EL te) HAR a t oo : @anan Ahan ~ 
a al 4A a aS 1. AB GAR nana rv. i 


Rage, 2P =N4hy, 


Ripeasaiee LW | Hebbel h Tefen ANAUIA, Ppeneae eV LLY w | 
| a ae” ~ sy a aah 
AAS, : Alia. oi Asses, ~ ar ps Ron ne 0a QM@Onna_- anax Ml AAA Aayaa. AMtaaal aA 


iS FA VY Fe 
ig y & Sy RP am Se 4A ite 
ae Na z Law : aap e-- =), HAR 25 
1) leh Nae a Nene cy AAP AON 
ee m™ Nps .° 52 e hese AnAga pannenrr her 
| Td bo A 
‘al ease ee 

Saas? si Seles Wren dglalel ih at ARRAN 

oP data ihe SSNS EA Ag a Rae eas 


anand, Pee tty 


AS EE a: ; 
a Rapa, apAn et Sa pane Pere 
| hy is a* oo 


~ sa Ppos f 
a5 


iain Peep Py MERE TE Ue SAS Ne 
ety. ithe. ; 
v Westies 2 aoe portia aD . a MiAMAa, 
eu00}l onion 
PRAM ap ABHINN I gs Be 
a ee aN A, 2... Niet 7 aN" 
‘ rY 


A 
YT AAS 7R« g2eane jane bt bert al 


databace tics ePusevre® 
ania nlf? } Pt Ay ae ig bi | 4 : paaAae 
ae wel ts ma aa and 


A Anipadaah HT SRO RRO R EIAs, ae 
are Huerta UAE 
Ee eat rf Sites 


‘at sanaaa tn el | ot ; 
‘ “gga A anA = Nang, 


aes ia f a mo Ty , 
| mere Waist Wr 
lege att tote d 14 y a A J 

\e SN * OY al ae 


‘ aed | « 


Habeas SN dtl 
tag ADO OOEERD s oe “Bined? 


“taka + 
NRasiiy Che ama 
ia alaettian sere 


BAAS AA ins 102A 
aan Mean pelise ss + QULpCememeseee 


~ a Bow lee OP Cee sag ’ 


if, aunssahnn a! ah | | | 

.« AL a Daf «7AM g fo! f vT I 2 ax Bh stone od Laer tel laa theese 
Seip el: Ae al eat aft naw “e 44 | a a? deeoah\ Fe os, (ake { Wy TTT PTL | Le tana 
Be aeaeree aN ee om RABSERGacRcapw hs EAD LID bnanbehd Seay HT eGekecnt Tey mn, eeereeee 
NAL AAS .~. We Aaha ob) totes Sum mae A! 


‘wii ii